(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Bibliography of the Eskimo language"

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 
to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 
publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 

We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 



at |http : //books . google . com/ 



HARVARD UNIVERSITY 




LIBRARY 

or THB 

PEABODY MUSEUM OF AMERICAN 
ARCHAEOLOGY AND ETHNOLOGY 

GIFT OF 

H^W. Haynes 

Received 1912 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 

BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY: J. W. POWELL, DIRECTOR 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 



OF THB 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE 



BY 



JAMES OONSTANTINE PILLINGh 




WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICR 

1887 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 






Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



PREFACE. 



A nnmber of years ago the writer undertook the compilation of a 
bibliography of North Americaii langaages, and in the coarse of his 
work visited the prindpal public and private libraries of the XJuited 
States, Ganada, and Northern Mexico; carried on an extensive corre- 
spondence with librarians, missionaries, and generally with persons 
interested in the subject, and examined such printed authorities as 
were at hand. The results of these researches were embodied in a 
volume of which a limited number of copies were printed and distrib- 
uted — an author's catalogue which included all the material at that 
time in his possession.^ Since its issue he has had an opportunity to 
visit the national libraries of England and France, as well as a number 
of private ones in both these countries, and a su£Scient amount of new 
material has been collected to lead to the belief that a fairly complete 
catalogue of the works relating to each of the more important lin- 
guistic stocks of North America may be prepared. The first of such 
catalogues is the present; the second, which it is hoped to issue 
shortly, will be the Siouan. 

The people speaking the Eskimo language are more widely scattered, 
and, with perhaps two or three exceptions, cover a wider range of ter- 
ritory than those of any other of the linguistic stocks of North America. 
From Labrador, on the east, their habitations dot the coast line to the 
Aleutian Islands, on the west, and a dialect of the language is spoken 
on the coast of Northeastern Asia. As far north as the white man has 
gone remains of their deserted habitations are found, and southward 
they extend, on the east coast to latitude 50^ and on the west coast to 
latitude 6(P. Within this area a number of dialects are spoken, the 
principal of which will be found entered herein in their alphabetic 
order. 

Some difficulty has been encountered in deciding upon the claim of 
certain titles to admission into the bibliography. There are certain 
districts, notably in Alaska and Northeastern Asia, visited or inhabited 
by Eskimo or people closely allied to them and by other tribes not 
Eskimo. A vocabulary collected in such a district may be purely 
Eskimo, or purely not Eskimo, or a mixture containing words in differ- 
ent languages and dialects. The vocabularies collected by Norden- 

> Proof-sheets of a Bibliography of the Langaages of the North American Indians, 
Washington, 1885, pp. i-xl, 1-1135, 4^. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



IV PREFACE. 

dkioldy near Bering Strait, for example, contain Sandwich Island 
words, imported by sailors ou whaling vessels, which words have come 
into general use among the Indians of that region. Yocabnlaries col- 
lected in Cook's Inlet, Alaska, moy be of either the Aleut or Eadiak 
dialect of the Eskimo or of tribes of radically distinct linguistic stocks. 

The compiler has frequently found himself in doubt in such cases 
but has, after careful consideration, concluded that he can best serve 
the needs of students of the Eskimo by retaining all titles about which 
^ny reasonable doubt exists. Under this ruling it is probable that a 
few titles will be found in the list which should properly be excluded, 
but it is believed that the number of such entries is small, and that 
the usefulness of the catalogue will be greater by retaining these few 
doubtful titles, some of which should properly be excluded, tlian by 
excluding more rigorously, and so omitting titles which should be re- 
tained. 

The greatest deficiency will probably be found in titles relating to 
the Asiatic Eskimo. ISo special effort has been made to collect such 
material, and that relating to them which does appear was gathered in- 
cidentally. 

TSo opportunity has been lost to take titles at first hand, and there 
will be found herein a larger percentage of books and manuseripts 
described de visu, it is thought, than is usual in works of this kind. 

The earliest printed record of the language known to me is the Green- 
land vocabulary in the two editions of Olearius's Voyage of 1656^ 
The earliest treatise on the language is found in the various editions of 
Hans Egede's work on Greenland, first printed in 1729 ; the next by 
Anderson in 1740. Egede's dictionary followed closely, appearing in 
1750. The earliest text met with is the latter author's Four Gospels, 
printed at Copenhagen in 1744, though Nyerup credits him with a work 
printed two years earlier. To the younger Egede we are indebted for 
the first grammar, which appeared at Copenhagen in 1760. 

The first text in the dialect of Labrador of which mention is made 
herein Is the Harmony of the Gospels, printed at Barbime in 1800 (see 
Nalegapta), the translator of which I do not know. There is no printed 
grammar of this dialect; but mention will be found under Freitagof a 
manuscript grammar dated 1830 and under Bourquin of another as 
about to be printed. The only dictionary is that of Erdmann of 1864. 

As to the extreme west, Yeniaminoff and Netzvietoff translated and 
issued a number of texts between 1840 and 1848; also a dictionary of 
the Aleut, and a grammatic treatise of the Kadiak and Aleut, in 1846. 
The only other dictionary of any of the western dialects is that of 
Buynitzky, published in 1871. 

The only texts of the Eskimo of the middle stretch of country are 
those of the Hudson Bay people by the Eev. E. J. Peck. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



PREFACE. V 

For a saceinot statement of the order and date of publication the reader 
is referred to the chronologic index at the end of the bibliography. 

The best collection of Eskimo texts I hav^e met with is that of Major 
Powell, of Washington; the second, perhaps, that in the library of the 
British Museum. The best collection of Arctic literature is that in the 
British Museum; the second, that in the Library of Congress. 

Ko detailed statement of the plan pursued in recording this matter is 
thought to be necessary, as but few departures from the ordinary rules 
of library cataloguing have been made. The dictionary plan has been 
followed to its extreme limit as the best adapted to the purpose in view. 
All works are entered under their author when known — translators 
being considered as authors — and under first word of title, not an 
article or a preposition, when the name of the author is not known. 
A cross-reference is given from the first words of every Eskimo title 
when such title is entered under an author's name, whether or not the 
work is anonymous. All titular matter, including cross-references, is 
in a larger, all index and explanatory matter in a smaller, type. 

During the progress of type setting a nnml^er of titles have come to 
hand in time for insertion in their proper places, but, in some cases, 
too late to permit the proper entry to be made in the subject or dialect 
indexes; and the translation of the Eskimo titles, which was done after 
the matter was in galley proof, has shown that a few items have been 
wrongly entered in the subject indexes. I think these unavoidable 
minor errors and omissions should not be held to weigh against the 
muiifest advantages of a single alphabetic arrangement. 

The prices quoted are from such sources as were at command, and 
are arranged cbronologically. 

My thanks are due to Mr. John Murdoch, librarian of the Smith- 
sonian Institution, who has kindly translated the Eskimo titles for me. 

J. C. P. 
April 20, 1887. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



^ v\ 



^ 



Digitized by GoOgl^l^, 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



By Jambs C. Pilling. 



I'^ThiB cUaraoter foUowin;; a title indicates that tlie compiler has soon no copy of the work referred to.] 



A. 



[ABC cai-d ill the Grouuland laugaago.] 
1 p. 1(P. No title or caption ; begins : a o 

ion, and ends : tan mau Ian. 
Copies seen : billing, Powell. 
My copy, procured of the Unltftts-Bucb- 

handluns, Gnadan, Saxony, cost 10 pf. 

[ Ab^c^daire ou Promlor Li vre de lectare. 
Haaniame, 1«49.] * 

20 pp. am. 9P. In the Eskimo language. 
TiUe from the Pinart sale catalogue, No. 352, 
where it brong'at, with eight other works in Es- 
kimo. 10 fr. 

Abecedariom : 

Aleut. See Aleutian. 

Eskimo. Ab6c6daire. 

G reenl and . ABC card, 

Abecedarium, 
Gronlandsk, 
Ejittitsomarsut. 

[Abecedariain iii the Greenland lan- 
gnage.] 

Colophon: Budissime, Nakki tarsi ma- 
pafc £. M. Monsemit. [186L] 

fp. 1-8, 10°. No title-page or caption; the 
page begins : a o 1 o u, and ends: tau mau lau 
1861. 

Copies seen : Pilling, Powell. 

Hy copy, bought at the ITniti&ts-Buohhand- 
lung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 20 pf. 

Abel ( I warns ). Schediasma hocce 
etymologloo-pbilologicnm prodromnm 
Americano-Gronlandicnm in patronis 
appropriatnm insinuat I. A. 
Havnise, 1783. • 

12". Title ftom the British Museum Cata- 
logue of Printed Books. London, 1882. 

[Acts of the ApostleS; translated into tbe 
Language of the Esquimaux Indians ou 
tbe Coast of Labrador, by tbe Mission 
aries of the United Bretbren. 
London, 1816.] * 

100 pp. 129. Title from Tr&bner's catalogue, 
August, 1874, p. 115, where it is priced 7s. 6d. 
^ Apostellt. 



Adam (Lucieu). En quoi la laugae es- 
quiniande diff^re-t-olle gramnjaticale- 
ment des autrcs langues de PAmdrique 
du Nord T 

In Congr^ International des Am6rioanistos, 
Compte-Rendn, fifth session, pp. 337-355, Co- 
penhague, 1884, 9P. 

The subject is treated under the following 
heads: Gender, Number, Pronominal suffixes. 
Declension of nouns and of separate personal 
pronouns. Declension of adverbs of place and 
of demonstrative pronouns. Postpositions, 
Verb, Incorporation, and Polysynthesis. 

The communication to the Congress was 
only an analysis of a memoir on the subject. 

I am informed by the author that the article 
was also issued separately ; whether w it h ti I lo- 
page or not I do not know. 

Adelung (Jobann Cbristopb) and Vater 
(Dr, Jobann Severin). Mitbridates | 
Oder I allgomcine ) Spracbonkunde ( 
mit I dem Vater Unser als Spracb- 
probe [ in bey nabe | filnf hundert 
Spracben und Mnndarteu, | von | Jo- 
bann Cbristopb Adelung, | Cburflirstl. 
Siicbsiscbeni Hofratb und Ober-Biblio- 
tbekar. | [Two lines quotation.] | Er- 
ster[-Vierter] Tbcil. | 

Berlin, | in der Vossiscben Bucbband- 
lung, I 1806[-1817]. 

4 vols. (vol. 3 in 3 parts), 8o. 

Aleut numerals, vul. 4, p. 253.—yocabnlaries, 
vol. 3. pt 2, pp. 340-341 ; vol. 4, pp. 251-252. 

Androanowski Island vocabuhiry, vol. 3, pt 
3, p. 450. 

Eskimo gramroatic comments, vol. 3, pt. 3, 
pp. 425-418.— Numerals, vol. 4, p. 253.— Yooabu- 
lanes, voL 3, pt 2, pp. 840-341 ; pt. 3, pp. 238, 454- 
455 (from Dobbs and Long), 461 (from Cook); 
vol. 4, pp. 251-252. 

Greenland grammatic comments, voL 3, pt 3, 
pp. 435-448, 452-454.— Lord's Prayer (six ver- 
sions), vol. 3, pt 8, pp. 448-452 (from Anderson, 
Egede, and others). — Numerals, vol. 4, p. 253.— 
Vocabularies, vol. 3, pt 2, pp. 340-341 ; pt. 3, 
pp. 454-455 (from Egede and Anderson), 461; 
vol. 4, pp. 2.'» 1-252. 

1 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OP THE 



Adelung (J. C.) — Contiuucd. 

Kft^ak oamorols. vol. 4, p. 253.— Vocabu' 
laries, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 340-341; pt. 3, pp. 458- 
450 (from Besaaoff), 46G-468 (from Bobak and 
Sauer) ; and vol. 4. pp. 351-252, 254. 

KoDJDgoD grammatic commcnta, vol. 3, pt 3, 
pp. 456-465. 

Labrador grammatic commeaU, vol. 3, pt. 3, 
pp. 430-433. 

Norton Sound grammatic corameuta, vol. 3, 
pt, 3, pp. 456-405.— Vocabularioa, vol. 3, pt 3, 
pp. 46 1, 466 (from Cook). 

Tschugazzen graniniatio comraonts, voL 3, 
l>t 3, pp. 456-465.— NumeralH, vol. 4, p. 253.— 
Vocabularioa, vol. 3, pt 2, pp. 340-341 ; pt 3, pp. 
458-459, 466 (from lU'sauoflf), vol. 4, pp. 251-252. 

UgaljHcbmutzi grammatic comments, vol. 

3, pt 3, pp. 232-283.- Vocobularie«, vol. 3, pt. 3, 

pp. 2l2-fil3, 230-231, 235, 237, 238 (from KesanoflT). 

Unalaacbka vocabularicH. vol. 3, pt 3, pp. 458- 

459 (from RoeanoflT) ; vol. 4, p. 255. 

Copiet seen: A«tor, Bancroft British Mu- 
aeum, Bafeuu of Etiinulogy, Congress, Eamos, 
Trumbull, Walkiuson. 

Sold at the Fischer sale, No. 17, for £1; 
another copy, No. 2042, for 16 sliillings. At 
the Field salo. No. 16, it brought $11 88; at the 
Squier sale. No. 9, $5. Leclerc (1878) prices it 
No. 2042, at 50 francs. At the IMuart sale, No. 
1322, it sold for 25 francs ; and at the Mnrpby 
sale, No. 24, a half-calf, marblo^ged copy 
brought $4. 
Aglegmnt : 

Texts. See Pinart (A. L.). 

Vocabulary. Balbi (A.), 

Pinart (A. L.). 
Wowodsky ( — ). 

Words. Schoraburgk (R. H.). 

Ajoksersoutit oppei-sartuit Gudimik puk- 

kossffiuigdlo, tatuicssu Luterij katekis- 

musiugva'tta ok'ilase. 

Havniame, 1849. * 

Literal translation : Teachings by God, such 

are Luther's his Catechism, its words. At 

Copenhagen, 1849. 

125 pp. 8°, in Greenland Eskimo. Title freu 

Dr. H. J. Rink, Christiania, Norway. 

Ajokaersutit | illnartut Gudimik | Pek- 
korsojuigloluuimgnut; Koisiniarsudlo 
Koisitnksiudlo | Iliniii'geksejt Nalcn- 
gniajgeksejdlo, Pidluarsinuaaugorkud- 
iugit. 

Eiubcubavuiine, | Aipeks^nik nak- 
kittarsimarsut | 1797. | J. K. Tbielmit. 

Literal translation: Instructions | holy by 
God I and according to his will, to men; | 
that the baptized and candidates for baptism | 
scholars and all-8ortj»of-poople | may now bo 
blessed. | At Copenhagen, | a second time 
presseil | 17U7. | By J. R. Thiol. 

Title verso blank 1 1. half-title: I. Katekis- 
musim, Sec. (a 2) verso blank 1 L text, entirely 
in Greonhind, pp. 3-159, 16^ At p. 131 is a half. 



Aj okaersatit — CoDtinned. 

title : II. Kalkkorsun, &c. verso blank. The 
questions and answers are numbered in Part I, 
1-393 ; in Part n, 1-222. Catechism in the Es- 
kimo language of Greenland. 

Copiet teen: Maisonneuvo. 

Leclerc, 1878, No. 2220, prices this work At 40 
franca ; he attributes the authorship to Fabri- 
cius. 

Ajoksersatit | illaartat Gadiinik | Pek- 
kurs^jniglolDnangnnt; | KoTsimarsudlo 
Koisitaksa^dlo | Iliniiegeks^jt Nalen- 
gDiwgeks^jdlo, | PidlnarsinuauDgorkud- 
lugit. I . 

KiobenhavDime, | PiiigaJuekslKuik 
nakkittarsiinareut | 1818. | Illiarsuiu 
iglooinne C. F. Skubartimit. 

Literal translation of imprint: At Copen- 
hagen, I a third time pressed, | 1818. | At the 
orphans their houses ['* Wausenliaua"! from 
C. F. Schnbart 

Pp. 1-158, 160. 

Copies seen: Congress. 

A later edition as follows : 

Ajokeersutit | illnartut Gadimik j Pck- 
kors^jniglo InnuDgniit; | KolsimarBudlo 
KoisituksaMllo | Iliiiia3gek8^jt Nalen- 
guiicgek8^Jdlo, | Pidluarsiun&ungorkiid- 
lugit. I 

Ki0benbavDJn]e, | SiasamekslCniik 
nakkittarsimarsut | 1833. | P.T. Bnion- 
ikimit. | 

Pp. 1-158, 160. *'A fourth time pressed." 

Copies seen: British Mosoum. 



pijarialiksuit. See Erd- 



Ajokertutsit 
maim(F.). 

Ajokoersoirflun Atuageksei t. See B^ede 
(Paul). 

Akadnirmint Songs, Tales. Seo Boas (F.). 

Aleut. Russkie Aleatskio sluvar. ' 

Manuscript, 2 vols. 4^. Bussian-Aleut vo> 

oabulary. In possession of Mr. A. L. Pinart, 

who says it is a very important work, written 

about the year 1850. 

Aleut. Kusskie Alentskie Hbivar. ' 

Manuscript, 36 pp. folio. Russian-Aleut vo- 
cabular3\ dialect of Atkha. In posseseiun of 
Mr. A. L. Pinart 

Aleut. Kasskie Aleut«kie slovar. 

Manuscript, 62 pp. folio. Russian- Aleut vo- 
cabulary. In possession of Mr. A. L. Pinart, 
who says it is a very important document, and 
j has on it many pencil notes by Radloff. 
I Aleut: 

Abeoedarinm. See Aleutian. 

Bible, Matthew. Tishnoff (R.), 

VeniaminoiT (J.) and 
I Netsvietoff(J.). 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC. 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



Aleut — Continued. 

Catechism. See Jean {Pdre), 

Tisbnoff (E.;, 
YeDiaminoff (J.) and 
Netzvietoflf (J.). 
Chriatian gaide book. Tishnoff (E.). 
Cbrisiian creed. YeniamiaofTCJ.) and 

Netsvietoff (J.). 
Dictionary. rinart (A. L.). 

Grammar. . Henry (V.), 

Veniaminoff(J.}. 
Grammatic comuienU. • Buynitzky (S. N.), 
Furuhelm (H.), 
Pinart (A. L.), 
Yoniamlnoff (J.). 
Grammatic treatise. Henry (Y.), 

Pflzmaier (A.). 
Gnide to the Heavenly Yeniaminoff (J.). 

Kifagdonj. 
Kotes on the Unalus- Yeniaminoff <J.). 

kan Islands. 
Numerals. Adelnng (J. G.) and 

Yater (J. S.), 
Buynibsky (S. N.), 
Coxo (W.), 
Ernum (G. A.), 
Latham (R. G.), 
Pott (A. F.), 
Primer. Aleutian, 

Tisbnoff (E.). 
Relationships. Oppert (G.). 

Bemarks. Lowe (F.). 

Sacred history. Yeniaminoff (J.) and 

Netzvietoff (J.). 
Songs. Pinart (A. L.), 

Yeniaminoff (J.). 
Texts. Pinart (A. L.). 

Yocabalary. Baor (K. B. von), 

Balbi (A.), 
BaUtz (A.), 
Bancroft (H. H.), 
Buynitzky (8. N.), 
Drake (S. G.), 
Everette (W. E.), 
Gallatin (A), 
Herzog (W.), 
I Lowe (F.), 

MuUer (F.), 
Kobeck (— ). 
Russkie, 
Sauer (M.). 
Words. Campbell (J.), 

Coxe (W.), 
Pinart (A. L.), 
Umery (J.). 
[Aleutian Abecedarium. 

St. Petersburg, 1839 or 1840. ] • 

9P. Without place or date. Title from 
Ludewig, p. 4, who copies ficom Yater's Lit- 
teratar der Grammatiken, p. 464. 

Aleutian. AjeyTCRlil | eyBiiapb. | 

Mociia. I B^ CyH04cUi>aott THoorpa^in. | 

1846. 

Translation: Aleutian | Abecedarium. | 

Hoeoow. 1 Synod Press. 1 1846. 



Aleutian — Continaed. 

TlUe 1 1. pp. 1-30, 8°. Partly in Cyrillic 
type, partly in Russian. 
CopUt seen: British Museum, Pilling, Powell. 
American Bible Society : These words following 
a title indicate that a copy of the work referred 
to was seen by the compiler in the library of 
that institution, New York City. 

American Bible Society. Specimen 
verses | tern vereioiiH iu different | 
languages and dialects | iu which the 
I Holy Scriptures | have been printed 
and circulated by the | American Bible 
Society | and the | British and Foreign 
Bible Society. | [Picture, and one line 
quotation.] | 

New York: | American Bible Society, 
I Instituted iu the Year MDCCCXVI. | 
1876. 

Pp. 1-48, 1(P.— John iii, 16, in the language 
of Greenland, and in the Esquimaux [of Lab- 
rador], p. 36. 

Oopia* teen : American Bible Society, Eames, 
Powell, Trumbull. 

An ediUon, similar except in date, appeai-ed 
in 1879 (Powell) ; and another, *' Second edition, 
enhirgod," iu 1885. (Powell.) 
American Tract Society: These words following 
a title indicate that a copy of the work referred 
to was seen by the compiler in the library of 
tliat institution, Now York City. 

Anderson (Johann). Herru Johann 
Anderson, | I. V. D. | uud weyland 
ersteu BUrgermeisters der freyeu Kay- 
serlicheu | Keichstadt Hamburg, | 
Nachrichten | von Island, | Grouland 
uud der Strasse Davis, | zuui wahren 
Nutzen der Wissonschaften | und der 
Handlung. | Mit Kupfern, und eiuer 
nach den nenesten und in diesom Werke 
ange- | gebeneu Entdeckungeu, genau 
oingerichteten Landcharte. | Nebst 
einera Vorberichte ( von den Leben- 
sumstauden des Herru Verfassers. | 

Hamburg, | vorlogts Georg Christian 
Grund, Buchdr. 1746. 

Title verso blank 1 1. 14 other p. 11. text pp. 
1-328, register 3 11. map, 8o.— Dictionariolum, 
pp. 285-290.— Formuhirum loquendi usitatia- 
simarum, pp. 300-803. —Fonnyla oonirgandi 
verbum, pp. 304-314.— Ten Commandments, 
Prayers, d&c. pp. 314-325. All in Greenland. 

Copies teen: Astor, British Museum, Brown, 
Congress. 

Priced by Lederc, 1878, No. 640, at 25 fr. 

Herrn Johann Anderson, | I. V. D. | 

und wieland ersten BUrgermeisters der 
freyen Kayserl. | Reichstadt Hamburg, 
I Nachrichten | von | Island, Gronland 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Anderson (J.)— Coiitiuued. 

I and der | Strasso Davis, | zum wah- 
ren NUtzon der WissenHcbaften | und 
der Haudlang. | Mit Kupfern, und einer 
nach den neuesten und in diesem Werke 
I angegebenen Entdecknugeu, genau 
eingeriobteten Landobarte. | Nebst 
eincni Vorberichte | von den | Lebens- 
umstauden des Herrn Verfassers. | 

Frankfurt und Leipzig 1747. 

Title verso blank nnd 14 other p. U. text 
pp. 1-388, register 4 11. 12<'.— Linguistics as in 
1746 edition, pp. 821-337, 337-341. 342-353, 353- 
368. 

CopUt teen : Brown, Trumbull. 

There is an edition: KiSbenbavn. 1748, 12o. 
which does not contain the linguistics. (Brit- 
ish Musoam, Brown.) 

Beschryving | van Ysland, I Green- 
land I en de I Straat Davis. | Tot nut 
der wetenscbappen en den | koopban- 
del. I Door den Heer | Job an Anderson, 
I Doctor der beide Recbten, en in leven 
eersto Burgermeester der | vrye keizor- 
lyke Rykstad Hamburg. | Vorrykt met 
Platen en ecu nieuwo uaauwkeurige 
Landkaart der ontdek- | kingou, waar 
van in dit werk gesproken word. | Bo- 
nevens oeu voorbericbt, bevatteude de 
levensbyzondcrbcden | van den geleer- 
den scbry ver. | Uit bet boogduitscb ver- 
taalt. I Door | J. D. J. | 

To Amsterdam, | By Steveu van Es- 
veldt, Boiskvorkoper | in de Bcurs- 
Steeg, 1750. 

p. 11. pp. 1-289, map, sm. 4<>.— Liogaistics, 
pp. 244-258, 258-262, 262-273, 274-286. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Brown. 

llistoire |- Naturellu | do L'lslaude, | 

dn Groenland, | du Detroit du Davin, j 
Et d'autres Pays situ^s sous le Nord, | 
traduite de PAllemaud | de M. Ander- 
son, de TAcad^mie | Imp^riale, Bourg- 
mestre en Cbef | de la Villo de Ham- 
bourg. I Par M*» LJ. P. Roussolot de 
Surgy], de PAcad^mio Imp(^ria!e, & | 
de la Soci^t^ Royalo de Londres. | Tome 
Premier [-Second]. | [Design.] I 

A Paris, | Chez SebastiiMi Jorry, Im- 
primeur- | Libraire, Quai des Augus- 
tius, prfes I le Pont S. Michel, aux Ci- 
gognes. I M. DCC.L [1750]. | Avcc Ap- 
probation & Priyil^ge du Roi. 

2 vols.: pp. i-xl, 1-314; i-iv, 1-391, IC^.— Sup- 
plement contonant un petit Dictionnairo et 
quolquee Prinoipos de la Grammaire Groen- 
landois^, vol 2, pp. 295-386. 



Anderson (J.) — Continued. 
Chpies seen : Brown, Congress. 
Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 650, %i 12 fr. 
Sahin's Dictionary, No. 1408, mentions an 
edition : Paris, Jorry, 1754. 

Bescbry ving | van | Yslaud, | Groen- 

land I en de I Straat Davis. | Bevat- 
teude zo wel ene bestipte bepaling 
van de liggiug en ] grote van die Elian- 
den, als een volledige ontvonwing van 
hunne | inwendige gesteltenis, vnur- 
brakende Bergen, beete en war- | me 
Bronnen enz. een omstandig Bericht van 
de Vrucbten | en Kruiden des Lands ; 
van de wilde en tamme Landdie- 1 ren, 
Vogelen en Visschen, de Visvangst der 
Yslanders | en hunne onderscheide be- 
bandelingftoebereiding en | drogen der 
Visschen, voorts bet getal der Inwoon- 
I ders, bunnen Aart, Levenswyze en 
Bezigbeden, | Woningcn, Kledingen, 
Handtcering, Arbeid, | Veehoedery, 
Koophaudel, Maten en Ge- | wicbten, 
Huwelyks Plecbtighoden, Opvoe- ' ding 
hunner Kinderen, Godsdienst, Ker- 1 
ken en Kerkenbestuur, Burgerlyke 
Rege- 1 ring, Wetten, Strafoeffeningon 
en wat | wyders tot de kenuis van een 
Land | vereischt word. I Door • den 
Heer | Job an Arderson, | Doctor dor 
Beide Recbten, en in Leven eerste Bur- 
germeester I der vrye Keizerlyke Ryks- 
stad Hamburg. | Verrykt met Platen 
en eon nicuwe uaauwkeurige Land- 
kaart dor I ontdekkinge, waar van in 
dit Werk gesproken word. | Uit bet 
Hoogduits vertaalt. | Door | J. D. J. | 
Waar by gevoegt zyn de Verbeteringen 
I Door den Heer Niels Horrebow, | Op- 
gemaakt in zyn twecjarlg verblyf op 
Ysland. | [Design.] | 

Te Amsterdam, | By Jan van Dalen, 
Boekverkoper opde Colveniersburgwal 
I by de Staalstraat. 1756. 

Engraved frontispiece 1 1. title verso blank 
1 L 7 other p. 11. pp. 1-286, index 8 11. map, am. 
40.— LinguisUcs, pp. 241-258, 258-262, 262-273, 
274-286. 

Copies seen : Brown, Congress. 
Anderson (William ). Vocabulary of the 
language of Prince William^s Sound. 

In Cook (J.) and King (J.), Voyages to the 
Pacific Ocean, voL 2, pp. 875-876^ London, 1784, 
8 vols, aud atlas, 4^. 

Mr. Anderson died at sea, August, 1778, be- 
fore the expedition returned to England. 

This vocabulary is reprinted in the following 
editions of Cook and King's Voyages 1 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGK. 



5 



Anderaon ( W. ) — Continned. 

London; Niool. 1784, 3 toU. 40. Linj^uiaticii. 
ToL 2, pp. 375-370. 

Dablin, ehamberlaino, 1784, 3 toIb. 80. Lin- 
Knlflticii, T0I. 2, pp. 37&-370. 

London, Stockdale, 1784, 4 vols. 80. Prince 
WflliAm't Land Vocabulary, voL 3, pp. 310-311. 

London, Nicol, 1785, "aeaond edition,** 3 Tola. 
4^. Lingniaticii, vol. 2, pp. 375-370. 

Paria, 1785, 4 vols. 40. Lingniatics, vol. 3, p. 
106. 

Paris, 1785, 4 vols. 80. Linguistics, voL 3, p. 
1». 

Perth, Morrison &, Son, 1785, 4 vols. IC^. 

Perth, Morrison St Son, 1787, 4 vols. 10^. 

Berlin, Hando und Spener, 1787-1788, 2 voh). 
40. Linguistics, vol. 2, pp. 89-00. 

There is an edition in Russian, St Peters- 
burg, 1805-1810, which I have not seen; and 
one, Philadelphia, De Silver, 1818, 2 vols. 80, 
which eontalns no linguistics. 

The work is reprinted in Kerr (R.), General 
History and Collection of Voyages, vo). 15, pp. 
115-514 ; vol. 16 : and voL 17, pp. 1-311. The lin- 
guistics appear in voL 10, pp. 285-280. 

Extracts from the work are printed in Pink- 
erton and Pelham, but they do not contain the 
linguistics. 

The vocabularies are also reprinted in Fry 
(E.), Pantographia, London, 1709, 8^, and in 
Voyages of Capt James Cook, London. 1842, 
T0I.2, p. 305. (*) 
Andreanowiki : 

Vocabulary. See Adelung (J. C.) and 

Vater (J. S.), 
Robeck (— ). 
Anner* Idb innangorBimoiiub p^iDek'ar- 

neranik. See Radolph (— ). 
Antrim (Beuigah J.). Pantography, | 
or I nniversal drawingSi | in the com- 
pariBon of their natural and arbitrary 
laws, I with the nataro and importance 
of I Pasigraphy, | as | the science of 
letters ; | being particularly adapted to 
theorthoepic accuracy | reqnisite in in- 
ternational correspondences, and | the 
study of foreign languages. | With 
Specimens of more than Fifty Different 
Alphahets, including a concise descrip- 
tion I of almost all others known gen- 
erally throughout the World. | [De- 
sign.] I By Ben^jah J. Antrim. | 

Philadelphia: | Published by the au- 
thor, and for sale by | Thomas, Cow- 
perthwait <& Co. | 1843 

P^ 1-vi, 7-162, 120.— Numerals 1-10 of the 
Esquimaux and of Greenland, p. 153. 

OopUttMH: Astor, Congress. 

sporaafttit | okalngtnarissannt | tasta- 
mantitorkamigdlo tastaman- | titA- 
migdlo agdlagsimassunnt. 



aperas^tit — Continued. 

Druck von Gustav Winter in Stolpen. 
I 1877. 

Literal translation : Questions | telling of 
the i Old TesUmeut and of the New | Testa- 
ment written. 

Title verso blank 1 1. contents 1 I. text pp. 
1-68, 17P, Questions nnd answers in the Ian* 
guago of Greenland; based on Tastamanti* 
torkamik. 

Copies seen : Pilling, Powell. 

My copy, procured of the TTnit&ts-Buoh- 
handlnng, Gnadan, Saxony, cost 1 M. 

Apera^tit kigntsillo unipkantsinut. See 
Bourquin(T.). 

ApoatelitPiniamingit. | Lucasib Aglak- 
tangit. 

Colophon : W. McDowallib, Nenilank- 
tangit. [1819.] 

Literal translation: The Apostles their 
Acts. I Luke hia writings. | W. McDowall, his 
pressings. 

No title-page ; heading aa above j pp. 1-160. 
16 \ Acte of the Apostles in the Bskimo of 
Labrador. The Britisli Museum catalogue 
(the copy described therein I havo seen) 
gives it the date of 1810, which is*pTobably 
correct, as Bagster's Bible of Bvery Land men- 
tions an edition of that date. 

There is sometimes issued separately, with 
heading as above, a portion (pp. 277-637) of the 
work, titled Testamentttak tamedsa, London, 
1840, which is probably the " Acts, Epistles, 
and Bevelations in Eskimo-Labrador, com- 
pleted in 1830," mentioned by Bagster. The 
first part of Testamentetak tamedsa (pp. 1-276), 
containing the four gospels, was also issued 
separately with the title beginning Tamedsa 
Matthflpusib. 

See Acts. 
Apostles' Creed: 
Greenland. 
Hudson Bay. 



Arctic Vocabulary. 



See Egede (H.). 
Peck (E. J.). 

See Evorfttte (W. E.), 
Petitot (E. P. S. J.). 

Argalnzamut Vocabulary. See Hoffbian (W. J.). 

Arithmetic. Greenland. See WandaTl (B. A.). 

Arkiksutiksak Pellesinnnt. See Fabri- 

cius (O.). 
Asiagmut Vocabulary. See Vocabularies. 
Astor : This word following a title indicates that a 
copy of the work referred to was seen by tho 
compiler in the Astor Library, New York City. 
Atka: 

Christian creed. See Vcniaminoff (J.) and 

Netsvietoff (J.). 
Gospel of Matthew. Veniaminoff (J.) and 

Netzvietoff(J.). 
Notes on the ITnalaska Veniaminoff (J.). 
Inlands. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



BlBLlOORAMt OP THE 



Atka — Continued. 

Vocabulary. Seo Dall (W. H.), 

Gibbs (G.), 
Voiiiainiiioff(J.). 

Atkinson (i^ev. Christopher). The { Emi- 
grant's Guide I to | New Brunswick, | 
British North America. | By | the Rev. 
Christ. Atkinson, A. M., | Late Pastor 
of Mascreen Kirk, St. Gteorge, New 
Brunswick. | [Quotation six lines.] | 

Berwick-upon-Tweed: | Printed at 
the Warder Office, 57, High Street. | 
1842. * 

Pp. l-iv, 1-124, map and plates, 16o. — The 
Lord's Prayer in Eakimo, p. 08. 

A I Guide j to | New Brunswick, | 

British North America, &c. | By the 
Rev. Christopher W. Atkinson, A. M. | 
Late Pastor of Mascreen Kirk, St. 
George, New Brunswick. | Second Edi- 
tion. I [Quotation, five lines.] | 

Edinburgh : | Printed by Anderson & 
Bryce, High-atreet. 1 1843. * 

Pp. i-lr, 1-2, 1-220. map and pUto, 16o.— 
Lord's Prayer in Eskimo, pp. 137-13a 

The third edition : Edinburgh, 1844, pp. i-xvi. 
13-284, 16P, contains no linguistics. * 

Titles and notes of the three editions of this 
work from Mr. W. Eames. 

Attuaegaiitit Evangeliumit sukui&ut^jt. 
See Kragh (P.). 

AttuaskkaBD illuarsantiksaBt See Kragh 
(P.). 

Atuagagdliutit | Nalinginamik | tus- 
aruminasassnnik uuivk&t. | No. 1-45. | 
Nungme Nuuap Nalagata | Nakiteri- 
vianeNakitat. I L. Mollermit. 1 1861-1865. 
Literal tranilation: The means for famish- 
ing reading. | Aboat all sorts of | things heard, 
narrations. | No. 1-45. | At the Point [6odt- 
haab] on the ooantry its mler's [the Inspec- 
tor's] I his printing press pressed. | From L. 
Moller. 

An iUostrated eight-page qnarto paper, two 
columns to the page, printed in Enkimo at God t- 
haab, Greenland, in a small printing office, 
founded by Dr. H. J. Bink in connection with 
the inspector's office. First issued January, 
1861, and continued at irregular intervals. Up 
to and including the issue of April, 1874 (No. 
103), the columns were numbered consecutively 
to 3,081. This is followed by 24 columns index. 
Since that time there have been six volumes is- 
sued to April 15, 1880, each containing 102 col- 
nmns, making in all 4,257 columns. This is tho 
last I have seen. Dr. Rink informs me tho pub- 
lication was continued until 1885, the whole 
numbering 5,182 columns, with more than 250 
leaves of illustrations in addition. 



Atuagagdliutit — Continued. 

Ck>pi9t t$en ; British Museum, Congress, Pow- 
ell. 

Parts 1-4. Jan.-April. 1865, at the Fischer 
sale. No. 2,843, brought £1. 
Auer (Alois). Outside Htle: Sprachen- 
halle. I 

N. B. Die erste Abtheilung, das Vater 
Unser in 608 Sprachen und Mundarten, 
enthalt den Adelung'schen Mithridates 
sauimt 86 von mir beigefUgten Vater- 
Unser-Formeln, in getreuen Abdrucke 
nach den | Quellen, und zwar in tabel- 
larischer Aufetellung, um alle Mangel 
und Fehler der Originalien deutlicher 
zu veranscbaulicben, und dadurcb die 
Verbesserung zu erzielen. | 

Die zweite Abtheilung, das Vater 
Unser in 206 Sprachen und Mundarten, 
enthalt die von mir neuerdings gesam- 
melten verbesserten Vater-Unser in don 
Volkern eigenthttralichen Schriftziigen 
mit der | betreflPenden Aussprache und 
Tvortlichen Uebersetzung, | A. Auer. 
Firtt engraved title: Das | Vater Unser 
Second engraved Htle: Das | Yater Unser | in 
mehr als 200 Sprachen und Mundarten | mit | 
Originaltypen. 
IWieni 1844-1847. J 

Outside title, reverse, a short description, 1 
sheet ; 17 other sheets printed on one side only, 
in portfolio; oblong folio. Part I, dated 1844, 
has the caption : Das Yatcr-Uuscr in mehr als 
• seohshundert Sprachen und Mundarten, type 
metrische aufgestellt. Part II, dated 1847, 
has the caption: Das Vater-Unser in 200 Spra- 
chen und Mundarten, neuerdings gcsammelt 
und .aufgestellt von A. Auer. Zweite Abthei- 
lung. Mit 55 versohiedenen den Y oikern eigen- 
thiimliohen Schriftzilgen abgedruckt. 

The Lord's Prayer in the Greenland is num- 
bered 602-607. 

Oopiet teen: Astor, British Museum, Con- 
gress, Harvard. 

Sabin's Dictionary, No. 57438, gives brief title 
of an edition: Yiennse e Typographia Imp. 
1851, royal 8°. (*) 
Authoriliea See Catalogue, 

DaU (W. H.) and Baker (M,), 

DeSchweinitz (E.), 

Giessing (C). 

Leclero (C), 

Ludewig (H. B.X 

Nyerup (R.), 

Pick (B.), 

Quaritch (B.), 

Reichelt (G. T), 

Rink m. J.h 

Sabin (J.). 

Steiger (E.), 

VahM(J.S.), 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



B. 



Baer (John). Comparative vocabnlary 
of the Yerigen and Chaoklock. 

ICanaacript, 8 11. folio, in the Bare»ii of Eth- 
nology ; printed form of 180 words. A note as 
follows: "Tho foregoing were taken by John 
Bser, U. S. Marines, belonging to Commander 
Bodgers* N. Paeiflo Exploring Expedition, and 
were coUeoted. in Olasenep Harbor, Straits of 
Senlavine, west side of Behrings Straits." 

The **Cbncklock'* is Eskimoan; the Yeri- 
gen is probably a Siberian language. 

Baer (Karl Ernst von). Statist! ache nnd 
ethnograpbischo Nachrichten | iiber | 
die Rassischen Besitzungen | an der | 
Nordwestktiste von Awerika. | Gosam* 
melt I von dem ehemaligen Oberver- 
waiter dieser Besitzangeu, | Contre- 
Admiral v. Wraugell. | Anf Rosten der 
Kaiserl. Akademieder Wissenschafben | 
beransgegeben | nnd mit den Berech- 
nungen ans WrangelPs Witternngs- 
beobacbtongen | nnd andern Znsatzen 
vermehrt | von | K. £. v. Baer. | 

St. Petersburg, 1839. | Bnchdrnckerei 
der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wis- 
senscbaften. 

Forms vol. 1 of Baer (K. K von) and Helmer- 
•en (G. Ton), Beitrftge rar Kenntniss des Kass- 
iachen Reiches, St Petersburg, 1830, 8^. 

Short comparatire vocabnlary of the Atna, 
Ugalenzen, and Koloschen, p. 09. — Short vo- 
cabnlary of the Ink ttlUehl&iten. pp. 1 10-121.— A 
few words and numerals (1-^) of the Eskimo of 
Behring Strait, theKadiak. EskimoQf Igloolik, 
and Unalaschker. p. 123.— IT^ames of the planets 
and months in Knskokwim, pp. 134-135.— Com- 
parative vocabulary of the Alonten of Fox Isl- 
and, Kadjack, Tschugatsehen, IJgalenzen, Kns- 
kokwim, and neighboring tongues not Eski- 
noan, pp. 250-270. 

Copiei9een: Congress. 

Knskntobewak vocabnlary. 

In Richardson (J.), Arctic Searching Expe- 
dition, vol. 2, pp. 300-382, London, 1851, 89. 

Reprinted in the edition : New York, liar, 
pera, 1862, 8o, pp. 235-236. harvard.) 

Baffin Bay Vocabulary. See Notice. 

[Bagster (Jonathan), editor. ] The Bible 
of £very Laud. | A History of | the Sa- 
cred Scriptnrcs | in every Language 
and Dialect | into which translations 
have been made : | illustrated with | 
specimen portions in native characters ; 
I Series of Alphabets; | Coloured Eth- 
nog^phical Biaps, | Tables^ Indexes, 
etc. I Dedicated by permission to his 
Grace the Archbishop of Canterbury. | 
[Vignette, and quotation, one line.] | 



Bagster (J.) — Continued. 

London : | Samuel Bagstor and Sons, 
I 15, Paternoster Row ; | Warehouse for 
Bibles, New Testaments; prayer books, 
lexicons, grammars, concordauces, ( 
and psalters, in ancient and modern 
languages. [ 1848-1 8:> 1. 1 

Pp. i-xxviii, 1-3, 1-40G. 1-J2, maps, 40.— Gos- 
pel of John i, 1-14, in tbe Esquimaux of Labra- 
dor, p. 359 ; in the language of Greenland, pp. 
362-363. 

Copitg teen: American Bible Society, Bos' 
ton Athenasum. 

[ ] The Bible of every Land; | or, | A 

History, Critical and Philological, | of 
all the Versions of the Sacred Script- 
ures, I in every language and dialect 
into which | translations have been 
made; | with | specimen portions in 
their own characters: | including, like- 
wise, I the History of the original texts 
of Scripture, | and intelligence illustra- 
tive of the distribution and | results of 
each version : | with particular refer- 
ence to the operations of the British 
and Foreign Bible Society, and kindre<l 
institutions, | as well as those of the 
missionary and other societies through- 
out the world. | Dedicated by permis- 
sion to his Grace the Archbishop oi 
Canterbury. | [Vignette.] | 

London : | Samuel Bagster and Sons, 
I 15, Paternoster Row ; | Warehouse for 
Bibles, New Testaments, prayer books, 
lexicons, grammars, concordauces, 
and psalters, | in ancient and modern 
languages. | [Quotation, one line.] 
[1848-1851.1 

11 p. n. pp. xvii-lxiv, 4 11. pp. 1-400. 1-4. 2 11. 
pp. 1-12, 3 11. 4<3.— Linguistics as in previous 
title. 

Copies $een: Aster. 

[ ] The Bible of Every Land. | A his- 
tory of I the Sacred Scriptures | in every 
I language and dialect | into which 
translations have been made : | illus- 
trated by I specimen portions in native 
characters; | Series of Alphabets: | 
coloured ethnographical maps, | tables, 
indexes, etc. | New edition, enlarged 
and enriched. | [Design, and quotation, 
one line.] | 

London: | Samual Bagster and Sons: 

I at the warehouse for Bibles, New 

Testaments, church services, prayer 

Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



8 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Bagster (J.)— Continued, 
books^ lexicons, grammars, | concord- 
ances, and psalters, in ancient and mod- 
em languages ; | 15, Paternoster Row. 
[I860.] 

27 p. IL pp. 1-36, 1-480, maps, 4o.— Gospel of 
John i, 1-14, in the Esqaimaax of Labrador, p. 
438 ; in the Groenland (1790 Torsion), p. 441 ; in 
the Oreeoland (1822 version), p. 443. 

Oopieissm : Boston Pablio, Congress, Eames. 

Baker (Marcus). See DaU (W. H.) and 

Baker (M.). 

Balbi(Adrien). Atlas | ethnographique 
dn globe, | ou | classification des pen- 
pies I anciens et moderues | d'apr^ 
leurs laugaes, | pr^c^d^ d'un disconrs 
sur rntilit6 et Pimportance do P^tnde 
des langnes appliqn^e h plnsienrs 
branches des connaissances humaines ; 
d'un aper^u | sur les moy ens graph iqnes 
employes par les diff6rens penples do la 
terre; d'un conp-d'oeil sur Vhistoire | de 
la langue slave, et sur la marche pro- 
gressive do la civilisation | et de la lit- 
tdrature en Russio, | avec environ sept 
cent« vocabulaires des principaux idi- 
omes connus, | et suivi | dn tableau 
physique, moral et politique | des cinq 
parties du monde, | D6d\6 li S. M. VEm- 
pereur Alexandre, | par Adrien Balbi, | 
ancien professeur de geographic, de 
physiqne et de math6matiques, | raem- 
bre correspondant de TAthdn^ de Tr6- 
vise, etc. etc. | [Design. ] | 

A Paris, | Chez Rey et Gravier, Li- 
braires, Quai des Augnstins, N<» 55. | 
M. DCCC. XXVI [1826]. | Imprim^chez 
Paul Reuouard, Rue Garoncibre, N*» 5, 
P.-S.-G. 

73 annumbered II. folio. 

Langnes de la region bor6aIe de TAm^riqne 
da Nord, formant la faroille des idiomes eski- 
maux, plate xxxvi. — Tableau polyglotte des 
Ungues am6ricaines, plato xli, contains a vo- 
oabnlary of t\renty-six words of a number of 
languages, among them the Ougaljakhmoutsi, 
Groenlaadais (propre), Groenlandais (Boss ou 
de la Bale da Prince B^gent), Groenlandais 
(Dobb), Groenlandais (Parry ou de Tile d'lli* 
ver), Tchoagatche-Konega, Aloatien de I'lle 
Ounalaaka, Tchoaktchc-Am6ria ou Agleraoute 
del*IloKaniwok, Tchoaktche-Am6rio. ou Agle- 
raoute de rile Saint- Lanrent. 

Oopie$»een: Astor, British Museum, Powell, 
Watkinson. 

Introduction | k \ I'atlas ethno- 
graphique I du globe, I conten;«nt | 
un disconrs sur Tntilit^ et Pimpor- 



Balbi (A.) — Continued, 
tance de Pdtnde des langnes | appli- 
qu<^e h plusieurs branches des connais- 
sances humaines; | un aper^u | sur les 
moyens graphiques employes par les 
diff^rens peuples de la terre; | des ob- 
servations sur la classification des 
idiomes | d^crits dans Patlas; | un conp- 
d'oeil sur Thistoire de la langue slave | 
et sur la marche progressive de la 
civilisation et de la litt^rature | en 
Russie, I d6di6 | ^ S. M. FEmperenr 
Alexandre, | par Adrien Balbi, | ancien 
professeur de g^graphie, de physique 
et de math^matiques, | membre cor- 
respondant de TAth^u^ de Tr^vise, 
etc, etc. I Tome premier. | [Design.] | 

A Paris, | chez Rey et Gravier, Li- 
braires, | Quai des Augustins, N** 55. | 
M. DCCC. XXVI [1826]. 

Pp. i-cxliii. 1-416, 8^. Vol. I all that was 
published.— Langnes de la region bordale de 
rAm6rique du Nord, formant la famille des 
idiomes esquimaux, pp. 317-321, contains (from 
Cranz) the conjugation of the verb ermik (to 
wash one's self), at first without suffixes, then 
with suffixes; also information on the litera- 
ture of the language. 

Copies teen : Astor, Boston Athenfeum, Brit- 
ish Museum, Congress, Watkinson. 

The Atlas and Introduction together priced 
by Lederc, 1878, No. 2044, at 30 fr. At the 
Murphy sale, No. 136*, they brought $3.50. 

Balltz (Antoine). Vocabulary of the 
Aleuts. 

Manuscript, 10 11. 49. In the library of the 
Bureau of Ethnology. Collected in the Aleu- 
tian Islands in 1860. 

Bancroft: This word following a title indi- 
cates that a copy of the work referred to was 
seen by the conipiler in the library of Mr. H. 
H. Bancroft, San Francisco, Cal. 

Bancroft (Hubert Howe). The | Native 
Races | of | the Pacific States of North 
America. | By | Hubert Howe Bancroft. | 
Volume I. I Wild Tribe8[V. Primitive 
History]. | 

New York: | D. Appleton and Com- 
pany. I 1874 [-1876]. 

5 vols, maps and plates, 8o. Vol. I. Wfld 
Tribes; II. Civilized Nations; IIL Myths and 
Languages; lY. Antiquities; Y. Primitive 
HUtory. 

About one- third of vol 3 of this work is 
devoted to the languages of the west coast. 
Chapter I giving a classification of languages 
and a general discossion. Chapter II is headed 
"Hyperborean Languages," and contains, pp. . 
574-580, Distinction between Bskimoand Amer- 
ican, Eskimo pronunciation and declension, 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



Bancroft (11. H.}~ Continued. 

BialeoU of tbe Koniagos and Aleuts, Dialects 
of the AtiuUis and Ugalenzes compared; vo- 
cabulary of the Eskimo, Kuskokwigmuto, 
lialemuto, Aleut, and Eadiak. 

Oopiea $een: Astor, Bancroft, Brinton, Brit- 
ish If useom, Barnes, Powell. 

Priced by Leclerc, 1878, Ko. 49, at 150 fr. 
Bought by Quaritcb at tbe Kamircx sale (cat- 
alogue No. 057) for £5 15s, and priced by him, 
Ko. 29917, at £5. 

Tho I Native Races | of | the Pacific 

States I of I North America. | By | Hu- 
bert Howe Bancroft. | Volume I. | Wild 
Tribe8[-V. Primitive History]. | 

Author's copy. | San Francisco. 1874 
[-1876]. 

5 vols. 8P. Similar, except on title-page, to 
provioua editions. One hundred copies issued. 

Copies teen: Bancroft, British Museum. 

In addition to tho above this work has been 
issued with the imprint of Longmans, London ; 
If aiaonneuve, Paris; and Brookhaus, Leipzig; 
none of which have I seen. 

The Works | of | Hubert Howe Ban- 
croft. I Volume IC-V]. | The Native 
Races. | Vol. I. Wild Tribes[-V. Primi- 
tive History]. | 

San Francisco : | A. L. Bancroft &. 
Company, Publishers. | 1882. 

5 vols. 8^. This series will include the His- 
tory of Central America, History of Mexico, 
Ac., each with its own system of numbering 
and also numbered consecutively in the series. 
Of these works there have been published vols. 
1-7. 9-13, 15, 18-22, 27-29, 32, 33. 

Copies seen : Bancroft, British Museum, Con* 
greas, Powell. 

BanxiUter (Henry Marty n). Vocabulary 
of the Malimooty Kotzebue Sound. 

Manuscript of 200 words, 10 11. 4^. In the 
library of tho Buroau of Ethnology. 

Baptiamal forms, Greenland. See Bgode (H.). 

Barth (Johannes August). Pacts | annis 
MDCCCXIV et MDCCCXV | foederatis 
arm is restitutae | monumentum | orbis 
terramm | de | fortuna reduce gaudia | 
f^ntium Unguis iuterpretans | princip- 
ibns piis felicibus augustis | populisque 
I victoribus liberatoribus liberatis | 
dicatum. | [Engraving.] [Curante | Jo- 
hanne Augusto Barth. | 

Vratislaviae [Breslau], | Typis Gras- 
ail Barthii et Comp. 1816. 

Outside title reading: Monumentum Pacis, 
1 L title above vemo blank 1 1. 49 other un- 
numbered 11. folia — An ode in the langnogo or 
Greenland (over tho name of J. Brodorwn), 
40.. 



Barth (J. A. ) — Continued. 

Copies seen: Astor, Congress, British Mu< 
seum. 

There is another edition, in 1818, with title 
exactly similar to the above, 81 IL large folio. 
The Greenland ode occurs on the 73d 1. (British 
Museum.) 

Bartholinua (Caspar). Vocabula Grden- 
landica coUecta & Casp. Bartholino, J. 
U. D. 

In Bartholinus (Thomas), Acta medica &, 
philosophica Halhiensia, roL 2, pp. 71-77, 
HafnhD, 1675, sm. 4o. 

Contains about 250 Greenland words, ar- 
ranged alphabetically, two columns to the page, 
with Latin equivalents. 

Barton (Bei^amin Smith). New Views 
I of the I Origin | of the | Tribes and 
Nations | of | America. | By Benjamin 
Smith Barton, M. D. | Correspondent- 
Member [«&c. 10 lines]. | 

Philadelphia: ] Printed for the Au- 
thor, I by John Bioreu. | 1793. 

1 p. 1. pp. i-cix, 1-133, 1-32, 8°.— Vooabnlory 
of the GreoDlandera (from Cranz), and Eski- 
maux words scattered through tho compara- 
tive vocabulary, which occupies pp. 1-133. 

C^ipies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con* 
gross, Eames, Wisconsin Historical Society. 

A copy at the Field sale, catalogue No. 107, 
brought $8. Leclerc, 1878, No. 809, prices an 
uncut copy at 40 fr. At tho Murphy sale, 
catalogue No. 184, a half-morocco copy brought 
19.50. 

The first edition, Philadelphia; 1797, does 
not contain the Greenland vocabulary, but does 
include a few Eskimo words. (Congress.) 

Baatiaii (Adolf). Ethoologie und xer- 
gleichendo Lioguistik. 
In Zeitschrift fur Ethnologic, vol. 4 (1873), 
pp. 137-102, 211-231, Berlin, f n. d.), 80. 

Contains examples in, and gramroatlo com- 
ments upon, a number of American languages, 
among them the Tschudi and Greenland, p. 157. 

Bathurst VocabuUry. See Potitot (E. F. S. J.). 

Beck (John). [Translations into the lan- 
guage of Greenland.] * 
"He translated tho entire New Testament, 
with several portions of the Old, into the native 
tongue; and only a year before his departure 
[his death, wliich occurred in 1777J assisted 
brother Konigsecr in revising a version of tho 
Harmony of tho Four Gospels.'*— Oani: 

Beeohey ( Capt. Frederic William). Nar- 
rativc | of a | Voyage to tho Pacific | 
aud I Beoriug's Strait, | to co-operato 
with I tbe Polar Expeditions: | per- 
formed in I His Majesty's Ship Blos- 
som, I under the command of | Captain 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



10 



BIBLIOGRAI^HY OF THE 



Beeche7(F. W.) — Continued. 
F.W. Beechey, R. N. | F. E. S., F. R. A. S.. 
and F. R. G. 8. | In the years 1825, 2G, 
27, 28. I PublUbed by authority of tbo 
Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty. 
I In two parts. | Part I[-II]. | 

London : | Henry Colburn and Rich- 
ard Bentley, | New Burlington Street. | 
MDCCCXXXI [1831]. 

2 Tols. m&p, 4<>.— Esquimanx names of ani- 
mals, vol. 1, p. 299. — Vooabalary of words of the 
western Ssqoimanx, vol. 2, pp. C19-C27. 

The introductory remarks say : * * This vocab- 
ulary contains a collection of words made by 
Mr. Collie, Mr. Osmer, and myself." 

Oofiet $een: Bancroft, Boston AthencBum, 
British Museum, Congress. 

A copy at the Field sale, catalofi^e No. 122, 
brought $8. 

Narrative | of a | Voyage to the Pa- 
cific I and Beering's Strait | to co-oper- 
ate with I the Polar Expeditions: | per- 
formed in His Majesty's Ship Blossom, | 
under the command of | Captain F. W. 
Beechey, R.N. I F.R.<S., &c. | in the 
years 1825,26,27,28. | Pablished by au- 
thority of the Lords Commiesibners of | 
the Admiralty. | Anew edition. | In two 
volumes. | Vol. I[-II]. | 

London: | Henry Colburn and Rich- 
ard Bentley, ] New Burlington Street. | 
1831. 

2 Tola, maps, 8®.— Vocabulary of words of 
the western Esquimaux, pp. 360-383. 

Copietieen: Astor, Bancroft, Eames. 

Sabhi's Dictionary, No. 4317, titles an edi- 
tion: London, John Murray, 1831, 2 vols. 8°. 

Narrative | of a | Voyage to the Pa- 
cific I and Beeriug's Strait, | to co-oper- 
ate with I the Polar Expeditions: | 
performed in | his Majesty's Ship Blos- 
som, I under the command of | Captain 
F. W. Beechey, R. N. | F. R. S. &c. | in 
the years 1825, 20, 27, 2S. | Published by 
authority of the Lords Commissioners | 
of the Admiralty. | 

Philadelphia : | Carey & Lea — Chest- 
nut Street. | 1832. 

Pp. i-vl, 1 1. pp. i-xi, 13-493, 8°.— Esquimaux 
names of animals, pp. 255-256. 

Oopie$$een: Boston Atheuffium, British Mu- 
seum, Congress. 

A copy at the Field sole, catalofi^e No. 123, 
brought $2.50, and one at tlie Murphy sale, cata- 
logue No. 205, $1.75. 

Sabin's Dictionary, No. 4348, titles a German 
Yorsion: Weimar, 1832, 2 vols. 8°. 
Behring Strait Numerals. 8oo Baer (K. E. vou). 



Benediction, Hudson Bay. See Peck (B. J.). 
Bergholtz (Gustaf Fredrik). The Lord's 
Prayer | in the | Principal Languages, 
Dialects and | Versions of the World, | 
printed in | Type and Vernaculars of 
the I Different Nations, | compiled and 
published by | G. F. Bergholtz. | 

Chicago, Illinois. | 1884. 

Pp. 1-200, 120,— The Lord's Prayer in the 
Esquimaux or Eskimo (Labrador and the 
Whale Bivers, Hudson's Bay, British Amer- 
ica), p. CO.—rLord's Prayer in Greenland, p. 85. 

Copie$ieen: Congress. 

Bergmann (Gustav von). Das Gebeth 
de« Ilerm | oder | Vaternnsersamm- 
lung I in huudert zwey und fiinfzig 
Sprachen. | Heransgegeben | von | 
Gastav von Bergmann | Prediger zu 
Ruien in Livland. | [Design.] | 

Gedruckt zu fiuien 1789. 

TiUe and C other p. 11. pp. 1-58, 4 11. Iflo.— 
Lord's Prayer in Greenland, p. 6. 

Copies seen : British Museum. 

Berthelsen (R.) See KaladUt Okalluk- 
tnalliait. 

Beyer (John Frederic). Gronland-Ger- 
man | Dictionar | By | John Frederic 
Beyer. | New Hermliuth | Greenland | 
Apr. IC 1750. * 

Manuscript, 1G3 pp. (^xP) in. in size, averag- 
ing 82 words, with definitions, to the page. 
No preface or introduction. Preserved in the 
Moravian archives at Bethlehem, Pa. This 
description was kindly procured for me by Mr. 
John W. Jordan, of the Pennsylvania Histor- 
ical Society, Philadelphia. 

Bibelib | piviauaruinga, saimanarnin- 
galo. I [Picture of Bible.] | 

[Druct von J, B. Steinkopf in Stutt- 
gart.] 1851. 

Literal translation: The Bible | its precious- 
ness and its consolation. 

1 p. I. pp. 1-8, 10°. Tract in the language 
of the Eskimo of Labrador. 

Copies seen: American Tract Society. 

Bibelimitnjarsimmassut. SeeStdnborg 

(K. J. O.). 
Bibelingoak iraaI6n6t: Gudim. See Fa- 

bricius(0.). 
Bibelingoak Merdlainnut imaloneet. 

ScePabricius(0.). 
Bible: Greenland. See Tcstamenteto- 

kak. 
Old Testament Greenland. Beck (J.), 

(in part), 
Olil Testament Greenland. BrodersentJ.). 

(in part), 
Pentateuch, Labrador. MosesiL 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



11 



ble— Continued. 


1 


Bible — Con tinned. 




OenetiB, 


Greenland. See Fabricius(0.). | 


Four Gospels, 


Labrador. See Barghardt (C. 


G«ne0iii, 


Labrador. 


Mosesib. 






F). 


Sxodas, 


Greenland. 


Kragh (P.). 


Four Gospels, 


Labrador. 


Tamedsa Mat- 


Exodus, 


Labrador. 


Four Books. 






thsDusib, 


Leviticus, 


Greenland. 


Kragb (P.). 


Four Gospels, 


Labrador. • 


Testamentl* 


Leviticus, 


Labrador. 


Four Books. 






tak tamacdsa 


Numbers, 


Labrador. 


Four Books. 


Matthew, 


Aleut. 


Tlshnoff(E.). ' 


Deuteronomy. 


Labrador. 


Four Books. 


MaUhew. 


Aleut. 


Veniarainoff 


Joshua, 


Greenland. 


Kragh (P.). 






(J.) and Nett- 


Joshua. 


Labrador. 


Erdmann (F.). 






vietoffM.). 


JaOffes. 


Greenland. 


Kragh (P.). 


Matthew (pt.), 


Greenland. 


Warden (D.B.). 


JndKes. 


Labrador. 


Erdmann (F.). 


Matthew (pt.). 


Labrador. 


Warden (D.B.). 


Ruth, 


Greenland. 


Kragb (P.). 


Luke. 


GreenLind. 


Apostelit. 


Ruth. 


Labrador. 


Erdmann (F.). 


Luke, 


Hudson Bay. 


Peck (E. J.). 


Samuel T-II. 


Greenland. 


Kragh (P.). 


John (part), 


Eskimo. 


Church. 


Samuel I-ir, 


Labrador. 


Erdmann (F.). 


John (part), 


Greenland. 


American Bi- 


Kings I-II. 


Greenland. 


Kragh (P.). 






ble Society, 


Kings I-II. 


Labrador. 


Erdmann (F.). 


John (part), 


Greenland. 


Apostelit. 


Chronicles, 


Labrador. 


Erdmann (F.). 


John (part). 


Greenland. 


Bugstor (J.), 


Esra, 


Greenland. 


Kragh (P.). 


John (part), 


Greonl.ind. 


Bible Society, 


Ezra. 


Labrador. 


Erdmann (F.). 


John (part). 


Greenland. 


British and 


Kehemiah, 


Greenknd. 


Kragh (P.). 






Foreign Bi- 


Nehemiah, 


Labrador. 


Erdmann (F.). 






ble Society. 


Esther, 


Greenland. 


Kragh (P.). 


John (part), 


Greenland. 


Warden (1>.B.). 


Esther. 


Labrador. 


Erdmann (F.). 


John (part), 


Hudson Bay. 


Peck (B.J). 


Job, 


Labrador. 


Erdmann (F.). 


John (part), 


Labrador. 


American Bi- 


Psalms, 


Greenland. 


Brun (R.), 






ble Society, 


Psalms, 


Greenland. 


Egede (Paul), 


John (part). 


Labrador. 


Bjigsler (J.), 


Psalms, 


Greenland. 


Egede (Peter), 


John (part). 


Labrador. 


Bible Society, 


Psalms, 


Greenland. 


Fabrioius (0.), 


John (part), 


I^abrndor. 


Britl.sli and 


Psalms. 


Greenland. 


Jorenscn (T.), 






Foreign Bi- 


Psalms, 


Greenland. 


Kjor (K.), 






ble Society. 


Psalms, 


Greenland. 


Kristnroiutut, 


John, 


Labrador. 


Kohlmeistor 


Psalms, 


Greenland. 


Mailer (V.), 






(G. B.), 


Psalms, 


Greenland. 


Wolf(N.G.). 


John (part). 


Labrador. 


Warden (I>.B.). 


Psalms, 


Labrador. 


Davidib, 


Acts, 


Labrador. 


Acts, 


pMUms, 


Labrador. 


Erdmann (F.). 


Acts, 


Labra<lor. 


Apostelit, 


Proverbs, 


Greenland. 


Wolf (N. G.). 


Acts, 


Labrador. 


Tostamenti- 


Proverbs, 


Labnulor. 


Erdmann (F.), 






tak tamiedna. 


Proverbs, 


Labrador. 


Salomonib. 


EpUtles. 


Greenland. 


ApoHtolit, 


Ecclesiastes, 


Labrador. 


Erdmann (F.). 


Epistles, 


Greenland. 


Gospels. 


Song of Solo- Labrador. 


Erdmann (P.). 


Epistles, 


Labrador. 


Acts. 


mon, 






Epistles, 


Labrador. 


Epistles. 


Isaiah. 


Greenland. 


Brodorsen (J.), 


Epistle. Ro- 


Hudson Bay. 


Pock (B. J.), 


Isaiah, 


Greenland. 


Wolf(N.G.). 


mans (pt.). 






Isaiah. 


Labrador. 


Prophetib. 


E pistles, Corin- 


Hudson Bay. 


Peck (E. J.). 


Jeremiah. 


Labrador. 


Salomonib. 


thians (pt.). 






Sxekid, 


Labrador. 


Salomonib. 


Epistlos, John 


Hudson Biy. 


Peck (E.J). 


Daniel. 


Gremland. 


Kragh (P.). 


(pt.). 






Daniel, 


Labrador. 


Salomonib. 


Revelation. 


Greenland. 


Apostelit. 


Minor prophets, Greenland. 


Kragh (P.). 


U>)volation, 


Hudson B»»y. 


Pecic(E J.). 


Minor prophets, Labrador. 


Salomonib. 


Revelation, 


Labrador. 


Acts. 


Apocrypha (pt ), Greenland. 
NewTestament, Greenland. 


Kragh (P.). 
Beck (J.), 


Bible (gm,in), Greenland See Fabricius (0). 


New Testament, Greenland. 


Egede (Paul), 


Bible lessons : 






New Testament, Greenland. 


Fabricius (0.), 


Greenland. 


See Fabricius (a>. 


New Testament, Greenland. 


Klein Schmidt 






Kaumarsnk, 






(J. C), 






Kicr (K). 


New Testament, Greenland. 


Testamente- 






Kragli (P.), 






tak terssa. 






Jesusib, 


NewTestament, Labrador. 


Testamento- 






Nalekab, 






tak tamedga. 






Tamcrssa. 


Four GospeU, 


Greenland. 


Egede (Panl), 


Labrador. 




Jerusalemib, 


Four Gospels, 


Greenland. 


Gospels. 






Jesuse, 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



12 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Bible lessons— Con tinned. 

Labrador. * See Kaami^ok, 

NAIekam. 
Nalungiak, 
Kaughtawkkoa, 
Nauk taipkoa, 
^ukakpiak, 
NukakpiarkflBk, 
TamedsaGndib, 
TuflSf^nDgnik, 
Ussornakaat. 

Bible Society, Specimen verses | in 164 
I Languages and Dialects | in which 
the I Holy Scriptures | have been 
printed and circuJated by the | Bible 
Society. | [Design, and one line quo- 
tation.] ] 

Bible House, | Comer Walnut and 
Seventh Streets. ' Philadelphia. [1876?] 

Priotetl covera, pp. 3-40, 18o.— St. John iii, 
IG, in tho langnage of Greenland and of the 
Esqaimaux, p. 30. 

Copies teen: Eamcs, Pilling, Powell. 

Specimen verses | in 215 | languages 

and dialects | in which the | Holy Script- 
ures I have been printed and circulated 
by the | Bible Society. | [Design, and 
one line qtiotation.] | 

Bible House, | Comer Walnut and 
Seventh Streets, | Philadelphia. | 
Craig, Finley & Co., Prs., 1020 Arch 
St. I [n.d.] 

Printed covera, pp. 1-48, l6o.— St. John iii, 
16, in the Eskimo of Labrador and of Green- 
land, p. 20. 
Co2nea ieen: Eames, Powell. 
Some copies of this edition liare printed 
cover, tho title being printed in type differing 
from tho above, and the line beginning with 
tlio word Craig is omltteil. (Eames, Powell.) 
Bible stories : 

Greenland. See Fabricins (O.), 

Gatip, 
Kragh (P.), 
Mcntzel (— ), 
Okantsit, 

Senfkomesnt^pok, 
St6nberg(K.J.O.). 
8tecnlioldt(W. F.), 
Taroersso, 

Tastameutitorkamik. 
Labrador. Olcpemormik, 

Plllitikset, 
Pingortitsinermik, 
Senfkometnn-lpok, 
Unipkantsit 

Boas (Dr. Franz). [Tales and songs of 
the OKomiutand AKudnirmiut, the Es- 
kimo of Cumberland Sound and Davis 
Strait ; collected by Dr. Franz Boas. ] * 



Boas (F.)— Continued. 

Manuscript ; recorded in blatHc books. Infor- 
mation from the anther. Contents as follows : 
I. Old talcs. 

1. YJlmarasuktUaKAjoaK. 

2. Sednalo KaKodlnlo (Sedna and tho molli- 

moke). 

3. YUtaya (tale and song). 

4. Origin of the white men (tale and song). 
6. UnlKartua (old story). 

6. Amalokalo Kaggim innnalo (the woman 

and the spirit of the sing house). 
7-12. Short tales. 

13. Grandmother and grandchild. 

14. Tigang. 
n. Old songs. 

1. Song of the Innuit traveling to Lake Net- 

tilling. 

2. Song of a man who watches the seal at its 

hole. 

3. Mocking the TorgnaK. 
4-7. Songs of the Fomit. 

8. Old song in the language of the Angeknt. 

0. Song of Kofllu's sister. 

10. Terrieniarlo amalukalo (fox and woman). 

11. KandjnK(\iuam nullanga (song of tho 

KaadjuKdjoak's wife). 

12. Tulugam pissinga (song of the raven). 

13. Avignaknlum pissinga (song of the lem- 

ming). 

14. TerrioniaK (song of the fox). 

15. NettiK (song of the seal). 

16. The young man who was lost in his K^jaK. ' 

17. Song of a man who had lost his way home. 

18. Pissik (song). 

1&-21. YglukiUKtung (playing at ball). 

22. Arlura pissinga (song of the killer). 

23. Suluitiing;. 

24. Adlam pissinga (song of the adla). * 

25. Kallopallicg. 
20. Song of the sun. 

III. Fables. 

1. Avignarlo terrieniarlo (lemming and fox). 

2. Tulugarlo naujalo (raven and gall). 

3. Opikdjnarlo avignaknlnlo (owl and lem- 

ming). 

4. Opikdjnarlo Kopemuarlo (owl and snow- 

bird). 

5. Opikdjnarlo tulugarlo (owl and raven). 

IV. New songs. 

1. Beauties of summer. 

2. Journey to Pileing. 

8. Tho returning hunter. 

4. The desperate hnnt«r. 

5. Song of a man who went adi ift on the ice. 

6. Kidloaping's song. 

This material was collected by Dr. Boas in 
1883-'84. A copy was sent to Dr. Rink, of Chi is- 
tiania, Norway, and the original retained by 
tho author. 

In addition to the above. Dr. Boas informs mo 
that ho bos collected a vocabulary of perhaps 
a thousand words and some slight account of 
tho grammar of the hinguage. See Rink (H. J.). 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



13 



Bock (Carl Wilheltn). Analysis Verbi | 
Oder I Nachweisniig der Eatstehung | 
der I FormendesZaitwortes | fUr | For- 
son; Tompns, Modus, Activuni, Me- 
dium nnd Passivnm; | namentlich ini | 
Griechischon, Sanskrit, Lateiuischon | 
uud Tiirkischen ; | von | Carl Wilhelm 
Bock, I Prediger zu Bergholz bei Lock- 
nitz. I 

Berlin. | A. Aslier <& Comp. | 1844. 

Pp. i-viii, 1-172, 8^.— GroQmQdisolie Spraobe, 
p. 34. 

Cfopie$ $«en : British Museam. 

ErklUrnng | dos B^ues | der berUhm- 

testen nnd merkwUrdigsten iilteren nnd 
I uoneren SpracUen | Europa'd, Asian's, 
Afrika's, Aoierika's | nnd der Siidsee- 
Inslcn I von | C. W. Bock. | 

Berlin. | Verlag der Plahn'schen 
Buchbandlung (Henri Sauvage). | 
1853. 

Pp. i-viii, 1 1, pp. v-vi, 1-98, folding diagrams, 
»3. FuUovrod by: AnalyHis Verbi | oder | Er- 
kidraog dee BaaoB | filtorer aod neueror 
Spracben | alter Erdlheile. 

1 p. 1. pp. v-nii, 1-172. 1-24, So—OrSaUln- 
dbcho Sprache, pp. 34, 81, 167. 

Copies seen : Astor, Boeton Publio, British 
Hoaeum, Congreea. 

LBodoni (Jean-Baptiste), ediior,'\ Ora- 
tio I Dominica | in | CLV. Lingvas | 
versa | ot | Exoticis Cbaracteribvs | 
plervmqve expressa. | 

Parmae , Typis Bodonianis | MDCCC VI 
[1806]. 

3 p. 11. pp. i-ocxlix, fulio.— Pars Qaarta, Lin- 
goas Amoricaaas complecteas : Groenlandice 
(ex Erang. GroeoL Hafai® edito), p. ocxvii. 

Copies seen: BritUh Moseam, Lenox, Wat- 
kinson. 

An " ancat, fine, clean copy," at the Fischer 
sale, catalogue No. 1272, brought 3s. Od. 

[Bdggild(0.). Simonimik Syrenimiumik 
. . . O. Boggild. 
Nftngmo, 1876.] 

48 pp. 8^.— Bible story, Simon the C>renian, 
in the Eskimo of Greenland.— £inik. 

[Bompas (Bt, Bev. William Carpenter).] 
Western Esquimaux Primer. 

Colophon : London : Qilbort & Riv- 
ington, Wbitefriars Street, and St. 
Jobn's Square. 

Ko tiUe-page; pp. 1-23, 12^. Grammar les- 
sons, prayers, hymns, and vocabulary, in double 
columns, English and Eskimo, alphabetically 
arranged according to the Eagllsh words. I 
am informed by Archdeacon Klrkby that Mr. 
Bompaa is the author. 



Bompas (W. C.)— Continued. 

Copies seen : Powell, Society tor the Promo 
tlon of Christian Knowledge. 

Boston Athenaeum: Those vrords following a 
title Indicate that a copy of the work referred 
to was seen by the compiler in that library, 
Boston, Mass. 

Boston Public: These words fuUowiog a title 
indicate that a copy of the work referred to 
was seen by the compiler in that library, Bea- 
ton, Mass. 

[Boarqain (Tbeodor). ] Apers(itit kignt- 
sillo I unipkantsinut aglangne ( bailigi- 
u6tunut I apostelillo | kingornganne 
pijoKalanrtunnt | illiugajut. | Illanti- 
tanmaJoKarivoK oKautsit tnssamgartat 
I snnatuinait tukkingita nellonarnngn- 
aertitaunl- | nganuik. | Bibliscbe | und 
kircbengescbichtlicbe | fragen nnd 
antworten | sowie | erkliirung vor- 
scbiedenerfremdwurter; | gcdruckt auf 
kosten der S. F. 0. in London. | 

[G. Winterib Stolpenom6tnb neniU 
anrtangit.] 1872. 

Literal translalion: Questions and Answers 
i [relating] to the stories in writing | holy (f) | 
and the apostles' | afterwards their histories (?) 
I made so. | It explains woi'di* strange | varions 
their sense. | G. Winter's Stolpon printing 
press. I 1872. 

Title 1 1. preface 1 1. vorwort, signed by 
Bourquiu, pp. i-xiii, text pp. 1-99, reverse of 
p. 09 Bericbtigong. lii°. 

A catechism of Bible history in the language 
of Labrador. 

In his preliminary remarks the author asks 
fur criticisms on his work, in order that im- 
provements may be made in a subsequent 
edition. 
Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 
My copy, procured from the TTnititts-Bnch- 
handlung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 1 M. 30 pf. 

• [Esquimau Grammar.} • 

"At the present time [1885] Theodore Bour- 
quin is preparing an Esquimau Grammar which 
will be published in 1880 or 19S7 r—Reiehelt, 

Bonrqniu is super! utendont of the Moravian 
MissioDS in Labrador. 

Brandt (R. J). See Kragh (P.). 

Brinley : This word following a title indicates that 
a copy of the work referred to was seen by the 
compiler at tlio sale of books belonging to the 
lato George Brinley, of Hartford, Conn. 

Brinton: Tliis word following a title indicates 
that a copy of the work referred to was seen 
by the compiler in the library of Dr. D. G. 
Brinton, Media, Pa. 

Bristol Bay Vocabulary. See Johnson (J. W.), 
Yocabolariee. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



14 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



British and Foreign Bible Society: These words 
following a title indicate that a copy of the 
work referred to waa seen by the compiler in 
the library of that institution, London, Eng- 
land. 

Britiah and Foreign Bible Society. Speci- 
mens of some of the languages and 
dialects | in which | The British and 
Foreign Bible Society | has printed or 
circalated | the Holy Scriptures. | 

Colophon: London: Printed by 
Messrs. Gilbert & Riviugton, for the 
British and Foreign Bible Society, 
Queen Victoria Street, E.G., whore all 
information concerning the society's 
work may be obtained, [n. d. ] 

1 sheet, large folio, 28x38 inches, G columns.— 
Contains St. John ill, 16, in Greenland, No. 126, 
and in Esquimaux [of Labrador], No. 127. 

Oopiet teen: British and Foreign Bible So* 
ciety, Pilling, Powell. 

Specimens | of some of the | lan- 
guages and dialects j in which the | 
British and Foreign Bible Society | has 
printed and circulated the Holy Script- 
ures. I [Picture.] | 

No. 10, Earl Street, Blackfriars, Lon- 
don. I Printed by W. M. Watts, Crown 
Court, Temple Bar, London, | from 
types principally prepared at his 
foundry. | [1865t] 

Pp. 1-16. 8o.— Contains Acts ii, 8, in Green- 
land and Esquimaux [of Labrador], p. 15. 

Copieg aoen: British and Foreign Bible So- 
ciety, Powell. 

Specimens | of some of the | lan- 
guages and dialects | in which the | 
British and Foreign Bible Society | has 
printed and circulated the Holy Script- 
ures. I [Picture, and one line.] | 

London. | 1868. | Printed by W. M. 
Watts, 80, Gray's-Inn Road, from typos ', 
principally prepared at his foundry. 

Pp. 1-16, 18<3.— Cout4iin8 Acts ii, 8, in Green- 
land and Esquimaux [of Labrador], p. 15. 

Though agreeing in mo^t respects with the 
[1865] edition, this is not from the same plates. 

Oopiet teen: British and Foreign Bible So- 
ciety, Powell. 

— St. John iii. 16 | in some of the | 
languages and dialects | in which the 
I British & Foreign Bible Society | 
has printed or circulated the Holy 
Scriptures. | [Picture, and one line quo- 
tation.] I 

London : I Printed for the British and 
Foreign Bible Society, | By Gilbert & 



British an d Foreign — Continued. 
Bivington, 52, St. John's Square, E. 
C. I 1875. 

Pp. 1-30, 1 1. 1 6°.— Contains St. John iii, 16, in 
Greenland and £sq uimaux [of Labrador], p. 29. 

Oopiet teen: British and Foreign Biblp So- 
ciety, Pilling, P owell. 

Some copies are date d 1868. (*) 

St. John I II. 16 I in somo of the | 

languages and dialects | in which the 
I British and Foreign | Bible Society | 
has printed and circulated | the Holy 
Scriptures. | 

London: | British and Foreign Bible 
Society, Queen Victoria Street. | Phila- 
delphia Bible Society, cor. Walnut and 
Seventh Sts, | Philadelphia. | [n.d.] 

Printed title on cover, pp. 3-30, 12^.— Con- 
tains St. John iii, 16, in the Greenland and 
Esquimaux I of Labrador], p. 29. 
Copietteen: Eames, PowelL 

St. John iii. 16 | in most of the | lan- 
guages and dialects | in which the | 
British & Forei gn Bible Society | has 
printed or circulated the Holy Script- 
ures. I [Design, and one line quotation.] 

I Enlarged edition. | 

Loudon: | Printed for the British and 
Foreign Bible Society, | By Gilbert & 
Riving ton, 52, St. John's Square, E. C. 

11878. 

1 p. 1. pp. 1-50, 1 6o.— St. John iii, 16, Eskimo 
[of Labrador], and Greenland, p. 26. 
Oopiet teen : A. ni erican Bible Society, Powell, 

St. John iii. 16 | in most of the | 

languages and dialects | in which the | 
British «& Foreign Bible Society | has 
printed or circulated the Holy Script- 
ures. I [Design, and one line quota- 
tion.] I Enlarged edition. | 

London: | Priute d for the British and 
Foreign Bible Society, | By Gilbert & 
Rivington, 52, St. John's Square, E. 
C. I 1882. 

1 p. 1. pp. 1-48, 1 1. 16<3.-St. John iii, 16, in 
Eskimo [of Labrador] and Greenland, p. 26. 

Oopiet teen: British and Foreign Bible So- 
ciety, British Museum, Pilling, PowelL 

Ev. St. Joh. iii. 16. | in den moisten 

der I Sprachen und Dialecte j in welchen 
die I Britische und Ausliindische Bibel- 
gesellschaft | die heilige Schrift druckt 
und verbreitet. | [Design, and one line 
quotation.] | Vermehrte Auflage. | 

London: | Britische und Ausliindische 
Bibelgesellschaft, | 146 Queen Victoria 
I Street, E. C. | 1685. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANQUAGE. 



15 



British and Foreign — Continued. 

Printed cover as above, pp. 1-68, 3 11. 16o.— 
8(. John iii, 16, in Esquimaux, p. 20; in Green- 
land, p. 25. ' 

Copietteen: Powell. 

EBaor.OTbIoaHBa,rj.3ttcT.16. | 06pa3uu | - 

ncpeBoiorbCBflmeiinaro oHcaiiiflJ H34!tiiiiuxi> | 
BejBKo6pHTancKHMi» u HnocTp&Hiiu)ii» I 6u6jc- 
fiGKHiiiodmecTBOiiii. I [Design, and one line 
qaotation.] | 

UeqaiaRo 4-in dpHTaucKaro h MuocTpannaro 
CoOieiicRaro | oHmocTBa, | y reibOepia h Ph- 
BBBFTOBa (Limited), 62, Ct. 45KOB<rb CKBepT», 
.IOH40HI, I 1B85. 

Literal translalion : The gospel by John, 3d 
chapter, 16th verse. | Samples | of the transla- 
tions of the holy scripture, | published I by the 
Brilish and Foreign Bible Society. I 'God's 
word ondareth forever" | Printed for the Brit- 
ish and Foreign Bible | Society | at Gilbert and 
Rivingtou's (Limited) St. John's Square, Lon- 
don, I 1885. 

No inside title, printed cover in Russian as 
above, reverse qaotation and notes, pp. 5-68, 
1 1. IQo.-St John ili, 16, in Eskimo [of Labra- 
dor] and Greenland, p. 36 (Nos. 105 and 106). 
CopUs teen : Powell. 

St. Jean III. 16, &c. | Specimens | 

de la traduction de ce passage dans la 
plapart | des langaes et dialectes | dans 
leaqnels la | Soci^t^ Bibliqne Britan- 
nique et fitrangJiro | a imprim^ ou mis 
en circulation les saintes €critures. | 
[Design, and one lino quotation.] | 

Londres: | Sooi6t6 Biblique Britau- 
niqueetfitrang^re, 1 146, Queen Victoria 
Street, E. C. | 1885. 

Title on outside cover as above, pp. 1-68, 2 11. 
ieo._st. John iii, 16, in Esquimaux, p. 20; in 
Greenland, p. 23. 

Cfopiee eeen: British and Foreign Bible So- 
ciety, Pilling, Powell. 

St. John iii. 16, &c. | in most of tbo | 

languages and dialects | in which the | 
British and Foreign Bible Society | has 
printed or circulated the Holy Script- 
ures. I [Design, and one line quota- 
tion.] t Enlarged edition. | 

London : | The British and Foreigu 
Bible Society, | 146, Queen Victoria 
Street, London, E. C. | 1885. 

Printed cover, pp. 1-68, 2 11. 16o.— St. John 
iii, 16, in Esquimaux [of Labrador], p. 20; in 
Greenland, p. 25. 

In this edition the " specimens " are arranged 
alphabetically instead of geographically. 

Copies teen: British and Foreign Bible So- 
ciety, Pimng, Powell. 



British Museum : These words following a title 
indicate that a copy of the work referred to was 
seen by the compiler in tbe library of the Brit- 
ish Museum, London, England. 

Brodersen ( Jaspar). [An ode in the lan- 
guage of Greenland.] 

In Barth (J. A.), Pacis annis MDCCCXIV 
et MDCCCXV, Sec. 1. 49. Vratlslavlie [Bres- 
Utn], [1816], folio. 

Reprinted in another edition of Barth's work, 
with title similar to above, Yratlslavlw. [1818], 
81 11., large folio, the ode occurring on the 73d 
1. (Britisb Museum.) 

[Translations into the Greenland 

language.] * 

"Brotber Konlgseer, departing this life in 
1786, was succeeded in his office as superintend* 
ent of the mission by Brother Jaspar Broder- 
sen, a student of theology, who had already 
lived several years In the country. * * * 
Being firmly persuaded that the best service 
he could lender to his flock would be to extend 
their acquaintance with the inspired volume, 
he employed his leisure hours in translating 
select portions of the historical part of the Old 
Testament and of the prophecies of Isaiah. 
Besides this he compiled a new colleolion of 
hymns for the use of the Oreenlandors, and, 
having brought a small printing-press with 
him from Europe, he struck oflf a few copies for 
immediate circulation till a larger impression 
could be printed in Germany. * * * A sever© 
fit of illness In April, 17»2, * * * caused his 
return to Europe with his family in 1794."— 
Cram. 

Brown : This word foUowing a title Indicates that 
a copy of the work referred to was seen by the 
compiler in the library of the late John Carter 
Brown, Providence, R. I. 

Brown ( Dr. Robert). On the History and 
Geographical Relations of the Cetacea 
frequenting Davis Strait and Baffin's 
Bay. 

In Royal Society [of London], Manual of the 
Ifat. Hist. Geol. and Physics of Greenland, 
&c. pp. 69-93, London, 1675, 8°. 

Grocniaud and Eskimo (of western shores of 
Davis Strait) names for whales, pp. 70, 91. 

Reprinted ftom the ZoSl. Soo. Proc., No. 35, 
pp. 633-656. * 

Brtm or Bmun (Rasmus). [Gr^nlandst 
Psalmebog. 

Kiobh. 1761.] 

Title from Nyerup's Dansk-norsk Litteratnr- 
lexicon, vol. 1, p. 98. 
Bryant (— ). Table to shew the Affinity 
between the Languages spoken at 
Oonalashka and Norton Sound, and 
those of the Greenlanders and Esqui- 
maux. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



16 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Bryant — Couti u aed . 

In Cook (T.) and Kiug (J.), Vo.vago to the 
Pacific Ocean, vol. 3, pp. 502-553, London, 1781, 
40. 

Contains rocabnlariea of OonalaRlika, Nor- 
ton Sound, Greenland (from Cranz), and £a- 
quimaax. 

Tlicse vocabnlaries arc reprinted in the fol- 
lowing editions of Cook and King's Voyagen: 

London, Nicol, 1784, 3 vols. 4^. Linguistics, 
vol. 3, pp. 654-555. 

Dublin, Chamberlaiue, 1784, 3 vols. h'^'. Lin- 
guistics, vol. 3, pp. 554-55^ 

The second edition: London, Nicol, 1785, 3 
vols. 40. Linguistics, vol. 3, pp. 554-555. 

Paris, 1785, 4 vols. 4°. Linguistics, vol. 4, pp. 
538-539. 

Paris, 1785, 4 vols. 4°. Linguistics, vol. 4, ap- 
pendix, pp. 9d-lC0. 

Perth, Muuson & Son, 1785- ?, 4 vols. 10°. 

Perth, Munson & Sou, 1787, 4 vols. 16°. 

There is an edition in Russian, St. Peters- 
burg, 1805-1810, which I have not seen; and 
one, Philadelphia, De Silver, which contains 
no linguistics. 

The voyages reprinted in Kerr (K.), General 
History and Collection of Voyages, vol. 15, pp. 
114-514, vol. 10, and vol. 17, pp. 1-311. The 
linguistics occur in vol. 16, pp. 310-311. 

Extracts fnmi the work occur in Pinkerton 
and Pelhani, bnt they contain no linguistics. 

The vocabularies are reprinted also in Voy- 
ages of Cupt. James Cook, vol. 2, pp. 553-554, 
London, 1842, 8° (*), and in Fry (K.), Pantog- 
raphy, London, 179D, 8°. 

Bureau of Ethnology: These words following a 
title indicate that a copy of the work referred 
to was seen by the compiler in the library of 
the Bureau of Ethnologj-, "Washington, D*. C. 

[Burghardt {liev. C. F. ). ] The | Gospels 
I according to | St. Mattbew, St. 
Mark, St. Luke, | and | St. John, | 
translated into the language | of | the 
Esquimaux Indians, | on the coast of | 
Labrador; | by the | Missionaries | of 
the I Uuitas Fratrum; or. United 
Brethren. | residing | at Nain, Okkak, 
and llopedalo. | Printed | For the use of 
the Mission, | by | The British and For- 
eign Bible Society. | 

London: | Printed by W. M'Dowall, 
Pemberton Row, Gough Square. | 1813. 

1 p. 1. pp 1-416, 12°. The work does not 
contain the Gospel of John. One thousand 
copies printed fur the British and Foreign 
Bible Society, to correspond with the Gospel 
of St. John, with which it was intended to be 
bound. 

Coput 8Mn: American Bible Society, Astor, 
Congress, Powell, Trumbull. 

Priced by Leclerc, 1878, Ko. 2232, at 20 fr. 
The Brhiley copy, caUloguo No. 5611, brought 



Burghardt (C. F.) — Continued. 

$5.25; the Murphy copy, catalogue No. 2914*, 
$3.50; and a copy is priced by Quaritch, cata- 
logue No. 30046, at 3». 6(f. 

The Beport of the British :iud Foreign 
Bible Society, vol. 1, gives the Utle: The Four 
Gospels in Esquimaux. British and Foreign 
Bible Society, 1811 & 1813. BngsUr's Bible 
of Every Land says John was published in 
1810, tho remaining three in 1813. See Kohl- 
mcister (B. G.) for the former. 

Bu8climaim(Johauu Carl Eduard). Dber 
den Natiirlaut. Von Hrn. Buscbmann. 

In Konigliche Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, 
Abhaudlnngcn aus dem Jnhre 1852, pt. 3, pp. 
391-423, Beriin. 1853, 4°. 

Contains a few words of Kadjak, Eskimo, 
Gronh'iudisch, and luklik. 

Issued separately as follows: 

Uber I den | Naturlaut, | von | Joh. 

Carl Ed. Buscbmann. | 

Berlin, [ In Ferd. DUmiuler's Verlags- 
Bucbhandluug. | 1853. | Gcdruckt in 
der Druckerei der koniglicheu Akade- 
niie ! der Wissenscbaften. 

1 p. 1. pp. 1-34, 4<5. 

Copi€»»eeii: Astor, British Museum. 

Translated nnd i-eprintcd as follows: 

"On Natural Sounds," by Professor 

J. C. E. Buscbmann. Translated by 
Campbell Clarke, Esq., from the Ab- 
bandluvgen Koniglichen Akademie der 
Wissenscbaften zu Berlin, aus dem 
Jahro 1852. 

In Philological Society [of London?], vol. 
6, pp. 188-206. I London, 1855], 8°. 

Der athapaskiscbo Si)r;ich8taram, 

dargestellt von Hrn. Buscbmann. 

In Konigliche Akad. dor Wiss. zu Berlin, 
Abhaudlungen aus dem JaLrc 1855, pp. 144-319. 
Berlin, 1856, 4° 

Comparative vocabularies of a number of 
languages occur on pp. 242-313, among them 
the Ugalenzon, Inkalik', Inkalit., and Kol* 
tschauen. 

Separately issued as follows: 

Der I athapaskische Spracbstamm ( 

dargestellt | von | Joh. Carl Ed. Buscb- 
mann. I Aus den Abhandluugen der 
Konigl. Akademie der Wissenscbaften | 
zu Berlin 1855. I 

Berlin. | Gcdruckt in der Druckerei 
der konigl. Akademie | der Wissen- 
scbaften I 1856. I In Commission bei 
F. Diimmler's Verlags-Bucbbandlung. 

Printed cover 1 1, pp. 149-320, 4^. 

Copies seen: Astor, Brinton, British Ma- 
seum, TrumbulL 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANQUAQE. 



17 



Bogohmann (J. C. E.)— Continued. 

TrUbner's catalofi^e, 1856, No. 639, prices it at 
ei.; the Fischer copy, catalogue No. 273, brought 
]]«. ; the Sqoier copy, catalogue No. 142, $1.13; 
priced by Leclero, 1878, No. 2050, at 10 fr. ; the 
Harphy copy, catalogue No. 2850, brought $2; 
priced by Quaritoh, No. 30031, at 7«. 6d. 

Di6 Pima-Spracbe and die Sprache 

der Koloeclien, darge«telU von Hrn. 
Bascbmann. 

In KoDigliche Akad. dor Wiss. zu Berlin, 
Abhandlnngen, aus dom Jahre 1850, pt 3, pp. 
321-432, Berlin, 1857, 4°. 

A short coniparatiTo vocabulary of the Ko- 
losch and Eskimo, p. 389. 

Separately issued as follows : 

Die Pima-Sprache | und | die SpracUe 

der Koloecben | dargestelU | von | Joh. 
Carl Ed. BuscUmaun. | Aus den Ab- 
Landlungon dor Kooigl. Akademie der 
WisBenscbaften | za Berlin ans dem 
Jabre 1856. | 

Berlin. | Godmckt in der Drackerei 
der Konigl. Akademie | der Wissen- 
scbaften | 1857. | In Commission bei F. 
Dilmmler's Yerlags-Bucbbandlnng. 
1 p. 1. pp. 321-432. 

Copi€t»etn: Astor, British Mosenro, Tram- 
bull. 

At the Fischer sale, a cop^, catalogue No. 
274. brought 6«.; priced by Leclerc. 1878, No. 
2063, at 10 fr. and by TrtibDer, 1882. No. 122. at 
4«. «d. 

Die Volker nnd Spracben Nen-MexU 

ko's nnd der Westseite des britiscben 
Nordamerika's, dargestellt von Hm. 
Boscbmann. 

In K5nigliche Akad. der Wiss. tn Berlin, 
Abhandlangen, aus dem Jahre 1857, pp. 209-414, 
Berlin. 1858, 4°. 

Numerals of Prince William's Sound, p. 326.— 
A few words of Nutka and Eskimo, p. 367. 

Separately issued as follows : 

Die Volker und Spracben | Nen- 

Mexica*(i | nnd | der Westseite | des | 
Britiscben Nordamerika's | dargestellt | 
von I Job. Carl Ed. Bnscbmann. | Aus 
den Abbandlnngen der Konigl. Akade- 
mie der Wissenscbaften | zn Berlin 
1857.1 

Berlin. | Gedmckt in der Bncbdmck- 
erei der Konigl. Akademie | der Wissen- 
scbaften I 1858. I In Commission bei E. 
Dfimmler's Verlags-Bnobbandlung. 

Printed corer, title 1 1. pp. 209-414, 4o. 

Copies $ttn: Astor, Congress. Trumbull, 
Watkinson. 

ESK 2 



BuBohmann (J. C. E.)— Continued. 

The copy at the Fischer sale, catalogue No. 
270, brought 14«.; at the Field sale, catalogue 
No. 235, 75 cents ; priced by Loclerc, 1878. No. 
3012, at 12 fr. and by Triibner, 1882, at 15«. 

Die Spuren der aztekiscben Spracbe 

im nordlicben Mexico nnd boberen 
amerikaniscben Korden. Zugleicb eiue 
Musterung der Volker und Spracben des 
ndrdlicben Mexico's und der Westseite 
Nordamerika's von Guadalaxara an bis 
zum Eismeer. Von Job. Carl Ed. Buscb- 
mann. 

In Konigliche Akad. der Wiss. tu Berlin, 
Abhandlungen, aus dem Jahre 1854, Zwelter 
Snpp-.Band, pp. 1-819 (forms the whole volume), 
Beriin, 1859, 4^ 

Comparison of terms of the Jakntat and 
Ugalenzon, p. 083.— Comparison of terms of the 
Ugayachmutzi and Aztek, pp. 684-685.— Vo- 
cjibulary of the Ugalonzen (from Resanoff and 
Wrangell), pp. 688-689.— Comparison of the lan- 
guage of Prince William Sound (from Port- 
lock) with the Tschngatschon (from Wran- 
gell), p. 693.— Comparison of the Tschngatschon 
(from Wrangell) with the Ka^jnl^ (from Wran- 
gell) and the Innnit of Kotzebne Sound, pp. 
693-694.— Comparison of the dialects of Stuart. 
Nuniwok, and Tschuakak Islands with Eskimo 
dialects, pp. 703,704.— Vocabulary of the Inkilik 
(from Sagoskin and Wasniljew), pp. 707, 708.— 
Vocabulary of the InkalitJug-e|jnut (fh>m Sa- 
goskin), p. 708. 

Separately issued as follows: 

Die I Spuren der aztekiscben Spracbo 

I im nordlicben Mexico | und boberen 
amerikaniscben Norden. | Zugleicb | 
eine Musterung der Volker und Spra- 
cben I des nordlicben Mexico's | uud 
der Westseite Nordamerika's j von Gua- 
dalaxara an bis zum Eismeer. | Von 
Job. Carl Ed. Bnscbmann. | 

Berlin. | Gedrnckt in der Bucbdrnck- 
erei der Konigl. Akademie | der Wis- 
senscbaften. I 1859. 

lp.l.pp.vii-xii,l-819, 40. 

Copies seen: Astor, Briuton, Maisonneuye, 
Qnaritch, TrumbulL 

Published at 20 marks. An uncut half-mo- 
rocco copy was sold at the Fischer sale, cata- 
logue No. 269, to Quaritch for £2 lit ; the Ut- 
ter prices 2 copies, catalogue No. 12552, one at 
£2 2». the other at £2 10s. ; the Pinart copy, 
catalogue No. 178, brought 9 fr. ; Koehler, cat- 
alogue No. 440, prices it at 13 M. 50 pf. ; priced 
by Quaritch, No. 30037, at £2. 

Systematiscbe Worttafel des atba- 

paskiscben Spracbstamms, anfgestellt 
nnd erlautert von Hrn. Buscbmann. 
(Dritte Abtbeiluug des Apacbe.) 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



18 



BIBLTOGBAPHY OP THE 



Baachmann (J. C. E.) — Continued. 

In Konigliche Akad. der Wiss. eii Berliu, 
Abhandlapgen, aas dem Jahre 1859. pt. 3, pp. 
601^86. Borlin. 1860, 4o. 

Comparative rocabalary of a number of lan- 
giia;i;c8, pp. 546-586, among thorn tbe Inkilik, 
IiikalitKinai, Ugalonzon oder Ugalachmjut. 

laaued soparat^'ly aa follows: 

Systeniatische Worttafel | des atlia- 

paakischen Sprachstamms, | aufgestoUt 
nud crlautert | vou | Job. Carl Ed. 
Buecbmaun. | Dritte Abtheilung des 
Apache. | Aus deu Abliandlungon der 
Kouigl. Akademio der Wissenacbaften 
T.VL Berlin 1859. | 

Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Dnickeroi 
der Konigl. Akademie | der Wisson- 
scbaften. | 1860. | In Commissipn vou 
F. Dtimraler's Verlags-Bucbbandlung. 

1 p. 1. pp. 501-586, i°. 

Copies seen: Astor, Trumbull, Watkinson. 

Published at 7 M. 80 pf. ; a copy at tlie Fischer 
Balo. catalogue No. 277, brought 13r ; priced In 
the TrUbnor catalogue of 1833 at 3«. 

Verwandtscbaft der Kinai-Idiome 

des russiscben Nordaracrika's luit dem 
groasen atbapaakiscben Spracbstamme. 



Baschmann (J. C. E.) — Continued. 

In Konigliche Akad. der Wiss. jsu Berlin, 
Bericht turn dem Jahre 1854, pp. 231-230, Berlin, 
[u. d.), 80. 

Comparative vocabulary of the Kenai-Spro- 
chon (Keuai, Atnali, Koltachanen, Inkilok, 
Inkalit, and Ugalenzon), with (be Athapns- 
kischeSprachon (Chcpewyan, Tahkoli, Ku- 
tchin, Sussoe, Dogrib, Tlatskanai, and ITnip- 
qua), facoA p. 236. 

Buynitzky (Stephen Nestor). English- 
Aleutian I Vocabulary. | Prepared by | 
Stephen N. Buynitzky. | Published by 
the Alaska Commercial Company. | 

San Francisco: | "Alta California" 
Book and Job Printing House. | No 629 
California street. | 1871. 

Pp. i-lv, 5-13, 8o.— Preface, containing gram- 
matio remarks and rules, pp. iii-iv.— Vocabu- 
lary, English and Aleutian, in parallel columna, 
arrongcd alphabetically by English words, pp. 
5-11.— Xuraerals 1-21, 30, 40, &o., 100, 200, &0. 

1,000, 10,000, 100,000, pp. le-is. 

Copies of this little work have become very 
scarce; I have seen but one, that belonging 
to M%)or J. W. Powell, and know of but two 
others. 



C. 



[Calendar in Qreenlaud-Eskimo, for tbe 
year 1880. 

Nuugme, nakitigkat, L. M0llcr.] 
[n. d.] 

1 sheet folio. 

Copies ssen: Congress. 

Campbell (Bev. John). On tbe origin of 
some American Indian Tribes. By John 
Campbell. [Second article.] 

In Montreal Nat Hist. Soc. Proc. vol. 9, pp. 
103-212, Montreal, 1879, 8©. 

Aleutian, Kadiak, nud Unalashka worth* 
oomparetl with those of the peninsula, pp. 214- 
205.— Kadiak and Aleutian words compared 
withDacotah, 205-200.— Kadiak and Aloutiau 
words compared with Wyandot-IroquoiH, p. 
206.— Kadink and Aleutian worda comparwl 
with Cherokee-Choctaw, p. 207. 

Oantlcl«s, Greenland. See Tuksiantit. 

Catalogue | de | livres rares | et pr6- 
cieux I manuscrits et imprimis | priii- 
oipalement sur I'Am^rique | et sur los 
langues du monde entier | composant la 
bibliotbfeque de | M. Alph.-L. Pinart | 
et comprenant en totality la biblio- 
th^que Mexico-Guat^malienne de | M. 
rAbb6 Brasseur de Bourbourg | 

Paris I V* Adolpbe Labitte | li- 
bralre do la Bibliotb^que Nationale | 4, 
rue de Lille, 4 | 1883 



Catalogue — Continued. 

Outoido title 1 1. pp. i-viii, 1-248, 8°.— Con- 
tains titles of a number of works in £;}kimo, 
of some of which I have seen no mention else- 
where. 
Copies soen : Congress, Eames, Pilling. 
Oatechism : 

Aleut. See Jean ( Pire) , 

TUhnoff(E.). 
Greenland. Ajokersoutit opperaartult, 

Ajokosrsutit illoartut, 
aperssilitit, 
Egede (H.), 
Egode (Paul). 
Katekismose, 
Sapftmo, 
Tamersa, 
Thorhallcsen (E.). 
Tuksiantit. 
UudHOU Bay. Pock (E. J. ). 
Labrador. Bourquin (T.), 

Erdmaun (F.). 
Catechismus Lutheri. See Bgede ( H. ). 
Cateohismus Mingnek D. M. Lutherim. 

See Bgede (Paul). 
Census : 

GreenlanJ. See Piniartut 

Pt. Barrow. Ray (P. H). 

Chappell (Lieut. Edward). Narrative | 
of a I voyage | to | Hudson's Bay | in | 
bis majesty's ship Rosamond | contain- 
ing some account of | the north-eastern 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



19 



Chappell (£.) — Continued, 
coast of America | and | of the tribes | 
inhabiting | that remote region. | By | 
Lient. Edward Chappell, E. N. | [Two 
lines qaotation.] | 

London : | Printed for J. Mawman, 
Iiudgate street: | By R. Watts, Crown 
Coort, Temple Bar. | 1817. 

6 p. 11. pp. 1-279, map, 8^.— A short Esqai- 
manx Tooabalary (21 words), p. IIG. 

Oopi§9S0en: Aator, Boston Alhonffiam, Brit- 
iah Museum, Congraes, Powell, TnimbulL 

A oopy at tiie Brinley sale, catalogue No. 
6647, broaght $1.75, and one at the Marphy sale; 
catalogue Ko. 549, $1.25; priced by Qaaritoh, 
Ho. 21972, at St. 

Charencey (Hyacinthe de). Recherohes 
I snr les | noms des x>oiut8 de Tespace | 
par I M. le C*« de Chatencey | membre 
[^bc two lines.] | [Design.] | 

Caen | Imprimerie de F. lo Blanc- 
Hardel | me Froide, 2 et 4 | 1882 

Printed coTer 1 1. tiUo 1 1. pp. l-«0, 8o.— 
Famillo Esqnimande: Groenlandais, Tchiglit 
{HeB bonobes du Mackenzie), pp. 11-14. 
CopieMseen: Brioton, Pilling, Powell. 
Ohiagmiut Vocabulary. See Zagoskln (L. A.). 
Christ: 

(Imitation of), Greealand. SceEgede(P.). 
(Lifo of), Labrador. Kalegapta. 

(Salvation Greenland. Kragh (P.). 

through), 
Ohristian 

Creed, Aleut. See Veniaminoff (J.) 

and Ketzvietoff 
(T.). 
Doctrine, Greenland. Jesnsib, 
Jesusim, 

Konigseer (C. M.). 
Labrador. Jesusib. 
Faith (Ele. Greenland. Egede (H.). 

ments of), 
Guide Book. Aleut Tiahnoff (E.). 

Ohriat's Passion, Greenland. See Kalegantn. 
Ohroniclas, Labrador. See Erdmann (F.). 
Chugitchigmflt Vocabulary. See Dall (W. H.). 
(SblHdtlkmttt Vocabulary. Seei)all (W. H.). 
Chorch Missionary Gleaner. Languages 
of N. W. America. 

In Church Missionary Gleaner, No. 90. Lon- 
don. 1881, 40. 
St. John iii, 16, in Eskimo, p. 07. 
Ohnrch Missionary Society : These words follow- 
ing a title indicate that a oopy of the. work re* 
fvrred to was seen by the compiler in the library 
of the above institutioii, London, Eng. 

Clare (James R. ). Terms of Relationship 
of the Eskimo, West of Hudson's Bay, 
collected by James R. Clare, York Fac- 
tory, Hudson's Bay Ty. 



Clare (J. R.) — Continued. 

In Morgan (L. H.), Systems of oonsangnin- 
ity and affluity, line 78, pp. 293-382. Washing- 
ton, 1871. 40. 

Collie (— ). See Beeohey (F. W.). 
Congress: This word following a tiUe indicates 
that a copy of tUe work referred to was seen 
by the compiler in the Library of Congress, 
Wa.9hingtoD, D. C. 
Oook River Numerals. See Dixon (G.). 
Court de Gebelin (Antoino do). Monde 
primitif, | analyst et compart | avoc le 
moude moderne, | consid^rd | Dans di- 
vers Objets ooncornant PHistoire, le 
Blason, les Mon- | noies, les Jenx, les 
Voyages des Ph^niciens autour du | 
Monde, lesLanguesAra^ricaines, &c. | 
ou I dissertations mdl^es | Tome pre- 
mier, I Remplies de D^oouvertes int6- 
ressantes ; | Aveo une Carte, des Plan- 
ches, & ua Monument d'Amdrique. | 
Par M. Court de Gebolin, | de diverses 
Academies, Censeur Royal. | [Design.] | 
A Paris, | Chez | L'Auteur, rue Poup^, 
Maisou de M. Boucher, Secretaire du 
Roi. I Valeyre Paln^, Imprimenr-Li- 
braire, rue de la vieille Bouclorie. | 
Sorin, Librairo, rue Saint Jacques. | 
M. DCC. LXXXI [1781]. | Avec appro- 
bation ct privilege du Roi. 

Forms vol. 8 of Monde Primitif. Pails, 1777- 
1782, 9 vols. 8«>. The volumes have title-pages 
slightly differing one from another. — Edsai sur 
los rapports des mots, entre les languos dn Nou- 
veau Moude et celles de T Ancien, pp. 489-060, 
contains : Langue des Esquimaux et des G roen- 
landois (frith vocabulary), pp. 493-498. 
Oopietseen: Congress. 
Triibner, 1850, No. 631, prices a copy of the 
full set (dated 1787) at £3 13«. 6d. ; at the Fischer 
sale, catalogue Na 1706, a copy (9 vols. ) brought 
£1 lOff. and at the Brinley sale, catalogue No. 
5032, ^20.25. 

Sabin's Dictionary, No. 17174, titles an edition 
of the Monde Primitif, Paris, Bondet, 1775, 9 
vols. 40. 
For a reprint of the Essai, sec Scherer (J. B.). 
Coze (William). Account | of the Rus- 
sian Discoveries | between | Asia and 
America. | To which are added | The 
Conquest of Siberia, | and | the History 
of the Transactions and | Commerce be- 
tween Russia and China. ( By William 
Coxe, A. M., Fellow of King's College- 
Cambridge, and Cbaplain to his Grace 
the I Duke of Marlborough. | 

London, | Printed by J. Nichols, | for 
T. Caddell, in the Strand. | M DCC 
L XXX [1780]. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



20 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OP THE 



Coze (W.)—^'on tinned. 

Pp.i-xxiii, 1-344. and index 13 uuntimbored 
pp. map», 40. — Specimen of tbe Aleutian 
language (12 words, and numerals I-IO), ap- 
pendix, p. 303. 

Copies seen: Boston AthenaBum, British Mu- 
senni, Watkinson. 

There is an edition of this work with title- 
page similar in all respects to the above, except 
the addition of: The second edition, revised 
and enlarged. (Boston Athenasum, British 
Museum, Congress.) 
Third edition as follows : 
Account I of the | Russian discover- 
ies I between | Asia and America. | To 
wllicli are added, | the conquest of Si- 
beria, I and I tbe history of tbe trans- 
actions I and commerce between Rus 
si a and China. | By William Coxe, A. 
M. F. R. S. I One of the Senior Fellows 
of King's College, Cambridge; | Mem- 
ber of the Imperial (Economical Society 
at St. Peters- 1 hurg, of the Royal Acad- 
emy of Sciences at Copenhagen ; and | 
Chaplain to his Grace the Duke of Marl- 
borough. I The third edition, revised 
and corrected. | 

London, | Printed by J. Nichols, | for 
T. Cadell, in the Strand | MDCCLXXX- 
■ VII [1787]. 

1 p. L pp. i-xxviii, 1-454, 1 1. maps, 80.— Speci- 
men of the Aleatian language (12 words and 
numeraU 1-10), appendix, p. 386. 
Copies seen: Bancroft, Congress. 
Priced by Quaritch, No. 11820, at 5f. 
I have seen the following editions, which 
contain no lingnistics: Neuchatcl, 1781, 89; 
Frankfurt nnd Leipzig, 1783, 8O; London, 1803, 
80 and 4°; London, 1S04, SP. 
Oo-YukoD Vocabulary. See Evcrotle (W. E.). 
Cranz (David). David Cranz | Historio 
I von I Gr6nlaud | enthalteud | Die 
BeschreibungdesLaudesund | der Ein- 
wohner &c. | insbesondere | die | Gc- 
schichte | der dortigen | Mission | dcr | 
Evangclischen | Briider | «u | Neu- 
Herrnhut | nnd | Lichtenfels. | Mit acht 
Kupfortafelu nnd oinem Register. | 

Barby bey Heinrich Detlef Ebers, nnd 
in Leipzig | in Commission bey Weid- 
manns Erben uud Reich. | 1765. 

17 p. U. pp. 1-1132, 13 IL maps, 12°. — VL 
Abschnitt. Von den Wissenschaften der Gron- 
Iftnder, pp. 277-304, contains remarks on the 
grammatic construction of (he Hnguage of 
Greenland, with examples, and the Creed.— A 
Greenland song, with German translation, pp. 
96&-972.— Letters written by the Natives, with 
Gorman translation, pp. 1006-1100. 
Copies seen : Astor, Congress, AVatkinson. 
Priced by Leclerc. 1878, No. 2730, at 40 fr. 



Cranz (D.) — Continued. 

Historic | van | Groealand | Behel- 

zende | Eone nauwkeurige BeschriJ- 
yinge | van | 's Lands ligging, gesteld- 
heid, en natunrlijko Zeldzaamheden ; | 
Den Aart, Zedeu on Gtowoonten | Der 
Inwooneren aan de West-Zijde bij de | 
Straate Davis; | 's Lands alonde en 
uienwe Geschiedenisse ; | en in't bijzon- 
der I de Yerrichtingen der Mission aris- 
sen I van de | Broeder-Kerk, | door 
welken | Twee Gemeeutcn van be- 
keerde Heidenen aldaar gesticht zijn. | 
AUes in eigon Perzoon onderzooht en 
opgesteld | door | David Cranz. | Met 
Plaaten versierd, in III Deelan | uithet 
*Hoogdiiitsch vertaald. | 

Te Haarleem bij C. H. Bohn Amster- 
dam bij H. de Wit Bookverkoopers. | 
1767. 

8 Tols. 8°.— Linguistics, vol 1, pp. 243-256; 
vol 3, pp. 236-238. 352-367. 
Copies seen: Brown. 

The I history | of | Greenland : | con- 
taining I a description | of | tbe conn- 
try, I and I its inhabitants : | and par- 
ticularly, I A Relation of the Mission, 
carried on for above | these Thirty 
Years by the UuitasFratrum, | at | New 
Herruhuth and Lichtenfels, in that 
Country. | By David Crantz. | Trans- 
lated from the High-Dutch, and illu^ 
trated with | Majis and other Copper- 
plates. I Intwo Volumes. | Vol. I [-II]. | 
London, | Printed for the Brethren's 
Societyforthe Furtherance of the | Gos- 
pel among the Heathen : | And sold by 
J. Dodsley. in Pall-mall; T. Becket 
and I P. A. de Hondt ; and T. Cadell, 
Successor to | A. Millar, in the Strand ; 
W.Sandby,in | Fleet-street; S.Bladon, 
in Pater-nostor-row ; | E. andC. Dilly, In 
the Poultry ; and at | all the Brethren's 
Chapels. | MDCCLXVII [1767]. 

2 vols.: 2 p. 11. pp. i-lix, l-i05; 1 1. pp. 1-498, 
. 80.— Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 217-22«; vol.2, pp. 
350-352. 446-451. 

Copies seen : Brown, Congress. 

A copy ut tho Field salo, Ko. 402, bronKht 
$4.50; priced by Quaritch, Nos. 11648 nnd 28509. 
at 7t. At the Pinart sale. No. 2C7, a copy 
broaght 15 fr. 

Ilistoria | om | Gr6nland, | dernti | 

Landet och desz lubyg gare &<5. | 1 
synnerhet | Evangeliska Brodra For- 
samlingens | der warands | Mission, | 
och Desz Forriittninger | 1 j Ny -Herrn- 
hut och Lichtenfels, | beskrifwas; | 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANQUAGE!. 



21 



Cranm (D.) — Con tinned. 
Af I David Craotz | pa Tyska forfatted, 
Men I for desz markwanliga laneball 
pS Sirenata of wersatt, | och | med fallst 
indigt Register forstedd. | F5rra De- 
len, I Om | Landet, Inbyggame och 
Minioneme, intil It 1740. | 

Stockholm, | Tryckd och nplagd af 
Johan Oeorg Lange, | Ar 1769. 

2 Tols. : 1 p. L pp. 1-526; 62»-121(J, 129. Vol. 
9 hM dlffisrent title.— Lingoistlos, toI. 1, pp. 
mSH; ToL 2. pp. 1011-1018, 1142-1147. 

Oopi499een: Brown. 

The I history of Greenland: | inclad- 

ing I an account of the mission | car- 
ried on by the | United Brethren | in 
that conntry. | From the German ^of 
David Crantz. | With | a continuation 
to fho present time; | illustrative 
DOtee; | and an appendix, containing 
a sketch of the mission | of the brethren 
in Labrador. | [19 lines quotation.] | 
In two volumes. | Vol. 1[-II]. | 

London: | Printed for Longman, 
Harst, Rees, Orme, and Brown, | Pater- 
noster-row. 1 1820. 

S voU.: pp. i-xi, 1-350; i-vi, 1-323, 8°.— Lin- 
Coiatics, Tok 1, pp. 201-200, 345-346; VoL 2. pp. 
235-220, 293-204, 820. 

The qnotfttJoDs from Cranx api>earing in this 
bibliography are taken from thi« edition. 

Oopiet seen: Boston Athenteum, British 
Mnaemn, Brown, Congress, Watkinson. 

▲ eopy at tho Field sale, catalogae No. 463, 
broagfat$1.75; priced by Qaarltch, Ko. 11640. at 
fli. and lOt. and in No. 28570 at 7». 

Beprinted, according to Ladewig, p. 72, in 
BlbUoUiek dernenesten Relsebeschreibungen, 
ToL 20. Fraokftirt mid Leipiig, 1770-1707, 21 
Tola. 80. 



Cranz (D.)~ Continued. 

I have seen tho folloiring editions, which 
contain no lin^aistlcs: Barby, 1770. 12°; 
Frankfart nnd Leipzig, 1770. S'^; Niirnberg 
nnd Leipzig, 1782, 12^. 

Crespieol (R. P. Francois - Xavier ). 
Pri^res | en | Algonkiu | Montaguaix | 
Abanaki | ^Esquimaux | 1676 | par le 
R^v^rend P6re de Crespieul. * 

Manuscript, 30 11. 99. Preserved in the Aroh- 
bishopric of Qaebec. Tho pagination U con- 
fused. The text commences on the rerso of 
the leaf which boars the title, and Is divid- 
ed into fonr oolamns, two on the verso and 
two on tho recto, having for headings, from 
left to right: Algonkln, Montagnaiz, Abanaki, 
^^qaimanx. The first two oolamns only are 
in the handwriting of Father Crespieal. The 
text of the colnmn devoted to the language of 
tho Eskimos disappears on the recto of leaf 3, 
but appears again on pages 4 and 5, not being a 
translation of tho same prayers as contained 
in tho other columns, however. Tho Eskimo 
column is blank throughout the remainder of 
tho manuscript 

Description furnished mo by Bev. Loais 
Beaudet, librarian of Laval University, Que- 
bec. 

Coll (Ricbard). A Description of Tbree 
Esquimaux from Kiunooksook, Hogartb 
Sound, Cumberland Strait. By Ricbard 
Cull. 

In Ethnological Society of London, Jour, 
vol. 4, 1850, pp. 215-225, London, [n. d.]. 8®. 

Numerals 1-^0 of the Esquimaux of Labrador 
nnd of Cumberland Strait (from Sutherland), 
p. 221. 

Oumberland Strait: 

Numerals See Cull (R.). 

Vocabulary. Qilder (W. H.), 

Knmlien (L.). 



D. 



Dall (William Healey). Alaska | and | 
its resonrces. | By | William H. Dall, | 
director of tbe scientific corps of tbe 
late Western Union | telegrapb ex- 
pedition. I [Design.] | 
Boston : | Lee and Sbepard. | 1870. 
Pp. i-xii, 1-C28, map, plates, 99. Appendix F, 
YoeabQlaries, pp. 547-575. contain vocabnlaries 
of the following Eskimo dialects: 

tTnabLskan from Saner. 

Atkan from Saner. 

TTgal&km&t from Oibbs. 

Chngitehigmflt from Wrangell. 

KoniigmOt from Sauer. 

NoshergAgmtit from Gibbs. 

Kuskwdgmat from Baer. 

Ekdgm&tCDall). 

Vnabgmtit (Dall). 



Dall (W. H.) — Continued. 
M4hlemQt (Dall). 
KaviAgmat (Dall). 
Greenlandio from Egede. 
Ch&'klukmOt from Hall (in part). 
Chpietteen: Boston Athensum. British Mu- 
seum, Congress, Eamea, Powell. Trumbull, 
Watkinson. 

A copy at the Field sale, catalogue No. 480. 
brought $1.50. 

Some copies have tho imprint: London: | 
Sampson Low, Son. and Marston, | Crcwn 
Buildings. 188, Fleet Street | 1870. (British 
Museum.) 

On tbo Distribution of tho Native 

Tribes of Alaska and tbe adjacent ter- 
ritory. By W. H. Dall. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



22 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OP THE 



Dall (W. H.)— Continued. 

In Amerioan Am. Adv. Sci. Proo. vol. 18, pp. 
283-273, and 2 folding 8heet8,Cambiidge, 1870, 8o. 
Contains a Tocabnlaiy of 27 words, and the 
numerals 1-10, of the tribes of which vocaba- 
laries are given in the same aothor's Alaska 
and its Resources. 

On Some Peculiarities of the Eskimo 

Dialect. By William H. Dall. 

In Amerioan Ass. Adv. Scl. Proc. vol. 19, 
pp. 332-340, Cambridge, 1871. 8^. 

Conjugation of the affirmative form of the 
indicative mode of the verb trmUyHk, to wash, 
pp. 33:>-349. 

Tribes of the Extreme Northwest. 

By W. H. Dall. 

In Powell (J. W.), Contributions to N. A Eth- 
nology', vol. 1, pp. 1-156, Washington, 1877, i°. 

Terms of Itolationship nsed by the Innuit, 
Appendix, pp. 117-119. 

aud Baker (Marcus). Partial list 

of books, pamphlets, papers in serial 
journals, and other publications on 
Alaska and adjacent regions. By W. 
H. Dall and Marcus Baker. 

In Coast and Oeodetic Survey. Pacific Coast 
Pilot * * second series, pp. 225-375, Wash- 
ington, 1879, 40. 

While not referring directly to llngnistios, 
this work contains titles of many works, voy- 
ages, travels, etc. which contain linguistic ma- 
terial. 

Copiet teen : Congress, Pilling, Powell. 

Dalton (H.). See Ghebet des Herrn. 
Davidib | assingitalo tuksiarutsiningit 
ncrtordlerutingillo | imgerusertaggit. | 
The Book of Psalms | translated into 
the I Esquimaux Language, | by | the 
Missionaries | of the | Unitas Fratrum, 
or United Brethren. | Printed for the 
use of the Mission, | by | The British 
and Foreign Bible Society. | 

London : \ W. M'Dowall Printer, 1 1830. 

Pp. 1-216, I60. Entirely in the language of 
Labrador. The translation of the Eskimo 
words of the title is: David's | his others his 
songs (t. 0., his other songs] and his means of 
praising | sung. 

Oopieeeeen: American Bible Society, British 
and Foreign Bible Society. 

Bagster's Bible of Every Land mentions an 
edition of 1820. Sabin's Dictionary, Ko. 228C8, 
and Triibuer's Catalogue [1856], No. 669, men- 
tion an edition of 1834. The latter prices it at 3e. 

Davidoff (Gavrila Ivanovich). 4ByRpaTBoo 
nyTemecTBio | vh AMCpHBy | MopcRHXi o^nqc- 
poBi I XBocTOBa H /faBbi40Ba, I nncaHHoe chni 
nocjt4HHMi. I ■lacTb ncpBafi [-BTopaii]. | 

Bi c. OercpByprfi | ne*iauiaHo dii MopcRoA 
Tinorpa^lH 1810 [-1812] ro4a. 



Davidoff (G. I.)— Continued. 

2Van«latum.— Two voyages | to America 1 by 
the naval officers 1 Khwostoff and Davidoff; ( 
written by the latter. | Part first[-eeoond]. | 
At St. Petersburg ( printed in the Naval Print- 
ing Office in the year 1810[.1812]. 

2 vols. 80.— Kadiak names of stars and 
months, vol. 2, pp. 101-103. 

Copies eeen: British Museum, Congress. 

The German edition. Berlin, 1816, 8^, contains 
no linguistics. 

Davidson (George). Report of Assistant 
(}eorge Davidson relative to the re- 
sources and the coast features of Alaska 
Territory. 

In Coast Survey Ann. Kept. 1867, pp. 187-329, 
Washington, 1860, 4°. 

Vocabulary of the languages of the natives 
'of Kadiak, Unalaska, and Konai, pp. 293-208. 

Report of Assistant George Davidson 

relative to the coast features and re- 
sources of Alaska territory. 

In 40th Congress, 2d Session, House of Rep- 
TosontAtives, Ex. Doc. No. 1T7, Russian Aaier- 
ioa. Message firom the President of the Unit- 
ed States, in answer to a resolution of the 
House of 19th of December last, transmitting 
correspondence in relation to Russian America. 
[No imprint.1 Pp. 1-361, pt 2, pp. 1-19, 80. 

Mr. Davidson's report occupies pp. 219-861, 
and contains, pp. 32d-333, vocabularies of the 
Oonalashka, Kodlak, Kenay, and Sitka, all 
from Lisiansky's Voyage Round the Worid. 

Daris Strait, Vocabulary. See Gibbs (G.). 
Words. Brown (R). 

De Sohweinltz (Bishop Edward). See 
Reichelt(G.T.). 

Dialogues, Greenland. See Egede (H.), 
Kragh (P.). 

Dictionarium Gronlandico-Danico-Lati- 

num. See Egede (Paul). 
DioHonary: 

Aleut See Buynitzky (S. N.), 

Pinart (A. L.). 
Greenland. Anderson (J.), 

Beyer (J. F.), 
Bgede (Paul), 
Fabrioius (O.). 
Kleinschmidt (a P.). 
Kaniagmut. Pinart (A. L.). 

Labrador. Brdmann (F.). 

Tchiglit Petitot (E. F. & J.). 

Dixon iCapt George). A | voyage round 
the world; | but more particularly to 
the I north-west coast of America: | 
performed in 1785, 1786, 1787, and 1788, | 
in I the King Qeorge and Queen Char- 
lotte, I Captains Portlock and Dixon. | 
Dedicated, by permission, to | Sir Joseph 
Banks, Bart. | By Captain George Dix- 
on. I 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANOUAGS. 



23 



Dizon (G.) — Continaed. 

Loudon : | Pablished by Geo. Goald- 
iog, I Haydn's Head, No. 6, James 
Street, Covont Garden. | 1781). 

Pp. i-xxix, 1 1. pp. 1-352, ftppondix, pp. 353- 
360, appendix 2, pp. 1-47, map, 4 °.~Ka morals, 
1-10, of Princ© William's Sound and Cook's 
River, Norfolk Sound, and King George's 
.Sound, p. 241. 

Copies seen : Astor, Bancroft, Boston Athe* 
nsnro, British Muaenra, Congress, Harvard, 
WatkinsoD. 

At tbe Fischer aide, catalogae No. 2312, a copy 
brooght Is. 6d. ; at the Brinley sale, No. 4678, a 
fine copy, calf, gilt, $2.75. Priced by Qaarltcb, 
NoA. 28950 and 28051, at 10#. and I2t. 

Voyage | autourdnmonde, | etprin- 

cipalement | a la c6te nord-onest do 
rAm^rique, | Fait en 1785, 1786, 1787 et 
1783, I iV bord du King-George et de la 
Qaeen- 1 Charlotte, par les Capitaines 
Portlock I et Dixon. ; D^di^, par permis- 
sion, & Sir Joseph | Banks, Baronet; | 
Par le Capitaine George Dixon. | Tra- 
dait de TAnglois, par M. Lebas. | Tome 
Premier[-Second]. | 

A Paris, | Chez Maradan, Libraire, 
H6t«l de Ch&tean- | Yienx, me Saint- 
Andr^ des-Arcs. | 1789. 

2 Tols. 13°.— linguistics, as in English edi- 
tion, vol. 2, pp. 16-17, and sheet facing p. 21. 

Copies seen: Bancroft, Boston Athenicnm. 

Der I Kapitaine Portlock's nnd Dix- 
on's I Reise nm die Welt | besonders 
nach I der Nordwestlichen Kiiste von 
Amerika | wahrends dor Jabre 1785 bis 
1788 I in den Scbiffbn King George nnd 
Qaeen Charlotte, | Horansgegeben | 
vondem | Kapitain Georg Dixon. | Ans 
dem Englischeu Ubersetzt und mit An- 
merknngen erlliutert | von | Johann 
Reinhold Forster, | der Rechte, Medicin 
and Woltweisheit Doktor, Professor der 
Natnrgeschichte nnd Mineralogie | auf 
der Konigl. Prensz. Friedrichs-Univer- 
sitat, Mitglied der Konigl. Akademie 
derhoheren | and schonen Wissenschaf- 
ten zn Berlin. | Mit vielen Knpfern und 
einer Landkarte. | 

Berlin, 1790. | Bei Christian Fried- 
rioh Bosz nnd Sohn. 

4 p. IL pp. i-xxii, 1-314, map, 4<'.— Linguis- 
Um, pp. 216-2ia 

Copies seen: Brown. 

See Portlock (N.); also PorUock (N.) and 
Dixon (O.). 
Dobbs (Arthur). An | Acconnt | of the 
CoaDtriee adjoining to | Hudson's Briy, 



Dobbs (A.)-* Continued. 

I in the I North-west Part of America: 
I containing | a Description of their 
Lakes and Rivers, the Nature of the | 
Soil and Climates, and their Methods of 
Commerce, <&c. | Shewing tbe Benefit 
to be made by settling Colonies, and | 
opening a Trade in these Parts ; where- 
by the French will be | deprived in a 
great Measure of their Trafflck in Furs, 
and I the Communication between Can- 
ada and Mississippi be cut off. | With | 
An Abstract of Captain Middleton's 
Journal, and Observations upon | his 
Behaviour during his Voyage, and since 
his Return. | To which are added, 1 1. 
A Letter from Bartholomew de Fonte, 
I Vice- Admiral of Peru and Mexico ; | 
giving an Account of his Voyage from | 
Lima in Peru, to prevent, or seize upon 
I any Ships that shoald attempt to find 
I a Northwest Passage to the South 
Sea. I II. An Abstract of all the Discov- 
eries I which have been publisbM of the 
Islands | and Countries in and adjoin- 
ing to the I Great Western Ocean, be- 
tween Ame- 1 rica, India, and China, &o. 
pointing I out the Advantages that may 
be made, | if a Short Passage should 
be found thro' | Hudson's Streight to 
that Ocean. | III. The Hudson's Bay 
Company's Charter. | IV. The Standard 
of Trade in those | Parts of America; 
with an Account | of the Exports and 
Profits made an- 1 nnally by the Hud- 
son's Bay Company. | V. Vocabnlaries 
of the Languages of se- 1 veral Indian 
Nations adjoining to Hud- 1 son's Bay. | 
The whole intended to shew the great 
Probability of a Northwest | Passage, 
so long desired; and which (if discov- 
ered) would be of the | highest Advan- 
tage to these Kingdoms. | By Arthur 
Dobbs, Esq ; | 

London : | Printed for J. Robinson, at 
the Golden Lion in Ludgate-Street. | 
M DCC XLIV [1744]. 

Pp. i-ii, 1-211, map, 4o.— Vocabulary of Eng- 
lish and Eskimo words, pp. 203-205. 

Copies teen: Astor, Boston Atheiueom, 
British Musenm, Congress, Tmmbnll. 

Stevens' Nuggets, No. 900, prices a copy at 
10s. 6d. A copy at the Field sale, No. 638, 
brought $2.50. Pi iced by Quaritch, No. 11650, at 
£1 5«., Inrgo paper. At tbe Murphy sale, No. 
80 1, a copy brought $3.25. Priced by Quaritch, 
No.28278, at£14«. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



24 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OP THE 



Drake (Samael Gardner). The | Book uf 
the IndiaDS | of | North America: | 
comprisiDg | details in the lives of about 
five hundred | chiefs and others, | the 
most distinguished among them. | Also, 
I a history of their wars; their manners 
nndcnstoms; speechesof | orators, &o., 
from their first being known to | Euro- 
peans to the present time. | Exhibiting 
.^also an analysis of the most distin- 
guished authors | who have written 
upon the great question of the | first 
peopling of America. | [Picture of 
Indian, and six lines quotation.] | By 
Samuel G. Drake, | Member of the 
New-Hampshire Historical Society. | 

Boston : | Published by Josiah Drake, 
I at the Antiquarian Bookstore, 56 
Cornhill. | 1833. 

Frontispiece I L title as above 1 1. 1 other p. 1. 
pp. 1-22 (Book I). 1-110 (Book II), 1-124 (Book 
HI), 1-47 (Book IV), 1-135 (Book V).— Short 
vocabulary of the Kaiuskadale and A16oatean 
("from ft French translation of Billings's voy- 
age"), Book I, p. 15. 

OopieitMn: British Museum. 

An earlier edition of this tvork. Indian Bi- 
ography, Boston, 1832. 8<3, contains no linguis- 
tics. (Astor, Congress.) 

Biography and history | of the | In- 
dians of North America; | comprising | 
a general account of them, | and | 
details in the lives of all the most 
distinguished chiefs, and | others, who 
have been noted, among the various | 
Indian nations upon the continent. | 
Also, I a history of their wars; | their 
manners and customs; and the most 
celebrated speeches | of their orators, 
from their first being known to | Euro- 
peans to the present time. | Likewise | 
exhibiting an analysis | ofthe most dis- 
tinguished, as well as absurd authors, 
who I have written upon the great 
question of the | first peopling of 
America. | [Picture of an Indian; quo- 
tation, six liues.] I By Samuel G. Drake, 
I Member of the New Hampshire His- 
torical Society. | Third Edition, | With 
large Additions and Corrections, and 
numerous Engravings. | 

Boston: | O. L. Perkins, 56 Cornhill, 
and Hilliard, Gray & Co. | New York: 
G. & C. &. N. Carvill. | Philadelphia: 
Grigg & Elliot. | 1834. 

Engraved title 1 1. pp. i-viil, 1-28, 1-120, 
1-132, 1-72. 1-158, 1 1. pp. 1-T8, 1-12, plates, 8°. 



Drake (S. G.) — Continued. 

Some copies have the names Collins, Hannay 
& Co. snbstitutod for G. Sc C. Sc N. CarTlll in 
the impiiut 

Short vocabulary of the KamskAdale and 
A16ontean, Book I, p. 15. 

OopUi tMn: Astor, British Museum, Con- 
gress. Wisconsin Historical Society. 

Subln's Dictionary, No. 208G8, mentions the 
flah edition, Boston, 1833. 8o. 

Biography and History ( of the | 

Indians of North America; | compris- 
ing I a General Account of them, | and 
I Details of the Lives of all the most 
distinguished chiefs, and | others, who 
have been noted, amoag the various | 
Indian Nations upon the Continent. | 
Also, I a History of their Wars; | their 
Manners and Customs; and the most 
celebrated Speeches | of their Orators, 
from their first being known to | Euro- 
peans to the Present Time. | Likewise 
I exhibiting an Analysis | of the most 
distinguished, as well as absurd authors, 
who I have written upon the great 
question of the | First Peopling of 
America. | [Picture of an Indian; quo- 
tation, six lines.] i By Samuel G. Drake, 
I Member of the New Hampshire His- 
torical Society. | Fourth Edition, | 
With large Additions and Corrections, 
and numerous Engravings. | 

Boston: | J. Drake, 53 Cornhill, | at 
the Antiquarian Institute. | 1836. 

Engraved title 1 L pp. i-vl, 1 1. pp. 1-4, 1-28 
1-120, 1-132, 1-72, 1-158, 1-18, 1-12, plates, 99. 

Copies teen: British Museum. 

Biography and history | of the | 

Indians of North America. | From its 
first discovery to the present time; | 
comprising | details in the lives of all 
the most distinguished chiefs and | 
, counsellors, exploits of warriors, and 
the celebrated | speeches of their 
orators; | also, | a history of their wars, 

I massacres and depredations, as well 
as the wrongs and | sufferings which 
the Europeans and their | descendants 
have done them; | with an account of 
their | Antiquities, Manners and Cus- 
toms, I Religion and Laws; | likewise | 
exhibiting an analysis of the most dis- 
tinguished, as well as absurd | authors, 
who have written upon the great ques- 
tion of the I first peopling of America. 

I [Monogram; six lines quotation.] 
By Samuel G. Drake. | Fiah Edition, | 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



25 



Drake (S. G.) — Continued. 
With large Additions and Corrections, 
and numerous Engravings. | 

Boston: | Antiquarian Institute, 56 
Comhill. I 18:^6. 

1 p. 1. pp. i-xii, 1-48, 1-120, 1-144, 1-90. 1-108. 
6^. — Yocabnlary of tho Kamakadale and 
A16oateau, Book I, p. 10. 

Copies teen: Astor, British Masonm, Con- 

Some oopioa are dated 1837. (Astor.) 
The "Seventh edition" has title-page other- 
wise similar to the above, tho date being 
changetl to 1837. (Astor, (Congress.) 

A copy is priced by Quaritch, No. 11908, at 
lOt. At the Murphy sale, No. 831, one broaght 
$3.75. 

The I book of the Indians; | or, | 

biography and history | of the j 
Indians of North America, | from its 
first discovery | to tho year 1841. | 
[Nine lines quotations.] | By Samuel 
G. Drake, | Fellow [&c. two lines]. | 
Eighth edition, | With large Additions 
and Corrections. | 

Boston: | Antiquarian Bookstore, r>6 
Comhill. I M.DCCC.XLI [1841]. 

Pp. l-xii, 1-48. 1-120. 1-150, 1-160. 1-200, and 
index, pp. 1-10, 8o.~ Linguistics as in fifth 
edition. 

Oopietteen: Boston Athensenm, British Mu- 
aenm. Congress. 

According to Sabin's Dictionary, No. 20088. 
Ninth Edition. Boston, 1845, 748 pp. 8° ; Tenth 
EdiUon, Boston, MDCCCXL[V]ni, 8°. 

Biography and History | of the | 

Indians of North America, | from its first 
discovery. | [Quotation, nine linos.] I By 
Samuel G. Drake. | Eleventh e<lition. | 

Boston: | Benjamin B. Mussey «& Co. 
I M.DCCC.LI [1851]. 

Pp. 1-720, plates, 8°.— Vocabulary of the 
Kamskadale and Alentian, p. 32. 

Copies teen: British Mnsenm, Eames, Mas* 
flachnsetU Historical Society, Wisconsin His- 
torical Societ}'. 

According to Sabin's Dictionary, No. 20808, 
some copies have the imprint: Boston, San- 
bom. Carter Sc Basin, 1857. Another edition: 
Boston. 1858. 

History | of the | Early Discovery of 

America, | and | Landing of the Pil- 
^ois. I With a I Biography | of the | 
Indians of North America. | [Quota- 
tion, nine lines.] By Samuel G. Drake. ! 
Boston: | Higgins and Bradley. | 
1854. 



Drake (S. G.)— Continued. 

Pp. 1-720, plates, 8<). — LiDgoistics as in 
eleventh edition. Title from Mr. W. Eames. 

The I Ahoriginal Races | of | North 

America; | comprising | Biographical 
Sketches of Eminent Individuals, | 
and I an Historical Account of the Dif- 
ferent Tribes, | from | tho First Discov- 
ery of the Continent | to | the Present 
Period I With a Dissertation on their | 
Origin, Antiquities, Manners and Cus- 
toms, I Illustrative Narratives and An- 
ecdotes, I and a | copious analytical 
index | By Samuel G. Drake. | Fifteenth 
Edition, | revised, with valuable addi- 
tions, I hy J. W. O'Neill. | Illustrated 
with Numerous Colorec^ Steel-plate En- 
gravings. I [Quotation, six lines.] | 

Philadelphia: | Charles Desilver, | 
No. 714 Chestnut Street. | 1860. 

Pp. 1-780, 8o. This is the Biography of the 
Indians, with a new title-page and some addi- 
tions.— Linguistics, p. 82. 

Copietteen: Astor, BanciofL 

The I Aboriginal Races | of | North 

America; | comprising | Biographical 
Sketches of Eminent Individuals, | 
and I an Historical Account of the Dif- 
ferent Tribes, | from | the First Discov- 
ery of tho Continent | to | the Present 
Period | With a Dissertation on their | 
Origin, Antiquities, Manners and Cus- 
toms, I Illustrative Narratives and An- 
ecdotes, I and a | copious analytical 
index | By Samuel G. Drake. | Fifteenth 
Edition, | revised, with valuahle addi- 
tions, I hy Prof. H. L. Williams. | 
[Quotation, six lines.] | 

New York. | Hurst & Company, Pub- 
lish ers. I 122 Nassau Street. | [n. d. 
copyright, 1880.] 

Pp. 1-787, 80.— LingnisUcs, p. 82. 

Copies teen: Astor, Congress. Wisconsin His- 
torical Society. 

Duncan (David). American Races. | Com- 
piled and abstracted by | Professor 
Duncan, M. A. 

Forms Part of Spencer (Herbert), De- 
scriptive Sociology, New York, D. Appleton 
& Co. [1878], folio. 

Under tho heading "Language, pp. 40-42, 
there are given comments and extracts fh>m 
varionH authors upon native tribes, among them 
the Esquimaus. 

Copies teen : Congress, PoweU. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



26 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OP THE 



E. 



Eames : This word foUowiog a title iodioates that 
a copy of the work referred to haa been seen 
by the compiler in the library of Mr. Willier- 
force Eames, New Tork City. 

Egede (Hans). Det gamle | Qr0tiIands | 
Nye I Perlnstration ; | Eller: | En kort 
Beskrivelse om de gamle | Nordsko 
Oolonets Begryudolse og Under- | gang 
i Gr^nlacc'. Gronlands Sitaation. | 
Lnbt og Temperament, og dets etsigo 
• Ind- I byggeries kltededragt, Hand- 
toeringy Spise, | Sprog ^gteskab, og 
nndre deres saavel i | Samgnem som 
i egae Hause nubmge- | lige Seeder 
forst Anno 1724 forfattet af | Hr. 
Hun8 Egede, Missiouairias bed den 
dcrp I Sidst oprettede Colonie, og nn 
Anno 17;^ | efter seet, og efter For- 
farenhed nogel. | forfandret af een der 
paa nogen | Tiid bar vaBret 1 Gr^n- 
land. I 

Kiobenbavn, | Hos Hieronymus 
Christian PauUi. | Trykt bos Herman 
Henrik Rotmer, 172D. 

Title 1 1. pp. 1-58, IflP.— Cap. XI. Grf<n- 
lendernes Sprog og Tale, pp. 40-42. 

Theouly copy I have seen is that in the library 
of the British Masenm, and the only mention, 
that in Mu Iter's cntalogne of 1872, where a copy 
is priced nt 10 florins (Datch). 

Des alten ( Gronlands | Neue | Per- 

lustration, | Oder | Eine kurtzo Be- 
sohreibung | Derer | Alten Nordisehen 
Colonien | Anfang und Untergang in 
Gronland, | wobey desselbeu Situa- 
tion, Beschaffenheit der | Gewachsen, 
Thieren, Vogeln nnd Fiscben, Lnfft 
und I Temperament, des Himmels Con- 
stitution, der jetzigen Ein- | wohner 
Verhalten / Wobnungen /Spracbe / Ge- 
stalt / Anso- | ben / Kleider-Tracht / 
Nabrnng/Gebriiucbe/Handtbierung/ | 
Speisen/Handlung/Spracb/Ebestands- 
Ceremonien | nnd Kinder-zucbt; | 
Nebst ihrer Religion oder Superstition | 
nnd anderer so wobl in ibren Znsam- 
nien | kiin£Pten, als aucb zn Hansz 
gebraucblichen Sitten. | Erstlicb von 
Hans Egede, | Missionarins bey der 
[&c. five lines]/ An. 1730. | 

Frankfurt, bey Stocke | Leben nnd 
Scbilling. 

Pp. 1-47, 12°. -Cap. XI. Der Gronlilnder's 
Spraohe, pp. 34-47. 

Copies teen : British Mnsenm, Brown. 



Egede (H.)— Continued. 

Det gamle | Gr0nland8 | Nye | Per- 

lustration, | Eller | Naturel-Historie, | 
Og I Beskrivelse over det gamle Gron- 
lands Situation, | Lnft, Temperament 
og Beskafienhed; | De gamle Norrice 
Colon iers Begyndelse og Undergang 
der I Samme-Steds, de itzige Indbyg- 
geres Opriudelse, Vaesen, | Leve-Maade 
og Handtteriuger, samt Hvad ellers 
Landet | Yder og g^ver af sig, saasom 
Dyer, Fiske og Fugle &c. nied | bosfOyet 
nyt Land-Caart og andre Kaaber-Styk- 
ker I over Landets Katnralier og Ind- 
l^yggernis | Handtaeringer, | Forfattet 
af I Hans Egede, | Forben Missionair 
udi Gr0n1an<l. | 

Kj0benbavn, 1741. | Trykt bos Joban 
Cbristopb Grotb, boende paa Ulfelds- 
platz. 

6 p. 11. pp. 1-131, map, sra. 4^.— Greenland 
song, with interlinear translation, pp. 86-92. — 
' Chapter XVir, pp. 04-105, is on language and 
cnstoms; besides general remarks it contains 
a vocabulary, pp. 9G-97; grammatio constnic- 
tion, with examples, pp. 97-103; and the creed 
nnd Lord's Prayer translate<l into the Green- 
land language, pp. 104-103. There are also scat- 
tered thrtiaghont many native terms. 

Oopiee teen: Brown, Congress. 

Priced by Qoaritch, Ko. 11552, at £4 4«. and 
a halfcalf copy. No. 28025, at £3 3e. 

Sabic's Dictionary, Ko. 22021, tiUes an edition 
in German : Copenhagen, J. C. Grothen, 1742. 

A I description | of | Greenland. | 

Sbewing | The Natural History, Situa- 
tion, Boundaries, | and Face of tbe 
Country ; the Nature of tbe | Soil ; tbe 
Eise and Progress of tbe old Nor- 1 we- 
gian Colonies; tbe ancient and mod- 
em I Inhabitants; tbeir Genius and 
Way of Life, | and Produce of the Soil ; 
their Plants, Beasts, | Fisbes, &o. \ 
with I A new Map of Greenland. | And | 
Several Copper Plates representing dif- 
ferent Animals, | Birds and Fishes, tbe 
Greenlanders Way of Hunting | and 
Fishing; tbeir Habitations, Dross, 
Sports I and Diversions, &c. | By Mr. 
Hans Egede, Missionary in that Coun- 
try for twenty five Years. | Translated 
from tbe Danish. | 

London: | Printed for C. Hitch in 
Pater-noster Row ; S. Austen iu | New- 
gate-Street; and J. Jackson near St. 
James's Gate. | MDCCXLV [1745]. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANOUAQE. 



S7 



Egede (H. ) ^ Continned. 

Pp. i-xri, 2 li pp. 1-220, map, 12°.— Llngula- 
tica as in 1741 edition, pp. 155-169, 163-174. 

Copie9 Men : British Maseam, Brown. Con* 
grea-*, Watklnaon. 

A copy at the Sqoier sale. Ko. 324, brought 
$1.60; priced by Qaaritch, No. 11653, at 10«; 
bought by Qnaritch at the Pinart sale. No. 312, 
for 12 fr. and priced by him, No. 28926. at 12». 

Beschryviug | van | Oud-Groenland, 

I Of cigentlyk van de zoogenaamde | 
Straat Davis: | Behelzende | Deszelfs 
Nataurlyke Historie, Standsgelegen- 
beid, Gedaanto, | GrenRcheidingen, 
Vold-Gewassen, Dieren, Vogelen, Vis- 
BcbcD, enz. | Mitsgaders | Den OirsproDg 
oil Voortgang der Aeloude | Noorweeg- 
sclio Volkplantigen | in dat Gewest; | 
Benevens | Den Aart, Inborst, Woonin- 
£5en, Levenewyze, Kleding, Spraak, | 
Bygelovigheid, Dichtknnet, Uitspan- 
ningen en Tydverdryven der | Heden- 
daagscbe Inboorllngen. | Eerst in de 
Doenscbo Taal bescbreven door | M*". 
Hans Kgede, | Van den jare 1721 tot 
1736 Missionarisof Lniterscb Predikant 
aldaar, | En nn in 't Nederduitscb over- 
gebragt. | Met | Een Nionwe Kaart van 
dat Landscbap en | Aardige Printver- 
beeldingen verciert. | 

Te Delft | By Eeinier Boitet, 1746. 

12 p. IL pp. 1-192, map, am: 4o.— Linguistics, 
pp. 131-134, 137-150. 

Oopiettten: Astor, Brown. 

Description | et | Histoiro Naturelle | 

da I Greenland, | par Mr. Eggede [»tc], | 
Miflsionnaire &, Evdqne da Gronland. | 
Traduite en Francois | par Mr. D. R. 
D. p. [Des Roches de Par then ay.] 
- h Copenbagne et h Geneve, | choz 
les Fr^res C. & A. Pbilibert. | M DCC 
LXUI [1763]. 

Pp. 1-xxTiil, 1-171, 120.— Lingnistics, pp. 119- 
122, 124-135. 

Copies tun : Astor, British Museara, Brown, 
Congress, TVatkinson. 

Priced by Loclerc, 1878, Na 651, at 10 fr. ; 
at the Marphy sole, No. 875, a copy bronght 
$1.50; priced by Qaaritch, No. 28928, at £1 10«. 

Herm Hans Egede, | Mission^rs und 

Biscbofes in Gr5nland, j Beschreibnng | 
und I Natnr-Gescbicbto | von i GrAnland, 
I fibersetzet | von ] D. Job. Ge. Krftnitz. 
I [Design.] | Mit Kupfern. | 
Berlin, | yerlegts Angnst Mylius. | 
1763. 



Bgede (H.) — Continaed. 

Pp. i-xii, 1-237, maps, 8o.-_Llngui8tiG8, pp. 
173-176, 180-193. 
Copies teen: British Mason m. Congress. 

A I Description of Greenland. | By 

Hans Egede, | wbo was a missionary in 
tbat country | for | twenty- five years. | 
A new edition. | Witb an | Historical 
Introduction | and | a life of the antbor. | 
Illustrated | witb a map of Greenland, 
and nnmerons engravings on wood. | 
[Picture.] | 

London : | Printed for T. and J. All- 
man, [Princes Street, Hanover Square; I 
W. H. Reid, Cbaring Cross; and Bald- 
win, Cradock, and Joy, | Paternoster 
Row. I 1818. 

Pp. i-cxviii, 1-225, map, 8<^.— Lingnistics, pp. 
158-161, 165-178. 

Copies seen : Astor, Boston Atheneam, Brit- 
ish Mascnm 

At the Field sale, catalogue No. 614, a copy 
brought $2; at the Marphy sale. No. 876, $3. 
Priced by Qaaritch, No. 28027, at 6». 

[Elementa fidei Christianae, in qvi- 

bns in Gronlandorum vemacnla propo- 
nnntnr. 1) Ordo Salutis, 2) Catechis- 
mus Lntberi, 3) Prietinncnlsd qvtedam 
et Psalmi, item 4) Formula baptiznndi 
Infantes & Adultos. 

Hafn. 1742.] 

SP. Title from Giesaing's Nye Samling af 
Danske- Norske- og Islandske* Jabel-Lnrere. 
vol. 1, p. 68, Kiobenhavn, 1779. 

SeeK:ragh(P.). 

Hans Egede was bom Jan. 31, 1686, at Tron- 
denaee, Norway, where his father was sheriff. 
He was missionary in Greenland for 15 years, 
beginning in 1721. In 1730 he returned to 
Copenhagen, where for several years he in- 
stmcted missionary candidates in the language 
of Greenland. According to Beichelt he be- 
gan the translation into Eskimo of the New 
Testament, a work finished by his son; and 
according to Bagster, the elder Egede trans- 
lated the Psalms and the Epistles of Panl. In 
1740 he was made bishop. He died at Stab 
bekjtfbing, Denmark, in 1758. 

**The langnagegaro Mr. [Hans] Egede in- 
finite trouble; * * * his children learned it 
more easily. With their assistance he proceed- 
ed so far as to begin a Greenlandic grammar 
and to translate some Sunday lessons out of the 
gospels, together with a few short questions and 
illnstrations. * * * Egede wrote down some 
of these sentiments in a Greenland dialogne 
between Pok and his oonntrymen, and anotber 
between a missionary and an angekok, at the 
end of his Greenland grammar. "^Oafur. 

See Pok. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



28 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Egede (Pani). Evaugeliam | Okaasek 
tnssaruersok | Giib Niariianik InDno- 
gortomik, | okausiauiglo, Usornartn- 
leniglo, tokomel- 1 lo nmarmelo, Killa- 
liarmello, Iniiaiii | annaaniartlugit, 
aggerromartomiglOy tokorsot tomasa 
amartitsar- ] tortlagit. | Karalit okausiet 
attaattlngo aglekpaka | Paul Egede. | 

Kongtb Iglorperksoarne, Kiobenhav- 
nime, | 1744. 

Literal translation : The Oospel | tho word 
pleasant- to-hear | conceroiog God's his Son be- 
oome-a-nian, | and his word, and his miracles, 
and his death | ud bis resarrection, and his 
ascent to Heaven, Men | to strive to save them, 
and his coming [again ?], the dead thas to bring 
them to life. I Oreenlanders the word that they 
may read it I wrote these things | Panl Egede. 
I At Uie King's city [great collection of 
houses], at Copenhagen, 1 1744. 

4 p. II. pp. 1-392, 8^. Tho Foar Gospels in 
tlis Eskimo language of Greenland : Matthew, 
pp. 8-113; Mark, pp. 113-182; Luke, pp. 182- 
t02; John, pp. 302-392. 

Oopiet teen : British Museum. 

Priced by Triibner, 1856, No. 662, at 5*. At 
the Pinart sale a copy, No. 351, brought 6 fr. 

Kyerup's Littoraturlexioon gives tho abovo 
title in brief, and says the work was subse- 
quently issued in 1758, adding the Wanderings 
of the Apostles. Bagster*s Bible of Every 
Land mentions this later edition also. The 
latter authority says an edition of tho Acts as 
well as of the Gospels was issued in 1758. 

Dictiona- | rinm | Gronlandico- | 

Danico- | Latinam, | Complectens | 
Primitdvacnm sais | Derivatis, | qvibns | 
interjectae saat voces primariae | h \ 
Kirendo Angekkntornm, | adornatum | 
a I Paalo Egede. | 

Hafniae, | Anno MDCCL [1750]. 
Snuiptibos ^ typis Orphan. Rcgii, | 
Ezondit Gotm. Frid. Kisel, Orphano- 
tropb. Reg. Typogr. 

8 p. IL pp. 1-312, 120. 

Oopiee teen: Astor, British Museum, Brown, 
Trumbull. 

Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2224, at 80 fir. ; by 
Quaritch, No. 12576, at 15«. At the Brinley sale, 
a copy, No. 5634, brought $14. Priced by Trilb- 
ner, in 1882, at 18f. At the Pinart sale, No. 
344, it brought 13 fr. ; at the Murphy sale. No. 
878, $5. Priced by Quaritch, No. 30048, at 15«. 

[ ] Catecbismas (• Minguek | D. M. 

Lntberim | Aglega | Innnsuinnut In- 
nungnnllo Gnni | Okausianikilliaiman- 
gangitsnt, | suna ope- | reknllugo, kau- 
norlo innnknilagit Tokorsub kingorn- 
nano Kiliang- | mat pekkullugit. | 
[Design.] | 



Egede (P.) — Continncd. 

KiAboubavii, | IlUarsuia Igloenne 
uakittet | Nakittairsomit Gbttman 
Fridericb Kisel. | 1756. 

Literal trantlcUion : Catechism | the smallor 
I D.[octor1 M.[artin| Luther's | his writing | 
to the young and people of God's { his word 
ignorant, | what to beliovc, and how to live 
death after it to Ileaven to attain. | At Copen- 
hagen, I at the orphans* their house printed | 
from the printer Gottman Friderich Kisel. 

Pp. 1-160. 12^. Lnthcra Catechism, with 
a selection of hymns, translated into tho lan- 
guage of Greenland. Introduction signed by 
Paul Egede. Cat<>chisro, pp. 5-56 ; Hymns, pp. 
57-148; Index, pp. 140-160. 

Oojnetteen: Tale. 

A copy at the Brinley sale, Na 5636, brought 
$19. 

Grammatica | Gronlandica | Dauico- 

Latina, Edita | a | Paulo Egede. | 

Havnio) | Suniptibus<& typis Orphan- 
tropbii Regit | Excudit Gottman, Frid. 
Kisel. An. 1760. 

8 p. 11. pp. 1-236, 129. 

Oopiet teen : British Muceam, Brown, Wat- 
kinson. 

Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2225, at 50 fr. 
Brought at the Brinley sale, No. 5635, $8; at 
the Murphy sale. No. 877, $3. 

Testamente | Nutak, | eller | Dvi 

Nye I Testamente, | oversat | i det | 
Gronlaudsko Sprog, | med | Forkla- 
ringer, Paralleler | og udfurlige Buin- 
marier, | af | Paul Egede, | Professor 
Tbeol. Nat. ved Kidbenhavns | Univor- 
sitet, Inspector og Proost for | den 
Gronl. Mission, og Pripst ved det | 
Kongel. Aim. Hospital | i Kiobenbavn. | 

Kiobenbavn, | Ttykt paa "Missionens 
Bekostning, | af Gerbanl Gieso 8a1i- 
kath, I 1766. 

12 p. 11. pp. 1-1000, 4 11. 120. New Testa- 
ment translated into the Greenland language, 
with commentaries, parallels, and extensive 
summaries. 

Copies teen: British Museum, Congress. 

Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2233, at 45 fr. ; 
at tho Pinart sale. No. 886, sold to Quaritch 
for 8 fr. 

Ajokoersoirsnn Aiuagekseit Naleg- 

bingno Grondlandme. Hitual over 
Kirke-Forretningorno ved den Danske 
Mission paa Gronland. 
Kiobenbavn, H. Cb. Schroder. 1783. * 
Literal translation: Teachers' their hand- 
book in the church in Greenland. 

03 pp. 8^, in Greenland and Danish. Eccle- 
siastical Ritual for the nse of the Danish 
Missions in Greenland, translated and pub* 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



29 



Egede (P.) — Con tinned. 

lished by Bgede (f). It is a TolaniQ beretofore 
almost unknown. Having been printed for dis- 
tribution in Greenland, only a very fevr copies 
oonldhAveremftinedia Bnrope. — Leelere. 

Kyemp also gives tbis title in brief, under 
PaolEgede. 

For later edition see Fabricius (O.). Arkik' 
Butikaak. 

[Thomas a Kempis do iinitatione 

Christi, OYors. paa Gr^nl. 
Kiobenbavnime, 1787.] * 

Title from Vyemp's Dansk-Korsk Littera> 
toriexicon, vol. 1, p. 145. 

KriBinsimik { Mallingnaursut | piv- 

dlagit I Thomasib&KemplBibaglega. | 
Kaladlinokanzeennnt nuktersiinarsok ; 
Peleeianermit | Paviamit Egedemit, | 
lilegeegnemblo ussornartorsnb ''Dot 
Danake Mis- | sions Selskabimik'* tal- 
ntiglab araa | nakittarkoraago, | nark- 
iDgniarkiksaralldara | A. F. Honuib. | 

Kjobenbavnime. , lUi&rsum iglose'nne 
nakittanimanok | 16^4. | C. F. Sku- 
bartimit. 

LUeral tranOoHon: Christ | the imitaUng 
concerning | Thomas & Kempis' bis writing. | 
Oreenlanders' into their speech translated | by 
Bishop I Paul Bgede, | and when the society 
honorable by [the name of ] "Det Danske Mis- 1 
aions S^kab " called again | printed it, ' did his 
best to toy to revise it I A. F. Honni. ! At Copen- 
hagen. 1 At the orphans' their house [Waisen* 
bans] printed ; 1624. | From C. F. Sohnbart 

e p. IL pp. 1-108, 1V>. ImiteUon of Christ, 
in the Eskimo language of Greenland. 

Copies *€«n: Congress. 

[ ] Ivngerutit { tuksiutidlo, | Kalaliu- 

nnt Oportnnnnt ', Attasgeksait. | [Priut- 
er'amark.] | 

Kiobenbavnimo, | lUiarsuin Igloffinne 
Dakittarsimauei | Hans. Christopb. 
Scbroderib, | 1788. 

LUertUtrandoHon: Psalms | and prayers, | 
for Groenlanders believing | a handbook. | A t 
Copenhagen, | At the orphans' their house 
[Waiaenhans] printed them | Hans. Christ.iph. 
SohrY>der. 1 178& 

Title 1 1. prefiMse, signed Paul Bgede and 
dated Kiobeuham, d. I Hay 1761. 1 1. Psalms, 
entirely in Eskimo, pp. &-373; Forste Register 
over Psalme-Samlingemo, Sec. pp. 374-375; 
Andet Register over Psalmeme i Alphabetik 
Order, &c pp. 376-384; Prayers, entirely in 
Eskimo, pp. 385-526; index, 1 1. leP. 

Copietseen: Btitish Museum. 

For edition of 1801, see Fabricina (0). 

— Efterretninger om Gr^nland, | 
uddragno | af en Jonrnal | bolden | fra 
1781 til 1788 I af | Paul Egede. | 



Bgede (P.)— Continued. 

Ki0benbavny | trykt 1 det koogelige 
Vaisenhuses Bogtrykkerie | af Hans 
Christopber Scbr0der. | [1789 f ] 

Portrait of Bishop Paul Egede 1 1. title verao 
blank and 5 other p. 11. pp. 1-284, plates and 
map, 12°.— Det almindelige Sprog [a short list 
of Eskimo words with Danish signification, 
and a corresponding column of Danish mean- 
ings headed "Angekkokemes"], pp. 9J~9S,— 
Names of the constellations in Eskimo, pp. 104- 
106.— Name« of the various kinds of ice, snow, 
hail, the verbs to run and to die, pp. 227-228. 

Oopiee seen : British Mosenm, Congress. 

Naobricbten | von Gronland. | Aus 

einem Tagebucbe, | gefiibrt | von 1721 
bis 1788 I vom | Biscbof | Paul Egede. | 
Aus dera Daniscben. | Mit Knpfern. | 

Kopenbagen, 1790. | Bey Cbristian 
Gottlob Prost, I privilegirten Univer- 
Bitatsbucbbandler. 

Portrait of Bishop Paul Egede 1 L pp. i-xii, 
13-333, 3 pp. n. n. plates and maps, 12o.~Lin- 
gaistics as in Danish edition, pp. 122-123, 
130-132, 269-270. 

Copiet teen: British Mnseam. 

Paul Egede, a son of Bishop Hans Egede, 
was born in Norway, October 9, 1708. He 
went with his father to Greenland, and, having 
learned the language in a few years, he went 
to Copenhagen in 1728 to continae his studies. 
In 1734 he went to Greenland as an ordained 
missionary. He returned in 1741 and became 
parson at Vartov in Copenhagen. In 1761 be 
obtained the degree of professor of natural 
theology, and was made inspector of the Green- 
land mission. In 1779 he became bishop. He 
died in 1789. 

Egede (Petor). [Psalms in tbe Qreen- 
land language.] 

According to Nyemp's Dansk-Norsk Lit- 
teraturlexicon, vol. 1, p« 145, a portion of the 
psalms contained in Egede (Paul), Catechis- 
rans, pp. 140-146, were translated by Peter 
E^edo (a nephew of Hans Egede), who was 
bom in Norway and was the first missionary 
ordaiued in Greenland. He died in 1789. 
Ek6gmnt Vocabulary. See Dall ( W. H.). 
' Elementa Fidei Cbristianae. See Egede 
(H.). 
Elementarbog i Eskimoemes Sprog. 

Sec Jansaeu (C. E.). 
[Eisner (A. F.).] Geograpbie | oder | 
Besobreibuug der Lauder der Erde. | 

Stolpen I Bucbdruckerei von Qastav 
Winter. | 1880. 

Second title: Geografi | ubvalo | Nnnaksftb 
DunangitaokantigUanningit. | 

Stolpeueme 1 G. Winterib nenllanktangit | 
1880. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



30 



BIBLIOGEAPHY OF THE 



Eisner (A. F.) — Contiuued. 

German tiUo verso of first 1. reoto blank, Es- 
kimo titie recto of seoond 1. Torso blanks in- 
dex, pp. v-vi, preCaoe, signed by A. F. Eisner, 
Hoffonibal, li(78, pp. Tii-viii; text, entirely in 
the Eskimo langnage of Labrador, pp. ISi, 12<^. 
Copies teen: Pilling, PeweQ. I 

My copy cost 1 M. 30 pf. i 

Bngliali-Aleutiaii Vooabalary. See Buy- I 
nitaky (S. N.). 

BpiBtlea The Epistles | of the | Apos- 
tles, I translated iuto the | Esquimaux 
LaDgnage, | by the Missionaries | of 
the Protestant Church | of | the United 
Brethren | in | Labrador. | Printed for 
the British and Foreign Bible | So- 
ciety; I For the Use of the Christian 
Esquimaux in the Mission Settlements 
of the United Brethren at Nain, Okkak, 
and Hopedale, | on the Coast of Labra- 
dor. I 

London: | W. M. M'Dowall, Printer, 
Pemberton Row, Gough Square, | Fleet 
Street. | 1819. 

Title verso blank 1 L pp. 1-452. 16^. Entirely 
in the Eskimo of Labrador. 

Copies Mm: British and Foreign Bible So- 
ciety. 

Erdmann (Friedrich). Eskimoisches 
Worterbuch, | gesammelt | von den 
Mission aren | in | Labrador, | revidirt 
und herausgegeben | von | Friedrich 
Erdmann. | 

Budissiu, I gedruckt bei Ernst Moritz 
Mouse. I 18G4. 

Title verso blank 1 1. preface 1 1. pp. 1-300, 
double colnmns, 8<>. KsklmoGerman through- 
ont. 

Dr. Kink, in furnishing me a brief title of this 
work, though not giving the collation, says: 
*'In two parts, Eskimo-Gorman and German- 
Eskimo." It may bo there is a German-Eskimo 
counterpart to the work ; if so, I have seen no 
copy of it. 

Copies teen: Brinton, Eames, Pilling, Pow- 
ell, Watkinson, Yale. 

Priced by Triibner in 1883 at 8t.6d; by 
Koebler (catalogue 440), No. 054, 7 M. 50 pf. 
My copy, bought in 1886 of the Unititts-Biich- 
bandlung, Gnadan, Saxony, cost 5 M. 40 pf. 

[ ] Testameutetotak ; | Josnab ag- 

langinit, Esterib | aglangit tikkilu- 
git I Printed for | The British and > 
Foreign Bible Society in London, | fur 
the use of the Moravian Mission in Lab- , 
rador. | I 

Stolpen: | Gustav Winterib Nftner- 
lauktangit. | 1869. 



Erdmann (F.)— Continued. 

Literal trantlation : Old Testament; | from 
Joshua's his book, Esther's | her book coming 
to. I StoIi>eu: I Gustav Winter's his printings. 

2 p. 11. pp. 1-527, 8^. Joshua to Esther in the 
language of Labrador. 

Copiee teen: BHtish and Foreign Bible So- 
ciety, Pilling, Powell. 

My copy, bought of first hands and in chei^ 
binding, cost 8 M. 

[ ] Tcstanientetokak | Hiobib aglmn- 

^it, I Salomoblo | luigerusersoanga 
tikkilugit. I Printed for | The British 
and Foreign Bible Society in London, | 
for the use of the Moravian Mission io 
Labratlor. | 

Stolpen: | Gustav Winterib N6ner- 
lauktaugit. | 1871. 

Literal translation: Old Testament | Job's 
his book, I and Solomon's | his great songs com- 
ing to. I Stolpen: | Gustav Winter's his print- 
ings. 

2 p. 11. ]ip. 1-274, S°. Job to Song of Solomon. 

Copies teen: British and Foreign Bible So 
ciety, Church Missionary Society, Pilling. 
Powell. 

My copy cost 4 M. 

These two works are attributed to Brdmann 
on the authority of Dr. Rink, who informs me 
that this author also rewrote the translation of 
Proverbs and Psalms, added many notes and 
emendations to the new edition of the five 
books of Moses and to the Kew Testament, 
and assisted the TJnitas Fratrum generally in 
their literary labors. 

[ ] Ajokertutsit | pijarialiksnit telli- 

mat. I L Gddib perKojanginik hailigi* 
uik telli- I maujortunik. | U. Kristuse- 
miut okperijaksanginik pinga- 1 sunik. | 

III. N4lekab tuksiarutauKojanganik. | 

IV. Baptijumik hailigimik. | V. Ko- 
munionimik hailigimik. | 

Stolpen I Gustav Winterib ndnilauK- 
tangit I 1883. 

Literal trantlation: Instructions | very need* 
ful five. I I. About God's his commandments 
holy ten. | II. About the Christians' their sub- 
jects of belief throe. | III. About the Lord's 
his prayer. | IV. About baptism holy. | V. 
Abont communion holy. { Stolpen | Gostav 
Winter's his pHntings. 

Catechism in the Eskimo language of Labra- 
dor. Title verso preface 1 1. text, entirely in 
the language of Labrador, pp. 3-2G, 1(P. Pp. 
25-26 contain the multiplication table. 

In the preface it is stated that the transla- 
tions are by Erdmann, and that an edition of 
the catechism, not so full as the present, ap* 
peared in 1865. 

Copiet teen : PiUing, Powell. 

My copy cost 85 pt 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



31 



Brdmann (F.) — Continued. 

Friedrich Brdmaun was born at laerlolm, 
PriiasU, Febmary 25, 1810, aad died at Kiiniga- 
fold September 15, 1873. He lived in Labrador 
Sdjears, 1834-1873. 

erlniugkat nfttigdlit | 105, | tainaUuik 
imagdlity | iliniarfingne igdlunilo | 
atortugssat. | 

Dmck von Gustav Winter in Stol- 
pen. I 1676. 

Literal trandaUon: Songs haviug-notes | 
105, 1 varioasly having contents, | in scUooU 
and in houses | thlngstobo-ased. 

Title Tcrso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-157, iudox 
pp. 158-160, 10^. Song book, with music, for 
•ehool and private use, entirely in the language 
of Greenland. 

Copies teen: Pilling, PowelL 

My copy, bought of the Fnitats-Buchhand- 
lang, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 1 M. 50 pf. 

BrksDrsaatiksaet ndln t. See Kragh (P. ) . 

Brkars^aUginieksadtsilldrsoarmik. See 

Kragh(P.). 
Bniian(6eorgAdo]ph). Etbnograpbisclie 

Wahmehmuugeu and Erfabrungen an 

den KUsten des Berings-Meeres von A. 

Erman. 
In Zeitschrift filr Ethnologic, vol. 2 (1870), 

pp. 205-307, 800-303; vol. 3 (1871), pp. 140-175, 

205-210, Berlin [n. d.], 8o. 
Komerals of the Aleuton, KaiUaker Insu« 

Umer, XamoUi, KAngjulit, and Ttynai odor 

Konaiz*, vol. 3. p. 216. 

Bnlew(Thomaa Hansen). Almindeligt | 
Forfatter-Lexicon | for | Kongeriget 
Danmark roed tilh0rende Bilaude, | fra 
1814 til 1840, I eller | Fortegnelso | 
oyer | de sammesteda f0dte Forfattere 
og Forfotterinder,«om Icvedo ved Be- | 
gyndelsen af Aaret 1814| cUer siden ere 
f#dte, med Anforelso af deres | v igtigste 
LeTnetfl-Omstaendigheder og af deres 
trykte Arbejder; | samt over | de i 
Hertngd^mmeme og i Udlandet f^dte 
Forfattere, som i bemeldte | Tidsrum 
have opboldt sig i Danmark og der nd- 
giyet Skrifter. | Yed | Tbomas Hansen 
Erslew. | Finite [-Tredie] Bind. | A — 
j[-S-?>]. I 

Kj^benbavn. | Forlagsforeningons 
Forlag. I Trykt i Bianco Lnnos Bog- 
trykkeri. | 1843 [-1853]. 

8 vols. SP. General author's dictionary for 
tbe kingdom of Denmark and adjacent conn* 
tries from 1814 to 1840; it contains biographies 
of aathoTi who have written in the Eskimo and 
Uota of their works. 

Oopi4&»eem: CoDgress. 



Bskimaiuc and English Vocabulary. See 


Washington (J.). 




Eskimo : 




Bible, John (in part). 


See Church. 




Adolung (J. C.) 




and Vater (J. 




8.), 




DaU(W.H.), 




Parry (W.E.), 




Richardson (J.), 




Shea (J. G.). 


Gramiuatic treatise. 


Adam (L.), 




Bancroft (H.H.), 




Hayes (LL). 


Letters V anil L. 


Gallatin (A.). 


Lord's Prayer. 


Atkinson (C), 




Hall (C. P.), 




Bossier (-). 


Numerals. 


Haldeman (& 




S.), 




Latham (RG.), 




Pott(A.F.). 




Sutherland (P. 




C). 


Prayers. 


CrespieuKF.X.). 


Frimor. 


Abecedarium, 




Bompas ( W. C). 


Uuiuarkb. 


Jcfferys (T.). 




MoriUot (*), 




NouvoUe, 




Rosse(LC.), 




Scherer (J. B.), 




Scbott (W.), 




Seeman (B.). 


Vucabuhiry. 


Adelnng (J. C.) 




and Vater (J. 




8-), 




Beecboy (P.W.), 




Brjant (— ), 




Buschmann (J. 




C.E.). 




Chappell (E.), 




Dobbs (A.), 




Horzog (W.), 




Iudreniii8(A.A.), 




J6han (L. F.), 




Kalm (P.), 




Latham (R G.), 




Long (J.). 




M'Keovor (T.), 




Murdoch (J.), 




Nelson (E. W.), 




Newton (A.), 




Parry (W.E.). 




Petroff (I.), 




Rand(S.T.), 




Ross (J.), 




Soberer (J. R). 




Schubert (— ), 




Tomlin (J.), 




Washington (J.). 


Wonls. 


Balbi (A.), 




Buschmann (J. 




C. E.). 


ni 


Duncan (D.)^ 
.itivoHKwdooalp 



32 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Eskimo — Cod ti nued. 

Wordi. See Hooper ( W. H. ), 

Latham (R. G.), 
Pinart (A. L.). 
Yankiewitcb 
(T.). 

Bskimoiaohes Wortcrbncb. See Erd- 
mann (F.). 

BBquisse d'ane Grammairo * * * Al^oute. 
See Henry ( v.). 

Ethics, Greenland. See Steenholdt (W. F.). 

EvangeliumOkausck. See Egede (Paul). 

Everette (Willis Eugene). Compara- 
tive vocabulary of the Chilcat or Ko- 
losh witb the Yukon River Eskimo. * 
Manascript, 17 pp. folio. 

Comparative vocabulary of tbe Cbil- 

cat, tbe Yukon River Indian, and tbe 
Yukon River Eskimo. * 

Manuscript, 10 pp. folio. 



Everette (W. E.)— Continued. 

Comparative vocabulary of the St. 

MicbaePs and tbe Aliyut or Aleat or 
Ounalaska Eskimo. * 

Manascript, 7 pp. folio. 

Comparative vocabulary of tbe St. 

MichaePs and tbe Yukon River Eski- 
mo. • 
Manuscript, 7 pp. folio. 
Comparative vocabulary of the Yu- 
kon River Eskimo, St. MichaePs and 
Arctic Ocean Eskimo, and tbe Aleut or 
Ounalaska Eskimo. * 
Manuscript, 15 pp. folio. 
The five vocabularies above, comprisinji; 250 
wonls each, are in the possession of Mr. Ever- 
ette, who has furnished mo the above titles, the 
material having been collected during 1884-'85. 

Ezpositio catecbismi groulandici. See 
ThorhaUeeen (E.). 



F. 



Fabrloius (Otho), Forsog | til | en for- 
bedret | Gr0nlandsk Grammatica | ved 
I Otho Fabricius, | SogueprsBst ved Vor 
Frelseres Kirke paa Cbristiansbavn. | 

Kiobenhavn, 1791. | Trykt udi det 
Kongelige Vaysenbuses Bogtrykkerie, 
I af Carl Fredericb Schubart. 

Title verso bhink 1 1. pp. iii-viii, 1-322, 4 
foldingll. '•OmSuffixaVorbomm," 12^^. Gram- 
mar of the language of Greenland. 

Chpietseen: Quaritch. 

Priced by Triibuer, io 1850. No. 661. at 6«. ; 
by Quaritch, No. 12577, at £1 lOt.; No. 30050, 
at £1 &r. 

A later edition as follows : 

Fors0g I til I eu forbedret | Gr0n- 

laudsk Grammatica | ved | Otho Fabri- 
cius, I Sognepraest ved Vor Frelseres 
Kirke paa Cbristiansbavn. | Audet Op- 
lag. I 

Ki0benbavu, 1801. | Trykt udi det 
Kongelige Vaysenbuses Bogtrykkerie, 
I afC.F. Schubart. 

Pp. i-viii, 9-383, 12o. 

Oopie* teen : Astor, Congress, Trumbull. 

Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2227, at 40 fr. : by 
Quaritch, No. 12578, at 18*. Sold at the Brinley 
sale, No. 5637, for $14 ; at the Pinart sale, No. 
361, to Leclerc for 3 fr. Priced by Triibner, in 
1882 (p. 53), at £1 l«.,aud by Quaritch, No. 30051, 
at 12*. and 14«. 

[ ] Testamente | Nutak | Kaladlin 

okauzeennut | nuktersimarsok. nar'kiu- 
tingoffiu- 1 niglo sukniarsimarsok. | 
Kiobenhavnime, | Illiarsuin igloa^nne 



Fabricius (O.)— Continued, 
pingajneks^nik nakittarsimarsok | 
1799. I C. F. Sbubartimit. 

Literal translation: Testament | New | 
Greenlandors' into their speech | fully- trans- 
lated, and with explanations thoroughly-ex- 
pounded. I At Copenhagen, | at the orphans' 
their house [ Wdisouhaus] a third time printed | 
1799. I From C. F. Schubart. 

Pp. i-Tiii, 9-1072, 10°. New TesUment in 
the Eskimo language of Greenland. Profaco 
signed Otho Fabricius and dated Kiubcnhav- 
nime, 1794. Matthew, pp. 1-150; Mark, 151- 
231; Luke, 232-369 ; John, 370-472; Acts, 473- 
602; Epistles, &c. 633-1070; index. 1071-1072. 

Copies seen : Brown, Congress, Watkinson. 

Priced in Tiiibner's catalog^ie, 1856, No. 663, 
at 7«. 6d. and by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2234, at30 fr. 

Eralew's Forfaitter-Lexikon mentions an edi- 
tion of 1794. 

[ ] Testamente | Nutak | Kaladlin 

okauzeennut nuktersimarsok, nar'kiu- 
tingooiu- I niglo sukuiarsimarsok. | 

Kiobenhavnime^ | Illi&rsuin iglot§nue 
sissameks^uik nakki tarsi marsok | 1827 
I C.F.Skiibartimit. 

Literal translation of impAnt: At Copen- 
hagen, I at the orphans' their house [Waisen- 
haus] a fourth time printed 1 1827 | From C. 
F. Schubart 

Pp. i-viii, 9-1072, 12^. New Testament in 
the Eskimo language of Greenland. Revised 
by N. G. Wolf 

Copies seen : British Museum, Powell, Tram- 
bull, Watkinson. 

Priced by Quaritch, Nos. 12581 and 30050, at 
7s. 6d. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANaUAGE. 



33 



Fabrldua (0.)~Continaod. 

[ ] Ivngerutit | Tuksiutidio, | Kalad- 

liuuut Opertuuiiut. | Attu£Bgoksiet. | 

Kiobenhavuimo. | lUiarsniii igio»n- 
ne aipekslbiik nakittarsimarsut | C. F. 
Hkabartimtt. | 1801. 

lAUiral irandation : Psalms | and prayers, | 
for Greeolanders belieying. | A handbook. | 
At Copenhagen. | At the orphans' their honse 
[Waisrahans] a second time printed | From 
G. F. Schubart. 

Pp. 1-528, sm. 120. Psalms in meter. Prayers, 
pp. 38G-528. Preface signed Otto Fabricius, 11 
Jnn., ISOO. 

Copies tetn: British Moseam, Harvard, 
Watkinson. 

Prleod by Trabner, 18M, No. 604, at 5#. ; by 
Loolero, 1878, No. 2228, at 25 fr. 

For an edition of 1788 see Bgede (Paul), Ivn- 
gerutit. 

— Den I Gr^nlandske Ordbog, | forbe- 
dret og for^gtity | udgivefc | ved | Otho 
Fabricius, | Sogneprtest ved vor Frel- 
sera Kirke paa Christiausliavu. | 

Kjobenkavn, 1804. | Trykt i det Kon- 
gel. Yaisenbuses Bogtrykkerie | af 
Carl Frid. Schubart. 

Pp. i-Tiii, 1-795, 120. Greenland-Danish, pp. 
1-644; Register, in Dsnish, pp. 545-705. 

Copies seen : Astor, Bancroft, Boston Athe- 
ucum, British Museum, Congress, Tmmboll, 
Watkinson. 

Priced by Leclero. 1878, No. 2226, at 40 fr. ; 
by Quaritoh, No. 1257», at Jil 10s. Bought at 
Uie Brinky sale, No. 5638, for $20; at the Pi- 
nart sale. No. 860, by Quaiitch. for 15 fr. 
Priced by Trfibner, 1882 (p. 53). at £1 19s., and 
by Quaritch, Na 80052, at £1. 

Arkiksutiksak | Pellosinnut Ajok- 

nrs^irsuDundlo, | Kauuoog-iilivdlHtik 
pirsaromarput ; Nlilegiartorbingiie, i K^- 
ladlit NuDf^une. | Ritual | over | Kirke- 
Forretuingerne | ved | den Danske MIh- 
sioD 1 Gri^uland. | 

Omarbeidet og for0got | ved | Otho 
Fabricius, | og 2deu gaug trykt i det 
Sougeligo Waysenhases Bog- | tryk- 
kerio i Kii^beuhavn | 1819 | af Carl 
Friedrich Schubart. 

Literal translation : Haterials-forrules | for 
priests and teachers, | bow-heariug-themselves 
they shall act | at the time for church-going, | 
the Groenlaudors in their country. 

Pp. 1-87, 16^, alternate pp. Eskimo and Dan- 
ish. Ritual prepared for the Danish missions 
in Greenland. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Harvnrd. 

For cadier edition see Egede (Pun)), Ajok- 
oeraoirson. 

ESK 3 



Fabxioiua (0.)—C«n tinned. 

Okallnktuast Opernartut | Tersauko 

I Bibelimit | Testanientitokamidlo 

Testament it&midlo | Ottoh Fabriciaisib 

I Pellesitinernb | Kenner^j attuaegek- 

s&ukudlngit lunnngnnt | koisimarsnn- 

nnt. I 

Kiobenhavnime | Illi&ranln igloronno 
nakkittarsimarsut. | 1820. | C. F. Sku- 
bartimit. 

Litsral translation: Narratives true | hen'- 
are | fh>m the Bible | both from tlio Old Testa- 
ment and the New Testament | of Oibo Fabri- 
cius I Mie Bishop | the selections he wishing-tu- 
give-means^f-reading to people | ohriatenc<l. | 
At Copenhagen | At the orphans' their house 
[Waisenhans] printed. | 182V. I From C. F. 
Schubart. 

Pp. 1-256, leP, in the language of Greenland. 

Copies seen : British Museum, Congress. 

— Testameutitokamit | Mosesim agle- 
g^J I siurdleet. | Kaladlin okauzeeuuut 
I nukteraimarsut | narkiutingoseuniglo 
sukkuiarslmarsut | Pelleaitiucriuit | Ot- 
temit Fabricinsimit, | AttusBgoks&nk- 
ndlugit iunnngnut koisimarannnnt. | 

Kiobenhavnime, | Illi&rsuin igloienno 
nakkittarsimarsut. | 1822. | C. F. Skn- 
bartimit. 

Literal translation: From tho Old Testa- 
ment i Moses' his book | the first. { Groenlaud- 
ors iuto their speech | fuUy-trunslatcd | and 
with explanations thuroughly-exponudod | by 
Bishop I Otho Fabricius, | he wishing-to-give- 
raeans-of-reading to people ohristenetl. | At 
Copenhagen, | at tho orphans' their honse 
[Waisonhaus] printed. ( 1822. | From C. F. 
Schubart. 

Pp. 1-202, 16^. Genesis in the Eskimo lau- 
guagu of Greenland. The pi«lkoe is signed by 
N. G. Wolf, who perhaps revised it. 

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- 
gress, Powell, TrumbuUf Watkinson. 

BIbelingoak ( Merdlainuut | imalo- 

ueet : | Gudim Okauzeesaill^jt kouuik- 
ka3t, I u£it8ttnnik kujuuNksaruoruik 
illakartut, j merdlertunnut nalektar- 
tunnut. I Kablunti^n okauzeenue aglek- 
simagalloak, | raftua kaladlin okanzeen- 
nut uuktersimarsok j Pellesidnermit | 
Ottomit Fabriciusimit. | 

Kiobenhavnime, { IlliarsUin igloffiune 
iiakkitarsimarsok | 1822. | C. F. Sku- 
bartimit. 

Literal translation: The little Bible | for chil- 
dren I namely: | God's his-wonls-some-of-them 
selected, | with abort e^hprtations Joined, | for 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



34 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Fabzioius (O.) — Coutiuued. 

children obedient. | White man's in tholr speech 
originally- writteu-indeed-but, bow Greenland* 
crs into tlieir speech translated by | Bishop | 
Oiho Fabricins. I At Copenhagen, | at the or- 
phans their house (Waisenhaus] printed i 1822. 
I From C. F. Schubart. 

Pp. l-«8, ICO. Bible teachings for children 
in the Inugnago rf Greenland. 
Copies 84en: Congresa 

[ ] Bibelingoak | imal6n6t: | Qadim 

oiahs^ssa ills6it IceflerBlmassnt | nsBtu- 
Digdlo o^aukiks^raltingoafiik. | illa- 
(ardlnttik. 

Havniame Dakittarsimassok | 1849. | 
J. G. SalonioDimit. 

Lijteral translation: The little Bible | name- 
ly: I God's his words some-of-them selected | 
and with short little-roeans-of-exborting | 
Joined. | At Copenhagen printed 1 1849. | From 
J. 6. Salomon. 

Pp. 1-50, 1 1. leo. The Small Bible in the 
Eskimo language of Greenland. 

Copies seen: Harvard. 

See Ajoksersutit. 

According to Erslow, Fabricias pablished, 
with amendments, in 8P, at Copenhagan, edi- 
tk>n6 of the Greenland psalm-book, with ap- 
pendix of prayers, and the history of Christ's 
passion, in 1788 [see Egede (Paul)] ; and the 
explanation of the Greenland catechism, with 
addition of the order of salvation, in 1700. 

Fabrioins was bom Marph 0, 1744, at Rnd* 
HJobiug, Langeland, where his father, Hans 
Fabricins, was minister and dean of the dis- 
tfict of Norro. AJter receiving private In* 
etruction he was sent to the university In 
W82; underwent his final examination in 1788, 
and in March of the same year was sent as 
ordained missionary to the colony of Frede* 
riksbaab, in Greenland, where he remained till 
1773; in 1774 he became minister at Drangedal 
and Torredal, in the bishopric of Aggers* 
bns; in t770, at Hodro and Skiellerup, in the 
a^ve bishopric; in 1781, at RUse, on the island 
of Aero; in 1783 he was made parson at tho 
orphj^nage in Copenhagen, and teacher of tho 
Gseenlaud language; in 1780, parson of Our 
Saviour's Church at Christlanshavn ; in tho 
same year ho was chosen director of tho Soci- 
ety of Natural History of Copenhagen; in 
1808 he received the title of professor of the- 
ology and the rank of professor at the 
University of Copenhagen; in 1813 he became 
a member of the Mission College as far as it 
I elated to the afllidrs of the Greenland mission ; 
tn 1815 he became Knight of the Danebroge; 
on March 23, 1818, he celebrated the fifty 
years' JnbUee of his oflBce, and on tho same 
day received the title and rank of bishop, 
together with the honorary diploma of doctor 
of theology. Ho died May 20, 1822. 



Fastine: (Lndvig). Sendebrev til nlle 
GruDloenderne i Norden (Aglekkiut 
neksiutsbt Kaladlinnut tamAnnnt auan- 
gnar iniiinniit). 

^jobeuhavn, Fabritias de Tengua- 
gels, 1838. • 

Literal translatUm: Epistle sent to Green- 
landers all dwellers-in-the-north. 

23 pp. 2 11. 80, in Danish and Greenland. 
Tide from Leolerc's Supplement, No. 'J763. 
where it is priced at 6 fir. 

Fauvel-Gouraud (Francis). Practicul | 
Cosmoplionography ; | a System of 
WritiDg aud Printing all | the Princi- 
pal LangnageSy with their exact Pro- 
nunciation, I by means of an original | 
Universal Phonetic Alphabet, | Based 
npon Philological Principles, and rep- 
resenting Analogically all the Compo- 
nent Elements of the Human | Voice, 
as they occur in | Different Tongues 
and Dialects; | and applicable to daily 
use in all the branches of business and 
learning; | Illustrated by Numerous 
Plates, I explanatory of the | Calli- 
graphic, Steno - Phonographic, and 
Typo-Phonographio | Adaptations of 
the System ; | with specimens of | The 
Lord's Prayer, | in One Hundred Lan- 
guages: I to which is prefixed, | a Gen- 
eral Introduction, | elucidating the 
origin and progress of language, writ- 
ing, stenography, phonography, | etc., 
etc., etc. I By | Francis Fauvel-Gourand, 
D. E. S. I of the Royal University of 
France. | 

New York: | J. S. Redfield, Clinton 
Hall. I 1850. 

1 p. 1. pp. I-IW, I 1. pUtes 1-21, A-T, 8o.— 
The Lord's Prayer in the Greenland (fhini « d. 
London, 1822), plate 14, No. 57; In the Esqui- 
maux of Labrador (London, 1813), plate 14, 
No. 68. 

Copies seen: Aator, British Museom. 

Fiaher (William James). Words, phrases, 
and sentences in the language of tho 
Ugashakmiit Indians of Ugashak 
River, Bristol Bay, Alaska, and of the 
K&gdagSmtit Indians, of Kaguiak- 
Kadiak Island, Alaska. 

Manuscript, pp. 77-228, 10 11. 4<^. In the U- 
hrary of the Bureau of Ethnology. B«oorded 
in a copy of Powell's Introduction to the Study 
of Indian Languafi^es, 2d edition, inoompleto. 
The two dialects are in parallel colnnms. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAG 



35 



FormiUa babtizandi lufantes & Adaltos. 
SeeBgede(H.). 

Fora0g til en rorl>6dret Gr^ulandsk Gram- 
matica. See Fabricius ^O.). 

Forster (Jobaua Georg Adam). Ge- 
scbicbte dor Keisen, | die seit Cook | an 
der I Nordwest- uud Nordost-KUste | 
Tou Amerika j uud in dem | uordliob- 
sten Amerika selbst | von | Meares, 
Dixon, Portlock, Coxo, Long u. a. M. | 
untemommen wordensind. | Mitvielen 
Kartou und Kupfern. | Aus dem £ng- 
liflchen, | mit Znziehmig allor ander- 
weitigen Hiilfsquellen, ausgearbeitet | 
von I Georg Forster. ( Er8ter[-Dritter] 
Band. I 

Berlin, 1791. | InderVossiscbenBucb- 
bandlung. 

3 voU.: pp. i-lx. 1 1. pp. 1-130, 1-302; 6 p. IL 
pp. i-xxii, 1-3M; i-xv, i-iii, 1-74, 1-880, 4o.— 
Comparative Tocabolftry, and numeralii 1-10, 
of the languages of Prince William's Soand 
and Cook's Biver, Norfolk Sound, and King 
George's Sound (from Portlock and Dixon), 
ToL 2, pp. 216-217.— Vocabulary in language of 
Prince William's Sound (from Portlock), vol. 
3, pp. 119-121.— Vocabulary of the language of 
the Northwest Coast of America (from Port- 
lock), voL 3, p. 145. 
OopuM teen: Astor, British If useum. 
Brought at the Fischer sale, No. 1071, 2t. 
Pour. Tbo I Four Books of Moses, | Exo- 
dus to Deuteronomy, | translated into 
the I Esquimaux Language : | by | tbe 
Missionaries | of the | Unitas Fratrum, 
or, United Brethren. | Printed for the 
nse of the Mission, | by | The British 
and Foreign Bible Society. | 

London: | W. M'Dowall, Printer, 
Pembertou Row, Gough Square. | 18 U. 
Title 1 1. pp. 167-698, 16o,* in the language 
of Labrador. 
Oopiegtceii: British and Foreign Bible Society. 
Genesis, pp. 1-166, issued with the title Mo- 
■ostb Aglangita; the Pentateuch, pp. 1-698, 
with the title Moseail Aglaugit 
Fbx Channel, VocabuUrj-. See Hall (C. F.). 
FrankUn {CapU John). Narrative of a 
jouniey | to the shores of | the Polar 
Sea, I in the years | 1819, 20, 21, and 
22. I By I John Franklih, Captain R.N., 
P. E. S., I and commander of the ex- 
pedition. I With an appendix on vari- 
ous subjects relating to | science and 
natural history. | Illustrated by numer- 
ous plates and maps. | Pnblished by 
authority of the right honourable the 
Earl Bathurst. i 



Franklin (J.) — Continued. 

London: | John Murray, Albemarle- 
street. | MDCCCXXIII [1823]. 

2 p. IL pp. vii-xvi, 1-768, plates and maps, 
4<'.~Namee of animals, fishes, plants, etc. in Bs- 
kimo, with English significations, pp. 87-93.— 
Names of the various parts of an Eskimo 
house, with EngUsh significations, p. 267. 

OopUtteen: Astor, British Museum, Congress. 

A copy at the Field sale, No. 740, brought 
$9.25. Priced by Quaritch, No. 1 1058, at £ I. lOs. 

According to Sabln's Dictionary, No. 25625 : 
Second Edition, London, John Murray, 1824, 2 
vols. 8o, which is priced by Quaritch, No. 11659, 
at 10«., and No. 28980, at 5t. 

Narrative of a journey | to the 

shores of the | Polar Sea, | in | the 
years 1819-20-21-22. | By | John Frank- 
lin, Capt. E. N., F. K. S., M. W. S., | 
and commander of the expedition. | 
Published by authority of the Right 
Honourable | the Earl Bathurst. [Third 
EtUtion. I Two Vols.— Vol. I[-n]. | 

London: | John Murray, Albemarle* 
street. | MDCCCCXXIV [»io for 1824]. 

2 vols.: pp. i-xix, 1-370; 1 p. 1. pp. 1-1 v, 1 L 
pp. 1-390, 8<3.— Linguistics as in previous edl- 
tion, vol. 1, pp. 134-145 ; vol. 2, p. 207. 

Cfopies teen : Bancroft, Congress. 

A copy at the Field sale, catalogue No. 741, 
half-morocco, uncut, brought $2.50. Clarke, 
1886, No. 4172, prices it at $3.50. 

Narrative of a journey | to the 

shores of | the Polar Sea, | in the years | 
1819, 20,21, & 22. I By | John Franklin. 
Captain R. N., F. R. S., | and com- 
mander of the expedition. | With an 
appendix containing googuostical ob- 
serva- | tions, and remarks on the Au- 
rora Borealis. | Illustrated by a frontis- 
piece and map. | Published by authori- 
ty of the Rt. Hon. the Earl Bathurst. | 

Philadelphia: | H. C. Carey & I. Lea, 
A. Small, Edward Parker, M*Carty & | 
Davis, B. & T. Kite, Thomas Desilver, 
and E. Littell. | 1824. 

Pp. l-xi, 1-482, plate and map, 8°.— Names 
of animals, fishes, plants, eta in the Eskimo 
language, pp. 78-83. 

Copies eecn : Bancroft, Congress. 
Journey | to the | shores of the Po- 
lar Sea, I In 1819-20-21-22; | with | a 
brief account of the second journey | 
In 1825-26-27. | By | John Franklin, 
Capt. R. N. F. R. S., | and Commandor 
of the Expedition. | Four vols. — With 
plates. I Vol. I [-IV]. 

London: | John Murray, Albein:irlo 
Street, | MDCCCXXIX [ld2D]. • 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



36 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Franklin (J.) — Coutinuod. 

4 voU. 24^. — Nftmes of aoimala, plants, Stv. 
vol. 1, pp. 17U-182.— Partu of an Esqnimaux 
house, vol. 3, p. 5. 

Freitag(A.). Grammatik | oder | Hillfs^ 
Buch I zur Erieroung der Eskimo- 
Spraolie. Original, 1839. Umgearbei- 
tet 1846. von A. Freitag 

Manosoript, title 1 1. contents 1 1, text pp. 
1>208, 2 folding sheets, sm. 4*^. The original of 
this, I understand, is in ose by the missionaries 
at Okok, Labrador; there is a copy in Bremen, 
and one, that described above, in possession of 
Dr. Boas. 

Fry (E^mand). Pantograpliia; | con- 
tain ing I aooarate copies of all the 
known | alphabets in the world; | to- 
gether with I an English explanation 
of the pecaliar | force or power of each 
letter: | to which are added, | speci- 
mens of all well-authenticated | oral 
languages; | forming | a comprehensive 
digest of I phonology. | By Edmund 
Fry, I Letter-Founder, Type-Street. | 

London. | Printed by Cooper and 
Wilson, I For John and Arthur Arch, 
Gracechurch-Street ; | John White, 
Fleet-Street ; John Edwards, Pall-Mail ; 
and I John Dobrett, Piccadilly. | MDCC 
XCIX [179D]. 



Fry (E.) — Continued. 

2 p. 11. pp. i-xxxvi, 1-320, «o.— Short vocabu- 
1 iry and numerals (1-10) of the Ksquimaux, 
p. 80 ; of the language of Greenland, p. 104 ; of 
Norton Sound, p. 212 1 of OonaUshka, p. 214 ; 
of Prince William Sound, p. 240. 

These vocabularies are extracted from An- 
derson (A.) and from Br>'ant (— ) in Cook and 
King's Voyages to the Pacific Ocean. 

Oopi49 seen : Astor, Boston Athen»um, Brit- 
ish Museum, Congress. 

At the Squior sale, catalogue No. 385, a copy 
was sold for $2.13. 

Famhelm (Gov. Hjahnar). Notes on tho 
natives of Alaska. (Communicated t4> 
the late George Gibbs, M. D., in 1862.) 
By His Excellency J. Furuhelm, Lato 
Governor of the Russian American Col- 
onies. 

In Powell (J. W.). Contributions to N. A. 
Ethnology, vol. 1, pp. 111-116, 121-183, Wash- 
ington. 1877. 4«. 

Yocabniary and grammatic comments on the 
Aleut, pp. 11&-1I6. 

Vocabulary of the Asiagmilt (Norton 

Bay). 

Manuscript 2 II. foolscap, 50 words and nu- 
merals 1-10 ; in the library of the Bureau of 
Ethnology. 

Vocabulary of the Kuskokwim. 

Manuscript 2 11. foolscap, 50 words and nu- 
morals 1-10 ; in the library of the Bureau of 
£thnoU>gy. 



G. 



Gallatin (Albert). A synopsis of the In- 
dian tribes within tho United States 
east of the Rocky Mountains, and in 
the British and Russian Possessions in 
North America. By the Hon. Albert 
Gallatin. 

In American Antiquarian Soc. Trans. (Aroh- 
teologi.-i Americana), vol. 2, pp. 1-422, Cam- 
bridge, 1830, 8<'. 

Grammatical notice of the Esquimaux (fh>m 
Adelnng's Mithridates and Crans), pp. 211- 
214.— Vocabulary of the Esquimaux of Hud- 
sou's Bay (from Parry), of Kotzebue Sound 
(from Beechey), of the Tshuktcbi of Asia 
(from Koschelolf), of Greenland (from Ege<1o 
and CraoK), and of the Kadiak (from Klaproth), 
pp. 305-367. 

Letter to Henry Rowe Schoolcraft 

respectipg the use of the letters V and 
L in the Eskimau language. 

In American Biblical Kopository, 3d series, 
vol. 1, pp. 448-449, New York, 1830, 8°. 

Halo's Indians of northwest America, 

and vocabularies of North Aniorica, wit' 
mn introduction. By Albert Gallatin. 



Gallatin (A.) —Continued. 

In American Ethnol. Soc. Trans. voL 2 ; In* 
troduction, pp. xxiii-clxxxvlii ; Part First, 
Hale's Indians of Korth America, pp. 1-70; 
Part Second, Vocabularies of North America, 
pp. 71-130, Now York, 1848. 8°. 

Vocabulary of. the Eakimaux of Iludson's 
^7> PP* 78-82 ; of the Eakimaux of Oreonland, 
Kotzebue's Sound, Tscbuktchi, and Kadiac, p. 
104; of the Onolastla, Aloutan Islands, and 
Kamshatka, p. 130. 

Gtebet. Das | Gebet des Herm | ii) den | 
Spracheu Russlands. | [One line quota- 
tiou.] I 

St. Petersburg. | Buchdmckerei dcr 
Kaiserlicheu Akademie der Wissen- 
schaften. | (Was. Ostr., 9. Lin., N« 
12.) I 1870. 

Printed cover, title loaf, pp. iii-xii, 1-88, 4o. 
TexterlSnterung (von H. Diiltou), pp. 1-47; 
Vater-Unsor-Texte, pp. 49-80.— ford's Prayer 
in Tschuktschisch and Kamtschadalisch, p. 52; 
in Aleutisch, p. 54. 

Copits $ern: Dr. IMamiiI W. Oilman, seo- 
retary American Bible Society, New York. 

Digitized by VjOOQIL 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



37 



Oeographie oder Bescbroibung der Lan- 
der der Erde. Seo Eisner (A. F.)- 

Greenland. See Nonalenitit, 

Wandall (B. A.). 
Labrador. Elaner (A. F.). 

Gibbs (Greorge). [Vocabularies of tribes 
of tbe extreme northwest.] 

In Powell (J. W.), Contributions to North 
American Ethnology, vol. 1, pp. 107-156, Wash- 
ington, 1877, 4°. 

Vocabulary of the Kaniagmnt, pp. 135-142. 

Miscellaneous Notes on tbe Eskimo, 

Kinai, and Atna Languages. 

Manuscript, 25 11. 4'^ and folio, in the library 
of tho Bureau of Ethnolosy. 

Vocabulary of tbe Eskimo of Davis 

Strait. 

Mannfw*Tipt, 211 words, 11. folio, in the 
library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 

Vocabularj' of the Kodiak. 

Manuscript, G 11. foolscap, 184 words; in tho 
librar>' of tho Bureau of Ethnology. Tho 
first page contains this memorandum: "Vic- 
toria, June, 1857, from a man and woman." 

Qieaaing (Christopher). Nye | Samling | 
af I Danske= Nor8ke= | og | Islandskes | 
Jubel=L2Brere, | med hcsf0yede | SlaDgt= 
Registere og StamsTavler, | samled og 
i Trykken udgived | af | Christopher 
Giessing, | Roeskilde Dorokirkes og 
Skoles Cantor. | F0rste Deel [-Tredie 
Deels F^rste Bind]. | 

Ki^bonbavn, | Trykt med Br^drene 
Berlings Skrifter. | 1779[-1786]. 

3Tola. in4parts: voL 1; vol. 2, parts 1, 2; vol. 
8, part 1, am. 4<'.— Contains biographies, &c, of 
a number of writers on the Eskimo language. 

Copies seen: Congress. 

Oilbert ( — ) and Rlvington ( — ). Speci- 
mens I of the I Languages of all Na- 
tions, I and the | oriental and foreign 
types I now in use in | the printing 
offices I of I Gilbert &, Kivington, | lim- 
ited. I [11 lines quotations.] | 

London: | 52, St. John's Square, 
Clerkenwell, E. C. | 1886. 

Printed cover as above, contents pp. 3-4, 
U^xt pp. 6-66. 120.— St. John Hi, 16, iu Eskimo 
[of Labrador], p. 20; Greenland, p. 25. 

Copies seen: Pilling. 

Gilder (William H.). Inuit philology. 
How Esquimaux talk with white men. 
The old language and the new. Useful 
glossary of a strange tongue. 01«1- 
iashioned savages. 
In Kew York Herald, No. 16219, Monday, 



Oilder (W. H.)— Continued. 

January 17, 1881.— Tocabulary of about 450 
words of the Eskimo of Greenland, collected 
by Mr. Gilder while with the Schwatka Ex- 
pedition. Reprinted, with a few additions, as 
follows: 

Schwatka's Search | sledging in the 

Arctic in quest of | the Franklin records 
I By I William H. Gilder | second in 
command | with maps and illustrii- 
tions I 

New York | Charles Scribner's Sons | 
743 and 745 Broadway | 1881 

Pp. iii-xvf, 1-316, 8°.— Tnuit Philology, pp. 
299-316, contaius, pp. 299-307, general remarks 
on the Esquimaux language, and, pp. 308-316, a 
glossary which ••comprises all tho words in 
general use in conversation between tho na- 
tives and traders in Hudson Bay and Cumber- 
land Sound," alphabetically arranged. 

Copies seen: Boston Athonn;nm, British Mn- 
senro. Congress, Eamcs. 

The Chuckchees. Some account of 

the strange customs of a primitive 
tribe. A race without religion. Su- 
perstitious and medicine men. How 
babies are brought up. Rotten walrus 
and fish. Revolting viands which con- 
stitute their daily food. Peaceful and 
kindly though filthy. 

In New York Herald, July 31, 1882.— Contains 
vocabulary, 66 words, of Chuckchee and En- 
glish. 

rO.lOBHHH'h (BacH4in MRxafijoenq). [Oolov- 
nin {Capt, Vasili Mikhailovich).] Ma- 
repiaibl | aab \ Hcropiii pyccKHXb sac&ienltl | 
no fieperaub BocTOMiiaro oRcniia. | (3aMtqanU 
B. M, rcioBMHiia KaMHaTKt n PyccKoH Amc- | 
pnKii wh 1800, 1810 II 1811 ro4axi) { BbinycKi 
BTOpoil. I UpujoHicaie Kb MopcROMy COopiiuRy 
H« 2, 1861 r. I 

CanRTnoTopByppb. | Bi THnorpa<»iH MopcRaro 
MHiincTcpi'TBa. I 1861. 

Translation.^'ilateTiul \ for | the history of 
Russian Settlements | on the shores of the Pa> 
oific Ocean. | (Remarks of V. M. Golovuin on 
Kamchatka and Rusnian A mo- | rica in the 
years 1800, 1810 and 1811) | Second Series. | 
Appendix to tho Morskoi Sbomik, No. 2, 1861. | 
St. Petersburg. | In tho Printing Office of the 
Minister of Marino. 1 1861. 

2 p. 11. pp. 1-130.— A list of terms and expres- 
sions adopted b^' Russians iu Kamchatka, ex- 
planatory of many terms now found in Alaskan 
dialects. 

Copies seen: Bancroft. 

Gospels according to St. Matthew, St. 
Mark, St. Luke, and St. John. See 
Burghardt (C. F.). 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



38 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



[Qospels aud Epistles in tlio Qreenland 
language. 
Copenhagen, 1846. ] * 

744 pp. 160.— Titlo from Sabin's Dictionary, 
No. 22853 (note), and Tiiibner'a catalogue, 
1856, No. 606, whero it ia priced at 6«. Sec 
Kragh (P.), Attuiegaiitit, which probably is the 
work meant by the above authorities. 
Oospels (Harmony of) : 

Greenland. See Beck (J.), 

Naleganla. 
KalogantA. 
Labrador. Kalegaptn. 

Qraah(WilbelmAngnst). Undersogelsos- 
Reise | til | Ostkysten af Gr5nlahd. | 
Efter kougelig Bofaling udf0rt | i 
Aareno 18-28-31 | af | W. A. Graali, | 
Capituiu-Lieutenant i S0e-Etaten. | 
[Design.] | 

Ki0beuUavn. | Trykthos J.D.Qvist, i 
det Christensensko Officiu. | 0stergado 
Nr. 53. I 1832. 

Pp. i-XTili, 1-216, map, 4^. — Botanisko og 
Eoologiske Gionstando, Planter, Pattedyr, 
Fugle og Flake, hvilko forokonimo paa Oat- 
kyateu af Gi^nland, App. 2, pp. 191-195. 

Copies teen: Congress. 

Narrative of an expedition | to the 

I cast coast of Greenland, | sent by 
order of the king of Denmark, | in 
search of | the lost colonies, | under 
the command of | Capt" W. A. Graah, 
of the Danish royal navy, | knight of 
Dannebrog, &c. | Translated from the 
Danish, | by | the late G. Gordon Mac- 
dougall, F. R. S. N. A., | for the | Royal 
Geographical Soeiety of London* | With 
the I original Danish chart completed 
by the expedition. | 

London: | John W. Parker, West 
Strand. | M.DCCC.XXXVII [1837]. 

Pp. i-xvi, 1-199, map, 8°.— Greenland names 
of mammalia, birds, and tishea, Appendix B, pp. 
178-180. 
OopieMteen: Congresa. 

At the Field sale, No. 832, a copy brought 
$1.63 ; at the Murphy sale, No. 1078, $4. 
Orammar: 

Aleut See Henry (V.), 

Voniaminoff(J.). 
Greenland. Egedo (H.), 

Egodo (Paul), 
Fabriciua (O.), 
Henry (V.), 
Kleiuachraidt (S. P.), 
Konii^seor (C. M.). 
Eadiak. Veiiiaminoir (.1 . ). 

Labrador. Bonrquin (T.), 

Freitag (A.). 
Tcliliglta. Henry (V.). 



Q-rammatio comments : 
Aleut. 



Kskimo. 



Greenland. 



Kaolagmut. 
Konicgen. 

Labrador. 

Norton Sound. 

Tachngazzon. 

Ugayacfamutsi. 

Grammatio treatiae: 
Aleut 



See Buynitzky (3. K.). 
Fomhelm (H.), 
Pinart (A. L.). 
Yeniaminoff (J.). 
Adelnng (J. C.) and 

Vater (J. S.). 
Dall (W. H.), 
Parry (W. E.). 
Riohardaon (J.). 
Adelnng (J. G.) and 

Vater (J. S.). 
Bastian (A.), 
Egede (H.), 
Gallatin (A.). 
Shea (J. G.). 
Pinart (A. L.). 
Adelnng (J. C.) and 

Vater (J. S.). 
Adolung <J. C.) and 

Vater (J. S.). 
Adelnng (J. C.) and 

Vater (J. a). 
Adelung (J. C.) and 

Vater (J. S.). 
Adelnng (J. C.) and 

Vater (J. 8.). 



Eakimo. 



Greenland. 



Innok. 

Eadiak. 

KalAlek. 

Tchiglit. 

TachnktachL 



See Henry (V.), 
Pfizmaier (A.). 
Adam (L.). 
Bancroft (H. H.). 
Abel (I.), 
Anderson (J.). 
Bock (C. W.), 
Cranz (D.). 
Henraa (L.), 
Pflzmaier (A.), 
Rink (H. J.). 
Thorhallesen (B.). 
Henry (V.). 
Pflzmaier (A.). 
Pflzmaier (A.). 
Petitot(E. P. &J.). 
Radloir(L.). 

Grammatica Gronlandica Danico-La- 

tina. See Egede (Paul). 
Grammatik dcr gronllindischen Sprache. 

See Klelnschmidt (S. P.). 
Grammatik oder Hiilfs-Buch. Se^ Frei- 
tag (A.). 
Greenland : 

Abecedarium. See ABC card, 

Abecednrinm. Abecedarium, 

Abecedarium. Greenland, 

Abecedarium. Kattitaiomarsut 

Apoatloa* Creed. Egede (H.). 

ArithmeUc. Wandall (E. A.). 

Baptiamal forms. Egtnte (H.). 

Bible. Testamentetokak. 

Old Testament (in Beck (J.), 

part). 
Old Testament (in Dnnleraen (J.), 
prrt). 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



39 



Oreenlcuid — Continued. 


Bible: 




Genesto. See Fabriciua (O.). 


BxoduB. 


Kragh(P.). 


LeTiUcua. 


Kragb (P.). 


JoaboA. 


Kragh (P.). 


Judges. 


Kragh(P.). 


Ruth. 


Kragh (P.). 


SaiDue] I-II. 


Kragh (P.). « 


Kings I-IL 


Kragh (P.). 


Bxra. 


Kragh (P.). 


Nebemiab. 


Kragh (P.). 


Etiiber. 


Kragh (P.). 


Faalms. 


Brun (K.), 


Psalms. 


Bgodo (Paul). 


Psalms. 


Bgede (Peter), 


Psalms. 


Fabricius (0.), 


Psalms. 


Jdronsen (T.), 


Psalms. 


Kjer(K.). 


Psalms. 


Kristomiutnt. 


Psalms. 


Muller (V.). 


Psalms. 


Wolf(N.G.). 


Proverbs. 


Wolf(N.G.). 


Isaiah. 


Broderscu (J.), 


Isaiah. 


Wolf(N.G.). 


DaoieL 


Kragh (P.). 


Minor prophets. 


Kragh (P.). 


Apocrypha (in part). Kragb (P.). 


New Testament 


Beck (J.). 


Kew T« sUment 


Bgodo (Paul), 


K<^w Toetement 


Fabricius (0.), 


New Testament 


Klein8c1imiat(J.C.). 


New Testament 


Tcstamentetak. 


Four Go^pels. 


Ego«le (Paul), 


Four GoHpels. 


Gospels. 


UatUiow (lu part). 


Warden (D: B.). 


Luke. 


Apostelit 


John (iu part). 


American Bible So- 




clety, 


John (iu part). 


Apostelit (note). 


John (in part). 


Bagsler (J.), 


John (in part). 


Bible Society, 


John (in part). 


British and Foreign. 


John (in part). 


Warden (D. B.). 


Epistles. 


Apostelit (note). 


Epistles. 


Gospels. 


RereUiUon. 


ApostcUt (note). 


Bible (smaB). 


Fabricius (0.). 


Bible lessons. 


Fabricius (0.), 




Jesnsib, 


Btblo lessons. 


Kaumarsok, 


Biblo lessons. 


KJer (K.), 


Biblo lessons. 


Kragh (P.), 


Bible lessons. 


Kalekab. 


Btblo lessons. 


Tamerssa. 


Biblo quotations. 


GMlp. 


BiUo stories. 


Fabricius (0.), 


Biblo stories. 


Kragh (P.). 


Biblo stories. 


Mentnel (— ), 


Biblo stories. 


Okautsit, 


BiUe stories. 


Sen f komosn t6pok, 


Bible stories. 


SteenhoUU (W. F.). 


Biblo stories. 


St«nbcrg(K.J.O.), 


Biblo stories. 


Tamerssa, 


Bible stories. 


Ta^ttamantitorka- 




mik. 



Greenland — Continned. 

Calendar. See Calendar. 

Canticles. Tuksiauiit 

Catechism. AJokersoOtit. 

Catechism. AJok»rsutit, 

Catechism. aperasfttit, 

Catechism. Egodo (H.), 

Catechism. Bgede (Panl). 

Catechism. Katekismose, 

Catechism. Sapftma, 

Catechism. Tamersa, 

Catechism. Thorhallescn (B.), 

Catechism. Tuksiautit 

Census. Pinbirtnt 

Christ (Imitation of). Bgede (Paul), 

Christ (Salvation Kragh (P.). 

through). 

Christian doctrine. Jesusib, 

Christian doctrine. Jesusim, 

Christian doctriuo. Konigseer (C. H.). 

Christian faith. Bgede (H.), 

Christ's passion. Naleganta. 

Dialogues. Bgede (H.), 

Dialogues. Kragh (P.). 

Dictionary. Anderson (J.), 

Dictionary. Beyer (J. F.), 

Dictionary. Bgede (Paul), 

Dictionary Fabricius (O.), 

Dictionary. Kleinscbniiat(S.P.). 

Ethics. Steenhoklt (W. F.). 

Firat inhabitants of. Kleinsehmidt (S. P.). 

Geography. Nunolerutit, ' 

Geography. Wandall (E. A.). 

Gospel lessons. Kragh (P.). 

Gospels ( Harmony of). Beck (J.), 

Gospels ( Ilarmony of). Naleganta. 

Gospels (Harmony of). Naleganta. 

Gramnuir. Bgede (H.), 

Grammar. Bgede (Panl), 

Grammar. Fabricius (O.), 

Grammar. Henry (V.), 

Grammar. K1einschiuidt(S.P.), 

Grammar. Konigseer (C. M.). 

Grammatio comments. Adelung dJ. C.) and 

Vator (J. S.), 

Grammatio comments. Bostian (A.), 

Grammatio comments. Egedo (H.), 

Grammatio commenla Gallatin (A.), 

Grammatio comments. Shea (J. G.). 

Grammatio treatise. Abel (I.), 

Grammatio treatise. Anderson (J.), 

Grammatio treatise. Bock (C. W.), 

Grammatio treatise. Cranz (D.), 

Grammatio treatise. Hervas (L.), 

Grammatio treatise. Pfizmaier (A.), 

Grammatio treatise. Rink (H. J.), 

Grammatio treatise. Thorhallesen (B.). 

History of tho world. Janssen (C. B.), 

History of the world. Kleinschmidt(S.P.). 

Hymns. Brodorsen (J.), 

Hymns. Bgede (Paul), 

Hymns. Hayes (L X,), 

Hymns. KJer (K.), 

H^mns. Konigseer (C. M.), 

Hymns. Kiagh (P.), 

Hymns. ThorhaUesen (E.), 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



40 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OB* ttiEl 



Greenland — Con tin nod 
Hymns. S«o 

Instractions for trad- 
ing posts. 
Lefcends. 
Legends. 

Linguistic disoassion. 
Linguistic discussion. 
Litanj. 
Liturgy. 
Lord's Prefer. 

Lord's Prayer. 
Lord's Prayer. 
Lord's Prayer. 
Lord's Prayer. 
Lord's Prayer. 
Lord's Prayor. 
Lord's Prayer. 
Lord's Prayer. 
Lord's Prayor. 
Lord's Prayer. 
Lord's Prayer. 
Lord's Prayer. 
Lord's Prayer. 
Medical raannal. 
Medical lusnnal. 
Medicnl manual. 
Numerals. 

Numerals. 

Ode. 

PorlodicaL 

I^oriudical. 

Prayers. 

Prayere. 

Prayers. 

Prayers. 

Primer. 

Primer. 

Primer. 

Primer. 

ReLitionships. 

Belationsliips. 

Kemarks. 

Homarks. 

Remarks. 

Romnrks. 

Ilcmai'ks. 

Ilv'inarks. 

Reports. 

Ritual. 

Ritual. 

Sermons. 

Sermons. 

Songs. 

Songs 

Songs. 

Songs. 

Talcs. 

Tales. 

Tales. 

Tales. 

Ten Commandments. 

Thomas a Kempi<«. 

Tracts. 



TugsiauUt. 
Ktkngip. 

Kaladlit, 

Pok. 

Rink (H. J.), 

W5ldiko (M.). 

ila^lgsut 

Tukslautit 

Adelnng (J. C.) and 

Vater (J. S.), 
Auer (A.), 
Berglioltz (O. F.), 
Bergmann (G. von), 
Bodoni (J. B.), 
Egode (H.), 
Fau vol-Gonraud (F. ), 
Hervas (L.), 
Lord's Prayer, 
Marcel (J. J). 
MarietU (P.), 
Napbogyi (G.). 
Richard (L.). 
Stralo (F. A.). 
Hagcn (C). 
Kragh (P.), 
Rudolph (— ). 
Adolung (J. C.) and 

Vater (J. S.), 
Antrim (B. J.). 
Barth (J. A.). 
Atnagagdliutit, 
Kal.idlif. 
Anderson (•!.), 
Bgedr (Paul). 
Kragh (P.), 
Preces. 
Groenlandsk, 
Janssen (C. E.), 
Ka^titsiomarent, 
Klein8chmi<lt(S.P.). 
Kleinschmidt (S.P). 
Morgan (L. U.). 
LaHarpo(J.P.de), 
O'Reilly (B.), 
Riuk (H. J.), 
Schoror (J. B.), 
Schott (W.), 
Steinthal (II.). 
XaluDaemtif. 
Ege<to (Paul), 
Fabricius (O.). 
tvangkiliunik, 
Kragh (P.). 
Cranz (D.), 
cn^oiugknt, 
Kjor (K,), 
Riuk (H. J.). 
Boggild (O ). 
Kalaillit, 
KJor (K.), 
Pok. 

Anderstm (J.). 
Egmlo (Paul). 
Kragh (!».), 



Greenland — Continued. 

Tracts. See SteenfaiOldt ( W. F.). 

Vocabulary. Balbi (A.), 

Vocabulary. Bartboliuus (C), 

VooabuUiry. Barton (B. S.), 

Vocabultfry. Bryant (— ), 

Vocabulary. Court do Gebelin ( A. 

• de), 

Vocabulary. Dall ( W. H. ), 

Vocabulary. Bgede (H.), 

Vocabulary. Bgede (Paul), 

Vocabulary. Franklin (J.). 

Vocabulary. Pry (E.), 

VocabuUry. Gallatin (A.). 

Vocabulary. Gilder (W. H.), 

Vocabulary. Graah (W. A.), 

Vocabulary. KUproth (J.), 

Vocabulary. Konigseer (C. M.), 

Vocabulary. Markham (C. R.), 

Vocabulary. Morgan (L. H)., 

Vocabulary. O'Reilly (B.>, 

Vocabulary. Oleariua (A.), 

Vocabulary. Pflsmaier (A.), 

Vocabulary. Prichard (J. C), 

Vocabulary. Rink (H. J.), 

Vocabulary. Scherer (J. B.). 

Wanderings of the Bgede (Paul), note. 

Apostles. 
Words. Buschmann(J.C.E.), 

Words. Lesley (J. P.), 

Words. Rink (H. J.), 

Words. Vater (J. 8.), 

Words. Whymper (F.), 

Words. Umery (J.). 

"On passing from the folk-lore, preserrod 
merely by verbal tradition, to the printe<l lit- 
erature of Greenland, we must mention that n 
few old manuscripts have been found in the 
possession of the natives containing stories of 
European origiu, which they had preserved iu 
this waj' by copying them, snch as ' Pok : or a 
Greenlander's Journey to Dennuiik,' * Sibyllo, 
•Oberon,' and 'Holgcr the Dane.* • • » 
The details of these stories in their Greenland 
veraions of course frequently appear very curi- 
ous. 

" Tlie literature of the Greenlanders, printed 
in the Eskimo laiigua;;o, amounts to abont as 
much as might make tlfty ordinary volumes. 
Most of it hai been printed iu Donmark, but, 
as alro.uly mentioned, a small printing-office 
was csiab]ishe<l nt Go«Uhaab, in Greenland, in 
18C2, from whence about 280 sheets have issued, 
besides many lithograithlc prints. As regards 
its contents the Grccul.indish literature in- 
cludes the following book.x, of which, however, 
many are very small, or moro pamphlets : 

"The Bible, in fouror fire larger parte, and 
some smaller sections as separate parts. 

"Three or four volumes, and several smaller 
books, containing psalms. 

"About twenty books concerning religious 
objo<;ts. ^ 

"About ten books serving for manuals in 
spelling, arithmetic, geography, history, Sec. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



tSKIMO LANGtJAGt;. 



41 



Greenland — Contiuued. 

'* Atxmt sixteen books, with stories or other 
contents, chiefly entertaining. 

"About six grammars and dictionaries in the 
Bsldmo language, for Europeans. 

"A Journal : Atuagagdliutit, nalinginarmik 
tnsarumindsassumik univk4t, t. e., ' something 
for reading, aceounts of all sorts o^ entertain- 
ing subjects,* published in Greenland since 1861. 
Up to 1874 it comprised 194 sheets in quarto, 
and about 200 leaves with illustrations. 

"Official reports concerning the municipal in- 
stitutions, 1862 to 1872, in Danish and Green- 
landlsh, comprising about twenty-six sheets, 
besides many lithographic plates containing 
accounts and statistical returns. "—Bin*, Dan- 
uh areenland, pp. 213, 214. 

Acoortling to Crauz, printing was introduced 
into Greenland at least prior to 1792, Broder- 
sen, who died in that year, having brought a 
small printing-press from Surope, on which ho 
struck off a few copies of a collection of hymns 
for immediate use. 
[Oroenlandflk A B D Bog. 

Kjobenbavn, 1760.] 

fto. Title from Ludewig. For reprint, see 
Eattittfomarsur. 



Qronlaenderaes f^rste PrJBsto. See 
Krasli(P.). 

Qrpnlandske Ordbog. Soo Fabricius 
(0.). . 

Gronlandske Ordbog. See Klein- 
Bchmidt(S.P.). 

Gr0nIandBt Psalmebog. See Bnin (R.) 

Guide to the Heavenly kingdom, Aleut- 
Fox. See Veniaminoff (J.). 

Giitip i okanslsa ilait | merdlertuDut ilf n- 
iagagssat. | [Three lines quotation.] | 

Stolpen, I Druck von Gustav Winter. | 
1880. 

Literal translation : God | his words some of 
them j fur children lessons. 

Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-63, 12°. 
Bible quotations for school use, entirely in the 
language of Greenland. 

Copies seen : Pillinf^, Powell. 

My copy, bought of the Unitats-Buchhand- 
lung, Gnadan, Saxony, cost 80 pf. 



H. 



Hagen (Carl). N^pareimasflngdlit | atu- 
artagagssait. | nugterdlagit Kavdlunait 
nakorsaisa agdlagait, | maligtariuer- 
uvdliigit: I "Thornams Lffigebog", | 
" Hnslasgcn af Raspall ". | agdlagkat 
Carl Hagenmit. | 

Nnngnie. | Nunap ualagata nakiteri- 
viane nakitat, | L. MoUcr mit. | 1866. 

Literal translation: Those who have the 
sick [to cure] | their manual. He [the writer] 
translating white men their doctors their 
books, I following-mostly : | ••Thomams 
Liegebog [Medicine]," | '•Huslajgen af 
Baspall [The household physician by Kasp- 
sSL]" 1 written by Carl Hagen. | At the Point 
[Godtbaab]. | On the land's ito ruler's [the In- 
spector's] printing-press printed, | from L. 
MoUer. 

Pp. 1-72, 8°, in the language of Greenland. 

Copies seen: PowelL 

Baldeman (Samuel Stehman). Analytic 
orthography: | an | investigation of 
the sounds of the voice, | and their | 
alphabetic notation; | including | the 
mechanism of speech, | and its bearing 
upon I etymology. | By | S. S. Halde- 
man, A. M., | professor in Delaware 
College: | member [&c. six lines]. | 

Philadelphia : | J. B. Lippincott & 
Co. I London : Triibner & Co. Paris : 



Haldeman (S. S.) — Continued. 
Benjamin Dnprat. | Berlin : Ferd. 
DUmmler. | 1860. 

Pp. i-viii, 6-148, 40.— Numerals 1-10 of the 
Eskimo, pp. 144-146. 

Copies seen: Boston AthensDum, British Mu- 
seum, Eames, Powell, Trumbull. 

Hall (Charles Francis). Life with the 
Esquimaux : | the narrative | of | Cap- 
tain Charles Francis Hall, | of the 
whaling barque ** George Henry" | 
from the 29th May 1860, to the 13th 
September, 1862. | With the results of 
a long intercourse with the Inn u its, and 
full I description oftheir mode of life, | 
the discovery of | actual relics of the 
expedition of Martin Frobisher of | 
three centuries ago, and deductions in 
favor of yet discovering | some of the 
survivors of Sir John Franklin's ex- 
pedition. |- With maps and one hun- 
dred illustrations. | In two volumes, | 
Vol. I[-II]. I 

London: | Sampson Low, Son, and 
Marston, | 14 Ludgate Hill. | 1864. 

2 vols.: pp. i-xvi, 1-324; i-xii, 1-352, 8^.— 
Lord's Prayer in Eskimo, vol. 1, pp. 62-«3.— 
Numerals 1-10 of the Innait. vol. 2, p. 324. 

Copies seen : British Museum. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



42 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Hall (C. F.)— Continued. 

Arotio researobes | and | life among 

theEsqnimaux: | being tbe | narrative 
of an expedition in search of Sir John | 
Franklin, | in tbe years 1860, 1861, and 
1862. 1 By I Charles Francis Hall. | With 
Maps and One Hundred Illustrations. | 

New York : \ Harper & Brothers, Pub- 
lishers, I Franklin Square. | 1865. 

Engraved titlo 1 1, pp. i-xxviii, 20-595, map, 
8°.— Lord's Prayer in Esqaimaax, p. 69.— lu- 
nnit numerals 1-10, p. 577. 

Oopietteen: Astor, Boston Athonaoam, Brit- 
ish Museum, Congress. 

A copy at the Sqaior sale, catalogue No. 450, 
brought $1.25. 

Narrative | of the | second Arctic ex- 
pedition I made by | Charles F. Hall : | 
his voyage to Repulse Bay, sledge 
journeys to the Straits of Fury | and 
Hecla and to King William's Land, | 
and I residence among the Eskimos 
during tbe Years 1864-'69. | Edited un- 
der the orders of the hon. secretary of 
the navy, | by | Prof. J. E. Nourse, U. 
S. N. I U. S. Naval Observatory, | 1879. | 

Washington: | Government Printing 
Office. I 1879. 

5 p. IL pp. i-1, 1-644, maps, 4o.— Besides many 
Eskimo terms passim, there are also in this 
work four lists of names of googiaphic feat- 
ures, A fow^ with English signiflcntions, in the 
following localities: Northeast coast of Fox 
Channel (50 names), p. 854; Too-noo-nee-noo- 
shnk, or Admiralty Inlet (40 names), pp. 355- 
35G; Pond's Bay (33 names), p. 370; King Will- 
iam's Land, and the adjacent country (16 
names), p. 398. 

Copies seen: Astor, Powell. 

This author's Deux Ans chez les Esqui- 
maax, Paris, 1880, 8^, contains no Eskimo lin- 
guistics. 
Harrard : This word following a title indicates 
that a copy of the work referred to was seen 
by tho compiler in thn library of Ilurvartl Uni- 
versity, Cambridge, Mass. 
Hasling (— ). Eine Probe der Esqui- 
maux-Sprache. 

In Neucs Lausitzisches Magnzio, horausgege 
ben von derOberlausllzischon GoscHschsftdcr 
Wissensohaften, voL 14, pp. 260-262, Gorlitz, 
1836, 8o. 
Hayes (Dr, Isaac Israel). The | land of 
desolation | being a | pei*son:iI narra- 
tive I of I adventure in Greenland | 
by I Isaac J. [»ir] Hayes, M. D. | author 
of I "The Open Polar Sea" | etc. | 

London | Sampson Low, Marston, 
Low, & Searle | Crown Bnildings, 188 
Fleet Street | 1871 | All rights reserved. 



Hayes (I. I.) — Continued. 

2 p. 11. pp. vii-xiv, 1 L pp. 1-312, 8o.— OnA 
stansaof an Eskimo hymn with Uteral transla- 
tion, and two lines of another without transla- 
tion, p. 81. 

Copies fMn .• British Museum. 

The I land of desolation: | being a 

personal narrative of | observation and 
adventure in | Qreenland. | By Isaac I. 
Hayes, M. D., | gold medalist [&.c. fonr 
lines], t Illustrated. | [Design.] | 

New York : | Harper & Brothers, Pub- 
lishers, I Franklin Square. | 1872. 

2 p. 11. pp. 7-357, 8o.— Linguistics as hi 1871 
edition, p. 100. , 

Copies seen : British Museum, Congress. 

La terre | de desolation | excursion 

iV6t6 I au Greenland | par | le D^ I. 
J. [ate] Hayes | Anteur de la Mer Hbre 
dn Pdle I Onvrage tra<luit de Panglais | 
avec rautprisation de I'antenr | par J. 
M. L. Reclns | et con tenant 43 gravnrea 
et une carte | 

Paris I Librairie Hiichette et C*<* | 79, 
Boulevard Saiut-Genuain, 79 | 1874 | 
Tons droits rdser\€s 

Title verso blank 1 1, pp. i-iv, 1 1. pp. 1-360, 
map, 8^.— Linguistics as in edition of 1871, p. 88. 

Copies seen : British Museum. 

Heokewelder (John Gottlieb Ernestus). 
An Account of the History, Mannen, 
and Customs, of the Indian Nations, 
who once inhabited Pennsylvania and 
tbe Neighbouring States. By the Bev. 
John Heckewelder, of Bethlehem. 

In American Philosoph. 8oc. Trans, of the 
nut. and Lit. Com. vol. 1, pp. 1-347, Phil»- 
delphia, 1810, 8^. 

• Chapter ix, Languages, pp. 104-105, contains 
notice of the Karalit [ BKkiuio] language. 

Separately issued as follows: 

An account | of the | History, Man- 
ners, and Customs, | of | the Indian 
Nations, | who once inhabited Pennsyl- 
vania and I the neighboring states. | 
Communicated to the Historical and 
Literary Committee of | the American 
Philosophical Society, held at Phila- 
del- 1 phia for promoting Useful Knowl- 
edge, I by I the Rev John Heckewel- 
der, I of Botbloheuj, | and | published 
by onler of tho Committee. | 

Philadel|>hia: | Printed and Pub- 
lished by Abraham Small. | no. 112, 
Chosuiift [sicl Street. | 1818. 

Title voi-Mo blank 1 I. copyright notice rerso 
2d 1. nx'.to blank, contents pp. iii-iv, text pp, 
1-348. 8o.— Liugtdstics, pp. 101-102. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANaUAOE. 



43 



Haokarvrelder (J. G. £.)— Continued. 

Johann Heckewelder's i evangeliBcbeu 

Predlgers za Bethlehem | Nachricht | 
Ton der | Geschichte, den Sitten und 
Gebrauohen | der | indianischen Yolker- 
schaften, | welche ehemals Pennsylva- 
nien und die benach- 1 barten StaiEiten 
bewohnten. Ana dem Englischen tlber- 
aetzt nnd mit den Angaben | anderer 
Sohriftsteller Uber ebon dieaelben Ge- 
geostande | Carver, Loskiel, Long, 
Volney vennehrt | von | Fr. Hesse | 
evangelischen Prediger za Nienbnrg. | 
Nebst einem die Glanbwiirdigkeit und 
den anthropolo- | gischen Worth der 
Nachrichten Heckowelder's | betreffen- 
den Zosatze | von G. £. Sehnlze. | 

Gotiingen | .bey Vandenhoeck und 
Rnprecht. | 1821. 

T^. i-zlTiii, 1>582, 1 L go.— LiDgnistioB, pp. 
158-150. 

Copisa 9een: Astor, British Mtiaeiim, Con* 
great. 

A copy at the Fischer sale, catalogue No. 
787, brought 2#. 

HlBtoIre, I mooors et coutnmes | des 

I nations indiennes | qui habitaieut 

autrefois la Pensylvanie | et les 6t&ia 
voisins ; | par le r^ v^rend | Jean Hecke- 
welder, | missionnaire morave, | tradnit 
de Tanglais | Par le Chevaiier Du Pon- 
ceau. I 

A Paris, | Chez L. De Bure, Libraire, 
me Gn^n6gand, n** 27. | 1822. 

2 p. 11. pp. i-xii. 13-571, 8o.— Des hmgaee: le 
Kandit, pp. 170-171. 

Copie$»een: Congress, TrambolL 

At the Sqaier sale, Vo. 405, a copy brought 
$5.13. Priced by Leelerc. 1878, Ho. 8M, 18 tr. 
The Brinley copy, Ko. 5403, brought $2. 

History, | Manners, and Customs | 

of I The Indian Nations | who once in- 
habited Pennsylvania and | the neigh- 
boaring states. | By the | Rev. John 
Hecke welder, | of Bethlehem, Pa. | New 
and Revised Edition. | With an | Intro- 
duction and Notes | by the | Rev. Will- 
iam C. Beichel, | of Bethlehem, Pa. | 

Philadelphia : | Publication Fund of j 
the Historical Society of Pennsylvania, 
I No. 820 Spruce Street. | 1876. 

In PennsylvMiia Hist. Soc. Memoirs, vol. xii, 
pp. 1&-348, PhUadelpbia, 1876, 8o.— Comments 
on Ihe Karalit language, pp. 118-120. 

Copies Been : Eames. 

Henry (Victor). Esquisse d'nne Gram- 
maire do la languo Innok dtiuli^ dans 



Henry (V.) — Continued, 
le dialecte des Tchiglit du Mackenzie, 
d'apr^ la Grammaire et le vocabnlaire 
Tchiglit du R. P. Petitot. 

In Revue de Llnguistiqne, tome 10, pp. 223- 
200, Paris, 1877, 8°. 

Sei»arately issued, without title-page, pp. 1-38, 
8o. 

A copy priced in Leelerc' s Supplement, No. 
2798, at 2 fr. 

Esqnisse d'une grammaire raisoun^e 

de la langue al6oute d'aprte la gram- 
maire et le vocabnlaire de Ivan V^nia- 
miuov. 

In Revue de Lingulstiqne, vol. 11, pp. 424- 
457; vol. 12. pp. 1-02, Paris, 1878, 1879. 8o. 

Separately issued as follows : 

Esquiase | d'une grammaire raison- 

n^ I de la I langue al6oute | d*apr^s 
la grammaire et le vocabnlaire do Ivan 
y^niaminov | Par V. Henry | [Design] | 

Paris I Maisonneuve et C'*', libraires- 
^diteurs | 25, Qnai Voltaire, 25 | 1879 

2 p. U. pp. 1-73, 1 1. 80. 

Copies teen: British Museum, Powell. 

Priced in Leclerc's Supplement, Ko. 2797, at 
3 fr. 50c.; by TrAbner, 1882 (p. 48), at 3«. 9d. 

Grammaire compar6e de trois lan- 

gnes hyperbor6ennes : gronlandais, 
tchiglerts, al^oute. * 

"Manuscript left, August, 1879, in the hands 
of M. Bamps. secretary of the Congrte des 
Am6ricanistes de Bmxelles, and which will 
probably never appear, because the Congress 
does not publish its memoirs, and refuses nev. 
ertheless to return the manuscripts which have 
been furnished it." — Henry. 

Henraa (Lorenzo). Catalogo | delle lin- 
gue conosciute | e notizia | della loro 
affinitii e diversity. | Opera | del Signer 
Abbate | Don Lorenzo Hervas | [De- 
sign.] I 

In Cesena MDCCLXXXIV [1784]. | 
Per Gregorio Biasiui all' Insegna di 
Pallade | Con Licenza de' Snperiori. 

1 p. L pp. 1-260, sm. 4^.— Gronlandese, ed Eski> 
mese lingue affini ; linguaggio Lapponico-Tea> 
tonico nella Groenlandia, p. 85. 

Copies seen : Astor, Congress. 

Enlarged and reprinted as follows. 

Catdlogo de las Lenguas | de las 

Naciones Conocidas, | y numeracion, 
division, y clases de estas | segnn la 
diversidad | do sns Idiomas y Dialectos. 

I SuAutor I ol Abate Don Lorenzo Her- 
v&, I Te6logo del EniinentlHimo Sefior 
Cardenal Juan Fraucisco | Albani [&c. 
three lines]. | VoMmen I [-VI]. | Lou- 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



44 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Herras (L.) — Coutinaed. 
^aas y Naciooes AmericaDas. | Cou 
lioencia. | En la imprenta de la adnii- 
nistracion del real arbitrio de beneli- 
cenoia. | 

Madrid AHo 1800[-1805]. | Se hallara 
en la Libreiia de Ranz calle de la Cruz. 

6 Tola. am. 40.— Capitnlo vii. Lenguoa quo 
se habbm en la CalifomiA * * * y Groen- 
UmdU. 

Cfopieiteen: Bancroft, Britiah Mnaeiim, Con- 
greaa, Harvard. 

A copy at the Squier aale, No. 486, brought 
16. Priced by Leclerc. 1878, No. 2072, at 120 fr. 
At the Ramirez aale, No. 306, boaght by Qaar- 
itch for £1 15«. The Murphy copy, catalogue 
No. 1215, brought $42. 

Saggio Pratico | delle Liogne | con 

prolegomeniy e una raccolta di orazioni 
Dominicali in | piU di trecento lingue, 
e dialettiy con cni si diniostra | V infn- 
sioue del primo idionia deir nman ge- 
nere, e la | confusioue delle liugue in 
esse poi succednta, e si | additano la 
diramazione, e dispersioue della na- | 
zioni con molti risultati utili alia storia. 
I Oficia I deir Abate | Don .. Lorenzo 
Hervas | Socio della Realo Accademia 
delle Scienze,edAntichit^ | dlDublino, 
e deir Etmsca di Cortona. | [Figure.] | 

In Ceeena M DCC LXXXVII [ 1787]. | 
Per Gregorio Biasini alP Insegna di 
Pallade | Con Licenza de' Superior i. 

Pp. 1-256, am. 40.— Lord'a Prayer in Green- 
land (two dialeota), with commenta, pp. 136- 
127. 

Qtpieiteen: Aator, Congreaa. 

Herzog (Wilhelm). Ueber die Verwand- 
Hchaft des Yumasprachstammect wit 
der Spracbe der Aleuten nnd der Eski- 
mostiimnie. Von Wilh. Herzog, Pfarrer. 
In Zeitachrift fur Ethnologic, vol. 10, pp. 449- 
450, Berlin [1878], BP. 

Comparative vocabulary of variona Yuma 
dialecta with the Aleut, pp. 450-452 ; and with 
the Sakimo, pp. 453-457. 

The Yuma material ia compiled from Gat- 
achet, Schoolcraft, Whipple, Buachmann, and 
Hervaa ; the Aleut, from Veoiaminoff ; the Es- 
kimo, from Gallatin, Dall, and Adelung. 

Hiatory of the flrat inhabitanta of Greenhmd. 
See Kleinachmidt (S. P.). 

Hiatory of the world, Greenland. See Janaaen 
(C. E.), Kloinachmldt (S. P.). 

Hoffman (Z>r. Walter James). Compari- 
Bon of Eskimo Pictographs witb those 
of other American Aborigines. 

In Anthropoloj]:ical Soc. of Waahinpton, 
Trana. vol 2, pp. 128-146, Waahington, 1883, 8<^. 



Hoffman (W. J.)— Con tinned. 

Inierprotatiou of picture-writinga in the Ki'< 
ate'xamut dialect of the Innuit, with literal £n- 
gliah trauslaUon. pp. 133, 134, 143-144.— Same in 
the Aigaltkxamat dialect of the Innnit, p. 138. 

Separately iaaued aa folio wa : 

Comparison | of | Eskimo pictographs 

I with those of | other American abo- 
rigines. I By W. J. Hoffman, M. D., | 
general secretary [&c. four lines]. | 
(Reprinted from the Transactions of 
the Anthropological Society of Wash- 
ington, I Vol. II, 1883.) I 

Washington: | Jndd & Detwciler, 
Printers. | 1883. 

Printed cover aa above, text pp. 1-19, 8<>. 

Copies teen : Brinton, Pilling, PowelL 

— — Ein Beitrag zu dem Stndium Bilder- 
schrift. Von Dr. W. J. Hoffman in 
Washington. 

In Daa Aualand for 1884, No. 33, pp. 646-651 ; 
No. 34. pp. 666-669, Stuttgart nnd Miinchen, 
1884, 40. 

Containa, beaidea obaervationa on picture- 
writing in general, aome Innnit oxamploa, with 
interpretationa into thoir own language and 
trantdation therefrom into German. 

Innnit sentences with interlinear 

translation. 

In Bureau of Ethnology, fonrth annual re- 
port, pp. 148, 149, 193-194, 198, 215, Waahinf>ton, 
1886. 80. 

Honne ( A. F. ). See Egede (Panl). 

SeeKragh(P.). 

Hooper ( Lieut. William Hnlme). List of 
Esqnimaux Wordjj collected between 
Point Barrow and Cape Bathurst, 
1849-50, by Lieut. W. H. Hooper, R. N. 

In Arctic Expeditiona, pp. 179-186, London, 
1852, folio. 

Contains vocabulary of the Eaatom and 
Weatern Eaquimaux, aud of the Coaat and In- 
land Tchouaki, pp. 179-184.~Liatof Eaquimanx 
poraons, p. 185. 

Ten months | among | the tents of 

the Tuski, | with incidents of an | arc- 
tic boat expedition in search of | Sir 
John Franklin, | as far as the Macken- 
zie River, and Cape Bathurst. | By 
Lieut. W. H. Hooper, R. N. | With a 
map and illustrations. | 

London: | John Murray, Albemarle 
Street. | ia^)3. 

Pp. i-xvi. 1-417, map, 80.— Tuaki phraae, with 
translation, p. 87.— Tusk i aon;; of rejoicing, 
with translation, p. 181.— Many tei ma acattcrcd 
lliroughout. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



45 



Hooper (W.H.) — Continued. | 

Copies seen: Astor, British Museuia. Con- 



Priced by Quaritch, No. 28996, at bt. 

Hoaaler ( — ). Eskimos. 

In AUgetneiiie EnoyklopiUUe, voL 38, pp. 108- 
130, Leipxix. 1813. 4°. 

Two TeisionB of the Lord's Prayer, in Bski* 
iiio,p.lll. 

HadaoziBay: 

Apoetlee* Creed. See Peck (E. J. ). 

Benediction. Peck (E. J.). 

Bible, Lake. Peck (E. J.). 

John (in part). Peck (E. J.). 

Romans (in part). Peck (E. J.). 

Corinthians (in part). Peck (E. J.). 

Epistles of John (in part). Peck (E. J.). 

Revelation (in part). Peck (E. J.). 

Catechism. Peck (E. J.). 

Hymns. Peck (E. J.). 



Hodson Bay — Continued. 

Lonl's Prayer. See Peck (E. J.). 

Prayers. Peck (B. J.). 

Robtionships. Claro (J. R.), 

Morgan (L. H.). 

Ten Commandments. Peck (£. J.). 

Vocabulary. Gallatin (A.), 

GUder (W. H.). 
Morgan (L.H.), 
Solioraburgk (R. H.). 
Hymns: 

Greenland. Svo liruderseu (J.), 

Egedo (Paul), 
, Hayes (I. L). 

KJer (K.). 
Kragh (P.), 
Kooigseer (C. M.), 
Thorhallesen (E.), 
Tugeiautit. 

Hudson Bay. Peck ( E. J. ). 

Labrador. Imgemtlt, 

Takaiarutsit 



I. 



IflooUk Nnmerala. See Baer (K. E. Ton). 

Ilagtgsut tugsitUisissntait sap&me | ator- 
tagssat snjugdllt. 

Colophon : Druck von Gustav Winter 
inStolpen. [1880. J 

LUereU translation: The congregation their- 
means-of-praying on Sunday | things to be used 
the first. 

No title-page ; pp. 1-9, 16P. Church litany, 
entirety in the Eskimo of Greenland. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

My copy, bought of the Unitftts-Buchhand- 
lung, Gnadan, Saxony, cost 15 pf. 

lUerkorsutit makko aglekk»ne. See 
Kjer (K.). 

Imgemtlt | attorseksat | illagdktnnut | 
Labradoremdtnnut. | 

Stolpeneme, | 0. Winterib Ndnilauk- 
Ungit. I 1879. 

Title rerso blank 1 1. preface pp. iii-y, con- 
tents pp. vi-xir, text pp. 1-391, 13 hymns set 
to music (lithograph), pp. i-viii, 1(P. Hymn 
Iwok in the Eskimo of Labrador. 

Copies seen: Pilling, PowclL 

My copy cost 5 M. 40 pf, 

Imgemtlt | attorekset | illagektunuut | 
LabradoremStannnt. | 

Lcebanme, | J. A. Dnroldtib Nenilauk- 
tangit. [1840 1] 

Literal translation: Songs | a manual | for 
the communities [congregations] | living in 
Labrador. | Lobao, | J. A. Duroldt's his print- 
ings. 

Pp. i-xU, 1-340, 16c>. A collection of hymns. 

Copies seen: Brinley, British Museum. 

The Brinley copy, No. 5640, brought $7. 



Imgeratslt nOtiggit | 100. | Hundert Ee- 
kimoische Lieder, | freie Obersetzungen 
and Nachbildungen | deutsober Yolks- 
gesange. | 

[E. Poscbelib Leipzigemdtub Bule- 
Katingitalo n6nilaurtangit.] 1872. 

Title 1 1. preface 2 11. text (songs, set to 
music, in the language of Labrador) pp. 1-90, 
10^. The songs were translated by Freitag, 
Erdmann, Eisner, Kretschmer, and Bourquin. 

Copies seen : Pilling, Powell. 

My copy cost 2 M. 

IndrenloB (Andreas Abrabam). A, xoa 
£1, I Specimen aeademicnm | De | Es- 
quimaux, I gente | Americana, | Quod | 
in Regio Fennorum LycsBo, | Consent. 
Ampliss. Facult. Pbilos. | Sub Umbone 
I Viri Ampliss. atqne Celeberrimi | Dn. 
Petri Kalm, | Oeconom. Profess. Reg. 
& Ord. item | Reg. Scient. Acad. Holm. 
Membri, | Placidao eruditorum discus- 
sioni submittitur | Ab | Andrea Abra- 
bami ludrenio, | Tavast. | Ad Diem 
XIX. Junii, Anni currentis MDCCLVI 
[1756]. I Loco horisqne consvetis. | 

AbouB, Impressit Direct. & Typogr. 
Reg. Magn. Due. | Finland. Jacob 
Merckell. 

1 p. 1. pp. 1-24, am. 4<^.— Yooabula Esqni 
matica, 100 words, pp. 23-24. 
Copies seen : Brown, Congress. 
See Eahn (P.). 
Inkalit-Yugehnnt i 

Vooabnlary. See Buschmann (J. Ol E.), 

Schott (W.), 
Zagoskin (L. A.). 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



46 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Inkilik: 

Vocabulary. See Bnschmann (J. C. B.), 

SGbott(W.), 
Scbwatka (F.), 
Zaeoflkin (L. A.). 
The lukalit and lukilik tribes are not Es- 
kimo ; theee vocabuhirieB are inaericd because 
of tbo Eskimo words included in tbem. 
Inknluklates Yocabubiry. See Wrangell (F. von). 
Innok Graoiraatic treatise. See Henry (V.). 
loniib n an goi iuek. See Steenholdt ( W. 

F.). 
Xnnnit: 

Numerals. See Hall (C. F.), 

Kumlieu (L.). 
Bebfctionsbips. Da]l(W.H.). 

Sentences. Hoffman (W.J.) . 

Vocabulary. Bnschmann (J.C.E.), 

Miillcr (F.), 
Woolfe (H. D.). 
Iiifltnictions for trading posts, Greenland. See 

Kiiugip. 
Ivangklliunik | isumasitltit | sapfttine 
nagdliiissiviDguilo | atngagBsat. | su- 
jngdllt: I ukidkut [-l^ipait: anss^knt] 
nagdlidtartune atugagssat. | 



tvangkHiunik — Cuntinned . 

Stolpen, I Druck von Gustav Winter. | 
1877[-1879]. 

Literal tratislation: About the Qospels ( 
means for discovering their meaning | on Sun- 
da3'sand times-for-oelebrating- festivals | to-be- 
used. I First: | in winter [-second : in summer] 
on-bolidays-repeatedly -arriving to-bo-used. 

2 vols. 12°: Half-title Gronlandische Predig- 
ten, Erster Band, 1 1. title verso blank 1 1. con- 
tents verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-147 ; Half-title 
Gronlfindiscbo Prodigten, Zweiter Band, 1 1. 
title verso blank 1 1. contents I I. text pp. 1- 
224, 129. — Sermons for Sundays and holy days, 
entirely in the language of Greenland. 

Copies seen : Pilling, Powell. 

Hy c«py, procured of the Unitiits-Baoh- 
handlung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 4 M. 40 pf. 

Ivngemtit keresuognie senningaraoine. 
SeeKjerCK.). 

Ivngemtit Tuksintidlo Kaladlinnut. 
SeePabrlciu8(0.). 

Ivngemtit tuksintidlo Kalalinnat. See 
Egede (Paul). 



Janstten (Carl Emil). Kalatdlit Innv- 
dlnar-Kngamigit 1857. 
Nnngmo. 1858. • 

27 pp. 8^.— Printed at Godtbaab on tbo first 
printing-press sent to Greenland, in the sum- 
mer of 1857. — Sabin's IXetionary, No. 85572. 

— [Silamiut ingerdlaasi^ik, . . . C. 
'£. Janssen. 

Copenhagen, 1861.] * 

LUercU translation: The inhabitants-of-the- 
vorld about their history of progress. 
136 pp. 8o. Titie from Dr. Rink. 

Elementarbog | i | Eskinioernes 

Sprog I til Bnig for | Eoropweme ved 
Colonieme i Gr0nland. | Vod | C. E. 
Janssen. | 

Kj^benliavn. | Louis Kleins Bogtryk- 
keri. I 1862. 

Pp. 1-02, index 1 1. 12°. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Powell. 

Priced by Trfibner. 1882 (p. 53), at Zs. dd. 

Elementarbog i Eskimoernes sprog 

til brng for Europaeerue ved colonieme 
i Gronland.. 
Kjobenhavn. 1869. * 

Title from Steiger's Bibliotheoa Glotttca. 

Jean (P^c). [Almonte Catechism.] * 
Father Jean has joined to his translation of 

the Catechism some observations upon the 

language of the A16ontes.— XkU^ 
Pdre Jean is probably the Rev. Ivan Yenia. 

minoflU 



Jefferys (Thomas). The natural and 
civil I history | of the | French do- 
minions I in I North and South Amer- 
ica. I Giving a particular Account of 
the I Climate, | Soil. | Minerals, | Ani- 
mals, I Vegetables, | Manufactures, | 
Trade, | Commerce, | and | Languages, 
I together with | The Religion, (}ovem- 
meut. Genius, Character, Manners and 
I Customs of the Indians and other In- 
habitants. I Illustrated by | Maps and 
Plans of the principal Places, | Col- 
lected from the best Authorities, and 
engraved by | T. Jefferys, Geographer to 
his Royal Highness the Prince of Wales. 
I Part I. Containing | A Description of 
Canada and Louisiana. [Part II. Con- 
taining I Part of the Islands of St. 
Domingo and St. Martin, | The Islands 
of I St.. Bartholomew, Gnadaloupe, 
Marti nico. La Grenade, | and | The 
Island and Colony of Cayenne.] | 

London, | Printed for Thomas Jefferys 
at Charing-Cross. | MDCCLX [1760]. 

Part 1, 4 p. 11. pp. 1-168; Part 2, 2 p. IL pp. 
1-246, maps, folio.— Of the origin, languages 
* * * of the different Indian nations inhab- 
iting Canada [Bskimaux, Sioux, Assiniboels, 
Algonkins, Koundheads, Sal tn era, Malhom- 
mos, Hnrons], part 1, pp. 42-97. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, 
Massachusetts Historical Society. 

Sold at tJie Field sale, No. IJ 19, for #6.50. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAOB. 



47 



Jefferys (T.) — Continued. 

The natoral and civil | history | of 

the I French dominions | in | North 
and Son til America. | With an Histori- 
cal Detail of the Acquisitions and Con- 
quests made by the | British arms in 
thoso Parts. Giving a particular Ac- 
count of the Climate, | Soil, | Miner- 
als, I Auinmls, | Vegetables, | Manu- 
factures, I Trade, | Commerce, | and | 
Languages. | Together with | the Re- 
ligion, Government, Genius, Character, 
Manners and | Customs of the Indians 
and other Inhabitants. | Illustrated by 
I Maps and Plans of the principal 
Places, I Collected from the best 
Authorities, and engraved by | T. Jeff- 
erys. Geographer to his Majesty. | 
Part I. Containing | A Description of 
Canada and Louisiana [-Part U. Con- 
taining I Slc. G lines]. | 

London: | Printed for T. Jefferys, at 
Cbaring-Cross; W. Johnston, in Lud- 
gate-street; J. Richardson | in Pater- 
noeter-Row; and B. Law and Co. in 
Ave-Mary-Lane. | MDCCLXI [1761]. 

Pftrt 1. 4 p. U. pp. 1-168. iDftps; Part 2, 2 p. U. 
pp. 1-246, maps, folio.— CoDtento as in odition 
of 1760. 
Copies teen: Aator, Brltiah Mnaeam, Cob< 

J^han (L.-F.). Troisi^me et demi^re | 
Encyclop^lie Th^logique, | [i&c. 
twenty-four lines]. | Publi6e | par M. 
I'Abbd Migne | [dtc. six lines]. | Tome 
Trente-quatri^roo. | Dictionnaire do 
Lingnistique. | Tome Unique, j Prix: 
7 Francs. | 

S'Imprime et se vend chez J.-P. 
Migne, Editeur, | aux Ateliers Catlio- 
liques. Rue d'Amboise, au Petit Mont- 
.Tougo, I Barridre d'Enfer de Paris. | 
1858. 

Second tUU: Dictionnaire | de | Llngaistiqne ) 
et I de Pbllologie Compar6e. | Histoire do 
ttfDtefl lea Langaee mortos ct vivantea, | ou | 
Tralt6 complet d'Idiomographie, | cmbraasaut | 
rexaroen critiqiie dea aystdmea et de too tea 
lea questions qni aeiattaohent | k I'originc et h 
la filiation dea langnea, h leur caaenco orga- 
niqne | et k lenra rapporta avec Thiatoiro dea 
taeea hanalnea, de leara mlgrationa, etc. | 
Prte6d6 d*an | Eaaai anr lo i61o da langaKO 
dana r6To1aiion de rintelligence hamaine. | 
Par L.-F. J6han (de Saint^lavien), | Membro 
do la Soci6t6 gtelogiqoede France, do l'Acad6- 
■ie Toyale dea aclenoea do Turin, etc. | [Qoo- 
tatioD, three linea.] | PDbli6 1 par M. VA\i\^ 



J6hsui (L.-F.)— Continued. 

Migne. \ Editear do la Bibliothdquo Univer. 
aello du Clerg6, | on | dea Count Complete aiir 
chaque branche do la acienco eccl^siaatiqoo. | 
Tome Unique. | l»rix: 7 franca. | 

[Imprint as in firat title.] 

Outeide title 1 1. titloa as abovo 2 II. colurana 
(two to a page) 9-144^— TIio Tableau poljglotte 
dea languea inclndea the Eslcimanx (PamiUe 
dea idiomes), colnflms 542-548. 

Copies seen: British Masouro, Sbea. 

There ia an edition, Paris, ]86(. which I 
have not seen, a copy of which is in the Wat- 
kinaon Library, Hartford, Conn. 

Jerosalemib asseromekaruera. | [Pict- 
ure.] | 

[N. p.] 1845. 

Literal translation: Jemaalem to doatrao- 
tion. 

Pp. 1-8, 19P. Bible leaaona in the dialect 
of Labrador. 

Copies seen: American Tract Society. 

JoBUS, Judit u^leganner^t. | [Picture.] 
Literal translation: Jeaoa, the Jewa their 
sapremo ruler. 

No title-pago; 1 p. 1. pp. 1-8, 24°. Bible lea- 
aona in the dialect of Orcenland. 
Copies seen: American Tract Society. 

JeBuae, Jndikut attauingot. | [Design.] 
Literal translation: Jeaoa, the Jewa their 

King. 
No title-page; 1 p. 1. pp. 1-8, aq. 240. Bible 

leaaona in tho dialect of Labrador. 
Copies teen : American Tract Society. 

Jesusib Krlstusib j %jokaersutei | pirs* 
sariakaruerit | Gudib okauseenit agle- 
kennit katter- | sorsimarsut attortuk- 
sello innusnit | illageeksunn^tut i^o- 
kaersorkol- | lugit. | [Design.] 

Budissimo | Ernst Gottlob Monsib 
nakkittaegei. | 1833. 

Literal trantlation : Jeans Christ's | hia doc- 
trines I most necessary things | from God'a hia 
word written collected | and useful-things 
young pooplo | in communion | that bo may in- 
struct them. ; At Bantzeu | Emat Gottlob Mona 
printed them. | 

Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-7S, \(P. 
Summary of Chriatian Doctrine, entirely in the 
language of Greenland. 

Copies seen : Pilling, PowelL 

My copy, procured of the UniUite-Bnchhaud- 
lung, Gnndau, Saxony, cost 00 pf. 

Earlier and later oditiona aa follows: 
Jeansiin Kristusim | ajoka^rsntei | pirs- 
sariakamerit | Gudim okauseenit agle- 
kenuit Katto- | sorsimarsut attortuk- 
sello I innusult iUageeksunnetut ojo- 
kaer- | sorkullngit. | [Design.] 

Barbyme, 1785. 

Title verso ' blank 1 1. text pp. 3-72, lO^. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



48 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



JoBHsim —Continued. 

Abstract of Christ's Doctriacs, iu tbe Eskimo 
langaage of Greenland. 
Copies seen: British Museum. 

JeBUfljb Krjstusib | ajokertutingita | pi- 
jariakarnerp&ugOQingit. | A Summary | 
of I Christian Doctrine, | oder: ' Haupt- 
inhalt der christlicheu Lelire. | 

Verso of title: E. Bastaniermnllo & 
Dunskymullo. | Nduerfaulaukput Lcb- 
baume. [1867.] 

Literal translation : Jesus Christ's | his doc 
trines | its most important things. | * ^ * \ iiy 
E. Bastanior and Dunsky. | Printed at Lubau. 

Title I 1. preface pp. 3-4, contents pp. 5-6, 
text, entirely in the language of Labrador, pp. 
7-112, 12°. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

My copy cost 1 M. 30 pf. 

Dr. Kink has communicated to me a similar 
title, with coUation as 116 pp. 8<^. 



Johannesib koirsirsub uejt^. See Kragh 

(P.). 

Johnson (J. William )« [Words, phrases, 
and sentences in the lunuit or Eskimo 
of Bristol Bay. ] 

Manuscript, pp. 77-228, 4^, in the librmry 
of the Bureau of Ethnology. Reconled in a 
copy of Poweirs Introduction to the Study 
of Indian Languages, second edition. Half the 
schedules have no entries and the others are 
but scantfly filled. OoUected at Bristol Bay, 
1884-1886. 

Jorensen (Thoger). [Nagdlintorsintit 
ernaglit. 
Nangme, 1875.] • 

94 pp. 12(>. Psalms in Greenland Eskimo;— 
Bink. 

Jorgensen (H. F.) 3ee Kleinsohmidt 

(S.P.). 



K. 



Kadiak: 

Grammar. See Toniamiuoff (J.). 

G ram matio < reatise. Pflzmaier ( A . ) . 

Numerals. Adeluug (J. C.) and 

Vater (J. S.), 
Bacr (K. B. von). 
Erman (G. A.), 
Pott (A. F.). 

Remarks. YeniarainoffCJ.). 

Texts. Yeniaminoff (J. ). 

Vocabulary. Baer (E. £. von), 

Boschnianu (J. C. £.), 
Campbell (J.), 
Davidoff(G.I.), 
Davidson (G.), 
GaUatln (A.), 
Gibbs (G.), 
Khromcbenko (V. S.), 
Klaproth (J.), i 

Latham (R. G.). | 

Lesseps (J. B. B.), | 
Lishinsky (U.), 
Petroff (1), 
Robeck (— ), 
Saner (M.), 
Schott(W.), 
Vocabularies, 
TVowodsky (— ), 
Zagoskiii (L. A.), 
Zeleuoi (S. J.). 
KAgtagfimttt Vocabulary. See Fisher (W. J.). 

Kaladlit assilialiat | or | woodcuts,^ 
drawn and engraved by | Greenland- 
ers. I [Picture of a ship, followed by 
two lines inscription.] | 

Godthaab | iu South-Greenland. | 
Printed iu the Inspectors printing of- 
fice by L. Miller | and K. Bcrthelsen. | 



Kaladlit ~ Con tinned. 

Title 1 1. text iu English descriptive of the 
illustrations 1 1. 24 11. containing illustrationB 
numbered 1-30, 2 II. colored plates. 4°. 

"These wood-cuts ore the results of experi- 
ments undertaken in 1858-*60, to test the nat- 
ural capabilities of the Greenlanders for this 
branch of art. The whole have been engraved, 
and with the exception of Nos. 1-8, compost d 
and drawn without assistance, by 5 or 6 n.i- 
tives of Greenland, the nec-essary w ood and 
instnunents having been lent them. The bcHt 
of these woo<lcuts are the productiou of a 
Groeulander named Aron living near Godt- 
haab, who has received no better education 
than the generality of his coantrymen."— J?ir> 
tract from text. 

Copies seen: Congress. 

An edition in Danish as follows : 

Kaladlit Assillalia it I Gr^nlandske Traes- 
uit. [Picture of church with tho in- 
scription : Kirken, Semiuariet og Iii- 
Bpekteurboligen | ved Kolonien Godt- 
haab.] I 

Goclthaab. | Trykt I Inspektorateta 
Bogtrykkeri af L. M0ller | og R: Ber- 
thelsen. | 1860. 

Title verso blank 1 1. 24 engravings num- 
bered 1-39. followed by 1 Ltext in Danish, 4o. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Pow- 
eU. 

The Fischer copy. No. 2342, sold for Is. The 
Pinart copy. No. 503, bought by Quaritch for 
10 fr. 

An edition with text in French as follows: 

Kaladlit Assilialiait | on | qnelques gn^ 
vures, dessin6es ct gravies | sur bois | 
par I des Esqaiuiaux du Groulaud^ 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



49 



Kaladlit — Continued. 

[Picture of a sbip, with two lines ex- 
planation in French.] | 

Godtbaab | Iiiiprimd chez rinspeotenr 
dn Groenland Meridional | par L : Miller 
et R: B^rthelsen. | 1860. 

25 U.— Prints with titles in the language of 
Greenland. 

Copiet $een : British Mnsenm, Yale. 

At the Field sale, No. 1172, a copy brought 
$1-75. 

Kaladlit Okallnktual- [ liait. | kalftdlisnt 
kabluu&tulllo. | [Design.] | AttuaksBt 
ainrdliffit[-9i8amai]. 

Nonngnic. | Nunnap Nalegata Nakit- 
teriviane Nakittat | L. M0llcrniity | Ir- 
eigirsoralngo R: Berthelsen. | 1859 
[-1863]. 

LUeraltran^lation: Greenlandors the stories- 
told-by I -tlieni. | Greenland and Danish. | 
Book the fiivtl-fourth]. | At the Point [Godt- 
baab]. I On the Coantry's its Rulor'A [Inspec- 
tor's] print iug-press printed. | From L. MOUer, 
I overseeing it R. Berthelsen. 

Second title: Gronlnndsko Folkcsagn, | op- 
skrevneogmeddcelteaf Indf)(dte, | med dunsk 
Oversa^ttelse. I Ff»:ijto[-FJerdo] Bind. | Medtnes- 
nit, I tegnedo o^; udskanrrnoaf | en indf^t. | 

Godtbaab. | TryktilnspeotoratotsBogtryk- 
keri | af L: HflHcr, | under tilsyn af hjelpe- 
lerer { R. Bertliclscn. | lft59[-1863]. 

4 Tols. 9P ; 1859, 4 p. 11. 137 pp. 11.8 pp. mnsic ; 
ISeo, 4 p. U. Ill pp. charts; 1801. 4 p. 11. 130 pp. 
12 pp. illustrations, numborod 1-12 ; 1863, 3 p. 
IL 123 pp., alternate Greenland and Danish. 
Greenland folklore; popular tales nnd legends. 
The illustrations were made by native Green - 
landers. Berthelsen, who was, I think, the in- 
spector, aided in the translations. 

Cktpies seen : Boston Athenseum, British Mu- 
seum. Congress, Powell, Tmmbull. 

A copy at the Fischer sale. No. 2340, bonght 
by Quaritch for £5 5t. Piiccd by Leclerc, 
1878. No. 2220, at 140 fr. The Pinart copy. No. 
504, 3 vols. 1859-1861, sold foj- 52 tr. 

Kaladlit Pelleserk&ngoceta. See Kragh 

(P.). 
Kalilek Grammatio treatise. See Pflzmaier (A.). 

Kalatdlit Inuvdluar. See Janeseu (C. 

E.). 

Kalatdlit nunata | assinga.' 

Colophon: (Nungme nakitigkat 1858.) 

Literal trantlation: Greenlandors their lands 
I its picture. At the Poln t [Godthaab j printed. 

Ho title-page ; 1 L broadside. A map of the 
aoatiiem end of Greenland, showing the east 
oiMWt as fiur north as Uinanek and the west coast 
to Upemivik, occupies the center of the sheet; 
on the two sides and at the bottom is a printed 
description of tho various Eskimo settlements. 

Oopieaeeen: Congress. 

BSK 4 



Kalatdlit turogagssait niisigssiussn- 1 
niky I misigssugainigdlo ukint mako 
mardlnk ukitt- | titdlugit, 1857-1859. 

Colophon: Nungme 1859. 

Literal tranelation : Greenlanders their 
things-to-be-heard about the surveyors and 
their surveys, in t^ course of these two years, 
1857-1859. At tho Point | Godtbaab]. 

No title-page ; caption only; pp. 1-4, 8^, in 
the language of Greenland. 

Copies teen: Congress. 

Kalm (Peter). En | Resa | Til | Norra 
America, | P& | Kongl. Swenska Weten- 
ekaps I Academieus befallning, | Och | 
Public! kostuad, | F^rrattad | Af | 
Pebr Kalm, | Oeconomiie Professor i 
Abo, samt Ledamot af | Kongl. Swens- 
ka Wetenskaps-Academien. | Tom. I 
[-UI]. I Med Kongl. Maj:t8 Allem&^ 
digste Privilegio. | 

Stockholm, | Tryckt pa Lars Salvii 
kostnad 175:i[-1761]. 

8 vols. 120.— Esquimaux words, voL 3, p. 451. 

Copies seen: Astor, British M useum,Congies8. 

Des Herren | Peter Kalms | Profes- 
sors der Hatisbaltungskunst in Aobo, 
und J^itglie- | des der kdniglichon 
schwediscben Akademie der | Wissen- 
schaften | Bcscbreibuug | der Reise | die 
er I nach dcm | n6rdlicbeu Amcrika | 
auf den Befehl gcdacbter Akademie j 
und ofientlicho Kosten | unternommen 
hat. I der erste[-dritte] ThelL | [!>«- 
sign.] I Eine Uebersetzung. | Unter 
dem KAniglicbcn Pohlnischen und 
Chur- I forstl. S&cbsiscben allergn&- 
digsten Privilcgio. | 

Gottiugen | im Verlage der Wittwe 
Abrams Vandenboek, 1754[-1764]. 
« vols. 80.— Esquimaux words, vol. 8, p. 546. 
Some copies have tho imprint of Leipsig (*), 
and others of Stockholm (*). A partial re- 
print of this work^ embracing the portion relat- 
ing to natural history, was publishetl at Paris 
in 1768 (*). It does not, I presume, contain the 
linguistics. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, 
Harvanl. 

Travels | into | North America; | 

containing | Its Natural History, and | 
A circumstantial Account of its Plan- 
tations I and Agriculture in general, | 
with the I civil, ecclesiastical and com- 
mercial I state of the country, | The 
Manners of the inhabitants, and several 
curious I and important remarks on 
various Subjects, j By Peter Kalm, | 
Professor of Qeppnom^ in %\x^ yqi vet- 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



50 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Kalm (P. ) — Con tinned. 
Biiy of Aobo in Swedish | Finland^ and 
Member of the Swedish Royal Academy 
of I ScieDcea. ] Translated iuto English | 
By John Reinhold Forster, F. A. S. | 
Enriched with a Map, several Cats for 
the Illustration of | Natural History, and 
some additional Notes. | Vol. I[-III]. | 
Warrington [London ] : | Printed by 
William Eyres. | MDCCLXX[-MDCC- 
LXXl] [1770-1771]. 

3 vols. 8P. The imprint of vol. I Ig '- War- 
rington: 1770/' and of vols. II and III "Lon- 
don: 1771," bat tlicy seeminely belong to the 
same edition.— Bakimo vocabalary, vol. 3, pp. 
239-240. 

Copiea teen: Boston Athonteam, British 
Mnsenm, Congress, Harvard. 

Reis I door | Noord | Amerika, | 

gedaau door den | Ileer | Pieter Kalm, | 
Professor in de Iliiisboudingslionst op 
de rioj;e School | te Aobo, en Medelid der 
Kouinglyke Zweedsche | Maatschappy 
der Wetenschappen. | Vercierd met ko- 
peren Platen. | Eer8te[-Twede] deel. | 

Te Utrecht. | By J. van Schoonboven 
en Comp. | en | G. van den Brink Janz. | 
MDCCLXXII [1772]. 

2 vols. : 9 p. 11. pp. 1-223 ; 9 p. 11. pp. 1-240. 4 
n. map, 4°.— Taal der Eskimaus, pp. 177-178. 

CopUntein: Confess. 

Travels | into I North America; | con- 
taining I Its Natural History, and | A 
circumstantial Account of it« Planta- 
tions I and Agriculture in general, | 
with the I civil, ecclesiastical and com- 
mercial I state of the country, | The 
Manners of the Inhabitants, and several 
curious and | important remarks on 
various subjects. | By Peter Kalm, | 
Professor of Oecouomy in the Univer- 
sity of Aobo in Swedish Finland, | and 
Member of the Swedish Royal Academy 
of Sciences. | Translated into English | 
By John Reinhold Forster, F. A. S. | 
Enriched with a Map, several Cuts for 
the Illustratiuu of Natural | History, 
and some atlditional Not^s. | The second 
edition. | In two volumes, | VoL I 

[-11]. I 

London, | Printed for T. liowndes, 
N° 77, in Fleet-street. 1772. 

2 vols.: pp. i-xii, 1-414; 1-iv, 1-423, index 4 11. 
map, S^'.— Esquimaux vocabulary, vol. 2, p. 
868. 

Copif teen: Astor, British Museum, Con- 
gress, Harvard, Watkinsou. 

PricedbyQaaritch,Kos.28939and29452,atl0f« 



Kalm (P. ) — Continued. 

Travels into North America; contain- 
ing its natural hist^l'y, and a cironm- 
stantial account of its plantations and 
agriculture in general, with the Civil, 
Ecclesiastical, and Commercial state of 
the Country, the Manners of the Inhab- 
itants, and several curious and impor- 
tant Remarks on various Subjects. By 
Peter Kulm, Profess^ of Oeconomy in 
the University of AIk> in Swedish Fin- 
land, and Member of the Swedish Royal 
Academy of Sciences. Translated into 
English by John Reinhold Forster, F. 
A. S. (From the Second Edition, Lon- 
don 1772, 2vol«. Hvo.) 

In Pinkerton (John). General Colleotien of 
Voyages and TravolH, vol. i;«, pp. 374-700, Lon- 
don, 1812. 40.— Linguistics, p. 678. 

Voyage de Kalra en Am6riqne ana- 
lyst et tradnit par L. W. Marchand. 

Forms Books 7 and 8 of the Soci6t6 Histo- 
rique de Montreal, M6moirc, Montreal, 1881^ 
8o.-.Liof(uiBtics, Book 7, p. 182. 
See Indrenins (A. iL). 

Eamschadca: 

Numerals. See Latham (R. O.). 

Vocabulary. Drake (8. G.), 

Gallatin (A.), 
Golovnin (V. M.). 
Klaproth (J.). 
Lesseps (J. B. B.), 
Sauer (M.). 

E^gjnliti 

Numerals. Bee Erman (G. A.). 

Vocabulary. Zelenoi (S. J.). 

Kaniagmnt : 

Dictionary. See Pinart (A. L.). 

Grammatio oomineuts. Pinart ( A. L.). 

Songs. Pinart (A. L.) 

Vocabulary. Dall (W. H.), 

Oibbs (G.). 

Karalit Linguistic discussion. See Heckewelder 

(J.G.E.). 

Katekismose |.Lntorim | Aglega | Tersa 

I Iliniark&utiksiet Gudimiglo pek- 

korsejnig- | lo iuuungnut ualegekseen- 

nik, pidluarsin- | naungorkadhigit nu- 

naniGtidlutik | toknblo king6mgagnt. | 

Kiobenhavnime, | Pingigueks^nik na- 
kittarsimarsok | 1797. | I. R. Thielimit. 

LiUr<Utran^tion: Catechism | Luther's | 
his Arriting | Here are f fnndamentsl-dorMnes 
about God and about his commands to men to 
be ol>eyed, that they may gain the blessed land 
I after death. | At Copenhagen, | a third time 
printed. | 1797. | From I. R. ThieL 

Pp. 1-22, 10^, in the language of Greenland« 

Oopietteen: PoweU. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE 



51 



Katekismuse | Luterini | Aglegja. | Tersa 
I IliuiarkaatikHSBt Gudimiglb pekkor- 
sejnig- I lo iuuuugDut iialegeksionuik, 
ptdlaarsiu- | iianugorkadlagit uuname- 
tidlutik I tokublo kiugorngagut. | 

Kiobeuhavnimo, | Illiarsuiii iglotenuo 
Bissameka^nik nakittarsituarsok j 181C i 
C. F. Schnbartimit. 

LUeraltran»latwno/imprint: AtOop&nkagen I 

1^ tho orphans tbcir bouse [Waisonhaus] a 

fourifa time printed | 1816 from C. F. Sohubacrt. 

Pp. 1-24, liP. Luther's Cat^hisiu in the lan- 

gnaf^e of Greenland. 

Copies Men: Congress. 

[Katekismnse Lnteriin. 

Hauniame, 1849.] * 

16 pp. ^, in the Eskimo language Title from 
tbo Pinart sale catalogue, 1883, Ko. 352. 

Kattaengutigeek. See Kjer (K.). 
Kattitsiomarsut attuaromarsuUu Mai- 
li^ekseit. 

Gnadan, 1835. * 

Literal tramUUion: Intended to be spelled 
and intended to be read examples. 

8P. Greenland primer; reprint of Oroen- 
landsk A B D Bog. 

According to Ludewig, p. 72, a new edition of 
tiiia primer, by StAnberg, was published : Ejo- 
benbavn, Missions Collegium, 1849, 20 pp. SP. 

Kaumajok | nelkjuDuik | kaatiiatsitik- 
sak. I [Desigu.] 

Literal translation: A plain | by [|^or] the ig- 
norant 1 explanation. 

K. p. n. d. 1 p. 1. pp. 1-8, sq. 24o. Bible les- 
sons in the dialect of Labrador. 
Copies teen: American Tract Society. 
Published also in the Greenland dialect, as 
Crilows: 
KanmarBok naellursuiinut | kaumarsau- 
iiksak. | LPicture.] 
Literal translation: A plain for the ignorant 
f explanation. 

N. p. n. d. 1 p. 1. pp. l-€, 24<'. Bible lessons 
in the language of Greenland. 
Copies seen : American Tract Society. 
KaTiigxnnt Vocabulary. See Dall (W. H.). 
BJiromchenko {Capt. Vasili Stopano- 
Tich). Journal kept duriug a Cruioe 
along the Coast of Russian-America. 

In Korthffrn Archives for History, Statistics, 
and Toj'agcs (in Knssian), Nos. 11-18, St. Pe- 
tersburg, 1824, 8©. (*) 

Contains vocabulary of the Kacyak. Re- 
printed in Forrusac's Bulletin des Sciences His- 
toriques, &c., vol. 6, pp. 412-418, Paris, 1826, 8° 
(Congress.) Reprinted in German in Hertha 
Zettschrift, etc., vol. 2, Stuttgart, 1825; vocab- 
ulary pp. 21D-221. (*) 
Ki'atoO(anmt Vocabulary. See Hoffman (W.J). 
King William Land Vocabulary. See Hall (C. F. ) . 



KissitsisilUornermik lliniarkautiksaDt. 

See Wandall (E. A.). 
Kjer (Kuiul). Tuksiantit | Julesiutit | 
makko | niiktordlugidloueet arsillin- 
cardlugidloneet j narkriuguiardlugldlo- 
neet kattersorei | uakrittoegaugortid- 
lugidlo. 1 K. Kjer-ib | Amertlormiut 
nianeetsorniiudlo pellesiieta. Tnssar- 
uorsunnik umativRigut tuksiardluse 
ualekkamnt. | Koloss. :i. OS. \ 

Kjubenbavnimo. | Fabritius de Teng- 
uagclikut nakrittareit. | 183L 

Literal translation: Psulmn | means- for-mak- 
ing-Christmas | these | translatin;; them either, 
copying them | or tryiugtoiuiprove-them col- 
lected them also explaining thorn | K. Kjer \ 
the-people-of-tbo-littic- place and tho people-of- 
the "rough-place" their priest. With things 
pleasing-to-hear in your hearts singing psalms 
to the Lord. | Colossiaus 3. 16. 1 At Copenhagen. 
I Fabriclns de Tengnagel's people printed 
them. 

Pp. 1-34, 1 1. 16^, iu the language of Groen- 
Lind. 

Copies seen: Shea. 

Illerkorsntit | makko | a^lekksBne 

naktikksBniloueet | uiuvertui nalegejsa 
akkillerma3ne kattersorej nakrittie- 
gangortidlugidlo | K. Kjer-ib | Amer- 
tlorniiat Maneetsomiudlo | Pellesigial- 
loaeta. | ' 

Nakrittsimapnt ElinquUt-ikuunit | 
Aarhuus-ime | 1832. 

Pp. 1-31, sq. 16^. Psalms in the language oi 
Greenland. 

Copies seen: British Museum. 

Seunerutillngmik. | Tuksiautitait, | 

nutaungitsndlo illainangoeet | adlan- 
gortit^Bt I oper katigeet Kaladlit nti- 
Diennetiin | okataratiksejt, | K. Kjeri- 
luit. I [Engraving, and quotation one 
linV3.] I 

Odeusime. | Nakittarsimapnt Hempe- 
likunnit. | 1834. 

4 p. 11. pp. 1-237, 1 1. errata, 12P. Hymns in 
the language of Greenland. 

Copies seen : Astor, British Museum, Trum- 
bnU. 

Ivngeratit | kerssungme senningar- 

some 1 Kikiektoniik i ajoka^rsutejniglo, | 
illejt nntanngitsut, iUejt K. Kjerimit. | 
[Eight line verse in Eskimo.] | Taiie- 
karpnt. | 

Kjobenhavnime | 1838. | Brtlnnicbib 
nakitteriviane nakkittarsimarsut. 

Literal translation: Hymns | on the wood 
crossed I about the nailed one | and about his 
teachings, [ some of them old, some of them | 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



52 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Ssjer ( K. ) — Con ti nuetl . 1 

b3' K Kjor. | They have an addition. | At Co- I 
ponhagen | 1838. | 6rannicb*s on bis printing- i 
press printed. | | 

Pp. i-xxiv, 1-190, 10°, in ibe langnago of i 
GreenUmd.— Hymns, pp. 1-3G0; index, pp. 
361-374; Sunday lessons, pp. 375-384 ; Evange- 
listln, Sec. pp 385-411; Unuersoutlksak, &c. 
pp. 412-424; Kenutit, &c. pp. 425-484; Tarko- 
put (contents], p. 485; Nakittarnerdlakkffiet 
[errata], pp. 487-490. 

Copies seen : Britisb Museum, Trumbull. 

Tbere were two copies in the Plnart sale, 
ITo. 515 bringing 1 fr. No 516 1 fr. 50c. 

KattjBiigutigeek* | K. Kjerib | nuk- 

tigej. I 

Kjobeuhavuiino. | Fabritius cle Teng- 
nagelibuakitterivtaue | ii akit tarsi mar- 
mt, i 1838. 

Literal translation: The brothers and sis- 
ters. I K. Kjor I translated thorn. | At Copen- 
hagen. I On Fabricius do TcDgnagel's printing- 
press I printed. | 1838. 

Pp. 1-45, 16®. A story in the language of 
Greenland. 

Copies seen: Powell. 

Taksiantlt | Kikiektngarursomik, 

pellesib K.Kjerim aglegij kattersugejloj 
[Seven lines qnotation.] | Tape-karpnt. | 

M. Vogeliusib Nakittaogej, Frederiks- 
havnime, 1856. 

Literal translation: Pst^iris | about him 
nailed, the priest K. Ejer wrote them and col- 
lected them. I They have an addition. | M. 
Yogelius printed them, atFrederikshavn, 1856. 

Pp. i-xviii, 1-385, 2 U. pp. 1-97. 24°. in the 
language of Greenland. 

Copies seen: Harvard. 

A copy was bought by Lcclerc at the Pinart 
Siile, No. 904, for 1 fr. 

According to Nyorup's Dansk-Norsk Lit- 
turatui lexicon, Kjer translated into the Green- 
land a contribution to Bonne's Dansk-Rell- 
gionsblad, in 1827, and Anderson's poem, "The 
Dying Child," in 1829. 

Kjer was the son of Jacob Kjer, who was par- 
son of Losning and Koming, in the bishopric of 
Aarhuus. Born October 2, 1803, at the parson- 
age of Losning ; went to the school of Horsen 
in 1814, whence he proceeded to tho university ; 
after having passed his second examination, in 
1821, ho became private teacher in Laaland, and 
in the following year returned to Copenhagen, 
where he was received In tho Greenland Sem- 
inary as alumnus; underwent the theolog- 
ical official examination in 1823 anil was imme- 
diately after ordained missionary for the col- 
ony of HolsteiDborg in Greenland in June, 
1823, he became parson at Todse, in tho bishop- 
ric of Aalborg, and in October, 1838, at Skjod- 
etrup, in the same bishopric. 

Klaproth (Julius). Asia | polyglotta von 
I Julius Klaprotb. | Zwelte Auflage. | 



Klaproth (J.) — Continued. 

Paris I Verlag von Heideloff &, 
Campe. | 1831. 

Title verso blank 1 1. dedication 1 L preface^ 
&o. pp. vii-xvi, text pp. 1-384, Lebendes Budd'a 
pp. 125-144, index pp. 1-8, 4°.— Vocabulary of 
Kamqatka, pp. 320-322 ; of the Polar Amerika- 
Groeulaendisohner in Asien, pp. 322-324; of the 
Polar Amerika^Ea^Jakner ia Asien, pp. 324-325. 

Atlas as follows : 

Asia I polyglotta | von | Julius Kla- 
protb. I Spracbatlaa. | Zweite Anflage | 

Paris I Verlag vou Heideloff & 
Campe. | 1831. 

Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. i-lix, map, 
folio. — Vocabulary of the Korjaken (7 dialects), 
Kamqadalen (5 dialects), Polar Amerikanor in 
Asien (2 dialects), pp. xxxxix-lvii. 

Copies seen: Congress. 

The first edition was published: Paris, 1823, 
4P, atlas, folio. {*) 

Priced by Triibner (catalogue 1856), No. 538 
(dated 1823-31), at £1 is. 

Kleinaohmidt (John Conrad). [Transla- 
tions into the language of Greenland . ] * 
"John Conrad Kleinsohmidt left Licbten- 
fels [in Greenland] for Europe July 15, 1812, 
the day on which, nineteen years before, ho 
had arrived in Greenland. * * * After spend- 
ing the winter at Fulneok, and marrying again, 
Brother Kloinschmidt and his wife * * * 
sailed from Lelth, Scotland, for Greenland, May 
24th, 1813. * * * One of the first cares of the 
missionaries after their return was to furnish a 
complete translation of the Kew Testament 
into Greenlandic, the Bible Societies, both in 
London and Edinburgh, having kindly ofilsred 
to print it for thorn. This important work was 
committed to Brother Kloinschmidt, who, from 
his long residence in the country, had obtained 
a very competent knowledge of the language. 
* * * We are happy to learn from the ac- 
counts of the last year, 181U, that tho whole was 
finished and only waited another final revision 
before it should be transmitted to Europe."^ 
Cram. 

Kleinsohmidt (Samuel Peter). Gram- 
matik | der | ^ronlandischen spraohe | 
mit thoilweisem oinschluss des Labra- 
dordialects | von | S. Kleinsohmidt. | 

Berlin, 1851. | Druok und Verlag von 
G. Reimer, 

Pp. i-x, 1-182, S*'. 

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- 
gress, Eamos, Pilling, Powell, TrumbuU. 

Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2553, at 15 fr.; 
by Triibner, 1882, p. 53, at 3». A c<»py at tho Pi- 
nart sale, No. 517, sold to Quaritch for 4 ft*., 
who prices it. No. 30053, at 5s., and another 
copy, half-calf, uncut, No. 80054, at 6*. My 
copy, bought of tho Unitfits-Buohhandlung, 
Gnadau, Saxony, cost 5 M* 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



teSlcmO LANGUAGE. 



53 



Kleinsohmidt (8. P.)— Continiie<l. 

Silame iliomerit . . . S. Klein- 

Bchmidt. 
Nungme [Godthaab], 1859. • 

128 pp. 8°. History of the world in Green- 
Und SBkimo. Title from Dr. Rink. 

Reiifielguements sor lea premiers ha- 
bitants de la c6te occidentale du Green- 
land. Trad, en groenlandais par S. 
Kleinschmidt. 1864. * 
4°. Pickod-np title. I have aoen reference 
in Rink'a Danish-Greenland to Kleinschmidt's 
Sinerfmap kavdlnndkorfiligtA, 1866, which is 
possibly the above work, as the map given by 
Bink is taken from it. 

Deo I Gr^nlandake Ordbog, | oinar- 

beidet | af | Sam. Kleinschmidt; | ud- 
given I paa Foranstaltning af Minis- 
teriet for Kirke- og UnderviisningsvsB- 
aenet og med | det kongelige danske 
Videnskabemes Selskabs Underst^t- 
telae | ved | H. F. J^rgeneen. | 

Ki^benhavn. | Louis Kleins Bogtryk- 
keri. I 1871. 

Title 1 1. pp. iii-x, half-UUe 1 1. text pp. 1-460, 
in double columns, arranged alphabetically by 
Greenland words, 8°. 

€itfis9 »§en: British Museum, Congress, 



Priced by Leclerc, Supplement, No. 2814, at 
12 fir. ; by Koehler, catalogue 440, No. 960, at 7 
M.50pf. 

— Terms of Relationship of the Eskimo, 
Greenland, collected by Samnel Klein- 
schmidt, Godthaab, Greenland. 

In Morgan (L. H.), Systems of Consanguin- 
ity and Aflinity, pp. 293-882, Washington, 1871, 
40. 

Samnel Petrus Kleinschmidt, the son of a 
missionary, was bom at Lichtenau, Greenland, 
February 27, 1814, and died at Godhaven, Green- 
land, February 8, 1886. In 1823 he was taken 
to the school of Kleinwelke, Saxony. From 
1828 to 1836 he served as apothecary's appren- 
tice in Zelst, Holland, and from 1836 to 1840 as 
school teacher at Christiansfeld, Slesvig. In 
1840 he returned to Greenland, and was ap- 
pointed in the missionary service of the Mora- 
Tians, acting as teacher at the seminary ^rom 
1859. Since 1860 he has had a printing-press in 
his house, and has printed with his own hands 
several books in GreenUndish, school books in 
history, geography, and church history, and 
especially a large part of the Old Testament, 
but only a limited number of copies, mereTy in- 
tended for the use of the revisers of his new 
tnmslation. Finally, he has published a new 
edition of the Now Testament, printed at Bn- 
dissin. Saxony."— JiinJt. * 

"A new impetus was given to the study of 
the GreenUuid tongue by Conrad [»ie] Klein • 



Kleinschmidt (S. P.)— Continued. 

Schmidt, a man of varied talents. He intro- 
duced an improved system of orthography, 
which bad regard to the derivations of the 
words and has been adopted by all the Green- 
land missionaries, including those of the Dan- 
ish ohnrch, and discarded as a model the Latin 
grammar, which had been painfully followed 
by all his predecessors, treating the Greenland 
tongue according to its own peculiar idioms 
and the existing forms of its words. His gram- 
mar of the Greenland language appeared at 
Berlin in 1861 and his Greenland-Danish lexi- 
con at Copenhagen at a later time. He wrote 
also several school books, among them a ge- 
ography and a natural history, both of which 
gave him abundant opportunities to construct 
new words and formulate new terms for many 
things unknown to the Greenlanders. The 
most important of his undertakings was aver- 
sion of the Old Testament, upon which he be- 
stowed extraordinary care and which, by this 
time, must be nearly completed. On a press 
presented by the church at Zeist, in Holland, 
he printed with his own hands a small edition 
of this work, as far as completed, for the bene- 
fit merely of the missionaries. The use of this 

. press was cheerfully granted him, even after 
he had Joined the Danish mission and had been 

. appointed director of the seminary at Godt- 
haab. "—i?«MjA«ft. 

Kleinschmidt's fiither, also a missionary to 
Greenland, was named John Conrad; hence 
the mistake probably in the above quotation. 

[Kohlmeister (Benjamin Gottlieb).] Ta- 
medsa | Johannesib Aglangit, | okant- 
siflikTnssamertunik, | Jesuse Kristuso- 
mik, I Gudim Erngninganik. | Printed 
for I the British and Foreign Bible So- 
ciety ; I For the nse of the Christian 
Esquimaux in the Mission-Settlements 
I of the United Brethren at Nain, Ok- 
kak, and Hopedalo, | on the Coast of 
Labrador. | 

Londonneme: | W. M'Dowallib, Neni- 
lanktangit. | 1610. 

Literal tramlation: Here are | John's his 
writings | about the words pleasant to hear | 
about Jesus Christ | about God's his Son. | At 
London: | W. M'Dowall's, his printings. 

Title verso blank 1 1. pp. 1-124, 12^. Gospel 
of John in the language of Labrador. 

Oopietteen: Shea. 

A copy at the Field sale, Nor 648, brought 
$L60} another, No. 2321, 87 cents. The Mur- 
phy copy. No. 2914, morocco, gilt edges, brought 
$2.25. 

"After the successful establishment of a mis- 
sion station in Labrador in 1771, the Moravian 
missionaries addressed themselves in the first 
instance to the preparation of a harmony of the 
Gospels for the Esquimaux of Labrador. Many 
years were spent in revising and correcting this 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



54 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OP THE 



[KohlmeiBter (B. G.)] — Continued. t 

work, and at length, in 1800, it was sent for pub- 
lication to London. Mr. Kohlmeister, who had i 
been many years a missionary in Labrador, ex- { 
traoted from this manuscript an entire version i 
of the Gospel of St. John ; and in 1810 an edition 
of 1,000 copies of that Gospel was published in 
London at the expense of the British and For- | 
eign Bible Society. " — Batgtter. | 

For the other three Gospels see Barghardt 
(C. F.). For the Harmony of the Gospels see 
Halegapta. 

Kolkhpagmiat Vocabulary. See Zagoskin (L. A. ) . 

Konogen : 

GrammatioH}omments. See Adelnng (J. C.) and 

Vater (J. S.). 
Vocabulary. Bancroft ( H. H. ). 

Konigseer( Christopher Michael). [Green- 
land Grammar and Vocahularies.] * 
"Konigseer, about 1780, wrote a Greenland 
grammar and compiled vaiious vocabularies. 
These works remained in m.inuscript, each 
newly arrived missionary making a copy of 
them for his own use. In course of time they 
were enlarged and improxed." — ReUheU, 

[Greenland Hymn Book and Suui- 

mary of the Christian Doctrine.] * 

"Having received a liberal education, an ad- 
vantage which none of his predecessors had 
enjoyed, ho [Konigseer] was enabled to correct 
their translations, and also added several new 
versions of useful works. Among those were 
a Grecnlandic hymn book and a translation of 
the Summary of Christian Doctrine, which 
have been printed, besides some smaller pieces 
in manuscript."— Oraiu. 

See Beck (John). 

Konigseer was superintendent of the Green- 
land Mission from 1773 to 1786. Ho was bum 
in 1723, in Thuringia, and studieil nt the uni- 
versities of Jena and Hallo. He died in Green- 
land on the 30th of May, 1786. 

Kotzebue Sound Vocabulary. See Gallatin (A.). 

Elragh (Po(er). Testamentitokah | mak- 
p^rsing^jsa ill^iigoeet, | profetit miug- 
ncrit I Danieliblo Agleg^it, | Kalddlin 
ok^ii/.ecnnnt nnktcrHimarsut, | nafk'i- 
giitingoa'.nniglo sukuT^rsiraarsat | Pel- 
lesimit | Pctermit Kraghmit. | Attna3- 
geksaukudlngit iuntingnut kolsimar- 
sunnnt. | 

Kjobenhavnime. | Fahritiusib de 
Tengnagelib nak'itterivi^ne | nak'it- 
t^rsimarsnt. | 1829. 

Literal trarulatiMi : The old testament's | its 
books' parts of them | the prophets minor | 
and Daniel's his book the Greenlanders into 
their speech translat«<l | and with not«s ex- 
plained I by the priest | Peter Knigli. | To Ik> 
a manual for men christened. | At Cupenba- 



EU^agh (P.)— Continued. 

gon. I Fabricins de Tengnagel on his print- 
ing press I printed. 

Pp. i-viil, 2 II. pp. 1-290, 1 1. 12°. Minor 
prophets, Daniel, and parts of the Apocrypha 
(Susanna, Bel, aud the Dragon) In the lan- 
guage of Greenland. 

Copies aeen: Astor, British and Foreign 
Bible Society, British Museum, Eamea, Powell, 
Watkinson. 

At the Fischer sale. No. 2339, a copy brought 
9». 

Okalluktu^utit | si^maubingmik 

anu^kbingmiglo { Josuse-Kristusikat^ | 
makp6rsiekktennit Kablunait adla>dlo | 
ok5.uzeonno agl^ksimarsnnnit | katter- 
sdrsimarsnt, | Kal^lidlo ok^azeennnt 
nukt^rsimarsnt | Pellesimit Peter- 
Kraghmit. | [Three lines quotation.] 

Kjohenhavnime [«ic]. | Fabritinsib 
de Tengnagelib nak'itterivi^ne nakk'- 
itt^rsimarsut | 1830. 

Literal translation : Discourses | about the 
time of mercy and the time of salvation | 
through Jesus Christ, I from the books Euro- 
peans and others | in their tongnee written. ( 
ColloctiMl, I aud Greenlaudera into their lan- 
guago translated | by the priest Peter Kragb. | 
At Copenhagen. Fabricius de Tengnagel's on 
his jiriuting press printed. 

4 p. 11. pp. 1-292, IG<3. Salvation through 
the mediation of Jesus Christ in the language 
of Greenland. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress. 

[Tracts in Greenlandish. (21.). 

I^obenhavninie, 1830.] 

19 sheets, 12o. 

" The English consul, Mr. Brown, bore the 
expense of this publication."— J^mlew. 

A copy at tho Fischer sale, No. 2341, brought 
3«. 

Testamentitokah | makp^rsegejsa 

illangoeet, | Mosesim Agleg^jsa | ardlejt 
tedlimejdlo, | Jobib, Esrab, Nehemiab, 
Esterib | Rntiblo aglegejt, | KallMlin 
okiiuzcennnt nukt^rslmarsnt, | nafk'i- 
gutingosi^uniglo sukiu^rsimarsut | 
Gjerlevimiut Ensleviraiudlo Pellesis&n- 
nit I Peter-Kraghmit. | Attusegeksaa- 
kudlugit inniingnut koisimarsunnnt. | 

Kjobenhavnime. \ Fabritlusib de Ten- 
gnagelib nakMtterividne nak^t- | ttfrsi- 
marsnt. | 1832. 

Literal translation : The old testament's j its 
books' parts of them | Moses' his books the 
second and the fifth. Job's, Ezra's, Nehemiah's, 
Esther's and Buth's their Itooks, Greenlandera 
into their speech translated | and with notes 
explained | by the people of Gjeriev and of 
Enslev their priest | Peter Kragh. | To be a 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANaUAQE. 



55 



Kragh (P. ) ~ Continned. 

mAnaal for people christened. | At Gupenha- 
gen. I Fabricins de Teognagel's on lild print- 
ing-preas printed. 

4 p. 11. pp. ]-4»3, 1 1. 120. Books of Exodus. 
LeTitioas, Job, Ezra, Keheniiah, Esther, and 
Rath in the language of Greenland. 

OopUt teen : Astor, British and Foreign Bible 
Society, British Museum, Powell, Watkinson. 

A copy at the Fischer sale, catalogue Ko. 
2336, brought 6i. 

Okall6atity | Sabb^tinue akkudlee- 

aikscDt, I Evaugelinmit suktiTiiat^jt 
okiokun | aituieg^ksiot, | katters^rsi- 
mardat | Kal^lidlo okjinzeeiiiint nak- 
t^reimarsut | Pellesimit Pet^r-Kragh- 
mit. I [Five lines quotation.] 

Kjobenbavnime 1833. | Fabritinsib 
de Tengnagelib nak' itterividne nak' 
ittl^rai- | marsut. 

LiUral Iran^ation : Discourses | on the Sab- 
bath to bo preached, | from the gospel explana- 
tions in winter | to be used, | collected and 
Greenlandcrs into Uieir speech translated | by 
the priest Peter Kra;;h. | At Copenhagen 
1833. I Pabridus de Tengnagel'L on his print- 
ing press print- I ed. 

Pp. i-viii, 1 1. pp. 1^464, 2 11. (one folding), 
IdP. Players and lessons on the GojpclH, fur 
Sundays end holy days, from tlie beginning of 
Advent nntil Easter^ in the language of 
Greenland. 

Copies teen: Brinley, British Museum, 
TnimbulL 

A copy at the Brinley sale. No. 5C42, brought 
$8 ; at the Pinart sale, No. 523, a copy was bough t 
for 2 fr. by Quaritch, who prices it. No. 30055, 
at St. 

Testamentitokab | Makp^rsmg^jsa 

Illangoeet, | Josvab e^kartoureireadlo 
ai^leg^jt, I Samuelini agleg^j gitirdleet 
ard- I l^jdlo, agl^kkset Konginnik | 
Bitirdleot ardl^jdlo, | Kallkllin ok^uzee- 
nnat nnkt^rsimarsnt, nark'iga- | tin- 
goienniglo siikm^rBiinarsut | Gjerlevi- 
miot Eoslevimindlo Pellc8i!i§nnit | Peter 
Kraglimit. | [Two lines quotation.] 

Kjobenhavniine. | Fabritinsib de 
Tengnagelib nak'itterivitfne | nakMt- 
tfoi^niarsut. | 1830. 

Literal trandaUot^ : The old testament's | its 
books' parts of them, | Joshua's and the J udges' 
their books | Samuel's his books the first and 
the aeo- 1 ond | the books about Kings first and 
■ ee ond | Greenlanders into their speech trans- 
lated, I and with notes explained | by the peo- 
ple of Gjerley and Ensley their priest | Peter 
Kragh. | At Copenhagen. | Fabricius du Teng- 
BageVs on his printing-press | printed. 

4 p. 11. pp. 1-708, 3 unnumbered i»p. l.o, in 
the langnageofGreenland.— Joshua, pp. 3-93.— 



Kragh (P.) — Continued. 

Judges, pp. ft5-19t.— I Samuel, pp. 195-329.— 
11 Samuel, pp. 329-439.— I Kings, pp. 441-577.— 
n Kings, pp. 578-70a 

Copies seeii : Astor, British Museum, Po weU. 

Kaladlit | Pelleserk&ngo^ta | Hans 

Egedib | OkallOiit^i Unnnkoreiutit | 
ajokaBrsukkaminut, | agleksimagalloajt 
Joban Christian Morch-mit | Kakortor- 
mint niuvertorigalIo8§nnit | m&ualo 
titArnekartisimarsnt | Peter Kragh-mit | 
Gjerlevimiut Pellesisfennit. | 

KjSbenbavnime. | Fabritius de Teng- 
nagelib nakk'itteriviiue | nakk'itt^r- 
siraarsnt. | 1837. 

LiUraltranslaHon: TheGreenhmders | their 
t>riest's i Haps Egede's | discourses means for 
paasing the evening I to his disciples, | written- 
formerly by Johan Cliristian Hdrch | the peo- 
ple of Kakortok [white place— Julianehoot] 
their late trader, | and now arranged by Peter 
Kragh | the people of Gjerlev their priest | At 
Copenhagen. | Fabricius de Tengnagel's on his 
printing-press | printed. 

Pp. 1-189, 160, in the language of Greenhuid. 

Copies seen: Congress, Harvard, Pilling, 
Powell. 

A copy at the Pinart sale. No. 505, brought , 
2fr. 

Also issued with Banish translation, title as 
above, followed by Danish title as follows: 

Gronliendernes | f^rste Praests | Hans 

Egedes | Aften - Samtaler | med sine 
Dieiple, j forfattede efter Cainpe | af | 
Joban Christian M5rch, | forbenv»er- 
eude Kj^bmand vod Julianebaab, | og 
na ndgivne af | Peter Kragh, | Priest i 
Gjerlev. | 

Kjobenhavo : | Trykt i Fabricius do 
Teugnagels Bogtrykkeri : | 1837. 

Pp. 1-376, 160, alternate pages Banish and 
Greenland. Eskimo* title verso 1. 1, Banish 
title recto I. 2. Evening Conversations of 
Han^ Egedo with his disciples, compiled by 
Morch and newly edited by P. Kragh. 

Copies seen: Harvard, Trumbull, Wat- 
kinson. 

Erkars^utigirseksspt | sill^rsoarmik, 

I agl^ksimarsut | G. F. Ursinimit, | 
nuktersimarsut | P. Kragh-mit, | Liu* 
trupimint Pellesisennit. | 

Kjobenbavnime. | Fabritius de Teng- 
nagelib nak'itterivi^ne nak'ittarsim- 
arsut. I 1839. 

Literal translation : Things to be thouglit of 
I about the great hearons | written by | G. F. 
Uraini, | translated | by P. Kragh | tlie people 
of Lintrnp their priest. | At Copenhagen. | 
Fabricius de TengnageVs on his printing* 
press printed. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



56 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Kragh (P.) — Con tinned. 

Pp. 1-23, l«o. Treatise on astronomy, by 
Ursini, translated into the Greenland by Kragb. 
It is probable tbat tbis work was issaed also 
with alternate pages, Danish and Greenland, as 
Brslew mentions an edition i EJSbenhavnime, 
1889, 8o, 45 pp. 
€f&pie$iun: PowelL 

OkallaktualiaBt) | nukt^raimarBat, | 

R. J. Brandt-mlt» | K&roome niiivertuk- 
ritogailoamtt, | ark'ik86rBimar8ut tit&r- 
nekartisimaroudlo | P. Kragh-mit | Lin- 
trupimiat Hjertlnginiindlo Pe]Ie8i£6D- 
nit I 

Kjobenhavnime. | Fabritins de Ten- 
gnagelib nak'itterivi^ne nak'ttt^reim- 
arsnt. | 1639. 

Literal iraiulation: Dlsconrses | translated 
I by R. J. Brandt | at Kfirsok late assisUnt 
trader | pot in order and arranged | by P. 
Kragh | the people of Lintrup and the people 
of ll^orting their priest. 1 At Copenhagen. | 
Fabricins de Tengnagel's on his printing-press 
printed. 

Pp. 1-118, 16°, in the langnage of Greenland. 

OopissMeen: Harvard, Powell. 

AoopyattbePinartsale, No. 140, brought 1 fr. 

AttusBg^atit, 1 EvangeliumitsuknT^- 

ut^jtPaaskimit | Trinitatis Sabbatecsa 
kingurdlisBn- | nnt attusBgeks^t, | kat- 
tersorsiroarsut Kaladlidio | okanzeen- 
nut nnktersimarsnt | Pellisimit Peter 
Kragkmit, | [Three lines quotation.] | 
Kjobenhavnime: | Bianco Lunob nak- 
kUtterivi^nenakk'ittarsiniarsat. | 1848. 
Literal translation: Rtsadings | from the G^m- 
pol explanations from Easter | to Trinitys 
Sunday's its next following [the Sunday after 
Trinity] | to bo u4od, | collected and Green- 
landers I iuto their speech translated | by the 
priest Peter Kragh. | At Copenhagen: | Bianeo 
Lnno's on his printing-press printed. 

Pp. 1-viif, 1-731, 2 11. ISO, in the langnage of 
Greenland. 
Copies teen: Harvard, Trnmbnll. 
A copy was bought by Quaritch at the Pinart 
sale. No. 522, for 4 fr. 

AttnsekkflBn illiiarsantikH{et | ille- 

geennnt opertunnat, | kattorsorsimar- 
Bnt I Uiniktorniiut pellesiamnit, W. A. 
Wexelairoit, | m&nalenuktersiuiarsut | 
Oesbymiutpelleserti^nnit P. Kraghmit. 
I [Font lines quotation.] | 

Kiobenhavnime 1850. | Bianco Lunob 
nak'itterviane nok'ittarsimarsut. 

Literal translation: Rea<lings means for im- 
provement I for congregations faithful, | col- 
lected 1 by the people of Uiniktok their priedt, 
W. A. Wexelft, | but now translated | by the 
people of Oesby their priest P. Kragh. | Copen- 



Kragh (P.) — Continue*!. 

hagen 1850. | Bianco Lnno's on his printing, 
press printed. 

Title 1 L preface, signed Peter Kragh, Oct. 
7, 1860, pp. iii-vili, text (translaUon of Wilhebn 
Andreas Wexcls' sermons, each followed by a 
hymn) entirely in the Greenland, pp. 1-206, 1 1^ 
16°. Pp. 175-206 entii-ely hymns. 

Copies seen: British Museum. 

[ ] ErkaersautikssBt, | udlnt nnngnd- 

lugit attuojgieksiet. | Kattersorsimarsnt 
J. Paulusiuiit. | Nordleen ill^^nnit. | 
[Two lines qnotation.] | 

Nakittarsimarsnt Pet. Clir. Kochib | 
nakitterivigikso^ue, | Haderslevime. | 
1853. 

Literal translatio n : Things to be though 
of I every day to be used. | Collected by J. 
Panlus. I [?] I Piinted on Pet. Chr. Koch's | 
his great piintiug-press, | at Badcrslev. 

Picture of the crucifixion wiili Eskimo title 
1 1. title 1 1. preface, signed P. Ki-agh, pp. lii-ir, 
verses pp. vi-viii, text pp. 1-400, 16®. Book of 
daily devotion entirely in the Eskimo of 
Greenland. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

My copy, bought of the Unitiits-Buchhand- 
lung, Gnadau, Saxony, coal 2 M. 80 pjT. 

Unner8<^utik8ak | emistiksiortunnut | 

Kal^dlit nuuienndtunuut, | Kablunaln 
ok&uzeenno agl^kHimarsok | nckkur- 
siHrsomit Lerkiinit, | Kal^llitilo ok^n- 
zeennut nuktersimarsok | Pellesimit | 
Poter-KragUniit. | 

Kjobenhavnime. | Louis Kleinib nak'- 
itt'eriviksoiXne. | 1867. 

Literal translation: Instructions | for mid- 
wives I Grecnlandcrs in tlieir land living j Eu- 
ropeans in their speech written | by the healer 
Lerch, | and Greenlandera into their spoeob 
translated | by the priest | Potor Kragh. | At 
Copenhagen. | On Louis Klein'tt his great print- 
ing-press. 

Second title: Underretning | for Jordoro^re 
I i Gr^ndland, | skreven paa Dausk | af | 
Chimrg Lerch, | oversat pa.i Gr^nlandsk | af 
I Praisten Kragh. | 

Kjftbenhavn. | Louis Kleins Bogtrykkcri. | 
1867. 

Pp. C-63, alternate pages Greenland and 
Danish. Eskimo title verso 1 1. Danish titlo 
recto 1. 2, 16°. 

Copies aeeti : Powell. 

Erslow titles an edition: Copenhagen, 192S^ 
4 sheets [64 pp.f ], 8o. 

Johannesib koirsirsnb nej8& innnka- 

juitsamo .... nuktersimarnok P. 
Kragh-mit. 
Haderslevime, 1871. • 

Literal translation: John's the Baptist's bis 
warning in the wilderness .... trana* 
\aXed by P. Kragh. At Haderslev. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



57 



Sregh (P.) — Continned. 

96 pp. 9P, in the Greenland language. Title 
from Dr. Bink. 

Greenland Sermons. (27.) * 

27 sheets, 8^, printed at the expense of the 
Danish lOssionary Society. Title from Dr. 
Rink. 

*' Peder Kragh, the son of Michael Kragh and 
Kirstine Jensen, was born at Gimming, then 
annexed to Banders, Koyember 20, 179i. In 
1804 he entered the school at Banders, in 
1806 the Latin school at the same place, and 
thenoe. In 1813, to the nnireraity. Ho entered 
the Greenland seminary in April, 1817; 
passed his final examination in theology in Oc- 
tober of the same year, and in January, 1818, 
was sent as missionary to Egedesmindo and an- 
nexed districts, in Disco Bay, in North Green- 
land, whither he set out in May, arriving in 
August, and before the end of the same month 
gare his first sermon in the G reenland. He re- 
mained in that office for ten years. In 1825 he 
established the mission of Upemivik, aban- 
doned forty years afterward. He left Green- 
land in July, 1828, and arriTcd at Copenhagen 
about the end of August of the same year. In 
January, 1829, he became parson at Gjerlev and 
Enslev, in the bishopric of Aarhnus, and in 
October, 1838, at Lintrup and Hjorting, in the 
bishopric of Blbe. 

** There are in circulation in Greenland by 
this author various translations, namely, In- 
gcmann's Voices in the Wilderness, and The 
High Game, Krummacher's Parables and Feast 
Book, Hans Egede's Life, and some cradle songs 
and other songs, for the publication of which 
no money could be obtained.** — ErtUw. 

XCraase (Anrel). Yeizeichniss eluiger 
Tfichuktsohisoher? und Eskiroo-Worter 
TOO der Tschnkschen Halbinsel. 

In Deutsche geographische BIftttor, herans- 
gegeben von der Geographischen Gesellschaft 
in Bremen, vol. 6, Heft 3, pp. 366-278, Bremen. 
1883, 8o. 

KilBtiimiatiit tugsiaatit. 
Kjobenhavnime, 1876. 
lAierol franjlatum : In the Christian manner 
paalms. At Copenhagen. 

115 pp. 2P. Psalm book in the Eskimo lan- 
guage of Greenland. Title from Dr. Blnk. 

Kxistosimik Mallingnaarsat • * • 
Thomasib & Kempisib. See Bgede 
(P.). 

Kmnllen (Ladwig). Contributions | to 
tbe I natoral liistory | of | Arctic Amer- 
ica, I made in connection with | the 
Howgate polar expedition, 1877-78, | 
by I Ludwig Kumlien, | naturalist of 
tbe expedition. | 



Kumlien (L.) — Continued. 

Washington: | Government Printing 
OflSce. I 1879. 

Printed cover 1 L pp. 1-179, 8°. Porms Bul- 
letin 15 of the National Museum. 

Mr. Kumlien's contributions to this pam- 
phlet are as follows: Ethnology, pp. 11-4A; 
Mammals, pp. 47-67; Birds, pp. 69-105. Tbe 
first contains a few Innuit terms passim, and 
numerals 1-10, pp. 26-27 ; the last two contain 
many names of animals and birds in the Cum- 
berland Eskimo. 

OopUM seen : Congress, Powell. 

Beprinted, in part, as follows : 

Ethnology. Fragmentary Notes on 

the Eskimo of Cumberland Sound. 
By Ludwig Kumlien. 

In Science, yoI. 1, pp. 85-88, 100-101, 2141218, 
New York. 1880, 4o.— Innuit numerals, 1-10. p. 
216. 

Kdngip tugdliata perktissutai | KaUtdlit 
misigssnissortait piv- | dlngit nunfttalo 
aktgssantai pivdlngit, | Kungip tugdli- 
ata snlivfiane agdiagsimassut 1872 me | 
Januarip 31 ane. 

Literal trantlation: The king's his nearest 
[ministers] things that he gives commands 
about I in reference to the Greenlandors their 
goTemors | and in leference to the land^s its 
wealth, I at the minister's his working place 
[offloej written in 1872 | on January 81. 

No title-page; pp. 1-18, 8^. Instructions for 
the trading posts in Greenland, in the Eskimo 
language. 

Copies seen: Powell. 

Ktipemerit niipautiiuput. See S^^ren- 
sen (B.F.). 

Kaskokwim. [Note book with various 
vocabularies, notes on the dialects of 
Koskokwim, Nunivak, &c.] 

Manuscript in possession of M. Alph. L 
Pinart. 
Kuskokwim : 

Vocabulary. See Baer (K. E. von), 

Furuhelm (H.), 
Kuskokwim, 
Vocabularies, 
Wrangell (F. von). 



Eutkutchewak : 
Vocabulary. 



Euskwdgmtit : 
Vocabulary. 



Ewigpak : 

Vocabulary. 



See Baer (K. E. von), 
Latham (B. 6.), 
Morgan (LH.), 
Bichardson (J.). 

SeeDaU(W.H.), 
Schott (W.), 
Zagoskin (L A.). 

See SchoH (W.). 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



58 



BIBLIOORAPHT OF THE 



L. 



Labrador : 
Bible: 

Pentateaob. See 

Genesis. 

Exodus. 

Leviticus. 

Numbers. 

Deuteronomy. 

Joshua. 

Judges. 

Butb. 

Samuel I-II. 

Kings I-U. 

Chronicles I-II. 

Esra. 

Nebemiah. 

Esther. 

Job. 

Psalms. 

Psalms. 

Proverbs. 

Proverbs. 

Ecolesiastes. 

Song of Solomon. 

Isalab. 

Jeremiah. 

Ezekiel. 

Daniel. 

Minor propbote. 

New Testament. 

New Testament. 

Four Gospels. 
Four Gospels. 

Four Gospels. 

Matthew (in part). 
John (in part). 

John (in part). 
John (in pnrf). 
John (in part). 

John (in part). 
John (lu part). 
John (in part). 
Acts. 
Acts. 
Acts. 

Epistles. 

Epistles. 

Revebition. 
Bible lessons. 
Biblo lessons. 
Biblo IcSHons. 
Biblo lessons. 
Bible lessons. 
Bible lessons. 
Bible lertsonn. 
Bible lessons. 
Bible lessons. 
Bible le«aQn». 



Moselil. 
Mosesib. 
Four Books. 
Four Books. 
Four Books. 
Four Books. 
Erdmann (F.). 
Erdmann (F.). 
Erdmann (F.). 
Erdmann (F.). 
Erdmann <F.). 
Erdmann (F.). 
Erdmann (F.). 
Erdmann (F.). 
Erdmann (F.). 
Erdmann (F ). 
Davidib, 
Erdra:uin (F.). 
Erdmann (F). 
Saloroonib. 
Erdmann (F.). 
Erdmann (F.). 
Prophctib. 
Salomonib. 
Salomonib. 
Salomonib. 
Salomonib. 
Tcstaroentetuk ta- 

mcdsa, 
Testamentitnk ta- 

maedsa. 
Burghanlt (C. F.), 
Tamedsa Mntth.i.Mt- 

sib, 
Testamcntitak tn- 

ma^dsn. 
Wartlcn (D.B.). 
American Bible So- 
ciety, 
Bagster (J.), 
Ilible Society, 
British and Foreign 

Biblo Society, 
Church, 

Kohlmolster(B.G.), 
Wartlcn (D. B.). 
Acts, 
Apostelit, 
Testamentitak t;i- 

niHMlsa. 
ApoHtc>lit (note), 
EpisUes. 
Apositiit (note). 
Ji'rusalcmib, 
Jesnse, 
Kauninjok, 
N&lekani, 
Nalungisk, 
NauglitAwhkoa, 
Nauk tnipkoa, 
Niikakpink, 
Nukakpiarkaek, 
Nukaplak, 



Labrador — Continued. 
Bible lessons. See 

Bible lessons. 
Bible lessons. 
Bible lessons. 
Bible stories. 
Bible stories. 
Bible stories. 
Biblo stories. 
Bible stories. 
Catechism. 
Catechism. 
Christian doctrine. 
Chronicles. 
Dictionary. 
Geography. 
Gospels (Harmony oO' 
Grammar. 
Grammar. 
Crammatio comments. 

Hymns. 

Hymns. 

Liturgy. 

Liturgy. 

Lord's Prayer. 

Lord's Prayer. 

Numerals. 

Numerals. 

Numerals. 

Prayers. 

Primer. 

Sermons. 

Songs. 

Tract. 

Yocabnlary. 

Vocabulary. 

Vocabulary. 
Vocabulary. 
Vocabulary. 
Vocabulary. 
Vocabulary. 



Senfkometiiii>lpok, 

Tamedsa, 

Tuss^ongnik, 

ITssomakaat. 

Okpemermik, 

PUUtikaet, 

Pingortitsinermik, 

Senfkomeeat^pok, 

Unipkautsit 

Bonrquiu (T.), 

Erdmann (F.). 

Jesu^jb. 

Erdmann (F.). 

Erdmann (F.). 

Eisner (A. F.). 

Nalegapta. 

Bourquin (T.), 

Freitag (A.). 

Adelnng (J. C.) and 

Vater (J. 8.). 
Imgemiit, 
Tuksiarutsit. 
liturglit atorakaat, 
Liturgiit upvalo. 
Bergboltz (O. F.). 
Sirale (F. A.). 
Antrim (RJ.). 
Cull (R.), 
Steams (W. A.) 
Tuksiarutsit 
Okautsit. 
OkAlautoit. 
Imgemtsit. 
BibeUb. 
Fry (E.), 
Latrobo (P.) and 

Washington (J.). 
Lesley (J. P.), 
LessepB(J.B.B.), 
Morgan (L. H.), 
Richardson (J.), 
Steams (W. A.). 



La Harpe (Jean Francois de). Abr^g^ | 
de I riiistoire g<$n^rale | des voyagea, 
I contenant | Ce quMl y a de plus re- 
marqnablo, do pins utile & | do mieux 
ay6,T6 dans lee Pays oil lea Voyageurs | 
ont p^n6tr^; lea rooBurs des Habitaua, 
la Keligion, | lea Usaget*, Arts & Sci- 
ences, Commerce, | Mannfactftrcjs; en- 
ricliio de Cartes g^graphiqnes | & de 
figures. | Par M. Do La Harpe, do 
rAcnd<5inio Fran^aise. | Tome premier 
[-trontc-deux]. | [Design.] | 

A Paris, I II6tcl tie Thon, rne dea 
Poitevins. | M. DCC. LXXXt-An IX.— 
IROI] [ir.SO-lHOl]. I Avcc Approbafion, 
& Privil^jro iln Roi. 

3i vols, so, nnd atlas, 1801, 4o.— Beniarka on 
the Greenland langaage, with examples (fton 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



59 



ImBl Haxpe (J. F. de) — Continned. 

Andenon, in Cook and King's Voyagoe), vol. 
18, pp. 369-377. 
Chpistteen: Astor, Congress. 

Abr^g^ I de | rHistoiro G^o^rale \ 

des voyages, | contenaot | ce qu'il y a 
de plmi remarqnable, de plan utile et 
de I mieax av€r6 dans los pays oh Ics 
voyageurHont | p6n6tT6; lea mooiirs des 
habitans, la religion, les | usages; arts 
et seiences, commerce et mannfac- | 
tares. | Par J. F. LaHarpe. | Tome 
Premier[-Viugt-qnatri6me]. | 

A Paris, | Chez Ledoux et Tenr6, 
Libraires, | Rue Pierre-Sarrozin, N<*8. | 
1816. 

24 vols. 120.— LingulsticB, vol. 17, pp 878-385. 

Oopie$M^n: British ICuseam. 

Abr^g^ i de | Thistoire g^n6rale | 

des voyages, | oontenant | ce quMl y a 
de plus remarquable, de plus utile et 
de mieux | av^r^ dans les pays oit les 
▼oyageuTs ont p^n6tr^; les | moenrs 
des habitans, la religion, les usages, 
arts et | sciences, commerce et manu- 
factures; I Par J. P. LaHarpe. | Nou- 
velle Edition, | revue et corrig^ avec 
1e plus grand soin, | et accompagn^ 
d'nn bel atlas in-folio. | Tome premier 
[-vingt-quatri^mo]. | 

A Paris, | chez £tienne Ledoux, 11- 
braire, | rue Ga6a6gaud, N^ 9. | 1820. 

24 vols. 8(>.— Linguistics, vol. 16, pp. 217-226. 

Oopiet9een: CoDj^reas. 

According to Sabln's Dictionary, No. 38632, 
there are editions: Paris, Aohille Joardan, 
182S, 30 vols. 80; Paris, 1825, 30 vols. BP ; Lyon. 
Rnsand, 1820-*80, 30 vols. 8o. 
Iiatham (Robert Qordon}. Miscellaneous 
Contributions to the Ethnography of 
North America. By R. G. Latham, M, D. 

In Philological Society [of London], Proc. 
voL 2, pp. 31-60, [London], 1816, fP. 

Table of words showing affinities among 
▼arions American tribes, indnding the Bskimo, 
PP.34-3& 

On the Languages of the Oregon 

r<3rritory. By R. G. Latham, M. D. 

In Ethnological Soo. of London, Jonmal, vol. 
I pp 151-166, Edinburgh, [1848], 8». 

A tftblo often Sasseo words showing affinity 
with various other American tribes, among 
thorn the Eskimo, p. 161. — Short comparative 
vocabnlary of the Sltca and Kadiaok, p. 163. — 
rable showing miscellaneous affinities between 
the langnagea of Oregon Territory and the Bs* 
kimo, pp. 164-163. 

On the Ethnography of Russian 

AnericA, B^ R. G. Latham, M, D. 



Latham (R. G.) — Continued. 

In Ethnological Soc. of London, Journal 
voL 1, pp. 182-191, Edinburgh, [1848], 8o. 

Contains general remarks on the classifica- 
tion of tho languages of the above region, and 
a very brief list of the vocabularies of the 
languages of that region which have been 
printed, including tho Eskimo. 

TUo I natural history | of | the 

varieties of man. | By | Robert Gordon 
Latham, M. D., F. R. S., | late Fellow 
of King's Collego, Cambridge; | one of 
the Vice-Presidents of the Ethnologi- 
cal Society, London; | Corresponding 
Member to the Ethnological Society, | 
New York, etc. | [Design.] | 

London: | John Van Voorst, Pater- 
noster Row. I M.D.CCCL [la'iO]. 

Pp. i-xxvili, 1-574, 8°.— Remarks on the 
Eskimo language, pp. 288-204. 
Oopiet teen: British Museum, Congress. 
A presentation copy (dated 1861) at the Squier 
sale, catalogue Ko. 638, brought $2.50. 

Opuscula. I Essays | chiefly | philo- 
logical and ethnographical | by | Rob- 
ert Gordon Latham, | M, A., M. D., F. 
R. S., etc. I Late Fellow of Kings Col- 
lege, Cambridge, late Professor of En- 
glish I in University College, London, 
late assistant physician | at the Middle- 
sex Hospital. I 

Williams & Norgate, | 14 Henrietta 
Street, Co vent Garden, Loudon | and | 
20 South Frederick Street, Edinburgh. 
I Leipzig, R. Hartmauu. | 1860. 

Pp. i-vi, 1-418, 9P. A reprint of a number of 
articles which appeared in tho publications of 
the Ethnological and Philological Societies of 
London. Addenda and Corrigenda, pp. 370-417, 
contain linguistic material not appearing In 
any of the former articles; amongst it ai*o the 
numera/is, 1-5, of the Eskimo, Aleutian, and 
Kamskadale, p. 410. 

Cfopietteen: Astor, Boston Public, Brinton. 
Bureau of Ethnok^y, Cungross, Watkinson. 

A presentation copy brought $2.37 at the 
Squier sale, catalogue No. G30. Tho Murphy 
copy, Ko. 1438, sold for $1. 

Elements | of | comparative philol- 
ogy. I By I R. G. Latham, M. A., M. D., 
F. R. S., <&c., I late fellow of King's 
College, Cambridge ; and late professor 
of English | in University College, Lon- 
don. I 

London: | Walton and Maberly, | 
Upper Gower street, and Ivy lane, 
Paternoster row; | Longman, Green, 
Longman, Roberts, and Green, | Pate?- 



Digitized by CjOOQIC 



eo 



mBLlOGltAMY 6P TftE 



Latham (B. G.) — Continued, 
noster row. | 1862. | The Right of 
Translation is Reserved. 

Pp. i-xxxii, errata 1 L pp. 1-774, S^.-^om- 
parative vocabalary of the TTnalashkAt Kadiak, 
Kaskatshewao, and Labrador, pp. 386-387.-^ 
Two Eskimo [Asiatio] vocabularies, p. 387. 

Copies seen: Astor, British Miweam, Ck>n* 
gress, Eames, Watkinson. 

Latrobe (Bev, Peter) and Washington 
(Capt, John). Vocabulary of the Es- 
kimo of Labrador. 

In Richardson (Sir John), Arctic Searching 
Bxpodition. pp. 483-406, London, 1851, 8^. 

Roprtuted in the New York edition of 1852, 
pp. 483-496. 

Leclero (Charles). Bibliotheoa | Ameri- 
cana I Catalogue raisonn^ | d'nne tr^- 
pr^ciense | collection de livres anciens | 
et modemes | sur FAm^riqne et les 
Philippines | Classes par ordre alphab^- 
tique de noms d'Anteurs. | RMigd par 
Ch. Leclerc. | [Design.] | 

Paris I Maisonnenve & C^ | 15, Qnai 
Voltaire | M.D.CCC.LXVII [1867] 

Pp. i-vii, 1-407, 89. Contains a number of 
Eskimo titles. 

Copies seen : Congress, Powell. 

At the Fischer sale, No. 919, a copy brought 
10s. ; at the Squier sale, No. 651, $1.50. Le- 
clerc, 1878, No. 345, prices it at 4 fr. The Mur- 
phy copy, No. 1452, brought $2.75. 

Bibliotheca | Americana | Histoire, 

g^ographie, | voyages, arch^ologio et 
lingulstique | des | deux Am^riqnes | 
et I des lies Philippines | r6dig^ | par 
Ch. Leclerc | [Design.] | 

Paris I Maisonnenve et C", libraires- 
^iteurs | 25, Qnai VolUire, 25. | 1878 

2 p. IL pp. i-xx, 1-737, 1 1. 8o.— The linguistic 
part of this volume occupies pp. 537-^3, and is ar- 
ranged under fiimilies, the A16oute occurring on 
p. 550; the Esquimau (Groenlandairt) pp. 579-581. 

Copies seen: Boston Athenaeum, Pilling. 

Priced by Quaritch, No. 12172, atl2«. ; another 
copy, No. 12173, large paper, £1 Is. Leclorc^s 
Supplement, 1881, No. 2831, prices it at 15 fr., 
and No. 2832, a copy on Holland paper, at 80 fr. 
A large-paper copy priced by Quaritch, No. 
30230, at 12f. 

Bibliotheoa ! Americana | Histoire^g^o- 

graphie, | voyages, arch^ologie et lin- 
gnistiqne | des deux Am^riques i Supple- 
ment I No I. Novembre 1881 | [Design]. | 

Paris I Maisonnenve & C'°, libraires- 
Miteurs | 25, qnai Voltaire, 25 | 1881 

Printed cover 1 I. title 1 1. advertisement 1 
L pp. 1-102, 1 1. 8P. 

Oopiss sun : Congress, PlUing. 



fends : 
Greenland. 


SeeEaladUt, 




Pok. 


Tchiglit. 


Petitot(EF.aJ.). 



Lenox : This word following a title indicates that 
a copy of the work referred to was seen by the 
compiler in the Lenox Library, New York City. 

Leroh (— ). See Kragh (P.). 

Lesley (Joseph Peter). On the Insensi- 
ble Gradation of Words, by J. P. Lesley. 

In American Philosoph. Soc Proc voL 7, 
pp. 129-155, Philadelphia 1862, 8o. 

Contains a few words on Greenland Esqui- 
maux, Labrador, and Ka^jak, pp. 130-139, 145- 
148, 148-152. 

Lesseps (Jean Baptiste Barth^lemy, 
baron de). Journal historiqne | du 
voyage | de M. de Lesseps, | Consul de 
France, employ^ dans Pexpddition | de 
]tf. le comte de la P^rouse, en qnalit^ | 
d'interpr^te du Eoi; | Depuis Pinstant 
oti 11 a quitt^ les frigates Francoises | 
au port Saint-Pierre & Saint -Paul du 
Kamtschatka, | jusqu'^ son arriv6e en 
France, le 17 octobre 1788. | Premiere 
[-seconde] partie. | [Design.] | 

A Paris, | de Timprimerie royalo. ( 
M. DCCXC [1790]. 

2 vols. 8<^.— Yocabulaire des langnes Earn- 
ischadalc, Eoriaquo, Tchouktchi et Laroonte, 
vol. 2, pp. 355-375.— Vocabnla! re de la langne 
Kamtschadale, vol. 2, pp. 376-380. 

Copies seen : British Museum, Congress. 

At the Fischer sale, No. 2517, a copy brought 
12f. 

Travels | in | Kamtschatka, | during 

the years 1787 and 1788. | Translated 
from the French of | M. de Lesseps, 
Consul of France, | and | interpreter to 
the Count de la P6rouse, now | engaged 
in a voyage round the world, by | com- 
mand of His Most Christian Majesty. | 
In two volumes. | Volume I[-II]. | 

London : | Printed for J. Johnson, St. 
PauPs Church-yard. | 1790. 

2 vols. 8®.— Linguistics, vol. 2, pp. 384-f03, 
404-408. 

Copies seen: Boston Athen»nm, British Ma- 
seam. 

Voyage | de 1 M. De Lesseps | da 

Kamtschatka en France | avec | une 
Preface par Ferdinand de Lesseps | 
[Picture.] | 

Paris I Maurice Dreyfours, fiditenr 
1 13, Rue du Faubonrg-Montniartre, 13 
I Tons droits rdserv^j [n. d.] 
Pp.i-xx, 1-248, taWo 1 1. 12o.-Voc»bulaire 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



61 



Le^aeps (J. B. B.) — Con tinned. 

des laogues Kamtsobadale, Koriaqne. Tohoak- 
tchi ei Lamoate, pp. 237-248. 
Copies teen: British Museatn. 
The edition. Riga & Leipzig, 1791, 2 vols. 12o, 
oontains no lingoistica. (British Moseam.) 
Ii«tt«n Y and L, Eskimo. Seo GalUtin (A.). 
Linguistic diaonsaion : 

Greenland. See Rink ( H. J. ). 

Woldike (M.). 
KanOit. fiockewelder (J. G. E.). 

<liaiHCRiii (iOPlil). [Lisiansky {Capt, 
Urey).] nyieuiecTBle | BOKpyrb cBtra bi | 
1803. 4. 5. M 1806 ro4axi, | no noB&rliHlio | 
ero ■HoepaTopcKaro BeiH<iecTBa | AjeBcaH4pa 
nepsaro, | ea Bopadirb | Herb, | 0041 naiajbc- 
noMi I ♦joia KaoHTauuellTeHaBTa^ Ruirii 
Baaaimea | 1-ro paRr& n RABajepa | lOpii 
JacRBCKaro. | %icti» nepBafl[~nopa«]. | 

<^RKTneTep67pn, bi nndk'pa^iR 6. ylpex- 
cjcp^i, I 1812. 

fy«suiaCiof».~Voyage | aroond the worid | 
in the yean 1803, 4, 5 and 1806 1 by order of | His 
Imperial Hijeaty | Alexander 1, | on the ship 
I Neva, I under command | of Captain-Lieuten- 
ant of the Nary, now Captain | of the Istrank | 
and Knight Urey Lisiansky. | ToL I[-II]. | 

St. Petersbarg. | in the printing-office of Th. 
Dreohalcr, | 1812. 

2 vols. 8°.— Short vocabulnry of the languages 
of the northwestern parts of America, with 
Koaaian translation; Russian -Kadiak-Kenal 
and Rnssian-Sitka-Unalashka, vol. 2, pp. 154> 
181, 182-207. 

Oepieguen: British Mnsenm, Congress. 

A I voyage round the world, | in | 

the years 1803, 4, 5, & 6; | perfonned | 
by order of his imperial majesty | Alex- 
ander the First, emperor of Rnssia, | 
in I the ship Neva, | by | Urey Lisian- 
sky, I captain in the Enssian navy, 
and j knight of the orders of St. George 
and St. Yladimer. f 

London: | Printed for John Booth, 
Duke street, Portland place; and | 
Longman, Harst, Bees, Orme, «& Brown, 
Paternoster row; | by S. Hamilton, 
Weybridge, Surrey. | 1814. 

I^ i-xxi, 1 L pp. 1-388, maps, 4<>.— Appendix 
Ko. 8, Yocabolary of the languages of the 
ialands of Cadiack and Oonalashoa, the bay of 
Kenay, and Sitca sound, pp. 329-337. 

Copi— teen : Astor, Boston Athenenm, Brit- 
ish Museum, Congress. 

A e<^»y at the Pinart sale, Ko. 1372, brought 
5f^. 

These Tocabnlaries reprinted in Davidson 
(G.). Report relatiTe to * * * Ahiska. in Coast 
Surrey, Ann. Ropt. 1867, pp. 293-208, Waslr 
iBgton, 1860, 40 ; again in Davidson (O.), Report 
T^t|T«to * * * Alaska, in Ex. Doo. 77, 40th 



.IHCflHCKiM (IOPIJI)~Continned. 

Cong., 2d sess . pp. 328-333 ; and again in Coast 
Survey, Coast Pilot of Alaska, pp. 215-221. 
Washington, 1809, 8P, For extracts seo Schott 
(W.), ZagosUn (L. A.), Zelenoi (S. J.). 
Litany, Greenland. See ilaglgsnt. 
Liturgfit I atoraksat | Jdsnsib Ania- 
viane. | 

Loudon : | Printed for the Society for 
the I Furtherance of the Gospel among 
the Heathen, | 97, Hatton Garden. | By 
Norman &, Skeen, Maiden Lane, Cov- 
ent Garden. | 1867. 

Literal tratulation : Liturgy | to be used | 
at Jesus' his time of suffering. 

Title verso blank 1 1. text entirely in the lan- 
guage of Labrador, pp. 8-48, 18^. 

Oopietteen: Pilling, PowelL 

My copy, procured of the UnitHts-Buchhand- 
lung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 70 pf. 

Liturgfit I upvalo: | tuksiarutsit, im- 
gerutillo kujalitiksat nertordlemtik- 
sallo I atoraksat illagdktnnut | Labra- 
doremdtnnut. | 

Stolpeo. I Drnck von iJub'^av Winter. 
I 1867. 

Literal tratulation: Liturgy | daily? :| 
paalms, and hymns of-t'ianksgiving and of- 
praise | a manual for congrogations | living-in- 
Labrador. | 

Title verso blank 1 1. contents pp. ili-iv, text 
entirely in the language of Labrador, pp. 1-278, 
HP. Hymns sung during week day services. 
Oopiee seen: Pilling, PoweU. 
M}' copy, procured of the Unitfits-Buohhand- 
lung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 2 M. 80 pf. 
Liturgy : 

Greenland. See Tuksiautit 

Labrador. Liturglit atoraksat, 

Liturgiit upvalo. 

Long (John). Voyages and Travels | of 
an I Indian Interpreter and Trader, | 
describing | the Mauners and Customs 

I of the I North American Indians; | 
with I an Account of the Posts | sit- 
uated on the River Saint Lauruuce, 
Lake Ontario, <&c. | To which is added, 

1 A Vocabulary | of | the Chippeway 
Language. | Names of Furs and Skins, 
in English and French. | A list of words 

I in the | Iroquois, Mohegan, Shawa- 
nee, and Esquimeaux Tongues, | and a 
table, shewing | the Analogy between 
the Algonkin and Chippeway Lan- 
guages. I By J. Long. | 

London: | Printed for the author; 
and sold by Robson, Boud-Street; Do- 
brett, I Piccadilly ; T. and J. Egerton, 
Charin^-Cross; White and Son^ Fleet- 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



62 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Long (J.)— Continued. 

I Street; Sewell, Cornhill; Edwards, 
Pall-Mali ; and Messrs. Tay- | lors, Hoi- 
bom, London; Fletcher, Oxford; and 
Bull, Bath. I M, DCC, XCI [1791]. 

1 P* !• PP* l-*3d, 1-295, map, 4*^. — Vooabnlary 
of the EsqnimMix (22 words), p. 183. 

Oojrietseen: Astor, Boston Atheneam, Brit- 
iah Mnseam, Congress, Trtimball, Watklnson. 

The copy at the Field sale, Ko. 1870, brought 
$5.60. Priced by Leclero, 1878, No. W2, at «0 
fr., an unoot copy. The Brinley copy, No. 
6661, sold for $5.50, "tree-calf, yellow edges, a 
large and exceptionally fine copy." At the Pi- 
nart sale. No. 558, it brought 20 fr. and at. the 
Marpby sale, No. 1518, $5.50. 

J. Long's I westlndischen Dolmet- 

schers und Kaufmanns | See- uud Land- 
Reisen, | enthaltend: | eiue Besohrei- 
buug der Sitten und Gewohnheiten | 
der I nordamerikanischen Wilden; j 
der I englischen Fortes oder Schanzen 
langs dem St. Loreuz- | Flusse, deui 
See Ontario u. s. w. ; | ferner | ein um- 
st&ndliches Worterbnch dor Cbippe- 
w&isohen und anderer | nordamerikani- 
schen Sprachen. | Ans dem Englischen. 
I Heransgegeben | und mit einer kurzen 
Einleitnng iiber Kauada und einer er- 
besserten | Karte versehen | von | £. A. 
W. Zimmermann, | Hofrath und Pro- 
fessor in Braunschweig. | Mit allergnli- 
digsten Freiheiten. | 

Hamburg, 1791. | bei Benjamin Gott- 
lob Hoffmann. 

Pp. i-xxiv, 1 1. pp. 1-334, map, 8<>.— Linguis- 
tics, p. 217. 

OoptMteen: Brown. 

At the Fischer sale. No. 060, aoopy brought It. 

I have seen a German edition : Berlin, 1702, 8^, 
and a French one: Paris, an II [17041, 8^, neither 
of which contains the linguistic material. I 
haTv also seen mention of an edition; Paris, 1810. 

Lord's. The Lord's Prayer | In One Hun- 
dred and Thirty-One Tongues. | Con- 
taining all the principal languages | 
spoken | in Europe, Asia, Africa, and 
America. | 

London : | St. PanPs Publishing Com- 
pany, I 12, Paternoster Square. | [n.d.] 
Title rerso blank 1 L pre&ce, signed F. Pin- 
cott, fellow of the Boyal Asiatic Society, pp. 
1>2, contents pp. 3-4, text pp. 5-62, 12<>.— Lord's 
Prayer in the Greenland, p. 58. 
Copist teen : Church Missionary Society. 
Lord's Prayer: 

Aleut. See Gebet. 

Eskimo. Atkinson (C.;, 

HalKCF.). 
Boetler (~). 



Lord's Prayer — Continued. 

Greenland. Adelnng (J. C.) and 

Vat«r (J. 8.), 
Auer (A.), 
BergholU (G. F.), 
Bergmann (G. Ton), 
Bodoni (J. B.), 
Kgede (H.), 
Fanyel-Gouraod (P.), 
Herras (L.), 
Lord's Prayer, 
Marcel (J. J.), 
Naphegyi (G.), 
Bichard (L.), 
Strale (F. A.). 

Hudson Bay. Peck (E. J.). 

Labrador. Bergholti (G. F.), 

Strale (F. A.). 

Lo'we (F.) Wepjaminow iiber die alea- 
tischen Inselu uud deren Bewohner 
Von Herm F. Lowe. 

In Erman (A.), Arobiv Hir wissensohsft- 
Uche Kunde von Russlaud, voL 2, pp. 450-495, 
BerUn, 1842, 8°. 

Brief remarks on the Aleut language, pp. 4M- 
487. 

Reprinted as follows : 

Les Isles Al^utes et leurs habitants. 

Par M. Venjaminov. Article de M. Er- 
man [F. Lowe]. Traduit doPallemaud. 
In NouTcUes Annales ties Yoynges, vol. 2, 
1840 (vol. 122 of the collection), pp. C6-«2. 
Paris, n. d. 8°, and vol. 4, 1840 (vol. 124 of th« 
collection), pp. 112-148, Paris, n. d. 8o. 

Ludewig (Hermann E.). The | litera- 
ture I of I American aboriginal lan- 
guages. I By I Hermann E. Ludewig. | 
With additions aud correctioms | by 
Professor Wm. W. Turner. | Edited by 
Nicnlas Trtibner. | 

London: | TriibnerandCo.,60, Pater- 
noster row. I MDCCCLVIII [1858]. 

Pp. i-viii, I 1. pp. ix-xxiv, 1-258. BP. Ar- 
ranged alphabetically by families. Addenda 
by Wm. W. Tumor and NicoUs Trfibnor, pp. 
210-246, index pp. 247-250, errata pp. 257-258. 

Contains a list of grammars and vocabularlce 
of the following peoples: Aglegmates, pp. 3-4; 
Alentans, p. 4; Eskimo, pp. 60-72, 22C-221; 
Fox Islands, pp. 74, 221; Inkiiliirchltiate or 
Kau^ulit, pp. 86, 223; Kui|jak, pp. 90-91 ; Ktis- 
kokwimos, Tchwagmjutes, Knskutscbcwak, 
or Kushknkchwakroutes, pp. 08, 220; Norton 
Sound, p. 134; Prince William's Sound, p. 154; 
Tschugatschi, p. 101 ; Tsohnlctchi, pp. 101, 242; 
Ugalenzi, pp. 104, 243; Unalasbka, pp. 195. 244. 

Copies seen: Congress, Eamos, Pilling. 

A copy at the Fischer sale, No. 000, brought 
fit. 6d. ; at the Field sale. No. 1403. $2.63; at the 
Squier sale^ No. 600, $2 62; auiithcr copy, laM, 
#2.38. Priced by Lecleic, 1878, No. 2075, at 15 
fr. The Pjn.irt copy. No. 565, sold fur 25 tt. 
and the Murphy copy. No. 1540, for $2.60. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAOE. 



63 



Lather's Cateohism: 

GreeulaDd. See AJokieraoaUt. 

Egede (H.). 
Egede (Paul), 
KatekiamnBe. 
IiQtke (Fr^^rio). Voyage | autourdu 
moude, | ex^ut^ par ordre | de sa 
majesty j'eniperenr Nicolas I^, | Sar 
. la Corvette Le S^niavine, | Dans lea 
ann^es 1826, 1»27, 1828 et 1829, | par 
Fr^d^rio Lntk6, | capitaine de vais- 
aeaa, aide-de-oamp de S. M. Teaipe- 
reur, j commandant de rexpMitiou. | 
Partie Historique, | avoc uu atlas, 
lithographic d'aprds les dessins origi- 
naax | d'Alexandre Postels et du 



Latk^ (F.) — Continued. 
Baron Kittlitz. | Traduit da msse 
sar le manuscrit original, sons les 
yeux I de Pauteur, | par le conseiller 
d'etat F. Boy€. | Tome premier[-troi- 
si^me]. I 

Paris, I typographic de Firroin Didot 
Fr^res, | imprimeurs de Tinstitnt, rae 
Jacob, N» 24. | 1835[-1836]. 

8 vols, mapa, 8^, apd atlaa, folio.— Remarks 
upon the laoguage and a vooabolary of the 
Oaoalaohka, yoI. 1, pp. 236-247. 

OojpU9$9en: CoDgress. 

Ball and Baker's Bibliography of Alaska 
gives a brief title of an edition: Paris, £ngel- 
man & ae. 1835-1888. 



M. 



IfKeeror (Thomas). A | voyage | to | 
Hudson's Bay, | daring the summer | 
of 1812. I Containing | a particular 
account of the icebergs and other | 
phenomena which present themselves | 
in those regions; | also, | a description 
of the Esquimeaux and North Ame- | 
rican Indians; their manners, customs, 
I dress, language, &c. &c. d^c. | By | 
Thomas M'Keevor, M. D. | of the Dub- 
lin Lying-in Hospital. | [Six lines.] | 

London: | Printed for Sir Richard 
Phillips and Co. | Bride-Court, Bridge- 
Street. I 1819. 

3 p. 0. pp. 1-76, 9P. Appended, with full 
title-page, is: Voyage to the North Pole, by the 
CheTalier de laPoix.de Freminville, pp. 77-96. 
Vorms portion of roL 2 of New Voyages and 
Travels, London, Printed for Sir. Richard 
PhlUips ft Co.— Vocabulary (27 words) of the 
Esqahnanx, pp. 20-80. 

Copies 9etn: British Hnseum, Congress. 



Voeabnlary. iee Bannister (H. M.), 

DaU (W. H.), 
Pinart (A. L.), 
Smith (B. E.), 
Whymper (P.). 
KaiaoniMinre : This word follow i ng a title ind icates 
thai a copy of the work referred to was seen by 
the compiler iu the publishing house of MaL 
sonneove Fr6reset Ch. Leclvrc, Paris, France. 

Maroel (Jean Jacques). Oratiodomin- 
ica I CL Unguis versa. | ot propriis cu- 
jusque linguA | characteribus | plerum- 
que expreasa; | Edento J. J. Marcel, | 
iypographeii imperialis administro 
generali. | [Design.] | 

Farisiis, | typis imperialibns. | Anno 
repar. sal. 1805, 1 imperiiqae Napoleon is 
primo. 



Maroel (J. J. ) — Continued. 

Half-title reverse blank 1 1. titio reverse 
Lord's Prayer in Hebrew (version No. 1) 1 L 
text 80 unnumbered U. index 4 II. dedication 1 L 
large 8^. The versions are numbered 1-150.~ 
Lord's Prayer in Groenlandlce (ex Brang. 
groenlandico HafhiiB edito), Ko. 132. 

Chpiet $eeni British Museum, Congress. 

Some copies printed on large paper, with the 
5 U. dedication and index immediately fuUow- 
ing the title leaf; the versos of most of the 
leaves are blank, and the whole work is dl* 
vided by half-titles into four parts: Asia, Eu- 
rope, Africa, America; 161 U. 4P. (Congress.) 

Mariettl (Pietro), editor, Oratio Domin- 
ica I in CcL. llngvas versa | et | 
CLXXX. charactervm formis | Tel nos- 
tratibvsvel peregrinis expressa | cvrante 
I Petro Marietti | Eqvile Typographo 
Poutificio I Socio Aduiinistro | Typo- 
graphei | S. Consilii de Propaganda 
Fide I [Printer's device.] | 

Romae | Anno M. DCCC. LXX 
[1870]. 

5 p. U. (balftiUe, title, and dedication) pp. 
xi-xxvii, 1-319, 4 11. indexes, 4o.— Lord's Prayer 
in the Greenland, p. 309. Titie furnished by 
Dr. J. H. Trombuli from oopy in his poe 
session. 

Markham (Clements Robert). Tlie Arc- 
tic Highlanders. By C. R. Markli.im, 
Esq. 

In Bthnologicnl Sot: o.* l^mdon Tr%ns. voL 
4, pp. 125-137, Londou, IHJO, 8°. 

A abort comparative vocabulary of the 
Greenlandera and Siberian, p. 133. 

Beprintcd in Ruyal Geographical Society of 
London's Arrtio GeORmphy and Ethnology, 
pp. 175-189, London, 1875, 8". The vocabulary 
occurs on p. 183 names of Arotio Highlanders, 
pp. 188-189. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



61 



BIBLIOGEAPHY OF THE 



Markham (C. R.)— Coutinued. 

Language of the Eskimo of Greenland. 

In Hoyal 6eo{{. Soc. of Londou, Arctic 
Geograpliy and Eflinology, pp. 18»-229, Lou- 
don, 1875, 8°. 

In addition to a lengthy Vocabulary Mr. 
Markbam gives the Eskimo names of many 
geographic features, with English significa- 
tions. The above is the tblrd of a series of 
"Papers on the Greenland Eskimo," by Mr. 
Markham, In this voluino. 

Massmchusetts Historic^ Society : These words 
followlDg a title indicate that a copy of the 
work refeiTed to was seen by the compiler in 
the library of that society, Boston, Maas. 

Medical Manual : 
Greenland. 



See Hagen (C), 
Kragh (P.). 
Budolph (— ). 

ICednoTsUe Vocabulary. See WrangoU (F. von). 

Mentzel (— ). [Jesus the Friend of Chil- 
dren, in the language of Greenland.] • 
"Brother Mentzel translated a small duo- 
decimo book entitled 'Jesus the Friend of 
Children,' being a short compendium of the 
Bible, written for children and recommended 
by a society of pious ministers In Denmark for 
distribution among the Oreenlanders of both 
missions. "^Oram. 

Miriewo (T. Y. de). See Yankiewitch 
(T.). 

Moroh (Johan Christian). See Kragh 

(P.). 
Morgan (Lewis Henry). Smithsonian 
Contributions to Knowledge. | 218 Sys- 
tems I of I consanguinity and affinity | 
of the I human family. | By | Lewis 
H. Morgan. | 

Washington City: | Published by the 
Smithsonian Institution. | 1871. 

Outside title 1 1. pp. l-xiv, i-xii, 1-590, 4©. 
Forms vol. 17 Smithsonhin Contributions to 
Knowledge.— Comparative vocabulary of the 
Eskimo of Behriwg's Sea (Kuskutchewak) from 
Richardson; of Hudson's Bay, from Gallatin; 
of Labra<lor, from Latrobo; of Northumber- 
land Inlet; of Greenland, from Cranz and 
Egede, p. 268.— List of relationships of the Es- 
kimo west of Hudson's Bay, by Clare; of 
Greenland, by Klelnschmldt ; and of North- 
nmberland Inlet, lines 78-80, pp. 293-382. 
Copieg seen : Congress, Enmes, Powell. 
At the Sqnier sale, catalogue No. 889, a copy 
brought $5.50. Priced by Quaritch, No. 12425*, 
at £4. 
Morlllot {Abh^, Mythologie et I^gendes 
des Esquimaux du Groenland. 

In Soci6t6 Phiiologlque. Actes, vol. 4, 215- 
268, Pari?, 1875, 8°. Contains remarks on the 
IBslUmo langna^. 



Morillot {Abb^) — Continued. 
Separately issued as follows: 

Actes I de la I Socidt^ Philologique | 

Tome IV.— No. 7.— Juillet 1874. | My- 
thologie & L^gendes | dee | Esqui- 
maux I du Groenland | 

Paris I Maisonneuve & Cie, Li- 
braires-Editeurs | 15, Quai Voltaire, 
15 I 1874. 

Printed tide on cover, pp. 215-288, 8o. 
Oopiet seen : Astor, Trumbull. 
Moselil Aglangit. | The | Five Books of 
Moses I translated into the | Esqaimaox 
Language. | By the Missionaries | of the | 
Unitas Fratruui, I or, | United Breth- 
ren. I Printed for the use of the Mis- 
sions by I The British and Foreign Bi- 
ble Society. | 

London. | W. M'Dowall, Printer, 
Pemberton Row, | Gough Square. | 

1841. 

Pp. 1-690, 16°, entirely In the language of Lab- 
rador. A portion of the work (Genesis), pp. 
1-166, was issued in 1834 with the title: Mosesib 
Aglangita; and the remainder, pp. 167-6W, 
In 1841 with the Utle: Four Books of Moses. 

Oopiet eeen : British and Foreign Bible So- 
ciety, British Museum. 

Bagater's Bible of Every Land mentions an 
edition of 1847— probably a typographic error. 
Moaesib Aglangita | Sivorlingit | Assin- 
gitalo tuksiarutsiuingit nertordleru- 
tingillo I imgerusertaggit. | The book of 
Genesis | translated into the | Esqui- 
maux language, | by , the missionaries | 
of the I Unitas fratrum, or, United 
brethren. | Printed for the use of the 
mission, | by the British and Foreign 
Bible Society. | 

London: | W. M'Dowall, Printer, 
Pemberton Row, Gough Square. | 

1834. 

Literal trantlaHon: Moses his books | their 
first I and the others their hymns and means- 
of -praising | In song. 

Title 1 1. pp. 3-166, 1 1. leo, entirely in the 
Eskimo language of Labrador, Seo Moaalil 
Aglangit. 

Copies seen : British and Foreign Bible Sc 
cicty. 

Priced by Triibner [18561, No. 667, at 5»., and 
In Leclerc's Supplement, No. 2671, at 5 fr. 

MUller {Dr. Friedrich). Grundriss | der | 
Sprachwissenschaft | von | D'. Fried- 
rich MUller I Professor [&c. five lines]. 
I I. Band. | Einleitung in di»5 Sprach- 
wissenschaft.— Die Sprachen der woU- 
haari^en Eassenf-ll. Band]. | 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



65 



Miner ( P. ) — ContiDiied. 

Wien 1877[-18821. | Alfred Holder | 
K. K. Hof- and Uuiversitate-Bachhaod- 
lor. I RotheDthamistraBse 15. 

2 rols. in firar parts, SP, each volame with 
am oatoide title and each part with a double 
title. Vol. 2, part 1, which inclades the Amer- 
ican laosoagea, lias the following special title : 

Die Sprachen | der ) schliohthaarigen Ras- 
wn I Ton I Dr. Friedrich Mailer i Professor 
[As. eight lines]. 1 1. Abthefloog. | Die Sprachen 
der luutraUschen, der hyperboreischen | and 
der amdrikaaisehen Bassen. | 

Wien Uffi t Alfrad Bolder | K. K. Hof- and 
Uslrersitits • Buchhftndler 1 Bothentharm- 
atnmtt 15. 

Pp. i-x. 1-440, 8o.— Die Spraohe der Alenten, 
pp. 14C-16I : Innnit (Eskimo), pp. 163-180. 

Copia men : Astor, British Moseom, Powell, 
TTatkinson. 
[Mnller {Rev, yalentine).] Tuksiaatit | 
crioiiglit | Testamentitokame aglek- | 
aimanat. | [Design.] | 

Badissime | nakkitaTsimarsat Ernst 
Uoritz Monsibme. | 1842. 

IMtrultrandaHcn: Psalms | liaringatane i 
in the Old Testament written. | At Baatsen | 
priated at Ernst Moritz Mod8*s. 

Titio verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-200, 12o. 
r«alms of David entirely in the langoage of 
Greenland. See Darldib; see also Kristnm- 
iatit. 

CVpietsMn: Pilling, Powell 

U J copy, booght of the Unitiits-Bucliliand- 
long. Onadan, Saxony, cost 2 M. 

''A version of the Psalms [in Greenland 
Eddmol, prepared by the Bev. Yalentine 
Holler, one of the Moravian miuionaries. 
from Lather's German version, and carefully 
compared with the original, was pabllshed by 
the British and Foreign Bible Society in 1842, 
the edition consisting of 1,200 copies."— .Boi^ter. 

A later edition as follows : 

[ ] Taksiaatit | erinaglit Testamenti- 

tokame aglek- | simarsut. | [Design.] | 

Badissinie | nakkitarsimarsat Ernst 
Uantz Monsibme. | 1843. 

Title ynso blank 1 L text pp. 3-200, 12^. 
Faalms of David in Eskimo of GreenUuid. 

Oopin Htn: British Mnseum. 



Miirdooh (John). Catalogue of ethno- 
logioal specimens collected by the Point 
Barrow Expedition. Prepared by John 
Mordoch, A. M., Sergeant Signal Corps, 
U. S. Army. 

In Beport of the International Polar Expe- 
dition to Point Barrow, Alaska, pp. 01-87. 
Washington, 188S. 4o. 

Gives the Eskimo names of many of the 
specimens 

Natural history. By John Murdoch, 

A. M., Sergeant Signal Corps, U. S. 
Army. 

In Beport ot the International Polar Expe- 
dition to Point Barrow, Alaska, pp. 80-200. 
Washington, 1885, 4o. 

Thronghout sections I-III are given many 
Eskimo names of mammals, birds, and fishes. 

[Lingnisiio results of the Point Bar- 
row Expedition.] 

Manuscript in possession of its author. Mr. 
Murdoch, who is now librarian of the Smith- 
sonian Institation, has compiled all the vocab- 
ularies and grammatic notes collected by the 
different members of the expedition— Lieut. 
Bay, Dr. Oldmixon, Capt. Herendeen, and him- 
self—and has transliterated them into a uni- 
form spelling, nearly the same as that adopted 
by the Bareau of Ethnology. The vocabu- 
lary forms 132 pp. folio, containing about 
1,100 words, among which are represented at 
least 690 radicals. These radicals are arranged 
alphabetically, each followed by its own com- 
pounds after the pattern of Part I of Klein- 
Schmidt's Grenlandsk Ordbog. Following 
each word is the corresponding word in the 
dialects of Greenland, Labrador, and the 
Mackenzie Blver District, taken firom the 
standard dictionaries, for the purpose of com- 
parison, and the corresponding English trans* 
lation. 

In addition to the vocabulary, there is a list 
of 90 "affixes" or inseparable words, corre- 
sponding to Part II of the Grenlandsk Ordbog. 
Mr. Murdoch is still engaged in working up the 
grammatic notes, which are quite scanty, and 
in comparing the material collected with the 
language of Greenland as represented in the 
standard authorities. 



N. 



VacdMatoniatit emaglit. See Joren- 

een (T.). 
Vaitaimgordlago no nab aglautigonera. 

8eelKraadaU(E. A.). 
Valesanta Jesusil Kristnsim Annaur- 

cirsinta snllirsei, okantsinuik Tussar- 

nersnnnik, Aglegniartut sissamaot Pis- 

fitaoiimapnt Attanteimut. 
Barbine. 1804. 



Naleganta — Continued. 

Literal tran»lation: Our Lord Jesus Christ 
the Savior's his works, in words pleasant to 
hear. Writings four are collected into one. 
At Barby. 

280 pp. 120. Harmony of the Gospels, in the 
Greenland language.— iSoMn't IHoUonary, No. 
22801. 

Priced in Triibner's catalogne, 1850, Ko. 000 
at 59. t and in No. 071 at 7«. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



66 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Naleg^pta | Jesosib Kristosib i Piulijipta 
I PinniarniDgity Jkuialdrvinga | Nellin- 
tingmct I Okautsiuuik Tiissarnertuu- 
iiik. I Aglengniartat SittaniJDt | Katis- 
eimj^vut at- \ tautsiiuat. | [Design,] | 
Barbinio, 1800. 

Literal trantlation: Our Lord | Jesus Christ I 
the Savior's | irorka bis suffering | whou the 
appointed time canto | in words ploasing-to- 
hoar. I Writings four are collected | into one. | 
At Barby. 

Pp. 1-132, 12°. Uarmonj of tho Gospels, in 
the dialect of Labrador. 

The only copy I have soon, that at tho 
Brinloy sole, Ko. 5G39, broaght $8.50. 

Nalegapta Jesnsib Kristusib, piulijipta 

pinniarningit ; okautsinik tnssaruortu- 

niky aglaugniartut sittamsct, kattisi- 

mavat attantBimut. Printed for tho 

Brethren's Society for tUe furtherance 

of the Gospel among the Heathen ; for 

tho use of the Christian Esquimaux 

in tho Brethren's settlements, Nain, 

Okkak, and Hopedale, on the Coast of 

Labrador. 

Londonneme, W. M^. Dowallib, 1810. * 

Literal tranOation : Our Lord Jesus Christ, 

the Savior's works; in words plcasingto-hear, 

. writings four are collected into one. 

Title from Lcclerc'a Blbliotheca Americana 
(18G7). No. 1401, where it is said to be tho New 
Testament. The translation of tho title shows 
it to be an edition of the Harmony of tho Gos* 
pels. See note to Eohlmelster (B. G.). 

Nalegauta | Jesusib Kristiisib | anuaiir- 
sirsivta | suUirsei | okautsinnik tussar- 
nersunnik aglengni- | artut sissamaet 
pissitausimaput | attautsimut. | [De- 
sign.] I 

Bndissime | Ernst Gottl^b Monsib 
nakkittaogei. | 1829. 

Literal translation : OurLonl | Jesus Christ I 
the Savior's | his works | in words pleasing- to- 
hoar I writings four are collected | into ono. | 
At Bautzen ! Ernst Gottlob Mons printed them. 

Pp. 1-280, 10°. Harmony of the four Gospels, 
entirely in tlio Greenland language. 

Copies seen: Pilling, i*owell. 

My cqpy, purchased of the ITuitttts-Buch 
haudlung, Gnadan, Saxony, cbst 1 M. 60 pf. 

Nalekab okansee. | [Picture.] 

Literal translation : The Lord's his words. 
No title-page; 1 p. 1. pp. 1-8, 24*^. Bible les 
sons in the language of Greenland. — Matth. 15, 
21-28 ; Luk. 8, &-8 ; Lnk. 22. 39-44 ; Ebr. 1218-24 
. Copies seen: American Tract Societ3^ 

N&lekam okausioga. | [Picture.] 

LUeral translation : The Lord's his words. 
No title-page ; 1 p. I. pp. 1-8, sq. 24^. Bible 



N&Iekam — Conti nucd. 

lessons in the Eskimo language of Labrador. — 
Matth. 15, 21-28; Luk. 8,r>-18; Lak. 22, 39-441 
Ebr. 12, 18-24. 
Copies seen: American Tract Society. 

Nalunaerutit | sinerissap kujat&ne mi- 
sigssaissut | pivdlugit. | 186^1866 
[-1867]. I 

Meddelelser | vedkommende For- 
standerskaberne | i Sydgr0nland. | 1862 
-1866[-1867]. 

LitercU tranriaUon: Commnnioations | the 
coast's in its southern part rules | being con- 
cerned. 

8 parts ! 1 p. L pp. 1-172, 1-20, 1-7, 9P. 

Copies seen: Powell. 

Nalunaerutit | sinerissap ki^gatftne mi- 
Bigssnissut pivdlugit. | 7-^. | 1868-70. | 

Meddelelser | yedkomraende For- 
standerskaboruo i Syd- | gr^uland. | 
7-9. I 1868-70. 

1 p. 1. pp. 1-87, 80. 

Copies seen : PoweU. 

Nalunaerutit | sinerissap kujat&ue mi- 
sigssuissut pivdlugit. | 10. | 1870-71. | 

Meddelelser | vedkomuiende | For- 
standerskaberue i Sydgr^nland. | 10. | 
1870-71. "-^ 

1 p. 1. pp. 1-54, 6®. 

Copies seen: PowclL 

Nalunaerutit | sinerfssame knjatdlarnie 
roisigssuissut | pivdlugit. 1 11. 1 1871-72 1 
Meddelelser, | vedkommende | For- 
standerskabeme i Sydgr^nland. | II. | 
1871-72. 

1 p. 1. up, 1-48, 80. Reports conceroing the 
Municipal Council of South OreenUnd. and 
RtatisUcal tables. Printed at Godthaab.GrecQ. 
land. 
Copies seen: Powell. 

Nalungiak Bethleheme. | [Picture.] 
[Stuttgart, J. F. Steinkopf.] | 1847. 
Literal translation : Tho child bom at Beth- 
lehem. 

1 p. 1. pp. 1-8, 1€P. Bible lessons in the Ian- 
gunge of Labrador. 
Copies seen: American Tract Society. 
Namolli : 

Numerals. See Erman (G. A.). 

Vocabulary. Schott (W.). 

Ndp^simaBBUgdllt atnartagagssait. 
SeoHagen(C.). 

Naphegyl (Oabor). The | Album of | 
Language | illustrated by the | Lord's 
Prayer | in | One hundred Languages. | 
By G.Naphegyi, M.D.,A. M. | Membec 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



67 



Naphegjri (G. ) — Continued. I 

of tbe <<Sociedad Geografica y Estadis- 
tica" of Mexico, | and '^Mejoras Mate- 
riales" of Texooo. | 

Litb. & Printed in colors by Edward 
Herliue, | G30 Cbestnnt St. Philadel- 
phia, i Published | by | J. B. Lippincott ! 
& Co. I Philadelphia. | 

Printed tUle : The | Albam of LangiiAj^e. | 
niiictntod by | The Lord's Prayer | in | One 
Hundred Lftoguaj^es, | with | historical de- 
seriptioiia of the principid hmgoagea, inter- 
linear translation and | pronunciation of each 
prayer, a dissertation on the hingnagee of | 
the world, and tables exhibiting all known | 
huigoages, dead and living. | By | G.Kaphegyi, 
IL D. A. M. I Member of the ''Sociedad Geo- 
^rafica y Estadistica," of Mexico, and " Mo- 
Joraa Materiales,** of Texooo, of the | Kumis- 
natio and Antiqaarian Society of Philadel-. 
phia.eto.|(I>eeign.]| 

Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | 1869. 

Pp. 1-324, 40. The Lord's Prayer in the hin- 
gnage of Greenland, p. 905. 

Copies aeen: Boston PabUc, British Mnsenm, 
Congress. 

Naughtawkkoa kollin-illoaet f | [Pict- 
ure.] 

[N. p.] 1844. 

Literal tran$lation: Where are the nine f 

Ko title-page ; 1 p. L pp. 1^, 10°. Bible stories 
in the langoage of Labrador.— Lac. 4, 24-?6, p. 
1 : Lne. 4. 27. p. 2; Jao. 5, 16-18, pp. 3-4 ; Matth. 
23, 34-39, pp. &-e; 2 Timoth. 1, 1-^; 2 Timoth. 
3, 15-17, pp. 7-a 

Copies seen: American Tract Society. 

Nank taipkoa neinenik f | [Picture of Es- 
kimo. ] 

[N.p.] 1844. 

Literal tramlalion : Where are the nine f 

Ko title-page ; 1 p. L pp. 1-8, 16°. Bible stories 
in tbe langoage of Labrador.— Lnc. 4, 24-26, p. 
1; Lao. 4, 27, p. 2; Jaoobi 5, ie-18, pp. 8-4; 
Matth. 23, 34-39, pp. 5^; 2 Timoth. 1. 1-5; 2 
Timoth. 8, 15-17, pp. 7-8. 

Thoagh this tract has the same oontents as 
that Utied Nanghtawkkoa holUnillooetf it U 
not the same work; where tbe stories ran 
throagh more than one page, the pages do not 
end alike. There are also verbal di8<:repancies 
thronghont 

Copies eeen: American Tract Society. 

VelBon (Edward William). Eskimo- 
English Vocabnlary. 

Manayerlpt, pp. 1-219, folio, alphabetically 
arranged. Written ou one side only. Phrases 
and sentences, English-Eskimo, alphabetically 
arranged, pp. 176-219. In the library of the 
Bnreaa of Ethnology. 

This manoflcript contains material from 12 
dialects of the region visited by the aatbor. 
Somoof the dialects are represented by bat a 



See Morgan (L. U.). 
Morgan (L. H.). 



Nelaon (E. W.) — Con tinned. 

comparatively few words, from 100 upwards, 
while one, the Unalit, is represented byaboat 
2,500, in addition to namerous phraites and sen- 
tences. With tbo exception of the Unalit, the 
words of all the other dialects are preceded by 
a distinguishing initial letter. 

Mr. Nelson is arranging tbo Eskimo-English 
portion of his work, and also his notes upon tlio 
grammar and remarks upon the geographic 
distribution of the dialects. These, he thinks, 
will occupy about 600 pages of manoscript 

Netzvietoflf (Rev. Jacob). See Venla- 

minoff (J.) and Netzvietoff (J.). 
JXe^^rton (Alfred). Notes on Birds which 
have been found in Greenland. 

In Royal Society [of Londonl. Manaal of the 
Nat. Hist. Gfol. and Physh-s of Greenland. 
&c pp 94-115. London, 1875. B^. 
Esquimaux names of birds passim. 
Noonatarghmeotes Yocabuhiry. See Oldmixon 

(G. S.). 
Noowookmeutes Vocabulary. See Oldmixon (G. 

S.). 
Korthamberland Inlet: 
Helationships. 
Vocabulary'. 
Norton Sound : 

Orammatio comments. See Adelang (J. C.) 
and Vater (J. 
S.). 
Vocabulary. Adelung (J. C.) 

and Vater (J. 
S.), 
Bryant (— ), 
Fry (E.). 
Words. Yankiewitch 

(T.). 
Notes on the Unalaskan Islands; 

Aleor-. See Veniaminoff (J.). 

Atka. Veniaminoff (J.). 

Notice snr les mccnrs et contAmes des 
Indiens Esquimaux de la bale do 
BaffinSy an p61e arctique, snivio d'uu 
vocabulaire esquimaux-fran^ais. 
Tours: Mame. 1826. • 

24 pp. 120. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
No. 22863. 

Nouvelle Bretagne. Yicariat Aposto- 
lique d'Athabaska et Mackenzie. 

In Annales de la Propag. de la Foi, vol. 43, 
pp. 457-478, Paris, 1871, 8°. 

Contains remarks on the Esqaimaux and 
Cris languages. 

Nukakpiak pemertok saniarsimarsok. | 
[Picture.] | 

[Drnct von J. F. Steinkopf, in Stutt- 
gart.] I 1849. 

1 p. I. pp. 1-8, 1(P. Biblo lessons in the 
lu>gaage of Labrador. 

Copies seen: American Tract Socie^. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



6a 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Nnkakpiarksek, Gademik okan- | seeni- 
glo assseniktak. | [Pictare of Bible.] | 

[Druct von J. F. Steinkopf in Statt- 
gart.] 1 1851. 

Literal translation : Tho two yoaths | God 
and his words loving. 

1 p. L pp. 1-7. 160. Bible lessons in ih6 
Isngiuige of Labrador. 

Copies §een: American Tract Society. 

Nukapiak angerarviksab nelliunlngane. 
I [Pictare.] | 

[Druot von J. F. Steinkopf in Stutt- 
gart] I 1849. 

Literal trandation : The yoath his own de* 
partore's at its time. 

1 p. L pp. 1-8. IdP. Bible lessons in the lan- 
guage of Labrador. 
Copies seent American Tract Society. 
Mnmeralsi 

Alent See Adelong (J. CX and 

Tater (J. S.). 
BayniUky (S. N.). 
Coxe (W.), 
Brman (O. A.). 
Latham, (R. O.), 
Pott (A. F.). 
Behring Strait. Baer (K. E. von). 

Cumberland Strait Cnll (R.). 

Cook River. Dixon (G.). 

Eskimo. Haldeman (S. S.), 

Latham (R. G.), 
Pott (A. F.), 
Sutherland (P. C). 
Greenland. Advluni^ (J. C.) and 

Vater (J. S.), 
Antrim (B. J.). 
Igloolik. Baer (K. E. Ton). 

Innuit Hall (C. F.), 

Kumlien (L.). 
Kadiak. Adelung (J. C.) and 

Yater (J. S.). 



Numerals — Continaed. 

Kadiak. See Baer (K. E. von), 

Erman (O. A.). 
Pott (A. F.). 

EAogJulit Brman (G. A.). 

Kamskadale. Latham (R. O.). 

Labrador. Antrim (B. J.), 

CuU (R.), 
Erman (G. A.), 
Steams (W. A.). 

Prince William Sound. Bnschmann (J. C. B. 
von), 
Dixon (G.). 
Forster (J. Q. A.), 
Portlock (N.) aad 
Dixon (G). 

Tschnktschi PoU (A. F.). 

Tsohugazi. Pott (A. F.). 

Unalsska. Baer (K. E. von). 

Nunalemtit. Nangme sanat, 1858. * 
Literal trunslation : Means for thinking about 

tho earth. At the Point [Godthaab] published. 
60 pp. 80. Geography in Greenland Eskimo. 

Title from Dr. Rink. 

Nunap missigssnissok. SeeRiiik(H. J.). 

Noniwok Island Yocabulary. See Busohnuum 

(J. C. E.). 
Mnshergigmfit Yocabulary. See Dall (W. H.). 

[Nyemp (Rasmus)]. Dansk-norsk | Lit- 
teraturlexicoD. | F0r8te[-Andeu] Halv- 
doL |A-L[-M-JJ]. I 

Kj0benhavn. | Trykt, paa den Gyl- 
dendalske Boghandlings Forlag, i dot 
Sckaltziske Offioin. | 1818[-1819]. 

2 vols. sm. 40, arranged alphabetically by 
authors. Contains biographies of a number of 
authors who have writton in the Eskimo and 
lists of their works. 

Copies seen: Congress. 



O. 



Ode, Greenland. See Brodersen (J.). 

OkAlautsit I attoraksat | kattimi^anut 
Sontagine, | pilaartomik | kattiinav- 
ingmit apsiniancrme. | Sermons | 
printed for the S. F. G. iu London, j 
for the use of the Moravian Mission iu | 
Labrador. | 

Stolpen: | Gustav Winterib ndner- 
lauktangit, | 1870. 

Literal translation : Discourses | things to be 
used I for congregations on Sundays | espe- 
cially I by tho church on (?) | Stolpen : | Gustav 
Winter's his printings. 

Title verso blank 1 1. contents verso blank 
1 1. text (sermons 1-18) entirely in the language 
of Labrador, pp. 1-140, IdP. 
Copies seen: Pilling, Powell 



OldQautsit — Continnod. 

My copy, from the Unitiits-Bochbandlung, 
Gnadau, Saxony, cost 2 M. 
A second series as follows : 

OkAlautait | attoraksat | kattim^unnt 
Sontagine, | piluartomik kattimaving- 
mit I apsimanerme. | Sermons and 
addresses | printed for the 8. F. G. in 
London, | for the nse of the Moravian 
Mission in | Labrador. | 

Stolpen: | Gustav Winterib ndner- 
lauktangit. j 1871. 

Title verso blank 1 1. contents verso blank 
1 1, text (sermons 10-35) entirely in the language 
of Labrador, pp. 1-127, 199, Followed by: 

I Ok&lautsit I attoraksat I kattimi^nnat 
SontaginOi | nvloksiorvingnelOy anla- 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



69 



OklUantsit— CoDtinned. 
Tianelo. | Sermons and addresses | 
printed for the S. F. G. in London, | 
for the nse of the Moravian Mission in | 
Labrador. | 

Stolpen: | Gnstav Wiuterib ndner- 
lanktanfcit. | 1871. 

LUerattnmdatUm : DiaooarsM | thlnirs to be 
Med t for ooDgtogations on Snndays, | and on 
feaUTnlfl, and at the time of toffering. { Stol- 
pen: I Gnstay Winter's his printings. 

Titlo Terse blank 1 1. contents verso blank 
1 L text (sermons 36-51 and a portion of the 
Utorgy) oitirely in the language of Labrador, 
pp. 131-271. tV>. 

Oopiet teem: Pilling, PowelL 

My eopy (3 parts), bought at the Unltiits- 
Boehhandlong, Gnadan, Saxony, oost 4 M. 

OkaUteUt Sabbl^ttne akkndleesikssBt. 
See Kragfa (P.). 

OkallnktiiaBt Bibelimit pisimasnt. See 
Bteenholdt (W. F.). 

OkalliiktneetOpemartntTersSnko. See 
Fabtioius (O.). 



nnkt^rsimarsut. See 



OkaUaktnallflet, 
Kragh (P.). 

Okallnktiiikatit sajmanbingmik. See 
Kiagh (P.). 

Okautait | iUiniaraksat | Sormtsinnt. | 

Bndisineme: | £. M. Monsib, ndni- 
UMiktongit. I 1867. 

LUeral tranetatum: Words | instniction | 
Har chitdren. | At Bautcen : | E. M. Hens', his 
printaags. 

Title verso blank 1 L text pp. 3-11, IfP. 
Primer in the Eskimo language of Labrador. 

Oepiee seen : Billing. PowelL 

Myoopy eostSSpf. 

Okantait | Testamentitokame agleksim- 
trsat iUeit. 

LUeral tranHoHon : Words | in the old tes- 
tament written part of them. 

No tiUe-page ; 1 p. L pp. 1-8, 18°. Bible stories 
in the language of Greenland. 

Oepieeteen: American Tract Society, Pow- 
elL 



See Boas (F.). 
Boas (F.). 

Okpemenaik mallingninganiglo. | 
[Pictare.] 

LUeral trtuulatum : About fi^ith and about 
obedience. 

Vo titie^page ; 1 p. L pp. 1-8, leP. Bible stories 
in the language of Labrador. 

Copies eeen: American Tract Society, Pow- 
eU. 



Oldmizon (George Scofct). [Words, 
phrases, and sentences in the langnages 
of the Koowookmeufces and Noona- 
targhmentes. ] 
Manuscript, pp. 77-135, sparsely filled, 40. 
^ ' Collected by Dr. G. S. Oldmixon, Act Asst. 
Surgeon, U. S. A. at Point Barrow, ArcUc 
Alaska, during 1882 and 1883, and recorded in 
a copy of Powoirs Introduction to the Study 
of Indian Langnages. 2d edition. Transliter- 
ated into the alphabet adopted by the Bureau 
of Ethnology by Rev. J. Owen Dorsey as far 
as p. 127. In the libnuy of the Bureau of Eth- 
nology. 

Oleariua (Adam). Relation | dv | Voy- 
age I d'Adam Olearivs | en Moscovie, 
Tartarie | et Porse. | Avgment^ en 
cette novvelle ^ition | de pins dVn 
tiers, &particuli^rementd'vne seconde 
Parti e | con tenant le Voyage de | lean 
Albert de Mandelslo | avx Indes Orien- 
tales. I Traduit de PAllemand par A. de 
Wicqvefort, | R^ident de Braudebonrg. 
I Tome Premier [-Second]. | [Device.] | 
A Paris, | Chez lean dv Pvis, rue 
Saint lacqnes, k la Couronne d'or. | 
M.DC.LVI [1656]. | Avec privilege dv 
Hoy. 

2 vols, maps, plates, 4°.— Greenland vocabu- 
Ury, 106 words, vol 1, pp. 133-134. The earliest 
account of the Eskimo language. 

Copies seen : British Museum. 

"The author, who hath here made one di- 
gression, to speak of the Samojedos, * * * 
thinks he may make another to say somewhat 
ofGroenland, * * ♦ as for that he hath seen, 
and dlscoumed with, some inhabitants of 
GroenUind. • * * In the spring of 1654 a 
ship was set out, iKhich going ftx>m Copenha- 
gen in the beginning of the spring, aniv'd 
not on the coasts of Groenland, till the 28 of 
July. * « * As soon as this ship ap- 
pear'd upon the coasts of Groenland, the 
inhabitants set out above a hundred boats. 
* * * The Banes thought this freedom of the 
Groenlanders a good opportunity to carry away 
some of them. * * * They also sent back one 
of the women, as being too old to be trans- 
ported ; so that they had but four persons, one 
man, two women, and a girL * * * The 
plague, then very rife all over Denmark, had 
oblig'd the king to retire to Flensbourg, in 
the Dutchy of Holstein, where these Groen- 
landers were presented to him. * * * The 
king hononr'd the duke, my master, so far as to 
send them to him to Gottorp. where they were 
lodg'd in my house for some days, which I 
spent in sifting out their humour and manner 
of life."— (MeaWttf. 

Vermehrte | Newe Beschreibnng | 

der I Mnsoowitischen nnd Persischeu | 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



70 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OP THE 



Olearlus (A.) — Contioned. 
Beyse | so darch gelegenbeit einer Hol- 
steinischen Gesandschaff t an | den Rns- 
sisobon Zaar und Kouig in Persiou ge- 
schehen. | Worinnen dio Gelegenheit 
derer OrterondLander/darch | welohe 
die Reyse gangen/aU Liffland/Rnss- 
land/Tartarien/Meden und | Persien/ 
sainpt dero Einwobner Natar/ Leben/ 
Bitten/ Han8= Welt= nnd Geistllebeu | 
Stand mit fleLss anffji^ezeicbnet/ andmit 
vielen meist nacb dem Leben | gestel- 
leten Figuren gezieret/ zu bofinden. | 
Welcbe | znm andern mabl berans 
gibt I Adam Olearius Ascanius/ der 
FUrstlioben Regierenden | Herrscbafft 
zn Scbleswig Holstein Bibliothocarios 
nnd Hoff Mathematicns. | [Design.] | 
Mit Rum: Kayserl. Mayest. Privilegio 
nicbt nacbzudrucken. | 

Scbleswig/ | CMruokt in der FUrstl. 
Dmckerey/dnrcb Joban Holwein/ | Im 
JabrMDCLVI[1656]. 

10 p. U. pp. 1-778, 17 IL maps, plates, folio. 
Eograyod title recto L 1.— Greenland vocabu- 
lary, 106 words, p. 171. 

OopiMieen : Boston Public, British Mnsenm. 

Relation | dv | Voyage | d'Adam 

Olearivs | en Moscovie, Tartarie | et 
Perse. | Avgment^ on cette novvelle 
<$dition I do plus dVn tiers, & particn- 
lieremeut d*vne seconde Partie | con te- 
nant le Voyage de | lean Albert do Man- 
delslo I avx Indes Orientalos. | Traduit 
de FAlIemand par A. de Wicqvefort, | 
Resident de Brandebonrg. | Tome Pre- 
niior[-Second]. | [Device.] | 

A Paris, | Chez lean dv Pvis, rue 
Saint lacqnes, b, la Conronne d'or. | 
M.DC.LIX [1659]. | Avec privilege dv 
Roy. 

2 vols, maps, plates, 4o.— Greenland vocabu- 
lary, 100 words, voL 1, pp. 133-134. 

Oopie$ 9een : Boston AthcnsDnm. 

Tbe I Voyages & Travels | of tbe | 

Ambassadors | from tbe | Duke of Hol- 
stein, to tbe Great Duke | of Muscovy, 
and tbe King of Persia. | Begun in tbe 
year M. DC. XXXIII and finisVd in 
M. DC. XXXIX. I Containing a com- 
pleat History of | Muscovy, Tartary, | 
Persia, | Andotber adjacent Countries, | 
with several Public Transactions reacb- 
ing neer [aic'i tbe Present Times; | In 
Seven Books. | Illustrated with diverse 
accurate Mapps and Figures. | By Adam 



Olearius (A. ) — Continued. 
Olearius, Secretary of tbe Embassy. | 
Rendered into Englisb, by Jobn Davios 
of Kidwelly. | [Design.] | 

London | Printed for Tbomas Dring, 
and Jobn Starkey, and are to be sold at 
tbeir Sbops, at tbe George | in Fleet- 
street, near Cltfford's-Inn, and tbe Mi- 
tre, between tbe Middle-Temple-Gate | 
and Temple Barr. M. DC. LXII [166-21. 

12 p. 11. pp. 1-424, frontispiece, maps, plates, 
folio. — Greenland vocabulary, pp. 71-72. 

Mandulslo's Yoyageii is appended with sepa- 
rate title, same imprint, pp. 1-187, 5 U. 

Oopietieen: British Mnsenm, Harvard. 

Tbe I Voyages and Tra veils | of tbe | 

ambassadors | Sent by Frederick Duke 
of Holstein, | to tbe Great Duke of Mus- 
covy, and tbe King of Persia. | Begun 
in tbe year M. DO. XXXIIL and linish'd 
in M. DC. XXXIX. | Containing a Com- 
l)leat I bistory | of | Muscovy, Tartary, 
Persia. | And otber adjacent Countries. 
I Witb several Publick Transactions 
reacbing near tbe Present Times; | In 
VII. Books. I Wbereto are added | Tbe 
Travels of Jobn Albert de Mandelslo, | 
(a Gentleman belonging to tbe £ni- 
bassay) from Persia, into tbe | East- 
Indies. I Containing | A particular De- 
scription of Indostban, tbe Mogul's Em- 
pire, tbe I Oriental Hands, Japan, 
Cbina, &.c. and the Revo- | lutions 
wbicb bappencd in tbose Countries, 
witbiu tbose few years. | In III. Books. | 
Tbe wbole Work illustrated witb divers 
accurate Mapps, and Figures. | Written 
originally by Adam Olearius, Secretary 
to tbe Embassy. | FaitbfuUy rondred 
into Englisb, by Jobn Davics of Kid- 
welly. I Tbe Second Edition Corrcctoil. | 
London, | Printed for Jobn Starkey, 
and Tbomas Basset, at tbe Mitro near 
Temple-Barr, and at tbe George near | 
St. Dunstans Cburcb in Fleet-street. 



10 p. IL pp. 1-316, folio. Greenland vocabu- 
lary, pp. 53-54. 

Mandelslo's Travels is appended with sepa- 
rate Utle, 3 p. 11. pp. 1-232, 5 IL 

(hpiet $een : Astor, Congress. 

Relation | dn | Voyage | d*Adam Ole- 
arius I en Moscovio, | Tartarie, ( et 
Perse, | Augments on cette nonvelle 
6dition I de plus d'nn tiers, «& particn- 
lierementd'une seconde Partie; | coute- 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANOUAQE. 



71 



Oleaxitis (A.) — Continnod. 

naDfc lo voyage de | lean Albert do Man- 
delslo I aax Indos Oriontalos. | Traduit 
de rAllomand par A. de Wicqvefort, | 
Resident de Brandoboarg. | Tome Pro- 
mierC-Second]. | Secondo Edition. | 
[Device.] | 

A Paris, | Chez Antoine Dozallier, rne 
Saint Jacqnesy | h la ConroDoe d'or. | 
M. IXJ. LXXIX [1679] | Avec privilege 
do Boy. 

3 vols, maps, 4^.— Graenland yooabnI«ry, 
108 words, ToL 1, pp. 133-134. 
Oopie$$fen: Boston Athenflram. 

Voyages | t^^8 cnrieux & trhs ronora- 

mezy I faits en | Moscovie, | Tartarie, 
et Perse, | par | le S'. Adam Oleariiis, | 
Bibliothecairo da Due de Holstein, & 
Matbematicien de sa Cour. | Dans les- 
qnels on troave nue Description curi- 
ense & la Situation | exacte desPays & 
Etats, par oh 11 a pass^, tels que sont la | 
Livonie, la Moscovie, la Tartaric, la 
Medio, & la Perse ; | £t oh il est parl<S 
da Natnrel, des Manieres de vivrc, des 
Mo^UTS, &> des Contnmos | do lenrs Ha- 
bitans; dn Gonvernemont Politique <& 
Ecdesiastique ; des Raretez | qui so 
tronvent dans oe Pays ; & des Ceremo- 
nies qai s'y observent. | Tradnits de 
I'Original & augmentez | par lo S^ Do 
Wicqaefort. | Conseiller anx Conseils 
d'E^stat ds Priv6 du Dae de Brunswic 
&. Luneboarg Zell &c, \ Autenr de 
rArabassadeur &, do ses fonctions. | 
Divisez en deux parties. | NoavcUo Edi- 
tion revfie <& corrig<^e oxactement, aug- 
ment6e considerablement, tant | dans 
Ics corps de TOuyragc, quo dans les 
Marginales, <& surpassant en bontd | & 
en beant^ les pr6cedontes Editions. | 
A qnoi on a joint des Cartes Grcogra- 
pbiques^ des Representations des Villes, 
&■ antres | Tailles-douces tr^s belles <& 
tr^exactes. | Tome Premier [-Second]. 
I [Design.] I 

A Leide, | Chez Pierre Vander Aa, 
Marchand Libraire, | Imprlmeur ordi- 
naire de rUniversite &, de la Yille^ de- 
meorant dans FAsademie. | Chez qui 
Ton tronve toutes sortes do LivrCS cn- 
rieox, comme anssi de Cartes Geo- 
graphiqnes, des Villes, | tant en plan 
qa*en profit, des Portraits des Hommes 



Olearlus (A.)— Continued. 
Illustros, & antres Taillos-douces. | 
MDCCXVIIII [1719]. I Avec Privilege. 

2 vols, maps, plates, folio.— Greenlaiul vo< 
oabulary, vol. 1, oolnmos 187-188. 

Copies seen : Astor, British Mnseiim. 

Qaaritoh, No. 28802*. prices a copy at 7«. 6d 

Voyages | Trcis-curieux & tr^s-renom- 

mez I faits en | Moscovie, | Tartaric et 
Perse, I par lo Sr. | Adam Olearius, | 
Bibliothecairo dn Due do Uolstein, & 
Mathematicion do sa Cour. | Dans los- 
quels on trouve nne Description curi- 
cuso & la Situation exacto des | Pays Sl 
Etats, par oh il a pass<5, tels quo sont 
la Livonio, | la Moscovie, la Tartaric, 
la Medio, & la Perse; | et oh il est parl6 
du Naturel, des Manieres do vivrc, des 
MoDurs, <& des Coutumes de | lours Ha- 
bitaus; du Gouvemement PolitiquoTk~ 
Ecclosiastiqne, des Raretez qui | so tron- 
vent dans CO Pays ; «& des Ceremonies 
qui s'y observent. | Tradnits de TOrigi- 
nal <& Augmentez | par le Sr. De Wio- 
quefort, j Conseiller aux Oonsoilsd'Etal 
& Privd du Due do Brunswick &. Lnne- 
bourg, Zell, &c. | Auteur do TAmbas- 
sadenr & do sos Fonctions | Divisez en 
Deux Parties. | Nouvelle Edition rovAo 
& corrigdo exactement, augmentdo con- 
siderablement, tant dans le Corps de | 
rOuvrage, que dans les Marginalos, & 
surpAssant en bont6 <& on beauts les | 
pr6cedentes Editions. | A quoi on a joint 
des Cartes Geographiques, des Repr<$- 
sentations des Villes, <& autres Taille- 
douccs I tr^s-belles <& tr^s-exactes. | 
Tome Premier [-Second]. | [Design.] | 

A Amsterdam, | Chez Michael Charles 
Le Cdne, Libraire, | Chez qui Pon tronve 
uu assortimont geuoral de Musiqno. | 
MDCCXXVII [1727], | Avec Privilege. 

2 vols, maps, plates, folio. No pago nani' 
bering; columns, two on a page, niunbored.— 
Oroenland vocabulary, about 100 words, vol. 
1, columns 187-188. 

Copies seen: Boston Public, British Muse* 
nm, Congress. 

I have seen in the British Mnseam Library 
tho following editions of Olearius, nono of 
which contains the Greenland vocabulary: Am- 
stcnlam, 1651; Utrecht, 1651; Paris, 1650; 
Vlterbo, 1658; Ara8t<*rdam. 1C70. 

I havo also seen mention of the lullowlag 
editions; in German: SUsswig, 1647; i-1663; 
+ 1669; f 1671 ; Hjkmburg.lCOO; in Dutch: Am- 
sterdam. 1691 ; Amstonlam, IKS. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



72 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Oppert (GuBtav).] On the Classifioa- 
tion of Langaages. A CoDtribution to 
Comparative Philology. 

In Madras Joamal of Literatare and Sci- 
ence for the year 1879, pp. 1-187, London, 
1879, 8o. 

In addition to frequent alinaions to Ameri- 
can langaages, there is, on pp. 110-112, a table 
of relationships of different American "na- 
tions," among them the Arctic family. 

Ordo Salntls. See Egede (H.). 

O'Reilly (Bernard). Greenland, | the | 
adjacent seaSi | and | the north-west 
passage | to | The Pacific Ocean, | illns- 
trated in a voyage to Davis's strait, | 
daring the summer of 1817. | With 
charts and nnmerons plates, | from 
drawings of the author taken on the 
spot. I By I Bernard O'Reilly, Esq. | 

London: | printed for Baldwin, Gra- 
dock, and Joy, | 47, Paternoster-Row. | 
1818. 
Pp. i-viii, 1-293, maps, plates, 4o.— Remarks 



O'Reilly (B.) — Continued. 

on the language of Greenland, pp. 00-61, 83-84 ; 
'* Brief list of words [27] from the language of 
the Greenlander," pp. 84-85. 

Cfopiet seen : Astor, British Mnseum, Con- 
gross, Harirard, Watkinson. 

A copy at the Field sale, No. 1734, brought 
13. Priced by Qnaritch, No. 28973, at It. M. 

Greenland, | the | adjacent seas, | 

and I the north-west passage | to the | 
Pacific Ocean, | illnstrated in a | voy- 
age to Davis's strait, | Daring the Sum- 
mer of 1817. I By Bernard O'Reilly, 
Esq. I 

New-Tork : { published by James East- 
burn and Go. | at the literary rooms, 
Broadway. | Glayton So Kingsland, 
Printers. | 1818. 

Pp. i-viii, 1-251, maps, 8°.— Linguistics, pp. 
73-74. 

Chpiu teen: Boston AthensBum, Bureau of 
Ethnology, Congress. 

Osmer (— ). See Beechey (F. W.). 



Parry (Admiral Wi Uiam Ed ward) . Jour- 
nal I of a I Second Voyage for the Dis- 
covery of a I North-west Passage | from 
the Atlantic to the Pacific ; | performed 
in the years 1821-22-23, | in His Ma- 
jesty's Ships I Fury and Hecla, | under 
the orders of | Gaptain William Edward 
Parry, R.N.,F.R.S., | andGommander 
of the Expedition. | Illustrated by nu- 
merous plates. Published by Authority 
of the Lords Gommissioners | of the Ad- 
miralty. I 

London: | John Murray, | Publisher 
to the Admiralty, and Board of Longi- 
tude. I M DGGG XXIV [1824]. 

4 p. II. pp. i-xxxii, 1-571, maps, plates, 4<=>.— 
Grammatic remarks and a few examples of the 
Esquimaux language, pp. 551-558. — Yooabu- 
lary of Esquimaux wonls and sentences, pp. 
550-569. — Esquimaux names of places, pp. 570- 
571. 

Oopietteeti: Boston Athenffium, Boston Pub- 
lic, British Museum, Congress. 

Journal | of a | second voyage for 

the discovery | of a | north-west pas- 
sage I from I the Atlantic to the Paci- 
fic ; I performed in the years 1821-22- 
23, I in his migesty's ships | Fury and 
Hecla, I under the orders of | Gaptain 
William Edward Parry, R. N., F. R. S., i 
and eommander of the expedition. | 



Parry (W. E.) —Continued. 

New- York : | published by E. Dnyc- 
kinck, G. Long, Gollins & Go., Gollins 
Sl Hannay, | W. B. Gilley, and Henry 
I. Megarey. | W. E. Dean, Printer, 90 
William-Street: | 1824. 

Pp. i-vii, 1-xx, 1-46A, S^.— Linguistics as In 
EnglUh edition, pp. 451^457, 45»-4»l. 

Oopietteen: Boston Athenieum, British Mu- 
seum, Bureau of Ethnology, Congress. 

According to Sabin's Dictionary. No. 5886Q, 
a German translation was published at Jena, 
1824, 8°. 

A copy at the Field sale, Ko. 1768. brought $8. 

Paulus (J.) See Kragh (P.). 

Peck (Bei*. Edmund J. ). Portions of the 
Holy Scripture, | for the | use of the 
Esquimaux | on the | northern and 
eastern shores of Hudson's Bay, | 
edited by | Edmund Peck, | G. M. S. 
Missionary to the Esquimaux. | 

Printed for the | Society for Promot- 
ing Ghristian Knowledge. | 77, Great 
(^ueen Street, Linooln's-Inn-Fields. | 
W8. 

2 p. 11. pp. 1-93, appendix pp. 1-8, KP.— 
Portions of the Gospel of John, pp. 1-45.— Ro- 
n)Ans, pp. 45-46. — Corinthians, pp. 57-66u — 
BpisUes of John, pp. 66-71.— BevelatioD, pp. 
71-75.— Scattered verses, pp. 75-88.— Greed, Ten 
Ck>mmandment8, Lord's Prayer, Benediction, 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANQUAGE. 73 



y A P' 4 

\ t. ^ ^ 

it* til. Xt V'^ 

If n D c 

T F J I, 



T r J i_ 



t^H^ 



^^t^ ''UU 



>4, 

rp. tr- .o a, 

«*^ ^^* «mI^ ^■'^ 

f^... J^ ^. X. 



w 



o 



«/«. < 



y^ Vz-^t >V0 <o, 

^i^^ tU>Z ^^ Sr^^ 

FAG-SIMILE OF FIRST SYLLABARY USED IN PRINTING ESKIMO TEXTS 
(Tbe expUuiatioos are in manoiicript. ) 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



74 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Peck (E. J.)— Continued. 

pp. 89-93. — "Appendix. (Printod for tlio 
Church Misaionary Society.) Watto's Firat 
Catoohism. in Esqaitnaux," pp. 1-8. 

The first pabllcation in the Eskimo Ungoage 
in which the sjllabie characters were used. 
See accompanying fac-simile of the syllabary, 
the explanations of which are in manuscript. 

Oopiettten: Church Missionary Society, Pil- 
ling, PowelL 

Portions [ of the | book of common 

prayer; | together with | hymns, ad- 
dresses, etc., I for the use of | the Es- 
kimo of Hudson's Bay. | By the | Rev. 
E. J. Peck, I missionary of the Church 
Missionary Society. | [Design.] | 

Society for Promoting Christian 
Knowledge, | Northumberland Avenue, 
Charing Cross, London. | 18dl. 

Pp. 1-90, 10°. Title 1 1. syllabarlum p. 3.— 
Ilymns, pp. 5-22. — Portions of the Book of 
Common Prayer, pp. 23-50.— Prayer for each 
day in the week, pp. 57-00.— Catechism and 
short addresses, pp. 07-00. In syllabic charao- 
ters, with a number of changes in the charao- 
teni from the foregoing. 

OopUt ieen: Church Missionary Society, Pil- 
ling, Powell, Society for Promoting Christian 
Knowledge. 

St. Luke's Qospel. | Translated into 

the language | of the | Eskimo of Hud- 
son's Bay I by the | Rev. E. J. Peck. | 

London : | printed for the British and 
Foreign Bible Society, | Queen Victoria 
street. | 1881. 

Title 1 1. syllabariam 1 1. text, in syllabic 
characters and entirely iu Eskimo, pp. 1-1 10, 
lOo. 

GopieM teen: British and Foreign Bible So- 
ciety, Pilling, Powell. 

[ ] Watts's I First Catechism, | in Es- 
quimaux. 

Colophon: F. Arnold, Printer, 80, 
Fleet Street, E. C. [n. d.] 

Five unnumbered 11. 10°, syllabic characters. 
Half-title as above, on the verso of which begins 
the text in syllabic characters, witli heading in 
English, Gothic characters: "Walts's First 
Catechism in Esquimaux^" This extends to 
bottom of recto of 3d 1. the verso containing 
the Creed and the Commandments, the latter 
ending on verso of 4th I. which also contains 
the Lord's Prayer, baptismal sentence, mar- 
riage sentences, the latter ending on recto of 
5th 1. which also contains a prayer. Verso of 
5th 1. a hymn, the benediction. 

This is the best example of printing in tho 
syllabic characters I have seen. I .am inclineil 
to think it is from engrave<l plates. 

CopUaseen: Church Missionary Society, Pil- 
ling, Powell. 



Periodical : 

Greenland. See Atuagagdliotit, 

Kaladlit. 
Petitot {Pire fimile Fortune Stanislas 
Joseph). Les Esquimaux. 

In Congr^ Int. des Am4ricanistes, Compte- 
rendu, first session, vol. 1, pp. 329-339, Nancy 
and Paris, 1875, 8°. 

Comparative Vocabulary of the Esquimaux 
of Bathurst with various foreign languages, 
pp. 333-334.— Myths (The Deluge and Origin 
of the Human Family) in Eskimo, with French 
translation, pp. 330-337. 

Monographic | des | Esquimaux 

Tchiglit I du Mackenzie | etdoPAnder- 
son I par | Le R. P. E. Petitot | Mis- 
sionnaire Oblat do Marie-Immacul^, 
Officier d'Acad^mie, Membre corree- 
pendant de PAcad^mie de Kancy | et 
des Soci^t^ d'Anthropologie et de 
Philologie de Paris | [Vignette.] | 

Paris I Ernest Leroux, £diteur | Li- 
braire de la Soci^t<S Asiatique [ de Pficole 
des Langues Orientales Vivantes, de 
la Soci6t6 Philologique | des Soci6t^ 
Asiatiqnesde Calcutta, de Shanghai, de 
New-Haven, etc. | 28, rue Bonaparte, 
28 I 1876 

2 p. 11. pp. 1-28, 40.— Esquimaux traditions in 
the original, with French translations, pp. 10, 
20; and scattered terms and phrases. 

Oopieaneen: Astor. 

Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2231, at 4 fr. 

Vocabulairo | fran9ais-esquimau | 

Dialecte des Tchiglit | des bouches du 
Mackenzie et de PAndorson | pr6c6d6 
d'uno I monographic do cetto tribu | et 
de notes grammaticales | par | le R. 
P. E. Petitot I Missionnairo Oblat de 
Marie-Immacnl^o, Officier d' Academic, 
Membre-correspondaut dQ PAcad^mio 
de Nancy | et des Soci^tds d' Anthropo- 
logic et de Philologie de Paris | [De- 
sign.] I 

Paris I Ernest Leroux, £diteur | 
libraire do la Socidt6 Asiatique | 
de rjficole des Langues Orientales Vi- 
vantes, do la Soci^t6 Philologique | des 
soci6t6s do Calcutta, do New-Haven 
(I^tAts-Unis), de Shanghai, etc. | 28, 
} Rue Bonaparte, 28 | Maisonneuve, 15, 
} qnai Voltaire | San Francisco. — A. L. 
j Bancroft and C« | 187G 

3 p. II. pp. i-lxiv, 1-78, 40. Forms vol. 3 of 
Piiiart (.\lpli. L.), Biblioth^quo de Lingnis- 
ti(|uo ot d'Rthnographio Am6ilcaines. 

Introiluction, pp. iil-viil.— Monographlo des 
I E8quimaux Tchiglit du MaokenEio et de 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



75 



PetHot (fi. F. S. J.) — ConUnued. 

TAndenon, pp. ix-xxxvi.— Prficis do Oram- 
nukire Baquimaode, &o. pp. xxxix-Ixir. — 
DIeiioiuiairo Fnui9aia'E8qnimau, pp. 1-75. 

Copuateen: Astor, BoeUm Public, Coogross, 
PoweH 

PabUahed at 50 fr. Priced by Lederc, 1878, 
'So. 2230, at 50 fr. ; by Trabner. 1882 (p. 53), at 
£2; by Qaaritch, No. 30050, at £1 12«. 

Do Torigine asiatiqae des Indiens 

de rAmdriqae arctiqiio. Par le R. P. 
£milo Petitot, O. M. I. MissioDDaire aa 
Mackenzie, officier d' Acad^mie, etc. 

In Les Kiasiona Catholiqaes, onzidme ann^o, 
Koa. 643-550, pp. 529-532, 540-544, 650-553, 
564-566, 676-578, 580^], 600-604, 609-611, 
Paria, Oct. to Dec. 1879, 4°. 

Liat of atoDe implomenta, in the Eskimo 
ioogiuige, p. 350. 

Traditions indiennes | dn | Canada 

uord-oaest | par | :6mile Petitot | 
aneiea missionnaire | [Design.] | 

Paris I MaisonneuTO Fibres et Ch. 
Leclcrc | 25, qoai Voltaire, 2[5] | 1886 
I Tons droits riSservds 

5 p. IL pp. i-xvii, 1-521, 24o. Forma vol. 23 
of Lea Litt^rataroa Populairea.— Pramidro 
Partie, Traditions des Esqaimaax Tchiglit, 
pp. 1-10, containa on p. a tradition in Es- 
qaimaax with interlinear French translation, 
and on p. 10 the names with definitions of the 
Tchiglit deities and heroes. 

Copiageen: Bureaa of Ethnology. 

Petioff (Ivan). Report on the popula- 
tion, indastries, and resources of Alaska. 
hy Ivan PetrofT, special agent. 

In Cenaoa Beports of 1880, vol. 8, 2d paper; 
title, 2 p. 11. pp. iii-vi, text pp. 1-189, 4o. 

A few remarlcs on the spelling of Rassian 
and native [Eskimo] names, p. 46. — Derivation 
and meaning of the worda Innnit and Tinneh, 
p. 134.— Liat of local Kadiak names, from Shelik- 
hof, compared with those of the present; sdso 
nameo of the months, with meanings, p. 145. — 
Alent names of seasons and months, with mean- 
ings, p. 160. 

Under date of Deo. 12, 1886, Mr. PetrofT 
writes the Bnreaa of Ethnology from Kadiak, 
Alaska: *'I should have forwarded another 
vocabalary — an Eskimo dialect — from the 
Aliaskan Peninsula before this, but for the 
iHaeaa of my assistant. I hope to forward it 
in the spring." 

In hia present work Mr. Potroff is using the 
forms and alphabet adopted by the Bureau. 

Pfismaier (Dr. A.). Die Sprache der 
Alenteu nnd Fuchsinseln. 

In Kaiserliche Akadomte der Wissenscha'f- 
ten, Philoeophisch-Historischo ClftAse, Sitz- 
angsberiehte, vol. 105, pp. 801-880; vol. 106, pp. 
»7-316, Wien, 1884, 8°. 



Pfizmaier (A.) — Continued. 

Die Hodetheilc, vol. 105, pp. 811-875; vol. 106, 
.pp. 238-261.— Erklamng der Zi&hlangen, voL 
105, pp. 875-879.— Die Wortfiigang, vol. 106, 
pp. 261-266.— Die Wortfolge, vol. 100, pp. 266.— 
Der Ton, vol. 106, pp. 206-270. — Eln Alen- 
tischer Anfsatz, vol. 106, pp. 270-275.— Ergfina- 
nng der ZKhlungen, vol. 106, pp. 275-276.— 
Zehn aloutiscbe Liedor, vol. 106, pp. 276-307.— 
Aloatisohe Ableitnngon, vol. 100, pp. 3(g-316. 

Die Abarten der grun1andisch«n 

Sprache. 

In Kaiserliche Akademio der Wlssensohaf- 
ten,Philosophi8Ch-nistori8oho Cla88a,Sitzang8- 
berichte, vol. 107, pp. 803-882, Wien, 1884, 8°. 

Allgemeines uber das Kadiakische, pp. 804- 
833.— Die grCnlandiHchen Wurter der eskimo- 
tschukschischon Sprache. pp. 833-842.— Gron- 
>lftndische Ergfinzuugen, pp. 842-876.— Bei- 
spicle von gr5nllindischer Apposition, pp. 876- 
882. 

Kennzeichnuugen des kal&lekischen 

Sprachstanimes. 

In Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaf- 
ten,Philo8ophi8ch-Histori8che Claase, Sitzangs- 
berichte, vol. 108, pp. 87-166, Wion, 1885, 8°. 

Bildnng der Daalo and Plurule, pp. 88-103.— 
Die Bildnng des transitiven Nominativs, pp. 
103-107.— DieNominalsufflxe, 107-133.— Die Ap- 
position, pp. 133-150.— Yon d(m Adjectivam, 
pp. 150-155.— Von dem Adverbinm, pp. 156- 
158.— Von dem Verbum, pp. 158-168. 

Darlegungen gronlandiscber Verbal- 

fprmen. 

In Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenscbaf- 
ten,Philosophi8ch-HistoriBcheCla8se,Sitznugs- 
berichte, voL 109, pp. 401-480, Wien, 1885, BP. 

Bildnng der Arten and Zciten des Vor- 
buma, pp. 402-430.— Die Abwondlnng des Ver- 
bnms nach Zahlen nnd Peraonen, pp. 431-438.— 
Von den Verbalsaffixen, pp. 438-480. 

Der Prophet .Tcsains gronlaudiscb. 

In Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaf- 
ten,PbiIosophisch-Hi8tori8cheCla8se,Sit7.ungs- 
berichte, vol. Ill, pp. 647-722, Wien, 1886, 8«>. 

Preface to Wolf's 1825 translation of Isaiah 
into Greenland, signed Niels OJessiug Wolf, 
Kjobenhavnimo, 1824, with German trans- 
lation, pp. 617-640.— Tho following portions 
of Isaiah, from Wolf's 1825 translation, with 
literal Geiinan translation, verso by verse, 
each verse followed by detailed explanation of 
each word: i, 1^31; ii, 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 20, 22; iii, 
16-24; xiii, 14-22; xiv, 9, 10. 12-23; xxxiv, 9-11, 
13-15.— Appendix, treating principally of ver- 
bal suffixes, pp. 713-722. 

Pick {Rtv, B.). The Bible in the lan- 
guages of America. By Rev. B. Pick, 
Ph. I)., Rochester, N.Y. 

in The New York Evangelist, No. 2518. New 
York, June 27, 1878. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



76 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OP THE 



Pick (B.) —Continned. 

An article on twMity-foar diiTerenfc versions 
of portions of tlie Bible extant in the languages 
of America, No. 1 treating of the Greenland, 
No. 2 of the Esqaimanx [of Labrador]. 

Pilling : This word following a title indicates that 
a copy of the work referred to is in the posses- 
sion of the compiler of this bibliography. 

PilUtilcBet Kittornganut. | [Picture.] | 
FN. p.] 1845. 

Literal translation. ' Things-meant-for-pres- 
enta for children. 

1 p. 1. pp. 1-8, 1(P. Bible stories in the Es- 
kimo langoage of Labrador. 
Copies seen: American Tract Society. 

Plnart (Alpbonso L.)* Eskimanx et Ko- 
loches I Id^s religieases ot traditioDH 
des Kaniagmioutes | par M. Alphonse 
Pinart 

Colophon : Paris. — Typographio A. 
Honnnyer, rue du Boulevard, 7. 

Pp. !-«, 8^. Extract from tho Eevue d'An- 
thropologie, 1873.— Eskimo terms passim. 

Copies seen : British Maseam, Brinton, Pow- 
ell. Tmmbnll. 

Les Al^ntes, leare origines et leura 

l^gendes. 

In Soci6t6 d'Ethnographie, Actes, session 
of 1872, pp. 87-92, Paris [1873], 8^. 
Aleutian terms passim. 

[Dictionary, grammatical notes, 

texts, songs, and sentences in tbe Aleu- 
tian, Lisievsky (Fox) dialect] * 
Manuscript of about 700 pages, in Aleatian 
and Russian. Collected by Mr. Pinart in 1871 
in Unalasbka, Belkoffsky, ITnga. and Kadiak. 

[Dictionary, grammatical notes, 

songs, descriptions of dances and re- 
ligious ceremonies, etc.] * 
Manuscript of about 1.000 pages, Russian 
and Kaniagmlout, collected In 1871 and J 872 
at Kadiak, Afognak, Katmay, Sntkhum, etc. 
by M. Pinart. 

[Vocabulary and texts in tho Agleg- 

miont dialect of Nusbagak. ] * 

Manuscript of about 50 pages, 4°, Russian 

and Aglegmiout, collected by M. Pinart in 1871 . 

[Vocabulary of the Malebmiout dia- 
lect] • 

Manuscript of about 23 pages, 4°, Russian 
and Malebmiout, collected by M. Pinart at St 
Michael in 1871. 

These manuscripts are In the possession of 
the collector, who has kindly furnished me 
these titles and descriptions. 

See Catalogue de livres rares. 



Pingortitaiiiermik. | [Picture.] | 

[Druck von J. F. Steinkopf iu Stutt- 
gart] 1848. 

Literal translation: About the creation. 
1 p. 1. pp. 1-8, 19°, Bible stories in the Bski- 
mo language of Labrador. 
Copies seen: American Tract Society. 

Piniartut | pissainut titartauvflt kalit- 
emere. | KaKortume, P^minne, Ndng- 
me,Man1tsume, | Amerdlnmilo. | nkiuue 
18^3|74-18''*l7«. ] Sammendrag | af Fange- 
lister for | Jnlianehaabs, Frederiks- 
haabs, €U>dthaabs, | Sukkertoppeus, 
og Holstensborgs Districter; | for Aa- 
rene | 18"|t«-18^*|7«. | 

NAngme uaKitigkat, | L. Miller. | 
1877. 

Literal translation: The workmen (seal 
hunters] | for their gains, the lista their col- 
lections. I At Kahoitok. at Pamiok, at Nuk, 
at Msnitsok | and at Amndlok. In the years 
18"\74'IS'*\7€. I At the Point [Godthaab] print- 
ed. I L. MoUer. 

Titlo 1 1. pp. 1-41, 129. Statistics of the 
seal fisheries of Greenland. 
Copies seen: Powell. 
Point Barrow : 

Census. See Ray (P. H.). 

Vocabulary. Bay (P. H.), 

Simpson (J.). 
Pond Bay Vocabulary. See Hall (C. F.). 
Pok. I kalalek avalangnek, nunalikame 
nnna- | katiminut okaluktoartok. | An- 
gakordlo | palasimik uapitsivdlnne 
agssortnissok. | agdlagkat pisorkat 
navssarissat nong- 1 mint ilanit | AkAt 
missigssnissut avguasavait uvig- | 
diamemut kainakut pisut kinguai- 
nut. I [Design.] | 

Nongme. 1857. | nalagkap nongmi- 
tupnakitirivsianenaki- 1 tigkatR: Ber» 
telsenmit Pelivdlo ernera- | nit Lars 
Mollermit. 

Inside title : Pok, | kalalek avalangnek, nu- 
nalikame I nnnakatiminnt okalugtnartok. | 
Angakordlo, | palasimik napitsiydlnne agssor- 
tui- 1 ssok. I agdlagkat pisorkat navasarissat | 
nongmiut ilanit | 

nalagkap nongmetnp naUterivsiane | naki- 
tigkat R: Bertelsenmit Pelivdlo | emeranit 
Lars MtSUermit 1 1867. 

LiUnU translation qf ftrst HtU: Pok. | a 
Groenlander traveled when he landed to his | 
countrymen tells the story. | And the Angekok 
who I the priest meeting disputes with him. 1 
Written things [manuscript] old discovered 
the peopio of the Point [Godthaab] by some 
of them. I The proceeds the anthorittea will 
distribute them to the who have lost their 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



77 



Pok — Contin aed. 

hnsbanda by kayftks surviving widows. | At 
tkc Point [Godihaab]. 1857. | Tbo ruler's who 
is mt the Point on his printing-press printed | 
by R: Bertelsen and Pole's his son Lars 
Mcnier. 

Printed cover as above ; title as above 1 1. 
pp. 1-18, 4 plates on 2 II. 2 of the plates being 
adored, 9P. Written, printed, and illustrated 
by native Eskimo of Greenland; the wood- 
eats and their oolorlng are curious specimens 
of native art On the back cover is the follow- 
ing in Danish : 

Pok, I en Gronlfender, som bar reist og ved 
sin I lljemkomst forteller derom til sine 
tands- 1 nucnd | og | Angekokkeu | som moder 
Preston og dispnterer metl ham. | £fter gamle 
Uaandskrifter, f undue hos | OronUendore ved 
Godthaab. | Hole indtiegten skal af forstander- 
ska* I heme deles meUem enker, som have 
mi- i fttet deres mend ved ki^akfangst. | [De- 
«Sn-]| 

Godthaab. 1857. | Trykt af R : Bertelsen og 
L: Mailer, | Peles S5n, i Inspectenrens Bog- 
trykkeri. 

CopUM seen: Astor. Brinley, Brinton, Con- 
gresa. 

At the Brinley sale, No. 5GI4, an uncut copy, 
half^»lf extra, gilt top, brought $10.50. Priced 
in Ledero'a Supplement^ No. 2906, at 10 fr. 

See Bgede (Hans). 

Portions of the Book oC Commou Prayer. 
See Peck (E. J.). 

PortioDB of the Holy Scripture. See 
Peck (E.J.). 

Portlock (Copf. Nathaniel). A | voyage 
round the world; | bat more particu- 
larly to the I north-west coast of 
America: | performed in 17rfS, 1786, 
1787, and 1788, | in | the King George 
and Qaeen Charlotte, | Captains Port- 
lock and Dixon. | Embellished with 
tirenty copper-plates. | Dedicated, by 
permission, to | his majesty. | By Cap- 
tain Nathaniel Portlock. | 

London: | Printed for John Stock- 
dale, opposite Borlington-Honse, Pic- 
cadilly ; I and Qeorge Gonlding, James 
Street, Covent Garden. | U. DCC. 
LXXXrX [1789]. 

Pp. i-xil. 1-384, appendix i-xl, maps, 4°.— 
Yocabolary of the hingoage of Prince Will- 
iam's Sound, pp. 254-255. 

CoptM teen: Astor, Bancroft, Boston Atho- 
lueiUB, Congress, Harvard, Watkinson. 

At the Field sale. No. 1843, a copy brooglit 
11.25. Priced by Quaritch. No. 28949, at 14*. 
•ad a copy in mssia, gUt, at &\. 

and Dixon (George). Reis | naar 

de I noid-west knst | van | Amerika. | 



Portlock (N.) — Con tinned. 
Gedaan in do jaron na'), 1780, 1787 en 
1788. I Door | de Kapteins | Nathaniel 
Portlock I en | George Dixon. | Uit 
derzelver oorspronklijke reisverhaleu 
zanieugestold on vortaald. | Met platen. ! 

Te Amsterdam, bij | Matthijs 8chale- 
kamp. I 1795. 

Pp. i-xvi, 1-265, map, sni. 4o.__Vocabuhiry 
of the natives of Prince Willianrs Souud (from 
Portlock), pp. 109-110. — Numerals (I-IO) of 
Prince William's Sound (from Dixon), p. 209. 

Copies seen: Brown, Congress. 

See Dixon (George) ; seo also Forster (J. 
Q.A.). 

Pott (Angust Friedrich). Die | qniDare 
und vigesimale | Zahlmethode | bei 
Volkem aller Welttheile. | Nebst ans- 
fiihrlicheren Bemerkungen | iiber die 
Zahlworter indogermanischen Stam- 
mes I und einem Anhange iiber Finger- 
namen. | Von | Dr. August Friedrich 
Pott, I ord. Prof, der f&c. four lines]. 

Halle, I C. A. Schwetschke und 
Sohn. I 1847. 

Pp. l-viil, 1-304, 8°. -Numerals of the Tschuk- 
tsohi, Aleut, Kn^Jak, Tschngazi. Ko\Jasck and 
Eskimo, pp. 59^1. 

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Wat- 
kinson. 

Powell : This word following a title indicates 
that a copy of the work referred to was seen by 
the compiler in the library of Mi\)or J. W. 
Powell, Washington, D. C. 

PrastinnoalaB qva»dam et Psalmi. See 
Egede(H.). 



Prayers: 




Eskimo. 


See Crespieul (F. X.) 


Greenland. 


Anderson, (J.), 




Egede (Paul), 




Kragh (P.), 




Preces. 


Hudson Bay 


Peck (E. J.). 


Labrador. 


Tuksiarntsit. 



Preoationes et hyuiui gronlandici. Seo 
Thorhallesen (E.). 

Preces | sancti | Nersetis Clajensis | 
Armeniorum Patriarchae | triginta tri- 
bus Unguis | editae | 

Vonetiis | in Insula 8. Lazari | 1862 

Engraved title 1 1. printed title as abovo 1 
1. dedication, Ac. 7 11. text pp. 1-562, 32°.— 
Prayer in the Greenland language, pp. 181-194. 

Copies seen: Eames. 

There are editions : Venetiis, 1823, 12o (Con- 
gress), and Venetiis, 1837, 12« (Congress), 
neither of which contains the Greenland speci- 
men. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



78 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Prichard (James Cowles). Researches | 
into the | Physical Histoiiy | of Man- 
kind. I By I James Cowles Prichard, 
M. D. I Second Edition. | In two vol- 
umes. I Vol. I[-II]. I 

London: | Printed for John and Ar- 
thur Arch, I Comhill. | 1826. 

2 voIb.: pp.l-xxxii, 1-541; 2 p. II. pp. 1-623, 
11 plates, 8^. — Coroparativo vocabulary of 
American and Asiatic languages, pp. 353-354, 
includes a short vocabulary of the Greenland.— 
Comparative vocabulary Mexican, ITgalimoch* 
mutzl, and Kolusch, p. 381. 

Copies ieen: British Museum. 

The first edition, London, 1813, BP, contains 
no linguistics. (British Museum.) 

Researches | into the | physical his- 
tory I of I mankind. | By | James Cowles 
Prichard, M.D. F.R.S. M.R.LA. | 
Corresponding Member [t&c. throe 
lines]. I Third edition. | Vol. I[-V]. | 

London: | Sherwood, Gilbert, and 
Piper, I Paternoster row ; | and J. and 
A. Arch, I Comhill. | 1836[-1847]. 

5 vols. 8®.— Comparative vocabulary of the 
Esquimaux, Kinai, and Ugayaohmutzi, vol. 5, 
p. 440. 

(jopies teeni Bancroft, Boston Atbenieum, 
Congress, Eames. 

Tliere is a Gorman edition: Leipzig, Leo- 
pold BosIe, 1840-1848, 5 vols, in four. 12^. The 
linguistics appear in vol 4. ( British Museum. ) 

Researches | into the \ Physical His- 
tory I of I Mankind. | By James Cowles 
Prichard, M. D. F. R. S. M. R. I. A. | 
Corresponding Member [<&.c. four 
lines]. I Fourth edition. | Vol. I[-V]. | 
London: | Sherwood, Gilbert, and 
Piper, I Paternoster Row. | 1841[-185l]. 

6 vols. S°. Paging and contents the same as 
in the third edition. 



Prichard (J. C.) — Continued. 
Copies teen: Astor. 

There is a copy of this work, 5 vols, in the 
Library of Congress, composed of volumes from 
different editions. I am inclined to think that 
all issues subsequent to 1840 wore made up of 
volumes from the preceding editions. 



*rixner: 
Aleut 


See Aleutian. 


Aleut-Kadiak. 


Ti8hnoff(B.). 


Eskima 


Ab6c6dairo, 




Bompas (W. C.) 


Greenland. 


Groenlandsk, 




JanssenCC.E). 




Elattitsiom&rsut. 


Labrador. 


Okautsit 



Prince William Sound : 

Numerals. See Buschmann <J. C. E.), 

Dixon (O.). 
Forster(J.G.A.), 
Portlock (K.) and 
Dixon (G.). 

Vocabulary. Anderson (W.), 

Buschmann (J. C. E.), 
Forster(J.G. A.), 
Fry <E.), 
Portiock (N.). 

Prophetib lesaiasib | Aglan^lt. | The 
Book of Isaiah | translated into the | 
Esquimaux Language, | by | the Mis- 
sionaries I of the Unitas Fratrum, or 
United Brethren. | Printed for the use 
of the Mission, | by | The British and 
Foreign Bible Society. | 

London: | W. M'Dowall, Printer, 
Pemberton Row, Gough Square. | 1837. 

Literal trantlation : The prophet Isaiah's | 
his written things. 

Pp. 1-168, 129, entirely in the language of 
Labrador. See Wolf (N. G.) for ediUon of 182&. 

Copies teen: British Museum. 



Q. 



Qnaritch: This word following a title indicates 
that a copy of the work roferre*! to was seen by 
tlie compiler in the possession of Mr. Bernard 
Quaritch, London, Eng. 

Quarltch (Bernard). A general | cata- 
logue of books, I offered to the public 
at the afBxed prices | by | Bernard 
Quaritch. | 
London : | 15 Piccadilly. | 1880. 
Title I 1. preface pp. iii-iv, contents v-x, 
catalogue 1-216C. index 2167-2305, 129. In- 
cludes the parts issued with the numbers 309- 
330. 
Besides many scattcre<l Bslcimo titles there 



Quaritch (B.) — Continued. 

is a group "Arctic Explorations, "pp. 1148-1152, 
and one *' Eskimo language/' p. 1253. 

Subsequent to the above there hare been 
printed Kos. 331-369 of the general catalogue 
(1880-188C) and various misc^lancous parts 
which will, I presume, form pftrt of another 
volume. Of these general parts Nos. 362 and 
303 are cntitle<l: "Catalogue of the Ilistorj; 
Geography, and of the Philology of America, 
Australia * * ♦ " Scattered through tbom 
aro a number of titles referring to the Eskimo, 
and on pp. 3022-3023 (part 363) is a section 
headed "Lau<ruago of Labrador and Qr«en- 
land." 

Copiet seen .- Congress, Bureau of Ethnolpsy* 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



79 



R. 



Radloff (Lipoid). M^moires | de | 
I'Acad^mie Imp^riale des Soienoes de 
St.-P6ter8bourg, VII« e^rie. | Torao III, 
N* 10. I tJT>er die | Spraohe derTschuk- 
tsoken | andihr | Yerhaltniss znin Kor- 
jakischen | von | L. Radloff. | Der Akade- 
luie vorgelegt am 9. Marz 1860. | 

SL Petersburg, 18GI. | ConimiHsiouare 
der Kaiserlichen Akadeinio dm- Wissou- 
schaffcen : | in St. Petersburg [<&c. three 
linos]. 

Printed cover aa abovo, title Oii above 1 1. pp. 
1-60, 4<3.— Grammar, pp. 11-30.— Vocabalary, 
alphabetio aooordlnx to German words, pp. 31- 
Gt.—Tachnktsohisohcund Korjakittcbo Sprach- 
pTobe, eingesandt too dom Ilafeii-Comman- 
dear Capitain-LleateDaofc Sabow, pp. 57-50. 

Oopie9S§en: British Museum, Conj^ress. 

(Jber die^Sprache der Ugalachmnt. 

In Acad6mie des Sciences, Ball de la Classe 
Hist.-PhiL vol. 15(*); and in the same society's 
Melanges msses, voL 8, pp. 468-524. (*) 

Rand (Rev, Silas Tertios). About a 
thou- I sand Esquimaux | words, gath- 
ered I from the New- | Testament in | 
that Language | 

Manusoript, English and Kslcimo, recorded, 
alphaboticfdly by English words, in a 4^ book 
of about 35 pp., which apparently had been pre* 
Piously devoted to the reception of Micmao ma- 
terial, the Eskimo matter occupying in some 
eases whole pages, in others part of a page, and 
in still others additional sheets of note paper. 

la poaaeasion of Mr. Band, Hantsport, Kova 
Sootia. 

Ray (lAeut. Patrick Henry). Ethno- 
graphic sketch of the natives of Pointy 
Barrow. By Lieut. P. H. Ray. 

In Beport of the International Polar Expedi- 
tion to Point Barrow, Alaska, pp. 85-87, Wash- 
ingtcai,188S,4o. 

Approximate census of Eskimos at the Capo 
Bmythe village [a list of 137 proper names], p. 
49.— Yooabulary collected among the Eskimos 
of Point Barrow and Cape Smythe [711 words 
and 307 phrases and sentences, being the ached- 
ales given in Powell's Introduction to the 
Study of Indian Languages], pp. 51-60. — Alpha- 
bet [used in recording the vocabulary], p. 87. 

Reichelt (Bev. G. T.). The Literary 
Works of the Foreign Missionaries of 
the Moravian Church. By the Rev. G. 
Th. Reichelt, of Hermhut, Saxony. 
(Translated and annotated by Bishop 
Edmund De Schweinitz.) 

In The Moravian, vol. 81, pp. 855-356, 871- 
872, Bethlehem. Penn'a, 1886^ i^, 

B«printed as follows: 



Reichelt (G. T.) —Continued. 

The literary works of the Foreign 

Missionaries of the Moravian Church. 
By the Rev. G. Th. Reichelt, of Herm- 
hut, Saxony. Translated and Anno- 
tated by Bishop Edmund do Schwei- 
nitz. 

In Moravian Historical Society Trans, series 
2, part 8, pp. 875-305, Bethlehem, Pa. 1886, 8o. 
Separately issued as follows : 

The Literary Works | of the | For- 
eign Missionaries of the Moravian 
Church. I By | the Rev. G. Th. Reichelt 
of Hermhut, Saxony. | Translated and 
annotated by Bishop Edmund de 
Schweinitz. | (Reprinted from the 
Transactions of the Moravian Histori- 
cal Society.) I [1886.] 

Printed cover aa altovo, half title as above 
1 L pp. 3-21, 80. Besidee translating and anno- 
tating the above. Bishop de Schweinitz added 
many notes, biographic and bibliographic, 
which will be found scattered through tiiese 
pages. 
ChpUMseen: Earoes, Pilling. 
Relationships : 

Arctic. See Oppert (G.). 

Greenland. Klehischmidt (aP.). 

Hudson Bay. CUre (J. R.), 

Morgan (L. H.). 
lunult Dall (W. H.). 

Northumberland Inlet Morgan (L. H.). 
Remarks: 

Aleut See Lowe (F.). 

Eskimo. Jeflbrys (T.), 

Morillot (— ), 
Nouvelle Bretagne, 
Bbsse (L C), 
Soberer (J. B.), 
Schott (W.). 
Seomanu (B.). 
Groenhmd. La Harpe (J. F. de). 

O'Reilly (B.), 
Kink (H. J.), 
Scherer (J. B. ), 
Schott (W.), 
Stointhal (H.). 
Kadiak. y Ycniaminoff (J.). 

IJgahu:hmu t Radloff ( L. ). 

Reports, Greenland. See Xalunaerutit 
Richard (L.). Manuel des Langues, | 
Mortes et vivantes. Conteuant les | 
Alphabets, la numeration, et | TOrai- 
son Dominicale, en 190 langues. | Par 
L. Richard. | Premiere Edition 1839. | 

Se trouve h Paris, | chez M'. Mtinsut 
fils, Libraire, | Rue des Mathnrins S^ 
Jacques 17, | et chea Tauteur, Place 

Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



80 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Richard (L.)— Coutiuued. 
Maubert 19. | Imprimerie Lithogrcipho 
de Petit, rue de Bourgogne n^, 25. 

Tide reverse bUok 1 1. pp. 1-112, SP.— 
Oratio Dominion, Groenlandice, p. 60. 

CopUttdtn: British Maaeum, Conf^roas. 

Triibner's catalogae, 1856, No. 560, prices a 
copy at 10«. Od. 

Richardson (Sir John). Arctic | Bearoh- 
iDg expedition: | a | journal of a boat- 
voyage I through Rupert's Land and 
the Arctic Sea, j in search of | the dis- 
covery ships under command of | Sir 
John Franklin. | With an appendix on 
the physical geography | of North 
America. | By Sir John Richardson, C. 
B., F. R. S. I Inspector of Naval Hos- 
pitals and Fleets, | etc. etc. etc. | In 
two volumes. | Vol. I[-II]. | Published 
by authority. | 

London : | Longman, Brown, Green, 
and Longmans. | I85I. 

2 vols, maps, plates, 8o.— Bemarks on the 
Eskimo langaage, with examples of noans 
declined transitively and intransitively, vol. 
2, pp. 363-368.— Comparative table of the dia- 
lects spoken by the Beering's Sea and Labra- 
dor Eskimos, comprising the two following: 

Baer (K. E. von). Kuskutchewak vocabn- 
lary, vol. 2, pp. 369-382. 

Latrobe (P.) and Washington (J.). Yocaba- 
lary of the Labrador Eskimo, vol. 2, pp. 369-382. 

Copiet seen: Astor, Bancroft, Boston Athe- 
naeum, British Mnseum, Congress, Trumbull. 

At tlio Field sale, catalogue No. 1970, a copy 
brought $4.50. Priced by Quaritch, No. 28995, 
at 15c. 

Arctic I Searching Expedition : | a | 

Journal of a Boat -Voyage through 
Rupert's | Land and the Arctic Sea, | in 
search of the Discovery Ships nndor 
command of | Sir John Franklin. | 
With an Appendix on the Physical 
Geogra- | phy of North America. | By 
Sir John Richardson, C. B., F. R. S., | 
Inspector of Naval Hospitals and 
Fleets, I etc., etc., etc. | 

New York : | Harper & Brothers, Pub- 
lishers, I 82 Cliff Street. | 1852. 

Pp. i-xi, 13-516, 12o.~Linguistics, pp. 235- 
236, 273. 479-516. 

Copies seen: Harvard. 

Field's sale catalogue, No. 1971, mentions an 
edition: New York, Harper & Brothers, 1856, 
516 pp. 12^. It sold for 35 cents. 

[Rink (Heinrik Johannes).] Nunap mi- 
sigssuissok amigssa | pivdlugo inuit 
tusagagssait | [Signed : H. Rink. | Nu- 
nap nalaga.] ' 



Rink (H. J.)— Continued. 

Colophon: Nongmc 3 Sept : 1857. 

Literal translation: The country's its in- 
tended survey | in reference to it people their- 
ihings-to-be-heard [things for the people to 
hear about it]. | [Signed: H. Hink | the conn- 
try's its ruler.] | At the Point (Godtliaab) 3 
Sept: 1857. 

No title-pago; caption only; 2 11. 8<3. An 
announcement by the inspector, Br. Kink, to 
the Greenlandors, in their own language, of 
the establishment of a system of surveys. 

Copies seen: Congress. 

Eskimoiske | eventyrogsagn | over- 

satte I efter de indf^dte forttelleres op- 
skrifter | og meddelelser | af ( H. Rink, 
I inspekt^r i Sydgr^nland. 

Kj0benbavn. | C. A. Reitzels Bog- 
haudel. | Louis Kleins Bogtrykkeri. | 
1866. 

Pp. i-vl, 1 L pp. 1-376, 8o.— Songs in Eski- 
roo, pp. 349-350.— "Alfabetisk Folklaring over 
furslijellige ITdtryk og Benasvnelser (tildeela 
fastsatte blot for Af benyttelse i dette Skrift)," 
pp. 369-376. 
, Copies seen: British Mnseum, Congress. 

At the Pinart sale. No. 791, Quaritch bought 
a copy for 14 fr. He prices it, No. 30058, at £1. 

A supplement to this work was published at 
Copenhagen in 1871^ 8*^. (*) 

Tales and traditions | of the | Eski- 
mo I with a sketch of | their habits, 
religion, language | and other peculi- 
arities I by I Dr Henry Rink | knight 
of Dannebrog | [&c. four lines]. | 
Translated from the Danish by the 
author | Edited by | Dr Robert 
Brown | F. L. S., F. R. G. S. | author 
of 'The races of mankind', etc. | With 
numerous illustrations, drawn and | 
engraved by Eskimo | 

William Blackwood and Sons | Edin* 
burgh and London | MDCCCLXXV 
[1875] I All Rights reserveil 

Pp. i-xii, 1-473, 120.— Language, pp. 12-22.-^ 
A myth-song, with translation, pp. 66-67. — 
Scattered throughout are also many Eskimo 
words. 

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenadum, Brit- 
ish ICuseunL 

Danish Greenland | its people and 

its prodncts | By | Dr Henry Rink | 
knight of the order of Dannebrog [&,c, 
three lines]. | [Seal.] | Edited by ] Dr 
Robert Brown, F. L. S. F. R. O. 8. ] 
author of 'The races of mankind' eto. 
I With illustrations by the Eskimo^ 
and a map | 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



81 



Rink (H. J.)— Contiaaed. 

Henry S. King & Co., London | 1877 
Pp. i-xrii, 1-468, maps, pUte*. 8^.~Bemark» 
on the language of tiie natlTea of Greenland, 
pp. 197-198.— Tocabolarj of Eskimo worda and 
namea. pp. 3M-402.— Scattered thoagboat are 
Bany Eskimo vorda. 

Oopiet «c«n: Astor, British Mnseiim, Con- 
gress, Eames, Harvard. 

De grf^nlandske Stodnavues | Ret- 

akrtvning og Etymologt | af | Dr. H. 
Rink, I Dlrekt0r for den Kongl.gr0n- 
landske Handel. | 1877. 

Forms an appendix, pp. 351-366, to Johnstmp 
(F.), Gioseckes Mlneralogiske Rejse i Grenland, 
i;jfrt>enhaTn, 1878, 8<^.~0f letters, accents, &o. 
p. 355.— Verbal affixes, p. 356.~Nominal affixes, 
p. 396- — ^De grenlandske Stednavnes Betskriv- 
amg og Etymologi, pp. 358-366. 

Lea dialectes de la langne esqni- 

mande, ^claircia par nn tableau synop- 
tique de mots, arranges d'apr^s le sys- 
t^me da dictionnaire groenlandais. 

In Congrds Int des ▲m6ricanistes, Compte- 
rendo, fifth session, pp. 328-337, Copenhague, 
1884.9^. 
lasoed separately as follows : 

Dtalectes | de la langne esqnimaude. 

I Par I H. Rink. | Extrait du Compte- 
rendu dn Congr^s International des 
Am^ricanistes | Copenhagne 1883. | 

Copenhagne. { Imprimerie de Thiele. | 
1884. 

Ontside title as above, text pp. 828-337, 8°.— 
Greenland and western Esqaimaox words for 
/re, thw, thee, p. 333.— Greenland alphabet, pp. 
333-384. 

OopietBeen: Pilling. 

The Eskimo Dialects as serviDg to 

determine the Relationship between the 
Eskimo Tribes. By Dr. H. Rink. 

In Anthropological Institnte of Great Brit- 
ain and Irebud, vol. 15, pp. 239-245, London, 
1885,80. 

A general discussion, inolading a few Eski- 
mo terms and a genealogical table of dialects. 

Issued separately as follows : 

The Eskimo dialects | as serving to 

determine the relationship | between 
the Eskimo tribes. | By | Dr. H. Rink, | 
Knightof the Order of Danueborg [«iol, 
etc. I 

London: | Harrison and Sous, St. 
Biartin's Lane, | Printers in Ordinary 
to Her Majesty. | 1885. 

Title on cover as above, text pp. 239-245, 9P. 

Copieeeeen: Powell. 

: Om de eskimoiske dialekter, som 

bidrag til bed^mmelsen af sp^rgsmaalet 
£8K 6 



Rink (H. J.)— Continued, 
om eskimoernes herkomst og vaudriu- 
ger. AfH. Rink. 

In Aarbeger for nordisk oldkyndighe<l o» 
historie, udgivne af det kongelige nonlisko 
oldskrift-selskab, 1885, tredie hefte, pp. 219- 
260. KJebenhavn, 1885. 8^. 

This work has the following divisions: 1. 
The character of the langaago in general. 2. 
The difference of the dialects in general. 3. Tbe 
difference of the dialects in respect of expres- 
sions for certain classes of ideai. 4. Tho dif- 
ference of the dialects in regard to the stem- 
words. 5. Comparison among Iho dialects iu 
respect to grammar, comprising also constroc- 
tion of words. 6. Glance at the resnlto of tbe 
preceding. 7. List of the works employed iu 
writing this essay. Many words and stems 
throaghont. 

Issued separately as follows : 

Om I de eskimoiske dialekter, J som 

bidrag til bed^mmelsen af sp^rgs- 
maalet om | eskimoernes herkomst og 
vandringer. | Af | H. Rink. | Saertryk 
af Aarb. f. nord. Oldk. og Hist. 1885. | 

Kj0benhavn. | Thieles bogtrykkeri. | 
IB^i. 

Title as above on cover, no inside title, pp. 
1-42, 8^ the original pagination, 219-260, being 
also retained. 

Copieeteen: Powell. 

[The lingnistic results of Dr. Franz 

Boas's ethnographical researches in 
Baffin Land, by H. Rink.] 

Mannscript, pp. 1-23, i°, iu the Bureau of 
Ethnology. For a description of the material 
which Dr. Rink herein reviews see Boas (F.). 

Division of tho Eskimo regions, pp. 1-3.— 
Orthography, pp. 4-6.— Collection of wo^lsaud 
phrases (remarks on), pp. 6-7.- Radical and 
additional words, floctioual forms, pp. 8-10.— 
Division of words according to classes of no- 
tions, p. 10. — List of words in the vocabu- 
lary from Baffin's Land classed according to 
the notions conveyed, pp. 11-12.— Samples of 
the text of songs, with explanations, pp. 13- 
22. 

[Brief catalogue of books in the 

Eskimo language of Greenland.] 

Manuscript slips furnished me by Dr. Rink ; 
in its preparation he had the assistance of "a 
Greenland missionary." 

Heinrik Johannes Rink was bom in Copen- 
hagen, August 26, 1819. He studied in his na- 
tive town fVom 1840 to 1844, and then for a year 
or two In Germany. In June, 1845, he left Co- 
penhagen for a circumnavigation, as geologist 
of an expedition, but remained in India as as- 
sistant to the governor oi the Danish colony on 
the Nicobar Islands. Considerations of health 
obliged him to leave India, and after a stay in 
Egypt and Naples he returned to Copenhagen 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



82 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Rink (H. J.)— Coutinaed. 

in December, 1846. In 1848 he went to Green- 
land, where ho spout twenty-two summers and 
sixteen winters. From 1853 to 1808 ho served 
as inspector of Seuthoni Greenland, and in 1871 
was ttppoiute*l director of tho trade. His last 
visit to Greouland was made in 1872. In 1883 
ho settled down in Norway, and at present 
(1887) is spending a retired life at Christiania, 
Norway. 

Ritual: 

Greouland. See Ejjedo (Paul), 

Fahricias (O.). 
Robeck (^Dr, — ). [Vocabalaries of Asi- 
atic auil Americau Eskimo.] 

In Saricheff (G. A.), [Journey of Captain Bil- 
lings acrosa ihe Chukchi country], St. Petcrs- 
burg, 1811, 4°. In Kussian. 

Vocabulary of the settled Tschukchi and no- 
nia*lic Tschukchi, pp. 102-111.— Parallel vocab- 
ularies of about 300 woihIs each, Kussian, An- 
dreanofi'ski Aleuts, Lisie Aleuts, and Kadiuk 
Eskimo, in modern Russian type, part 4, pp. 
121-129. 

For partial reprints see Schott (W.); also 
Zagoakin (L. A.). 
Romberg (Hciurich). Eiu Tschuktsclii- 
Bcbcs Worterverzoicbiiiss. Von Herru | 
Hciurich Romberg. , 

In Erman (A.), Archiv fiir wissonscliaftliche | 
Kundo von Russlaiid, vol. 19, pp. 310-345, Ber- i 
lin, 1860. 8°. | 

Chuckchee vocabulary and numerals 1-100. ■ 

Ross (iSir J obii). A | voyage of discov- | 
cry, I made iiudcr tbo orders of tbo ad- 
miralty, I iu I bia majesty's sbips | Isa- 
bella and Alexander, | for tbo purpose 
of I exploring Baffin's Bay, | and in- 
quiring into tbo probability of a | 
north- west passage. | By John Ross, 
K. 8. Captain Royal Navy. | 

London : | John Murray, Albcmarlo- 
streot. I 1819. 

2 p. 11. pp. i'Xl, 1-252, i-csliv, 1 1. maps, 4^^.— 
A comparative list of the northern and south- 
ern. Eakiniaux language, p. 122.— Words the 
sanlb in both dialects, pp. 122-123. 

Oopiea ieen: Astor, British Museum, Con- 
gress, Harvard. 
A I Voyage of Discovery, | made un- 
der tbo Orders of the Admiralty, | in | 
bis Majesty^s Sliips | Isabella and Alex- 
ander, I for the Purpose of | exploring 
Baffin's Bay, | and enquiring into the 
Probability , of a | North-west Passage. | 
By John Ross, K. S. Captain Royal 
Navy. I Second Edition. | In two vol- 
umes I Vol. I[-II]. I 

London: I Printed by Straban and 
Spottiswoode, Printers-Street; | For 



Ross (J.)— Continued. 
Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and 
Brown, | Pat«rnosber-Row. | 181U. 

2 vols, map, S^.— LIngnlstics, as in fir»t edi- 
tion, vol. 1, pp. 1C7-1C8. 

Oopies teen: Boston Atheoienm, British 
Museum. 

EnWeekungsreise | der | kouiglichon 

Schiffo Isabella und Alexander | uach 
derBaffins-Bai, | zur Uutersnchung der 
Moglichkeit einer Nonl-West- | Dnreh- 
fabrt. I Nach dem Englischen | dos | 
Herrn John Ross, | Capitains der ko- 
uiglichon Marine, j (Aus dem Ethno- 
graphiseben Archiv besonders abge- 
druckt.) I 

Jena, | in der Bran'scheu. Buchhand- 
lung. I 1819. 

Pp. i-iv, 1-184, go.— Verglelchungs-Listc der 
nordlicben und siidlioheu Esquimaux-Spracho, 
p. 9».— Worte, die in bcidon Muudarton gleich 
sind, p. 100. 
CopUsK«en: Astor. 

A Dutch translation: 'sGravcnhaag, 1821, 8*>, 
is mentioned in F. Muller's catalogue, 1872, 
No. 137d. An English edition : London [1834], 
4°, contains no linguistics. 

Narrative | of a | second voyage iu 

search of | a | north-west iiassage, | 
and of a | residence in tbo arctic Re- 
gions I during the yeai-s 182D, 1830, lb*3l, 
1832, 1833. I By | Sir John Ross, C. B., 
K.S.A., K.C.8., &c. &c. I captain in 
the royal navy. | Including the re- 
ports of I Commander, now Capt>;iiii, 
James Clark Ross, R. N., F. R. S., K L. 
S., &c. I and | Tho Discovery of the 
Northern Magnetic Pole. | 

London : | A. W. Webster, 15G, liegeut 
Street. | 1835. 

4 p. 11. pp. i-xxxiv, 1-740, maps, plates, 4°.— 
Uymu in tho Esquimaux language, p. 70. 

CopUi seen : Astor, Boston Atbenieum, Brit- 
ish Musenm, Congress. 

Appendix | to the | narrative | of a) 

second voyage in search | of a | north- 
west passage, | and of a | residence in 
tho arctic regions | during the years 
1829, 1830, 1831, 18:^2, 1833. | By | Sir 
John Ross, G. B., K.S.A., K.C.S. &c, 
«&c. I captain in the royal navy. | In- 
cluding the reports of | Commander, 
now Captain, James Clark Ross, R.N., 
E. R. S., F. L. S., &c. I and | Tho Dis- 
covery of the Northern Magnetic Pole. J 
London : | A. W. Webster, 156, Regent 
street. I 1835. 

Pp. i-xii, 1-120, i-cxliv, i-cii, i©.— Vocabulary 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



83 



Ross (J. )~ Continued. 

of tbo English, DanUh, ami Ettquimaux Ian- 
j^uages, ppu 61-89.— Dialogao* iu tho En^lUb, 
Danish, and Esqainuufx langaages, pp. 01-104. 
Copit* ieen: Astor, British Musoutn, Con- 
gresB) Harvard. 

Narrative |^f a | second voyage | iu 

Hearcli | of a northwest passage, | aud 
of I a residence in the arctic reglous, | 
during the years 1«29, 1830, 1831, 18;J2, 
1833 ; I By Sir John Ross, C. B., K. 8. A., 
K. C. S.y &c. 4&C. I captain in the royal 
navy. | Including | the rejKjrts of Com- 
mander (now Captain) J. C. Koss, R. N. 
F. R. S., F. L. S., &c. I aud | the Dis- 
covery of the Northern Magnetic Pole. . 

Philadelphia: | £. L. Carey <& A. 
Hart. I Baltimore: t Carey, Hart & 
Co. j 1835. 

Pp.l-xxill, 1-456, map, 8^.— Hyimi iu tho Ks- 
qoimaax language, p. 43. 

Copietseen: Boston Athena) uoi. 

Relation | du | second voyage | fait 

i\ la recherche | d'uu passage an nord- 
onest, I Par Sir John Ross, | capitaino 
de la marine royule, chevalier de 
rOnlro du Bain, etc., etc. | et do sa 
r6»ideuce dans Ics r<^gions arctiques | 
IHsndaut les ann(ies 1829 li 1833 ; | con- 
tenant lo rapport du capitaiue de la 
mariuc royale Sir Jumos Clarck Ross, 
ct les I observations relatives ii la d6- 
couverte du jkiIo nord ; | ouvrage tra- 
duit sous les yeux de Tauteur, | par A.> 
J.-B. Defauconpret, | Traducteur des 
(Euvres de W. Scott, otc.j | Accom- 
|)agn<S d'une Carte du Voyage et oru6 
du i>or trait do I'Auteur, gravd | h Lon- 



Ross (J.) —Continued, 
dres, par Robert Hart, et des deux Vues 
les plus remarquables de | ces regions, 
gravies sur acier, d'aprcs Fiuden, par 
Skelton. | Tomepremier[-deuxi6me]. | 
Paris, I Bellizard, Barthds, Dnfour et 
Lowell, I libraires de la cour imp<S- 
riale de Russie, rue de Verueuil, 1 bis. | 
1835. 

2 vols, maps, 8°.— Hymn iu tho £sl^imo lau- 
guae^e, vol. 1. p. 99. 
OopietMeen: Congress. 

An edition in English, Brussels, 1835, 8=>. is 
raoutioucd iu F. MuUor's catalogue, 1872, No. 
1379. 

Rosse {Dr, Irving C). Medical aud un- 
tbropological notes. 

In Cruiso of the Revenue-sujamer Corwiii, 
pp. 7-14 (47th Congress, 24 session, IIouso of 
Itopresentatives, Kx. Doc. No. 105), Washing- 
ton, 1883, 4<^. 

Linguistic peculiarities, pp. 30-33, coutjius a 
few words iu and general remarks upon the 
E.<ikimo language. 

Rudolph (—). Anner' lAb inuungorsim- 

asub I pdriuek 'arneranik, | Rudolph ib 

I NekkurslHsub ag' legeinik. | aipags- 

s4uik naKitigkat, sujugdlit assiliuard- 

lugit. I 

Kj0beuhavu. | Louis Kleins Bogtryk- 
keri. | 1870. 

Literal trawilation: Tho Just-come-out-oue 
[who has J become-a human being | about tho 
taking caroof it | Rudolph | the healer's about 
his writings. I A second timo printed, | tho 
first copying it. 

Pp. 1-lG, IC^. Manual for mid wives iu tho 
Eskimo Unguago of Greenland. 

Citpiegseeii: Powell. 

See Eragh (P.) for an earlier treatise on this 
subject. 



S. 



Sabin (Joseph). A | dictionary | of | 
Kooks relating to America, | from its 
discovery to the present time. | By 
Joseph Sabin. | Volume I[-XVI]. | 
[Three lines quotation.] 

New- York : | Joseph Sabin, 84 Nassau 
street. | 1868[-1886]. 

16 rols. 8°, still in oourso of publication, and 
including thas far entries to "Remarks." Con- 
tains titles of many works in the Eskimo lan- 
guage. Now edited by Mr. TVilberforoe Eamos. 

Cfopiet uen : Congress, Eames, PowelL 

Sacrtd liUtory. Alcnt See Veniaminoff (J.) and 
NetzTiotofl(r.). 

Sagoskln. See Zagoskin. 

dt. Luke's Gospel. See Peck (E. J.). 



St. Michael Vocabulary. Sec Everetto (W. £.). 
Salomonib Okalagataningit | Profcte- 
niglo. I The Proverbs of Solomon aud 
the Prophe- | cies of Jeremiah, Ezekiel, 
Daniel aud | tho Twelve Minor Pro- 
phets: I Translated into | the Esfpii- 
maux Language | by | the Missiona- 
ries I of the I Unitiis Fratrum, or 
. United Brethren. | 

London: | Printed for the use ot the 
Mission in Labrador, | by the British 
and Foreign Bible Society. | 1849. 

Literal franslation : Solomon's his sayings | 
and about the Prophets. 

1 p. 1. pp. 1-675, 12°. 

Oopiei »een : American Bible Society, British 
and Foreign Bible Society. British Museum. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



84 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OP THE 



Sapfime dudkat atagagsttat ardlait. 

Colophon :' Druck von Gastav Winter 
in StoIi>en. [n. d.] 

Literal tranriation : On Sunday in tho oven 
ing things to be need the second. 

No title-page; pp. 1-7, 12°. Litany Gate- 
chism, entirely in the language of Greenland. 

Copietseen: Pilling, Powell. 

My copy, procored of the Unitats-Bachhand- 
lung, Gnadao, Saxony, cost, 20 pf. 

Sauer (Martin). An | account | of a | 
geographical and astronomical | ex- 
]>edition | to the | northern parts of 
Russia, I for ascertaining the degrees of 
latitude and longitude of | the mouth 
of the river Kovima; | of the whole 
coast of the Tshntski, to East Cape; | 
and of the islands in the Eastern 
Ocean y stretching to | the American 
coast. I Performed, | By Command of 
Her Imperial Majesty Catherine the 
Second, | empress of all the Russias, | 
by Commodore Joseph Billings, | In the 
Years 1785, &c. to 1794. | The whole 
narrated fVom the original papers, | by 
Martin Saner, | secretary to the expe- 
dition. I 

London : | Printed by A. Strahiin, 
Printers Street; | For T. Cadell, Jun. 
and W. Davies, in the Strand. | 1802. 

Pp. i-xxvii, 1-332, and appendix pp. 1-58, 
map, 4<^. — Vocahnlary of the languages of 
Kamtshatka, the Aleutan Islands, and of 
Kadiak, pp. 0-14 of appendix. 

Copie* seen: Astor, Bancroft, Boston A the- 
neum, Boston Public, British Museum, Con- 
gress, Watkinson. 

Voyage | fait par ordre de rimp<S- 

ratrice de Rnssie | Catherine II, | dans 
le nord | de la Russie Asiatique, | dans 
la mer Qlaciale, | dans la mer d' Anadyr, 
et sur Ics | cdtes de PAmdrique, | depuis 
1785 jusqu^ou 1794, | par le commodore 
Billings; | T6dig6 par M. Saner, | Secr<S- 
tairc-Intcrpr^te de PExp^dition, | et 
traduit de Panglais avec des notes, | 
par J. Castdra. | Avec une Collection 
de quiuze Planches, format in-4^., 
dessin^es sur les Lienx. | Tome Premier 
[-Second]. | 

A Paris, | chez F. Buisson, Impri- 
meur-Librairo, rue Ilautefeuille, No. 
20. I an X (1802) 

2 vols. 8o, atlas i^.— Vocabnlaire Kamtcha- 
dale, vol. 2, pp. 289-295.— Yocabnlaire A16oute, 
vol. 2, pp. 20G-303.— Yooabulaire de la langue 
de Kadiak, vol. 2, pp. 304-311. 

Copi«9 9een: Congress. 



Sauer (M.) ~ Continued. 

According to Ludewig, there was a German 
transUtion: Berlin, 1802, 8^, the vocabularies 
occurring on pp. 31NM06w 

Reise | uaoh | Siberien, Kam- 

tschatka, und znr | Untersuchung | 
dcr MUndnng des Kowlma-Flusses, 
der gauzeu | KUste der Tschntschen 
und der zwischen dem fe- j sten Lande 
von Asien und Amerika be- | findlichen 
Insein [&c. eight lines] von | Martiu 
Sauer, | Sekretar der Expedition, j Aus 
dem Englischen Ubersetzt. | Mit Kup- 
fern und | Karte. | 

Berlin und Hamburg. | 1803. 

2 p. IL pp. i-vii, 0-334, 8o.-.VocabuUuie8, pp. 
S25-330. 

Oojnetseen: British MnseuuL 

A copy at the Fischer sale, Ko. 2125, brought 

d9. 

Sohediagma hocce etymologico-philolo- 
gicum * * * Gronlandioum. See Abel 
(I.). 

Schema conj ugatiouis Groulaiidicje. See 
Thorhallesen (E.). 

Soberer ( Johann Benedict). Hecherchee 
I Historiqnes | et G^ographiques | sur 
I le Nouveau-Monde. | Par Jean-Beuolt 
Scherer, Pensionuaire du Roi; | Em- 
ploy^ aux affaires ^trang^res; Membre 
de plusieurs | Academies &, Soci^t^ 
litt^raires; ci-devant Jurisoon- 1 suite 
dn College Imperial de Justice h Saint- 
P^tersbourg, | pour les affaires de la 
Livonie, d'Esthonie &. de Finlande. | 
[Design.] j 

A Paris, | Chez Brunet, Libraire, rue 
des £crivaius. | M. DCC. LXXVII 
[1777]. 

Pp. i-xii, 2 U. pp. 1-352, map, pbttes, SP.— 
Short Tocabulary, 17 words, Esquimaux and 
Greenland, p. 19.— Essai sur les rapports des 
mots entre les Lauguos du Noureau-Monde Sc 
celles de TAnclen, par Court do Gebelin (A. 
de), pp. 302-345, contains: Langue des Esqui- 
maux & des Groonlandois, pp. 300-312. 

Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenienm, Con- 
gress. 

Priced by Leclero, 1878, Xo. 2087, at 20 fr. 
Quaritch bought a oopy at the Ramlres sale, 
Ko. 772, for ds. fid. 

Sohomburgk (Sir Robert U.). Contri- 
butions to the Philological Ethnogra- 
phy of South America. By Sir B. H. 
Schomburgk. 

In Philological Soc. (of London] Proa vol. 3, 
pp. 228-237 London, 1848, 8o. 
"Affinity of words in the Guinauwith other 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANOUAOG. 



85 



Sohombnrgk (R. 11.) — CoDtinned. 

LangoagM and Dialects in America," pp. 230- 

237, oQotains among otUeiti examples in Bskl- 

tnaax of Hudson's Bay. 
A yocabnlary of the Maiongkong 

Langaage [South America]. By Sir 

Robert Scbombargk. 

In Philological Soc [of London] Proc. vol. 4, 

pp. 217-222, London. 1850. 8°. 
Contains the word for tun in Esqnlmanx, 

Tehouktche American or Aglemoute, Slc 

Schott (W.). Uebcr die Spraohec des 
rosaischeii Araerika's, nach Wenjami- 
iiow.' 

lu Erman (A), Archiv fUr wissenschaftUche 
Eunde von Rossland, vol. 7, pp. 126-143, Berlin, 
lft48. SP. 

Uober ethnographische Ergebnisse 

der Sagoskiaschen Reise, von W. 
Schott. 

In Erman (A.). Archiv fdr wissensohaftliche 
Eunde Ton Rosdland, vol. 7, pp. 480-512, Berlin, 
1840. 8°. 

Yocabnlary of the Inlcilik and Inkalit-Ingel- 
not (from Zagoskin). pp. 481-487.— Vooabn- 
Ury of tbe Tacbnagn^nte, Kwigpal^nte, and 
KwkowignOate (from Zagoskin), Ka^Jaker 
(from Billings and Lisiansky), and Kamoller 
(from Bobek), pp. 488-512. 

Die Sprache der Eskimos auf Gron- 

land. 

iBlCagasin fiir die Liiteratnr dos Anslands, 
Koa. 88, 39. Berlin. 1868. Title from Lnde- 
wig, p. 221. 

Sohabert (Hofraih von), editor, Corre- 
spondenz-Nachrichten ana Labrador. 
Mitgetheilt von Hro. Hofrath v. Schu- 
bert. 

In Kdniglicbe Akad. der Wiss. zu liancben. 
ToL 18, colnmns 417-430, Manchen [1844]. 4<^. 
Eskimo vooabolary, colnmns 417-422, 425-429. 

Scliwatka {Lieut, Frederick). Vocabu- 
lary of the Eskimo. * 
Kannscript In possession of tbe author. Con- 
oeming It be writes mo tfs follows : " Hy lin- 
goistic material pertaining to the Eskimo is in 
roagh manuscript form, containing probably 
500 or 600 words in most common use by the 
Inkillik Innnits of Repulse Bay, gathered fh>m 
August, 1878, to August. 1880, while sojourn- 
ing with this tribe, each word being noted in a 
small calf-bonnd journal as its use made it 
prominent and I became assured that I had 
it sufficiently correct for conTcrsational pnr- 



Seemaim (Berthold). Narrative | of the { 
voyage of H. M. S. Herald | during the 
years 1845-51, | nnder the command of | 
Captain Henry Kellett, R. N., C. B. ; | 
being | A Circnmnavigation of the 



Seemann (B.) — Continued. 
Globe, I and three cruizes to the arctic 
regions in search | of Sir John Frank- 
lin. I By I Berthold Seemann, F. L. S., | 
member of [&c. two lines]. | In two 
volumes. | Vol. I[-n]. | 

London: | Reeve and Co., Henrietta 
Street, Covent Garden. | 1853. 

2 vols. 8^.— Brief reference to tbe Eskimo 
langnago. vol. 2, pp. 68-69. 

Oopisttetn: Astor, Bancroft. Boston Athe- 
niDum, British Museum, Congress. 

Reiae um die Welt | und | drei Fahr- 

ten I der Koniglich Britischen Fre- 
gatte Herald | naoh dem nordlichen 
Polarmeere | zur | Aufsuchnng Sir 
John Franklin's j in den Jahren 1845- 
1851. I Von I Berthold Seemann. | Erster 
[-Z welter] Band. | [2 lines.] | 

Hannover. | Carl RUmpler. | 185.3. 

2 voU. : pp. i-xl, 1-885; i-vi, 1-294, 8©.— 
Sprache der Eskimos, voL 2, pp. 72-73. 

Oopist Men .* British Museum, Congress. 

Selenie (a J.). See Zelenie (S. J.). 
Sendebrev til alle GronloDudeme. See 
Fasting (L.). 

Senfkomeaut^pok. C Picture. ] 

Ko title-page; pp. 1-8. 24^. Bible stories in 

the Eskimo language of Greenland.— Apost. 

suU. 7, 9-14, pp. 1-2.— Job. 10, 12-18, pp. 8-4.- 

Matth. SO, 29-34, pp. 5-6.— Apost snll. 8, 27-39, 

pp. 7-8. 
Oopiett$en : American Tract Society, Powell. 

Senfkometan-tpok. [Picture.] 

No Utle-page; 1 p. 1. pp. 1-8, sq. 24°. Bible 
lessons in the Eskimo language of Labrador.— 
Apostetit Piniamingit 7. 9-14.- Job. 10. 12-18. 
Mattb. 20, 29-34.— Apost Pin. 8, 27-39. 
Copies teen: American Tract Society. 



SennemtlHngmtk Tukslantitait. 

Kaer(K.). 



See 



Sentences : 




Oreeniaad. 


See Kragh (P.). 


Innuit 


Hoffman <W. J.). 


Koksoagmynt 


Turner (L. M). 


Unalasbkan. 


Tnmer (L. M.). 


Sermons: 




Greenland. 


SeelvangkiUnnik, 




Kragh (P.). 


Labrador. 


OkAlautsit 



Shea (John Gilmary ) . Languages of the 
American Indians. 

In American CycIopiediA, vol. 1, pp. 407-414, 
Now York, 1873, 8°. 

Contains grammatical examples of a nnmlter 
of American languages, smong them the Es- 
qnimaux. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



86 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Silame iliornerit. See BUeinschmldt 

(S. P.). 
Silamiut ingerdlaasi^Dik. See Janssen 

(C.E.K 
Simonimik Syrenimiumik. See Boggild 

(O.). 

SlmpBon (Dr, John). Observations on 
the Western Esqnimanx and the Coun- 
try they inhabit; from notes taken 
daring two years at Point Barrow, by 
Mr. John Simpson, R. K., Her Majesty's 
Discovery Ship "Plover." 

In Farther papers relative to the recent Arctic 
expeditions, pp. 917-942. London, 1853, folio. 

Contains tbe names of the seasons and months 
in Bsqoimaax, p. 833. 

Reprinted in Royal Geographical Society, 
Arctic Geography and Ethnology, pp. 233-275. 
London, 1875, SP. (British Mnsenm, Powell.) 

Smith ( E. Everett) . [ Vocabnlary of the 
Malemnte, Kotzebne Sound.] 

10 pp. 4^, 190 words. In the library of the 
Bareau of Ethnology. 

Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge: 
These words following a title indicate that a 
C4>py of the work referred to was seen by the 
compiler in the lihrary of this society, London, 
England. 
Songs: 

AKndnirmint See Boos (F.). 

Alent Pinart (A. L.), 

Yeniaminoff (J.). 
Atka. yeniaroinofl*(J.). 

Greenland. Crans (D.), 

eriningkat, 
Kjcr (K.), 
Rink (H. J.). 
Kaniagmiont Pinart (A. L.). 

Labrador. Imgemtit, 

Imgcmtsit. 
OKomint. Boas (F.). 

TnskL Hooper (W. H.). 

[S^rensen ( B. F. ) . ] Klipemerit niipan- 

tiiapnt tnnitdlanvdlutik kisi^ne tikiii- 

taftut; [&€.] [Signed B. F. S^rensen.] 

[Nnngrae aipagssanik nakitigkat. | 

L. Moller. | 1874.] 

Literal trarulaHon : The small-pox is a disease 
by infecting only that comes [t. «., that comes 
only by infection]. At the Point [Godthaab] a 
second time printed. L. Holler. 

No title-pago or caption; begins as above; 
pp. 1-6, 9P; in the Greenland langaage. It is 
an account of the symptoms etc. of small-pox, 
with the methods of treatment and precautions 
for preventing the spread of the disease. 
Copies teen: Powell. 
Statisticfl of seal flsheriea, Greenhind. Soo Plni 
artnt 



Steams (Winfrid Alden). Labrador | a 
sketch of I its peoples, its industries 
and its | natnral history. | By | Win- 
frid Alden Steams. | 

Boston : | Lee and Shepard, 47 Frank- 
lin Street. | New York: Charles T. Dil- 
lingham. I 1884. 

Titie 1 1. pp. iii-vlii, 1-295, S©.— Namerals 
1-10, 20, 30, of the Labrador Indians, and a vo 
cabalary of 35 "other words" [not Eskimo], p. 
294.— Labrador Indian terms passim. 

Copies seen : Bureau of Ethnology, Congress. 

Steenholdt (Wittus Frederik). Inn(\l» 
nangminek isumaliornora Ondib'lo t«»k- 
kotinera. Innnktnt nnktersimafok 
Wittns Frederik Steenholdtimit. 
Kjobenbavuimo, 1851. * 

Literal transUUion: Man's his own ponder- 
ing and Go<rs his revelation of himself. To 
men it is translated by Wittns Frederik Ht4M»n- 
lioldt. At Copenhagen. 

75 pp. 8°. Koligious tract in the Eskimo lan- 
gaage of Greenland. 
Title from Pinart sale catalogne, No. 352 (5). 

OkallnktnaBt Bibelimit pisimasnt | 

Kristnmindlo Apostelit kingorneesignt 
I okallnktuarisanuenet tapnsimavlnne. 
I Aglseksiroasnt | Kavlnnait Pelleseesa 
illiennit, Balslevimit; | nnklersimasut 
Wittns Frederik Steenholdtimit. | 

Kjol>enhavnime. | nakkittarsimasnt 
Bianco Lunomit: | 1854. 

Literai translation: Stories from the Bible 
made ( and the Christian Apostles after them | 
their narratives having been incladed. | Writ- 
ten I Europeans their priosti by some of them, 
by Balslev; | translated by Wittns Frederik 
Steenholdt | At Copenhagen. \ printed by Bi- 
anco Lnno. 

1 p. 1. pp. 1-136, 16^. Bible stories in the Es- 
kimo langaage of Greenland. 

Copies seen: Harvard. 

Tlerknksamnt imalAneet illnamer- 

mik ajokensont . . . nnktersimarsok 
Wittus F. Steenholdtimit. 

Noungme, 1800. 

20 pp. &^. Ethics in the Eskimo language of 
Greenland.->72tnlr. 

Steenholdt was a native teacher. He diinl at 
Jakobshavn, Greenland, in 1802. 

Steiger (E. ). SteigeHs j bibliotheca glot- 
tica, I part lirst. | A catalogne of | 
Dictionaries, Grammars, Readers, Ex- 
positors, etc. I of mostly | modem lan- 
guages I spoken in all parts of the 
earth, I except of | EngltHh, French, 
German, and Spanish. | First division : 
I Abenaki to Hebrew. | 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



esk/mo lanouaqe. 



87 



Steiger (E.)— Continued. 

E. Steiger, | 22 & 24 Frankfort Street, 
I New York. [1874.] 

Hftlf-UUo on ooTer, title as above 1 1. notice 
1 1. text pp. 1-40, 12<>. Contains an Eskimo sec- 
tion, pp. 32-33. The second division of the first 
part was not pnbUsbed. Part second is on the 
En^Iah language, and Part third on the Ger- 
man langoago. 

In bis notice the compiler states : " This com- 
pilation most not be regarded as an attempt nt 
a complete lingnistio bibliography, bat solely 
OS a book-seller's catalogue for bnslness pur- 
poses, with special regard to the study of phi- 
lology in America." 

Copies Mcen: Eames, Pilling. 

Steinthal (Dr, II.). Charakteristik | dcr 
hanptsachlichsteu | Typcu des Spracli- 
banes. | Von j Dr. II. Steinthal, | 
Priyatdocenten fiir allgomeino Sprach- 
wissenBcbaft | an der Uuiveraitat zn 
Berlin. | Zweite Bearbeitung | seiner | 
Classification der Sprachen. | 

Berlin, | Ferd. DUmmler's Verlags- 
bachbandlnng | 1860. 

Pp. l-lx, 1 1. pp. 1-336, fio.— V. Die amerikan- 
iseben Sprachen, Binverleibung, pp. 202-231, 
inolodes: Die amerikanischon Sprachen iiber- 
Iiaapt, mit beeonderer Riioksicht auf das Gron- 
Undiaohe, pp. 220-231. 

OopieM teen: Aster. Boston Athenronm, Brit- 
ish Museum, Ilaryard, Trumbull. 

Stdnberg (Karl Jnnins Optatna). Bibel- 
imit njarsiramassnt | okrallnktntut, | 
indrkraen illinniajgffiksait, | KaIil<Uit 
nannAuDO psellessiogalloab K. J. O. 
^t^nberg-ib nnktigai. | 

Kjubenbavnime. | Bianko-Lnnomit 
nakkrittinnekratut. | 1854. 

Literal trantlatUm : From the Bible selected | 
■toriee, 1 children's their instruction things, | 



St6nberg(K. J. O.) — Continued. 

Greonlanders' in their country the late priest 
K J. O. StAnberg translated them. | AtCoi>cn- 
hagen. | By Bianco Luno printed. 

1 p. 1. pp. 1-123, 16°. Bible stories in the Es- 
kimo language of Groculand. 

Copies $e4n: Uarvanl. 

K. J. O. StAnberg was bom in 1812, livcil in 
Greenland fVom 1840 to 1853. and died while 
parish priest on tlio Island of Funcn, Don- 
mark. 1872. 

See Kattitsiomarsut. 

Stimpaon (/)r. William) and Hall (Pro/. 

Asaph). Chnkcliee vocabulary. 

In Dall (W. n.), Alaska and its Rcsonigtcs, 

pp. 552-554, Boston, 1870. 8°. f 

Stiale ( B^redorick A. ). The I^ord's Prayer. 
Matt. Ch. VI. vv 9-13 | In upwards of 
Fifty different Languages, arranged 
mostly geograpbically aecording | to 
Fr.^ Adelung's View. 

Now York Sept."^ 1841. Compilc<l by 
F. A. Stralc. Litb. of Endicott— 22 John 
Street. 

Broadside, 25} X 102 inches. Contains among 
others the Lord's Prayer in the Greenland and 
Esquimaux of the Coast of Labrador, Kos. 50 
and 51. 

Oopiet teen: Powell. 
Stuart Island Vocabulary. See Bnschmann (.1. 
C. E.). 

Stupart (R. F. ). The E.skimo of Rtnpart 
Bay. 

In Canadian Institute Proo. new series, vol. 
4, pp. 05-114, Toronto, 18S6, 8". 
. Eskimo vocabulary, pp. 113-115. 

Sutherland ( P. C. ). On tbe Esqnimanx. 
By P. C. Sutherland, M. D. 

In Ethnological Soc. of London Jour. rol. 4, 
1850, pp. 103-214, London, n. d. 8^. Numerals, 
1-10, 16-30, of the Esquimaux, pp. 208-200. 



T. 



Talea: 




AKodnirmint 


See Boas (F.). 


Greenland. 


BoggiM (0.), 




Kaladlit, 




Kjer (K.), 




Pok. 


OKomiut. 


Boas <F.). 


Tchiglit. 


Petitot (E. P. S. J.) 



Tamedsa Gadib kakkojanga. 

lAtenUtremiMion: Hero is God's his bread. 

No tiUe-page; 1 I. pp. 1-8, sq. 24'>. Bible 
lesaona in the Eskimo language of Labrador.— 
Math. 0. 2-8, pp. 1-2.— Luo. 17, 11-10, pp. 3-4.— 
Luc. 19. 1-10, pp. 5-41.— Job. 11, 41-44, pp. 7-8. 

Oopiet teen: American Tract Rooiety, Pow- 
ell. 



Tamedsa | Matthaeusib, Marknsib, | 
Lukasib, | Joliannesiblo [ okantsinnik 
tnssarnertunnik | nalogapta piulijipti| 
.lesnsib Kristnsib ' pinniarningit ok.an- 
singillo. I Printed for | tbe British Jind 
Foreign Bible Society, | for the use of 
the Christian Esqnimanx in the mission- 
I settlements | of the United Brethren on 
tbe Coast of Labrador. | ^ 

London: | W. M'Doi^^all, Printer, 

Pcmberton Row, Oongh Sqnarc. \ 18:59. 

Literal tranttlation : nci*o arc | Matthew's, 

Mark's, | Luke's, | and John's ( in thoir Tvonls 

pleasing to hoar | our Lord onr Savior | Jesus 

' Christ's I his doings and his words. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



88 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



TamedBa— CoDtioned. 

Tide 1 1. text pp. 1-277, ICP, The four goa- 
pels in the Eskimo of Labrador. 

Copiet teen: British and Foreign Bible So- 
ciety. 

Sabseqnently issued as a part of the New 
Testament; see Testamentetak tamedsa. 

TamedBa Johannesib. See Kohlmels- 

ter(B.G.). 
Tamersa | Makperksaeket imroakartnt | 
Okautsinnik, Kristomi- | unnat | Ajo- 
kaershtiksennik AppersHtiksennik | 
akkireiitikBenniglo attortuksaursnn- 
nik I lonhsiiit njokaersorniarlngifc. | 

Badissime, | Nakkitarsimapat Ernst 
Moritz Monscmit. | 186L 

Literal trantlation: Here are | the books 
filled I with the words for christians I things to 
bo used and instmction things | and things for 
answers to bo nsed | children In teaching 
them. I At Bautzen, | they were printed by 
Ernst Moritz Mons. 

Title verso bUnk 1 L text pp. 3-72, 1(P. 
Catechism entirely in the hingnage of Green- 
land. 

Oopiee teen : Pilling, Powell. 

My copy, purchased at the Unitlts-Buch- 
handlnng, Gnadan, Saxony, cost 80 pf. 

Tamerssa | Okfiatsit Testamentitokame | 
agleksiniarsut | illeit pirsariaglit, | Ajo- 
kaersntinniglo nevsniaatik- | sennik, 
Taksiautinniglo | illakartut | Kukter- 
simarsut Karadlit okanseennat. | [De- 
sign.] I 

Bndissime | nakkitarsimarsnt Ernst 
Moritz Monsibme. [n.d.] 

LiterallrantlaHon: Here are | the words in 
the Old Testament | written | some of them { the 
needful ones, | and with lessons things to serve 
for explanation | and psalms | united | trans- 
lated Greenlanders into their speech. ] At 
Bautzen | printed at Ernst Moritz Mons's. 

Title verso bhwk 1 1. pp. 3-225, 16«>. Bible 
stories from the Old Testament, entirely in the 
language of Greenland. 

Copiet teen : Pilling, PowelL 

My copy, purchased of the Fnitats-Buch- 
handlnng, Gnadan, Saxony, cost 2 M. 

Tamerssa timmiosant | killangmit 
pirsok. [Picture.] 

Literal trantlation: Behold a snpply-of- 
bread | from heaven come. 

No title-page ; heading only ; 1 p. 1. pp. IS, 24°. 
Bible lessons in the language of Greenland. 

Copiet teen : American Tract Societj'. 

Taatamantitorkamik | agdlagsimassnt 
ilait oKalngtn- ( arissat, ajoKersfttinik 
ilasi- I -massut. | 

[Druck von Gnstav Winter in Stol- 
pen.j 187L 



Tastamantitorkamik — Contin ned . 

LiUral trantlation : By the Old Testament | 
written some of the tales, | with lessons | sup- 
plemented. 

Title 1 1. text pp. 1-179, 12o. Bible stories 
fiwm the Old Testament, entirely in the lan- 
guage of Greenland. For replies and queries 
to this see aperssAtit. 
Copiet seen: Pilling, Powell. 
My copy, procured ftom the Fnitits-Baoh- 
handlnng, Gnadan, Saxony, cost 1 M. 
Tchiglit : 

Dictionary. See Petitot (E. F. 8. J.). 

Grammar. Henry (V.). 

Grammatic treatise. Petitot (E. F. S. J. ). 

Legends. PeUtot (E. F. a J. ). 

Tales. PeUtot (E. F. a J. ) . 

Tchongatche-Eonega Vocabulary. See Balbi ( A. ). 
Tchnktchi : 

Grammatic treatise. See Radloff (L.). 
Numerals. Pott ( A. F. ). 

Songs. Hooper (W, H.). 

Vocabulary. Balbi (A.), 

Gallatin (A.). 
Gilder (W. H.), 
Hooper (W.H.). 
Krause (A.), 
Lesseps (J. B. B.), 
Pflzmaier (A.), 
Radloff (L.). 
Robeok (— ), 
Komberg (H.), 
Stimpson (W.) and 

Hall <A.), 
ZaK08kin(L.A.). 
Ten Commaadments : 

Greenland. See Anderson («r.). 

Hudson Bay. p©ok (B. J.). 

Testamente Nntak, eller. See Egede 
(Paul). ^ 

Testamente Nntak Kaladlin. See Fa- 
brlciaa (O.). 

Teatamentetak | tamedsa: | Nalegapta 
Piulijipta I Jesnsib Kristnsib | Apoetel- 
ingitalo | pinniamingit okausingillo. | 
Printed for | The British and Foreign 
Bible Society, | for the iiso of the Chris- 
tian Esquimaux in the mission-settle- 
ments I of the United Brethren on the 
coast of Labrador. | 

Loudon: | W. M'Dowall, printer, 
Pemberton-row, | Gongh- square. | 
1840. 

Literal tramlati&n : The New Testament | 
behold it: | Our Lord our Savior | Jesus 
Christ's I and his Apostles' \ their acts and 
their words. 

2 p. IL pp. l-«37, 12°, in the language of Labra- 
dor. 

Copiet teen : Astor, British Museum, British 
and Foreign Bible Society, Church Missionary 
Society, Congress. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



89 



TMtamentetak — Continned. 

At the Field sale, catalogne No. 644, a copy 
broaght $l.e2 ; at the Murphy sale, catalofnie 
Xo.907,25cent8. PricedbyQoaritoh^Ka 30047, 
at Si. 

A portioii of this work, pp. 1-277, containing 
the four gospels only, was Issaed in 1839, with 
the title Tamedsa Matthaensib ; the remain- 
der, pp. 277-637, was also issned separately 
with the heading Apostelit Piniaringnt 

** In 1820 a oomplete edition of the [Labra- 
dor] Ssqaimanz Kew Testament left the [Brit- 
ish and Foreign Bible] Society's press in Lon- 
don."— Basilar. 

Reichelt fpeaks of " the first edition of the 
(Labrador Eskimo] Hew Testament having 
appeared in 1827 under the anspioes of the 
British and Foreign Bible Society. " 

TestamentetSk terssa naieganta an- 
naoTsirsiata Jesaslb Kristasib igokosr- 
Bngeisalo snllirseit okaoseello. Trans- 
lated into the greenlandish language by 
the miBsionaries of the Unitas fratrum. 
London, 1862. * 

LUertU t r a m Hation : The Kew Testament be- 
hold it, oar Lord oar Savior Jesas Christ's 
and his disoiples* their acts and their words. 

80. Kew Testament in the Greenland. Title 
ftom the Pinart sale catalogue, Ko. 852. For 
earlier editions see Testamentitak terssa. 

Testamentetokak Testamentitarlo. *■ 
LiUrai tnmi^Hon: The Old Testament and 

the Kew Testament 
In the language of Greenland. Title from 

Dr. Blnk. 

Testamentetokak Hiohib * * * Salo- 

moblo. SeeBrdmann (F.). 
Testamentetotak Josnab * * * Eb- 

terib. See Brdmaim (F.)* 
Testamentitak | tamsedsa | nalegapta 
pial^jipta j Jdanaib Rristnsib | aposte- 
lingitalo | piniarningit i^okertnsin- 
gillo. I Printed for | the British and 
Foreign Bible Society in London, | for 
the use of the Moravian Mission in Lab- 
rador. I 

Stolpen: | Gnstav Winterib NAner- 
lanktangit. | 1876. 

LUerai tranilatum: The Kew Testament | 
behold I oar Lord oar Savior | Jesas Christ's | 
and his apostles' | their acts and their teach- 
ings. 1 Stolpen: 1 Oostav Winter's bis prIn^ 
lags. 

Pp. 1-282, 9P. The Fonr Gospels and the Acts 
of Uie AposUes in the langnage of Labrador. 
C&pie»§€en: British Maseam. 
A later edition, with additions, as follows: 

Teatamentitak | tamiedsa | nalegapta 
pinlijipta | Jdsusib Kristnsib | aposte- 
llogitalo I piniarningit ojokertasiii- 



Teatamentitak — Continned. 
gillo. I Printed for | the British and 
Foreign Bible Society in London, | for 
the nse of the Moravian Mission in Lab- 
rador. I 

Stolpen, I Gnstav Winterib N^nilauk- 
tangit. I 1876. 1878. 

Literal tranriation : The Kew Testament | 
behold I our Lord onr Savior | Jesas Christ's | 
and his apostles' | their acts and their teach- 
ings. I Stolpen, I Gnstav Winter's his print- 
ings. 

2 p. 11. pp. 1-282, 1-225, 8°, in the Eskimo 
of Labrador.— Matthew to Acts, pp. 1-282.— 
Romans to Revelation, pp. 1-222. 

Copietseen: British and Foreign Bible So- 
ciety, Pilling, Powell. 

Testamentitak, | terssa: ] N^leganta 
annaursirsivta | lesusib Kristnsib, | 
ajokiersugeisalo, { snllnrseit okanseello. 
I Translated | into the Greenland lan- 
gnage I by the | Missionaries | of tho 
I Unitas Fratmm ; or United Breth- 
ren. I Printed for the nse of the Mis- 
sion I by I the British and Foreign 
Bible Society. | 

London: | W. M'Dowall, Printer, 4, 
Pemborton Row, Gongh Square. | 1822. 

Literal tranelaiion: The Kew Testament | 
behold it: | onr Lord our Savior | Jesas 
Christ's, I and his disciples', | their acts and 
their words. 

2 p. U. pp. 1-584, 2 IL 120, in the langnage of 
Greenland. The first edition of the revised 
version; 1,000 copies were printed for the 
above society. 

Oopiee seen: British and Foreign Bible So- 
ciety, British Maseam, Shea, Tramball, Wat- 
hinson. 

Priced in Leclerc's Sapplement, Ko. 2964, at 
20 fr. The Mnrphy copy, catalogue Ko. 2929, 
brought $2.50. 

TestamentitSk | terssa | NlQeganta 
Annaursirsivta | lesusib Kristnsib, | 
aJokaBrsugeisalOy | snllirseit okanseello. 
I The New Testament. | Translated | 
into the Greenland language | by the 
missionaries | of the | Unitas Fratrum 
or United Brethren | Second edition. | 
Printed for the use of the mission by j 
the British and Foreign Bible Society. I 
Budisime | printed by Ernst Moritz 
Mouse. I 1851. 

Literal translation: The Kew Testament { 
behold I our Lord our Savior I .TesnsClirist's. j 
and his disciples', | their acts and their wonls. j 
At Bautsen. 

2 p. 11. pp. 1-583, 8®, in tho lanj^uu^e of Green- 
land. According to Bogntcr's Bible of Every 
Land the e<lition consisted of 1,000 copies. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



90 BIBLIOGRAPHY OP THE 









HUITXilHMX 



*i4AH 



smiSsmt mthxhiuhiu^ez. 






0. netoPBifprx. 

1847. 

PAC-SIMILK OF TTTLE-PAGR OF TISIINOl F*8 CHRISTIAN QUIDR BOOK. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



91 



1 



Testamentitak — Continued. 

(hpU$ 9etn: Astor, GongreM, Pilling, Pow- 
ell 

My oc^y, piooored firom the XTnitiits-Baoh- 
handliuig, GiuidAa, Saxony, cost 5 M. 

Dr. Bink has fnrnisbed me with a similar 
title, no date, 553 pages, 8°. For a later edition 
see TeatamentetSk terssa. 

Testamentitokab Makp^rsssghjaa * * * 

Jo8vab. SeeKragh(P.). ^ 
Testamentitokab makp^rssBg^jsa « * * 

pTofetit mingnerit. Bee Kragh (P.)* 
Testamentitokab makp^rsegejsa * * * 

Mofiesiin. See Kragh (P.)* 
Testamentitokamit Dayidim lynge- 

ml^j. SeelJVolfCN. G.). 
Testamentitokamit Mososim agleg^j. 

8e«Fabiiciiis(0.). 
Testamentitokamit Profetib Esaiasim. 

See -Wolf (N.O.). 
Testamentitokamit Salomon ib. See 

Wolf(N. G.). 
Texts: 

Aglegmloat. See Plnort (A. L.). 

Akat. , Pinart (A. L.). 

Kadiak. Veniamhioff (J. ) . 

Thomas a Kempis. See Egede (Paul). 
iThorhallesenCEgil).] Tuksiutit | Sab- 
Itatit Ulloinnnt | Napertorsaket, allello 
I Kallaltngnni | Attuartnkset ; | Tuk- 
siaotillo lilaejartortnt. | Apersontin- 
goello I Koekborsunnnt. | 

Iglorpeksoinne Kiobenhavnime | nak- 
kitet Gerhard Gieso Salikatb. | 1776. 

Literal transUUion : Prayers | Sabbaths for 
tbeirdays | adapted, and other | for Greenland- 
era | thing»-to-bo-ased { I and psalms selected. | 
And Ottle questions | for candidates-for-bap- 
tism. I At the city at Copenhagen | printed by 
Gerhard Giese Salikatb. 

Title vorso bhmk 1 1. preface signed by Paul 
Bgede 1 1. text, entirely in the langoage of 
Greenland, pp. 1-116, index 2 II. 1(P. Pp. 54- 
116 are occupied with hymns. 
Copies seen: British Museum. 

— Schema conjngationis Gronlandic® 
Verbomm in ok, vok et rpok definen- 
tinm. 
Hafii, 1776. 

Expositio catechismi gronlandici. 

Kj^bh. 1776. 

• Precationes et hymni grunlandici in 

singnloB septimanse dies. 

Kjf bh. 1776. 

Titles from Nyemp's Dansk-Norsk Littera- 
tnrlexicon, rol. 2, p. 609, KJSbenhavn, 1818. 
This latter work is probably the same as that 



Thorhallesen (E. ) — Continued. 

of which fhll title, commencing Tuksiutit, is 
given aboTc. 

Thorhallesen was bom in Iceland November 
10, 1734. He graduated in 1758 and in 1765 be- 
came a missionary to Greenland. In 1776 he 
was made parson at Bogense, in Fyen, and dean 
in Skovbo district. He died in 1789. 

Tishnoff (Elias). [Seven lines Cyrillic 
characters.] | Hjbiiri* TuKHotaiii De.ibfi. | 
[Two lines Cyrillic type.] | 1847. 

Translation: Christian | Guide Book, | con- 
taining i Saint Michael [ history | and | Michael 
Catechism. | Elias Tishnoff made. 1 St Peters- 
burg. I Synod Press. 

Title 1 1. pp. 1-06, 80. in the Aleutian bin- 
gnage. In Cyrillic type, with the addition of 
several specially cast for.the purpose. See p. 90 
for fac-similo of title-pago. The work Is based 
on Veniaminoflr(J.) and Netrrietofl' (J.). Ori- 
gin of Christian Creeds. 

Copies seen: Pilling, PoweU. 

— -- [Six lines Cyrillic characters. ] | Ha 
AjeyTCB0-Ra4i>iiKCKlft Jtsbm nepeteji I. 
TuKBorb. I 

C Herepdyprb. | Bicyno^ajbiioa THOorpMiH. 
11848. 

Translation: Of | Matthew | Saint \ the Gos- 
pel | Of] Matthew | Saint | the Gospel. 1 Into 
the Alcntian-Kadiak language translated by 
E. Tishnoff. I St. Petersburg. | Synod press. 

lp.I.pp.l-270,doablecolumnB,lI.8^. The first 
three lines of the title-page are in Alent-Kadiak; 
the next throe a Slavonic translation of the same. 

Copies seen: Bsncroft, Pilling, PoweU. 

[Two lines Cyrillic characters] | 

AjeyTCRo-RA4i»HRCRitt I 6yRBApb. I CocmB. Hjbfl 

TblHtnOBl. 

cnerepdypri. | Bbcyno4<'UbnollTtiiiorpa«lH. 
I 1848. 

Translation: Aleutian-tCadiak | Primer. \ 
Aleutian-Kadiak | Primer. | Compiled by Elias 
Tishnoff. I St. Petersburg. | Synod press. 

Title 1 L pp. 1-52, le^'. See p, 93 for facsimile 
of title-page. 

Copies seen: Pilling, PowelL 

The three foregoing works sold at the Pinart 
sale, catalogue Ko. 14, to Leclerc for 15 fr. 

— [Two lines Cyrillic characters.] | 
AjeyTCRo-Ra4biiRCRitt (SfRaapb. | Cocteb. Haii 

TWEROBl. I 

cncTcpOypTb. I BbcyH04ajbnollTOnorpa«lH. 
I 1848. 

Translation: Aleutian-Kadiak | Primer. | 
Aleutian-Kadiak | Primer. | CompUed by Elias 
Tishnoff. | St. Petersburg. | Synod press. 

Pp. 1-33, leP, Though identical in title with 
the one given above, it is not the same work ; 
the two agree to tho middle of page 8, bat 
thereafter they differ materially. 

Copies seen: Congress, Powell. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



92 BIBLIOGRAPHY OP THE 






AJEYTCKO-RA^BJIRGRIA 

ByRBiPft. 



C0etna9i Hmh Thwcnon, 



0. noTCPBifprx 

184 8. 

FAC-SIMILB OP TITLE-PAGE OP TISHNOPP'S ALEUTIAN-KADIAK PBIMBR. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO liANOUAGE. 



93 



Tterkakaamat iaial6neet illaarnermik. 
See Steenholdt (W. F.). 

TomUn (Bev. J. ). A comparati vo vocabu- 
lary I of I forty-eight languages, | com- 
prising I one handred and forty-six | 
common English words, | with | their cog- 
nates in the other languages, | showing | 
theirAffinitieswith the English and He- 
brew. I By the | Rev. J.Tomlin, B. A., | 
Author of ''Missionary Journals and 
Letters during Eleven Years Residence 
in the East ; " | [<&c. throe lines]. | 

Liverpool: | Arthur Newling, 27, Bold 
Street. | 1865. 

Pp. i-xii, 1-32 (nmnbored odd on veraos, 
even on rectos ; recto of p. 1 and rerHO of p. 32 
blank), pp. xiii-xxii, 1 L 40.— Indades an JSs- 
qaimanx vocabulary (from a Moravian mis- 
aionary). 

Copies seen: British Mnseoni, TVatkinson. 

ToonoonMnooflhak Vocabulary. See Hall (C.F.). 

Tract: 

Greenland. See Kragh (P.), 

Steenholdt (W. F.). 
Labrador. Blbelib. 

Triibner (Nicolas). See Ludewig (H. 

E.). 
Triibner & Co. A | catalogue | of | dic- 
tionariea and grammars | of the | Prin- 
cipal Languages and Dialects | of the 
World. I For sale by | TrUbner & Co. | 

London : | Triibner & Co., 8 <& 60 Pa- 
ternoster Row. I 1872. 

Title on cover as above, title as above 1 1. 
notice 1 L text pp. 1-64, 1 1. alphabetically 
arranged.— List of Eskimo (Greenland) works, 
p. 18. 

CopUBMeen: PUling. 

A later edition as follows : 

TrUbner's | catalogue | of | dictionaries 
and grammars | of the | Principal Lan- 
guages and Dialects of the World. | 
Second edition, | considerably enlarged 
and revised, with an alphabetical in- 
dex. I A guide for students and book- 
sellers. I [Monogram.] | 

London : | Triibner & Co., 57 and 09, 
Ludgate Hill. 1 1882. 

Printed cover as above, title as above 1 1. pp. 
iii-viii, 1-170, 80.— List of works in Eleuth 
( Alcat], p. 48 ; in Eskimo, p. 53. 

Copies seen : Pilling. 

Tno^mll : This word foUowInK a title indicates 
that a copy of the work referred to was seen 
bj the oompner in the library of Dr. J. Ham- 
Mood TrombnU, Hartford, Conn. 

Tsdwagngixta Tocabnlaiy. See Schott (W.). 



Tschag^azzi : 

Grammatic oodiments. See Adelung (J. C.) 
and Vater (J. 
S.). 
Numerals. Pott (A. F.). 

Vocabulary. Adelnng (J. C.) 

and Vater (J. 
8.), 
Baer (K E. von), 
Buschmann (J. 

C.E.), 
Wowodsky (— ). 
Tschnakak Island Vocabulary. See Buschmann 
(J. C. E.). 

Tugsiautit | angnerit | Kat^ingutiglngni- 
anut I kaldtdlit uunanltunut atortugs- 
sat. I 

Stolpen, I Druck von Gustav Winter. 
11878. 

Literctl translation : Psalms | the greatest | 
for the brethren | Greenlanders in-thoir-land- 
being things- to-be-used. 

Free trannlation : The most Important psalms 
for the use of the brethren who are in the coun- 
try of the Greenlanders. 

Title verso bhmk 1 L contents pp. iii-vi, 
text pp. 7-442, alphabetic list of hymns pp. 
443-494, 12°. Hymn-book entirely in the lan- 
guage of Greenland. 

Copies seen : Pilling, Powell. 

My copy, bought of the UuitHts-Buchhand- 
lung, Gnadan, Saxony, cost 4 M. 

Tuksiamtsit, | attorokset | lUagSktuu- 
nut I Labradoremetunnut. | 

Londonneme: | W. McDowallib; Ne- 
nilauktangit. | 1809. | Printed for the 
Brethren's Society for the Furtherance 
of I the Gospel ; for the Use of the Chris- 
tian Esquimaux in the | Brethren's set- 
tlements, Naiu, Okkak, and Hopedale, 
on I the Coast of I^abrador. 

Literal translation: Psalms, | things-to-be- 
used I for the communities | that-are-in-Labra- 
dor. I At London : | W. McDo wall's ; his print- 
ings. 

Pp. l-iv, text pp. 1-277, index pp. 1-34, 1(P. 
Hymn-book entirely iu the Eskimo language 
of Labrador. 

Copies seen: British Museum. 

Price<l by Triibner, 1856, No. 670, at 6». A 
copy (dated 1819) at the Pinart sale, catalogue 
"So. 902, brought 1 fr. 50 0. 

Tuksiamtsit | uvlakut unnukullo, | uv- 
lunuttamainutilllugajnt | Wochemo. | 

Colophon : E. Bastaniermullo & Dun- 
skymuUo ndnertaulaukput Lojbaume. 
IC187L] 

Literal translation: Psalms | for morning 
and for evening, | for the days all made \ in 
the week. | By £. Bastanier &. Dunsky they 
are printed at Lobau. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



94 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Tuksiarutsit — Coutiuued. 

HiUf-titlo as above Terso blank 1 ]. text 
(prayers) entirely in the langaage of Labra- 
dor, pp. 3-19, colophon verso of p. 19, IQP. 

Copietseen: Pi Ilin}(. Powell. 

My copy, bon^ht of the Unitats-Buchhand- 
lung, Gnadao, Saxony, cost 35 pf. 

Tuksiautit attuagickset | illageennut | 
iuuait DUDaennetuunnt. | [Design.] | 

Barbime, 1785. 

Literal traiulaiion: Psalms tbings-tO'be- 
used I for the congregations | the Eskimo in- 
their-country -being. | At Barby. 

Free traiulatum : Psalms for the use of the 
congregations that are in the country of the 
Eskimo. 

Title verso blank 1 1. contents 2 II. text (can- 
ticles) in Greenland Eskimo, Danish headings 
(German letter), pp. 7-304, index 16 IL IC^'. Le- 
clerc says probably by Paul Egedo. ITio work 
itself bears no such indication. 

Copies »cen: Maisonneuvo. 

Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2235, at 60 fr. 
The Pinart copy, catalogue No. 903, sold to 
Leclerc for 13 fr. 

Tuksiautit | attuagoiksot | Ingtnikortar- 
tuunut I IHageeksannetunuut. | t De- 
sign.] 

[Zcrbst, gedruckt bey Andreas Filch- 
sel.] I 1822. 

Literal translation: Psalms | things-to-bo- 
used I for separate | congregations. 

Pp. 1-47, 16<^. Litany catechism entirely in 
the Greenland Eskimo. 

Copies seen : Pilling, PowelL 

My copy cost 80 pf. 

Tuksiautit erinaglit. See Muller ( V. ). 

Tuksiautit Jalcsiutit oiakko. See Kjer 

(K.). 

Tuksiautit Kikiektugai'ursoniik. See 
Koer(K.). 

Tuksiautit | ussornautiksaglit, | attu- 
agwksot I lUageenut luuuit uunicn- 
netiinuut. | [Design.] 

[Noplace.] 1822. 

Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-160, 16°. 
Liturgio manual witli prayers for public wor- 
ship entirely in the language of Greenland. 
For translation see next title. 

Copies seen: Pilling. PowelL 

My copy, purchased from the UnitXts-Bnch- 
handlung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 80 pf. 

Tuksiautit | ussornaatiksaglit, | attua- 
gffikset I Illageeuut Innnit nunaen- 
notunnut. | 

LcDbaume, | J. A. Daroldtib nakit- 
tagoi. I 1852. 



Tuksiautit — Continued. 

Literal translation: Psalms | withmeans- 
for-worshiping | a manual | for the congrega- 
tions the Eskimo in -their- land -being. I At 
Lobau, I J. A. Duroldt printed them. 

Title verso blank 1 1. pp. 3-72, 16°. Small 
liturgy entirely in the language of Greenlaud. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

M3' copy, bought of the UnitatsBuchhand- 
lung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 80 pC 

Tuksiutit Sabbat it Ulloinnut. See 
Thorhallesen (£.). 

Turner (Lucieu McSban ). Con tribu tions 
I to tbe I natural history of Alaska. | 
Results of investigations made cbielly 
in tbe Yukon | District and tbe Aleutian 
Islands ; conducted | under the aaspices 
of tbe Signal Service, | United States 
Army, extending from | May, 1874, 
to August, 1881. I Prepared under tbe 
direction of | Brig, and Bvt. Maj. Qen. 
W. B. Hazon, | Cbief Signal Officer of 
tbe Army, | by | L. M. Turner. | No. II. | 
Arctic series of publications issued iu 
connection with tbe Signal Service, 
U. S. Army. | Witb 26 plates. | 

Washington: | Government Printing 
Office. I 1886. 

Title reverse blank 1 1. pp. 3-210, pUtes, 4®.— 
Scattered through the volume are many Unalit 
and A lent names of fishes, birds^ and mammals. 

[Contribution to the natural history 

of North America. Report on observa- 
tions made iu Ungava and Labrador 
iu 1882-1884 by L. M. Turner.] 

Manuscript, 3900 pp. folio, in courso of 
preparation.— Ethnology of the lunuit^ pp. 
1842-2127.— Vocabulary of the Koksoagmyut, 
over 7,000 words, pp. 2128-2867.— Notes on 
the linguistics of the Koksoagmyut, pp. 2868- 
3011.— Over 1,000 sontenoes, Koksoaguiyut- 
EngUsh, pp. 3012-3185.— Unalit (Norton Sound, 
Alaska) vocabulary, including over 3,000 
words, besides sentences and notes, together 
with conjugation of verb to go, pp. 8186-3475.— 
Vocabulary of the Halimyut (Norton Sound, 
Alaska), 250 words, pp. 3475a-3495.— UnaUsli- 
kan Alyut-English vocabulary, together with 
sentences and conjugations, over 1,900 words, 
pp. 3496-3673. 

[Descriptive catalogue of Innuit col- 
lections made in 1883-1884 in Ungava 
and Labrador by L. M. Turner for the 
use of the U. S. National Museum.] * 
Manuscript, about 600 pp. folio, in course 
of preparation. Includes traditions, legends, 
and narratives, and contains many names of 
ol^eots in the Koksoagmynt dialect. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



95 



Turner (L. M.)-— Continned. 

[Descriptive catalogae of ethnologic 

collections made in lb80-1881 by L. M. 
Turner on Attn Island, Aleutian Chain, 
Alaska. Prepared for the use of the 
U. S. National Museum.] * 

Manuscript, abont 800 pp. folio, iu course of 
prop*ration, describing; implements, cbaracter- 
isUcs, customs and traditions; notes on names 
of village sites, &c., giving the native names 
of tbe articles described, of villages, &o. 

[Descriptive catalogue of ethnologic 

collections made in 1874-1877 by L. M. 
Turner iu Norton Sound, Alaska. Pre- 
pared for the use of the U. S. National 
Museum.] * 

Manuscript, about 800 pp. folio, in eourse 
of pr^Muation, describing implements, uses, 
&c.t together with chapters on tlie character- 
istics and customs of tbe Unalit of Norton 
Sound. Contains many native terms. 

[Innnit names of birds, compiled 

from various sources by L. M. Turner.] * 
Manuscript, 62 pp. folio, in possession of tbe 
author. Bemarka on distribution of birds in 
the Innnit land ; descriptive names of parts of 
birds; authorities quoted; remarks on spell- 
ing and pronunciation of names given, pp. I'- 
ll. —Names of 155 species of birds (arranged 



Tomer (L. M,^ —Continued. 

accordiog to the American Ornitbological 
Union Cbeck-list), pp. 12-02. 

Titles from the author, who has also fur- 
nished me the following brief of bis work 
among the Eskimo: 

"From May, 1874, to July, 1877, at St Mich- 
ael's, Norton Sound, Alaska, among the TJualit, 
Malimyut, Kavyaagmyut, and Kvichpiigmyut 
tribes of the Innuit of t hat region. From May, 
1878, to July, 1881, among the Alyut of Una- 
lashka, Atkha, and Attu; also visit<Ml Bristol 
Bay region, mouth of Kuskokvim River, Uga- 
sik, and Kadiak during that time. Fit>m June, 
1882, to September, 1884, along coast of Labra- 
dor and south of Hudson Strait, among the In- 
nuit of those regions and the Naskopie (Nay* 
naynots) Indians of tbe XJngava District, Hud- 
. son Bay Territory." 

Since his retum, in 1884, Mr. Turner, under 
the direction of tbe Secretary of the Smith- 
sonian Institution, has been preparing his 
material for publication. 

Turner (William Waddeu). See Lude- 

wig(H. E.). 
Tussajuugiiik siutelik tussarle. | [Do- 
sign.] 

Literal translalion: About -what -is -to-be • 
heard (?) he who has oars let him hear. 

No title-page; 1 p. 1. pp. 1-8, aq. 24o. Bible 
lessons iu the language of Labrador. 
Copieeteen: American Tract Society. 



U. 



Ugalenzi: 

Vocabulary. 



See Baer (K. £. von), 
Buschmann (J. O. £.), 
Wrangell (F. von). 
Buschmann (J. C. E.). 



Words. 
Ugaljachmntzi : 

Grammatic comments. See Adelnng (J. C.) 
and Vatcr (J. 
S.). 
Remarks. RadIoff(L.). 

Vocabohiry. Adelung (J. C.) 

and Vater (J. 
S.), 
Baibi (A.), 
Ihill (W. n.), 
Fisher (J.). 
Prichard (J. C). 
Words. Buschmann (J. 

C. E.), 
Um6ry (J.). 

Um^iy (J.). Sur TidentitiS du mot M^e 
dans les idlomes de tons les penples. 
In Bevue Orlentale et Am6ricaine, vol. 8, 
pp. 335-338, Paris, 1863, 8°. (*) 

Contains the word for mother in UgalJach- 
moutzl, Greenland, Aleut of XJnalaska. 
Qnalaska: 

Coiuagatlons. See Turner (L. M.). 



UnalaAka — Con t i nued . 

Numerals. See Baer (K. B. von). 

Sentences. Turner (L. M.). 

Vocabulary. Adelung (J. C.) and 

Vater (J. S.), 
Bryant (— ), 
DaU (W. H.), 
Davidson (G.), 
Fry (E.), 
Gallathi (A.), 
Latham (R. G.), 
Lisiausky (XT.), 
Lutk6 (F.), 
Turner (L. M), 
Veniaminoff (J.). 
Wowodsky (— ). 

Words. Campbell (J.). 

Unaligmnt Vocabulary. See Dall (W. H.). 
Unalit: 

Conjugations. See Turner (L. M.). 

Vocabulary-. Nelson (E. W.), 

Turner (L. M.). 

Underretnlng * * * Qr^ulaud. See 

Kragh (P.). 
IJDipkautsit 52git niaggoertorlugit Bi- 

bolemit. lUiuniarriugnnt kittomgare- 

uullo illingajut. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



96 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Unlpkautsit — Continuetl. 

Calev, Barthib sonnalaaktaugit; 
Stattgarty J. F. Steinkopfib uelilauk- 
tangit, 1852. * 

Literal translation: Stories 52 -in -number 
repeated from the Bible. For sohoola and fam- 
ilies adapted. Caleb Barth's his works; Stutt- 
gart, J. F. Steinkopf 's bis printings. 

Pp. vl, 205, 12^, in the Eskimo language of 
Labrador. 

Title from Sabin's Dictiouary, No. 3703. 

Unlpkautait | 52git niaggoertordlugit 
Bibeleniit. | IlliDiarvlngDut kittorn- 
garSuullo I illingajut. | Biblische Qe- 
schicbteu. | 

StolpeD, I Gustav Winterib n^nilanK- 
tangit. I 1878. 



Unipkautsit — Continued. 

Title verso blank 1 1. contents pp. i-vlii, text, 
Old Testament stories (52), pp. 1-342, New 
Testament stories (52), pp. 343-520, lep. In 
the Eskimo language of Labrador. 

Copies seen: Pilling, PowelL 

My copy cost 6 M. 

UnnerBduUksak emisdksiortannut. See 
Kragh (P.). 

Ursini (G. F.). See Kragh (P.;. 

UsBomakaut n^lnuiktut. | [Picture.] 

Literal transUUion : Blessed are the merciful. 

No title-page; 1 p. 1. pp. 1-8, lO*'. Bible 

lessons in the language of Labrador. I have 

seen the same tract with outside title: PU- 

loridlarput nApkinlktut. 

Copies seen: American Tract Society. 



V. 



Vater (Johann Severin). Untersucbun- 
gen I iiber | Amerika's Bevolkerung | 
uus dem | alten Kontlnente | dem | 
Herrn Kammerberru | Alexander von 
Humboldt | gewidmet | von | Jobann 
Severin Vater | Professor und Biblio- 
tbekar. | 

Leipzig, I bei Friedricb Cbristiau 
Wilbelm Vogel. | 1810. 

Pp. i-xii, 1-212. 120.— A few words in the 
language of Greenland, pp. 47, 156, 195; Eski- 
mo, p. 203. 

Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con- 
gress, Harvard, Watkinson. 

At the Fischer «ale. No. 2879, a copy was 
bought by Quaritch for 1«. 6d. 

Liugnarum totius orbis | Index | 

alpbabeticus, | quaruui | Granimaticae, 
Lexica, | collectionos vocabulorum | 
recensentur, | patria significatur, bis- 
toria adumbratur | a | Joanne Severino 
Vatero, | Tbeol. Doct. [&c. 2 lines]. | 

Berolini | In officina Ilbraria Fr. 
Nicobii. I MDCCCXV [1815]. 

Latin title verso 1. 1, German title recto 1. 2, 
verso blank, dedications 2 11. preface pp. i-iv, 
half-title 1 1. text pp. 3-259, 8°. Alphabetically 
arranged by families, double columns, German 
and Latiu. 

Notices of works iu Aleut, p. 11; Andre- 
owsk, pp. 13-14; Greenlaud, pp. 85-80; Ea<\jak, 
p. 110; Kamtjwhadkn, pp. 112-113; Norton 
Sound, p. 170 ; Prin» - Williams - Sund, p. 193 ; 
Tschugazzi, pp. 240-241 ; Tschuktschi, p. 241 ; 
Ugaljachmutz, p. 247. 

Copies seen : Bureau of Ethnology. 

A later edition in German as follows: 

Litteratur | der | Graniuiatiken, 

Lexika | und | Wortersammlungen | 



Vater (J. S.)— Continued, 
aller Spracbeu der £rde | von | Jobann 
Severin Vater. | Zweite,volligumgear- 
beitete Ausgabe | von | B. Jiilg. | 

Berlin, 1847. | In der Nicolaiscbon 
Bucbhandlung. 

Pp. i-xii, 1-592, 2 11. 8°, arranged alphabet- 
ically by languages, with family and author 
indexes. 

List of works iu Aglegmute, p. 453 ; Aleut, pp. 
12-13, 454; Andreanowski, p. 19; Atnah, p. 38; 
Eskimo, pp. 113-114, 481; Hudson Bay. p. 173; 
KadJak, pp. 194. 499^ KamUchadale, pp. 190, 
501; Kinai, XJgaljaschmutzi, pp. 204, 504; Kor- 
jaken, pp. 210-211, 508; Euskokwim, p. 509; 
Norton Sound, pp. 266-207; Prince Williams 
Sound, p. 296; Tschugatschon, pp. 408-409; 
Tschuktschen, p. 409; Ugaleuzen, p. 425; Una- 
lasohka, pp. 427-428. 

Copies seen : Congress, Eames, Harvard. 

In the Fischer catalogue. No. 1710, a copy 
sold for Is. 

See Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J. 

S.). 
Venlaininoff(ii?et.Jobn). yRaaaHie ; nyrH | 

rb I i<apcTBie iicOcciioCy | Doy4eHio. | Ha | 

AlCyTCKO-JHCbCBCKOMl | fl3UKli,| co*iHnenHoc I 

CBfiUteiniHRovi loaHHoMi | BeHiaMBHOBUMi. | 
1833 ro4a. | 

MocKoa. I Bi C\-R04aJbiioii THDorpa4>iii, | 
1840. 

Translation: Guide i road | into i kingdom 
heavenly | taught. | In Aleutian-Fox | dialect; 
I written I by EoTcrend John | Veniaminoff. | 
1833 year. | Moscow. | At Synod press. 

Russian title, i-evenie blank, 1 1. title-page in 
Cyrillic characters, reverse blank, 2 11. 67 other 
11. in Cyrillic characters, IfP. See fao-simile 
of title-page, page 97. 

Copies seen: Congress, Powell. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 97 



9^RA3AH1E 
n 9" T H 

BT, 



H O y-M E H I E. 

UA 

A^EyXCKO-tlHCBEDGKOM^ 
fl 3 U K ^9 

OOnHHEHHOB 
CBAIl(eiIUHK01!II'& JoaHHOM'b 

BeuiaMjuHOOiiM'b, 

i.8 3 3 r o A A.. 

■ I I urn II 



Ji'U. CTiioA'a<>bi^°^ Th nor patting 

FA08IMILK OF TITLE-PAGE OF VENIAMINOFF'S GUIDE IIOAD. 



ESK 7 

Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



98 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



KOJOffiEHGEOMli H RMbMCROMl. 

■ 

OrqAClU O nPOyHXli POGClJllGKa-AHEPUKAHCKHX!l>» 

C% DPHOOBOBynJBHIKNl 

IKKXaftCKO-HO^OmEHCKATO 

GJEOBAPJi, 

cqpsuniAro imi looo um, m iniiixi ha H^EOTOBbiii mvm 

nOHCEEHIH. 

Cocmaeuati ^Meaw& Bemiaamnon^ 

Wb CHTXft. 



GAHRl 
b TUUirptilB UHJiBFATorcKoM Anmeidfl Bap& 

FAC-SIMILE OF VENIAMINOFF'S REMARKS, AC. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



99 



Veniaminoff ( J.)— Continned. 

^aoHCKH 1 061 ocrpuBaxi | y uajauiKHHCKnro | 

ouiJa, I cucTaueHuufl | H. BeHiaMHuoByMii | 
Ham Depufl [-BTopaa]. | Ha4aH0H]K4UBeHfeiii 
Poocildo-AveiMuaiicBoi | ROMnaHiH. | 
CaiKToerepOrprv | 1840. 

IVt m rf atf on : Notes t on iho ialauds | of the 
Unalashkui | diBtrict, | Compiled | by J. Veni- 
aminoir. | Part first [-sooond]. | Publisfaed at 
the expense of the Bnssiiui- American | Com- 
pany. I Si. Petersburg. 

S Tols. : 4 p. IL pp. i-ix. 1-364 ; 4 p. U. pp. 1-409, 
8 n. and table, 8°. Vol. 8 has a different titie, 
as foOows : 

SanacM | o&h | ATiHBCBHxiAjeyTax'fc | ■ | 

KoMmaxi. I IL BBoiaifHiiOBa, | cocTtsiJiiomie j 
Tpeiln <iacn | aanacon | aCfi oerposaxi | 
TMjamMRCRaro 0T4tja. | H34aiio BSAHBeBieHi 
Poccllcio-AHepiRaBCRofi I KOMiiaBiR. I 
CMVmeiepOypn, | 1840. 

IVofisIalum ; Kotes | on | the Atkhan Aleats 
I and I Koloshians. | By J. Yeniaminofl; | be- 
ing I the third part | of notes | on the islands | 
of the Unalnahlran district. | Published at the 
expense of tboRussian-Amerioan | Company. | 
St. Petersbnrg. 

2 p. 11. pp. 1-156, 8<>.— Aleutian words, with 
Bnsslan synonyms, scattered throughout.— 
VoL 2, part 2, pp. 264-271, gives some account of 
the Aleutian grammar. Chap. 16, pp. 298-305, 
on the songs, gives five songs in parallel col- 
umns of Aleut and Bossian. — Vol. 3, chap. 1, 
relates to the Atkhans, and treats chiefly of 
the distinctions in language between the At- 
khans and ITnalashkans: pp. 20-26 give songs 
and stories in ACkhan and some in Bussian. 
Chap. 2 relates to the Koloshiaos ; pp. 135-154 
treat of their languAj;e and grammar and Id- 
dnde numerals 1-200, pp. 148-149; pp. 152-154 
contain sentences, Sec. in Tlinkit and Bussian. 

Oopiu teen : Bancroft, British Museum, Con • 



— 3avt<iaiiifl 1 RojomencRoMi r Ra4biiRCB0iii | 
nURaxi I ■ I OT<Acni opo^iMxi PoccIMcro- 
AiepBRaHCRax'^ | n npicoBORynjenien | 
PQcdieRo-KaiomeiicRaro | cjOBaps, | eo4epjRa- 
Bare doite 1000 eion, nn rorxi aa RtRoro- 
pui C4tjaiu I DoflcnenlJi. | CocTaBRjiHBnni 
■eaiaiueoBi, | wh cant. | 

CaBRTflerepdrpn | b^ TflBorpa«iH HMnepa- 
T)peRott AB4eiilH HayRi. | 1846. 

J^randaHon : Bemarks | on the Koloshian and 
Ksdiak | languages | and | in part concerning 
other Bussian* American panguages] | with the 
additkm | of a Bnssian-Koloshian | vocabulary, 
I containing over 1,000 words, some of which are 
folly I defined. ( Compiled by Ivan Veniaminoff, 
I at Sitka. | St. Petersburg, | in tlio Printing 
Oflioe of the Imperial Academy of Sciences. | 



VeniaminofiT (J. ) — Coutioued. 

Printed cover, with title briefer than above, 
1 1. title as above 1 L text pp. 3-81. erraU 1 1. 
8^. — General remarks on the language aud 
grammar of the Koloshian, pp. 1-24.— Transla- 
tions, pp. 25-26.— Kadiak grammar, pp. 27-35.— 
Kadiak translations, pp. 36-37.— Bossian -Ko- 
loshian vocabulary, pp. 40-8L 

See £sc-simile of title-page, page 96. 

Oopies Men : British Museum, Powell. 

Leclerc, 1878, Na 2987. prices a copy at 15 fir. 

Ooun I rpaMsiaTRRH I AjeyTCRo-JHCbeBCRBro 

«3UKA. I CBBUIOBBBRa H. BeBiAMBflOBa, | Bl 

ynajaiuRt. | 

CaBRToeTep6ypn | wh TBoorpa^lB BMocpa- 
TopcRott aRta4esiiB uayrb. | 1846. 

TranelaHon : An essay | upon the grammar | 
of the Fox dialect of the Aleutian language^ | 
By Beverend J. Veniaminoff, | of Unalashka. | 
St. Petersburg | in the press of the Imperial 
Academy of Sciences. 

2 p. IL pp. i-xv, 1-87. i-Ui, 1-120, i-vi, and 2 
folding tables, 8^.— The grammar occupies pp. 
1-87.— Introduction to dictionary, pp. i-iii. — 
Aleut-Bussian dictionary, pp. 1-76. — Bussian- 
Aleut dictionarjr, pp. 77-111. —Aleut phrases, 
with Bussian transUtion, pp. 11M20.— Errata, 
pp. i-vi, and two folding leaves, coi^ugation of 
verbs. 

Oopiet teen: Bancroft, British Museum. 

Prioeil by Leclerc, 1878, Na 2096, at 35 ft. 
and by Triibuer, 1882 (p. 48), at 5t. 6(1 

Langaes de FAni^rlqae Rnsse. Par 

Ivau Veniaminoff. 

In Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, voL I, 
1850 (voL 125 of the collection), pp. 859-964. 
Paris, n. d. 2P. 

For extracts from Veniaminoff see Henry 
(V.) ; also Schott ( W.). 

and Netsvletoff {Rev. Jacob). Ha- 

<iaTRH I xpBCTiaBCRaro y^iealfl | bjb | RpaTRaa 

CB)III|"nHafl I BCTOptB I ■ I RptTRll XpRCTlBB- 

cKffl I RaTBXB3Bc%. | CI PyccRBro lauRB aa 
AjeyTCRo-JicbeBCRll nepoBeji | GBBiqeBBHRi 
loinni B'uiaMBROBi 1827 r04a, r bi 1837 | 
it>4r HCopaBHji; a CBBnteBBHRi laROBi He- 

lIBkTBBl I paaCNaTpBBaflORUB^eBOBMB DOflCB&- 
IliBMH €4^144% HXl | OOBRTBUMI B 44fl AtXH- 

BiiOB'i, BirfenoiBxi cBoe Bap't^le. | 

CaRRTDerepCyprb, | 61 CvR<ua4Moi noo- 
rpa^lB. I 1840. 

TrantHation: The mdiments | of Christian 
instmctfon | or | Short Saored | History | and | 
Short Christian | Catechism. | From the Bos- 
sian tongue into Aleutian-Fox transUted | by 
Beverend John Veniaminoff in the yey 1827, 
and in 1837 |- year revised ; and Beverend Ja- 
cob Ketzvietoff | has examined it and with 
notes made it | intelligible for the Atkhans, 
who have a dialect of their own. | Si P^t^Tf- 
burg, I At Synod PresB, 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



100 BIBLIOGKAPIIY OF TUE 

H A n[ A TRH 

XPHCTIAHCKArO THfEHIA 

Hxn 
KPATKAA CBffmEHHAff 



KPA.TKIH XPnCTIAHGKlft 

ch PyccKaro A3biKa na AaeymcRO^JfRCBeBCKifi nepoMM^ 
CfiiipieHnHR'b loaHifb BeniaMHHOB^b 1827 roA^i k Bib 183T 
roAj HCijpaBn.yB^ a CBau\euBxiKb Ibkovb HeoiBtmcm'b 
j^acMampHDaii oubi^, cbohmh noACBeHinMH cflluuurb ^Xh 
nonajoasma UA**AAiiixiiiittOBi>yBii:^iDmBX'& cBoe aapt.qic^ 



CAHKTnETEPEyPF'h, 

Ba GvHo^a.i&Hofi THnorpaorHt 

1840. 

FAC-8IMILE OF VBNIAMINOFF AND NKTZVIETOFF*8 RUDIMENTS. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAOE. 



101 



Veniaminoff (J.)— Coiitinaed. 

Half-title in Cyrillio type and Russian, re- 
verse title in Rnssiaii, a^ above, 1 L title in Cy- 
rillic type (samn aa Russian title minas the im- 
print) 1 1. prefaod by Yoniaminoff in parallel 
oolumna of Aleutian (Cyrillic type) and Rus- 
sian, pp. i-vii ; preOace by Netsvietoff in par- 
allel oolnmns, Aleutian (Cyrillic type) and 
Rassian, pp. ix-xiz; primer in Aleut and Rus- 
sian, pp. 1-24 ; Short Sacred History in Alea- 
tian, pp. 1-104 ; Short Christian Catechism in 
Aleutian, pp. 1-51, 9P, See fao-slmile of title- 
page, page 100. 

Copiei$een: Pilling, Powell. 

For a later edition of the Sacred History see 
Tiahnoff(S.). 

rocii04a Bamero | laeyca XpncTa | 

EtanrejiPy | oaimcaaHoe | anocTOJOMi Mare- 
tork I Ch Pjrccsaro hsuka aa AjeyrcRO- 
.iKbeB'^ioil aepeBCJi | CB)iuienHiiKi> loaHRi 
l^iaxHuoBi* 18:26 itqa, n bi | 1830 ro.iy 
ncnpaBHji; , a CBiiiqenHHRi» laKOBi* HcqBtrOB'k 
paacvaTpHBaH cro | oRuHiaToibiio, cbohmh no- 
laMBiflMH c4'kjajiiion>iTHUMi.| r hia Atxhh- 
qoBi, nutiDiqMxit cboo Rapt 'lie. | 

[ Mo.<icow : Synod Press, about 1848. ] 

Translation: Of our Lord | Jesus Chi ist | the 
GoApol, I written | by the apostle Matthew. | 
Fr tm the Rusiiian tongue into the Aleutian- 
Fox tranalatod | by Reverend Jolin Veniarai- 
noff. in the year 1828, and in | 1836 year re- 
vised ; I and Reverend Jacob Netzvletoff ro- 
vising it I Anally, with notes has made it intel- 
ligible I also for the Atkhans, who have a dia- 
lect of their own. 

Half-title 1 L tiUe in GyriUio type (12 lines), 
verao of L 2; Russian title, recto 1. 8; Pref- 
ace, by Veniamtnoff, in parallel columns of 
Aleut (in Cyrillic type) and Russian, pp. i-v ; 
Preface, by Netzvietoff, in parallel columns 
Aleatlan (Cyrillic typo) and Russian, pp. vi- 
xiv; Gospel of Mattliow, parallel columns 
Aleatian (Cyrillic type) and Russian, pp. 15- 
237 (erroneously numbered 247) ; Form of wor- 
ship for the paschal feast, and first and second 
chaptersof Luke, in Cyrillic type only, pp. 1-21, 
8o. See foe-similes of title-pages, pages 1 02, 103. 

Ooyisiteen: Pilling, Powell. 

[ Yocabnlarie8(60 words each) of the Asi- 
agmiit, of Norton Bay; Kaskokwims, 
of Norton Bay; of the ludiaue near 
Mount St. Elias; of Kadiak Island ! 
and of the Indians of Bristol Bay.] 

Maooscript, 5 11. folio, in the library of the 
Bon^an of Ethnology. 
Vocabolary: 

Aglemiut. See Baibi (A.), 

Aglemiat. Pinart (A. L.), 

Aglemiut Wowodsky (— ). 

Aleut. Biier ( K. E. von), 

Aleut. Balitz (A.), 

Aleut. Kalbi (A.). 

Aleut. Bancroft ( H. H. ), 



Vocabulary— - Con tin lied. 

Aleut. See BuyniUky (S.K.), 

Aleut. Drake (S.G.), 

Aleat. Everetto (W.E.), 

Aleat. Gallatin (A.), 

Aleat Herzog (W.), 

Aleut Lowe (F.), 

Aleut Miller (F.). 

Aleut Robeck (— ). 

Aleut Rnsskie, 

Aleut Sauer (M.). 
Androanowski [Atkan]. Adelung (J. C.) and 

Vater(J.S.), 
Andreanowski [Atkan]. Robeok (— ). 

Arctic. Everette ( W. E.), 

Arctic Petitot (£. F. S. J. ). 

ArgaUkxamnt Hoffman (W. J.). 

Asiagmut Fumhelm (H.), 

Asiagmut Vocabulai-ies. 

Atka. DaU(W.H.), 

Atka. Oibbs (O.). 

Atka. Yeniaminoff (J. ) . 

Baffin Bay. Notice. 

Bathurst Petitot (B. F. S. J. ) 

Bristol Bay. Johnson (J. W.), 

Bristol Bay. YocabQlaries. 

Chiagmiut Zagoskin (L. A.). 

Cniug&tchigmbt DaIl(W.n.). 

Chuldukmut Dall (W. H.). 

Coyukon. Whyroper (F.). 

Cumberland Strait. Gilder (W. H.). 

Cumberland Strait Knmlien (L.). 

Davis Strait Gibbs (G.). 

Elcognmt DaU ( W. H.). 

Eskimo. Adelang (J. C.) and 

Vater(J.S.), 

Eskimo. Beechey ( F. W. ). 

Eskimo. Bryant (— ), 

Eskimo. Bnschmann (J. C. 

B). 

Eskimo. Chappell (E.), 

Eskimo. Dobbs (A.), 

Eskimo. Herzog (W.), 

Eskimo. J6han (L. F.). 

Eskimo. Kalm (P.), 

Eskimo. Latham ( R. G. ). 

Eskimo. Long (J.), 

Eskimo. M'Kcevor (T.), 

Eskimo. Murdoch (J.), 

Eskimo. Kelson (E W), 

Eslcimo. Newton (A.), 

Eskimo. Parry ( W. E.), 

Eskimo. Petroff (I.), 

Eskima Rimd (S. T.). 

Eskimo. Ross (J.), 

Eskimo. Soberer (J. B.), 

Eskimo. Schubert (— von), 

Eskimo. Tomlin (J.), 

Eskimo. Washington (J.). 

• Fox Channel. Hall (C. F.). 

Greenland. Balbi (A.), 

Greenland. Bartholinus (C), 

Greenland. Barton (RS.), 

Greenland. Bryant (— ), 

Gi*eeuland. Court de Gebelin 

(A.de). 

Greenland. Dall (W. H.), 



Digitized by CjOOQ iC 



iO^ BIBLIOGRAPHY OP THU 



fleoiox xphqt4q^/H2 



EilAiril - *r)(KK^MK l04HHZ - fitHlAA\ttHOE,% ttAAYTATAW 
EaUKAMI T^H^rAHZ K^H'HHZ KHAtTAMTL T}^H^r4H2 HilHH 
4828 vr}^AM4iHC4;iHK2 ^ l(4l«)(Z "1836 tAi^AASMa HAAM 

An'J^AT^tARAlTttH^ 4 

Tar A H4MrA . tKkkSW lAKO&a Hiit&'lTOfiK m^VAFAivz. 

ATJ^iT^tn^tAAHKi K4HX2 HlirSVllMS , T^hS^AIK IIIMKA^^TA 
AilTAIUrAHZ y AAAIfflia KAinHAIAAS^CHnKIZ liTxiifHHZ* 

FAC-8IMILR OF OVHII.I.IC TITI.K-HAOB OP VKMAMINOKK AN1> NKTZVIKTOKK's ALEHT-KOX 

GOSl'KI. OP MATTHEW. 



Digitized by VaOOSlC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 103 






mCT'GA XPMCTA 



vBLlmm. 



HAnHGAHHOE: 

AUOGTOJIOIIl'li IMATO'BEMI^* 

Ob PrCCKArO 1I3UKA HA AdEJTCKO-JEHCLEBCKoft nBPRBE.I'B 

GiaiifEiiUHirb loAHH'E Behiamhhob'B 1828 roAA> h .m 

1836 TO^y HClIFABHJ'bS 



• CBflii(eHHHK% JaRODi> HeiiB'bTODi pAscMaTpHBaii ero 

omoBHateAbuo, cnoHHa noflCHenlnMa cfl,-b;iajrh nonnruhm-b 

X ^jin ATXHiiqoui, iiuiiioii^HX'b cooe Hapb<jic« 

rAC-snnuc ov Russian title-paob of vkniaminofp ani> nktzviktokk's ai,kiit-kox 

008PKL OF MATTHEW. 



Digitized by CjOOQIC 



104 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Vocabulary — Conti n iieA. 



Vocabulary — Continaed. 



Greenland. 


Seo Egede (H.), 


Kiatoxemut 


See Hoffman (W.J.). 


Greenland. 


Egede (Paul), 


KingWilUam'sTAnd. 


Hall (C. F.). 


Greenland. 


Franklin (J,), 


Koikhpagmiat. 


Zagoskin (L. A.). 


Greenland. 


Fry (E.), 


Konega. 


Bancroft (H. H.). 


Greenland. 


Gallatin (A.). 


Koniagmat. 


Dall(W.H.), 


Greenland. 


Gilder (W. H.), 


Koniagmnt. 


Gibbe (G.). 


Greenland. 


Graah (W. A.), 


Koriak. 


Lesseps (J. B. B. 


Greenland. 


Klaproth (A.), 




de). 


Greenland. 


Konig8eer(C.M.), 


Kotxebno Sound. 


GallaUn (A.). 


Greenland. 


Markham (C. R.), 


Knskivigmut. 


Schott (W.), 


Greenland. 


Morgan (L. H.), 


Knskivigmut. 


Zagoskin (L. A.). 


Greenland. 


O'Reilly (B.), 


Kuskokwim. 


Baer (K.E.TOB), 


Greenland. 


Olearios (A.), 


Kaskokwim. 


Fumhelm (H.), 


Greenland. 


Pflzmaier (A.). 


Kuskokwim. 


Kuskokwim, 


Greenland. 


Prichttrd(J.C.). 


Kuskokwim. 


YocabuUries, 


Greenland. 


Rink (H. J.), 


Kuskokwim. 


Wrangell (F. 


Greenland. 


Schorer (J. B.). 




von). 


Hndaon Bay. 


Gallatin (A.), 


Kuskutchewac. 


Latham (R.G.). 


Hudson Bay. 


Gilder (W. H.), 


Kuskutchewac. 


Morgan (L. H.), 


Hadson Bay. 


Morgan (L.H.). 


Kuskutohowac. 


Richardson (J.). 


Inkalik. 


BuBchmann (J. C. 


Kuskutchcwak. 


Baer (K.E. von). 




E.). 


Kuskw6gniQt 


DalKW.H.). 


Inkalik. 


Schwiitka (F.), 


Kwigpak. 


Schott (W.). 


Tnkalik. 


Schott(W.), 


Labrador. 


Fry (E.), 


Inkalik. 


Zagoskin (L. A.). 


Labrador. 


Latrobe (P.) and 


Inkalit-Jaee^juut 


BuBohmann (J. C. 




Washington 




E.). 




(J.), 


InkaUtnTageUnat 


Schott (W.), 


Labrador. 


Morgan (L. H.). 


InkaliWiigeUnnt. 


Zagoskin (L. A.). 


Labrador. 


Richardson (J). 


InkalnkUtes. 


Wrangell(F.von). 


Labrador. 


Steams (W. A.). 


Innait 


Baschmann (J.C. 


Lamouto. 


Lesseps (J. B. B. 




E.), 




de). 


Innoit 


Miiller (F.), 


Mahlemut 


Bannister (B.M.), 


Innuit. 


Woolfe(H.D.). 


Mahlemnt. 


DalKW.H.). 


Kadiak. 


Baer (K. E. von), 


Mahlemut. 


Pinart(A.L.), 


Kadiak. 


BuBchmAnu (J. C. 


Mahlemut. 


Smith (E. E.>, 




K), 


Mahlemut. 


Whympor (F.). 


Kadiak. 


Davidoff(G.I.), 


Mednovskie. 


Wrangell (F. 


Kadiak. 


Davidson (G.), 




von). 


Kadiak. 


Gallatin (A.), 


Namoller. 


Schott (W.). 


KadUk. 


Gibbs (G.). 


Noonatarghmeutes. 


Oldmixon (G. S.). 


Kadiak. 


Klaproth (J.), 


Noowookraoutes. 


Oldmixon (G. 8.). 


Kadiak. 


Khromchonkoiy. 


Northumhorland Inlet. 


Morgan (L.U.). 




S.), 


Norton Sound. 


Adelnng (J. C.) 


Kailiak. 


Latham ( II. G.), 




andVater(J.S.), 


Kadiak. 


LUiansky (U.), 


Norton Sound. 


Bryant (—^, 


KadUk. 


Petroff (I.), 


Norton Sound. 


Fry (E.). 


Kadiak. 


Robeck (—), 


Nuniwok Island. 


Buachmann (J. C. 


Kadiak. 


Saner (M.). 




E.). 


Kadiak. 


Schott (W.), 


NushergAgmflt. 


Dail(W.H.), 


Kadiak. 


Vocabularies, 


Point Barrow. 


Ray (P. H.), 


Kadiak. 


Zagoskin (L. A.), 


Point Barrow. 


Simpson (J.). 


Kadiak. 


Zeleule(S.J.). 


Pond Bay. 


Hall (0. F.). 


Kageagemnt 


Fishor (W. J.). 


Prince William Sound. 


Anderson (W.), 


Kamchatka. 


Gallatin (A.), 


Prince William Sound. 


Buschmanu (J.C. 


Kamchatka. 


Klaproth .(J.), 




E.), 


Kamchatka. 


Saucr (M.). 


Princ-o William Sound. 


Forster(J.G.A.), 


Kamskadale. 


Drake (S. O.), 


Prince William Sound. 


Fry (E.). 


Kamskadale. 


Golovnin (M.). 


Prince William Sound. 


PorUock (N.). 


Kamskadale. 


LessepH (.T. B. B.). 


St Michac^l. 


Everett© (W.E.). 


Kangjalit 


Zolonie (S.J.). 


Skitaget. 


Gibbs (G.), 


KaviagmQt. 


DaU(W.H.). 


SI npart Bay. 


Stupart (R.F.). 


KenaL 


Davidson (G.). 


Stewart IsUnd. 


Buschmanu (J. C. 


Kenai. 


Liaiansky (U.). 




E.). 



Digitized by CjOOQIC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



105 



Vocabulary — Continued. 


Vooabiilary — Continued. 


TchoagatchA-Konega. 


See Baibi (A.). 


Fgalenzi. 


See Baer (K. E. von), 


TchaktohL 


Balbi (A.), 


Ugalenzi. 


Bnsohmann (J. 0. 


TohaktcbL 


Gallatin (A.). 




E.), 


TohnktehL 


Gilder (W.H.), 


Ugalenzi. 


DalKW.H.), 


TohiiktohL 


Hooper (W.H.), 


Ugalenzi 


Wrangoll (F. 


Tohaktohi. 


Krauso(A.), 




von). 


TohnktohL 


Lesseps (J. B. B. 


UgaUacbmutzi. 


Adelung (J. C.) 




do), 




and Vator (J 


TchnktcW. 


Pfizmaior (A.), • 




S.), 


Tohnktehi, 


Stimpaon (W.) 


Ugaljachmatzl. 


Balbi (A.), 




and Hall (A.), 


TJgalJachmatzi. 


Prichard (J. C). 


Tehuktohi. 


Bobeok (— ), 


Ugaabaohmut. 


Fisher (J.). 


TchnktohL 


Romberg (H.), 


Unalaska. 


Adelung (J. G.) 


TchuktchL 


Badloff(L.), 




and Vater (J. 


TchuktchL 


Zagoakin (L. A.). 




S.), 




HaU (C. v.). 


TJnalaska. 


Bryant (--), 


Techoagmjuten. 


Schott (W.). 


Unalaska. 


DaU(W.H.), 


Tachagazzen. 


Adelnng (J. C.) 


Unalaska. 


Davidson (G.), 




andVater(J.S.), 


Unalaska. 


Fry (E.), 


Tachugaazen. 


Baer (K. E. von), 


Unalaska. 


Gallatin (A.), 


Tachagazaeii. 


Bugchmann (J. C. 


Unalaska. 


Latham (R. G.), 




E.). 


Unalaska. 


Lisiansky (U.), 


Taohagaszen. 


Wowodaky (— ). 


Unalaska. 


Lutk6 (F. P.), 


Tachakak Island. 


BuBchmann (J. C. 


Unalaska. 


Wowodaky (— ). 




E.). 


Unaligmut. 


Dall(W.H.). 


Ugalakmnt. 


DaU<W.H,). 


Ynkon River. 


BveTette(W.E.). 



w. 



Wandall (Erik Adolf). KiBsitsisilUor- 
nenuik | iliuiarkautikssBt | Kaladlinnut 
attumgekaaursut. | KaladllBut nukter- 
simagallosBt | nark'iksarej sennak' igla- 
gidlo I Erik Adolf Waudall-ib, | Tol- 
utropimint pellesiteta. | 

Aalborgime. | 1845. 

LiUrai trafuloHon: About •flgnre- making | 
ftmdamental - instructions | for Groenlandors 
being- intended -for-a-thing-to-be-used. | After 
tiie foahion of the Greenlandera already trans- 
lated I Corrected them and partly remodeled 
them I Erik Adolf Wandall, | the people of 
Tolstrop their priest. | At Aalborg. 

Seamd HiU: Begyndelaesgrondene | i | Reg- 
ning I tU Bmg for Gr^ienhendemo. | OversFBt- 
telaen paa Gr^nlandak | rettet og tildeels 
omaibeidet | af | Erik Adolph Wandall, i 
Praeat i Tolatrup. | 

Aalborg. | 1845. 

Eskimo title verso L 1, Daniah title recto 1. 2, 
text, alternate pp. Danish and Greenland, pp. 
4-01, 1V>. Elements of arithmetic in the lan- 
guage of Greenland. 

€fopie8 9eeri: Harvard. 

Kaitsnngordlngo nunab aglautigen- 

era Stoud-Platonmit. 

Aalborgime, 1846. * 

9P, Title from the Pinart sale catalogue, No. 
94S, which copy brought 1 fr. 
A later edition aa follows: 



Wandall (E. A.)— Continued. 

Naitsnugordlugo | nunab aglautige- 

nera Stood-PIatoumit. | Kaladlit okau- 
zeennnt nuktersimaga | E. A. Wandall- ^ 
ib, I Tolstrapimint | pellesiteta. | 

Aalborgime. | Stiftibnakk'iteriviane- 
uakk'ittarsimarsut. | 1848. 

Literal translation : So that it became short | 
the earth's its description by Stoud-Platon. | 
Gteenlanders into their speech translated it | 
£. A. Wandall | the people of Tolstrnp | their 
priest i At Aalborg. | The diocese's on its 
printing-press printed. 

Pp. 1-109, 129. Geography in Greenland 
Eskimo. 

At the Pinart sale, catalogue No. 949, a copy 
brought 1 tr. 

Copies seen: Harvard. 

"Wandall was born in 1807, lived in Green- 
land from 1834 to 1840, and died, in 1860, at Sce- 
land, Denmark, where he had served as parish 
priest and teacher of the Greenland language 
to missionary students since 1840." — Rink. 

Wanderings of the Apostles, Greenland. See 
Egede (Paul). 

Warden (David Baillie). Recherches | 
8ur I leg Antiquity | de PAnKSrique du 
Nord I ct de | FAm^nqne du Snd, | et 
snr I la Popnlation primitive | de ces 
deux continents, | par | M. Warden, | 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



106 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OP THE 



VTaxden (D. B.)— Continned. 
Ancien Consnl-G^n^ral [&c., three 
lines]. I [Design.] | 

Paris, I Imprimerie et Fonder ie nor- 
malesde Jules DidotValn^, | Boole vart 
d'Enfer, No.4. | 1834. 

Pp. 1-224, folio. Forma deaxidme partie, 
denxi^me dlyiskm, tome aecoiid, Antiquitua 
Am^ricainea, Paria, 1834, 2 vola. foUo.— A few 
worda of acriptnro, St Matthew and St. John, 
in the Eaqaimaax of Labrador and of Green- 
land compared. 

Copies teen: Aator, Bancroft, Britiah Mn- 
aenm. 

The earlier edition of thia work (1827) doea 
not contain the EaUmo material. (Oongreaa.) 

rWaahington ( Capt John ). ] Eskiniaux 
and English vocabulary, | for the use 
of the Arctic expedition. | Published 
by order of the lords commissioners 
of the admiralty. | 

London : | John Murray, Albemarle 
Street. | 1850. 

Pp. i-xvi, 1-160. oblong 12o. "Compiled for 
the nae of the Arctic expeditiona fitted out at 
the expenae of the British Government to carry 
relief to Sir John Franklin and his companiona. " 
Extract from preface, aigned John Washing- 
ton, Captain, R. N.—Brief aketch of the Eaki- 
maox Grammar, pp. xi-xvi.- English and Es- 
kimanx vocabulary [Labrador, or Eaatern; 
Winter laland and Igliililc, or Central; Kotze- 
bae Sound, or Weateru], pp. 1-100.— Specimen 
of Dialoguea [Labrador-Eakimaux], pp. 101- 
107.— Eakimaux or Innult Namea of Placoa in 
or near Melville Peninaubi [Labrador-Eaki- 
manx], pp. lOft-109.— Comparative Table of a 
few worda of the Eakimaux (or Innuit). Chuk- 
chi, Aleutian, and Karyak languages, chiefly 
fh>m Balbi'a Atlas Ethnographiqne and Klap- 
roth'a Sprach-Atlaa, pp. 110-113— Eakimaux 
and Engliah vocabulary, pp. 11!>-160. 

Oopieeeeen: Aator, Brinley. Britiah Muaeum, 
Congresa, Shea, Wiaconain Hiatorical Society. 

At the Brinley aalo, catalogue No. 5643, a 
copy was diapoaed of for $5.75. The Murphy 
copy, No. 905, brought $5. Priced by Quaritch, 
No. 30049. at 3«. 6d. 

[Greenland-Eskimo and English Vo- 
cabulary. Compiled by Capt. Wash- 
ington, R. N. 

London, 1853.] • 

Oblong 12P. 

Priced by Quaritch, No. 12580, at 2*. 6d. ; by 
Triibner, 1882 (p. 53), at 7$. 6d. 
Watkinson : This word following a title indicates 
that a copy of the work referred to was aren 
by the compiler in the Watkinson library, 
Hartford, Conn. 

VT'atts's First Catechifim. See Peck (E 
J.). 



Western Esquimaux Primer. See Bom- 
pas (W. C). 

Wexel(W.A.). See Kragh (P.). 

WTiymper (Frederick). Travel and ad- 
venture I in the I territory of Alaska, | 
formerly Russian America— now ceded 

^ to the I United States— and in various 

* other I parts of the North Pacific. | 
By Frederick Whymper. | [Design.] j 
With map and illustrations. | 

London: I John Murray, Albemarle 
street. | 1868. | The right of Transla- 
tion is reserved. 

Pp. i-xx, 1-331, map, platea, 8o.~Appendix 
V. Indian dialects of Northern Alaska (late 
Russian America), pp. 318-328, contains: 
Malemute vocabulary, words from the dialect 
of the Malemutes, Norton Sound, Northern 
Ahiska, pp. 318-319— Coyukon vocabnUrj-. 
words from the Co-yukon dialect, spoken 
(with slight variations) on the Yukon River 
for at least 500 miles of its lower and middle 
coarse (Ingelete, a variety of same dialect), 
pp. 320-321. 

Copies seen : Boston Public. British Mnsenm, 
Congress. 

At the Field sale, catalogue No. 2539, a copy 
brought $2.75. 

Travel and adventure | in the | 

territory of Alaska, | formerly Rassian 
America— now ceded to the | Uuite<l 
States— and in various other | parts of 
the North Pacific. | By Frederick 
Whymper. | [Design.] | With map and 
illustrations. | 

New York: | Harper »fe Brothers, 
Publishers, | Franklin square. | 1869. 

Pp. i-xix, 21-353, maps and plates, 8°.— Lin- 
guistics as in London edition, pp. 841-350. 

Copies seen: Bancroft, Boston Athenffium, 
Powell. 

Reprinted 1871, pp. xix, 21-353, 8°. 

I have seen mention of an edition in French, 
Paris, 1871, 8^. (*) 

Russian America, or "Alaska": the 

Natives of the Youkon River and ad- 
jacent country. By Frederick Whym- 
per, Esq. 

In Ethnological Soc. of London Trans, vol. 
7. pp. 167-185, London, 1860, »>. 

A few wonls of the Malemuto of Norton 
Sound and the Greenland Esqniraanx com- 
pared, p. 180.— Malomute vocabulary, Norton 
Sound, Russian America, pp. 180-182.— Coyou- 
kon vocabulary, Yukon River, pp. 182-183. 

Winkler (Dr. Heinric^i). Uralaltaische 
VfHker und 8pnichen | von | Dr. Hein- 
rich Winkler. I 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



K^RIMO LANGUAGE. 



lot 



Winkler (H.)—Coii tinned. 

Berlin | Ferd. Diitnmlcrs Verlags- 
bnchhandlung | Harrwitz und Gross- 
man I 1884. 

Title verso blank 1 1. contonts 1 1. text pp. 
1-480, 8<=>.— General remarks on tho Eskimo, 
Aleat, and Tschaktaohi languages and on 
their principal parts of speech, pp. 115-118, 
119-12L 

(hpUtteen: Brinton. 

** Dr. Heinrich Winkler, in his recently pnb- 
ttahed 'Urmlaltaische Volker und Sprachen,' 
has made a careful comparison of tho Eskimo 
with the langnagcs of northern and northeast- 
ern Asia. He reaches the result that it is in 
unmistakably close relation to the Kadyak, 
Tschiglit, and Kamollo of the Asiatic coast. 
bat is in no way connected with the Ural-aUaic 
tongues. It may have originally proceeded 
from the same eieuiontary conception of 
speech ; but it has developed a type of its own, 
dilfering widely from Asiatic standards, and 
much more closely approaching the structure 
typical of the great mass of American tongues, 
though in many respects presenting features 
peculiar to itself."— Brinton. 

WisconaiA Historical Society: These words fol- 
lowing a title indicate that a copy of tho work 
referred to was seen by the compiler in the 
library of that society, Madison, Wis. 

V^oldike (Marcus). BotaBnkniog om det 
Or^nlandske Sprogs Oprindelse og 
Ulughell mod andre Sprog. Forfattet 
af M. W. 

In SJ^benhavnske Selskab, Skrifter, vol. 2, 
pp. 12^-156, EJftbenhavn, 1740, 4^. 

Meietema de Lingvo Groonlaudica) 

origiuo, ejusque a ceteris liugvis diffe- 
rentia, autore M. W. 

In KJ^benhavnske Selskab, Scriptorura 4 
Soc Hafn. voL 2. pp. 137-162, Hafniw, 1740. 4'>. 

"Wolf (Niels Gjessing). Testameotitoka- 
mit I Davidim Ivugerut^j | Kaladlin 
okAnzeennat | uuktersimarsut | Pelle- 
simit I Nielsimit Wolfimit, | attusegek- 
aaukudlugin innunguut koisimarsan- 
nut. I 

Kjobenhavnime | lUi&rsuln iglosGune 
nakkitaraimarsut | 18^4. | C. F. Schu- 
bartimit. 

Literal tratulation : From tho Old Testament 
I David's his psalms | Oreenlanders' into their 
speech I translated | by the priest Niels Wolf 
I being intended for a manual for people 
chriatened. i At Copenhagen | at tho orphans' 
their house [Waisanhaus] printed | 1824. | 
From [issued by] C. F. Schubart. 

Pp. 1-238, 1<P. 

Copiet teen: Astor, British and Foreign 
Bible Society. British Museum, Congress, 
Harvanl, Powell, Watkinaon. 



VT'olf (N. G.)— Contiiraod. 

The Fischer copy, catalogue No. 2337, 
bought by Trilbnor, brought 2m. 

Testamentitokamit | Profetib Eaaia- 

siml Agleg^j. j Kaladlin ok&uzeenniit | 
nnktersimarsut | P[e]lle8iniit | N. G. 
Wolfimit, I attasegeks&nkudlagit in- 
nangnnt koisimarsunnat. | 

I^dbonhavnimo | Illi^rsDin iglos^nne 
nakittarsimarsiit | 1825. | C. F. Scba- 
bartiniit. 

Literal transUUian: From the Old Testament 
I the prophet Isaiah's | his written things 
[book]. I Greenlanders' into thoir speech | 
translated | by the priest | N. Q. Wolf, | being 
intended for a manual for people christened. | 
At Copenhagen | at the orphans' their houso 
[Waisenhaus] printed i 1825. | From [issued 
by) C. F. Schubart 

Pp. 1-200, IGo. SeeFfizmaier(A.). 

Copies i«en: Astor, British and Foreign Bible 
Society, British Museum, Congress, Harvard, 
Powell, Watkinson. 

Bought by Triibner at the Fischer sale, No. 
2338, for 2t. Gd. 

Testamentitokamit | Salomouib | 

Ajoksersut^j E^k^rseksiet | Kaladlin 
okanzeeunitt | naktersimarsat. | PoUi- 
simit I N. G. Wolfimit | attnsegeksaiiku- 
dlugit innunguut koisimarsuunut. | 

Kjobenbavnime. | Nakkittarsimarsut 
Fabritius de Teugnagelmit. | ItiSti. 

Literal traneUUion : From the Old Testament 
I Solomon's | his teachings things which shall 
be remembered | Crreenlanders' into their 
speech | translated. | By the priest | N. G. 
Wolf I being intended for a manual for people 
christened, i At Copenhagen | Printed by 
Fabricius de TengnageL 

2 p. 11. pp. 1-73, leP. Prover bs of Solomon. 

Copieeteen: Astor, Powell. 

Priced by Quaritch, No. 12582, at 2m. Od. The 
Murphy copy, No. 2763, brought 25 cts. Priced 
by Quaritch, No. 30057, at 2«. 

See Fabricius (O.). 

Wolfwas bom at Copenhagen August 6, 1779. 
Ho received instruction from his father, and 
in 1701 entered the Vordenborg Latin school, 
and in 1796 entered the university, passing his 
final examination in January, 1803. In De- 
cember, 1803, he was sent as missionary to 
Greenland, first to the colony of Ilolsteiuborg 
and Sukkertoppeu, and in the fall of 1807 to 
Godthaab. He remained in Greenland until 
1811. He died in Copenhagen October 10, 1848. 

Woolfe ( Henry D. ). [ Vocabulary of the 
lunuit language. ] * 

Manuscript. In a letter of November, 1880, 
to the secretary of the Smithsonian luittitu- 
tion, Mr. Woolfe, who is coiinoctCMl with the 
Pacific St^am Wlmliu;; Conipnuy, says ho has 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



108 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OP THE 



"Woolfe (H. D.) — Con tinned. 

compiled a "Muhtes," or Innait, vooabalary 
of 3,000 words. 



)rd«: 
Aglemonte. 


Sao Schombargk (R. H.). 


Aleut. 


Campbell (J.), 




Coxe (W.), 




Pinart(A.L.). 




Um6ry (J.). 


Davis Strait. 


Brown (R.). 


Eskimo. 


Balbi (A.), 




Bnschmann (J.C.E.), 




Dnnoan (D.), 




Hooper (W. H.), 




Latham (R. G.), 




Pinart (A. L.), 




Yankiewitch (F.). 


Greenland. 


Bnschmann (J. C. E.), 




Lesley (J. P.), 




Rink (H. J.), 




Um6ry (J.), 




Vater(J.8.). 




Whymper (P.). 


Hndson Bay. 


Schombargk (R. H.). 


Kadialc. 


Campbell (J.), 




Davidoff(G.L), 




Lesley (J. P.). 


Norton Sonnd. 


Yankiewitch (P.). 


TlKalonsen. 


Bnsohmann (J.C.E.). 


Ugayachmatzi. 


Basohroann (J.C.E.), 




Um6ry (J.). 


TTnalaska. 


Campbell (J.). 



Wowodsky (Gov, — .). Vocabulary of 
the Aglemiut (Bristol Bay). 



Wowodaky (Gov.) — Continued. 

Manuscript, 2 11. foolscap, 50 words ami 
numerals 1-10; in the library of the Bureau of 
Ethnology*. 

Vocabulary of the Kadiak. 

Manuscript^ 2 11. foolscap, 50 words ami 
numerals 1-10; in the library of the Bureau of 
Ethnology. 

Vocabulary of the Tchugatz (Prince 

William Sound). 

Manuscript, 2 11. foolscap, fiO words and 
numerals 1-10; in the library of the Bureau of 
Ethnology. 

Vocabulary of the Oonalashka. 

Manuscript, 2 11. foolscap, 50 wonls and 

numerals 1-10; In the library of the Bureau of 
Ethnology. 

Wrangell (Admiral Ferdinand vou). Ob- 
servations recueillies par rAiuiral 
Wrangell snr les habitants des CAtes 
Noid-ouest do rAui^rique ; oxtraitea du 
rnsseparM. le prince Emanutd Galitzin. 

In NouTelles Annoles dea Voyages, vol. 1, 
1853 (vol. 137 of tho ooUoction), pp. 195-221, 
Paris, n. d. 8P. 

Short vocabulary of tho Moduovskio (Copi>er 
Islandoi-s] and tho ()u;;alautsi, p. 199.— Short 
vocabulary of the lukuliiklates, pp. 209-210.— 
Names of some of tho con.stellations and of the 
months in Kouskovimtsi, p. 220. 

Oopiet tecti : British Museum, Congross. 

See Baer (K. E. von). 



Y. 



Yale : This word following a title indicates that 
a copy of the work referred to was seen by tho 
compiler in the library of Yale College, New 
Haven, Conn. 

[Tankiewitoh (Feodor de Miriewo).] 
CpaBiiBTejbiiuii | ciOBapi | uctxi | ii3UK0bi ii 
HaptHlli, I no aanyMHOMy nopfl4Ky I pacnaio- 
HcenHUii. I nacn. ntpeoaa | [-HerBepiaa] A-4 

Ri OiHKTiiOTepCypiiJ, 1790[-1791]. 

Tratutlation: Coniparativo | dictionary | of 
all I languages and dialoctw | in alphabetical 
Older I arranged. | Part first [-fourth]. A-D 
|S-Th]. I At St. Petersburg. 

4 vols. 40. 



Tankiewitch (F. de M.)— Continued. 

Soattcrod throughout the work apo words in 
Eskimo aud in tho language of Nortou Sound. 

"Pallas having published. In 1780 and 1789, 
the first part of the Vocabularinm Cathariwp- 
um (a comparative vocabulary of 286 words in 
tho languagos of Europe and Asia), the ma- 
terl.il coniaiuotl thcroiu was published in the 
abovo edition in another form, and words of 
American languages added. The book did 
not como up to llio expectations of the govern- 
ment, and was therefore not published, so ihat> 
but few copies of it can be found.*'— Ludeteuj, 

topics seen: British Museum. 

Yukon River Vocabulary. See Everetto (W. K.). 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



109 



z. 



SAroCKHH'b (JeiT. ^aBpenrfa AjCRcttt). [Za- 
goskin {Lieut, Laurent! Alexie).] He- 
mcxottiiaa ooiicfc | ^acTH pycCRHXi Bja4l!Blii | 
Bb AneparK. | UpoHSseAeflBaii | dlettienaBTOMb 
J. .-UrticKHHUiii I n 1842, 1843 h 1844 ro- 
jaxi». Cb MppsaTopcKOD KaproD rpaBupoBauBOio 
Ba »t4H. I *lacTb nepBaH [-BTopfta]. | 

CiHKTaeTep5yprb. | lIe«iaTaHo BiTHoorpi^itt 
Eapja KfOMM. I 1847[-1848]. 

TrantieMon: Pedestrian Bxploration | of 
parts of tho Rassiaa PoasessioDs | in America. 
I Accomplished | by Lloutonaut L. ZagOBkin | 
in tlio years 1842, 1843 and 1814. | With a Mor- 
cator* a chart ensrave<l od copper. | Part first 
[-second]. | St Petorsbitrj;. | Printed iu tbo 
IMnting Office of Karl Kraf. | 1847[-1818J. 

2 vols. : 1 p. L pp. 1-183 ; 1 p. 1. pp. 1-120, 1-15, 
1-45. 8°.— Tocabntary of the lokililc and Inka- 
Itt Tagclmut. vol. 2, appendix, pp. 17-20.— Vo- 
cabnlary of the Chiaf^oiiut, Kosklvigmnt, Ka- 
fliak (from BilUngB and Liaiaosky), aod Seden- 
tary Chukche, orNamollos (fromKobeck), vol. 
2, appendix, pp. 21-30.— List of vl1las;o8, with 
population statistics, vol. 2, apjiendix, pp. 39- 



SArOCKHHT. {A. A.)— Continued. 

41.— List of birds in Koikhpagmint and Ink!- 

lik, vol. 2, appendix, pp. 42-43. 
CopieM teen : Baocroft, British Museum. 
For reprints, in whole or in part, see Busch- 

mann {J. C. B.) ; Sohott (W.) ; and Zelonie (S. 

I.). 
SE^EHUil (C. H.) [Zeleuie, S. I.]> H3B4e«ie- 

nie H3ii 4HeBnHRa jittTenanTa 3arocRHB3, 

Be4eHn»ro ei aRcnejHqiH, cOBepuieHHoH hmi no. 

MarepHKy ctBCpo-saoa^ROli AiiepHRR. (Gocra- 

B.ieuo A. Hj. C. D. SeienUMi.) 

Translation: Extract from the ditily journal 
of Lieut. Zagoskiii, who led an expedition 
clear to the oontiuent of Northwest America. 
Compiled by active member S. I. Zelenie 
[Qreen]. 

Iu Russian Oeographioal Society Journal, 
vols. 1 and 2 (second edition), pp. 211-2M, St. 
l*etersburg, 1849, 8o. 

Comparative vocabulary in parallel columns, 
Russian, Chnagmut, Yukon and Kuskokwim- 
mat, ZuKemtseff of Kadiak Island, and Na- 
moUo or 8odentary Chukohee, pp. 250-266. 






Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



CHRONOLOGIC INDEX. 



LIST OF AUTHORS, IN CHEONOLOGIC OUDEE, WHO HAVE WUITTEN IN 
OE UPON THE ESKIMO LANGUAGE. 



Ii48 


Olearius (A.). 


Greenland. 


17G7 


Cranz (D.). 


Greenland. 


Ifilifi 


OIcarioH (A.)- 


Greenland. 


. 1709 


Cranz (D.). 


Greenland. 


l<»tt 


Oleariuii (A.). 


Greenland. 


1770-1771 Kalm (P.). 


EskUno. 


llMl 


OIeariuH(A.). 


Greenland. 


1772 


Kalm (P.). 


Eskimo. 


ISS3 


Olearius (A.), noUi. 


Greenland. 


1772 


Kalm (P.). 


Eskimo. 


1M9 


OleariiiH (A.). 


Greenland. 


1776 


Bock (J.). 


Greenhmd. 


vm 


Oleariua (A.), noto. 


Greenland. 


1776 


Thorhallesen (E.). 


Greenland. 


1971 


Oleanaa (A.), noto. 




1770 


Thorhallesen (E.). 


Greenland. 


1975 


BarthoUnus (C). 


Greenland. 


1770 


Thorhallesen (E.). 


Gi«enland. 


1676 


Croapioal (F. X.). 


Eskimo. 


1776 


Thorhallesen (E.). 


Greenland. 


1679 


Olearius (A.). 


Greenland. 


1777 


Schercr(J.B.). 


Greenl'd&Lab. 


I69f 


Olearius (A), noto. 


Greenland. 


1779-1786 Giossing(C.). 


Eskimo. 


16ffl 


Olearius (A.), note. 


Greenland. 


1779-1797 Oanz (D.), note. 


Greenland. 


17111 


Olearius (A.). 


Greenland. 


1780 


Coxo (W.). 


A lent 


1737 


Olearius (A.). 


Greenland. 


1780 


Coxo (W.), note. 


Aleut 


173S 


Olearius (A), note. 


Greenland. 


1780 


Konigseer (C. M.). 


Greenland. 


1729 


Egede (H.). 


Greenland. 


1780 


Konigseer (C. M.). 


Greenland. 


1730 


Egode (H.). 


Greenland. 


1780-18U1 La Ilarpe (J. F.). 


Greenland. 


1741 


Efrede (H). 


Greenland. 


1781 


CourtdoGobelin(A.) 


Esk. & GreenlU 


1743 


Egede (U.). 


Greenland. 


1783 


Abel (I.). 


Greenland. 


1742 


Egodo 111.), note. 


Greenland. 


1783 


Egede (Paul). 


Greenland. 


1744 


Dobbs (A.). 


Eskimo. 


1784 


Anderson (W.). 


Pr. Wm. Sound. 


1744 


Egede (Paul). 


Greenland. 


1784 


Anderson (W.), note. 


Pr. Wm. Sound. 


1745 


Egedo (U.). 


Greenland. 


1784 


Anderson (W.), note. 


Pr. Wm. Sonnd. 


1746 


Anderson (J.). 


Greenland. 


1784 


Anderson (W.), noto. 


Pr. Wm. Sound. 


n46 


Egede (O.). 


Greenland. 


1784 


Bryant (— ). 


Various. 


1746 


Wolrtiko (M.). 


Greenland. 


1784 


Bryant (— ), noto. 


Various. 


1740 


WoWike (M.). 


Greenland. 


1784 


Bryant (— ), note. 


Variona. 


1747 


Anderson (J.). 


Greenland. 


1784 


Hervas (L). 


Greenland. 


im 


Anderson (J.). 


Greenland. 


1785 


Anderson (W.), note. 


Pj. Wm. Sound. 


1750 


Anderson (J.). 


Greenland. 


1785 


Anderson (W.), note. 


Pr. Wm. Sound. 


1750 


Ik^yor (.1. F.). 


Greenland. 


1785 


Anderson (W.), note. 


Pr. Wm. Sound. 


17jO 


Egede (Paul). 


Greenland. 


1785 


Anderson ( W.), note. 


Pr. Wm. Sound. 


175S.1761 


Kalm (P.). 


Eskimo. 


1785 


Bryant (— ), note. 


Various. 


KI4-1764 


Kalm (P.). 


Eskimo. 


1785 


Bryant (— ), note. 


Various. 


1756 


Anderson (J.). 


Greenland. 


1785 


Bryant (— ), note. 


Various. 


1756 


Egede (Paul). 


Greenbind. 


1785 


Bryant (— ), note. 


Various. 


1756 


Egede (Peter). 


Greenland. 


1785 


Jesusira. 


Greenland. 


1756 


Indronins (A. A.). 


Greenland. 


1785 


Tuksiautit. 


Greenland. 


17M 


Egede (Paul), note. 


Greenland. 


1786-1792 Brotlersen (J.). 


Greenland. 


1760 


Egede (Paul). 


Greenland. 


1787 


Anderson (W.). 


Pr. Wm. Sound. 


1760 


Groonlaodsk. 


Greenland. 


1787 


Brynnt (— ), note. 


Various. 


1760 


JeflTerys (T.). 


Eskimo. 


1787 


Coxe (W.). 


Aleut 


1761 


Bmn (R.). 


Greenland. 


1787 


Egede (Paul). 


Greenland. 


1761 


JeflTerys (T.). 


Eskimo. 


1787 


Hervas (L.). 


Greenland. 


176S 


Egede (H.). 


Greenland. 


1787-1788 Anderson (W.), note. 


Pr. Wm. Sound. 


1763 


Egede (H.). 


Greenland 


1788 


Egede {V&u)). 


Greenland. 


1765 


Cnuiz (D.). 




1788 


Fabricius (0.), note. 


Greenland. 


1766 


Egede (Paul) 


Greenbind. 


178il 


Bergmauu (G. von). 


Greenland. 


1767 


Cranz <D.) 


Greenland. 


1780 


Dixon (G.). 


Various 
111 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



112 



CHRONOLOUIO INDEX. 



1789 


Dixon (G.). 


Various. 


1819 


Epi.stles. 


Labrador. 


1780 


Kgedo (Paul). 


Greenland. 


1819 


Fabricius (0.). 


Greenland. 


1780 


Portlook (N.). 


Pr. ^Vm. Sound. 


1819 


llecko welder (J. G. 


Karalit. 


17110 


Dixou (G.). 


Various. 




E.). 




1790 


Egodn (Paal). 


Greenland. 


1819 


Kleinscbmidt(J.C.). 


Greenland. 


1790 


FabriciuH (0.), iioto. 


Greenland. 


1819 


M'Koevor (T.). 


Eskimo. 


1790 


Lesseps (J.B.B.do). 


Various. 


1819 


Ross (J.). 


Eskimo. 


1790 


LosHeps (J. B. B. de). 


Various. 


1819 


Ross (J.). 


Eskimo. 


1790-1791 Yaiikiewitch (F.). 


Eskimo. 


1819 


Ross (J.). 


Eskimo. 


I7»l 


Fabricius (0.). 


Greenland. 


1820 


Cranz (D.). 


Greenland. 


1791 


Foreter (J. G. A.). 


Various. 


1820 


Fabricius H>.). 


Greenland. 


1791 


Loug (J.). 


Eskimo. 


1820 


La Harpe (J. F. de). 


Greenland. 


1791 


Long (J.). 


Eskimo. 


1820 


Montzel(-). 


Greenland. 


1794 


Fftbricliis (0.), «oto. 


Greenland. 


1821 


Ileckewelder (J. G. 


Karalit 


1795 


Portlock (N.) ttud 


Pr. Wm. Sound. 




E.). 






Dixon (G.). 




1821 


Ross (J.), note. 


Eskimo. 


17»7 


Ajokirrsutit. 


Greenland. 


1822 


Fabricius (0.). 


Greenland. 


1797 


Barton (B. S.). noU'. 


Eskimo. 


1822 


Fabricius (O). 


Greenland. 


1797 


KatekisniUHo. 


Greenland. 


1822 


Ileckewelder (J. G. 


Karalit 


179* 


Barton (B. S ). 


Greonl'd & Lab. 




E.). 




1799 


An(1ci-8ou(W.),nolo 


. Pr. Wni. Sound. 


1822 


La Harpe (J. F.), 


Greenland. 


1799 


Bryant ( ). noto. 


Various. 




note. 




1799 


Fabricius (0.). 


Greenland. 


1822 


Testamentitftk. 


Greenland. 


1799 


Fry (E.). 


Various. 


1822 


TuksiauUt. 


Greenland. 


ISOO 


Nalogapta. 


Labrador. 


1822 


TukftlauUt 


Greenland. 


1800-1805 ncrvas (L.). 


Greenland. 


1823 


FrankUn(J.). 


Eskimo. 


ISOl 


Fabriciuu (0.). 


Greenland. 


1823 


Klaproth (J.), nojte. 


Various. 


1801 


Fabricius (0.). 


Greenland. 


1824 


Egede (Paul). 


Greenland. 


ISO'i 


Saucr (M.). 


Various. 


1824 


Franklin (J.). 


Eskimo. 


1802 


Sauer (M.). 


Various. 


1824 


Franklin (J.). 


Eskimo. 


1802 


Saunr (M.), note. 


Various. 


1824 


Franklin (J.), note. 


Eskimo. 


]80» 


Sauer (M.). 


Various. 


1824 


Khr6mchenko(V. S.). Kadiak. 


1804 


Fabricius (0.). 


Greenland. 


1824 


Parry (W.E.). 


Eskimo. 


1804 


Nalegauta. 


Greenland. 


1824 


Parry (W. E.) 


Eskimo. 


1S05 


MarceKJ.J.). 


Greenland. 


1824 


Parry OiV.E.), note. 


Eskima 


1805-18K 


) Bryant (— ), note. 


Various. 


1824 


Wolf(N.G.). 


Greenland. 


1800 


BodonKJ.B.). 


Greenland. 


1825 


Khromchenko (V. S.), Kadiak. 


1800-18n 


Adelung (J. C.) and Various. 




noto. 






Vnt€r(J.S.). 




1825 


La Harpe (J. F. de) 


Greenland. 


1S09 


Tuksianitsit. 


Labrador. 




note. 




1810 


Kalegapta. 


Labrador. 


1825 


Wolf(N.G.). 


Greenland. 


1810 


Koblmeistor(B. G.). 


I^brador. 


1820 


Balbi (A.). 


Various. 


1810 


Vater (J. S.). 


Greeul'd & Esk. 


1820 


Balbl (A.). 


Greenland. 


1810-1812 


Davidoff(G.I.). 


Kadiak. 


1820 


Davidib. note. 


Labrador. 


IKll 


Kobeok (Dr.). 


Various. 


1826 


Khromchenko (V. S.), Kadiak. 


1812 


Kftim (P.). 


Eskimo. 




note. 




1812 


Lisiansky (U.). 


Various. 


1826 


Notice. 


Eskimo. 


1813 


Burghardt <C. F.). 


Labrador. 


1826 


Prichard(J.C.). 


Various. 


1814 


Lisiansky (U.). 


Various. 


1827 


Fabricius (0.). 


Greenbmd. 


1815 


Vater (J. S.). 


Various. 


1827 


Kjer (K.), note. 


Greenland. 


1810 


Acts. 


Labrador. 


1827 


Tostanientetak, note 


. Labrador. 


1810 


Barth (J. A.). 


Greenland. 


1828 


Wolf(N.G.). 


Greenhuid. 


1816 


Brodersen (J.). 


Greenland. 


1829 


Franklin (J.). 


Eskimo. 


1816 


Kalokismuso. 


Greenland. 


1829 


Kjer (K.), note. 


Greenland. 


1816 


LaUarpe(J.F.d«). 


Greenland. 


1820 


Kragh (P.). 


Greenland. 


1817 


Chappcll (E). 


Eskimo. 


1829 


Kragh (P.), note. 


Greenland. 


1818 


AJok^rsutit. 


Greenland. 


1829 


Nalegauta. 


Greenland. 


1818 


Barth (J. A.). 


Greenland. 


1829-1830 La Harpe (J. F. do) 


Greenland. 


1818 


Brodersen (J.) 


Greenland. 




note. 




1818 


Egede (H.). 


Greenland. 


1830 


Davidib. 


Labrador. 


1818 


Heckewelder (J. G. 


Karalit. 


1830 


Kragh (P.). 


Greenland. 




E.). 




18.30 


Kragh (P.). 


Greenland. 


1818 


O'Reilly (B.). 


Greenland. 


IH81 


Beechey (F. W.). 


Eskimo. 


1818 


O'Reilly (B.). 


Greenland. 


1831 


Beechey (P. AV.). 


Eskimo. 


1818-1819 Nyerup (R.). 


Eskimo. 


1831 


Kjer (K.). 


Greenland. 


1819 


Apostelit. 


Labrador. 


1831 


Klaproth (J.). 


Yariona. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



CHBONOLOGIC INDEX. 



113 



isn 


Klaproth (J.). 


Varioos. 


1848 


H6sAler(— ). 


Eskimo. 


isn 


B«echey(P.W.). 


Eskimo. 


1843 


MuUer (V.). 


Greenland. 


1833 


Beeohey (F. W.). note. Eskimo. 


1843-1850 Erslew(T.H.). 


Eskimo. 


1882 


Graah(W.A.). 


Greenland. 


1844 


Bock (C W.). 


Greenland. 


1832 


^«r (K.). 


Greenland. 


1844 


Naughtawkkott. 


Labrador. 


1882 


Kragh (P.). 


Greenland. 


1844 


Kauk. 


Labrador. 


18SS 


Ajokserautit. 


Greenland. 


1844 


Schuberi (H. rou). 


Eskimo. 


1888 


Drake (S. G.). 


AL A Kam'dle. 


1844-1847 Auer (A.). 


Greenland. 


1888 


Jemuib. 


Greenland. 


IMS 


Drake (S.G.), note. 


AL A Kam'd'ie. 


1838 


Kragb (P.). 


Greenland. 


18«5 


Jerusalemib. 


Labrador. 


1884 


Dayidib, note. 


Labrador. 


1845 


PilUtikset. 


Labrador. 


1884 


Drake (8. 6.). 


AJ. & Kam*dle. 


1845 


Wandall(E.A.). 


Greenland. 


1834 


KSwOL). 


Greenland. 


1846 


Aleutian. 


Alent. 


1684 


Hoeesib. 


Labrador. 


1846 


Latham (R. G.). 


Eskimo. 


1884 


Warden (D.B.). 


Greenl'dftLab. 


1846 


Veniaminoff(J.). 


Aleut. 


1889 


Drake (S. G.). note. 


Al. A, Kam'dle. 


1846 


Veniaminoff (J.). 


Kadiak. 


1838 


Kattitsiomannt. 


Greenland. 


1846 


Wandall (E. A.). 


Greenland. 


1885 


Boes (J.). 


Eskimo. 


1847 


Kalungiak. 


Labrador. 


1885 


Boes (J.). 


Eskimo. 


1847 


Pott (A. F.). 


Various. 


1885 


Boes (J.). 


Eskimo. 


1847 


Tlahnoff(E.). 


Alent 


1835 


Boas (J.). 


Eskimo. 


1847 


Vater (J. S.). 


Various. 


1885 


Roes (J.), note. 


Eskimo. 


1847-1848 Zagoskin (L. A.). 


Various. 


1886-1886 Liitk6 (P.). 


TTnalaska. 


1848 


Drake (S.G.), note. 


Al. & Kam'd'Ie. 


18811 


DT»ke(S.G.). 


Al. & Kam*d*le. 


1848 


GalUtin (A.). 


Various. 


1836 


Drake (S.G.). 


Al. &. Kam'd'le. 


1848 


Gospels. 


Greenland. 


1836 


Gallatin (A.). 


Various. 


1848 


Kragh (P.). 


Greenland. 


1886 


Ha»ling<— ). 


Eskimo. 


1848 


Latham (R. G.). 


Eskimo. 


1886 


KrajEh (P.). 


Greenland. 


1848 


Latham (R. G.). 


Varions. 


1836-1847 Prichard (J.C). 


Various. 


1848 


Pingoriitsinermik. 


Labrador. 


1887 


Drake (S. G.), note. 


AL & Kam*dle. 


1848 


Schomburgk (R. H.) 


Eskimo. 


1837 


Graah(W.A.). 


Greenland. 


1848 


Tishnoff(E.). 


Alentian-KadUk. 


1837 


Kragh (P.). 


Greenland. 


1848 


Tishnoff(E.). 


AlentianKadiak. 


1887 


Kragh (P.). 


Greenland. 


1848 


Tishnoff(E.). 


AleutianKadiak. 


1837 


Prophetfb. 


Labrador. 


1848 


Veniaminoff (J.) and Alent 


1889 


Fasting (L.). 


Greenland. 




Net2vietoff(J.). 




1838 


Kjer (K.). 


Greenland. 


1848 


Wandall (E. A.). 


Greenland. 


1838 


Kjer (K.), 


Greenland. 


1848-1851 Bagster (J.). 


Greenrd A Lab. 


1889 


Aleotian. 


Aleut. 


1848-1851 Bagster (J.). 


Greenl'd & Lab. 


1839 


Baer (K. B. von). 


Various. 


1849 


Abdc^daire. 


Eskimo. 


1888 


Freitag (A.). 


Labrador. 


1849 


AJoktersontit. 


Greenland. 


1888 


Gallatin (A.). 


Eskimo. 


1849 


Fabriciua (0.). 


Greenland. 


1889 


Kragh (P.). 


Greenland. 


1849 


Katekismuse. 


Eskimo. 


1839 


Kragh (P.). 


Greenland. 


1840 


Katlitsiomarsnt 


Greenhind. 


1839 


Ktagh (P.), note. 


Greenland. 




note. 


, 


1839 


BIchard (L.). 


Greenland. 


1849 


Lowe (F.). 


Aleut. 


1838 


Tamedsa. 


Labrador. 


1849 


Kukakpiak. 


Labrador. 


1840 


Imgenitit. 


Labrador. 


1849 


Nukapiak. 


Labrador. 


1840 


Jean {Ph-e). 


Aleut. 


1849 


Saloraonib. 


Labrador. 


1840 


Testamentetak. 


Labrador. 


1849 


Schott (W.). 


Alent 


1840 


Yenianiinoff(J.). 


Aleutian-Fox. 


1849 


Schott (W.). 


Various. 


1840 


Venlamlnoff (J.). 


Various. 


18^9 


Zclenie (S. J.). 


Various. 


1840 


Yenlaminoff (J.) and Alcnt. 


1S50 


Aleut-Russkie. 


Alent. 




Net«vietoff(J.). 




1850 


Fautel Gouraud (F.) 


. Greenl'd <fc Lab. 


1840-1848 Prichard (J.C). note 


. Various. 


1850 


Kragh (P.). 


Greenland. 


1841 


Drake (S.G.). 


Al. Si Eam'dle. 


1850 


Latham (R.G.). 


Eskimo. 


1841 


Four. 


Labrador. 


1850 


Schomburgk (R.H.) 


. Various. 


1841 


Moselil. 


Labrador. 


1850 


Veniaminoff (J.). 


Various. 


1841 


Strale (F. A.). 


Gree^rd & Lab. 


1850 


Washington (J.). 


Eskimo. 


1841-1851 Prichard (J.C). 


Various. 


1V151 


Auer (A.), note. 


Greenland. 


I»42 


Anderson (W.), noti 


». Pr. Wm. Sound. 


1851 


Baer (K.E. von). 


Kuskutcbewak. 


1842 


Atkinson (C). 


Eskimo. 


1851 


Bibelib. 


Labrador. 


1842 


Bryant (— ), note 


Various. 


1851 


Drake (S.G.). 


Al. ^t Eam'dle. 


1842 


Lowe (F.). 


Aleut. 


1851 


Klein«chmidt(S.P.) 


. Greenland. 


1842 


MaUer (V.). 


Greenland. 


1851 


Latrobe ( P. ) and 


Labrador. 


1848 


Antrim (B. J.). 


GreenVd 6c Lab. 




Washington (J.). 




1843 


Atkinson (C). 
ESK 8 


Eskimo. 


1851 


KukakpiAika^k. 


Labrador. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



114 



CHROXOLOGIC IXDEX. 



1851 


Richardson (J.). Various. 


1860 


Steinthal (H.). 


Greenland. 


1851 


Steenholdt (W. F.). GreeDland. 


1861 


Abecedarium. 


Greenland. 


1851 


Testameotitflk. Greenland. 


1861 


Golovnin (V. H.). 


Kamsohatka. 


lHft2 


Hooper ( W. H. ). Esk. and Tchukt 


1861 


Jansaen (C. E.). 


Greenland. 


1852 


Richardson (J.). Varions. 


1861 


Radloff(L.). 


TchuktschL 


1852 


Taksiantit. Greenland. 


1861 


Tamersa. 


Greenland. 


1852 


Unipkantsit Labrador. 


1861-1865 Atuagagdliutit 


Greenland. 


1S5S 


Bock (C. W.). Greenland. 


1SA2 


Furuhelm (H.). 


Asiagmnt 


1853 


Baschmann (J. C. E.). Various. 


1862 


Fnruhelm (H.). 


Knskokwim. 


1853 


Buschmann (J. C. K.). Various. 


1862 


Janssen (C. E.). 


Greenland. 


1853 


Hooper (W. H). Tchuktchi. 


1862 


Latham (R G.). 


Various. 


1853 


Kragh (P.). Greenland. 


1862 


Lesley (J. P.). 


Various. 


1853 


Seemann (B.). Eskimo. 


1862 


Preces. 


Greenland. 


1853 


Seemann (6.). Eskimo. 


1862 


Testamentetak. 


Greenland. 


1853 


Washington (J.;. Greenland. 


1862-1867 Nalunaerutit 


Greenland. 


1853 


Wrangell (F. von). Various. 


1868 


Um^ry (J.). 


Various. 


1854 


Buschmann (J. C. E.). Various. 


18M 


Erdmann (F.). 


Labrador. 


1854 


Drake (S. G.). Al. & Kam'dle. 


1864 


HalKC.F.). 


Eskimo. 


1854 


Steenholdt (W. F.). Greenland. 


1864 


J6han (L. F.). note. 


Eskimo. 


1854 


Stdnberg (K. J. 0.). Greenland. 


1864 


Kleinschmidt(S.P.) 


. Greenland. 


1855 


Buschmann (J. C. E.). Various. 


18«S 


British and F. B. 8. 


GreenVd &, Lab. 


1855 


Buschmann (J. C. E.). Various. 


1865 


Erdmann (F.), note. 


Labrador. 


1855 


Simpson (J.). Eskimo. 


1865 


HalKC.F.). 


Eskimo. 


1S56 


Buschmann (J. C. E.). Eskimo. 


1865 


Tomlln (J.). 


Eskimo. 


1856 


Buschmann (J. C.E.). Various. . 


186« 


Hagen (C). 


Greenland. 


1856 


Cull (R.). Cumb. Str. &Lab. 


1666 


Kieinschmidt(S.P.) 


Greenland. 


1856 


KJer(K.). Greenland. 




note. 




1856 


Richardson (J.), note. Various. 


1866 


Markham (C. R.). 


Greenland. 


1856 


Schott (W.). Greenland. 


1866 


Rink (H. J.). 


Greenland. 


1856 


Sutherland (P. C). Eskimo. 


1867 


Jesui^b. 


Labrador. 


1857 


Buschmann (J. C. E.). Eskimo. 


1867 


Kragh (P.). 


Greenland. 


1857 


Buschmann (J. C. E.). Eskimo. 


1867 


Leclerc (C). 


Eskimo. 


1857 


Drake (S. G.), note. Al. &, Kam'd'le. 


1867 


Liturgiit 


Labrador. 


1857 


Gibbs (G.). Various. 


1867 


Litorgiit. 


Labrador. 


1857 


Gibbs (G.). Davis Strait 


1867 


Okautsit. 


Labrador. 


1857 


Gibbs (G.). Kadiak. 


1868 


British and P. B. S. 


Greenl'd A Lab. 


1857 


Pok. Greenland. 


1868 


Whymper (F.). 


Various. 


1857 


Rink (H. J.). Greenland. 


1868-1870 Nalunaerutit. 


Greenland. 


1857 


Sutherland ( P. C. ). Eskimo. 


1868-1886 Sabin (J.). 


Eskimo. 


1858 


Buschmann (J. C. E.). Various. 


1869 


BalitR (A.). 


Aleut. 


1858 


Buschmann (J. C. E.). Various. 


1869 


Davidson (G.). 


Various. 


1858 


Drake (S. G.), note. Al. & Kam'd'le. 


1869 


Davidson (G.). 


Various. 


1858 


Jansaen (C.E.). Greenland. 


1869 


Erdmann (F.). 


Labrador. 


1858 


J6han(L. F.). Eskimo. 


1869 


Janssen (C.E.). 


Greenland. 


1858 


Kalatdlit. Greenland. 


1869 


Naphegyi (G.). 


Greenland. 


1858 


Ludewig (H. E. ). Various. 


1869 


Whymper (F.). 


Various. 


1858 


Nunalerutit. Greenland. 


1869 


TThymper (F.). 


Various. 


1858 


Radloff(L.). rgalaehmut. 


1870 


Dall iW. H.). 


Various. 


1S5» 


Buschmann (J. C. E.). Various. 


1870 


Dall (W. H.). 


Varioua 


1859 


Baschmann (J. C. E.). Various. 


1870 


Dall (W. H.), note. 


Various. 


1859 


Kalatdlit. Greenland. 


1870 


Gebet 


Various. 


1859 


Kleinschmidt (S. P.). Greenland. 


1870 


Marietti (P.). 


Greenland. 


1859 


Radloff(L.). ITgalachmut. 


1870 


OkAlautsit 


Labrador. 


>9-186: 


I Kaladlit Greenland. 


1870 


Rudolph (— ). 


Greenland. 


1860 


Bagster (J.). Greenl'd & Lab. 


1870 


Stimpson (W.) and 


Chnkchee. 


1860 


British and F. B. S. Greenl'd & Lab. 




Hall (A.). 




1860 


Buschmann (J. C. E.). Various. 


1870-1871 Nalnnaerutit. 


Greenland. 


1860 


Buschmann (J. C. E.). Various. 


1871 


Buynitzky (S. N.). 


Aleut 


1860 


Drake (S. G.). Al. & Kamd'le. 


1871 


Clare (J. R.). 


Eskimo. 


1860 


Haldeman (S. S.). Eskimo. 


1871 


Dall (W. H.). 


Eskimo. 


1860 


Kala<llit Greenland. 


1371 


Erdmann (F.). 


Labrador. 


1860 


Kahidlit. Greenland. 


1871 


Erman (G. A.). 


Various. 


1860 


Kaladlit. Greenland. 


1871 


Hayes (L L). 


Greenland. 


1860 


Latham (R G.). Various. 


1871 


KleinschmidtCS.P.) 


Greenland. 


1860 


Romberg (H.). Tchuktchi. 


1871 


KIeinBchmidt(8.P.) 


Greenland. 


1860 


Steenholdt (W. F.). Greenland. 


1871 


Kra^h (P.). 


Greenland. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



CHBONOLOOIC INDEX. 



115 



1871 


Morgan <L. H.). 


Various. 


1878-1880 Schwatka (F.). 


Eskima 


1S71 


Nonrelle. 


Eskimo. 


I87i» 


American, note. 


Greenl'd Sc Lab. 


1871 


Ok&UutAit. 


Labrador. 


1870 


Campbell (J.). 


Various. 


1871 


Ok&lautslt 


Labrador. 


1879 


Ball (W.H.) and Ba 


• Eskimo. 


1871 


Pinart (A. L.). 


Aglegmioat 




ker (M.). 




1871 


Pinart (A. L.). 


Aleut. 


1879 


Hall (C. F.). 


Various. 


1871 


Plnatt(A. L.). 


Malehmnt. 


1879 


Henry (V.). 


Aleut 


1871 


Tastamantitorkamik. Greenland. 


1879 


Henry (V.). 


Various. 


1871 


Tukaiarutalt. 


Labrador. 


1879 


Imgerutit. 


Labrador. 


1871 


Whymper(F.),note. 


Various. 


1879 


Eumlien (L.). 


Eskimo. 


1871-1872 KftlanMrutit 


Greenland. 


187U 


Oppert (G.). 


Eskimo. 


1871-1872 Pinjwt (A. L.). 


Kaniagmiout. 


1879 


Petitot (E.F.S. J.). 


Eskimo. 


1873 


Baatian (A.). 


Greenland. 


1880 


Bible Society. 


Esk. Sc Greenl'd. 


1872 


Bonrqnin (T.). 


Labrador. 


1880 


Calendar. 


Greenland. 


1872 


Hayea (I. I.). 


Greenland. 


1880 


Drake (S.G.). 


Al. A-Kam'd'le. 


1872 


Imgemtait. 


Labrador. 


1880 


Eisner (A. F.). 


Labrador. 


1872 


KAngip. 


Greenland. 


1880 


GAtip. 


Greenland. 


1872 


Trftbner & Ca 


Greenland. 


1880 


iUgigsut. 


Greenland. 


1S7S 


Pinart (A. L.). 


Aleut 


1880 


Kalm (P.). 


Eskimo. 


1873 


Pinart (A. L.). 


Eskimo. 


1880 


Kumlien (L.). 


Eskhno. 


1878 


Shea (J. G.). 


Eskimo. 


1880 


Qnaritch (B.). 


Various. 


1874 


Hayea (I. I.). 


Eskimo. 


1880 


Petroflf (I.). 


Various. 


1874 


MoriUot (— ). 


Eskimo. 


1881 


Church. 


Eskimo. 


1874 


8#rensen(B.F.). 


Eskimo. 


1881 


Gilder (W. H.). 


Greenland. 


1674 


Steiger (E.). 


Eskimo. 


1881 


Gilder (W.H.). 


Eskima 


1874-1876 Bancroft (H. H.). 


Various. 


1881 


Leclerc (C). 


Eskima 


1S74-1876 Bancroft (H. H.). 


Various. 


1881 


Peck (E. J.). 


Hudson Bay. 


W75 


British and F.'B. S. 


Greenl'd & Lab. 


1881 


Peck (E. J.). 


Hudson Bay. 


1^75 


Brown (R.). 


l>av.St.&Gr'nl'd. 


1882 


Bancroft (H. H.). 


Various. 


1875 


Jorensen (T.). 


Greenland. 


18^ 


Biiti>}handF.B.S. 


Greenl'd A Lab. 


1S75 


MarkhamiC.R.). 


Greenland. 


1882 


Cbarencef (H. de). 


Various. 


1875 


HoriUot (— ). 


Eskimo. 


1882 


Fisher (W. J.). 


Ugashach mnt and 


lb75 


Newton (A.). 


Greenland. 






KftgfiagCmtit 


1^5 


Petitot (E. F. S. J.). 


Bathurst 


1882 


Gilder (W.H.). 


Tchuktchi. 


1-7'. 


Rink (H. J.). 




1882 


Triibner. 


Aleut and Esk. 


IW« 


American Bible Soc 


Greenl'd Sc Lab. 


1882-1888 Oldmison (G. S.). 


Various. 


1878 


Bible Society. 


Gi-eenl'd&Lab. 


188S 


Catalogue. 


Eskimo. 


1878 


Bdggild (0.). 


Greenland. 


1883 


Erdmann (F.). 


Labrador. 


1878 


eriniugkat 


Greenland. 


1883 


Hoffman (W. J.). 


Eskimo. 


1870 


Heckewelder <J. G. 


KaraUt. 


1883 


Hoffman (W.J.). 


Eskimo. 




E.). 




1883 


Krause (A.). 


Eskimo. 


1878 


Kristumiatat. 


Greenland. 


1883 


Peck (E. J.). 


Eskima 


1876 


Petitot (E. F. & J.). 


Esk. and Tchiglit. 


1883 


Rosse (L C). 


Eskimo. 


1876 


Petitot (RF.S. J.). 


Esk.andTohigUt. 


1883-1884 Boas (F.). 


Various. 


1876 


Testamentitak. 


Labrador. 


1884 


Adam (L.). 


Eskimo. 


1876>1878 TestAmentitak. 


Labrador. 


1884 


Bergboltz (G. F.). 


Various. 


1877 


apersstltit 


Greenland. 


1884 


Hoflhiaa (W. J.). 


Innuit. 


1877 


British and F.B.S. 


Greenl'd &. Lab. 


1884 


Pflzmaier (A.). 


Gr'nl'd&Kadiak. 


isn 


DaU(W.H.). 


Innuit. 


1884 


Pfizmaier (A.). 


Aleut 


isn 


Famhelm (H.). 


Aleut 


1884 


Rink (H. J.). 


Greenland. 


i8n 


Gibbs (Q.h 


Kaniagmut. 


1884 


Rink (H. J.). 


Greenland. 


i8n 


Henry (V.). 


Innok. 


1884 


Steams (W. A.). 


Labrador. 


lan 


Piniartut 


Greenland. 


1884 


Winkler (H.). 


Various. 


i8n 


Rink (H. J.). 


Greenland. 


1884-1885 Everette (TV. E.). 


Various. 


1877 


Rink (H. J.). 


Greenland. 


1884-1886 Ererette (W. E.). 


Various. 


1877-187© IvangkUiunlk. 


Greenland. 


1884-1885 Everette (W. E.). 


Various. 


18n-1882 Mmier (F.). 


Aleut &, Esk. 


1884-1885 Everette (TV. E.). 


Various. 


1878 


British and F. as. 


Greenl'd &, Lab. 


1884-1885 Everette (W. E.). 


Various. 


1878 


Duncan (D.). 


Eskimo. 


1884-1886 Johnson (J. W.). 


Bristol Bay. 


1878 


Herxog (W.). 


Aleut and Esk. 


1885 


American, note. 


Greenl'd ^ Lab. 


1878 


Ledero (C). 


Aleut & Greenl'd. 


1885 


Boas (F.). 


Akudnirmiut and 


1878 


Peck (E. J.). 


Hudson Bay. 






Okomiut. 


1878 


Pick (B.). 


Greenl'd & Lab. 


1885 


Bourquin (T.). 


Labrador. 


1878 


Tngslaotit 


Greenland. 


1885 


British and F. B. S. 


Greenl'd St Lab. 


1878 


UnipkaQtslt 


Labrador. 


1885 


BritUhandF.B.S. 


Greenl'd Sc Lab. 


1878-187» Henry (V.). 


Aleut 


1885 


British and F. B. S. 


Greenl'd & LaU 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



116 



CHRONOLOGIC INDEX. 



1885 
1885 
1885 
1885 
1885 
1885 
1885 
1885 
1885 
1885 
1886 
1886 
1886 
1886 
1886 
1886 
1880 
1886 
1886 
1886 
1886 
1886 
ISSi 



British and F. B. S. 
Murdoch (J.)- 
Mardoch (J.). 
PfizniAier (A.). 
Pflzmaier (A.). 
Bay (P. H.). 
Rink (H. J.). 
Rink (H. J.). 
Rink (H. J.). 
Rink (H. J.). 
Gilbert Sc Rivington. 
Hoffhian (W. J.). 
Nelson (E. TT.). 
Petitot(E.F.S.J'.). 
Ptizmaier (A.). 
Rink (H. J.). 
Rink (H. J.). 
Relchelt(G.T.). 
Reichelt(G.T.). 
Reichelt (G. T.>. 
Stupart (R.F.). 
Woolfe (H. D.). 
Mardoch <J.). 
ABC. 
Aleut. 
Aletit. 
Baer (J.). 
Bannister (H. M.). 



Greenrd Sc Lab. 

Eskimo. 

Eskimo. 

Greenland. 

Kanilit. 

Eskimo. 

Greenland. 

Greenland. 

Greenland. 

Greenland. 

Greenl'd Sc Lab. 

Innait. 

Eskimo. 

Esk. and Tchiglit. 

Greenland. 

Greenland. 

Greenland. 

Greenrd &, Lab. 

Greenrd &, Lab. 

Greenl'd dc Lab. 

Eskimo. 

Innnit. 

Eskimo. 

Greenland. 

Aleot. 

Aleut 

Chncklock. 

Malimoot. 



Bompas (W. C). 

British and F. B. S. 

Jesus. 

Jesnse. 

Eanm^Jok. 

Kaumarsok. 

Euskokwim. 

Lesseps (J. B. B. de). 

Lord's Prayer. 

Nalekab. 

K&lekam. 

Nel:4on (K W.). 

Okautsit. 

Okpemermik. 

Peck (E. J.). 

Rand (S. T.). 

Sapftme. 

Sekfkorflcsut^pok. 

Senf kometun-i pok . 

Smith (E. E.). 

Tamedsa. 

Tamerssa. 

Tamerssa. 

Testamentetokak . 

TussajuDgnik. 

Fssomakant. 

Vocabolaries. 



Eskimo. 

Greenl'd Sc Lab. 

Greenland. 

Labrador. 

Labrador. 

Greenland. 

Kuskokwim. 

Various. 

Greenland. 

Greenland. 

Labrador. 

£:)kimo. 

Greenland. 

Labrador 

Eskimo. 

Eskimo. 

Greenland. 

Greenland. 

Labrador. 

Alalemnte. 

Labrador. 

Greenland. 

Greenland. 

Greenland. 

Labrador. 

Labrador. 

Various. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



Jcc '^v^. /^^/-V^i^.'^y t/^ * ^/77. 



fiM I Til SO XI AN INSTITUTION* 

BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY: J. W. POWELL, DIRECTOR 



PERFORATED STONES 



O^LIFORNI^ 



BV 



HENRY W. HENSHA^W 




WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT PEINTINa OFFICE 
1887 



Digitized by CjOOQIC 






Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



CONTENTS. 



Page. 

Geueral character and conjectural uses of perforated stones 5 

Uses of perforated stones 7 

Weights to digging sticks in California 7 

I^iggij^g sticks in various parts of the world 11 

Gaming implements 16 

Dies 18 

Weights for nets 19 

Spindle whorls 19 

Club heads 20 

Stone axes 21 

Ceremonial staves 22 

Peruvian star shaped disks 26 

Missiles 27 

Stones with handles 28 

Ceremonial implements 30 

Origin of perforated stones 32 

Significance to the archaeologist of medicine practices 34 



ILLUSTRATIONS. 



Page. 

Fig. 1. Perforated stone, Santa Rosa Island, California 5 

2. Perforated stone, Santa Cruz Island, California 5 

3. Perforated stone, Santa Cruz Island, California (> 

4. Perforated stones with incised lines, Southern California 

5. Perforated stone with groove iiround perforation, Southern California. 10 

6. Supposed method of adjusting weight to digging stick 10 

7. Supposed method of adjusting weight to digging stick 10 

8. Hottentot digging stick, after BurchoU 12 

9. Perforated stone from California, used in the game ot iturursh 16 

10. Perforated stone used as a die, Santa Rosa Island, California 19 

11. Ceremonial staff. New Guinea 24 

12. Ceremonial stafif, New Guinea 24 

13. Star shaped disk mounted on handle, Peru 27 

14. Perforated stone mounted on handle, Los Angeles County, California. 29 

15. Perforated stone mounted on handle, Los Angeles County, California. 29 

16. Perforated stone mounted on handle, Los Angeles County, California. 30 

3 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



PERFORATED STONES FROM CALIFORNIA. 



By H. W. Henshaw. 




Fig. 1. Perforated stone, Sniiti Ilosa 
Islaiul, Southeru California. 



GENERAL CHARACTER AND CONJECTURAL USES OF PERFORATED 

STONES. 

Few objects reward arcbieologic search in Southcru California so fre- 
quently as the so-called "perforated stones," and in the collections of 
any size they form a considerable percent- 
age of the objects represented. While, 
probably, nowhere in the United States I 
are they so abundant as in California, 
they occur in perhaps every portion of 
this country, and also in other parts of 
the world, as in Europe, Australia, India, 
Africa, and South America. 

As in the case of many other aboriginal relics, it hfis been found 
difficult to assign definite uses to these perforated stones, especially in 
view of their great diversity as to size, shfipe, 
material, and the manner and extent to which 
they are finished. California specimens are 
made of sandstone, quartzite, steatite, and , 
other kinds of stone— frequently, though by ' 
no means always, such as are rather easily 
worked. In Europe and in Peru specimens 
arc found which are made of bronze. The 

California stones are most frequently circular fio. 2. Perforated stone, Santa 
or nearly circular, but occasionally they are cmz island, southern California. 
irregularly oblong (Fig. 1). In the latter case the stones appear to have 
been left nearly or quite in their original shape, and specimens are 
sometimes seen which are two or three times longer than broad and 
with irregular outlines. In the case of such specimens it is evident 
that regularity of outline and fine finish were in no wise essential to 
their functions, whatever these may have been; nevertheless, such 
specimens are frequently highly polished, either on one 'side or on 
both sides, perhaps intentionally, or, more likely, from the friction of 
constant use. Occasionally they are more 'or less globular (Fig. 2) 




Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



6 



PERFORATED STONES 




others tend to the pyriforni shape (Fig. 3). California specimens vary 
in weight from an ounce, or even less, to several pounds; the largest 
specimen in the Katioual Museum collection weighs seven pounds. 
Though not as a rule ornamented, California specimens arc sometimes 
found which are decorated with lines and cross lines (Fig. 4). The 
symmetry of many of the specimens and the labor and care necessay 
to their production show that they possessed no little value in 'the 
eyes of their owners. 
A summary of the knowledge respecting this class of relics and a 
large number of illustrations are to be found in a 
chapter by Prof. P. W. Putnam,^ in which is cited 
a variety of evidence respecting the uses of 
these stones in various parts of the world, as 
hammer stones, weights for digging sticks, club 
heads, net sinkers, and spindle whorls. 

Discussing the California specimens. Professor 

Putnam says, p. 135: 

The particular uses to which these Califomia stones 

Fir.. 3. rerforated"T^ne. Santa ^^^^^ ^""^ ''^'^^ probably always remain conjectural, though 

Cni8 Island, Southern Cali- ^^ *^ evident that the wants or necessities they were in- 

fornia. tended to supply must have been very common, since 

they are found to be widely distributed among uncivilized tribes. 

Again he says, p. ICl : 

A careful study of the hundred examples of these stones from California, now be- 
fore me, Las confirmed my belief that they were used for various purposes by the 
old Californians, and that while some may, possibly, have been used as weights for 
dij;gin«5 sticks and for net sinkere, as Mr. Schumacher believes, it would certainly be 
going too far to iucludo all the specimens in these two groups, even should we agree 
with Mr. Schumacher iu regarding many of the smaller specimens as toys for chil- 
dren. 

As the use of these stones iu California thus remains to a largo extent 

conjectural, a circumstantial account of 
the manner of their former employment, 
received directly from California Indians 
who had either used them themselves or 
fseen them iu use, will not bo without 
value. 

Having presented the evidence gathered 
in relation to the California specimens, 

^ , „ ^ , , ^ ^ brief mention will be made of certain per- 

Fio. 4. Perforated stone, Southorn « , « , 

California. foratcd stoucs froui othcr regions. 

The present notice will not, however, attempt exhaustively to treat 
these relics as a class, as they occur all over the world, and espe- 
cially will it not attempt to include all the various patterns and sizes 
of perforated stones found elsewhere in the explanation of their uses 
derived from the California Indians. For so widely do individual speci- 




I Report U. S. Gcog. Surv. West of the 100th Meridian, Vol. VII, Archeology. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



FROM CALIFORNIA. 7 

mens diflfer in pattern and in the character of the perforations accord- 
ing to the localities where found, and even in the same localities, that 
on theoretical grounds it is extremely unlikely, as Professor Putnam 
remarks, that all were employed for the same purpose or perhaps even 
for similar purposes. On the contrary, such diversity would seem to 
indicate that they had several, i)erhaps many, different uses. On the 
other hand, the extremely close resemblance of occasional specimens 
found, for instance, in California, to others from remote parts of the 
world, cannot fail to suggest for such specimens a possible similarity of 
use and of origin. In this connection Professor Putnam says, p. 135: 

As it is more than probable tbat the same wants, under similar conditions, gave 
rise to tbo same means of satisfying tbem, we are Justified in looking to the use made 
of similar stones by savage tribes of recent times for some explanation of the pur- 
poses to which they were applied by the Indians of California. 

In other words, a satisfactory explanation of the use of any of these 
relics in any part of the world may, in the absence of more direct evi- 
dence, be applied to specimens of essentially similar character found 
elsewhere. 

USES OF PERFORATED STONES. 

By inquiry among the surviving Indians of Santa Barbara and Ven- 
tura Counties, California, where perforated stones are very numerous, 
it was learned that by them these relics were formerly put to three uses. 
Named in the order of their importance, these are: First, as weights to 
digging sticks; second, as gaming implements; third, as dies for fash- 
ioning tubes, pipes, and similar cylindrical objects. 

Weights to digging sticlcs in California. — The evidence as to the former 
use of perforated stones as weights to digging sticks seems to be as 
complete as can be desired, in the absence, of course, of their observed 
employment. A Santa Barbara Indian, to whom a specimen was 
shown, a man sixty or more years of age, unhesitatingly affirmed, the 
moment he saw it, that it was a digging stick weight, called *'al-st6r-ur.'' 
This implement, he said, was formerly in- use among the women in his 
tribe. In describing it he said the stick must be strong and very hard. 
The wood usually employed grew only in the mountains and was called 
**burtch.'' The especial function of the digging stick was to dig a kind 
of ouionlike root called "ci hon.'^ When in use the weight wa« slipped 
over the handle till it rested about the middle of the stick, like a collar. 
As my inquiries were made through the medium of an interpreter, I 
found it difficult to learn how it was held at this point, in the absence 
of a suitable stick to serve as an example, but it seemed likely, from 
the description, that the stone was supported by a knob or projection, 
natural or artificial. The sole function of the stone collar was evidently 
to add weight to the pointed stick and thus to increase its efTectiveness. 

The work of digging the root for which the digging stick was era- 
ployed devolved almost entirely upon the women, assisted more or less 
by the boys and old men. A large and varied assortment of these 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



8 PERFORATED STONES 

stones, iDcludiug mauy different patterns in the museam of Mr. Clark, 
of Santa Barbara, who kindly offered every facility for examination, 
was pronounced by the Indian to belong to the class of digging weights. 
Even some very small perforated pebbles, the minute size of which 
seemed to i)reclude the idea of any economic function, he pronounced to 
be digging weights for children, remarking that everything used by 
the grown folks was duplicated iii miniature for the children — a sug- 
gestion, by the way, which has occurred to more than one archaeologist, 
on purely theoretical grounds, and which is full of significance. The 
statements of this man were corroborated independently by his wife, of 
about the same age, to whom the digging stick had formerly been a 
familiar implement. 

While visiting the San Buenaventura Indians, thirty miles distant, 
additional proof of the employment of thesestonesasdigging weights was 
found. Here an expressive pantomime was performed by an old gray- 
haired woman which would have been quite enough to remove all linger- 
ing doubts as to one use, at least, of these stones. Visiting the old woman 
one day, I found her seated on the ground, which served as a floor to 
the hut, close to the fireplace. By way of introduction I showed her 
one of the digging weights, i)utting it into her hands without a word 
of suggestion or inquiry. Bringing it close to her eyes she scanned it 
eagerly, then broke into a laugh, gesticulating wildly, and with every 
sign of surprise and interest. Being questioned as to the cause of her 
pleasure, she said : " It is m.iny years since I have seen one of these 
stones; where did you get it!" Being told that it was plowed up at 
Santa Barbara she assented to the probability of this statement, add- 
ing, "We used to bury them with the dead." In reply to the ques- 
tion "What do you know of its use!" she instantly seized a small stick 
from the fireplace and slipped the ring down to its middle, precisely as 
the Santa Barbara Indian had done, holding it there with the left hand, 
grasping the stick just below it to show that the middle of the stick 
was its proper position, and began to dig industriously into the dirt 
floor. This pantomimic explanation of the use of the stone weighted 
digging stick was almost as satisfactory as it would have been to come 
across her at work in the field digging roots with a veritable digging 
stick of the olden time. This woman also said that the bulblike root 
called "ci hon" was the principal root dug with the implement, this root 
forming an important article of food as well as of barter with other 
tribes. A second old woman living in the same village, who might have 
.been perhaps seventy years old, but who passed as much older, subse- 
ujuently corroborated the account in every particular. 

An intelligent half-breed of this same village, less than forty years 
old, from whoml derived much varied information, had no knowledge 
of the use of these disks as weights to digging sticks. This man, how- 
ever, was too young to have personal knowledge of any but compara- 
liively recent time^, and it is j)robable that 4:he stone weights had been 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



FROM CALIFORNIA. 9 

generally abaDdoued before his time. The digging sticks described by 
the half-breed were made of a very heavy wood and were not artificially 
weighted. The half-breed, however, stated that he had seen such a 
stick with a small stone sunk into the top parallel with its axis. This 
could hardly have been for a weight, but might have been a charm. 
Subsequently this Indian stated that on inquiry among the old people 
he learned that the stone disks were formerly used as weights to digging 
sticks on Santa Cruz Island, as also were disks of similar shape made 
of whales' bones. 

With reference to the disuse of digging sticks in recent times, it may 
be remarked that, as the Mission Indians became more and more de- 
pendent for their support upon the whites and implements of their own 
manufacture fell into disuse, it would happen naturally that the method 
of evolution would be reversed, that stone weights would be first aban- 
doned and the digging would be performed with a heavy stick alone. 
The stone weight was, in fact, a refinement never attained by many 
tribes. Subsequently the digging stick itself would fall into disuse, 
together with other primitive implements. Hence, a comparatively 
young Indian might be in utter ignorance of one of the chief functions 
of this or of any other specific class of implements. 

With reference to the use of this class of stones as weights for dig- 
ging sticks, the testimony of Mr. Paul Schumacher should not be over- 
looked — testimony which seems not to have carried the weight it 
deserves. While pursuing archseologic researches on the Island of 
Santa Cruz, Mr. Schumacher obtained from an aged half breed a state- 
ment similar to the above as to the use of these perforated stones for 
weights to digging sticks. Much proof corroborative of the function 
of many of these stones as digging weights is to bo derived from a 
study of the specimens themselves and of their fragments, and this 
testimony did not fail to impress Mr. Schumacher strongly. Ho says : ' 

These implements — as are so many others that have a hole, a notch, or other 
means of fastening a line — are often considered as sinkers. One of the less fre- 
quent types of net sinkers, indeed, resembles the ^veight for a digging stick, but 
yet there is as much difference between the two as between a mortar and an oUa, 
The sinker is of a different material, is coarsely finished, the hole is much smaller 
and narrower in the middle, and is hardly over drilled or finished by drilling, but 
simply pecked. My first impression on finding these perforated stones was that they 
were the heads of war clubs, to which those of a pear shape especially seem to answer. 
By examining a large number of fragments, however, I found most of the stone rings 
had been broken in two, parallel with the hole, which could not be caused by the side 
ptessare of the club, bnt by a wedgelike action against the inner sides. The sugges- 
tion that these stones were weights for digging sticks, such as are still in use among 
the Hottentots, I received from an aged half-breed while working on Santa Cruz 
Ishuid, two years ago, and I have since become convinced that such was their use. 
If we examine a stone ring which has done some service we find the hole shows a 
polish and fine striae mnning lengthwise and wear on one end of the ring, imparted 
by the hand while in use and in carrying the digging stick, where it naturally would 
rest, with its projecting stone weight against the hand. I found some of the weights 

* Eleventh Annual Eeport of 4;he Trqs^^^es of the Peabody Museum, 1878, p. 265, 

Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



10 



PERFORATED STONES 




""^. 



Fig. 5. Perforated stone urith j^roove 
around perforation, Southern Cali- 
fornia. 



thus deeply worn, aud by niouuting one on a proper stick It fitted nicely to the grasped 
baud. I also noticed a specimen, among the many sent to the Poabody Museum, iu 
which the hole had been enlarged in full width but in one direction only — making 
an elliptic hole — worn by the digging stick while worked, when its own weight could 
only act against the sides of the stick corresponding to the flattened ends of the 
wooden spade. 

As further confirmation of the al>ove view of the function of many 

of the perforated stones, derived from a 
study of specimens, it is to be particularly 
I noticed that many of them Lave grooves 
'worn around the perforations, which 
grooves appear on one side only, and this 
the polished side (Fig. 5). i^ 

The polish and wear on one side of the 
stone collar are undoubtedly to be attrib- 
uted, as suggested by Mr. Schumacher, to the fact that in use the 
weight rests upon the closed hand. Perhaps, indeed, in many cases 
the left hand, grasping the stick 
about the middle, served as the 
only check to the weight, and 
kept it from slipping farther 
down. This supposition would 
explain my inability to obtain 
from any of the Indians a clear 
idea of the supposed method of 
► permanently retaining the collar 
in its proper place near the mid- 
dle of the stick. But in the 
specimens above referred to the 
grooves around the perforations 
require another explanation. 
Their origin, perhaps, may best 
be accounted for on the sup- 
position that the stone collar 
rested on a natural knob or on 
an artificial protuberance, as, 
for example, a knot of rawhide 
or rope secured to the stick by 
the use of asphaltum. This sup- 
posed method is represented in 
Figs. 6 and 7. Even if the weight 
rested neither upon a natural 
knob nor upon an artificial pro- 
tuberance, a ledge or collar would soon be formed around the stick as 
the weight slipped and fell home at each blow, if, as is probable, the 
stick tapered from the top or handle end to the middle, where it was 
adjusted to the size of the hole 



II' 




Fig. 6. Supposed method 
of a<\justiDg weight to 
dijTgiug stick. 



Fig. 7. Supposed method 
of adjusting weight to 
digging stlrk. 



' '* Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



FKOM CALIFORNIA. 11 

The above iuformation famished by four IndiaDs, independently of 
one another, every one of whom had either seen the implement in use 
or had used it, top^ether with the collateral evidence to be derived from 
a study of the specimens, would seem to be satisfactory proof of the 
employment of many of these perforated stones in this part of Cali- 
lornia as weights to digging sticks. 

As roots were not only used largely for food by these tribes, but 
were bartered with other Indians both on the islands and inland, a 
jETreat number of digging weights must have been employed in the 
numerous villages. Accordingly, in the use of perforated stones as 
^^SS^^S weights, I am inclined to believe wo have their most common 
and most important function, at least in this part of California. 

Digging sticks in various parts of tJie world. — The use of pointed sticks 
for digging roots has by no means been confined to the Indians of Cali- 
fornia. These sticks have been observed in actual use among many 
uncivilized peoples, though not always artificially weighted. 

Lewis and Clarke speak of the use of this implement among the 
Clatsop, one of the Chinook tribes. They say : ^ 

The iDstmment with which they dig np roots is a strong stick, about three feet 
aoil a half long, sharpened mid a little curved at the lower end, while the upper is 
inserted into a handle, standing transversely, and made of part of an elk or buck's 
bora. 

The transverse bar on the end of the handle is an evident improve- 
ment on the straight stick, since it can be pressed against the breast 
and the stick driven into the ground with ease. ' 

The digging stick has also been observed in use among the Sioux by 
S. R. Riggs, J. Owen Dorsey, and others. 

Stephen Powers,* writing of the Yuki of California, among whom the 
digging stick is employed to obtain worms for soup and for other pur- 
poses, speaks of a woman as "armed with her * woman-stick,' the badge 
of her sex, which Is a pole about six feet long and one and a half inches 
thick, sharpened and fire hardened at one end." Again, speaking of the 
Hodok, he says, p. 25G: "With a small stick, fire hardened at the end, 
a sqnaw will root out a half bushel or more [of kais roots] in a day." 

Numerous digging sticks, or, more properly, spades, for they are used 
more to plant corn than to dig roots, are in the National Museum from 
Zuni. The Zuui have hit upon a device similar to that invented by the 
Chinook. The spado is a natural branch about tLree feet long, pointed 
and flattened, and having a projecting stump at a convenient distance 
down, so that the foot can be employed to press it into the earth. 



^Hiatory of the Expedition under the Command of Captaius Lewis and Clarke. 
Allen edition. Vol. II, p. 134. Harper and Brothers, 184'2. 
5 Contributions to North American Ethnology, Vol. Ill, p. 13^^ 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



12 



PERFORATED STONES 



A similar improved digging stick Las been invented by tbe New Zea- 
landers and is described as follows : ^ 

Their only instrament for tillage was **a long narrow stake sharpened to an edge 
at one end, with a short piece fastened transventely at a little distance above it, for 
the convenience of i)ressiug it down with the foot." 

The digging stick was used among tbe Figians as an agricultural 
implement, as described by Williams in bis Figi and Figians, and 
quoted by Lubbock, Pre-Historic Times, p. 408, 1878. 

It was also employed by tbe Tabitians, and is described by Wilson, 

quoted by Lubbock (op. cit., p. 484), as "instruments of hard wood, 

about five feet long, narrow, with sharp edges and pointed. These 

they used as spades or hoes.'' 

The use of the stone weighted digging stick seems to have been very 

common in South Africa, As, however, perforated 

stones from this region have often been chvssed as 

weapons, several extracts will be given to show tbe 

nature of the testimony upon which both uses have 

been maintained. 

Edgar L. Layard* makes specific mention of tbe 
digging stick in South Africa and of the stone 
weights, although the use assigned to the latter is 
at second band. Discussing stone implements, be 
says: 

Secondly, the perforated round stones foand all over the 
colony. These vary in size and shape, and are as globular as 
a common hall. They were said to have been used even in 
later days by the bushmcu for the purpose of weighting their 
bulb-digging sticks. They are described by Patterson and 
the older authors on South Afiican travel. 

'he following is from Burchell.^ Not only is tbe 
use of the digging stick affirmed, but an illustration 
shows the manner of wedging the stone to the handle : 

Wo were visited by two natives • • • out in search of wild roots * * • The 
other carried, what my Hottentots called a graafstok (a digging stick ), to which there 
was affixed a heavy stone to increase its force iu peeking up bulbous roots. The 
stone, which was five inches in diameter, had been cut or ground, very regularly to a 
round form, and perforated with a hole large enough to receive the stick and a wedge 
by which it was fixed iu its place. 

Reference to Fig. 8, below, a copy of BurclielFs illustration, will show 
how similar is the weight to some of the California specimens. 

Eev. J. G. Wood* gives the following aecount of the digging stick of 
the Hottentots: 




Fig. 8. Hottentot digging 
stick, aft«r BurchclL 



^ Diefi^enbach's New Zealand, Vol. II, p. 11, as quoted by Sir John Lubbock (Pre- 
Historic Times, p. 475, 1878). 

2 Jonr. Anthrop. Inst. Great Brit. & Ireland, Vol. 1, 187-2, appendix, p. c. 

3 Travels in the Interior of Southern Africa, Wm. J. Burohell, Vol. II, p. 29 and 
fi£:nre on page 45, 1824. 

* Uncivilized Races of Men, Vol. I i. 231, 1870. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



FROM CALIFORNIA. 13 

This is nothing more than a stick of hard wood sharpened at one end, and weighted 
by means of a perforated stone through which it is passed, and which is held in its 
place hy a wedge. With this rude instrument the Hottentot can hreak up the ground 
faster than might he imagined, but ho oftener uses it for digging up wild plants, and 
unearthing sundry burrowing animals, than for any agricultural purposes. 

Edward T. Stevens also alludes to the use of these disks as digging 
weights by the Bechuanas, and to what is probably a secondary use in 
preparing food. lie says : * 

In the Christy collection are some perforated stone disks, five and one-half inches in 
diameter, used for crushing or grinding grasshoppers, spiders, &c., by the Bechuanas 
of South Africa, who regard these insects as forming a valuable article of food. 
When digging wild roots, they put this stone upon the digging stick to give it greater 
weight A specimen of such a digging stick, with the stone attached, is in the Mu- 
8eom of the Missionary Society, London. ' 

Bev. Langham Dale is thus quoted on the same subject : ' 

The illustrations of various implements which I had sent him [Rev. Mr. Kronlein], 
when exhibited to the people, were recognized as of things known to them. The 
grain crushers and the x>erforated stones are evidently the most modern. It seems to 
he acknowledged that a stick was forced into the perforated stone, and so used by 
the old Hottentot warriors as a weapon in time of war and also as a tool to dig roots 
oat in time of peace; for these uses I have the direct testimony of the missionary at 
Wapperthal, in the Clanwilliam division, and of others. I shall continue to collect 
evidence bearing on the problem of the ago of these implements; at present the 
probability is that they have been in use at no distant day among Bushmen and 
Hottentots. 

With reference to a portion of the above statement it may be said 
that it would seem in the last degree improbable that the warriors of 
auy tribe of savages would deign to use in actual war a domestic im- 
plementy l)articularly as on the theory of an interchangeable function 
the warrior's weapon would have to be taken from the hands of the 
women; equally improbable is it that the warriors would permit a 
weapon to be degraded to.domestic use. Moreover, against the idea of 
this interchangeable function is the fact that for effective service as club 
heads it would seem to be necessary that the perforated stones should 
be i>ermanently attached to the handles. 

Ilev. J. G. Wood,^ in his comments on the above statement^ takes 
similar ground against their use as weapons, adding that, so far as he 
knew, "none of the Hottentot tribes used stone weapons." 

Carl L. Griesbach^ thus speaks of the same implement: 

A singularly shaped tool is employed by the Bushmen, consisting of a rounded 
stone perforated for the passage of a stick, which is used for digging up roots, and 
may also be employed as a weapon. 

The latter author clearly affirms their use as weights to digging 
sticks, while only stilting that they may have been employed as clubs. 



» Flint Chips, p. 95, 1870. 

5 Jour. Antlirop. Inst. Great Brit. & Ireland, Vol. I, p. 347, IS"?^. 

»Op. cit., p. 348. 

* Op. cit., p. cliv, Appendix. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



14 PERFORATED STONES 

Mr. John Sanderson/ in a paper on stone implements from Natal, 
eren more explicitly afl&rms the use of perforated stones as weights to 
digging sticks. lie says : 

At the same time there are two facts to which I wish to direct attentioo : one is 
that certain implements of stone are stiU in use among the native races, among which 
are perforated halls employed to give weight to digging sticks, and stone hammers. 

With equal explicitness the same use is stated in a note by Dr. Mac- 
alister : ^ 

Another implement not uncommon among them was a heavy stone fastened to the 
thicker end of a pointed stick, sometimes 3 feet long, though occasionally not more 
than half that Icngtb, it^s use being either to dig up edible roots or to make holes in 
search of water.' 

On the other hand W. D. Gooch* is inclined to discard the digging 
weight theory, and to class all perforated stones from Africa^ as weap- 
ons, at least so far as their primary use is concerned. Referring to a 
Natal specimen, he says: 

I consider from its form that it has heen intended as a weapon of oifense, and I do 
not think it was mounted on a handle, hecause one portion of the periphery has been 
flattened so as to admit of Its beiug firmly grasped in the hand, which it fits very 
comfortably, and thus held to have been used in striking forwards and downwards, 
so as to inflict a severe blow, calculated to give a quietus to an adversary. • * * 
On the other hand, its sharp edge and apparent fashioning to the hand are sug- 
gestive of its use as a sacrificial instrument similar to that used by certain Poly- 
nesians. 

This specimen appears to differ somewhat from the perforated stones 
elsewhere described, and to be, as Mr. Sanderson terms it, *»' unique.^ 
If originally designed for cither of the purposes mentioned by Gooch, 
it is difficult to understand why this stone was perforated. He con- 
tinues : 

-Throughout the greater portion of South Africa, reaching from Cape Agulhas in the 
south to the Transvaal in the north, occur round stone implements perforated and 
fashioned into a globular form. To my mind these were all fashioned for the pur- 
pose of use as clubs, to be mounted on a stick thrust through the perforation, and 
secured by wedges and hy hide. 

I am aware that it has been received as an opinion that they were only intended as 
weights for the purpose of assisting the aborigines in digging for roots, on which they 
feed at certain times. In the Christy collection is a stick so arranged with the prong 
of an antelope horn at the point, and I have heard of many instances of their present 
use in this manner among the Hottentot and Bushmen tribes in Cape Colony. I 
believe, however, that the aborigines using them noio are only utilizing the stones 
fabricated by their predecessors for a different purpose, as I can find no record of 
any native being found able to make a similar stone. » ♦ * 

In any case, I helieve they have only been employed secondarily as digging sticic 
weights, and primarily were undoubtedly cluhheads; as such I here deal with them. 



» Jour. Anthrop. Inst. Great Brit. «fe Ireland, Vol. VIII, p. 16, 1879. 

2 Op. cit., Vol. X, p. 460, 1881. 

^Holub^s Seven Years in South Africa, Vol. II, p. 439. 

^ Jour. Anthrop. Inst. Great Brit. A, Ireland, Vol. XI, p. 128, 1882. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



FROM CALIFORNIA. 15 

Further ou ^ tiio writer somewhat modiiies his statement, that all were 
used as clabheads, by suggesting that the stone disks may have been 
employed to give added weight to the spears used in killing large game. 

It will be seen from the above quotations that while the employment 
of perforated stones in Africa as weights to digging sticks is to be re- 
garded as au established fact, the implements appearing to have been 
seen frequently in actual use there, so much cannot be said in regard to 
the supposed use as clubheads. No one appears to have seen them in 
the hands of Bushmen or Hottentot warriors, nor apparently do any of 
the mounted specimens which have been collected resemble what may 
be termed the club type so closely as to make their classification as 
such at all certain. It is not at all unlikely that their use in Africa as 
digging stick weights may indeed be secondary, but of this there does 
not appear at present to be sufficient proof. 

The fact as stated by Gooch that the Bushmen who have used them 
recently, or even still use them, no longer make them, proves little or 
nothing. Precisely the same statement holils good of the stone arrow- 
heads of the North American Indians. Until recently the Apaches, for 
instance, used stone arrowheads, and even prized them above the iron 
points, which latter they manufactured in quantity ; yet, so far as I could 
leara from inquiry (in 1873), all the stone points in their possession , had 
been found on the surface of the ground, and I could not ascertain that 
any of the tribe attempted their manufacture, though doubtless there ; 
were some of the older men who had not forgotten the art. It is one of \ 
many cases which might be cited where the use of implements has sur- \ 
vived after the manufacture has been abandoned or forgotten. Such 
partial survivals may, perhaps, be regarded as the universal rule, not 
only regarding implements, but also the various arts of life, as the lower 
races abandon their own inventions and habits in favor of those of a 
higher civilization. It would be idle, then, to argue from the fact that 
since stone arrowpoints'were in use after their manufacture had ceased 
that they were originally employed for a different purpose, and that 
their subsequent use as arrowpoints was only secondary, or that the 
people using them at present must have inherited them from a preced- 
ing and different race. 

A momenl's reflection will show that the use of digging sticks must 
have been universal among savage tribes. A pointed stick with which 
to dig roots is in truth an implement as natural to primitive man as is 
a stone for breaking nuts, acorns, &c. It survives today, not only 
among our own Indians and other barbarous tribes, but among the 
peasantry of Europe, and even in the hands of the modern gardener. 
It has been improved in several ways among different tribes, as by the 
addition of the crossbar by the Chinook, the Zuiii, and the New Zea- 
landers, and the stone weight is simply one of these improvements 
which has by no means been invented or used by all tribes. 

> Joar. Anthrop. Inst. Great Brit. & Ireland, Vol. XI, p. 131, 1882. 

Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



16 PERFORATED STONES 

Oaming implements. — From the half-breed above mentioDed I learned 
that by the Indians about San Buenaventura and on the islands many 
of the stone disks were used in a game called iturursh. He certainly 
had a tolerably clear idea of the game, and gave a rather full account 
of it and of the court or prepared ground where it was played. His ac- 
count was in brief as follows : A piece of level ground was selected for 
the court, which was made very smooth and hard and was bounded by 
four upright corner stones or stakes. The wooden lance employed was 
six or seven feet long and tapered at one end to a small point. At one 
corner of the court wa^s stationed a man with a pile of disks, whose 
business it was to cast the disks. The player, lance in hand, stood on 
one side of the court, near the middle, llunning a little distance the 
pitcher rolled a disk swiftly across the court, when the lance man darted 
forward and cast his lance, the object being to transfix the disk as it 
rolled past. A successful throw counted one point, ten being the game. 
Dr. W. J. Hoffman was informed that at Santa Barbara the bow and ar- 
row were in use in this gaoie in place of the lance, the object being to 
shoot the arrow through the rolling disk. 

The game was usually played with two on a side, though occasionally 
four on each side took part. As is the case with nearly all Indian 
games, ittirursh was a great gambling game, and large amounts of " shell 
money'' and other property were frequently staked on the chances of a 
single contest. 

The perforated disk from California best adapted to play this game 

would seem to be the thin, flat variety, with 
rather large perforation, of which Fig. 9 is a 
I good illustration. 

The San Buenaventura Indian women, 
whom I have quoted above as to the digging 
Fio.o. Perforated atone from South, gticks, wcrc familiar with this game, but 

era Califordia, naecl in the game of , ' ,,,.,,. ., . , .. 

ittirureh. they affirmed that in their tribes the " hoop'' 

used in playing the game was made of "twisted deerskin," twisted 
probably over a hoop of willow or other i)liant wood. Precisely the 
same kind of hoop was used by some of the Tulare tribes to the east 
of the mountains and by the Indians of San Juan Mission, far to 
the northeast, as wjis affirmed by two women from these respective 
localities. It was also employed for the same game by the Indians 
of Los Angeles County, where the game was called "hararicuar'^ 
(W. J. HoflFman, in Bull. Essex lust, XVII, p. 18, 1885). In a myth 
of the latter Indians (ibid.), given by Dr. Hoffman, occurs a mention 
of this willow buckskin ring, which seems to imply that its importance 
had invested it with mysterious powers or, perhaps, that it originated 
in the hands of the medicine man, and that its employment in the 
game above alluded to was in the nature of a secondary use. The 
myth runs as follows, page 21 : 




Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



FROM CALIFORNIA. 17 

The father and mother left the hut together, and on seeking their daughter could 
not find her. "She has gone from shame," said the mother. ** Where shall we find 
hert" The father took the twig of a willow, made a ring of it, and covered it with 
buckskin; this was thrown to the north, it returned again; he threw it to the south; 
and the same result; he then threw it east, then west, the ring following all the 
turnings and windings of the daughter. The father followed the ring until it came 
to the seashore. " She has drowned herself," said he, when he saw the ring enter 
the ocean. 

The H8e of the perforated stones in games is noticed by Dr. Bowers.^ 
He states that among the relics exhumed from the graves on Santa 
Rosa Island, California, were "perforated disks from the size of a 
silver half-dollar to five or six inches in diameter. These were used in 
games. It required either three or four to play a game with these 
diska Two individuals, standing at a given distance, rolled the disk 
rapidly upon the ground between them, while one or two others stood 
at the side with sharpened sticks and caught the disks as they were 
whirled rapidly by." 

Nearly the same game seems to have been in vogue among the 
Indians of Los Angeles County, California, who are of Shoshoni ex- 
traction. Alexander 8. Taylor thus describes it in the California Far- 
mer and Journal of Useful Science, July 17, 1863: "A game called 
'hararienar,^ consisted in rolling a ring, and two persons threw large 
lances of reed, and if the ring lay on one or the other, so it counted. 
Three times constituted a game." 

A similar game was popular also among the Arikara, as is stated by 
n. M. Brackenbridge. According to George Catlin it was also in vogue 
among th« Mandan, and among the Mohave of the Colorado, where 
the hoop was made of "elastic cord,"^ probably rawhide. Dr. Hoffman 
alludes to the probable use of discoidal stones in playing "chungke,"^ 
citing many references to show how widespread among our Indians is 
the game. 

There can, indeed, be no doubt that the game of " itiirursh,'' which 
in its essential features answers to the game of *'chuugke" of the 
Eastern Indians, was universal or at least very general, not only among 
the California tribes, but also in one form or another among the other 
tribes of the United States. In the Eastern United States, as Georgia 
and Ohio, many of these disks are imperforate, while others are per- 
forated. In the former case the game consisted in casting the lance so 
that the disk should fall upon the point or rest near it. H. Schlieraann 
(liios, p. 684) found perforated stone disks or "quoits" at Hissarlik 
which apparently much resemble the thin, flat form of the stones from 
California. He considers that they were used in the game of quoits, 
which numerous allusions in the classic authors show to have been a 



> Ann. Report Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution for 1877, p. 319, 
1H78. 
« Pac. R. R. Rep., Vol. Ill, p. 114, 1856. 
»Am. Nat., p. 478, 1H78. 
P S 2 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



18 PERFORATED STONES 

favorite pastime among tbe ancients, as it has been, to a less extent, in 
more modern times. The ancient and modem game of quoits diflfers 
considerably from the Indian game above alluded to, though it involves 
no new principle. Instead of a lance to cast at a rolling disk, the lance 
is reduced to a mere peg inserted into the ground, and the disk becomes 
a missile to cast at it, the object being the same in both games, viz, 
to transfix the disk. When the disk was imperforate, as it often was, 
the object was to cast it as near the stake as possible. It will be 
remembered that the *^cliungke" disks of the eastern Indians are also 
imperforate. It would seem, then, highly probable that the more 
modern method of playing quoits is in the nature of a development 
from a game closely resembling, perhaps, the game of "chungke.'^ 

The knightly game of riding at a ring, which was a favorite pastime 
of the mediaeval knights and is even now practiced in the so-called 
tournaments of our Southern States, is probably to be regarded as 
another form of the same game which was developed when the horse 
became an essential part of the equipment of a warrior. In this form 
of the game the ring is suspended from above, and the object is to 
transfix and bear away the ring on the point of the lance while riding 
at speed. 

Were we able to reconstruct the entire past history of such games as 
the above, whether played by the Indians of the United States or by 
mediieval knights, we should doubtless find that they originated in the 
practice of a warlike art. The lance is a favorite weapon of savagery, 
and that special means should be invented to develop skill in its use is 
not at all surprising. The rolling disk at which to cast the spear is the 
analogue of the target for the arrow. A practice originating as a means 
of developing an essentially warlike art and subsequently used as u 
pastime by the warriors would, in the course of time, inevitably become 
a mere game, though, of course, intentionally or unintentionally, always 
fulfilling somewhat of its original function, viz, the training of eye, 
hand, and foot. 

Dies. — The San Buenaventura half breed stated that some of the per- 
forated disks of hard stone were made for the express purpose of fash- 
ioning pipes. The end of the stone to be fashioned was inserted into the 
hole of a perforated stone and turned by the hand till reduced to the 
proper shape. The perforated stone hence served as a kind of die, if the 
term can be employed correctly in this connection. It seems probable 
that this use of the pei forated stones was a purely secondary one. Any 
of the disks of comparatively hard and rough stone would answer to 
round off and roughly finish the soft steatite pipes, and their use for this 
purpose would readily have suggested itself. Their employment in this 
way onc« understood, it is of course possible that the professional pipe 
makers, if there were such, may have found it convenient to make and 
to keep for this particular purpose different sizes of perforated stones, 
limiting them perhaps exclusively to this special function. In fact, Fig. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 




FROM CALIFORNIA. 19 

10 represents a specimen which appears to fully bear out this idea. It 
is sandstone, the rough surface of which admirably adapts it for grinding 
purposes. On either side a cavity is pecked, which 
is clearly intended to enable the fingers to firmly 
grasp the object. With such a tool, a suitable piece 
of steatite could readily be worked down to the 
cigarshaped pipes, of which such large numbers 
have been found on the islands and on the main- 
land in the neighborhood of Santa Barbara. 

Weights for nets. — From none of these Indians 
was I able to obtain proof of the employment of^^!^l^^^'^^''^l''^l^ |^^"^ 
I>erforated stones as weights to fish nets or as club- rosa laiami, Caiifomia. 
heads. All disclaimed knowledge of their use for these purposes. 
This by no means proves, however, that these disks were not formerly 
put to these or to other uses besides those remembered. Events, 
habits, nay, even language itself, are readily forgotten by Indians, es- 
pecially when, as in the present case, the survivors of a tribe are few in 
number and memory of the past is not constantly revived by conversa- 
tion with their fellows. As to the use of perforated stones as weights 
to fish nets, it seems to be generally conceded that some at least of the 
many found in various parts of the world, especially near fishing 
grounds, are to be so classed. Generally, however, stones for this pur- 
l)ose seem to bo roughly finished and of comparatively little value. That 
rings requii'ing the time and skill for their manufacture that many of 
the California specimens must have involved should be put to such use 
may be doubted. As of direct pertinence in this connection I may 
quote the reply of a Santa Barbara Indian to the question, ** Why could 
not the highly finished stones called * plummets' or * sinkers' have been 
used as sinkers to a fishing line!" "Why should we make stones like 
that when the beach supplies sinkers in abundance? Our sinkers were 
beach stones, and when one was lost we picked up another." 

Many specimens have undoubtedly been classed as net weights for 
no better reason than that nothing was known of their function and it 
was evident that they might have answered for net weights. 

With reference to this tendency, Stevens remarks:^ 

Many instances of the modern iiso of circular stones with drilled holes could bo 
given which would show the necessity for caution in attempting to class all Iho 
aDcient specimens as net sinkers. 

Spindle whorls. — ^That perforated disks of stone and other material 
have been used as spindle whorls in various parts of the world there 
is abundant evidence. Such whorls are of small size and light weight. 
Although many of the California specimens are well adapted to this 
fanctiou, I am inclined to consider that they were not so used, but were 
in the nature of ornaments or. charms, or were children's i>laythings. 
There is nothing whatever of an historical nature to indicate that any 

* Flint Chips, p. 95. 

/ 

Digitized by CjOOQIC 



20 PERFORATED STONES 

of the California tribes were acquainted with the art of spinning?. On 
the contrary-, the Jesuit Fathers fOuud them ignorant of the art, and 
themselves introduced it. 

Club heads. — Archseologic literature contains so many references to 
the employment of perforated stones as clubheads in various parts of 
the world and the stones themselves are so widespread that it might be 
inferred naturally that abundant and convincing evidence of their em- 
ployment as weapons would be found, if they really served as such. 
This appears to be far from the case. In fact, nearly all the statements 
relative to their use as weapons appear to have been based on the char- 
acter of the stones themselves and their sufiposed adaptability to the 
function assigned, and not to their observed use. The difficulty of ar- 
riving at a correct idea of the former function of these supposed club 
heads is increased by the fact that by far the greater number of speci- 
mens have been taken from graves, and their handles, if they ever had 
any, have long since disappeared. The small size of many specimens 
of perforated stones and the soft and pliable nature of the material of 
which they are composed at once remove them from the category of 
clubheads. Others, as the pearshaped variety, like Fig. 3, would seem 
to answer the requirements of clubheads better. It would seem, how- 
ever, as if a perforation of the requisite size would weaken the stone 
too much for the rough service of a war club. A blow delivered by one 
of these stone collared clubs on the head or the body of an adversary 
would, indeed, be serious enough, but in a«tion, if brought into collision 
with another club, one or both of the perforated stones would be almost 
certain to be shivered, rendering at least one weapon useless. A more 
effective club is made by attaching a solid stone to a handle by means of 
a rawhide band which encircles the stone in a groove i>ecked to receive 
it, or by inclosing the stone in a bag of rawhide, a continuous strip of 
whicli also frequently incloses and strengthens the handle. In both 
cases the attachment to the handle is easy and permanent. Such clubs 
have been in common use among the Shoshoni, Sioux, Apache, Eskimo, 
and other of our tribes until very recently. It is certain, however, that 
many of the clubs, or more properly hammers, of the character last de- 
scribed, were not intended as weapons, or, as they are popularly known 
and frequently described, " war clubs." Among the tribes of the Upper 
Missouri many of these clubs were exclusively women's implements, 
and were employed for driving tent pegs, breaking skulls to extract the 
brains, breaking bones for the marrow, and for other culinary and do. 
mestic purposes. Not infrequently they have been found on battle- 
fields, where, especially when near villages, they have been used by 
squaws to dispatch the wounded enemy, and probably it is due to the 
latter circumstance, added to their apparent effectiveness as weapons, 
that an erroneous conception of their real function has gained currency. 
There is also a form of the *' coup stick" of the Sioux tribes, which re- 
sembles the above implement in all respects except size. A specimen 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



FROM CALIFORNIA. 21 

is in tlie Katioual Museum. It has a sleuder handle about three feet 
loug, which is surmounted by a small eggshaped stone set in a band of 
rawhide, which also envelops and strengthens the handle. It was a 
l>oint of honor with the Sioux warrior to touch the body of a slain en- 
emy with the "coup stick," an act which brought him more renown than 
the actual killing. It is probable that this particular form of the " coup 
stick'' is simply a modification of the war chib. Many of the Apache 
war clubs which are stated to be veritable weapons of war resemble 
this last implement, except that the stones are larger and are mounted 
on short handles, which latter usually have a wrist thong attached. 

Lewis and Clarke^ describe a similar club, which they call by its Chip- 
pewa name, '^poggamoggon,'' as in use in war among the Shoshoni. 

A club, or hammer, for dispatching seals or halibut after they have 
been speared or hooked, is common, though not universal, among the 
Eskimo. It is usually very similar to the clubs described above and 
consists of a solid stone affixed to a short handle by an encircling band 
of rawhide. Some specimens are of large size and heavy weight. An- 
other style of the implement is described by Mr. Stevens, who, however, 
csills it a "weapon,'' as consisting " of a stone ball, with a drilled hole, 
through which a strip of rawhide is passed to serve as a handle."^ This 
is probably a rare form of the implement, as none of them appear in 
the extensive Eskimo collections of tbe National Museum, nor do they 
seem to be known to the several explorers of Alaska with whom I have 
conversed. 

Lubbock describes as follows a still ruder kind of hammer used for 
a similar purpose by the Australians: ^ 

The hammer is used for killiug seals or other auimals, and for breaking open shell- 
iUh. The handle is from twelve to fifteen inches long, pointed at one end, and hav- 
ing on each side at the other a hard stone attached to the handle by a mass of gum. 

The above references to clubs with imperforated stone heads might 
bo materially increased in number, but they are sufficient to show that, 
among our own Indians at least, the stone clubs or hammers which are 
definitely known to be such are made of solid stones attached to their 
bandies by leather, and that while these are used by some tribes as 
weapons they are more frequently employed as domestic implements; 
furthermore, that clubs with perforated stone heads are either not 
found at all or are very exceptional. 

Stone axes. — In Great Britain and on the European continent a class 
of perforated stones occurs in great abundance which appears to have 
no exact analogue in this country. I allude to the perforated stones 
Laving a sharp or cutting edge on one or on each end and of various 



I History of the Expedition under the command of Captains Lewis and Clarke. 
Allen ed. Vol. I, p. 3G3 Harper & Brothers, 1842. 

« Flint Chips, p. 499; also quoted hy Evans in Ancient Stone Implements, &c., of 
Great Britain, page 195. 

"» Pre-Historic Times, p. 454, 1878. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



22 PERFORATED STONES 

shapes. Tliey have usaally been classed as axes, haoiiners, and battle- 
axes. Mauy of them are described and figured by Evans.^ When treat- 
ing of the forms of these stones, he remarks : 

Looking at the whole series of iustruments, it seems probable that they were in- 
tended to serve more than one purpose, and that while those of adzelike form were 
probably tools either for agriculture or for carpentry, and the large heavy axe ham- 
mers also served some analogous purpose, the smaller class of instrumentA, whether 
sharpened at both ends or at one only, may with some degree of certainty be re- 
garded as weapons. 

The origin and the function of these relics thus appear t6 have been 
by no means fully worked out. Among the specimens of the above 
class figured by Evans are some which, from their shape, degree of 
ornamentation, and their soft material, are extremely suggestive of the 
so-called ** banner stones'' from our mounds. Among the ^'perforated 
hammers" figured by Evans are a number which also appear to be more 
properly classed as ornamental or banner stones than as hammers. 
Such perforated stones, it would seem likely, may have originated from 
the weapon type, but the highly ornamental character of some of them 
and the very great amount of labor necessary for their production 
render it highly probable -that their function was not that of actual 
weapons. 

Perforated stone hammers were also found in numbers by Schliemanu 
in the ruins of Troy. He also found perforated serpentine balls, ap- 
parently very similar to some California specimens. The use of these, 
he remarks, "is a riddle to us. May they, perhaps, have been attached 
to lassos for catching cattle?" This author also states that these 
steatite disks occur in Cyprus. 

Ceremonial staves, — As having direct pertinence to the subject of 
stones of a ceremonial character, attention may be directed to a num- 
ber of illustrations which appear in a work on New Guinea. In sev- 
eral places the author alludes to "stone clubs," and he figures* fifteen 
"stone clubheads." Most of them are of greenstone and belong to the 
warshape pattern ; others are oval, made of limestone, and in shape 
much resemble those found in California and elsewhere. The author's 
reason for calling them clubheads is not given, and nothing whatever 
is said of their handles or of the manner in which they are haft^d by 
the New Guinea natives. It would seem possible, then, that D'Albertis 
classed them as clubheads, as others have done, solely because of 
their supposed adaptability to this use, were it not that many times 
during his narrative he mentions stone clubs in connection with war 
parties. So that, unless we assume that such stone clubs were borne 
only by the chiefs as marks of authority, an assumption hardly permis- 
sible under the circumstances, the conclusion seems necessary that the 
stone clubs referred to, such as he figures^ under the head of "stone 

* Ancient Stone Implements, &c., of Great Britain, p. 192. 
« New Guinea, L. M. D*Albertis, Vol. II, opposite p. 86. 
3 Loo. cit. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



FROM CALIFOKNIA. 23 

clubheailjs,'' are tbe perforated disks which were mounted on handles. 
However, on p. 136 he figures several of the "clubheads," giving them 
here a diSerent name and a different function. In connection with the 
figures, he says: 

A piece of armor for war, probably worn also at festivals as a mark of aatbority, 
and which Maino calls '*baratu/' will givo some 'idea of tho capacity of these sav- 
ages for carving and in working in very hanl stone. A sketch of this will be of more 
valne than any description. These baratus are colored in the same way as the arrows 
and the oars. 

The four figures represent long, round staffs, the tops of which are 
broad and flat, curiously carved into open scroll work and profusely 
decorated wi;h beads and feathers. At the junction of the decorated 
tops with the shafts are the perforated stones, which are elsewhere 
called "clubheads.'' 

He figures another of these stone collared staffs on p. 194, Vol. I, 
which, though better adapted to the purpose of a weapon, resembles 
the others in type, especially in the length, slenderness, and smooth- 
ness of handle. This was collected at Dafaure Island, on the southeast 
coast of New Guinea. Of it, he says: 

We succeeded in getting some stone and wooden weapons, of diflfereut shapes, ter- 
rible things, which at one blow would crack the hardest skull ever framed. I 
observeil two of different shapes, one with a smooth disk, thick in the center, and 
ending in an acute angle; culpable, therefore, of cutting and bruising at the same 
time. 

The author connects this style of implement with those above alluded 
to by stating' that ''these deadly weapons have a hole in the center, 
and a piece of hard wood passed through it, varying in length from two 
to five feet, serves for a handle. Sometimes this stone center is cut 
into the shape of a star; this is a rarer shape." Several of the feather 
ornamented stone collared staffs, similar to those figured by D'Albertis, 
are in the collection of the National Museum. Two of them are here 
illustrated, Figs. 11 and 12 (p. 24). 

Tbe stJiff of the original of Fig. 11 is made of a branch of hard wood, 
smoothed and polished, but still showing the inequalities of surface 
produced by the knots. It tapers gradually to a point. It is three feet 
fear inches long and about one inch thick at the thickest part. It is 
split at the top, probably to receive a wedge, and the split is also 
ntilized to receive a tuft of bright feathers, each one of which is care- 
fully knotted into a small cord of twisted bark. The disk is seven and 
a half inches in diameter and is finished all around to a sharp edge, 
which is slightly abraded and nicked, though not enough to indicate 
that it has received very rough usage. Two bands of braided rattan, 
five and a half inches in all in length, encircle the staff near the top, 
and serve to keep the disk in place as well as to add to its ornamenta- 
tion. 



» New Guinea, L. M. D'Albertis, Vol. I, p. 194. 
« No. 73377, National Museum. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



24 



PERFORATED STONES 



The staff of Fig. 12 is similar to tlio other, but has, in addition to the 
rattan collar upon which the disk rests, a fringe of deer or other hide 





Fig. 11. Ceremonial tjlaff fiom New Guiuia. 



Fig. 12. Ceromouial stail' from Nevr Giiiuca. 



below it, which, like the rattan, serves the double i)uri)oso of keeping 
the disk from slipping and of ornamentation. The disk has scveu 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



FROM CALIFORNIA. 25 

spikes radiatiug from a vertical sbaft. The disks especially are finely 
polished aud exquisitely finished, and, as they appear to be luade ot 
very hard stone, their mannfactare must have required great skill aud 
long labor. 

The keen edge on the last variety and the pointed knobs of the star 
shaped pattern certainly suggest that either kind is capable of inflict- 
ing a murderous blow, and their suggestive appearance is doubtless the 
chief reason for their classification as clubheads. 

To derive a correct idea of their probable use, however, we must 
scrutinize not only the stones, but the shafts upon which they are 
mounted, and an examination of the specimens in the National Museum 
suflQciently proves that they cannot have been intended as weapons. 
The staves are too long and much too slender to servo as club handles. 
Instead of being roughened or knobbed to enable them to be firmly 
grasped, as is the case with war clubs generally, the handles are smooth 
and taper gradually, terminating in a sharp point, like the digging 
stick. Nothing could well be less suited for the handle of a club than 
one of these staves. Moreover, examination of the pointed ends shows 
by the wear and the scratched surfaces that they have been stuck re- 
peatedly into the earth, which latter circumstance might of itself sug- 
gest the digging stick. However, the decorated tops and the general 
character of these specimens would appear to be sufficient proof that 
their function could not have been that of digging sticks. They doubt- 
less were just what D'Albertis calls them, marks of authority or staves 
of office belonging to chiefs. Such staves as are here figured seem to 
be rather common in collections from New Guinea, aud they appear to 
have been classed usually as weapons, notwithstanding their orna- 
mental appearance and the very unweaponlike character of their han- 
dles. Thus Evans^ refers to two such specimens in the Christy collec- 
tion, stating that they ''are in use, probably as weapons, in the south- 
ern part of New Guinea and in Torres Straits." 

Professor Putnam^ gives the following description of an implement 
from Queensland, Australia, remarking in a foot note that it is proba- 
ble that the specimen "was originally from New Guinea or some adja- 
cent island:'' 

This consists of a handle of hard wood three and a half feet long, one inch in di- 
ameter at itB largest end and tapering gradually to a sharp point. Two and a half 
inches from the large end there is fastened a disk of hard dark-colored stone, four and 
a half inches in diameter and three-quarters of an inch thick in the center, where it 
has a straight perforation, and through this the handle passes. This stone is finely 
polished and worked to a sharp or cutting edge, which has heen slightly ahraded by 
nse. The stone is prevented from slipping down the stick by three rings, apparently 
inado of split and braided bamboo. Above the stone is a similar ring, over which 
and covering the stick for the whole space above the stone, is fine braided work end- 
ing in a tuft of bright colored feathers. 



» Ancient Stone Implements of Great Britain, p. 193, 1872. 

« U. S. Geog. Surv. West of the 100th Meridian, Vol. VII, p. 143, Archajology, 1879. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



26 PERFORATED STONES 

Professor Putuain adds: 

Such an article as this might well be considered as a sort of baton; bnt after hold- 
ing it in the hand for a moment it becomes evident that it wonld bo as formidable 
as a weapon as it is ornamental as a badge of office. The elaborate finish of this 
weapon certainly precludes the idea of its having been intended as a digging stick, 
though its pointed end would allow of its being so used. 

A second "clublike pike" from tbe island of New Britain, close to 
New Guinea, resembling tbose just mentioned, is also described by Pro- 
fessor Putnam (op. cit., p. 144), who remarks: *'And as the stone with 
wbicb tbis weapon is armed so closely resembles many of tbe bard, circu- 
lar, i)erforated stones from California, tbe weapon is of great importance 
in suggesting a very likely use of stones of tbis character wherever 
fonnd.'^ The staff of tbis specimen is 4 feet 4 inches in length and 
ends in a long, sharp point. The spi cimen differs from tbe New Guinea 
example above referred to in being only sb'gbtly ornamented by "a 
single circle of small pieces of shell placed in tbe gum on each side ol 
tbe stone," and in tbe manner tbe stone is secured to tbe staff, tbis 
being effected by means of a very tenacious gum. 

Tbe implements just described, especially tbe first, seem to closely re- 
semble those in the National Museum collection and here figured, and, 
as suggested by Professor Putnam, a frightful blow could be struck 
with one of them; yet the highly decorative character of tbe implement 
as a whole, and especially the form of tbe handle, which is quil^ unsuited 
to tbe function of a club handle, should, it seems to me, be sufficient to 
exclude implements like these from the class of clubs or weapons and 
cause them to be placed in tbe category of ceremonial staves. Such 
appears to be one, at least, of their functions in New Guinea, and to 
tbis they seem to be better adapted than to any other. 

Tbe well known "banner stones" dug from the mounds of the Mis- 
sissippi Yalley were formerly considered by many authors as hatchet 
or club beads, but they are now, with much greater proi)riety, classed 
by most archaeologists as "banner" or "ceremonial" stones and con- 
sidered to have been used in festivals, dances, &c. They apparently 
belong in the same class as the above specimens from New Guinea. 

Peruvian star shaped disks. — Bearing a close resemblance to the disks 
just mentioned are tbe star shaped perforated disks of copper and stone 
from the graves of Peru, where they are very common; and, like those 
from New Guinea, they, too, usually have been classed as clubbeads. 
Many unmounted specimens of stone from which the handles, if they pos- 
sessed any, had long since decayed, have l>een received at the National 
Museum, together with one* mounted on a fragment of its handle. Of 
the latter, which is from Ancon, Peru, a figure is here given (Fig. 13). 
Tbe handle measures 27 inches in length, but from appearances it was 
originally considerably longer. It is about 1 J inches thick at tbe thick, 
est part. The handle of this particular specimen is too much decayed 
to afford very satisfactory evidence of its use, but there is little about 



*No. '*4070, National Mnsenra. 

Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



FROM CALIFORNIA. 



27 




it that is suggestive of a club haudle. The method taken to secure the 
disk to the handle of this particular specimen 
is peculiar and somewhat suggestive of an 
ornamental purpose. A bunch of vegetable 
fiber, probably yucca, was glued to the stick, 
and the disk was fitted upon it, the loose ends 
of the yucca, looking like yellow hair, being 
allowed to project above and below the ring. 
Moreover, particles of the glue still adhere to 
the stick above and below the disk, as thougli 
the same fiber, or perhaps featliers, as in the' 
New Guinea specimens, had been glued to it. 
Professor Putnam mentions a similar specimen 
also from an ancient grave at Ancon,^ Peru. 
The fact as stated, that the handle tapers to 
a sharp, smooth point, as perhaps was the 
case with the National Museum specimen, cer- 
tainly docs not favor the idea of its having 
been used as a weapon. Evidence of another 
kind, however, has recently been adduced by 
Prof. Putnam, tending to show that such disks 
were actually employed as weapons; at the 
same time it is by no means unlikely that in 
Peru, as in New Guinea, the implement may 
have served also as a visible sign of authority.' 

Missiles. — I find a curious use assigned by 
Edward A. Knight^ to these star shaped and 
other perforated stones from Peru. While 
describing various forms of slings, he sajs: 

Auotlior mode of sliogiDg is by meaus of a Btick 
tbnist throQgli a perforated atone and whirled so as to 
discharge the missile when it has attained a maximum 
centrifugal motion. 

His Fig. 32 shows two throwing stones from 
Peru, adapted to be slung by a stick which is 
thrust into the hole. The figure alluded to 
represents two stones, one of the star shaped 
variety, the other a circular i)erforated disk 
like many from California and elsewhere. Mr. 
Knight thinks that, although the star shaped 
whorls found in great qnantities by^chlie- ^^'i^'Zt^^^r.. 

» U. S. Geog. Snrv. West of the 100th Meridian, Vol. Vll, p. 140, ArchiL^ology. 

«In the Twentieth Annual Report of the Poabody Museum, pp. 542, 543, 1887, Prof. 
Patnam mentions three human skulls in the museum which were received from the 
same region in Peru where occur the perforated star hhapcd disks. Concerning these 
the anthor remarks: ** These exhibit circular indentures and holes, just such ns 
would be made by blows given by pointed clubhcads like those of which we are 
speaking; hence it is presumable that such were used as clubs, although similar 
objects were also mounted on staves, probably for ceremonial purposes." 

'Ann. Eep, Boar4 of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution for 1879. jC232, 1880. > 

.'igitized oy V_ w 



■^ 



I' 



28 PKKFOKATKD STONES 

raann at Hassarlik may be spiudle whorls, it is altogelLer probable 
that they were ammunition. 

None of the authorities I have at hand mention a throwing stick 
;svhich is adapted to the purpose of casting the perforated stones accord- 
ing to the above idea. 

Colonel Lane Fox * mentions two forms of the ** stick sling," one con- 
sisting of a stick in the upper part of which is a slit or hole in which 
the stone is put; and another, given by Stevens, in Flint Chips, con- 
sisting of a stick with a strap attached to one end. Whether these are 
the only forms of sling sticks I cannot say, although I have found no 
reference to other kinds. 

As in the case of the perforated stones described as battle axes, it 
would seem as though it is the apparent adaptability of the stones in 
respect to their supposed function which led Mr. Knight to class them 
as *' ammunition." 

The fine finish of many of these specimens and the amount of time 
necessary for their manufacture would seem to be fatal to the theory 
of their employment as missiles. In this capacity they would be liable 
to be lost after the first throw, to say nothing of the fact that an ordi- 
nary, smooth, unfinished pebble slung from a ribbon sling, in the use of 
which the Peruvians are known to have been skillful, would be equally 
eflFective. Unless other and better evidence, therefore, can be adduced 
in support of the slinging stone theory, it is not likely that this view of 
the use of perforated stones will be accepted by archaeologists. 

Stones with handles, — In connection with the subject of ceremonial 
stones, attention may be drawn at this point to four unique specimens 
discovered by Dr. Stephen Bowers in a cave in the San Martin Mount- 
ains, Los Angeles County, California, and described in Pacific Science 
Monthly, June, 1885. They are unique because they are the only per- 
forated stones thus far found in the United States which are attached 
to handles. 

These specimens have been added to the collection of the Peabody 
Museum, and three of them are now before me for examination, through 
the courtesy of Professor Putnam, who has kindly permitted them to 
be figured for use in the present paper. 

As the accompanying figures (Figs. 14, 15, and 16) afford an excel- 
lent idea of their peculiarities, a brief description wmU sufiice. The 
disks are of a kind frequently found in California, and, in themselves, 
are not especially noteworthy. They are made of moderately hard 
stone, from 4J to 5J inches in diameter. The holes were probably 
made by first being pecked from either side and subsequently drilled, 
and, as is frequently the case, are made smaller at the center, pre- 
senting somewhat the shape of a double cone. All three of the stones 
retain plain traces of paint markings, which, as will be seen in the 
illustrations, are disposed in regular patterns. 

^ Cat. Anthrop. CoU., 1877, p. 160. ~~ 

Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



FROM CALIFORNIA. 



29 



It is to be noticed that tbe edges of the stones are suiooth and show 
no evidences of abrasiou by blows or other rough usage, a fact not at 
all agreeing with the idea that they served for hammers of any kind. 

The handles are from 15 to 18 inches long, and are made apparently 
of rather lough wood. All three are natural branches, dressed only 





Fig. 14. Perforate*! atone mounted 
on handle, Los Angeles County 
California. 



Fig. 15. Perforated stono mounted 
on handle, Los Angeles County 

Calironiin. 

to the extent of removing the bark and paring off the twigs, so that 
the natural inequalities of the wood, the knots, &c., are plainly visible. 
They are smooth as though from the friction of much use. The handle 
of one (Fig. 10) is marked transversely by a series of cuts, disposed 
for the most part in regular rows, and presenting the appearance of 
tallies. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



30 



PERFORATED STONES 




A most interesting feature of these specimens is the method by which 
the heads are fastened to tbe handles, which is done by asphaltum, a 
mineral which abounds in many localities of Southern California and 
was much used by Indians for fastening, mending, &c. The sticks are 
thrust through the stones so as to project slightly beyond, and as the 
holes are much larger at the circumference than 
at the center, the handles, if set at right angles 
to the stone, would bear only upon the center. 
Under the circumstances it would perhaps be a 
rather nice mjitter to adjust and cement them at 
right angles; and, either from accident or from 
design, they are set at an acute angle to the base 
of the stones, the angle being greater in the 
specimen shown in Fig. 16 than in the others. 
The unoccupied space above and lielow the stones 
is packed with asphaltum, which in one specimen 
(Fig. IG) projects above the stone in a knot or 
button. The cement thus employed affords a 
fairly strong attachment, but one that apparently 
would not stand very rough usage. The strength 
of the attachments is a matter of some moment, 
since one of the uses which has been suggested for 
these implements is as clubs. To have secured a 
much stronger attachment it would, only have 
been necessary to drill out the holes, so as to 
permit a larger surface for the handles to bear 
upon, which, too, would have permitted the 
handles to be set at right angles to the stones. 

In connection with their possible use as clubs, 
it should be mentioned that the handles are 
neither roughened nor knobbed for secure grasp- 
ing, but, on the contrar3', are perfectly smooth. 
The handle of the one shown in Fig. 14 is stouter 
than either of the others, l>eing about an inch in 
diameter at its largest part, stout enough to 
serve as a club handle; but the handles of the 
other two are much smaller, being each about 
So slender are they, and so heavily weighted, 
that it is evident they would be broken at a single hard blow. So 
similar, however, are the three in general form and features, that, not- 
withstanding the difference in the size of handles, it cannot be doubted 
that they were designed to fulfill the same function, and that what one 
is all are. 

Ceremonial hnplements.— After careful consideration of these imple- 
ments I am convinced that their peculiarities accord best with the idea 
that they were the property of medicine men or conjurers, probably 



Fig. 16. Perforated stone 
monnted ou handle, Los 
Augelos County, Cal. 

one-half inch thick 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



PROM CALIFORNIA. 31 

U8lhI iu dauces or saperstitious cereinouies, as rain raaking, curing the 
«ick, &c., this being tbe alternative suggested by Dr. Bowers. Not only 
does the character of the implements themselves agree best with this 
idea, but it is borne out also by the rest of the cave contents. The 
rudely painted notched sticks, the feather headdresses, and the bone 
whistles are all strongly suggestive of "medicine practices.'' Notched 
sticks similar to the ones found in the cave by Dr. Bowers are used in 
certain sacrifices by the Navajo, as Dr. W. Matthews informs nie, and 
also disks of stone J the latter, however, are not perforated. Moreover,! 
was informed by an Indian in Santa Barbara County that feather bands 
or gorgets, of which a specimen similar to those found in the cave was 
shown me, were worn by all their medicine men in their ceremonies, 
and that the feathers of the red shafted flicker, which occur in the 
specimens found in the cave, were peculiarly efficacious in rain making. 
I was also told that bone whistles were used by the medicine men in 
their invocations. As already stated, therefore, a consideration of all 
the above facts justifies the conclusion, in my opinion, that the speci- 
mens in question, together with the rest of the contents of the cave, 
were the implements of trade of medicine men or the property of some 
religious order. 

Significance of the staff. — The stick or staff as a badge of authority 
originates early in savagery, and it is interesting to observe that its use 
for similar purposes survives even iu our modern civilization, as in Eng- 
land and elsewhere, where on stated occasions it is still to be seen in 
the hands of certain high dignitaries. 

Among the Nez Perc^, as Capt. Charles Bendire informs me, a wooden 
staff, gaily decorated with feathers and other ornaments, is carried on 
the right and another on the left of the order of battle. 

In Africa the act of selecting a camp or of taking possession of a 
tract of land was indicated by the chief sticking a staff iu the ground, 
and the sign of our own western Indians for possession is a motion of 
thrusting into the earth an imaginary stick, grasped with both hands. 
Ideas similar to the above may have been attached to the use of these 
staves in New Guinea ; or in the ceremonies and dances of these sav- 
ages they may have been borne aloft in the hands and thrust tempo- 
rarily into the earth ; or here and elsewhere they may have been used 
in connection with the custom of "tabu." Thus D'Albertis says: ^ 

On landing [Fly River], I saw a footpriut, and, at the beginning of tbe path leading 
to the hooae, a stick was set up, at tbe top of which was a bit of bark. It was evident 
the stick bad been placed there only a few minntes before. Is ibis a mark to indi- 
cate that this is forbidden ground T Is it a sign of Tabuf In Mibu Island they put 
a cocoa-nut at the top of a stick to signify Tabu ; at Yule Island they set up sticks 
with Btane heads. 

It would be going much too far to assume on the strength of the evi- 
dence above adduced that all of the star shaped disks from Peru, to say 

' New Guinea, VoL II, p. 301. 

Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



32 PERFORATED STONES 

nothing of the highly finished disks of the same general character from 
other parts of the world, are to be classed as the heads of ceremonial 
staves or medicine sticks or as " banner stones/' While no such sweep- 
ing generjilization is permissible, enough has been said to show that in 
the grouping of many of the perforated disks as weapons too much has 
been assumed on the strength of superficial resemblances, and that some 
of them, at least, are to be classed, with a fair degree of certainty, as 
ceremonifil stones. 

While it is undoubtedly true that wo now know all we are ever likely 
to know respecting these relics from some sections, and that an insight 
into their former functions is to be derived only from the speculative 
inquiries of the archneologisf, it is also i)robably true that in other lo- 
calities, as in California, a partial knowledge, at least, may be gained 
by interrogating surviving individuals of the tribes, or cognate tribes, 
among which they were used. If the present paper accomplishes no 
more than to call attention to the uses of perforated stones in California 
and to the conflicting opinions of their uses elsewhere, and the conse- 
quent need of further light, its main x)urpose will be fulfilled. 

ORIGIN OF PERFORATED STONES. 

In the present imperfect state of knowledge respecting the perforated 
stones, when even their uses are to a large extent conjectural, it would 
seem to be idle to speculate concerning their origin and the course of 
evolution they have followed. Could it be proved that they have served 
generally, or even extensively, as the heads of war clubs this might, 
perhaps, be regarded as one at least of their primary uses, if not the 
most important one, while their other functions would naturally be re- 
garded as of secondary character. 

The conversion of a weapon to a ceremonial use is natural enough 
and quite in keeping with savage usage. In fact not rarely weapons 
are made for no other than ceremonial purposes, if, indeed, the term 
weapon properly ax)plies to an implement primarily designed for other 
than warlike purposes. Thus Col. Lane Fox^ states that **many of the 
clubs in Figi are constructed for ornamental and state purposes rather 
than for use, and are dedicated to a spirit when they are deposited in 
the Mbure.'^ The clubs intended for use are generally smaller and more 
portable than the others. H. K. Schoolcraft notes a similar usage 
among the North American Indians,^ and states that '• clubs exhibited 
at the war dance or other ceremonial exhibitions are always larger 
than those intended for practical use and partake decidedly of a sym- 
bolical character." 

Moreover the National Museum contains specimens of fictitious clubs 
which in some cases are nothing more than imitations in soft pine 



»Cat.. Anthrop. Coll., 1877, p. 73. 

«lDdiau Tribes of the Uuited Stales, Part I, p. 78. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



FROM CALIFORNIA. 33 

wooil, with protruding: spikes Diade of thin sheet iron, the whole 
decorated with bands and strips of red cloth. 

A very interesting case of the fetichistic use of what appears to be a 
genuine war club is recorded by Col. Garrick Mallery in a paper en- 
titled " Pictographs of North American Indians," in the Fourth Annual 
Keport Bureau of Ethnology, 1882-'83, p. 202, 1886. The pictograph 
represents a Sioux holding one of the ordinary solid stone headed clubs 
upright before his body in order to ward off the arrow of his assailant 
who is portrayed in the act of bending his bow. To some extent, at 
leasts the weapon is here divested of its ordinary function and invested 
with secondary and peculiar properties. The case is of particular 
interest in the present connection, since, when once invested with the 
idea of a charm or fetich, the further step to a fetichistic use by a 
medicine man, or to a purely ceremonial use by a chief, and to other 
similar functions, would follow in the natural course of evolution. 
When intended solely for the latter functions form and size would 
naturally be modified, slightly at first, but more and more in the lapse 
of time, until at length both head and handle might become so changed 
as to be practically unfitted for use in war. Such may have been the 
origin of the ceremonial stones of Xew Guinea and other regions. 

llecurriug' to the question of the origin of perforated stones, it is to be 
remarked that proof of their general use as weapons appears to be want- 
ing, and it is doubtful indeed whether if in some parts of the world, as, 
for instance, in the United States, they have ever been thus employed. 
Even could it be safely assumed that their primary use everywhere has 
been that of weapons, it would increase rather than diminish the diffi- 
culties of understanding some of their secondary functions, as, for in- 
stance, a weight to a digging stick. From a weapon to a ceremonial 
staff or to a badge of authority, the transition is easy and natural, but 
the step from a weapon to a domestic implement is a much longer one 
and so unnatural that we may feel tolerably sure that the first function 
must be long forgotten ere the second is rendered possible. 

The several very different uses to which perforated stones have been 
put in various parts of the world, to say nothing of their different pat- 
terns, would seem to suggest that the course of their evolution has va- 
ried as widely as their uses. Instead of having originated at a single 
center, and instead of having a single original function, they, like many 
other implements, probably originated at many independent centers, 
where the ideas that suggested them and the functions to which they 
were put may have been very different. IS^or is it likely, if we are to 
judge by the several uses they have subserved in California in the same 
general locality, that they have anywhere been confined to a single 
function. The complete differentiation of implements and their limita- 
tion solely or mainly to one use is only possible in a state of high civ- 
ilization like our own, where, indeed, specialization of function is rarely 
complete. Among barbarous people the specialization of form and 
P S :-3 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



34: PERFORATED STONES FROM CALIFORNIA. 

function is far less complete, anil one form of implement, while perhaps 
suggested by a si>ecial want and having a peculiar fitness for some one 
function, must perforce do duty in many ways. 

SIGNII-ICANCE TO THE ARCH^OLOGIST OP MEDICINE PRACTICES. 

In conclusion I wish to record my belief that the practices of the med- 
icine man and the implements of his profession, together with objects 
connected with superstitious practices generally, are too often lost sight 
■of or ignored by the archaeologist in the consideration of the possible 
uses of relics. When an article of unknown use is brought to h'ght, the 
first question naturally is, to what i)ractical use can it have been putt 
and too frequently the inquiry stops here and is limited to the economic 
side of the question, as though everything made or employed by the 
savage must have an economic function. Yet a large part of the life of 
the savage is passed in the observance of superstitious practices. In war 
or at peace, whether about to start on a hunting trip or to engage in 
the peaceful pursuits of agriculture, his movements are largely regu- 
lated by omens and signs more or less intimately connected with sor- 
cery practices. Such practices, centered, as they are, in the medicine 
man, who is both priest and conjurer, require abundant paraphernalia 
suited to their important and mysterious functions. Doubtless much of 
the paraphernalia is of a perishable nature, and not likely to reach the 
hands of the archaeologist. 'So one, however, can believe that all the 
" tools of the craft" are perishable — no one, at least, who has examined 
the contents of a medicine bag or inspected the accouterments of a 
medicine man when engaged in his office. Kotwithstanding the uni- 
versal practice of sorcery and the apparent fact that a larger or smaller 
number of the articles used in its practice must endure and be recov- 
ered by the archaeologist, it is rarely, indeed, that such observances are 
appealed to in archaeologic treatises to explain the possible use of imple- 
ments of unknown function. 

It is true that, from the very nature of the case, the function of such 
articles is by no means always indicated by their shape and their pecu- 
liarities, perhaps, indeed, is rarely thus disclosed; but by keeping in 
mind the importance of sorcery practices and the probable occurrence 
in the form of relics of the articles used in these performances, the archae 
ologist will be less likely to err in his theories of function. Further- 
more, it is probable that a careful study from, the above i)oint of view 
of relics now of unknown use will frequently reveal peculiarities suffi- 
cient to show their function. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



8MITHSONIAX INSTITUTION 

BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY, J. W. POWELL, DIRECTOR 



THE USE OF GOLD AND OTHER METALS 



AMOXG THE 



ANCIENT HABITANTS OF CHIRIIIUI, ISTHMUS OF DARIEN 



BY 



WILLIAM H. HOLMES 




WASHi:t^GTON 

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 
1887 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 






Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



CONTENTS. 



General discassion 5 

Use of gold and copper 8 

The human figure 14 

The bird 17 

The puma 18 

Grotesque figure 19 

The fish 19 

The frog 19 

The alligator 21 

Thecrayfi8h(f) 21 

Miscellaneous 22 

Use of bronze 22 

Bells 22 

R^nm6 25 



ILLUSTRATIONS. 



Page. 

Fio. 1. Section of an ordinary grave 7 

2. Human figure, formed of copper-gold alloy 14 

3. Grotesque human figure, in gold, from Bollaert 15 

4. Rudely shaped and finished human figure 15 

5. Grotesque human figure, in nearly pure copper, partially coated with 

yellow gold *-. 16 

6. Grotesque human figure^ in nearly pure gold IG 

7. Rudely executed image of a bird 17 

8. Image of a bird, from Bollaert 18 

9. Puma shaped figure ^. 18 

10. Figure of a puma, in base metal 18 

11. Quadruped with grotesque face, in base metal 19 

12. Figure of a fish, by F. M. Otis 19 

13. Large figure of a frog, in base metal plated with gold 20 

14. Small figure of a frog, in base metal plated with gold 20 

15. Figure of an alligator, byF. M. Otis 21 

16. Animal figure, in base metal plated with gold 21 

17. Bronze bells, plated or washed with gold 22 

18. Bronze bell with human features 23 

19. Triple bell or rattle, found on the Rio Grande 23 

20. Example of ancient Mexican bell 24 

21. Frog modeled in clay and used as a yase ornament 27 

22. Grotesque anthropomorphic figures, used in a stool like object of 

clay 27 

3 



Digitized by CjOOQIC 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



USE OF GOLD AND OTHER METALS LN ANCIENT CHIRIQUL 



Bt William H. Holmes. 



GENERAL DISCUSSION. 

Until comparatively recent times the province of Chiriqui has re- 
mained almost unknown to the world at large. The Isthmus was trav- 
ersed a number of times by the conquerors, who published accounts of 
their discoveries, but it was reserved for the period of railroad and 
canal explorations to give trustworthy accounts of its character and 
inhabitants. 

The situation of Chiriqui is unique. Forming, politically, a part of 
South America, it belongs in reality to the North American continent. 
It occupies a part of the great southern flexure of the Isthmus at a 
point where the shore lines begin finally to turn toward the north. 
Costa Bica lies to the west and the province of Veragua bounds it 
upon the east. 

The antiquarian literature of the province is extremely limited, being 
confined to brief sketches, based for the most part upon the testimony 
of transient visitors, gold hunters, and Government explorers, who took 
but little note of the unpretentious relics of past ages. As there are 
few striking monuments, the attention of archajologists was not called 
to the primeval history of man in this region, and until recently the 
Isthmus was supposeil to have remained practically unoccupied by that 
group of cultured nations whose works in Peru and Mexico excite the 
wonder of the world. But, little by little, it has come out that at some 
period of the past the province was thickly populated and by races 
possessed of no mean culture. One of the most important additions to 
our knowledge of the province and its archaeologic treasures is furnished 
in the manuscript notes of Mr. J. A. McNiel, who made the greater 
part of the collection now deposited in the National Museum. This ex- 
plorer has personally supervised the examination of many thousands 
of graves and has forwarded the bulk of his collections to the United 
States. His explorations have occupied a number of years, during 
which tin\e he has undergone much privation and has displayed much 
enthusiasm in pursuing the rather thorny pathway of scientific research. 

At the present time this district is inhabited chiefly by Indians and 
natives of mixed blood, who carry on grazing and agriculture to a 
limited extent, but subsist largely upon the natural products of the 
country. These people are generally thought to have no knowledge or 

5 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



6 USE OF GOLD AND OTHER B1ETAL8 

trustworthy tradition of the ancient inhabitants, and are said to care 
nouhing for the curious cemeteries among which they dwell, excepting 
as a source of revenue. Mr. A. L. Piuart states, however, that certain 
tribes on both sides of the continental divide have traditions pointing 
toward the ancient grave builders as their ancestors. 

There is probably no valid reason for assigning the remains of this 
region to a very high antiquity. The highest stage of culture here may 
have been either earlier or later than the period of highest civilization 
in Mexico and South America or contemporaneous with it. As to the 
affinities of the ancient middle Isthmian tribes with the peoples north 
and south of them we can learn nothing positive from the evidences of 
their art. So far as the art of pottery has come within my observation, 
it appears to indicate a somewhat closer relationship with the ancient 
Costa Eican peoples than with those of continental South America; yet 
in their burial customs, and especially in their use of gold, they were 
like the ancient peoples of Middle and Southern New Grenada. 

The ancient cemeteries, or htuicdSj as they are called throughout 
Spanish America, are scattered over the greater part of the Pacific 
slope of Chiriqui. It is said by some that they are rarely found in the 
immediate vicinity of the sea, but they occur elsewhere, in the river 
valleys, on the hills, the plateaus, the mountains, and in the deepest 
forests. They are very numerous, but generally of small extent. The 
largest described is said to cover an area of about twelve acres. They 
were probably located in the immediate vicinity of villages and towns, 
traces of which, however, are not described by explorers. There can 
be no doubt that diligent search will bring to light the sites of dwellings 
and towns. One of the most circumstantial accounts of these burial 
places is given by Mr. Merritt, who was also the first to make them 
known to science.^ Mr. Merritt was director of a gold mine in Veragua, 
and in the summer of 1859 spent several weeks in exploring the graves 
of Chiriqui ; he therefore speaks from personal knowledge. In the au- 
tumn of 1858 two native farmers of the parish of Bugaba, or Bugava, 
discovered a golden image that had been exposed by the uprooting of 
a plant. They proceeded secretly to explore the graves, the existence 
of which had been known for years. In the following spring their 
operations became known to the people, and within a month more than 
a thousand persons were engaged in working these extraordinary gold 
mines. The fortunate discoverers succeeded in collecting about a hun- 
dred and thirty pounds weight of gold figures, most of which were 
more or less alloyed with copper. It is estimated that fifty thousand 
dollars worth in all were collected from this cemetery, which embraced 
an area of twelve acres. 

Although there are rarely surface indications to mark the position of 
the graves, long experience has rendered it comparatively easy to dis. 
cover them. The grave hunter carries a light iron rod, which he runs 

1 J. King Merritt, in a paper read before the American Ethnological Society, 1860. 

Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



BY ANCIENT INHABITANTS OF CHIRIQUI. 7 

into the ground, and thus, if any bard substance is present, discovers 
tbe existence of a burial. It is mentioned by one or two writers that 
the graves are in many cases marked by stones, either loose or set in 
the ground in rectangular and circular arrangements. The graves do 
not often seem to have had a uniform position in relation to one another 
or to the points of the compass. In some cases they are clustered about 
a central tomb, and then assume a somewhat radiate arrangement; 
again, according to Mr. McNiel, they were placed end to end, occupy- 
ing long trenches. He describes the pits as being oval and quadran- 
gular and as having a depth ranging from a few feet to eighteen feet. 





??? 


M 




i 


5?^ 

i 


■ ^ 


1 


pr-:- 






1 


1 


i 
1 




■\ 


; ■'j^^::^-' 


JP 


■ 


i 




:k 



Fio. 1. Seotfon of an ordinary grave, showing the surface pack of river stones and the positions of 
the slabs and objects of art 

The paving or pack consists of earth and water- worn stones \ the latter 
are pitched in without order and form but a small percentage of the 
:filling. He has never seen such stones used for facing up the walls of 
the pit or in the construction of pillars. The flat stones which cover 
the cyst are often ten or fifteen feet below the surface, and are in some 
cases very heavy, weighing three hundred pounds or more. A single 
fitone is in some cases large enough to cover the entire space, but more 
frequently two or more flat stones are laid side by side across the cavity. 
These are supported by river stones a foot or more in length, set around 
the margin of the cyst. He is of the opinion that both slabs and bowl- 
ders were in many cases carried long distances. None of the pits ex- 
amined were of the extraordinary forms described in detail by A. de 
2eltner and others. The implements, pieces of pottery, and ornaments' 
were probably buried with the dead, pretty much as are similar objects 
in all parts of America. The almost total disappearance of the human 
remains makes a determination of exact relative disposition impossible. 
The universal testimony however, is that all were not pl^ed with the 
body, but that some were added as the graves were filled, being placed 
in crevices of the walls or pillars or thrown in upon the accumulating 
earth or pebbles of the surface pavement. 

The relics obtained from the tombs are confined almost exclusively 
to the three least perishable materials: stone, clay, and metal. The 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



8 USE OF GOLD AND OTHER METALS 

collections show a great prepouderance of objects of clay, of which the 
^N^ational Museum now owns about four thousand pieces. Objects of 
stone are plentiful, comprising perhaps a tenth of the whole number 
of relics. Objects of metal are comparatively rare; they are described 
in detail in the following pages. 

USE OF GOLD AND COPPER. 

The Chiriquians, like many of their neighbors in the tropical portions 
of the American continent, were skilled in the working of metals. Gold, 
silver, copper, and tin — the latter in alloys with copper forming bronze — 
are found in the graves. Oold is the most important and is associated 
with all the others in alloys or as a surface coating. The inhabitants of 
the Isthmus at the time of the discovery were rich in objects, chiefly 
ornaments, of this metal, and expeditions sent out under Balboa, Pizarro, 
and others plundered the natives without mercy. When the Indian 
village of Darien was captured by Balboa (1510) he obtained '^plates of 
gold, such as they hang on their breasts and other parts, and other things, 
all of them amounting to ten thousand pesos of fine gold.'" From an 
expedition to Nicaragua, the same adventurers brought back to Panama 
the value of "112,524 pieces of eight in low gold and 145 in pearls.'^ 
Early Spanish- American history abounds in stories of this class. 
Among others we read that Columbus found the natives along the At- 
lantic coast of Chiriqui and Veragua so rich in objects of gold that he 
named the district Castillo del Oro, It is said that the illusory stories of 
an JEl Dorado somewhere within the continent of South America arose 
from the lavish use of gold ornaments by the natives whom the Span- 
iards encountered, and Costa Rica gets its name from the same circum- 
stance. It is also recorded that the natives of various parts of Central 
and South America, at the date of the conquest, were in the habit of 
opening ancient graves for the purpose of securing mortuary trinket«. 
The whites have followed their example with the greatest eagerness. 
As far back as 1642 the Spaniards passed a law claiming all the gold 
found in the burial places of Spanish America,^ the whole matter being 
treated merely as a means of revenue. 

The objects of gold for which the tombs of Chiriqui are justly famous are 
generally believed to have been simple personal ornaments, the jewelry 
of the primeval inhabitants, although it is highly probjible that many of 
the figures had, at least as originally employed, an emblematic meaning. 
They were, doubtless, at all times regarded as possessed of potent charms, 
and thus capable of protecting and forwarding the interests of the own- 
ers. They have been found in great numbers within the last twenty- 
five years, but for the most part, even at this late date, have been es- 

> Herrera, Hist. America, Vol. VI, p. 369. 
•Herrera, Hist. America, Vol. Ill, p. 287. 

3 Mr. Hawes's letter answering questions about Chiriqui, read by Mr. Davis before 
the Am. Eth. Soc, April 17, 1860. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



BY ANCIENT INHABITANTS OF CHIRIQUI. 9 

teemed for their money value only. Very many specimens found their 
way to this country, where they were either sold for curiosities, or, after 
long waiting for a purchaser, even in the very shadow of our muse- 
ums, were consigned to the furnace. Many stories bearing upon this 
l)oint have been told me. A Washington jeweler is represented as 
having exhibited (about the year 1860) in his window on Pennsyl- 
vania avenue a remarkable series of these trinkets, most of which 
were afterwards sent to New York to l>e melted. About the same 
period a gentleman on entering a shop in San Francisco was accosted 
by a stranger who had his pockets well filled with these carious relics 
and wished to dispose of them for cash. . A number of my acquaint- 
ances have neat but grotesque examples of these little images of gold 
attached to their watch guards, thus approving the tastes of our prehis- 
toric countrymen and at the same time demonstrating the identity of 
ideas of personal embellishment in all times and with all peoples. 

The ornaments are found only in a small percentage of the graves, 
those probably of persons sufficiently opulent to possess them in life; 
the great majority of graves contain none whatever. They are often 
found at the bottom of the pits, and probably in nearly the position 
oc<3apied by them while still attached to the persons of the dead. It 
is said that occasionally they are found in the niches at the sides of the 
graves, as if placed during the filling of the pit. 

Strangely enough, the gold is very generally alloyed with copper, the 
composite metal ranging from pure gold to pure copper. A small per- 
centage of silver is also present in some of the specimens examined, but 
this is probably a natural alloy. In a few cases very simple figures 
appear to have been shaped from nuggets or masses of the native metals ; 
this, however, is not susceptible of proof. The work is very skillfully 
done, 80 that we find it difficult to ascertain the precise methods of 
manipulation. The general ettect in the more pretentious pieces resem- 
bles that of our filigree work, in which the parts are produced by ham- 
mering and united by soldering; yet there are many, evidences of cast- 
ing, and these must be considered with care. As a rule simple figures 
and some portions of composite figures present very decided indications 
of having been cast in molds; yet no traces of these molds have come to 
light and there are none of those characteristic markings which result 
from the use of composite or "piece" molds. Wire was extensively 
used in the formation of details of anatomy and embellishment, and its 
presence does not at first seem compatible with ordinary castings. This 
wire, or pseudo-wire it may be, is generally about one-twenty-fifth of 
an inch in diameter. 

The manner in which the numerous parts or sections of complex fig- 
ures are joined together is both interesting and perplexing. Evidences 
of the use of solder have been looked for in vain, and if such a medium 
was ever used it was identical in kind with the body of the object or 
80 small in quantity as to escape detection. At the junction of the parts 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



10 USE OF GOLD AND OTHER METALS 

there are often decided indications of haramering, or at least of the 
strong pressure of an implement; but in pursuing the matter further 
we find a singular perfection in the joining, which amounts to a coales- 
cence of the metals of the two parts concerned. There is no weakness 
or tendency to part along the contact surfaces, neither is there anything 
like the parting of parallel wires in coils or where a series of wires is 
joined side by side and carried through various convolutions. In a 
number of cases I made sections of coils and parts composed of a num- 
ber of wires, in the hope of discovering evidences of the individuality 
of the strands, but the metal in the section is always homogeneous, 
breaking with a rough granular fracture and not more readily along 
apparent lines of junction than across them; and further, in studying 
in detail the surface of parts unpolished or protected from wear by 
handling, we find everywhere the granular and pitted unevenness 
characteristic of cast surfaces. This is true of the wire forms as well 
as of the massive parts, and in addition to this, such defects occur in 
the wires as would hardly be possible if they were of wrought gold. 

All points considered, I am inclined to believe that the objects were 
cast, and cast in their entirety. It is plain, however, that the original 
model was made up of separately constructed parts of wire or wire like 
strands and of eccentric and often rather massive parts, and that all 
were set together by the assistance of pressure, the indications being 
that the material used was sufficiently plastic to be worked after the 
manner of clay, dough, or wax. In one case, for example, the body of 
a serpent, consisting of two wires neatly twisted together, is held in the 
hand of a grotesque figure. The hand consists of four fingers made by 
doubling together two short pieces of wire. The coil has been laid 
across the hand and pressed down into it until half buried, and the ends 
of the fingers are drawn up around it without any indication of hammer 
strokes. Indeed, the effect is just such as would have been produced 
if the artist had worked in wax. Again, in the modeling of the eyes 
we have a good illustration. The eye is a minute ball cleft across the 
entire diameter by a sharp implement, thus giving the effect of the 
parted lids. Now, if the material had been gold o • copper, as in the 
specimens, the ball would have been separated into two parts or hemi- 
spheres, which would not exhibit any great distortion, but as we see 
them here the parts are flattened and much drawn out by the pressure 
of the cutting edge, just as if the material had been decidedly plastic. 

It seems to me that the processes of manufacture must have been 
analogous to those employed by the more primitive metal workers of 
our own day. In Oriental countries delicate objects of bronze and 
other metals are made as follows : A model is constructed in somt» such 
material as wax or resin, and over it are placed coatings of clay or 
other substance capable of standing great heat. These coatings, when 
sufficiently thickened and properly dried, form the mold from which 
the original model is extracted by means of heat. The fused metal is 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



BY ANCIENT INHABITANTS OF CHIBIQUI. 11 

afterwards poured in. As a matter of course, both the mold and the 
model are destroyed in each case, aud exact duplicatious are not to be 
exi)ected. Mr. George F. Kuuz, of New York, with whom I have dis- 
cussed this matter, states that he has seen live objects, such as insects, 
used as models in this way. Being coated with washes of clay or like 
substance until well protected and then heavily covered, they were 
placed in the furnace. The animal matter was thus reduced to ashes 
and extracted through small openings made for the purpose. As bear- 
ing upon this subject it should be mentioned that occasionally small 
figures in a fine reddish resin are obtained from the graves of Chiriqui. 
They are identical in style of modeling with the objects of gold and 
copper obtained from the same source. 

Ill discussing possible processes, Mr. William Hallock, of the division 
of chemistry and physics of the United States Geological Survey, sug- 
gested that, if the various sections of a metal ornament were imbedded 
in the surface of a mass of fire clay in their proper relations and con- 
tacts, they could then be completely inclosed in the mass, and subjected 
to heat until the metal melted and ran together^ after cooling, the 
complete figure could be removed by breaking up the clay matrix. I 
imagine that in such work much difficulty would be experienced in se- 
curing proper contact and adjustment of parts of complex figures. It 
will likewise be observed that evidences of plasticity in the modeling 
material would not exist. 1 must not pass a suggestion of Nadaillac' 
which offers a possible solution of the problem of manipulation. Re- 
ferring to a statement of the early Spanish explorers that smelting was 
nnknown to the inhabitants of Peru, he states that it would be possible 
for a people in a low st^te of culture to discover that anamalgam of 
gold with mercury is quite plastic, and that after a figure is modeled in 
this composite metal the mercury may be dissipated by heat, leaving 
the form in gold, which then needs only to be polished. There is, how- 
ever, no evidence whatever that these people had any knowledge of 
mercury. 

There is no indication of carving or engraving in the Ohiriquian 
work. In finishing, some of the extremities seem to have been shaped 
by hammering. This is a mere flattening out of the feet or parts of 
the accessories, which required no particular skill and could have been 
accomplished with comparatively rude stone hammers. It is a remark- 
able fact that many, if not most, of the objects appear to be either plated 
or washed with pure gold, the body or foundation being of base gold 
or of nearly pure copper. This fact, coupled with that of the associa- 
tion of objects of bronze with the relics, leads us to inquire carefully 
into the possibilities of European influence or agency. I observe that 
rt?cent writers do not seem to have questioneji the genuineness of the 
objects described by them but that at the same time no mention is made 
ol the plating or washing. This latter circumstance leads to the infer- 

* Nadaillac, Prehistoric America, p. 450. 

Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



12 USE OF GOLD AND OTHER METALS 

ence that pieces now in my possession exhibiting this phenomenon may- 
have been tampered with by the whites. In this connection attention 
should be called to the fact that history is not silent on the matter of 
plating. The Indians of New Grenada are not only said to have been 
marvelously skillful in the manipulation of metals, but, according to 
BoUaert, Acosta declares that these peoples had much gilt copper^ 
'*and the copper was gilt by the use of the juice of a plant rubbed 
over it, then put into the fire, when it took the gold color.''^ Just 
what this means we cannot readily determine, but we safely conclude 
that, whatever the process hinted at in these words, a thin surface 
deposit of pure gold, or the close semblance of it, was actually ob- 
tained. It is not impossible that an acid may have been applied which 
tended to destroy the copper of the alloy, leaving a deposit of gold upon 
the surface, which could afterwards be burnished down. 

It has been suggested to me that possibly the film of gold may in cases 
be the result of simple decay on the part of the copper of the alloy, the 
gold remaining as a shell upon the surface of the still undecayed portion 
of the composite metal; but the surface in such a case would not be 
burnished, whereas the show surfaces of the specimens recovered are 
in all cases neatly polished. 

If we should conclude that the ancient Americans were probably able 
to secure in some such manner a thin film of gold it still remains to in- 
quire whether there may not have been some purely mechanical means 
of plating. In some of the Chiriquian specimens a foundation of very 
base metal appears to have been plated with heavy sheet gold, which 
as the copper decays comes oft* m flakes. Occasional pieces have a 
blistered look as a consequence. Were these people able with their 
rude appliances to beat gold out into very thin leaves, and had they 
discovered processes by which these could be applied to the surface of 
objects of metal f 

The flakes in some cases indicate a very great degree of thinness. 
Specimens of sheet-gold ornaments found in the tombs are thicker, but 
are sufficiently thin to indicate, if actually made by these people, that 
almost any degree of thinness could be attained. It would probably 
not be difficult to apply thin sheet gold to the comparatively smooth 
surfaces of these ornaments and to fix it by burnishing. 

Mr. Kunz suggests still another mention by means of which plating 
could have been accomplished. If a figure in wax were coated with 
sheet gold and then incased in a clay matrix, the wax could be melted 
out, leaving the shell of gold within; the cavity could then be filled 
with alloy, the clay could be removed, and the gold, which would adhere 
to the metal, could then be properly burnished down. 

It will be seen from this hasty review that, although we may conclude 
that casting and plating were certainly practiced by these peoples, we 
must remain in ignorance of the precise methods employed. 

1 Bollaert, Ethnological and other Researches in New Granada, &c. 

Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



BY ANCIENT INHABITANTS OF CHIRIQUI. 13 

BeferriDg to the questiou of the authenticity of the specimens them- 
selves, I may note that observations bearing upon the actual discovery 
of particular specimens in the tombs are unfortunately lacking. Mr. 
McNiel acknowledges that with all his experience in the work of exca- 
vation no single piece has been taken from the ground with his own 
hands, and he cannot say that he ever witnessed the exhumation by 
others, although he has been present when they were brought up from 
the pits. Generally the workmen secrete them and afterwards offer 
them for sale. He has, however, no shadow of a doubt that all the 
pieces procured by him came from the graves as reported by his col- 
lectors. 

The question of the authenticity of the gilding will not be satisfac- 
torily or finally settled until some responsible collector shall have taken 
the gilded objects, and with his own hands, from their undisturbed 
places in the tombs. 

There are many proofs, however, of the authenticity of the objects 
themselves. It is asserted by a number of early writers that the Amer- 
ican natives were, on the arrival of the Spjiniards, highly accomplished 
in metallurgy; that they worked with blow- pipes and cast in molds; 
that the objects produced exhibited a high order of skill; and that the 
native talent was directed with unusual force and uniformity toward 
the imitation of life forms. It is said that the conquerors were << struck 
with wonder" at their skill in this last respect. And a strong argu- 
ment in favor of the genuineness of these objects is found in the fact 
that it is not at all probable that rich alloys of gold would have been 
used by Europeans for the base or foundation when copper or bronze, 
or even lead, would have served as well. We also observe that there 
is absolutely no trace of peculiarly European material or methods of 
manipulation, a fact hardly possible if the extensive reproductions were 
made by the whites. Neither are there traces of European ideas em- 
bodied in the shape and in the decoration of the objects, a condition 
that argues strongly in favor of native origin. An equally convincing 
argument is found in the fact that all the alloys subject to corrosion 
exhibit marked evidences of decay, as if for a long period subject to 
the destructive agents of the soil. In many cases the copper-alloy base 
crumbles into black powder, leaving only the flakes of the plating. 
Lastly and most important, the strange creatures represented are in 
many cases identical with those embodied in clay and in stone, and for 
these latter works no one will for a moment claim a foreign derivation. 
At the end of this paper I present two cuts of objects modeled in clay, 
intended to illustrate this point. 

Considering all these arguments, I arrive at the conclusion that the 
ornaments are, in the main, genuine antiquities, and that, if any fraud 
at all has been practiced, it is to be laid at the door of modern gold- 
smiths and speculators, who, according to Mr. McNiel, are known in a 
few cases to have "doctored " alloyed objects with washes of gold, with 
the view of selling them as pure gold. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



14 



USE OF GOLD AND OTHER METALS 



I present the following specimens with a reasonable degree of con- 
fidence that all, or nearly all, are purely American products, and I 
sincerely hope that at no distant day competent archaeologists may 
have the opportunity of making personal observations of similar relics 
in place. 

The objects consist to a great extent of representations of life forms, 
iD many cases more fanciful than real and often extremely grotesque. 

They include the human figure and a great variety of birds and beasts 
indigenous to the country, in styles resembling work of the same region 
in clay and stone. My illustrations show the actual size of the objects. 

The human figure. — Statuettes of men and women and of a variety of 
anthropomorphic figures of all degrees of elaboration abound. Fig. 2 





Fio. 2. Haman fignre, formed of oopper-gold alloy. 

illustrates a plain, rude specimen belonging to the collection of J. B. 
Stearns. It was obtained by Mr. McNiel from near the south base of 
Mount Chiriqui. The body is solid and the surface is rough and pitted, 
as if from decay. In many respects it resembles the stone sculptures 
ol the Isthmus. The metal is nearly pure copper. A piece exhibiting 
more elaborate workmanship, and published by Bollaert,^ is shown in 
Fig. 3. Another remarkable specimen is illustrated by Do Zeltner, but 
the photograph published with his brochure is too indistinct to permit 
of satisfactory reproduction. He describes it in the following language: 
**The most curious piece in my collection is a gold figure of a man, 7 
centimeters in height. The heail is ornamented with a diadem termi- 
nated on each side with the head of a frog. The body is nude, except 
a girdle, also in the form of a plait supporting a flat piece intended to 
cover the privates, and two round ornaments on each side. The anus 
are extended from the body; the well drawn hands hold, one of them, a 
short, round club, the other a musical instrument, of which one end is 
in the mouth and the other forms an enlargement like that of a flute, 
made of human bone. It is not probable that this is a pipe. Both 

1 Bollaert's Antiquarian Researches in New Granada, plate opp. p. 3L 

Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



BY ANCIENT INHABITANTS OF CHIRIQUL 



15 



thighs have an enlargement and the toes are not marked in this little 
figurine.^ ^ 




FlO. 8. Groteaqae haman fl^re in gold, from BoUaert. 

In Fig. 4 we have a rather rudely made and finished piece collected 
by Mr. Mc!Niel and now owned by Mr. Stearns. It exhibits features 




Fio. 4. Radely shaped and finished human flgare. 

corresponding to a number of those referred to by De Zeltner. The 

foundation is quite thin and is of a base metal coated with pure gold. 

*A. De Zeltner: Note sur les B^pnltures indienDes du ddpartement de Cbiriqui. 

Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



16 



USE OF GOLD AND OTHER METALS 



I present two additional examples of the human figure from the col- 
lection of Mr. Stearns. One of them, Fig. 5, is an interesting little 
statuette in dark copper that still retains traces of the former gilding of 
yellow gold. The crown is flat and is surrounded by a fillet of twisted 
wire. The face is grotesque, the nose being bulbous, the mouth large, 
and the lips protruding. The hands are represented as grasping cords 
of wire which connect the waist with the crown of the figure and seem 
to be intended for the bodies of serpents, the heads of which project 
from the sides of the head dress. Similar serpents project from the 
ankles. The feet are flattened out as if intended to be set in a crevice. 




Fio. 5. Grotesqae human figure, in nearly pure copper, partially coated with yellow gold. 

The extremities — excepting the feet — the costume, and the ornaments 
are all formed of wire. The various parts of the figure have been 
modeled separately and set together whilst the material was in a plastic 
or semi-plastic condition. This is clearly indicated by the sinking of 
one part into another at the points of contact. 




Fig. 6. Grotesque human figure, In nearly pure gold. 

An excellent example of the more elaborate figures is shown in Pig, 
6. It is of reddish gold, slightly alloyed, no doubt with copper, and 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



BY ANCIENT INHABITANTS OF CHIRIQUI. 17 

has in finishing received a VjBry thin wash or plating of yellow gold, 
whicli is worn off in exposed parts. The central feature of the rather 
complicated structure is a grotesque human figure, much like the pre- 
ceding, and having counterparts in both clay and stone. The figure is 
backed up and strengthened by two curved and flattened bars of gold, 
one above and the other below, as seen in the cut. The figure is decked 
with and almost hidden by a profusion of curious details, executed for 
the raost part in wire, and representing serpents and birds. Three vult- 
ure like heads project from the crown and overhang the face. Two 
8eri>euts, the bodies of which are formed of plaited wire, issue from the 
mouth of the figure and are held about the neck by the hands. The 
heads of the serpents are formed of wire folded in triangular form, and 
are supplied with two double coils of wire at the sides, as if for ears, 
aud with two little balls of gold for eyes. Similar heads project from 
the sides of the head and from the feet of the image. 

The peculiarities of construction are seen to good advantage in this 
specimen. The figure is made up of a great number of separate pieces, 
united apparently by pressure or by hammering while the material was 
somewhat plastic. Upwards of eighty pieces can be counted. The 
larger pieces, forming the body and limbs, are hollow or concave behind. 
Nearly all the subordinate parts are constructed of wire. 

The bird. — Images of birds are quite numerous and vary greatly in size 
and elaboration. They are usually represented with expanded wings 
and tails, the under side of the body being finished for show. The back 
is left concave and rough, as when cast, and is supplied with a ring, 
for suspension or attachment, as seen in the profile view, Fig. 7. The 



c 








\ 



-^...J 



Fig. 7. Rudely executed imago of a bird. 

owl, the eagle, the parrot, and various other birds are recognized, 
although determinations of varieties are not possible, as in 'many cases 
the forms are rude or greatly obscured by extraneous details. The ex- 
ample shown in Fig. 7 is of the simplest type and the rudest workman- 
ship, and is apparently intended for some rapacious species, possibly a 
vulture. The body, wings, and tail are hammered quite thin and are 
left frayed and uneven on the edges. The material appears to be nearly 
pure copper, plated with yellow gold. Specimens of this class are very 
numerous. One, presented in a publication of the Society of N'orthern 
CHIB 2 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



18 



USE OF GOLD AND OTHER METALS 



Antiqaaries, and now in the museam at Copenhagen, is thought to be 
intended for a fish hawk, as it carries a fish in its mouth. De Zeltner 
mentions a statuette in gold of a paroquet, whose head is ornamented 
with two winged tufts. Such a specimen may be seen in the collection 
of Mr. Stearns. 

Fig. 8 is reproduced from Bollaert and represents a very elaborately 
worked parrot. 




Fio. 8. Image of a bird, from Bollaert 



The puma, — Representations of quadrupeds are quite common ; a good 
example, copied from Bollaert, is given in Fig. 9. The animal intended 




Fio. 9 Puma shaped figure. 

is apparently a puma, a favorite subject with Chiriquian workers in 
clay and stone as well as in gold. The body is hollow and open beneath 




Fig. 10. Figure of a puma in base metaL 

and the fore feet are finished with loops for suspension. A similar 
piece with head thrown back over the body is shown in Fig. 10. The 
metal in this case appears to be nearly pure copper. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



BY ANCIENT INHABITANTS OP CHIRIQUI 



19 



Chrotesque figure.^ Auothev piece collected by Mr. McNiel is oatlined 
in Fig. 11. The metal is qaite-base and the sarface has been coated 




Fio. 11. Qoadrnped with grotesque Ikce, in base metaL 

with gold, which is now nearly all rubbed off. The shape is that of a 
qnadmped. The head is completely reversed, and the face has a rather 
grotesqae, not to say satanic, expression. The details are not unlike 
those of other examples previously given. 

The fish. — The fish was a favorite subject with the ancient nations of 
South America, and is modeled in clay, woven into fabrics, and worked 
in metals with remarkable freedom. It was in great favor in Chiriqui 
and must have been of importance in the mythology of the country. It 
occurs most frequently in pottery, where it is executed in color and 




Fio. 12. Figure of a fish, published by F. M. Otis, in Harper's Weekly. 

modeled in the round. The very grotesque specimen in gold shown in 
Fig. 12 is copied fnxm Harper's Weekly of August 6, 1859, where it 
forms one of a number of illustrations of these curious ornaments. The 
paper is by Dr. F. M. Otis, who had just returned from Panama. 

The frog. — ^The frog appears in the plastic art of Chiriqui more fre- 
quently i>erhaps than any other reptile. Its form is reproduced with 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



20 



USE OF GOLD AND OTHER METALS 



much spirit and in greatly varying sizes, degree of elaboration, and style 
of presentation. It is probable that a number of species are represented. 
In Fig. 13 we have a large, rather plain specimen, now in the National 




Fio 13. Laige flgare of a frog, in base metal plated with gold. 

Museum. The body and limbs are concave beneath, the metal being 
about one-sixteenth of an inch thick. The teeth are suggested by a 
number of perforations encircling the jaws and the eyes are minute 
hawk bells containing pellets of metal. The legs are placed in charac- 
teristic positions, and the hind feet are broad plates without indica- 
tions of toes, a characteristic of these golden frogs. The framework or 
foundation is of copper, apparently nearly pure, and the surface is 
plated with thin sheet gold, which tends to flake off as the copper foun- 
dation corrodes. 
The minute delicately finished example given in Fig. 14 contrasts 





Fio. 14. Small figure of a frog, in base metal plated ^vitli golfl. 

strongly with the preceding. It is also of base metal plated with pure 
gold, and belongs to the collection of Mr. Stearns. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



BY ANCIENT INHABITANTS OF CHIRIQUI. 



21 



The alligator. — The alligator, which appears so frequently in the pot- 
tery of Chiriqui, is only occasionally found in gold. A graphic specimen 
illustrated in Harper's Weekly of August 6, 1859, is given in Fig. 15. 
A similar piece formed of base metal is in the collectioii of Mr. Stearns. 




Fio. 15. Fignie of an alligator, publiBbed by F. M« Otis, in Harper's Weekly. 

The crayfish (?).— In Fig. 16 we have a fine specimen intended ap- 
parently to represent a crayfish or some similar crustacean form. The 
head is supplied with complicated yet graceful antennae-like appen- 
dages, made of wire, neatly coiled and welded together by pressure or 
hammering. The eyes are globular and are encircled by the ends of a 




Fio. 16. Animal flRare, in base metal plated with gold. 

double loop of wire which extends along the back and incloses a line 
of minute balls or nodes. The peculiar wings anTl tail will be best 
understood by referring to the illustration. The foundation metal is 
much corroded, being dark and rotten, and the plating ot reddish gold 
seems to have been coated with a thin film of yellow gold. The profile 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC " 



22 USE OF GOLD AND OTHER METALS 

view gives a good idea of the thickness of the metal and of the relief 
of the parts. Two rings or loops of doubled wire are attached to the 
extreme end of the nose and a heavy ring for suspending is fixed to the 
under side of the head. 

Miscellaneous. — Gold, pure and in the usual alloys, was also used in 
the manufacture of other articles, such as bells, beads, disks, balls, 
rings, whistles, thimble shaped objects, and amulets of varied shapes. 
Bells are more generally made of bronze, because, perhaps, of its 
greater degree of resonance. Thin plates, or rather circular sheets, of 
gold leaf are numerous. One mentioned by BoUaert was 7^ inches in 
diameter. They are plain or crimped about the margins, indented in 
various ways, and sometimes perforated, apparently for suspension or 
attachment Merritt mentions exami)les having holes which showed 
evidences of wear upon one side only, indicating attachment in a fixed 
position to some object or to some part of the costume. But one ex- 
ample is at hand, a thin sheet, 3 inches in diameter, and crimped or 
indented neatly about the margin. Its thickness is about that of ordi- 
nary tinfoil. 

USE OF BRONZE. . 

Bells. — Bells were in pretty general use by the more cultured Amer- 
ican races previous to the conquest. The form best known is the hawk 
bell, or common sleigh bell of the North. The globular body is sus- 
pended by a loop at the top and is slit on the under side, so that the 
tinkling of the small free pellets of metal may be audible. Such bells 
are found in considerable numbers in the graves of Chiriqui, although 
I have no positive assurance that any of the examples in my i>ossession 
were actually taken from graves which contained typical Chiriquian 
relics of other classes. The specimens now in the National Museum, 
Fig. 17, are in most cases, if not in all, of bronze, as demonstrated by 




Fig. 17. Bronze bells, plated or washed with gold. 

Mr. R. B. Eiggs, of the chemical laboratory of the United States Geo- 
logical Survey. All have been cast in molds. In most cases there are 
traces of a plating of gold. The largest is 1 J inches in height and three- 
tburths of an inch in diameter. It is surmounted by the rude figure 

Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



BY ANCIENT INHABITANTS OF CHIRIQUI. 



23 



of an animal, through or beneath the body of which is an opening for 
the attachment of a cord. Others have simples loops at the top. A 
namber of examples are illustrated in Fig. 17. The additional piece 
given in Fig. 18 is unique in conception. It represents a human head 
which takes an inverted position when the bell is suspended. The 
lower part of the bell forms a conical crown to the head and the ring 
of suspension is attached to the chin. Double coils of wire take the 
place of the ears, and the other features are formed by setting on bits 
of the material used in modeling. This specimen belongs to the collec- 




Fio. 18. BroDze bell with human featares. 

tion of Mr. Steams. Many examples of more elaborate workmanship 
have been recovered from the tombs and are now to be found in the 
collections of America and Europe. 

A specimen found many years ago on the Eio Grande, near Panama, 
and figured in Harper's Weekly, was of gold and showed specific varia- 




Pio. 19. Triple ben or rattle, fonnd on the Rio Grande. 

IJODS from the Chiriquian pieces. It will be seen by reference to the 
catline given in Fig. 19 that three very neatly shaped and gracefully 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



24 USE OF GOLD AND OTHER METALS 

ornamented bells are mounted upon a circular plate, to which a short 
handle is attached. It was evidently not intended for suspension, but 
rather to be held in the hand/ as a rattle. 

A question as to the authenticity of these bells as aboriginal works 
very naturally arises, and it may be diflficult to show to the satisfaction 
of the skeptical mind that any particular specimen is not of European 
origin or inspiration. At the same time we are not without strong^ 
proofs that such bells were in use by the Americans before the advent 
of the whites. Historical accounts are not wanting, but I shall only 
stop to point out some of the internal evidences of the native art. Tho 
strongest argument is to be found in the presence of analogous features 
in other branches of the art and in other arts. The eyes of the golden 
figures of reptiles are in many cases minute hawk bells, and in works 
of clay, the purely aboriginal character of which has not been called 
in question, similar features are discovered. The American origin of 
the bell is not, therefore, to be questioned. The form originated, no 




Fio. 20. Example of ancient Mexican lielL 

doubt, in the rattle, at first a nut-shell or a gourd; later it was modeled 
in clay, and in time the same idea was worked out in the legs and orna- 
ments of vessels and in the heads and other parts of life forms, which 
were made hollow and supplied with tinkling pellets. With the ac- 
knowledged skill of these people in the working of metals, there is no 
reason why the bells described should not have been manufactured in- 
dependently of European aid and influence. 

It should be observed that if these early American bells were copied 
from or based \i\)oii Spanish originals they would not probably vary 
greatly in type with the various sections from which they are recovered, 
but it is observed that marked and persistent differences do occur. The 
well known Mexican bell, an example of which is outlined in Pig. 20, 
although of bronze, is generically distinct in form and construction. 



Digitized by CjOOQIC 



BY ANCIENT INHABITANTS OF CHIRIQUI. 25 

B]^SUH£. 

Id a brief review I may recall the more salient points regarding the 
use of metals in ancient Ghiriqui. Gold, silver, copper, and tin are 
represented/ 

Gold and copper were very plentiftilly distribnted among the Isthmian 
races, bat we have little information upon the sources of supply. Free 
gold is found in the stream beds of many localities and copper was 
probably found in its native state in some convenient locality; yet it is 
not impossible that these metals were transported from distant regions^ 
as there must have been considerable intercourse between the inhab- 
itants of Ghiriqui and those of Grenada on the south and of Oentral 
America on the north. Silver and tin are found in alloys with gold and 
copper, but not as independent metals. The silver-gold alloy is proba- 
bly a natural compound. In no case have I found silver to exceed 6 
per cent of the composite metal. Tin was artificially alloyed with cop- 
per, forming bronze. The latter metal resembles our ordinary bronze 
in color and hardness, but I am unable to secure more than a qualitative 
analysis on account of the scarcity of specimens available for the pur- 
pose. We have no information in regard to the origin of the tin. It 
is not found in a native state and since it seems hardly probable that 
the Ohiriquians understood smelting ores we are left in doubt as to 
whether it was obtained from more cultured nations to the north or 
south or from Europeans. The gold-copper alloys appear to range from 
pure gold to pore copper. 

The great majority of o^ects were formed by casting in molds. Ham- 
mering was but little practiced, excepting, apparently, in the formation 
of sheet gold, which was probably an indigenous product Bepoussd 
work is not found, save as represented in the crimping and indent- 
ing of gold leaf. Engraving and carving were not practiced. It may be 
considered certain that gilding, or at least plating, was understood. 

The objects are obtained from ancient graves, of which no record 
or reliable tradition is preserved. They are all ornaments, no coin, 
weapon, tool, or utensir having come to my notice. The absence ot 
utensils and of hammered objects of any kind strikes me as being 
rather extraordinary, since it is popularly supposed that hammering 
should, in the normal succession of events, precede casting and that 
ntensils should be made before elaborate ornaments. 

The work exhibits close analogies with that of the mainland of South 
America, but these analogies appear to be in material, treatment and 
scope of employment rather than in the subject matter ot the concep- 
tions. The personages and zoomorphic characters represented are 
characteristically Chiriqnian« and were derived no doubt from the 
mythology of the locality. These works affiliate with the various works 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



26 USE OF GOLD AND OTHER METALS 

in stone and clay, the art prodacts of the province thus constituting a 
fairly homogeneoas whole, and being entirely free from traces of Euro- 
pean influence. 

Metals do not come into use early in the history of a race, as they are 
not found in shapes or conditions suitable for Immediate use, nor are 
they when found suflficiently showy to be especially desirable for orna- 
ments. A long period must have elapsed before the use of metals was 
discovered at all and a longer period passed by before they were worked, 
and, in the light of our knowledge of the ancient tribes of the United 
States, it would seem that a considerable degree of culture may be 
achieved before the casting of metals is understood; but in the ordinary 
course of progress the discovery of methods of alloying rare metals 
would be far separated from that of the simple fusing and casting of 
a single metal, such as gold. The Ohiriquian peoples not only had a 
knowledge of the methods of alloying gold with copper and apparently 
copper with tin, but, if our data are correct, they were able to plate the 
baser metals and alloys with sheet gold, and, what is far more wonder- 
ful, to wash them with gold, producing an effect identical with that of 
our galvanic processes. 

The character of the conceptions embodied in the art unite with 
evidences of technical skill to prove to us that American culture, as 
represented by the ornaments of Ohiriqui, was not the product of a day, 
but of long periods of experiment and progress. 

The sum of the art achievements of these peoples indicates perhaps a 
somewhat lower degree of culture than that attained by the Mexicans 
and the Peruvians, the ceramic art alone challenging the world in 
respect to refinement of form and simplicity and delicacy of treatment. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



BY ANCIENT INHABITANTS OF CHIRIQUI. 



27 



FIGUBES MODELED IN CLAY SHOWING CLOSE ANALOGIES WITH THE 

WORK IN GOLD. 




Fio. 21. Frog modeled in clay and used as a Taae ornament 




Fio. 22. Grotesque anthropmnorphio flgnret, need in a stool like otjeot of clay. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



SMITHSONIAN INSTITVTION 

BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY : J. W. I'OWELL, DIRBCTOB 



^^TOUK 



IN 



MOUND EXPLORATION 



OF TUB 



BUKEAU OF ETHNOLOGY 



BY 



CYRUS THOMAS 




WASHINGTON 

aOVEBNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 

1887 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 







2(;^ /7/jL- 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



WORK IN MOUND EXPLORATION OF THE BUREAU OF 

ETHNOLOGY. 

By Oybus Thomas. 



It seems desirable at the present time to make a statement explain- 
ing the plans and describing the work of the mound exploring division 
of the Barean of Ethnology, especially in view of the fact that neither 
the plans nor the results of this work seem to be clearly understood by 
all who are interested in the study of American archieology. It was 
scarcely expected that a clear apprehension of these plans and the work 
would be gained in advance of the publication of a full report of the 
same; bat, since such a report is well advanced towards completion 
and since the collections thus far made have been turned over to the 
National Museum, where they are open to the public, a brief prelimi- 
nary statement of the plan being pursued and the work thus far accom- 
plished seems appropriate now. 

In undertaking the exploration of the mounds of our country upon 
an extensive scale, the operations should be carried on according to 
some definite plan. Three only seemed worthy of consideration, viz: 

First. That which may be termed the systematic plan, which contem- 
plates a comprehensive and accurate survey of all the ancient works of 
the country and the preparation of maps and illustrations showing 
their location and character, to be followed by thorough explorations 
and investigations of these monuments. 

Second. That which may be termed the local plan, which commences 
with a limited locality and confines operations to it until all the ancient 
works in it are thoroughly examined, figured, mapped, and described in 
detail and the collections obtained there are studied; then moving to 
another section. 

Third. The comprehensive plan, or plan of general study, in which 
the chief objects are to search for and study the various forms and types 
of the works and minor vestiges of art and to mark out the different 
archaeological districts as disclosed by investigation. This plan per- 
mits the carrying on of operations at various points simultaneously or 
removal from place to place as the types and forms of a section are 
satisfactorily determined. 

In any one of these plans the work which has been and is being 
done by others should be taken into consideration so far as deemed 
trustworthy, especially in connection with the third plan. 

3 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



4 MOUND EXPLORING OF THE 

Viewing the plaus solely from a working standpoint, without consid- 
ering the conditions and limitations under which the work has necessa- 
rily been carried on by the Bureau or its relation to other subjects un- 
dergoing simultaneous investigation, it is conceded that the first and 
second are more systematic and more scientific than the third, the first 
being entitled to preference in the latter respect. The third is, how- 
ever, the plan under which the work has actually been done, and, as the 
wisdom of adopting it has been, to some extent, questioned, it may not 
be amiss to give here the reasons for its adoption : 

First. A thorough and accurate survey of all the ancient works of 
the country and the preparation of maps and charts showing their lo- 
cation and character, accompanied by full descriptions, would require 
the entire appropriation of the Bureau for at least ten years. To have 
attempted a work of such magnitude with the means allowed the divis- 
ion — though as liberal as proper regard to the other investigations of 
the Bureau justified — would have entailed a great waste of money, as 
no adequate results could possibly have been obtained. Moreover, in 
the mean time, the valuable contents of the mounds, which, after all, 
furnish the chief data bearing upon the problems relating to the pre- 
historic times of our country, would have passed into the hands of pri- 
vate collectors, or would have been scattered, and thus in a great meas- 
ure lost to science. 

, Second. One leading object the Bureau and the Smithsonian Institution 
have had in view in this work is to collect material and data which sci- 
entists may study and by means of which the various questions relating 
to the pre-Columbian age of this continent may ultimately be solved. 
It was apparent that by neither the first nor the second plan could as 
much be accomplished in this direction in a reasonable length of time 
as by the third, especially if the variety of types and forms was to be 
taken into consideration. Climatic obstacles rendered the second [)lan 
impracticable if the field work was to be carried on throughout the 
year, as desired. 

The questions relating to prehistoric America are to be determined 
not alone by the study of its ancient monuments, but by the study also 
of the languages, customs, art, beliefs, and folk-lore of the aborigines. 
Only by such a comprehensive study can the exact relations of the an- 
cient archaeological remains to the historic Indian tribes be made ap- 
parent. 

Maj. J. W. Powell, the Director of the Bureau, taking this compre- 
hensive and scientific view of the subject, saw at the outset the neces- 
sity of deciding as soon as possible the question "Were the mound 
builders Indians?" If a careful examination and study of the works 
and their contents should result in deciding it in the affirmative, then 
the investigation of the questions relating to their objects and uses 
would be merged in the study of the former habits, customs, art, beliefs, 
&c., of the Indians. There would then be no more blind groping by 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



miREAtT OP ETHNOLOGY. 5 

ftrcbsBologisffi for the thread to lead them out of the mysterioas laby- 
rinth; the chain which binds together the prehistoric and the historic 
ages of our country would then be known; a thousand and one wild 
theories and archsdological romances would be relegated to the shades 
of oblivion; and, the relations of all the lines of investigation to one 
another being known, these lines would lend common aid in solving 
many of the problems which have hitherto seemed destined to remain 
in complete obscurity. Should the result of the examination give a de- 
cidedly negative answer to the question, one broad field at least would 
be forever closed and the investigations would be limited to other lines. 
In either case a great step toward the ultimate solution would be made 
and the work in the various branches bearing on the numerous prob- 
lems materially restricted. 

The Director was desirous, therefore, of having the question definitely 
settled in one way or the other, as it is the pivot ou which all the other 
problems must turn, and this he believed could be done without await- 
ing the long delay necessarily attending the adoption of the first or 
second plan of operations. It seemed apparent that by the third plan the 
various types and forms of the antiquities would be discovered and their 
relations to one another determined in a shorter time than by any other 
method. By following this plan and using proper care to note without 
bias all the facts ascertained and to collect the specimens discovered, 
the data would be preserved, without prejudice to other theories, for 
the use and benefit of archaeological students. Moreover, by having 
the field work carried on in the northern sections in the summer and 
Sn the southern sections during the winter months, it would suffer little 
or no interruption from climatic obstacles. 

Having decided upon the plan to be adopted, the next step was to 
determine the area to which operations should be confined. As will be 
seen by what precedes, it was assumed that the antiquities of the 
conntry pertain to different archsBological districts, which by proper 
examination and study might perhaps be outlined geographically with 
reasonable certainty. But these, if determined, would relate chiefly to 
tribal distinctions and form but parts of one or more larger, compre- 
hensive ethnological sections. As that part of the United States east 
of the Rocky Mountains, together with the adjoining portions of the 
British Possessions, appears to form, so far as the eastern, southern, and 
western boundaries are concerned, a tolerably well marked archseolog- 
ical section, that part of this area within the United States was selected 
as the field of operations. 

That the results have fully justified the most sanguine expectations 
and, in connection with the investigations of other workers in the same 
field, have settled the question, so long in controversy, relating to the 
anthorship of these monuments, it is confidently believed, will be con- 
ceded when the general report is published. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



6 MOUND EXPLORING OP THE 

Premising that accuracy as to details and statements, without regard 
to their bearing on this or that theory, has been considered the chief 
and all important point to be kept constantly in view in all the opera- 
tions of the division, the methods of work developed (except during the 
first year, when want of experience caused some of the details of accu- 
rate work to be omitted) have been substantially as follows : 

A small division was organized in 1882 to which the work of exploring 
and examining the antiquities in that part of the United States east of 
the Rocky Mountains was assigned. This division was placM in ray 
charge, and one clerical and three field assistants were assigned me, 
with the occasional addition of a temporary field assistant. 

The localities examined were determined, to a certain extent, by cir- 
cumstances, such as the character of the seasons, the permission of the 
owners to examine the works, &c.; but the general plan, so far as it 
could be carried out advantageously, was to work on three primary . 
north and south lines: the first and principal one, the immediate valley 
of the Mississippi from Wisconsin southward ; the second, from Ohio 
southward through Kentucky to Mississip])!; and the third, in the val- 
leys of Eastern Tennessee and Western North Carolina, thence south- 
ward through Georgia and Alabama to Florida. This program has as 
yet been only partially carried out, the second line having received but 
comparatively little attention. Sections which had been somewhat 
carefully worked over, and of which the types and forms are tolerably 
well known, were generally passed by. 

In the field work it has been the custom, first, to make a full and 
correct description of the groups examined, giving the topography of 
the immediate locality, the forms, character, and dimensions of the 
works and their relations to one another, accompanying theae descrip- 
tions by diagrams, maps, and figures drawn by the assistants. Each 
mound explored is first measured, and whenever it varies from the ordi- 
nary conical type a figure of it is made. As the exploration proceeds 
the character and thickness of the 'strata, the exact positions of the 
skeletons and relics found in it, and all other items deemed interesting 
or imi>ortant are noted at the time in a memorandum book kept at hand 
for this purpose. In most cases where important finds are indicated 
outline figures of both the horizontal and the vertical sections are drawn, 
on which the positions of the skeletons and relics are marked as found. 
The diagrams and sections of mounds which will bo given in the report 
(one of which, showing the relative positions, horizontally, of the skel- 
etons in an East Tennessee mound, is here presented in Fig. 1) are not 
imaginary nor are they made from memory. As the skeletons are foand 
and noted in the memorandum book, each is numbered both in the book 
and on the sketch. In the description opposite the number in the book 
the particulars regarding the skeleton are given and mention is made of 
any specimens found with it. This is given in addition to the general 



Digitized by CjOOQIC' 



BUREAU OP ETHNOLOGY. 7 

(1oscrii)tix)n or field report rendered by the assistant, niiless incorporated 
iu it. Three of the models prepared by the artists of the Bureau for 
the New Orleans Exposition and made entirely from these descriptions 
and figures are now on exhibition in the National Museum. 




Fig. 1.— Relative poHitionn of Hkeletonfl in An BnAt Tennesftoo nionnd. 



In order to preserve the data regarding the specimens, notes nre ma^le 
at the time they are collected stating where tliey were fonnd, whether 
in mounds, in graves, or on the surface, and how obtained, and by w]iom. 
Tbe collector's field numbers are marked on tlie S])ecimens, and corre- 
8[>onding lists are made and transmitted with each shipment. All col- 
lections are sent direct to the Bureau of Ethnology, addressed to <* Maj* 
J. W. Powell, Director, Washington, D. C,'' thus insuring nn official 
record of each shipment. There they are opened, examined, and com- 
pared with the field lists and ciirefully catalogued, the fiehl numbers 
being inserted and the numbers of the Bureau series being added. They 
are then turned over to the National Museum ami the Smithsonian nam 
bers are placed upon them. In order to insure accuracy the Smithsonian 
nnuil)ers are placed upon them and the Bureau and Smithsonian cata- 
logniog is done before the. achial rem<»val and distribution among the 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



8 



MOUND EXPLORING OP THE 



departments to which they go in the National Mtisenm. This afibrds 
opportunity for a carefal comparison of the catalogues with each other 
and with the specimens. The final catalogues coutiiin not only the col- 
lector's, Bureau, and Museum numbers, which form checks upon one 
another, but also the name of the article, the locality, the collector's 
name, and remarks indicating the conditions under which each was 
found. These particulars are, of course, incomplete in reference to 
specimens, purchased or donated. 

As an illustration the heading of the columns and one line from the 
general catalogue are given here: 



g 



6,832 



H 

♦^ ES 

1^ 



IIG, 021 



Kuneof iutido. 



Boat-shaped pot . 



Locality. 



LenolrffTonp, Tjon- 
don Co., Tonn. 



Collector. 



Jolin W. Emmert. 



Remarks. 



From monnd No. ?, 
by skeleton No. 49. 



Two copies of this catalogue are raj^de, one to be retained by the 
Bureau, the other to be transmitted with the specimens to the Secretary 
of the Smithsonian Institution for use in the National Museum. 

\ Although the specimens go into the general collection of the National 
Museum they are so carefully marked and numbered that by rpfereiice 
to the catalogue any one, under the systematic arrangement adopted 
in the archaeological division of the Museum, can easily be picked out^ 
and the precise locality in which and circumstances under which it wtvs 
found can be ascertained. It may not be amiss to add that the col- 
lections made by the Bureau are kept well in hand until this accuracy 
is assured and the duplicate catalogues are made out and compared, 
so that antiquarians and students of American archteology may rely 
implicitly on what is stated in regard to them. By reference to the 
forthcoming report all the particulars known regarding, them, as well 
as all the facts ascertained in reference to the works from which they 
were obtained, will be found. 

The sections in which operations have chiefly been carried on are as 
follows: Southwestern Wisconsin and the adjoining sections of Minne- 
sota, Iowa, and Illinois, the northeastern part of Missouri, the west- 
em part of Southern Illinois, Southeastern Missouri, the eastern part 
of Arkansas, certain points in Northern and Western Missi8sii>])i, the 
Kanawha Valley of West Virginia, East Tennessee, Western North 
Garolina, Northern Georgia, and a few points in Northern Florida. 
Some work has also been done in New York, Oliio, Kentucky, West 
Tennessee, Alabama, and Southwestern Georgia. 

Hundreds of groups have been examined and, in most cases, sur- 
veyed, platted, and described. Over two thousand mounds have been 
explored, including almost every known type as to form, from the low, 
diminutive, circular burial tumulus of the North to the huge, truncated, 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY. 9 

earlhen pyramid of the Sonth, the embankment, the effigy, the stone 
csdm^ honse site, &c. Every hitherto known variety as to construc- 
tion, a8 well as quite a number decidedly different in details, has been 
examined. Some of the latter are very interesting and furnish im- 
portant data. Particular attention has been paid to this branch of the 
work, because the mode of construction and the methods of burial in 
the ordinary conical tumuli furnish valuable data in regard to the cus- 
toms of the builders and aid in determining the arch<'eological districts. 
Many ancient graves and cemeteries and several caches and cave de- 
posits have also been explored. 

The number of specimens obtained by the division since its organiza- 
tion is not less than thirty-eight thousand; iully one-half of these were 
discovered by the assistants during their explorations; the remainder 
were obtained by donations and purchase, though not more than $500 
have been expended by the Bureau for this purpose. 

Tbe specimens procured by the field assistants in person constitute 
by far the most valuable portion ot the collection, since the particulars 
regarding their discovery and surroundings are known. Among them 
will be found not only nearly every variety as to material, form, and 
ornamentation hitherto obtained in that part of the United States east 
of the Kocky Mountains, but also a considerable number of new and 
interesting kinds. But, notwithstanding the success of the division in 
this respect, not a single stone or tablet with anything like letters or 
hieroglyphics inscribed on it, by which linguists might be able to judge 
of tbe language of the mound builders, has been discovered. 

Some singular and rather unexpected discoveries, however, have been 
ma«1c, which it may not be amiss to mention before giving a brief ac- 
count of the collections. From a mound in Wi^onsin were obtained a 
few silver crosses, silver brooches, and silver bracelets, one of the last 
with the word "Montreal" stamped on it in plain letters. These evi- 
dently pertained to an intrusive burial. In another Wisconsin mound, 
which stands in the midst of a group of effigies, was found, lying at the 
bottom on the original surface of the ground, near the center, a genuine, 
regularly-formed gunflint. In another, in Tennessee, some six feet high 
and which showed no signs of disturbance, an old fashioned, horn-, 
handled case knife was discovered near the bottom. Far down in an- 
other of large size and also in comparatively modern Indian graves, at 
widely different points, have been found little sleigh-bells, probably 
what were formerly known as " hawk bells," made of copper, with j^eh- 
ble and shell bead rattles, and all of precisely the same pattern and 
finish. From a group in Northern Mississippi, in the locality formerly 
occupied by the Chickasaw, were obtained a silver plate, with the 
Spanish coat of arms stamped upon it, and the iron portions of a saddle. 
At the bottom of a North Carolina mound parts of an iron blade and 
an iron awl were discovered in the hands of the principal personage 
buried therein; with these were engraved shells and polished celts. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



10 MOUND EXPLORING OP THE 

At the bottom of an undistarbed PeuusylvaDia mound, accompanying 
the origiaal interment, of which but slight evidences remained, was a 
joint of large cane, wrapped in pieces of thin and evenly wrought silver 
foil, smoothly cut in fancy figures. In addition to these, the assistants 
have obtained from raoun<|s such things as brass kettles with iron bails, 
brass wire, wooden ladles, glass beads, &c. Some of these thi ngs clearly 
perta^ined to intrusive burials, but a large portion of them were evidently 
placed in the mounds at the time they were constructed and with the 
original interment, as shown by their position when discovered. 

Of the collections, perhaps the most important portion in an archieo- 
logical view is the pottery, of which some fourteen or fifteen hundred 
vessels have been obtained, including most of the known varieties and 
several that are new a« to form and ornamentation. Among these are 
two or three full faced pots, of which but a single specimen had been 
IH-eviously discovered. This collection, which is being carefully studied 
by Mr. W. H. Holmes, it is believed will be found to contain most, if 
not all, of the hitherto known types of textile impressions, as well as 
some new ones. 

An unusually large number of polished and picked celts have been 
secured, including every known pattern and variety yet found in the 
area investigated. A special value attaches to this collection of celt« 
from the fact that it has been mostly obtained from mounds and affords 
a means of comparing true mound specimens with surface finds. 

The number of stone pipes obtained is proportionally large, including 
a good portion of the known forms and several that are new. But 
the most important fact connected with this part of the collection is 
that it so supplements the collections in this line made by others that 
with them it enables Xhe archaeologist to trace the evolution of the 
ciiuiparatively modern and historic form from the " monitor," or supposed 
earliest mound pipe. The record of localities whence they have been 
obtained also indicates geographically the line of this evolution and, 
so far as the testimony bears u|>on the question, gives a decided nega- 
tive to the supi>osition that the Ohio pipe making mound builders went 
southward to the Oulf States. 

A fair number of copper articles, including nearly all the types hith- 
erto known, are in the collection. In addition to these, two new and 
decidedly the most important types yet dis450 vered have been unearthed. 
These, as is known to the public through articles published in Science, 
are large thin and even plates, stamped with elaborate figures, evi- 
dently of Mexican or Central American designs. 

The collection of engraved shells obtained from, mounds probably 
exceeds in number, variety, and importance any other in the country. 
Several of them will be found illustrated in Mr. Ilolincvs's ])aper, entitled 
"Art in Shell," published in the tliir*! annual report of the Bureau. 

The si>fciinona of textile fabrics an<l remnants of matiing though not 
numerous are important and valuable. One of the assistants obtained 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY. 11 

from a cave deposit in Tennessee, where the burial had taken place in 
historic times, certainly not over a hundred years ago, textile fabrics 
and matting quite well preserved. The mat, which is made of cane, has 
a broad colored subraarginal stripe, is almost entire, is well preserved, 
and is made precisely as the fragments found in mounds are made. The 
piece of textile fabric, nearly two feet square and well preserved, was 
in an unfinished state when buried, and was formed in the woven por- 
tion by a s^tch supposed to be peculiar to the mound builders, the 
pattern of which is presented by the impressions on many pieces of 
typical mound pottery. Nor will the reader be disposed to doubt the 
opinion expressed as to the recency of the burial when we add that 
with these relics were the bones of a dog from which the skin had not 
all decayed. With the cloth and matting were also the bone imple- 
ments used in weaving. 

The collection of chipped flint implements, stone axes, discoidal 
stones, gorgets, &c., is large. Among the stone articles are parts of two 
well made stone images which must have been nearly half life size. 
Bone implements, shells, &c., are in fair proportion. Large nuinbers 
of shell beads have been discovered in almost every section and a few 
pearls have also been obtained, but the assistants of the Bureau have 
not been so fortunate as to discover anything like the immense number 
of the latter reported from an Ohio mound. 

Judging by all the data so far obtained by the Bureau, together with 
that from other workers in the same field, the following conclusions a])- 
pear to be fully justified: 

First. That the mound-builders of the area designated consisted of a 
namber of tribes or peoples bearing about the same relation to one 
another and occupying about the same culture status as the Indian 
tribes inhabiting the country when first visited by Europeans. This is 
proven not only by the differences in the form of the works of the <lif- 
fereut districts and in the modes of their construction, in the methods 
of burial, and in the form and ornamentation of the minor vestiges of 
art, but also by the numerous evidences everywhere seen of tribal war- 
fare and the means of defense adopted. 

Second. That the archseological districts, as determined by the inves- 
tigations of the mounds and other ancient works and remains, conftirm 
to a certain extent to the localities of the tribes or groups of cognate 
tribes of Indians at the time of the discovery. It is true that there are 
evidences of migrations and changes and that the rule holds gooil only 
in a general sense; yet the agreements in this respect are sufticient to 
justify the use of the facts as data in arriving at a conclusion regarding 
the origin of these works. 

Third. That nothing trustworthy has been discovered to justify the 
theory that the mound builders belonged to a highly civilized race or 
that they were a people who had attained a higher culture status than 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



12 kOUND EXPLORING OP flit 

the Indians. It is true that works and papers on American archmology 
are full of statements to the contrary, which are generally based on the 
theory that the mound builders belonged to a race of much higher cult- 
ure than the Indians. Yet, when the facts on which this opinion is 
based are examined with sober, scientific care, the splendid fabric which 
has been built upon them by that great workman, imagination, fades 
from sight. 

Fourth. That each tribe adopted several different methods of burial, 
these differences in methods depending, in all probability, to some ex- 
tent, upon the relative position, social standing, and occupation of the 
individuals. To justify this conclusion it is only necessary to mention 
the frequent occurrence of two or three different modes of burial in a 
single group of similar mounds. 

Fifth. That the custom of removing the flesh before the final burial 
prevailed very extensively among the mound builders of the northern 
districts and was not uncommon among those of the southern districts. 
The proofs of this custom are so abundant and conclusive that it cannot 
be doubted. Not only are found the bones of the common people, which 
have been gathered together and cast into a promiscuous heap with a 
mound built over them, but graven formed of stone slabs are frequently 
met with, of less than two feet in length and one in width and deptli, 
containing the bones of an adult. The bundled skeletons and skeleton 
burials alluded to by the old Jesuit fathers are frequently brought to 
light during the exploration of the northern mounds. It is a very com- 
mon error to suppose that these bone filled mounds are the burial places 
of warriors slain in some great battle ; the condition and the relations 
of the bones show beyond question that they were buried after the flesh 
had been removed, and sometimes after long exposure to the air. 

Sixth. That usually, or at least very often, some kind of religious or 
superstitious ceremony was performed at the burial, in which fire played 
a conspicuous part. Notwithstanding the very common belief to the 
contrary, there is no evidence whatever that human sacrifice, in the true 
sense, was practiced. It is possible that cremation may have been re- 
sorted to, to a limited extent; yet the burning of body or bones appears 
to have been oftener accidental than intentional. 

Seventh. That in the southern districts the large flat topped mounds . 
were occupied, as a general rule, by the council houses and the residences 
of the chiefs and principal personages of the tribes. Mound testimony 
and history are in perfect accord in reference to this point. 

Eighth. That in some of these southern districts, especially those of 
the valley of the Lower Mississippi, where the bottoms are low, it was 
the custom to erect dwellings on low mounds ap[)arcntly constructed 
for this purpose, and when deaths occurred to bury in the floors of 
these dwellings, burn the houses, and heap mounds over them before 
they were entirely consumed or while the embers were yet smoldering. 
The houses in these districts appear to have been constructed of upright 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY. 13" 

posts set in the grouDd, to have been lathed with cane or twigs and 
plastered with clay, having the roofs thatched precisely as described by 
the early French explorers. 

Ninth. That the links discovered directly connecting the Indiana and 
mound builders are so numerous and well established that there should 
be no longer aby hesitancy in accepting the theory that the two are one 
and tha same people. 

Tenth. That the statements of the early navigators and explorers as 
to the habits, customs, circumstances, &c., of the Indians when first 
visited by Europeans are largely confirmed by what has been discov- 
ered in the mounds and other ancient works of our country. This is 
especially true as regards the discoveries made by the Bureau assist- 
ants in Arkansas, Oeorgia, and other Southern States. They bear out 
even to details the statements of the chroniclers of De Soto's expedition 
and of the early French explorers of the valley of the Lower Missis- 
sippi. 

Eleventh. The evidence obtained appears to be sufficient to justify 
the conclusion that particular works and the works of certain localities 
are to be attributed to particular tribes known to history, thereby ena- 
bling the archsBologist to determine in some cases, to a limited extent, 
the lines of migration. For example, the proof is apparently conclusive 
that the Cherokee were mound builders and that to them are to be 
attributed most of the mounds of East Tennessee and Western North 
Carolina; it also renders it probable that they were the authors of the 
ancient works of the Kahawha Valley in West Virginia. There are 
also strong indications that the Tallegwi of tradition were Cherokee 
and the authors of some of the principal works of Ohio. The proof is 
equally conclusive that to the Shawnee are to be attributed the box- 
shaped stone graves, and the mounds and other works directly con- 
nected with them, in the region south of the Ohio, especially those of 
Kentucky, Tennessee, and Northern Georgia, and possibly also some of 
the mounds and stone graves in the vicinity of Cincinnati. The stone 
graves in the valley of the Delaware and most of those in Ohio are 
attributable to the Delaware Indians. There are sufficient reasons for 
believing that the ancient works in Northern Mississippi were built 
chiefly by the Chickasaw; those in the region of Flint liiver, Southern 
Creorgia, by the Uchee; and that a large portion of those of tbe Gulf 
States were built by the Muskokee tribes. The evidence obtained is 
rendering it quite probable that the Winnebago were formerly mound- 
builders and the authors not only of burial tumuli, but also of some of 
those strange works known as "effigy mounds,'' so common in Wiscon- 
sin. That most of the ancient works of New York must be attributed 
to the Iroquois tribes is now generally conceded. 

Twelfth. The testimony of the mounds is very decidedly against the 
theory that the mound builders were Mayas or Mexicans, who, driven 
out of this region by the pressure of Indian hordes, migrated to the 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



14 MOUND EXPLORING OP THE 

valley of Anahuac or i)laiDS of Yucatan. It is also as decidedly against 
Morgan's theory that they pertained to the Pueblo tribes of IJew Mexico. 
It likewise gives a decided negative to the suggestion that the builders 
of the Ohio works were pushed south into the Gulf States and incor- 
porated into the Muskokee group. A study of the pipes, aside from 
any other evidence, is sufficient to show that this theory is not tenable. 
Moreover, a study of the works of Ohio and their contents should con- 
vince the archaeologist that they were built by several different tribes 
and pertain to widely different eras. 

Thirteenth. Although much the larger portion of the ancient monu- 
ments of our country belong to prehistoric times and some of them 
possibly to the distant past, yet the evidence of contact with European 
civilization is found in so many, where it cannot be attributed to intru- 
sive burial, and in su^h widely separated localities, that it must be 
conceded a goodly number of them were built subsequent to the dis- 
covery of the continent by Europeans. Even some of the mounds of 
Ohio, in which, according to rei)ort, such remarkable discoveries have 
been made, appear to belong to this latter category. 

So far as the mound testimony bears at all upon the question of the 
entry of the tribes into the Mississippi Valley, it leans toward the theory 
which brings those of the northern and central districts from the North- 
west. But here speculation must form such an important factor in 
reaching a conclusion that it would be at best but a conjecture. All 
that can be said on this point with any degree of confidence is that 
some of the tribes of mound builders whose works are found in Ohio 
moved along the line leading from Iowa to the valley of the Ohio. 
There are some indications that offshoots from southern tribes pene- 
trated northward to the region of Northern Illinois, but were soon 
destroyed or driven back. 

The manuscript of the report to which allusion is made in the com- 
mencement of this paper is nearly ready for the press and most of the 
illustrations (between five and six hundred) are prepared. It will form, 
when printed, two quarto volumes of about five hundi-ed pages each. 
The subjects of which it treats will be arranged as follows : 

First. The report of field work to the close of 1886, arranged by States 
and counties. This will form the chief portion. 

Second. A chapter or section on the geographical distribution of the 
ancient monuments. This will include a catalogue, arranged alphabet- 
ically by States and counties, of the localities of all the mounds and 
ancient works which have been discovered in the region investigated, 
of which mention has been made in print, as well as those referred to 
in the report. References will also be 'given by page and volume to the 
books, papers, periodicals, &c., in which they are noticed. Maps will 
be introduced to illustrate this distribution. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY. 16 

Third. A general description of the types and forms of the ancient 
works and of the vestiges of art found in them, with special reference 
to the districts to which they pertain. Although the discoveries made 
hy others will be freely referred to in this division of the report, it will 
be based chiefly upon the explorations and discoveries of the Bureau 
of Itithuology. This part of the work will also include an attempt at a 
limited classification, by the writer; papers on the collections of pottery, 
shells, and textile fabrics, by Mr. W. H. Holmes ; a paper descriptive of 
the stone articles, by Mr. Gerard Fowke; and a paper on the copper 
articles, by Mr. H. L. Reynolds. 

Fourth. A discussion of the question Were the mound builders In- 
dians 1 by the writer. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 

BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY: J. W. POWELL, DIRECTOR 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 



SIOUAN LANGUAGES 



BT 



JAMES CONSTANTINE PILLING 




WASHIJfGTON 
OOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 

1887 



Digitized by CjOOQIC 






^j / V- 5 7 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



PREFACE. 



This bibliography is the second of a series of authors' catalogues, 
each relating to one of the more prominent linguistic stocks of Korth 
America, which it is proposed to issue under the direction of the Bureau 
of Ethnology. Like its predecessor, upon the Eskimo language, pub- 
lished early in the present year, and its successor, upon the Iroquois, 
now in an advanced state of preparation, it has been compiled mainly 
from the writer's Proof-Sheets of a Biblio^rraphy of the Languages of 
the North American Indians, a quarto volume of nearly 1,200 pages^of 
which a small number of copies were printed in 1885 and distributed to 
collaborators. It was the intention to publish that volume in due 
time, with such emendations, corrections, and insertions as might pre- 
sent themselves after examination by those interested in the subject; 
but of late it has for many reasons been deemed more desirable to pub- 
lish the material in separate parts, each relating, as stated above, to 
one of the more prominent linguistic stocks of North America. 

As stated in the Proof Sheets and in the Eskimo Bibliography, the 
material for these catalogues has been gathered during personal visits 
to the niore prominent public and private libraries of this country, 
Canada, England, and France and by correspondence with mission- 
aries, Indian agents, publishers and printers of Indian books, and 
owners of Americana. No opportunity has been lost to title and 
describe books at first hand, and in the present instance it has been 
found necessary to mark with an asterisk but a very small percentage of 
titles, whether of manuscripts, of articles in serial journals, or of books. 
Indeed, the author can scarcely hope to be so fortunate in dealing with 
any other of the linguistic groups as he has been with the Siouan. 
Many of those who have fashioned the literature of the language are 
still living; with a number of them he has been in daily contact for a 
number of years, and with nearly all of those still living he has been in 
correspondence during the past eight years. Through their aid it has 
been possible to make a fairly complete list of the linguistic material 
relating to this family of languages. 

In recording this matter the dictionary plan has been followed to its 
extreme limit, the subject and tribal indexes, references to libraries, &c. 
being included in one alphabetic series. This system has been found 
to work so well in the Bibliography of the Eskimo Language that the 
writer is more than ever confirmed in his views of its excellence. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



IV PREFACE. 

All works are entered under the author's name when known — trans- 
lators being treated as authors — and under first word of title (not an 
article or a preposition) when the name of the author is not known. A 
cross reference is given from the first word of each title in the native 
languages, whether the work be anonymous or not. All titular matter, 
including cross references thereto, is in a larger, all index matter in a 
smaller type. 

The biographies have been furnished in most cases by the persons 
themselves. 

In detailing contents and in adding notes respecting contents, the 
spelling of proper names used in the works themselves has been fol- 
lowed and so far as possible the language of the respective writers is 
given. In the index entries of tribal names the compiler has adopted 
that spelling which seemed to him the best. 

Works are given chronologically under each author, each work being 
followed through all its editions before the next one is entered. 

^ach author's name, with his titles &c., is entered in full but once, 
i. e., in iti* proper alphabetic order; all other references to him are by 
initials only. 

The publications in the Siouan language cover perhaps a wider range 
than those of any other linguistic group of North America, including 
the whole Bible, school books, periodicals, &c. Nearly every dialect is 
represented in print or in manuscript, either by dictionaries or extensive 
vocabularies, and, of five of the languages at least, somewhat preten- 
tious grammars have been prepared. 

The earliest record of the Siouan languages mentioned herein is the 
vocabulary of Hennepin, compiled about 1680. The earliest printed 
vocabulary is that of the Naudowessi, in Car\er's travels, first published 
in 1778. The earliest text is the Winnebago Prayer Book of Mazzu- 
chelli, published in Detroit in 1833, followed, in 1834, by the Oto Hymn 
Book of Merrill and the Osage First Book of Montgomery and Requa. 

The first publications in the remaining dialects of the Siouan stock 
are: the Sioux Spelling Book of Stevens, in 1836; in Santee, Extracts 
from Genesis and two other works by Renville, the History of Joseph 
by the Messrs. Pond, and the Dakota First Reading Book by Riggs 
and Pond, all in 1839. In 1843 Messrs. Hamilton and Irvin printed on 
their own press the first Iowa work, an elementary book; in 1850 there 
was issued a similar work in the Omaha, under the superintendence of 
Rev. E. McKenney; and in 1873 one in the Ponka by Rev. J. Owen 
Dorsey. In the Hidatsa the first text is by Dr. Matthews: a grammar ^ 
and dictionary issued in. 1873. The Siouan is one of the few linguistic 
stocks of America in which the whole Bible has been printed, Messrs.' 
Williamson and Riggs having issued the complete work in 1880 in the 
Santee dialect. Portions of the Scripture have also been printed in the 
Omaha, Iowa, Oto, and Missouri, and record will be found in the pres- 
ent work of portions in manuscript in the Hidatsa and the Tankton. 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



PREFACE. V 

The best collection of texts in the Siouan languages that I have seen 
is in the library of Major J. W. Powell, Washington, D. C; the best 
collections of Siouan literature are those in the Library of Congress and 
in the British Museum. 

My thanks are due to Eev. J. Owen Dorsey, of the Bureau of Eth- 
nology, who has kindly translated the Siouan titles for me. 

J. 0. P. 
September 1, 1887. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE SIOUAN LANGUAGES. 



By James C. Pilling. 



[An Mterifik (*) following a title indicates that the compiler has seen no copy of the work leferred to.] 



A. 



Absaraka. See Grow. 

Adam (Lucien). De la derivation verbale 
sp^ifiqae de remboitement et du poly- 
synth^tisme dans la langao Dakota. 

In BeTne de linKnistique, vol. 0, pp. 8-25, 
Paris, 1876, 8^. Also, in the same author's 
£tades snr six langnes am^ricaines Sco, pp. 
8-25. 

Etudes I snr | six langues am^ri- 

caines | Dakota, Chibcha, Nahaatl, 
Kechna, Quiche, Maya | par | Lucien 
Adam | conseiller k la cour de Nancy | 

Paris I Maisonneuve et C*«, Libraires- 
fiditeurs j 25, Quai Voltaire, 25 | 1878 

Pp. i-vili, 8-25. 29-88, 67-90, 93-122, 125-165, 
8^.— Linsuistio contents as above. 

Copies teen: Astor, Congress, Powell, Tram- 
boll. 

Examen grammatical compart de 

seize langues am^ricaines. 

In Congr^ Int. des Am^ricanistes, Compte* 
Benda, second session, vol. 2, pp. 161-244, 
Luxembourg Se, Paris, 1878. 8o. 

The five folding sheets at the end contain a 
number of vooabnlaries, among them the Hi- 
datsa and the Dakota. 

Separately issued as follows : 

Examen grammatical compart | de | 

seize langues am^ricaines | par | Lu- 
cien Adam | conseiller h la cour de 
Nancy. | 

Paris I Maisonneuve et C", fiditeurs, [ 
25, QualToltaire, 25 | 1878 

Pp. 1-88 and six folding tables, 8<>. 

Copies teen : Astor, Boston Public 

Tr&bner's catalogue, 1882, prices a copy at Qt. 

Adelungf (Jobann Cbristoph) and Vater 
{Dr. Jobann Severin). Mitbridates | 
Oder I allgemeine | Spracbenkunde | 
mit 1 dem Vater Uuser als Spracbprobe 



Adelung ( J.C. ) and Vater ( J.S. )— ContU 
in bey nabe | fUnf bundert Spracben 
und Mundarten, | von | Jobann Cbris- 
topb Adelung, | CburfUrstl. Sacbsiscb- 
em Hofhttb und Ober-Bibliotbekar. | 
[Two lines quotation.] | Erster[-Vier- 
ter] Tbeil. | - 

Berlin, | inderVossiscbenBucbband- 
lung, I 1806[-1817]. 

4 vols. (voL 8 in 3 parts), 8<>.— Assinepoetuo 
vocabulary (from Umfreville), vol. 8, pt. 3, pp. 
263-265. — Nadowessier grammatio comments, 
vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 256-264.— Osage words (f^m 
Pike), vol. 8, pt. 3, pp. 273-274. 

Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, British Mu- 
seum, Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Barnes, 
Trumbull, Watkinson. 

Sold at the Fischer sale, catalogue No. 17, for 
12. ; another copy, catalogue No. 2042, for 16«. 
At the Field sale, catalogue No. 16, it brought 
$11.88; at the Squier sole, catalogue No. 9, $5. 
Ledero, 1878, catalogue No. 2042, prices it at 
50 fr. ; at the Pinart sale, catalogue No. 1322, 
it sold fur 25 fr. ; and at the Murphy sale, cata- 
ogue No. 24, a half-calf, marble-edged copy 
brought $4. 
American Bible Society : These words following 
a title indicate that a copy of the work referred 
to was seen by the compiler in the library of 
that society, New York City. 

American Bible Society. Specimen 
verses | from versions in different | 
languages and dialects | in wbicb tbe | 
Holy Scriptures | bave been printed 
and circulated by tbe | American Bible 
Society | and tbe | Britisb and Foreign 
Bible Society. | [Picture, and one line 
quotation.] | 

New York: | American Bible Society, | 
Instituted in tbe Year MDCCCXVL ) 
1876. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



BIBLIOGFRAPHY OF THE 



American Bible Society — Continued. 

Pp. 1-48. 160.— St John ill. 16, in the Dakota 
language, p. 88. 

Copies ieen : American Bible Society, Eames, 
Powell, TrnmbalL 

An edition, similar except in date, appeared 
in 1879. (Powea) 

Specimen verses | from versions in 

different | languages and dialects | in 
which the | Holy Scriptures | have been 
printed and circulated by the | Ameri- 
can Bible Society | and the | British 
and Foreign Bible Society. | [Picture 
of Bible and one line quotation.] | 
Second edition, enlarged. | 

New York : | American Bible Society, | 
instituted in the year MDCCCXVI. | 
1885. 

Pp. 1-64. 160.— St John iU, 16, in Dakota, 
p. 48. 

Copieaeen: Powell. 

Issued also with title as above and, in addi' 
tion. the following, which encircles the border 
of the title-page: Souvenir of the World's In- 
dustrial and Cotton | Centennial Exposition. | 
Bareaa of Education: Department of the In- 
terior. I Aow Orleans, 1885. (Powell.) 
American Boaid of Commissioners: These words 
following a title in«1icate that a copy of the 
work referred to was seen by the compiler in 
the library of the Board of Commissioners for 
Foreign Missions, Boston, Mass. 
American Tract Society : These words following 
a title indicate that a copy of the work referred 
to was seen by the compiler in the library of 
the society. New York City. 
Anderson (7?er. Joseph). The newly 
discovered relationship of the Tute- 
loes to the Dakotan stock; by Rev. 
Joseph Anderson. 

In American Philolog. Ass. Proc. third ann. 
sess. 1871, pp. 15-10, Hartford, 1872, 8°. 

Tutelo and Dakota examples. 
Anpao. I The day break. | Published by 
the Niobrara Mission. ''Wankantau- 
han anpao kin hiyounhipi." Price, Fifty 
Cents a Year. | Vol. I. No. 1. January, 
1878. Address Anpao, ' Yankton Agency. 
Dakota[-Vol. VI. No. 8. July, 1887. 
Address Anpao, Greenwood, Dak.]. 

A four-page paper, issued monthly, the first 
three pages of which are mostly in the Yankton 
dialect, with an occ;i8ional communication in 
Teton or Santee, the fourth in English. Until 
May, 1870, the sheet was edited by Rots. J. W. 
Cook, W. J. Cleveland, and Mr. W. T. Selwyn ; 
at the latter date S. J. Brown took the place of 
Mr. Selwyn as associate editor, and these gen- 
tlemen continued in charge until the suspen- 
sion of the sheet, for want of funds, in June, 
1882,VoLV, No. 6. . 



Anpao — Continued. 

The publication has recently been resumed, 
the first number of Yol. YI appearing, under 
date of December, 1886, as an eight-page sheet, 
of smaller size than the earlier issaea, and now 
printed entirely in the Yankton. The editors 
are Revs. J. W. Cook and £. Ashley and it la 
Issued fk-om Greenwood, Dak., by the Niobrara 
convocation. The subscription price has been 
increased to 60 cents per annum. 

The various issues contain commnnioatioiis 
fh>m most of the more prominent Dakota 
writers and include much of interest to the 
philologist. 

Copi€9»Mn: Dorsey, Pilling, Powell. 

Apostles' creed : 

Hidatsa. See Hall (C. L.). 

Sioux. Tuttle (£. B.). 

Arkansas. See Qnapaw. 

Ashley (E.), editor. See Anpao. 

Aasiniboin : 

General discussion. See Maximilian (A. P.). ' 

Letters. Carnegie (J.). 

Lord's prayer. Marietti (P.). 

Lord's prayer. Shea (J. G.). 

Lord's prayer. Smet (P. J. de). 

Numerals. Smet (P. J. de). 

Personal names. Catlin (G.). 

Relationships. Morgan (L.H.). 

Yooabulary. Adelung (J. C.) and 

Vater (J. S.). 

Vocabulary. Bird (J.). 

Vocabulary. Denig (E. T.). 

Vocabulary. Gallatin (A.). 

Vocabulary. Hayden (F. V.). 

Vocabulary. Henry (A.). 

Vocabulary. House (J.). 

Vocabulary. Umfreville (E.). 

Vocabulary. Willis (W.). 

"Words. Chase (P. E.). 

Astor : This word following a title indicates t^t a 
copy of the work referred to was seen by the 
compiler in the Astor Library, New York City. 

Atwater (Caleb). Remarks | made on a | 
Tour to Prairie du Chien ; | thence to | 
Washington City, | in | 1829. | By Caleb 
At water, | late Commissioner employed 
by the United States to | negotiate with 
the Indians of the upper | Mississippi, 
for the purchase of min- | eral country ; 
and author of | Western Antiquities. | 

Columbus, (O.) I Published by Isaac 
N. Whiting. | 1831. 

Pp. i-vU, 1-iv, 1-296, 12o.--Remarkson Indian 
languages, pp. 7&-8I.— Rudiments of the gram- 
mar of the Sioux language, pp. 149-151. — A to- 
cabulary of the Sioux language, pp. 152-172. 

Copies teen : Astor, Boston Athensum, Brit- 
ish Museum, Congress, Dunbar, Watkinson. 

Priced by T rnbner, 1856, No. 658, at 5i. ; an- 
other copy. No. 1901, at 4t. 6d. The Fischer copy, 
catalogue No. 2790, sold for 2$. ; the Field copy. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



SIOUAN LANGUAGES. 



^twater (C.)— Continued. 

catalogue No. 65, for $4.25; the Brioley copy, 
catalogne No. 5358, for $1.50 ; the Murphy copy, 
catalogue No. 124*, for 75 cents. 

Remarks | made on a | tour to Prairie 

da Chien; | thence to j Washington 
City, I in | 1829. | By Caleb Atwater. 

ColambnSy (O.) | Printed by Jenkins 
and Glover, High-street. | 1831. 

Pp. l-vii, 1-296, 12o.—BeiDark8 on Indian lan- 
guages, pp. 75-84. — Rudiments of the grammar 
of the Sioux language, pp. 149-151. — A vocabu. 
lary of the Sioux language, pp. 152-172. 

Copisstten: Bureau of Bthnology. 

The I Indians of the Northwest, | 

their | Manners, Customs, &^c., &c. | 
or I Remarks | made on a tour to Prairie 
da Chien and | thence to Washington 
City in 1829, | by Caleb Atwater, | Com- 
missioner employed by the United 
States, to ne- | gotiate with the Indians 
of the upper | Mississippi, for the pur- 
chase of I the mineral country, &,c, \ 
Columbus, I Ohio. [1831.] 
Pp. i-vii, 1-296, 12o.— Linguistics as under 
prerioos title. 
Copies »«en: Boston Pablio, Congress. 

The I Indians of the northwest, | 

their | manors Isic], customs, &,c. &,c. j 
or I remarks | made on a tour to Prairie 
da Chien and | thence to Washington 
City in 1829, | by Caleb Atwater, | com- 



Atwater (C.) — Continued, 
missioner employed by the United 
States, to ne- | gotiate with the Indians 
of the upper | Mississippi, for the pur- 
chase of the I mineral country, &,c, | 

Columbus: I 1850. 

Pp. i-rii, 1-296, 12o. — Linguistics as in 
edition of 1831. 

Copies teen: Congress. 

the I writings | of | Caleb At- 
water. I 

Columbus. I Published by the au- 
thor. I Printed by Scott and Wright. | 
1833. 

Pp. 1-8, 1 1, pp. »-«08, 8°. This work is made 
up of two articles: "A description of the an- 
tiquities discovered in the western country ; 
originally commnnicated to the American Anti> 
qnarian Society, by Caleb Atwater " (pp. 9-165) 
and " Bemarks made on a tour to Prairie dn 
Chion; thence to Washington City, in 1829'* 
(pp. 167-408). The latter contains remarks 
upon and a few examples of the Qjibeway, Win* 
nebagog, Sioux, aod Osaze. 
Copies seen : British Museum, Congress. 
Authorities : 

See Loclerc (C), 

Ludewlg (H. E.), 

Pick (B.), 

Biggs (S. R.), 

Sabin (J.), 

Schoolcraft (H. B.), 

Trubner St, Co., 

Vater(J.S.), 

WUllams(J.F.). 



B. 



LBagster (Jonathan), editor,'} The Bible 
of Every Land. | A History of | the Sa- 
cred Scriptures | in every Language 
aod Dialect | into which translations 
have been made : | illustrated with | 
specimen portions in native charac- 
ters; I Series of Alphabets; | Coloured 
Ethnographical Maps, | Tables^ In- 
dexes, etc. I Dedicated by permission 
to his Grace the Archbishop of Canter- 
bury. I (.Vignette and quotation, one 
line.] I 

London : | Samuel Bagster and Sons, 
I 15, Paternoster Row ; | Warehouse for 
Bibles, New Testaments, prayer books, 
lexicons, grammars, concordances, | 
and psalters, in ancient and modem 
languages. [1848-1851.] 

Pp. i-xxviii, 1-3, 1-406, 1-12, maps, 4o.— St. 
John i, 1-14, in Dakota, p. SSL 

09piet$e€n : American Bible Society, Boston 



Bagster (J.) — Continued. 

[ ] The Bible of every Land; | or, | A 

History, Critical and Philological, | of 
all the Versions of the Sacred Script- 
ures, I in every language and dialect 
into which | translations have been 
made; | with | specimen portions in 
their own characters: | including, like- 
wise, I the History of the original texts 
of Scripture, | and intelligence illustra- 
tive of the distribution and | results of 
each version: | with particular refer- 
ence to the operations of the British 
and Foreign Bible Society, and kindred 
institutions, | as well as those of the 
missionary and other societies through- 
out the world. | Dedicated by permis- 
sion to his Grace the Archbishop of 
Canterbury. | [Vignette.] | 

London : { Samuel Bagster and Sons, | 
15, Paternoster Row; | Warehouse for 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



BIBLIOGEAPHY OF THE 



Bagster (J.) — CoDtinned. 
Bibles, New TestameDts, prayer books, 
lexicons, grammars, concordances, and 
psalters, I in ancient and modern lan- 
gnagea | [Quotation, one line.] [1848- 
1851] 

11 p. n. pp. xvii-lxiv, 4 11. pp. 1-406, 1-4, 2 11. 
pp. 1-12, 3 11. 4'^.— LiDgnistics as Id previous 
title. 

Copietteen: Astor. 

[ ] The Bible of Every Land. | A his- 
tory of I the 8acred Scriptures | in every 
language and dialect | into which 
translations have been made: | illus- 
trated by I specimen portions in native 
characters; | Series of Alphabets); | 
coloured ethnographical maps, | tables, 
indexes, etc. | New edition, enlarged 
and enriched. | [Design, and quotation, 
one line. ] | 

London: | Samuel Bagster and sons: | 
at the warehouse for Bibles, New Testa- 
ments, church services, prayer books, 
lexicons, grammars, | concordances, 
and psalters, In ancient and modem 
languages; | 15, Paternoster row. 
[HCO.] 

• 27 p. 11. pp. 1-36, 1-475, 5 unnambered pp. 
maps, 4°.— St. John i, 1-14, in Dakota, p. 463. 

Copies teen: Boston Public, Congress, Eames. 

Baird (Henry S.). Indian tribes, chiefs 
and treaties. [By Hon. Henry S. 
Baird.] 

In Historical Magazine, first series, vol. 8, 
pp. 178-179, New York, 1864, sm. 4°. 

Remarks on language, and names of Winne- 
bago chiefs, with English synonyms. 

Baker (Theodor). tiber die Musik | der | 
nordamerikanischen Wilden | von | 
Theodor Baker. | [Design.] | 

Leipzig, I Druck und Verlag von 
Briitkopf & Htirtel. | 1882. 

Printed cover 1 1. title 1 1. pp. iii-Tl, 1-82, 2 
plates, 8°.— Songs in various American lan- 
guages, among them tbo following version.^: 
Teton, p. 10; Sioux, p. 11 ; Teton, pp. 64, 65, 66; 
Yankton, p. 79. 

Copies teen : Brinton, Dorsey, Powell. 

Balbi (Adrien). Atlas I ethnographique 
du globe, j ou | classification des peu- 
ples I anciens et modernes | d'aprfes 
leurs langues, | pr^c^d^ | d'un disconrs 
sur I'utilit^ et Tiroportance de T^tudo 
des langues appUqn^e h plusieurs 
branches des connaissances humainoH ; 
d^un aperyu | surlesmoyensgraphiqucM 
employ^ par les difiVSrens peuples de la 



Balbt (A.)— Continued, 
terre; d'uncoup-d'oeilsurPhistoire | de 
la langue slave, et sur la marche pro- 
gressive de la civilisation | et de la lit- 
t^ratnre en Russie, | avec environ sept 
cents vocabulaires des principanx idi- 
omes connus, | et snivi | da tableau 
physique, moral et politique | des cinq 
parties du monde, | D<Sdi^ | ^S. M. TEm- 
pereur Alexandre; | par Adrien Balbi^ | 
ancien professeur de g^ographie, de 
physique et de math^matiqnes, | mem- 
bre correspondant de I'Ath^n^ de Tr^- 
vise, etc. etc. | [Design. ] | 

A Paris, | Chez Key et Gravier, 11- 
braires, Quai des Augustins, N® 55. | 
M.DCCC.XXVI [1626]. | Imprim^chez 
Paul Renouard, Rue Garonci^re, N^ 5. 
F.-S.-G. 

73 unnumbered 11. folio. — Leaves 6^70 contain 
a vocabulary of 2H words of a number of Ameri- 
can languages, among them the Sioux, Wine- 
bago, Ottoe, Eanzes, Omahaw, Minetare, and 
Osage. 

Copies seen : Astor, British Museum, Powell, 
Watkinson. 

BancroA : This word following a title indicates 
that a copy of the work i-eferred to was seen 
by the compiler in the library of Mr. H. BL 
Bancroft, Sfui Francisco, CaL 

Baptismal card, Teton. See Marty (Martin). 

Barton (Benjamin Smith). New views | 
of the I origin | of the | tribes and 
nations | of | America. | By Benjamin 
Smith Barton, M. D. | correspondent- 
member [ifcc. ten lines]. | 

Philadelphia: | Printed, for the au- 
thor, I by John Bioren. | 1797. 

Pp. i-xil, i-cix, 1-83, 8°.— Vocabulary of the 
Nando wessie (from Carver), 64 words, pp. 2-79. 

Copies seen : Boston Athenaeum, British Mu- 
seum, Congress. 

At the Field sale, catalogue No. 106, a half- 
morocco, uncut copy brought $3 ; at the Brinley 
sale, catalogue No. 5358, "a half-calf, large, fine 
copy " brought $9 ; the Murphy copy, half-eaU; 
catiUogae No. 1S3, brought $5.50. 

New Views | of the ' Origin | of the I 

tribes and nations | of | America. | By 
Benjamin Smith Barton, M. D. | corre- 
spondent-member [&c. ten lines]. I 

Philadelphia: | Printed, for the Au- 
thor, I by John Bioren. | 1798. 

1 p. 1. pp. i-cix, 1-133, 1-32, S®.— Vocabulary 
of the Naudowessie (ftvm Carver) and Arkan- 
zas (from Bossu). 

Copies seen: Antor, British Museum, Con- 
gress, Eames, Wisconsin Historical Society. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



SIOUAN LANGUAGES. 



Barton (B. S.)— Continued. 

A copy at the Field sale, oatalogao No. 107, 
brought $8; Leolero, 1878, No. 809, prices an 
uDout copy at 40 tr. ; at the Mnrphy sale, oata> 
logne No. 184, a half-morooco copy brought 
$9.50. 
Bastian (Adolph). Ueber die Ehever- 
haltnisse. 

In Zeitschiift fHr Ethnologic, voL 6 (1874), pp. 
880-409. Berlin, n. d. 8P. 

Belationships In Dacota, p. 394. 

B[andry] D[e Losi^res] (Louis Nar- 
cisse). Voyage | h la Louisiane, | et 
8ur le continent | de TAm^rique | sep- 
tentrionale, | fait dans les ann^es 1794 
h 1798; I Contenant un Tableau his- 
torique de la Louisiane, | des observa- 
tions sur son climat, ses riches pro- 
ductions, I le caract^re et le nom des 
Sauvages; desremarques | importantes 
sur la navigation; des principes d'ad- 
minis- | tration, de legislation et de 
gouvemement propres & cette | Colonic, 
etc. etc. I Par B*** D^**. | Orn6 d'une 
belle carte. | [Three lines quotation. | 

Paris, I Dentu, Imprimenr-Libraire, 
Palais du Tribunat, | galeries de bois, 
no. 240. I An XI.— 1802. 

Pp. i-viii, 1-382, map, 8o.— Vocabulary of the 
Kaondoonessis, pp. 348-353. 

Copies teen: Astor, British Museum, Con- 
gresa, Dnnbar, Harvard. 

A copy at the Fischer sale, catalogue No. 983, 
•old for 2$. ; the Field copy, catalogue No. 114, 
for $1.75 ; the Brinley copy, catalogue No. 4392, 
for $5 ; the Murphy copy, catalogue No. 711, for 
$1.50; Clarke, catalogue No. 2266, 1886, prices 
an uncut paper copy at |3. 
Beckwonrth (James P.). The | life 
and adventures | of | James P. Beck- 
wourth, I mountaineer, scout, and pio- 
neer, I and I chief of the Crow nation 
of Indians, j With Illustrations. | Writ- 
ten from his own dictation, | by T. D. 
Bonner. | 

New York: | Harper & Brothers, pub- 
lishers, I Franklin square. | 1856. 

Pp. i-xii, 13-637,12°.— Many Crow terms and 
proper names, with English signification. 

Copies seen: Congress. 

There is an edition of 1858, with no change 
of title except that of date. (Congress. ) 

Belden (Lieut, George P.). Beldeu, the 
white chief; | or, | twelve years | 
among the | wild Indians of the 
plains. I From the diaries and manu- 
scripts I of I George P. Belden, | The 
Adventurous White Chief, Soldier, 



I Belden (G. P.) —Continued. 

Hunter, Trapper, and Guide. | Edited 
by I Gen. James S. Brisbin, U. S. A.. | 

Cincinnati and New York: | C. F. 
Vent. I Chicago : J. S. Goodman & Co. 
Philadelphia: A. H. Hubbard. | St. 
Louis: F. A. Hatchinson & Co. | San 
Francisco : A. L. Bancroffc & Co. | 1870. 

Pp. 1-613, 8c*.— Medicine song of theDakotas, 
with translation, pp. 280-281. 

Copies seen : Congress, Powell. 

Sold at the Field sale, catalogue No. 125*, for 
$2.25. 

There are editions of 1871 (Powell) and 1872 
(Astor) with titles similar to above except in 
date. 

[Dictionary of the Snake, Crow, and 

Sioux.] 

Manuscript, 182 pp. 8°, alphabetically arw 
ranged, in the library of the Bureau of Eth- 
nology. Collected in 1868. 

Beltrami (Giacomo Costantino). La 
d^ouverto | des | sources | du | Mis- 
sissippi I et de I la Riviere Sanglante. | 
Description | Du Cours entier du Mis- 
sissippi, I Qui n'^tait connu, que parti- 
ellement, et d'une g^ande partie de | 
celul de la Riviere Sanglante, presque | 
enti^remeut inconnue; ainsi que du | 
cours entier de TOhio. | Aper^us His- 
toriques, des Endroits les plus int^res- 
sans, I qu'on y rencontre. | Observations 
critico-philosophiqnes, | SurlesMoaurs, 
la Religion, les Superstitions, les Cos- 
tumes, les Armes, | les Chasses, la 
Guerre, la Paix, le D^nombrement, 
rOrigine, &.c. &c. | de plusieurs na- 
tions indiennes. | Parall^le | De ces 
Peoples avec cenx de VAntiquit^, du 
Moyen Age, et du | Modeme. | Coup- 
d'oeil, I sur les Compagnies Nord-ouest, 
et de la Baie d'Hudsou, | ainsi que sur 
la colonie Selkirk. | Preuves €yl- 
deutes, | Que le Mississippi est la pre- 
miere Riviere du Monde. | Par J. C. 
Beltrami, | Membre de plusieurs Aca- 
demies. I 

Nou velle-Orleans : | Imprim€ par Benj. 
Levy, N«>. 86, Rue Royale. | 1824. 

Pp. i-yiii, 1-328, 8o.— Les mois, ou les lunes 
des Sioux, pp. 149-150. 

Copies seen: Boston Athensnm, British Mu- 
seum, Congress, Harvard. 

At the Andrade sale, a copy, catalogue No. 
1923, sold for 1 thaler 12 ngr. ; at the Field sale, 
No. 128, half-calf, for$2.26; Leclero. 1878, No. 
812, prices it at 30 ft*. ; the Brinley copy, oata- 
logue Xo. 4452, brought $2.25. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



6 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Beltrami (G. C.) — Continued. 

A I pilgrimage | in | Europe and 

America, | leading to | the discovery | 
of I the sources of the Mississippi | and 
Bloody River ; | with a description of | 
the whole course of the former, | and 
of I the Ohio. | By J. C. Beltrami, 
Esq. I formerly Judge of a royal court 
in the ex-kingdom of Italy. | In two 
volumes. | Vol. I[-II]. | 

London: | printed for Hunt and 
Clarke, | York street, Covent Gar- 
den. 1 1828. 

2 vols. S*).— The months or moons of tiie 
Sioax, vol. 2, p. 274. 

Oopiet »een: British Moseom, Congress, Don- 
bar, Harvard. 

Stevens's Noggets, No. 242, prices a copy at 
lOt. 6d. ; at the Field sale, catalogue No. 129, 
a copy brought $3.50 : the Brinley copy, cata- 
logue No. 445S, brought $8 ; the Murphy copy, 
catalogue No. 212, $3.50. 

Bergholtz (Gustaf Fredrik). The Lord's 
Prayer | in the | Principal Languages, 
Dialects and | Versions of the World, | 
printed in | Type and Vernaculars of 
the I Different Nations, | compiled and 
published by | G. F. Bergholtz. | 

Chicago, niinois, | 1884. 

Pp. 1-200, 120.— The Lord's prayer in Dakota 
(from Biggs), p. 42; in Dakota (latest transla. 
tioQ). p. 43. 

Copieiteen: Congress. 



Bible : 



Portions, 
Portions, 



Santee. See 



Omaha. 
Santee. 



Pentateuch, 

Four books. 

Genesis (in part), 
Genesis (in part), 
Grenesls, 

Genesis, 

Exodus, 

Joshua, 

Judges, 

Ruth, 

Psalms, 
Psalms, 

Psalms (in part), 
Psalms, 



Santee. 
Santee. 



Omaha. 
Santee. 
Santee. 

Santee. 

Santee. 

Santee. 

Santee. 

Santee. 

Hidatsa. 
Santee. 
Sant«e. 
Santee. 



Williamson (T. 

S.) and Biggs 

(S.R.). 
Hamilton (W.). 
Williamson (T. 

S.) and Biggs 

(S.R.). 
WUliamson (T. 

S.). 
Williamson (T. 

S.). 
Hamilton (W.). 
Renville (J.). 
Williamson (T. 

S.). 
Williamson (T. 

S.) and others. 
Williamson (T. 

S.). 
Williamson (T. 

S.). 
Williamson (T. 

S.). 
Williamson (T. 

S.). 
HaU(C.L.). 
Hinmau (S. D.). 
Renville (J.). 
Biggs (S. R.). 



Bible — Continued. 

Psalms (in part), Santee. See Biggs 



Psalms, 

Proverbs, 
Proverbs, 

Jeremiah, 
Esekiel, 



Santee. 

Santee. 
Santee. 

Santee. 

Santee. 
Daniel (in part), Santee. 
Daniel, Santee. 

Minor prophets, Santee. 
New Testament Omaha. 

(in part), 
New Testament, Santee. 
Gospels (in part), Iowa. 

Missouri. 

Oto. 

Hidatsa. 

Iowa. 



<jk>spelSf 
Gospels, 
Matthew, 
Matthew, 



Matthew (in part), San tee. 



(8. R.) 
and KenTiUe 
(J.). 

Williamson (T. 
S.) and others. 

Renville (J.). 

WUliamson (T. 
S.). 

Rigg8(S.B.). 

Biggs (S.R.). 

Renville (J.). 

Rigg8(S.R.). 

Riggs (S. R.). 

HamUtoD (W.). 

Riggs (S.R.). 
Merrill (M.). 
Merrill (M.). 
Merrill (M.). 
Hall(C.L.). 
Hamilton (W.> 

and Irvin (S. 

M.). 
Renville (J.). 
Renville (J.). 
Hall (C. L.). 
Hinman (S. D.). 
Pond (G. H.). 
Renville (J.). 
Williamson (T. 

S.) and others. 
American. 
Baxter (J). 
Bible Society. 
Renville (J.). 
WiUiamson (T. 

S ) and others. 
Renville (J.). 
Riggs (S.R.). 
Riggs (S.R.). 

Cook (J. W.). 

Cook (J. W.). 
Renville (J.). 
Riggs (&R.). 
See Cook (J. W.). 
Bible of Every Land. See Bagster (J.). 
Bible Society. Specimen verses j in 164 | 
Languages and Dialects | in which the I 
Holy Scriptures have heen printed and 
circulated by the j Bible Society. ; [De- 
sign and one line quotation.] | 

Bible House, | Comer Walnut and 
Seventh Streets. | Philadelphia. [1876?] 
Printed covers, pp. 3-46, 18«>.— St. John iii, 
16, In the Dakota, p. 88. 
Copies teen: Eames, Pilling, PoweU. 
Tbe later edition, "in 215 langnagea,** does 
not contain the Dakota version. (Eames. 
Powell.) 



Mark, 

Luke, 

Luke, 

Luke, 

Lake (in part), 

Luke, 

John (in part), 

John, 

John, 

John, 

John, 



Santee. 

Hidatsa. 

Santee. 

Santee. 

Santee. 

Santee. 

Dakota. 
Dakota. 
Dakota. 
Santee. 
Santee. 



Santee. 
Santee. 



Acts (in part), 
Acts (in part). 
Epistles of Paul Santee. 

(in part), 
Epistle to Tim- Santee. 

othy, 

Epistle to Titus, Santee. 

Epistle of John, Santee. 

Revelation, Santee. 

Bible (Analysis of), Santee. 



Bibliographical catalogue, 
craft (H. R.). 



See School- 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



SIOUAN LANGUAGES. 



Bibliography, Dakota. See Riggs (S. R.). 

Bierstadt (Albert). [Vocabulary of the 
Teton dialect.] 

Manuscript, 6 pp. folio, in the librarj of the 
Borean of Ethnology. Colleoted in 1863. 

Bilosd Yooabnlary. See Gatschet (A. S.). 

Bird (J.). Vocabulary of the Stone In- 
dians. 

In House (J.), Vocabularies of certain North 
American languages, in Philological Soo. [Lon- 
don] Proc. voL 4. pp. 114-121, London, 1850, 8°. 

Blackfoot-SIonz. See Teton. 

Blackmore ( William). The North Amer- 
ican Indians: a Sketch of some of the 
Hostile Tribes, together with a brief ac- 
count of General Sheridan's campaign 
of 1868* against the Sioux, Cheyenne, 
Arapahoe, Kiowa, and Comanche In- 
dians. By William Blackmore. 

In Ethnological Soc Lond. Jour, new aeries, 
ToL 1« pp. 287-320, London, 1809, 8o. 

Names of Sioux villages, with English trans- 
lation, p. 302. 

Boilvin (Nicholas). [Vocabulary of the 
Winnebago language. 1814-18^1] 

Manuscript. " Boilvin became Ladiui agent 
at Prairie du Chien before 1814 and continued 
so until his death in 1824. We owe his list of 
Winnebago words to Humboldt, who urged the 
importance of such collections in a letter to Gal* 
latin. Gallatin induced the Secretary of War 
to order Indian agents to send such vocabularies 
to Washington. Ijiquiries at Washington thus 
far fail to discover the precious vocabulary of 
BoUvin."— Butler, in Wisconsin Hist Soc Coll. 
vol. 10, p. «5. 

Gallatin made use of this vocabulary in his 
Synopsis of Indian Tribes, pp. 303-422. 

Bonner (T. D.). See Beckwourth (J. 

P.). 

Boston Athenieum: These words following a 
title indicate that a copy of the work referred 
to was seen by the compiler in the library 
of that institution, Boston, Mass. 

Beaton Public: These words following a title 
indicate that a copy of the work referred to 
was seen by the compiler in that library, Bos- 
ton, Mass. 

Boulet (Bev. J. B. ), editor. See Tenth's. 
Bovrasaa (Joseph N.). [Kaw diction- 
ary. 1850 f] 

Manuscript, 15 U. written on one side only, 
folio. Bnglish, alphabetically arranged, and 
Kaw. In the possession of Mr. John B. Dun. 
bar, Bloomfield, K. J. 

Joseph K. Bourassa, a well-educated Potta- 
-watomie Indian, died in 1878. 

Bowen (Benjamin Franklin). America 
Discovered | by | the Welsh | in 1170 



Bowen (B. F.) — Continued. 
A. D. j By j Rev. Benjamin F. Bowen. | 
[Two lines quotation.] | 

Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott <& 
Co. I 1876. 

Pp. 1-184, 120.— Mandan and Welsh vocabu. 
lary (from Catlin), p. 127. 

Copies teen: British Museum, Congress. 

Brackett {Col, A. G.). [Vocabulary of 
the Absaraka or Crow.] 

Manuscript, 11 pp. folio, in the library of the 
Bureau of Ethnology. Collected at Fort Wy. 
oming, 1879. 

Bi^tdbory (John). Travels | in | the in- 
terior of America, | in the | Years 1809, 
1810, and 1811; | Including | a descrip- 
tion of Upper Louisiana, | together 
with I the States of Ohio, Kentucky, 
Indiana, and | Tenneasee, j with the | 
Illinois and western Territories, | and 
containing | Remarks and Observa- 
tions I useful to I persons emigrating to 
those countries. | By John Bradbury, 
F. L. S. London, | Corresponding Mem- 
ber [&c. two lines]. | 

Liverpool: | printed for the author, | 
By Smith and Qalway, | and published 
by Sherwood, Neely, and Jones, Lon- 
don. I 1817. 

Pp. i-xii, 0-364, 8°.— Vocabulary of some 
words in the Osage language, pp. 213-219. 

Copies seen: Boston Athenaium, British Mu* 
seum, Congress, Dunbar. 

Stevens's Nuggets, No. 327, prices a copy at 
it. Qd. At the Field sale, catalogue No. 185, 
a half-morocco, uncut copy brought $2.25. 
Clarke, catalogue No. 5367, 1886, prices it at $3. 

Travels | in | the interior of America, | 

in the | Years 1809, 1810, and 1811, | 
including | a description of Upper Lou- 
isiana, I together with | the States of 
Ohio, Kentucky, Indiana, and | Ten- 
nessee, I with the I Illinois and western 
Territories, | and containing | remarks 
and observations | useful to | persons 
emigrating to those countries. | Second 
Edition. | By John Bradbury, F. L. S. 
London, | Corresponding Member [<&c. 
two lines]. 

London: published by Sherwood, 
Neely, and Jones. | 1819. 

Pp. i-xiv, 17-346, 8°.— Vocabulary of some 
words in the Osage language, pp. 221-227. 
Copies teen: Congress. 

Brinley : This word following a Utle indicates that 
a copy of the work referred to was seen by the 
compiler at the sale of books belonging to the 
late George Brinley, of Hartford, Conn. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



8 



BIBLIOGHAPHY OF THE 



Biinton: This word following a title indicates ' 
that a copy of the work referred to was seen 
by the compiler ia the library of Dr. D. G. ' 
Brinton, Media. Pa. j 

Brisbin (James S.), editor. See Belden 
(G. P.). 

British Museam: These words following a title 
indicate that a copy of the work referred to was , 
seen by the compiler in the library of the Brit- 
ish Museum, London, England. I 

Brown : This word following a title indicates that 
a copy of the work referred lo was seen by the 
compiler in the library of the late John Carter 
Brown, Providence, R. L 

Brown (Samuel J.). Philology. Another 
iuteresting chapter npon Indian names, 
their origin, meaning, and other facts, 
by an able student. 

In the Sunday Argoa, Fargo and Moorhead, 
Dak. January 6, 1884. 

A list of names (of Sioux origin) of places in 
Dakota Territory. See Riggs (S. R.). 

editor. See Anpao. 

Bmltf. See Teton. 

Bureau of Ethnology: These words following a 
title indicate that a copy of the work referred 
to was sern by the compiler in the library of 
the Bureau of Ethnology, Washington, D. C. 

Burman {Rev. W. A.). Manitoba | His- 
torical an 1 I Scientific Society, | Winni- 
peg. I Publication No. 5. | "The Sioux 
Language.'* | Rev. W. A. Burman, | 
Sioux Mission, Manitoba. | 

[Winnipeg, 1883.] 

Title 1 L pp. 1-4, 8°.— General discussion, 
with examples of grammatic construction, in 
the Santee dialect. 

Copies teen: Powell. 

Burton (Richard F.). The City of the 
Saints | and | Across the Rocky Mount- 
ains to California | By | Richard F. 
Burton | Author of **A Pilgrimage to El 
Mediuah and Meccah '^ | 

London | Longman, Green, Longman, 
and Roberts | 1861. | The right of trans- 
lation is reserved 

Pp. i-x, 1 1. pp. 1-708, maps, plate, 8^.— Chap- 
ter II is entitled " The Sionx or Dakotas " and 
contains remarks on the Sioux tongue, with 
numerous illustrative examples of the sign 
language of the " Prairie Indian " in general, 
pp. 147-160. 

Capiee seen: Bancroft. Boston Athen»um, 
Congress, Yale. 

The City of the Saints, | and Across 

the Rocky Mountains to California. I 
By I Richard F. Burton, | author of | 
"The Lake Regions of Central Africa," 
etc. I With Illustrations. | 



Burton (R. F.)— Continued. 

New York : | Harper & Brothers, Pub- 
lishers, I Franklin Square. | 1862. 

Pp. v-xii, 2 11. pp. 1-674, map, 8°.— Remarks 
on the Sioux or Dakotah language, pp. 120-122. 

Copies teen: PowelL 

Sahin's Dictionary, No. 9497, gives : Second 
edition, London, Longman, 1862, 8^. 

Buschmaii]i(Johann Carl Eduard). Vber 
den Naturlaut. Von Hrn. Bnschmann. 

In Ednigliche Akad. der Wiss. ca Berlin, 
Abhandlungon aus dem Jahre 1852, pt. 3, pp. 
391-423, Berlin, 1863. 4o. 

Contains a few words of Dakota. 

Issued separately as follows : 

Uber I den | Naturlaut, | von | Job. 

Carl Ed. Buschmann. | 

Berlin, | In Ferd. DUmmler's Verlags- 
Buchhandluog. | 1853. | Gedruckt in 
der Druckerei der koniglichen Akade* 
mie I der Wissenschaften. 

1 p. 1. pp. 1-34, 40. 

Copies seen : Astor. British Museum. 

Translated and reprinted as follows : 

" On Natural Sounds," by Professor 

J. C. E. Buschmann. Translated by 
Campbell Clarke, Esq., from the Ab- 
handlungen der koniglichen Akademie 
der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, aus dem 
Jahre 1852. 

In Philological Society [of London], voU 0. 
pp. 188-206, [London, 1855] 8°. 

Bushotter (Ceorge). [Linguistic mate- 
rial in the Teton dialect. 1887.] 

Mr. Bushotter ia a native Teton who has been 
attending a school of divinity near Alexandria. 
Va. Under tlie direction of Rev. J. Owen Dor- 
sey, of the Bureau of Ethnology, he has writ- 
ten the following papers in Teton. To many 
of them Mr. Dorsey has added, and will subse- 
quently add to them all, a literal interlinear 
translation, explanatory notes, and a free En- 
glish (mnslntion. These manuscripts are in 
the possession of the Bureau of Ethnology. 

1. Sword Keeper and his brother; the latter 

meets an Annng-ite, or Two-Faces. 10 
fop. pp. ; notes and translation additionftl 
pages. 

2. Tatangnas kinyan (mythic buffialo). 

3. Two-Faces with large ears. (This explains 

tJie origin of arrows, pipes, axes, knife- 
sharpeners, beads, &c.) 13 pp. 

4. Three brothers who hatl a witch sister. 

5. Children, bad old woman (cannil>al). and 

Ikto. 

6. Ikto, animals, and women. 

7. Man and his ghost wife. 

8. Two vs. one : ghost story with a song. 

9. Man, female ghost, and nude ghost who 

wrestled with the man. 
10. Ghost on the hilL He oonld not be hit by 
arrows. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



SIOUAN LANGUAGES. 



Bushotter (G.)— Continoed. 

11. TreatmeBt of the sick ; borUl customs. 

12. The man who came to life ajcain. 

13. HokewinU, or the man and woman in the 

moon. 

14. Man, two in the lodge, ghost female, and 

the friendly wolf, 8 pp. 

15. Man who spared the wolf cabs, 11 pp. 

Ifi. Thunder and the Unkdegila (mastodon f), 
12 pp. 

17. Waziya, the northern giant, who brings 

snow, 7 pp. 

18. Buffalo people attacked the Indian people, 

6 pp. 

19. Iktomi and the land turtle, 13 pp. 

20. Man and two sons, 15 pp. 

21. Tnrtle who wished to fly, 10 pp. 

22. Man who could become a grizaly bear, 6 

pp. 

23. How tiie Indians made the sun well, 8 pp. 

24. Iktomi and the homed water monster, 7 pp^ 
S^ The strange lake with large submarine 

animals, 6 pp. 

26. Warrior surrounded by a serpent, 3 pp. 

27. One-eyed serpent, short legs and large 

body, 3 pp. 

28. Why they pray to stones, the sun. Sec. 

»pp. 

29. The mountain in which was a large ser- 

pent, 6 pp. 

30. Adventures of a man and his wife, 7 pp. 

31. Iktomi and the siyo (prairie chicken f), 5 

pp. 

32. Adventure of Maitinl^in (rabbit carrier), 

6 pp. 

83. Woman who turned to a flsh from the 

waist down, 18 pp. 

84. Iktomi and the rabbit; how the latter 

made snow, 4 pp. 
35. Male ghost and his wife. 8 pp. 
96. Man with the magic sword, and the one 

with powerful breath, 6 pp. 
37. Swift runner (he who ties stones to his 

legs), 10 pp. 
2^ Man rescued by the eaglets, 7 pp. 

39. The double woman, 4 pp. 

40. Iktomi and the mice, 14 pp. 

41. Iktomi and the ducks &c. 13 pp. 

42. Iktomi and the rabbit; how the rabbit's 

tail became short, 15 pp. 

43. Man who resembled the man in the moon, 

11 pp. 

44. Young lover rescued by the girl, 12 pp. 

45. Warriors met Heyoka (Sunflower), who 

was singing and dancing, 2 pp. 

46. The flying Santee, 7 pp. 

47. Saniees' first sight of the buflalo, 7 pp. 

48. Lakotas went against the Palani (Bees), 

6 pp. 

49. The diort man's adventures, 8 pp. 

50. Smokemaker's £ste (war story), 7 pp. 

6L Fight between the Lakota and Sihasapa 

(Slk-slk-a). 4 pp. 
52. Two unarmed men flgbt a grizzly bear, 8 

pp. 



Bushotter (G.) — Continned. 

53. The Lakota caught an Omaha spy and tor- 

tured him, 7 pp. 

54. The wild man (a nude cannibal), 4 pp. 

65. Mak& n6^eya: he who uses the earth as 
an ear, 7 pp. 

56. Why horses are called sunka wakan (mys- 
terious dogs), 6 pp. 

67. Man who understood ravens, 5 pp. 

58. Two small stones that were servants of 
the people, pp. 

69. Wahanksica, a strange animal, 8 pp. 

60. Animal in the Missouri Kiver that breaks 

up the ice in the spring, 4 pp. 

61. How the wind brought sickness to Medi- 

cine Butte Creek, 6 pp. 

62. Beliefs about day and night, and the 

prayers to them, 5 pp. 

63. Man In the forest and his contest with 

ghosts, 8 pp. 

64. Hey6ka woz6pi (feast Sec. in honor of the 

anti-natural god), 18 pp. 

65. Hey5ka; he dreamed of Lis death by light- 

ning ; drawing and 13 pp. 

66. Fight between Hohb«(ju wicato and Black- 

feet (SIk-sIka), 6 pp. 

67. Of a mysterious man who kuew about a 

distant Omaha war party, 5 pp. 

68. Wise man; how he caught his eloping 

wife, 7 pp. 

69. Palani (Rees), or Sihasapa (Blackfeet) 

came against the Lakota, 5 pp. 

70. Origin of the buffklo, 5 pp. 

71. Sun dance, pictures, Sco. 176 pp. 

72. He who could lengthen his arm at will, 7 pp. 

73. What a 3'oung man must do before he may 

marry, 11 pp. 

74. How the Crows surrounded some Lakota, 

12 pp. 

75. Han Awi6as'6pi ("Some yelled at them *') ; 

raid on Dakota camp, 4 pp. 

76. Waktdglak^pi (story of warrior who was 

not wounded), 9 pp. 

77. Fight between the Lakota and white sol- 

diers, 20 pp. 

78. The Santoes and their fondness for certain 

kinds of food, 4 pp. 
70. What the Lakota thought about the first 
white people whom they saw, 13 pp. 

80. Belief respecting lakes, 3 pp. 

81. Belief about this worid, 7 pp. 

82. Calumet dance, 30 pp. 

83. How thoy honor the dead, 17 pp. 

84. Wolil5ke sni k^^api (men who are arrow 

and bullet proof). 8 pp. 

85. Love potions Sec. 5 pp. 

86. Te k&^pi (acts of a wounded warrior), 7 pp. 

87. T&ku k&gapi (actors clothed in robes 

with buffalo hair outside detect wrong- 
doers), 11 pp. 

88. Those who imitate the elk, 13 pp. 

89. Why a man may not speak to his mother 

inlaw Sec. U pp. 

90. Rules for smoking, feasting, and visiting, 

11pp. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



10 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Bnshotter (G.)— Continued. 
01. Certain boyiah oiutoin*, 7 pp. 
92. GhoBt story, 7 pp. 
83. Origin of white people, pp. 

04. Gamea and their seasona, 10 pp. 

05. Ednoation of a boy, pp. 

06. Yoath killed in battle and his CaithAil 

horse, 11 pp. 

07. People who nsed to live in the north, 7 pp. 

08. Ghost woman and robin (belief about the 

latter), 9 pp. 

09. Flying serpent, whose touch was fatal, 4 

pp. 

100. Orij;^ of twins, 4 pp. 

101. Mr. Bushotter's aatobiography, 117 pp. 
'02. Belief about the loved one who has been 

called by the ghost, 6 pp. 

103. Fight between two gamblers near Cham- 

berlain, Dak. 7 pp. 

104. The sin^ring elk, 8 pp. 

105. The belief as to Iktomi, pp. 

106. War of Tetons against the Omaha, 7 pp. 

107. Narrow escape of Upi-danha, 5 pp. 

108. Hankasitku's war adventure, 10 pp. 

100. How certain men (doctors, priests, Ac.) 
have become '* mysterious,*' 16 pp. 

110. Fight between the Lakota and the Chey- 

eunes and Sapa wi<5a(ia (probably the 
Comanche), 22 pp. 

111. Bules of etiquette for brothers, sisters, 

and cousins, 20 pp. 

112. Ghost story, with two pictures, 5 pp. 

113. Beavers' customs, 8 pp. 

114. Iktomi and the old woman who fed all the 

animals, 24 pp. 
415. Handsome man saved from a pit by a 
wolf, 32 pp. 

116. Trick of a myth-teller, pp. 

117. Thistles, 4 pp. 

118. How the Indians regard the past and their 

ancestors, 21 pp. 
110. What constitutes a respectable man, 11pp. 

120. Big Belly Society, 5 pp. 

121. Mandan Society, 10 pp. 

122. Following one another, 7 pp. 

123. Painyankapi, 45 pp. 

124. Horse race, 4 pp. 

125. Hitting the moccasin, pp. 

126. Shooting at the cactus, 5 pp. 

127. Hitting the bow, 6 pp. 

128. Shooting at bunches of grass, 6 pp. 

129. Shooting at tho lungs of an animal, 6 pp. 

130. Taking slaves from one another, pp. 

131. Trampling on the beaver, 6 pp. 

182. Ho-wi! Ho-wi! (Boys or youths in a ring 
Ac.) 11 pp. 

133. They touch not one another, 6 pp. 

134. Game with the micapeca (a grass with a 

long, sharp beard), 5 pp. 

135. Old woman accuses them, 4 pp. 
186. Game with slings, 4 pp. 

137. Goose and her children, 9 pp. 

138. Pteheste unpi (buffiEtlo horn game), 7 pp. 
189. Hutana<iute (a peculiar stick that is 

hurled), 4 pp. 
140. Making the wood dance by hitting it, 7 pp. 



Bushotter (G.) — Con tinned. 

141 . Making the wood Jump by hitting it, 7 ppw 

142. Making the bow glide by throwing, 5 pp. 

143. Coasting, 7 pp. 

144. Game of ball, U pp. 

145. Shooting at an arrow set up, 6 pp. 

146. Grizzly bear game, 10 pp. 

147. Deer game, 10 pp. 

148. Bunning toward one another, 9 pp. 

149. Wa\cinki6i<5iyapi, 9 pp. 

150. Hitting one another with fh>zen earth, 

10 pp. 

151. HiUing the ball, 11 pp. 

152. Tahuka cangle4ka unpi, 43 pp. 
163. Game ofearthen horses, 7 pp. 

154. Paslohanpi; they slide by pushing, 13 pp. 

155. They kick at one another, 13 pp. 

156. The hoop is made to roll by the wind, 8 pp. 

157. Pop-gan game, 9 pp. 

158. Wrestling, 8 pp. 

159. Courting the femalea, 8 pp. 

160. Game with bows and small, wood-pointed 

arrows, 10 pp. 

161. Swinging, 10 pp. 

162. Taking places (of sitting, standing, &o,) 

Arom one another, 9 pp. 

163. Playing with small things. 17 pp. 

164. Hoaisipa, or pinching the backs of hands, 

11pp. 

165. Wonape h'ah'a, 8 pp. 

166. Who will get there first 1 9 pp. 

167. Hopping, 9 pp. 

168. Throwing arrows with the hand at an 

object set up, 6 pp. 

169. Ghost game. 

170. Hide and S3ek. 

171. Jumping down from a tree, bank. See. 

172. Tanpa unpi, game with pinmstones. 

173. Odd or even ! A stick game. 

174. Throwing chewed leaves into the eyes. 

175. Game with the ankle-bones of the deer. 

176. Native wooden harmonicon, played by 

boys. 

177. Mysterious game. 

178. Playing doctor. 

179. Pretending to be dead. 

180. Hunting young birds in summer. 

181. Hunting eggs in spring. 

182. Going to make a grass lodge. 

183. Scrambling for presents. 

184. Sitting on wooden horses. 

185. Making a bone turn and hum by twisting 

and pulling a cord. 

186. String twisted in and out among the 

fingers. 

187. Tumbling and somersaults. 

188. Game with large things. 

189. Courtship, picture and 47 pp. 

190. The Ungnaj^ii'ala, a bird that foretella 

cold weather, 14 pp. 

101. Cause of scrofulous sore on neck, 10 pp. 

102. Meaningofringingsoundintheears.lOpp. 

193. lUoka and Tokala Societies, 17 pp. 

194. Dog Society. 

195. Katela (killing by hitting), or Tani^ ida 

(taking the buflGolo paunch;. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC ■ 



SIOUAN LAHOUAOES. 



11 



Boahotter (G.) — Con tinned. 
IM. Scalp dance. 

197. Night dance. 

198. Hysterions Society. 
190. Grixxly bear dance. 

200. Belief about the Ptehi«i6ila. a bird. 

201. GlataanpL 

Other papers are in preparation. 

It ia the intention of Mr. Buahotter also to 
fill the blanks in a copy of the second edition 
of Poweirs Introdaotion to the Study of Indian 
Langnagee. 



Bnshotter (G.)— Continued. 

George Bnsbotter, a full-blood Lakota, was 
bom at the forks of Owl Creek, Dakota Terri- 
tory, in 1864. His father was a Yankton and 
his mother is a Teton of the Minnecoojon tribe. 
He was educated at the Hampton Normal and 
Agricnltnral Institute, Hampton, Va., fi*om 
1878 to 1881. Returned to the west in 1881 ; yfw 
again at Hampton ftt>m the winter of 1882-'88 
to 1884 and at the Theological Seminary of 
Virginia from the fall of 1885 to the spring of 
1887. 



C. 



Calvary catechism. See Hlnman ( S. D. ). 
Calvary wiwicawangapi. See Cook (J. 

W.) and Cook (C. S.). 
Campbell (John). On the origin of some 

American Indian tribes. By John 

Campbell. [Second article. ] 

In Montreal Nat. Hist. Soc. Proc. yoL 9, pp. 

Ifl8-2I2, Montreal, 1870, 8o. 
Dacotah yocabulary, p. 202.— Kadiak and 

Aleutian words compared with the Dacotah, 

pp. 205-206. 

Hittites in America. By John Camp- 
bell, M. A. [Second article] 

In Montreal Nat. Hist. Soc Proc. toI. 9, pp. 
845-367, Montreal, 1879, 6P. 

Comparative vocabulary of the Circassian 
with the Dacotah, pp. 347-348. 

Issued separately, also, with half-title, re- 
paged, 1-28. (Pilling, PoweU.) 

Origin of the aborigines of Canada. 

In Quebec Literary and Historical Soc. 
Trana. session 1880-1881, pp. 61-08, i-xxxiv, 
Qoebee, 1882, 12o. 

Comparative vocabulary of the Dacotah and 
Japanese-Koriak languages, pp. i-v. 

Separately Issued as follows: 

Origin | of the | aborigines of Can- 
ada. I A paper read before the Literary 
and Historical Society , | Quebec, | by | 
Prof. J. Campbell, M. A., | (of Mon- 
treal,) i D^^gn^ G^n^ral de Tlnstitn- 
tlon Ethnographique de Paris. | 

Quebec: (printed at the '^ Morning 
Chronicle" Office. | 1881. 

Printed cover, 2 p. U. pp. 1-33, and appendix 
l-xxxiv, 8^.— Dacotah vocabulary as above, pp. 
Ti-xi. 

CopU$§e«n: Powell. 

«— The affiliation of the Algonquin lan- 
guages. By John Campbell, M. A. 

In Canadian Institute Proc. new series, vol. 
1, pt 1, pp. 15-58, Toronto. 1884, 8©. 

Comparison of characteristic forms in Algon* 
qitin with the same in the neighboring fiimilies 



Campbell (J.) — Continned. 

[Athabascan, Iroquois, Dacotah, and Choctaw], 
pp. 45-50. 
Separately issued as follows: 

The Affiliation of the Algonquin Lan- 
guages. By John Campbell, M. A., 
Professor of Church History, Presbyte- 
rian College, Montreal. [1884.1 
No imprint; pp. 1-41, 8^. 
Copies $Mn: Shea. 

Asiatic tribes in North America. By 

John Campbell, M. A. 

In Canadian Institute Proc. new series, voL 
1, pp. 171-206, Toronto, 1884, 8©. 

Comparative vocabulary of the Dacotah and 
Peninsular languages, pp. 202-206. 

Asiatic tribes in North America. By 

John Campbell, M. A., Professor of 
Church History, Presbyterian College, 
Montreal. [1884.] 

Half-title reverse blank 1 1. pp. 3-38, SP, Ex- 
tract from the Proceedings of the Canadian In- 
stitute. 

Liognistics as above, pp. 34-38. 

Copisg t4en: Brinton, Powell. 

[Carnegie (iSir James).] Saskatchewan! 
and I the Rocky Mountains. | A diary 
and narrative of travel, sport, | and 
adventure, during a journey through 
the I Hudson's Bay Company's terri- 
tories, I in 1859 and 1860. | By | the 
Earl of Southesk, | K. T., F. R. G. 
S. [Sir James Carnegie]. | [Seven lines 
quotation.] | With maps and illustra- 
tions. I 

Edinburgh: | Edmonston and Doug- 
las. I 1875. (The right of translation is 
reserved.) 

Pp. i-xxx, 1-448, maps, 8°.— Letter from the 
Mountain Assiniboines [syllabic characters], 
p. 250. 

Copies teen: BritishMusenm, Congress, Har- 
vard. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



12 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TUE 



Carver (Jooathan). Travels j throngh 
the I interior parts I of | North-Amer- 
ica, I in the | Years 1766, 1767, and 
1768. I By J. Carver, Esq. | captain of 
a company of provincial | troops during 
the late | war with France. | Illustrated 
with copper plates. | 

London: | Printed for the Author; | 
And Sold by J. Waller, at Charing-cross, 
and i S. Crowder, inPater-noster Row. | 
MDCCLXXVIII[I778]. 

10 p. 11. pp. i-xvi, 17-513, 1 p. maps, go.— A 
short vocabulary of the Naudoweesie [Santee 
dialect], pp. 433-438.— Xumerlcal terms (1- 
1000) of the same, pp. 43&-440.— A short sonjc in 
same dialect, with English translation, pp. 440- 
441. 

Copiet »Mn: Astor, British Musenra, Brown, 
Bareau of Ethnology, Congress, Harvard, Idaa- 
sachusetts Historical Society. 

Priced in Stevens's Nuggets, No. 470, at Bt. 6d. 
At the Sqnier sale, catalogue No. 165, a half- 
morocco, uncut copy brought $4.75; at the 
Pinart sale, catalogue No. 209, a copy brought 5 
fr. Quaritch, No. 29928, prices one copy, uncut, 
at 2L ; another, half-calf, at 12. 10«. ; and one, 
No. 29929, tree-marbled calf, extra, at 22. lOt. 

Travels j through the j interior parts | 

of I North America, | in the \ Years 1766, 
1767, and 1768. | By J. Carver, Esq. | 
captain of a company of provincial | 
troops during the late | war with 
France. | Illustrated with copperplates. 
I The second edition. | 

London: | Printed for the Author, | 
By William Richardson in the Strand ; | 
And sold hy J. Dodsley, in Pallmall; 
J. Robson, in New | Bond-street; J. 
Walter, at Charing-cross; J. Bew, | in 
Pater-noster Row ; and Mess. Richard- 
son and I Urqnhart, at the Royal Ex- 
change. I M DCC LXXIX [1779]. 

12 p. 11. pp. i-xvi, 17-543, map, 8=>.— Linguis- 
tics as in the first edition. 

Copies »een: British Museum, Brown, Con- 
gress, Massachusetts Historical Society. 

The Squier copy, sheep, catalogue No. 166, 
brought $3; the Murphy copy, calf, catalogue 
No. 483, $3. Priced by Quaritch, No. 29930, 
half-calf, at 11. 16«. 

Travels i through the Interior Parts | 

of I North-America, in the | Years 1766, 
1767, and 1768. | By J. Carver, Esq. | 
Captain of a Company of Provincial | 
Troops during the late | War with 
France. | Illustrated with copper 
plates. I 

Dublin: | Printed for S. Price, R. 
Cross, W. Watson, W. and H. | White- 



Carver (J.) — Continued, 
stone, J. Potts, J. Williams, W. Colles, | 
W. Wilson, R. Moncrieffe, C. Jenkin, 
G. I Burnet, T. Walker, W. Gilbert, L. 
L. I Flin, J. Exshaw, L. White, J. 
Beatty, | and B. Watson. | MDCCLXX 
IX [1779]. 

10 p. IL pp. i-xiii, 15-508, map, 8o.— Llnguis- 
tic chapter, pp. 387-412. 

Copies teen: British Museum, Brown, Dun- 
bar. 

Priced in Stevens's Nnggets, No. 471, at 10<. 
6d. 

Johann Carvers | Reisen | dnrch | 

dieinnemGegenden , von | Nord-Amer- 
ika I in den Jahren 1766, 1767 und 1768, | 
mit einer Landkarte. | Aus dem Eng- 
lischen. | 

Hamburg, | bey Carl Ernst Bohn. 
1780. 

Pp.i-xxiv. 1-456, map, 12o.— Linguistic chap- 
ter, pp. 350-359. 
Copies seen: Brown. 

Travels | through the ] interior parts | 

of I North America, | in the | Years 1766, 
1767, and 1768. | By J. Carver, Esq. | 
captain of a company of provincial | 
troops during the late ' war with 
France. | Illustrated with copper 
plates, I coloured. | The third edition. | 
To which is added. Some Account of 
the I author, and a copious index. | 

Loudon: | Printed forC. Dilly, in the 
Poultry ; H. Payne, in | Pall-mall ; and 
J. Phillips, in George- Yard, | Lombard- 
Street. I MDCCLXXXI[1781]. 

2 p. U. pp. 1-22, 11 II. pp. i-xvi, 17-548, index 10 
IL 8^. Same as original edition, except addi- 
tion of preliminary pages, which contain 
"Some account of Captain J. Caryer," and in- 
dex at end. 

Copies seen: Boston Athenssum, British Mu- 
seum, Brown, Congress. 

Priced in Stevens's Nuggets, No. 472, at 10*. 
6d. At t he Field sale, catalogue No. 283, a half • 
morocco, uncut copy brought $5.50; at the 
Brinley sale, catalogue No. 4458, it sold for $6. 

Three years | travels, | through the | 

Interior Parts of North America, | for 
more than | five thousand miles, | con- 
taining, I An Account of the great 
Lakes, and all the Lakes, | Islands, and 
Rivers, Cataracts, Mountains, Minerals, 
I Soil and Vegetable Productions of the 
North West | Regions of that vast Con- 
tinent; I with a I Description of the 
Birds, Beasts, Reptiles, | Insects, and 
Fishes peculiar to the Country. | To* 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



SIOUAN LANGUAGES. 



IS 



Canrer (J.) — Continued, 
gether with a concise | History of the 
Geiiins, Manners, and | Customs of the 
Indians | Inhabiting the Lands that lie 
adjacent to the Heads and to the | 
Westward of the great River Missis- 
Hippi; I and an | Appendix, ' Describing 
the nnoultivated Parts of America that 
are the | most proper for forming Settle- 
ments. I By Captain Jonath<in Carver, j 
of the Provincial Troops in America. | 

Philadelphia: | Printed and sold by 
Joseph Crukshank in Market Street | 
and Robert Bell, in Third Street. | M D 
CCL XXXIV [1784]. 

Pp. i-xxi, 1-217, 8«>.— Of their language, pp. 
170-179. 

Copies teen: Brown. 

Voyage | dans | les Parties Int^ri- 

eores i de { L'Am^riqne Septentrionale, ] 
Pendant les ann^es 1766, 1767 <fe 1768. | 
Par Jonathan Carver, | Ecnyer, Capi- 
taine d'nne compagnie de troupes | pro- 
vinciales pendant la guerre dn Canada | 
entre la France &, T Angle terre. | Ou- 
vrage tradnit snr la troisi^me Edition | 
Angloise, par M. de C. . . . avec des re- 
mar- | qnes &, quelques additions du 
traductenr. | 

Yverdon. | M.DCC.LXXXIV [1784]. 

Pp. i-xxvi, 1-436, 12<>.— Des Ungues des In- 
diens, pp. 304-332. 

Oopieeaeen: Brown. 

Voyage | dans | les parties int^- 

rieores | de | rAm^riqne Septentrio- 
nale, I Pendant les ann^es 1766, 1767 & 
1768. I Par Jonathan Carver, | Ecnyer, 
Capitaine d'nne Compagnie de Troupes | 
Provinciales pendant la guerre du Ca- 
nada entre la | France &. TAngleterre. | 
On vrage tradnit but la troisi^me Mi- 
tioD I Angloise, par M. de C . . . . avec 
des remarques &, \ quelques additions 
du Traductenr. | [Design.] | 

A Paris, | Chez Pissot, Libraire, quai 
des Augustins. | M. DCC. LXXXIV 
[1784]. I Avec Approbation & Privi- 
lege du Roi. 

Pp.l-24, i-xxvili, 1-451, map, 8<3.— Des langnes 
dee Indiens, pp. 815-334. 

Copiee eeen : British Maseam, Brown, Con- 
grew. 

l«clerc, 1878, No. 837, prices a copy at 16 fr. 

Three Years | Travels | through the | 

Interior Parts | of | North-America, | 
for more than | Five Thousand Miles, | 



Carver (J.) — Continued, 
containing | An Account of the great 
Lakes, and all the | Lakes, Islands, and 
Rivers, Cataracts, | Mountains, Miner- 
als, Soil and Vogeta- | ble Productions 
of the North- West Re- | gions of that 
vast Continent; | with a | Description 
of the Birds, Beasts, Rep- j tiles, In- 
sects, and Fishes peculiar | to the Coun- 
try. I Together with a concise | History 
of the Genius, Manners, and | Customs 
of the Indians | Inhabiting the Lands 
that lie adjacent to the Heads and | to 
the Westward of the great River Mis- 
sissippi, I and an | Appendix, | Describ- 
ing the uncultivated Parts of America 
that are | the most proper for forming 
Settlements. | By Captain Jonathan 
Carver, | of the Provincial Troops in 
America. | 

Philadelphia: | Printed by Joseph 
Crukshank, in Market Street, ; between 
Second and Third-Streets. | M DCC L 
XXXIX [1789]. 

Pp. i-xvi, i-vili. 9-282, 12o.— Of their Ian- 
gnage, pp. 211-228. 

Oopiet eeen: Brown. 

Three Years | Travels | throughout 

the I Interior Parts | of | North-Amer- 
ica, I for more tban | Five Thousand 
Miles I containing | An Account of the 
great Lakes, and all the Lakes, | Isl- 
ands, and Rivers, Cataracts, Mount- 
ains, I Minerals, Soil and Vegetable 
Productions | of the North-west Regions 
of that Vast | Continent; | with a | 
Description of the Birds, Beasts, Rep- | 
tiles. Insects, and Fishes peculiar | to 
the Country. | Together with a con- 
cise I History of the Genius, Manners, 
and I Customs of the Indians | Inhabit- 
ing the Lands that lie adjacent to the 
Heads and | to the Westward of the 
Great River Mississippi ; | and an | 
Appendix, | Describing the unculti- 
vated parts of America, that are | the 
most proper for forming Settlements. | 
By Captain Jonathan Carver, | of the 
Provincial Troops in America. | 

Printed at Portsmouth, New Hamp- 
shire, I by Charles Peirce, for David 
West, I No. 36, Marlborough-Street, 
Boston. I M,DCC,XCIV [1794]. 

Pp. i-xvi, i-viii, »-282, 12o.-0£ their Ian 
gnaj^e, pp. 212-228. 

Copieeeeen: Brown. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



14 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Carver (J.) — Continued. 

Keize | door de | Binnenlanden | 

van I Noord-Amerika, i door | Jonathan 
Carver, Schildkn. | Kapitein van eene 
Compagnie Provintiaale | Troepen 
Geduurende den Oorlog | met Frank- 
rijk. I Naar den derden Druk nit het 
Engelsch vertaald | door | J. D. Pas- 
teur I met Plaaten. | Eer8te[-Tweede] 
Deel. I [Portrait of Carver.] | 

Te Lejden, | bij A. en J. Honkoop, 
1796. 

2 vols. 80. Title of vol. 2 has no portrait.— 
LiBgaistics, vol. 2, pp. 150-172. 
CopUsseen: Brown. 

Three years | Travels | through the | 

interior parts | of | Nbrth<America, | 
for more than | five thousand miles ; | 
containing | An Account of the great 
Lakes, and all the Lakes, Islands, | and 
Rivers, Cataracts, Mountains, Miner- 
als, I Soil and Vegetable Productions of 
the North- | West Regions of that vast 
Continent; | witha | Description of the 
Birds, Beasts, | Reptiles, Insects, and 
Fishes I peculiar to the Country. | To- 
gether with a concise | History of the 
Qenius, Manners, and customs | of the 
Indians inhabiting the lands that lie | 
adjacent to the heads and to the west- 
ward I of the great river Mississippi ; | 
and an | appendix, | Describing the 
uncultivated parts of America that | 
are the most proper for forming settle- 
ments. I By Captain Jonathan Carver, | 
of the provincial troops in America. | 

Philadelphia : | Published by Key &, 
Simpson. | 1796. 

Pp. i-xx. i-x, 11-360.— Of their language &c. 
pp. 273-293. 

Copies ieen : British Mnseom, Bareau of Eth- 
nology, Congress. 

Priced in Stevens's Knggets, No. 473, at 10«. 
6d. At the Field sale, catalogue Ko. 284, a copy 
broaght $1.75. 

— - Three Years | Travels | throughout 
the I Interior Parts | of | North-Amer- 
ica, I for more than | Five Thousand 
Miles, I containing | An Account of the 
Great Lakes, and all the Lakes, Isl- 
ands, I and Rivers, Cataracts, Mount- 
ains, Minerals, Soil and Ve- | getable 
Productions of the North-west Regions 
of that I vast Continent; | with a | 
Description of the Birds, Beasts, Rep- 
tiles, lu- I sects, and Fishes peculiar to 
the Country. | Together with a con- 



Carver (J.) — Continued, 
cise I History of the Genius, Manners, 
and Customs | of the Indians | inhabit- 
ing the Lands that lie adjacent to the 
heads and | to the westward of the 
great river Mississippi ; | and an | Ap- 
pendix, I describing the uncultivated 
parts of America, | that are the most 
proper for forming | Settlements. | By 
Captain Jonathan Carver, | of the Pro* 
vincial Troops in America. | 

Printed I by John Russell, for David 
West, I No. 56, Cornhill, Boston. | 1797. 

Pp. i-xvi, 6-512, 120.— Of their language, pp. 
237-254. 
Copies seen: Boston Athenteam, Brown. 

Three Years* | Travels | throughout 

the I Interior Parts | of | North Amer- 
ica, I for more than | Five Thousand 
Miles, I containing an account of the | 
Lakes, Islands and Rivers, Cataracts, | 
Mountains, Minerals, Soil and Vege- 
table I productions of the North West 
re- I gionsof that vast continent; with 
a description | of the birds, beasts, rep- 
tiles, insects, | and fishes peculiar to 
the country. | Together with a con- 
cise I History of the Genesis, Manners, 
and Cus- | toms of the Indians inhab- 
iting the Lands | that lie adjacent to 
the heads and 1 west of the river Mis- 
sissippi ; I and an | Appendix, | describ- 
ing 1;he I Uncultivated parts of Amer- 
ica ; I that are the most proper for 
forming | settlements. | By Jonathan 
Carver, | Captain of the Provincial 
Troops in America. | 

Walpole, N. H. | Published by Isaiah 
Thomas & Co. | 1813. » 

Pp. i-xvi, 17-280. This edition contains the 
chapter on language and hieroglyphics, but not 
the vocabulary. . 

Title furnished by Br. S. A. Green, of the 
Massachusetts Historical Society, from a oopy 
in the library of that society. 

Carver's travels | in | Wisconsin. | 

From the | third London edition. | 

New-York: | printed by Harper 6l 
Brothers, | No. 82 Cliff-street. | 1838. 

Pp. i-xxxii, 33-376, maps, 8°.— Of their Ian- 
guage &c. pp. 25&-272. 

Copieaettn: Congress. 

At the Field sale, catalogue No. 285^ a oopy 
broaght $2.50. 

Aventures | de Carver | chez les 

Sauvages | de | PAm^rique Septentrio> 
nale. | [Picture.] | 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



SIOUAN LANGUAGES. 



15 



Carver (J). — Continned. 

Tears | A<» Mame & C*« | fiditenrs. 

Second title: Aventares | de Carver | ohez 
Im sanvages | de rA.m6riqiie Septentrionale | 
einqaiime Edition | [Deaigii.] | 

Tours I A' Mame et C**, imprimears-li* 
braires | 1862 

EDgraved title 1 1. printed title 1 1. pp. 1-236, 
120.— Do langage, pp. 214-217. 

Copiee seen: Congress. 
, Besidea the editions of Carrer given above, 
there are, according to the catalogue of the 
Brown Library, editions in English as follows 
Philadelphia, Joseph Crukshank, 1792, 12P 
Philadelphia, 1795, SP; Edinburgh, 1798, BP 
Charlestown, 1802, 12«>; Edinburgh, 1807. 8^ 
Walpole, N. H., 1838, 12o. Sabin's Dictionary 
adds to the above: Edinburgh, 1808, 8o. 

Catalogue | of | one hnndred and seven- 
teen I Indian Portraits, | representing | 
eighteen different tribes, | aceompanied 
by I a few remarks | on the | character, 
&o. of most of them. | Price 12^ cents. 
[1850 1] 

No imprint; pp. 1-24, 8°.— A list of promi- 
nent persons belonging to various American 
tribes, whose portraits were painted by King, 
of Washington, and copied by Inman. The 
names of most of them are given, with the 
English signification. Among the tribes rep- 
resented are the Osage, Otto, Winnebago, Kan- 
sas, loway, and Sionx. 
Oopieeeeen: PowelL 
Oatechlsm: 

Iowa. See Hamilton (W.) and 

Irvm (8. M.>. 
San tee. Hinman (S.p.). 

Santee. Pond (S. W.). 

Saatee. BenviUe (J.) and 

Williamson (T. S.). 
Santee. Biggs (S.B.). 

Yankton. Cook (J. W.) and 

Cook(C.S.). 

Catlin (George). Catalogue | of | Catlin's 
Indian gallery | of | portraits, land- 
scapes, I manners and customs, | cos- 
tumes &.C, &,c,f I collected during seven 
years' travel amongst thirty-eight dif- | 
ferent tribes, speaking different lan- 
guages. I 

New- York : | Piercy & Reed, printers, 
7 Theatre alley. | 1837. 

Pp. 1-36, 12^. — A list of prominent person- 
ages of difleren t Uibes (including a number of 
Dakota), giving their names, with English 



Oop(e9 te^n: Harvard, Powell. 

Catalogue | of | Catlings Indian Gal- 
lery I of I Portraits, Landscapes, | Man- 
ners and Customs, I Costumes, &o. &o, \ 



Catlin (G. ) — Continued. 
Collected during seven years' travel 
amongst thirty-eight | different tribeSi 
speaking different languages. | 
* New York : | Piercy &, Reed, Printers, 
7 Theatre Alley. | 1838. 

Pp. 1-40, ISP. — Names of persons, with En- 
glish signification, of the Osage, Konsa, Sioux, 
Puncah, Crow, Mandan, Grosventre, Asainne- 
boin, Winnebago, Iowa, Omahaw, Otoe, and 
Missouri. 

Oopieeeeen: Harvard, Wisconsin Historical 
Society. 

A I descriptive catalogue | of | Cat- 
lings Indian gallery ; | containing | por- 
traits, I landscapes, costumes, &q, \ 
and I representations of the manners 
and customs | of the | North American 
Indians. | Collected and painted entirely 
by Mr. Catlin, | during seven years' 
travel amongst 48 tribes, mostly speak- 
ing different languages. | Exhibited for 
nearly three years, with great success, 
in the | Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly, Lon- 
don. I Admittance One Shilling. | 

Colophon : C. and J. Adlard, printers, 
Bartholomew Close, London. [ 1840. ] 

Pp. 1-48, 40.— Contents as above. 

Oopiee $een: Boston Atheneum, British Mu- 
seum, PowelL 

Catalogue raisonn^ | de | La Galerie 

Indienne de M*" Catlin, | renfermant | 
des portraits, | des paysages, des cos- 
tumes, etc., I et I des segues de mceurs 
et coutumes | des | Indiens de TAm^ 
riqno du Nord. | Collection enti^rement 
faite et pelnte par M' Catlin | Pendant 
un s^jour de 8 ans parmi 48 tribus sau- 
vages, parlaut trente laugues diff6- 
rentes, et formant uue population d'un 
demi-million d'ames. | 

[Paris:] 11:^45.1 Impri merle de Wit- 
tersheim, | Rue Montmorency, 8. 

Printed cover, pp. 1-48, 6^.— Contents as 
above. 

Oopieeeeen: Powell. 

Some copies have title-page differing slightly 
from above. (Harvard.) 

A descriptive catalogue | of | Cat- 
lings Indian collection, | containing | 
portraits, landscapes, costumes, &c., \ 
and I representations of the manners 
and customs | of the | North American 
Indians. | Collected and painted en- 
tirely by Mr. Catlin, during eight years' 
travel amongst | forty-eight tribes, 
mostly speaking different languages. | 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



16 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Catlin (G.)— Continued. 
Also I opinions of the press in England, 
France, and the United States. | 

London : | published by the anthor, | 
at his Indian collection, No. 6, Water- 
loo Place. I 1848. 

Pp. 1-02, 8o.— Contents Bimilar to above. 

OopUtseen: Harvard, Powell. 

North and South American Indians. | 

Catalogue | descriptive and instruct- 
ive | of I Catlings | Indian Cartoons. | 
Portraits, types, and customs. | GOO 
paintings in oil. | With | 20,000 full 
length figures | illustrating their vari- 
ous games, religious ceremonies, and | 
other customs, | and | 27 canvas paint- 
ings I of I Lasalle's discoveries. | 

New York: | Baker & Godwin, Print- 
ers, Prin ting-House square, | 1871. 

Printed cover, pp. 1-W, 8°.— Contents as 
above. 

Oopiei seen: Astor, Congress, Eames, Wis- 
oonsin Historical Society. 

The Catlin Indian collection, con- 
taining Portraits, Landscapes, Cos- 
tumes, d&c, and Representations of the 
Manners and Customs of the North 
American Indians. • * * ♦ « pre- 
sented to the Smithsonian Institution 
by Mrs. Tbomas Harrison, of Philadel- 
phia, in 1 879. A Descriptive Catalogue. 
By George Catlin, the artist. 

In Bhees (William J.), Visitor's Guide to the 
Smithsonian Institution and United States 
National Muaenm, in Washington, pp. 70-^, 
Washington, 1887, 9P. 

Contents as above. 

Copies eeen: Pilling. 

Letters and Notes | on the | Man- 
ners, Customs, and Condition | of the | 
North American Indians. | By Geo. Cat- 
lin. I Written during eight years' travel 
among the Wildest Tribes of | Indians 
in North America. | In 1832, 33, 34, 35, 
36, 37, :\8 and 39. | In two volumes, | 
with four hundred illustrations, care- 
fully engraved from his original paint- 
ings. I Vol. I[-II]. I 

New York: | Wiley and Putnam, 161 
Broadway. | 1841. 

2 vols. : pp. i-viU, 1-264; i-viii, 1-266; 312plates 
and maps, royal 8°.— A few words of Mandan 
compared with the Welsh, vol. 2, p. 261.— Com- 
parative vocabulary of the Mandan, Blackfoot, 
Riccaree, Sioux, and Tuscarora, vol. 2, pp. 262- 
265. 

Copies seen : Boston Atheneenm, British Mu- 
seum. 



Catlin (G.) — Continued. 

According to Sabln's Dictioiiary, No. 11586^ 
some copies have the imprint: London, Wiley 
and Putnam; others: London, published by 
the author, 1841. Second edition, 1842; third 
edition, 1842; fourth edition, 1813. 

Letters and notes | on the | man- 
ners, customs, and condition | of the | 
North American Indians. | By Gkorge 
Catlin. I Written during eight years* 
travel amongst the wildest tribes of | 
Indians in North America, | In 1832, 33, 
34, 35, 36, 37, 38 and 39. | In two vol- 
umes, [ with four hundred illustrations, 
carefully engraved from his original 
paintings. 1 Third edition. | Vol. I[-II]. | 
New- York: | Wiley and Putnam, 161 
Broadway. | 1844. 

2 vols. 8o.— Linguistics, vol. 2, pp. 261-265i 

Copies seen : Congress, Powell, TrumbulL 

The first issue of this edition has the im* 

print: London: | Published for the Author 

by I Tilt and Bogue, Fleet Street. 1 1842. (Tmm- 

buU.) (*) 

Illustrations | of the | manners, cus- 
toms, and condition | of the | North 
American Indians: | in a series of | 
letters and notes | written during^ 
eight years of travel and adventure 
among the | wildest and most remark- 
able tribes now existing. | With three 
hundred and sixty engravings, | from 
the I Author's Original Paintings. | 
By Geo. Catlin. | In two volumes. | 
Vol. I[-II]. I Fifth edition. | 

London: | Henry G. Bohn, York 
street, Covent Garden. | MDCCCXLV 
[1845]. 

2 vols.: pp. 1-viii, 1-214; i-viii, 1-260; maps 
and plates, large 89.— A few words of Mandan 
and Welsh compared, vol. 2, p. 261.~Vocabu* 
lary of the Mandan, Blackfoot, Kicoaree, Sioux, 
and Tuskarora, vol. 2, pp. 262-265. 

Copies seen : Congress. 

At the Murphy sale, catalogue No. 328, a copy 
brought $12. 

Sabin's Dictionary, No. 11530, mentions r 
Sixth edition, London, 1846; and titles an edi- 
tion: Briissel und Leipzig, 1846-1848. 

Illustrations | of the | Manners, Cus- 
toms, and Condition | of the | Norlh 
American Indians: | in a series of | 
Letters and Notes | written during 
eight years of Travel and Adventure 
among the | wildest and most remark- 
able Tribes now existing. | With three 
hundred and sixty engravings | from 
the Author's Original Paintings. [ 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



SIOUAN LANGUAGES. 



17 



Catlin (G.)— Continued. 
By Geo. Catlin. | In two yolnmes. | 
Vol. I[-II]. I Seventh edition. | 

London: | Henry G. Bohc, York 
street, Covent Garden. | MDCCCXL 
VUI [1848]. 

i Tols. maps, 99. — A few words of Mandan 
compared with the Welsh, voL 2, p. 2ai.~Vo- 
cabolary of the Msndan, Blackfoot, Riccaree, 
Sioux, and Taskarora, yoL 2, pp. 262-265. 

Oojfiest^en: Astor. 

Tr&bner, in Lndewig, p. 228, titles the second 
edition, in German: Briisttel, Muquardt, 1851, 
and gives the vooabolaries as on pp. 348-352. 

Sabin's Dictionary, No. 11537, mentions the 
eighth and ninth editions, London, Bohn, 1857; 
and in No. 11588 an edition : Philadelphia, Haz- 
ard, 1857. 

Letters and notes | on the | man- 
ners, cnstomsy and condition | of the | 
North American Indians. , Written dur- 
ing eight years' travel amongst the wild- 
est I tribes of Indians in North Amer- 
ica, I [Picture.] | By Geo. Catlin. | 
Two Tols. in one. | With one hundred 
and fifty illustrations, on steel and 
wood. I 

Philadelphia: | J. W. Bradley, 48 
North Fourth St. | 1859. 

Pp. 1-792, 8o.— Linguistics, pp. 786, 787-791. 
Some copies are dated 1860. 

ninstrations | of the | Manners, Cus- 
toms, and Condition | of the | North 
American Indians | with | Letters and 
Notes I written during eight years of 
travel and adventure among the | wild- 
est and most remarkable tribes now 
existing. | With three hundred and 
sixty engravings, | from the | Author's 
Original Paintings. | By Geo. Catlin. | 
In two volumes. Vol. I[-II]. | Tenth 
edition. | 

London: | Henry G. Bohn, York 
Street, Covent Garden. | 1866. 

2 Tols. large 8°. 

Oopiet teen: Boston Athenteam, Wisconsin 
Historical Society. 

At the Field sale, catalogue No. 308, a copy, 
with colOTed etchings, ''worth nearly ten times 
the price of plain copies," brought $48. 

Illustrations | of the | Manners, Cus- 
toms, Sl Condition | of the | North 
American Indians. | With Letters and 
Notes, I Written during Eight Years of 
Travel and Adventure among the | 
Wildest and most Remarkable Tribes 
now Existing. | By George Catlin. | 
With I three hundred and sixty col- 
SIOUAN 2 



Catlin (G.)— Continued, 
oured engravings | from the author's 
original paintings. | [Design.] | In two 
volumes. | Vol. I[-II]. | 

London: | Chatto &, Windus, Picca- 
dilly. I 1876. 

2 vols. : pp. i-Tiil, 1-264 ; i-viii, 1-266 ; plates, 
large 8Q.~Handan and Welsh similarities, voL 
2, p. 261.— Vocabulary, voL 2, pp. 262-265. 

Copies $f€n: Brit.sh Mnseum, Congress. 

Priced by Qnaritch, No. 29082, at 2{. 2«. 

Catlin's notes | of | eight years' 

travels and residence | In Europe, | 
with his I North American Indian col- 
lection : I with anecdotes and incidents 
of the travels and adventures of three ( 
different parties of American Indians 
whom he introduced | to the courts of | 
England, France and Belgium. | In two 
volumes octavo. | Vol. I[-II]. | With 
numerous illustrations. | 

New- York : | Burgess, Stringer & Co., 
222 Broadway. | 184ti. 

2 Tols. 8^. — List of names of 14 To ways, with 
English signification, toL 1, p. 294 ; voL 2, p. 
13. 

Copies teen: Powell, Watkinson. 

At the Fischer sale, catalogue No. 850, a copy 
brought 2«. ; the Field copy, catalogue No. 805, 
sold for 12.50. 

Catliu's notes | of | eight years' 

travels and residence | In Europe, jwith 
his I North American Indian collec- 
tion : I with anecdotes and incidents of 
the travels and adventures of three | 
different parties of American Indians 
whom he introduced | to the courts of | 
England, France, and Belgium. | In 
two volumes octavo. | Vol. I[-II]. | 
With numerous illustrations. | 

New York: | published by the au- 
thor. I To be had at all the bookstores. | 
1848. 

2 vols. : pp. i-XTi, 1-296; i-xU, 1-336; pUtes, 
9P.^ Linguistics as above. 

Copies eeen: Congress. 

Catlin's Notes | of | eight years* 

travels and residence | in Europe, ! with 
his I North American Indian collection. | 
With I anecdotes and incidents of the 
travels and adventures of | three differ- 
ent parties of American Indians whom 
he I introduced to the courts of | Eng- 
land, France, and Belgium. | In two 
volumes, octavo. | Vol. I[-II1. | With 
numerous illustrations. | Second edi- 
tion. I 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



18 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Catlln (G.) — Continned. 

London: | published by the author, | 
at his Indian ooileotion,No. 6, Waterloo 
Place. I 1848. 

2 vols. : pp. 1-xvi, 1-2M; i-xii, 1-330; plates, 
8°.— Names of 14 loway Indians, with English 
signification, vol. 2, p. 279. 

Copie9 $een : British Museam, Congress, Wis • 
consin Historical Society. 

Some copies have "Third edition." (Con- 
gress.) 

Adventures | of the | Ojibbei^ay and 

loway Indians | in | England, France 
and Belgium ; | being notes of | eight 
years travel and residence in Europe | 
with his I North American Indian Col- 
lection, I by GU)o. Catlin. | In two vol- 
umes. I Vol. I[-II]. I With numerous 
Engravings. | Third edition. | 

London : | Published by the author | 
at his Indian collection, Ko. 6, Waterloo 
Place. I 1852. 

2 vols. 8P. A reprint of Notes of Eight Years' 
Travel in Europe.— Catalogue, voL I, pp. 
,?63-277. 

Capietgeen: Astor, Boston Athensam, Wis * 
consin Historical Society. 

Unparalleled exhibition. | The | 

fourteen | loway Indians | and their j 
interpreter, | just arrived from the Up- 
per Missouri, near | the Rocky Mount- 
ains, North America. | " White Cloud," | 
the head chief of the tribe, is with this 
interesting | party, giving them that 
peculiar interest, which | no other party 
of American Indians have had in a | 
foreign country; and they are under 
the immediate | charge of | G. H. C. 
Melody, | who accompanied them from 
their country, | with tht»ir favorite in- 
terpreter, I Jeflfrey Dora way. | Price 
sixpence. | 

Loudon : I W. S. Johnson, " Nassau 
steam press," Nassau-street | Soho. | 
MDCCCXLIV [1844]. 

Printed cover with short title, title I I. pp. 
8-28, l6o._Proper names, with English signifi- 
cation. 

Copies seen : British Maseum, Congress, Har- 
vard, Wisconsin Historical Society. 

Notice I sur | les Indiens loways, | 

et I sur le Nuage Blanc, | i^ chef de la 
Tribu, I Venus des Plaines du Haut- 
Missouri, pr^ des Montagnes Rocheu- 
ses I (Territoire des £tats-Unis, Am6- 
rique du Nord), | sons la conduite | de 
G. H. C. Melody, Esq", | et accom- 



Catlin (G.)— Continued, 
pagn^ I Par Jeffrey Doraway, | Leur 
Interpr^te Favori. | Huit gravnres sur 
bois, par Porret. | 

Paris, I Imprimerie de Wittersheim, | 
Rue Montmorency, 8. | 1845. 

Printed cover, pp. 1-24, 1(P. 

Copies seen : Wisconsin Historical Society. 

— r- Life | amongst | the Indians. | A 
Book for Youth. | [Picture.] j By George 
Catlin, I Author [d&c. one line]. | 

London: | Sampson Low, Son & Co., 
47 Ludgate Hill | 1861. | (The right of 
translation is reserved. ) 

Pp. i-viii, 1 1. pp. 1-366, 16°.— loway proper 
names, with English signification, pp. 337-338.— 
loway names and terras passim. 

Copies seen : British Museam. 

The French edition: Paris, Hachette etC^ 
1863, has no lingoistics. (British Moseom.) 

Life I amongst | the Indians. | A 

Book for Youth. | [Picture.] By George 
Catlin, I author of " Notes of Travels 
amongst the North American Indians,^ 
etc. I 

London : Sampson Low, Son, & Mars- 
ton, j Milton House, Ludgate Hill. | 
1867. I (The right of translation is re- 
served.) 

Pp. i-xii, 1-339, 16o. 

Copies seen : Astor, British Mnseom. 

Life I amongst | the Indians. | A 

Book for Youth. | [Picture.] | By George 
Catlin, I author of ** Notes of Travels 
amongst the North American Indians,'' 
etc. I 

New York: | D. Appleton & Co., 443 
& 445 Broadway. | 1867. 

Pp. i-xii, 1-339, sm. 4o.— Mandan and Towa 
proper names, with English signification, par 
sim. 

Copies seen: Congress. 

Life I among | the Indians | By 

George Catlin. | [Picture.] | 

Gale & Inglis. | London : 30 Pater- 
noster Row. I Edinburgh: | 6 George 
Street, fn. d.] 

Pp. i-xiv, 1 1. pp. 17-862, 16<>.— loway proper 
names, with English signification, pp. 829-330. 

Copies seen : British Maseum. 

0-kee-pa: | a religious ceremony ; | 

and other | customs of the Mandaus. | 
By I George Catlin. | With Thirteen 
Coloured Illustrations. | 

Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippinoott and 
Co. I 1867. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



8I0UAN LANGUAGES. 



19 



Catlin CG.)— Continued. 

S p. 11. pp. 1-52, large 8°.— Short comparative 
▼Dcabulary of the Maodan and Welsh, p. 45. 

ChpieM 9een: Astor, British Mnseam, Con- 
grean. 

At the Field sale, oatalogne No. 313, a oopy 
hronght $2.75. 

— O-kee-pa: | A Religious Ceremony ; | 
and other | customs of the Mandans. | 
By i George Catlin. | With Thirteen Col- 
oured niustrations. | 

London : | Trttbner and Co., 60 Pater- 
noster Row. 1 1867. 1 All rights reserved. 

Pp. 1-52, large 9P.— A few words of Mandan 
compared with the Welsh, p. 45. 

oipiu ts0n: Boston Atheoseam, Dunbar, 



Priced by Lederc, 1878. No. 842, at 16 fr. ; by 
Qoantch, No. 29031, at il. 12i. 
^giha: 

Dictionary. See Dorsey (J. O.). 

Grammar. Dorsey (J. O.). 

Legends. Dorsey (J. O.). 

Letters. Dorsey (J. O.). 

Stories. Dorsey (J. 0.). 

See. also, Omaha. See, also. Ponka. 

Ceaxs woraksepe. See Hamilton (W.) 
andIrvln(S.M.) 

Ofaants: 

Santee. See Hinman (S. D.). 

Santee. Hiuman (S. D.) and 

Welsh (W.). 
Chants and hymns. See Hinman (S.D.). 

Chapman (John B.). See Cook (J. W.) 

and others. 
Charencey (Comte Hyacinthe de). Re- 
cherches | sur les | noms des points de 
Tespace | par | M. le C^ de Charencey I 
uembre [&c. two lines.] | [Design.] | 

Caen | imprimerie de F. le Blanc- 
Hardel | rue Froide,2 et 4 | 1882 

Printed corer, title 1 L pp. 1-86, 8o.~Fa- 
mille Sioosse: Uin6tari (on Hidatsa), pp. 19-20. 

Copwssen: Brinton, Pilling, PowelL 

Chaae (Pliny Earle). On certain primi- 
tive names of the Supreme Being. 

In American Philosoph. Soo. Proc. vol. 9, 
pp. 420-424, Philadelphia, 1860, 8°. 

Terms nsed by a number of American tribes, 
among them the Crow, Iowa, and Assineboin. 

— On the radical significance of nu- 
merals. 

In American Philosoph. Soc Proc. voL 10, pp. 
ia-23, Philadelphia, 1869. 89. 

Examplesinseyeral Indian langnages, includ- 
ing the Santee fh>m Rigga's Dakota Dictionary 
and Hayden's Ethnography Sec. of the Missouri 
Tribes. 

Chateaubriand {Vieomte Francois Au- 
guste de). Voyages | en | Am^rique | 



Chateaubriand (F. A. de)— Continued, 
et en Italie : | par | Le Vieomte de Cha- 
teaubriand. I £n deax volumes. | Tome 

i[-ii]. I 

Paris I et Londres, chez Colbum, 11- 
braire, | New Burlington street. | 1828. 

2 vols. : 2 p. IL pp. i-iv, 1 1. pp. 1^00 ; 3 p. IL pp. 
1-423, 8<>.~Langnes indiennes, vol. 1, pp. 273- 
286, includes comments upon and comparisons 
of the Sioux with other American languages. 

Copies seen: Congress. 

Travels | in | America and Italy, | 

by I Viscount de Chateaubriand, | au- 
thor of Atala, Travels in Greece and Pal- 
estine, I The Beauties of Christianity, 
&c. I In two volumes. | Vol. I[-II]. | 

London : | Henry Colburn, New Bur- 
lington Street. | 182-^. 

2 vols. : 3 p. U. pp. 1-356 ; 2 p. IL pp. 1-429, 8°. - 
Indian languages, vol. 1, pp. 255-266. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Wis- 
consin Historical Society. 

CEiivres completes | de M. le Vieomte 

I de Chateaubriand, | membre de 
rAcad6mie fran9oise. | Tome premier 
[-treute-sixifeme], | 

Paris. I Pourrat ftferes, ^diteurs. | M. 
DCCC. XXXVI[-M. DCCC. XL] [ 1836- 
1840]. 

36 vols. 80.— Vol. 12, Voyage en Amdriqne, 
contains Langues indiennes, pp. 167-176. 

Copies seen : British Museum, Watkinson. 

Voyages | en Am^rique | en Italie, 

etc. I par | M. De Chateaubriand | avec 
des gravures | 

Paris I Bernardin-B^cbet, Libraire | 
31, Quai des Augustins [1865] 

Printed cover, half-title 1 i. pp. 1-380, 8o.— 
Linguistics as in edition of 1828, pp. 138-144. 
Copies seen: Bancroft. 
Oircnlar, Santee. See Riggs (A. L.). 
Clarkson (Matthew). Words in the 
Osage Language. 

In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian Tribes, voL 4, 
p. 275, Philadelphia, 1854. 4o. 

Cleveland {Rev. William Joshua). See 
Cook (J. W.) and others. 

See WiUiamBon (J. P.) and Riggs 

(A.L.). 

editor. See Anpao. 

Mr. Cleveland was bom at Columbus, Miss., 
April 20, 1845 ; was graduated from Hobart Col- 
lege, Geneva, N. Y., in 1869, and from the Berke- 
ley Divinity School, Middletowu.Conn., in 1872; 
was ordained deacon in the same yeer and went 
to the Indian mission field in Octolier, 1872; or- 
dained priest in 1873. His first mission was at 
the Lower Brul6 Agency, Dakota Territory, 
whence he removed to the Yankton Indian 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



20 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OP THE 



Clevelaiid (W. J.) — Continued. 

Agency io 1874, where he had a mission among 
the Sioux Indiana at White Swan's camp ; es- 
tablished a new mission among the Sioangu, or 
Upper BraI6 Sioax, then located on Beaver 
Creek, Nebraska, at Spotted Tail Agency, in 
June, 1875. On the removal of Bed Cloud and 
Spotted Tail Agencies to the Missouri River in 
1877, Mr. Cleveland returned to the Yankton 
Agency and took charge, as principal, of St. 
Paul's Mission Boarding School for Sioux Boys 
and Yonng Men. During his stay there he was 
one of the editors of Anpao. 

Spotted Tail's and Bed Cloud's peoples hav- 
ing been removed to their present locations, he 
returned to his work among the Upper Bruits 
and Ogalalas at the Rosebud Agency, Dakota 
Territory, in January. 1879, where he has since 
resided, conducting, with the aid of others, and 
•upervising, under Bishop Hare, the missions 
and mission school work at both the Pine 
Ridge and Rosebud Agencies. For the past 
two years he has also l>een principbl of St. 
Mary's Mission Boarding School for Sioux Boys 
and Girls, 12 miles fW>m Rosebud Agency, on 
Antelope Creek, Dakota Territory. 

During his stay at the Rosebud Agency Mr. 
Cleveland translated into the Dakota tongue 
considerable portions of Foster's Story of the 
Bible, The Church Catechism Dlustrated, and 
a number of hymns. With the aid of Rev. Philip 
Deloria be has translated the whole of Oxenden's 
Pastoral Office, and with Rev. Joseph C. Taylor 
the whole of the Calvary Catechism. He has 
also made several other translations of minor 
importance. 

Mr. Cleveland assisted Rev. Dr. Riggs in his 
revision of the Dakota Dictionary, supplying 
the material necessary for introducing the 
Titonwan dialect throughout the book, and was 
one of a committee of three to revise the Da- 
kota hymnal used in the missions. 

In 1885 Mr. Cleveland was appointed rural 
dean of the western or Niobrai*a deanery of 
Southern Dakota. 

Oongress: This word following a title indicates 
that a copy of the work referred to was seen by 
the compiler in the Library of Oongress, Wash- 
ington, D. C. 

Oonstitntion : 

Dakota. See Riggs (S. R.). 

Yankton. Cook (J. W.) and others. 

Constitution and rales. See Cook (J. 
W.) and others. 

Constitution of Minnesota. See Riggs 
(8. R.). 

Cook (Charles Smith). See Cook (J. 
W.). 

See Cook (J.W.) and Cook (C. S.). 

— »- See Cook (J. W.) and others. 

Mr. Cook is the son of Caleb Smith, of Vir- 
ginia (lieutenant U. S. Army and, later, major- 
general Confederate army), and Katie Wana- 
^iska, a fuUblood Hunkpatl Dakoto. He was 



Cook (C. S.)— Continaed. 

bom at Fort Randall, Dakota Territory, No- 
vember 1, 1853, and was adopted by Rev. Joseph 
W. Cook, missionary to the Yanktons, January 
8, 1871. Placed in school at Nebraska College, 
Nebraska City, Nebr. ; afterwardsat Andalusia 
Hall, Bucks County, Pennsylvania. Graduated 
from Trinity College, Hartford, Conn., in the 
class of 1881, and f^m Seabnry Divinity School, 
Faribault, Minn., in 1885. Ordained deacon by 
Bishop Hare, of South Dakota, June, 1885. 
Stationed at Pine Ridge Agency September, 

1885. Ordained priest by same bishop May, 

1886. Married Miss Jessie £. WeUs, of Cam- 
bridge, N. Y., September 25, 1886. 

[Cook (Joseph Witherspoon).] Form | 
for making catechists | in the | mis- 
sionary jurisdiction | of | Niobrara. | 
Niobrara ; Yewicasipi Makooe Obaspe | 
kin en, | Catechist wicakagapi woecon 
kin. I 

Yankton Agency : | St. Paul's School 
press. I 1878. 

TiUe 1 p. 160, pp. 2^ and 2-5, alternate En- 
glish and Santee. 

Oopietseen: PowelL 

[ ] [PauPs epistles to Timothy and 

Titus in the Santee dia lect of the Da- 
kota language. By Rev. Joseph W. 
Cook. • 
Yankton Agency, Dakota : 1878.] 
No title-page; pp. 1-26 printed on one side 
only, 99, Prepared by Mr. Cook and sent to 
his fellow missionaries among the Dakotas for 
correction. The work has not been pablisbed. 
Copies $€^n: PoweU. 

[ ] [An analysis of the Bible in the 

Yankton dialect of the Dakota lan- 
guage. By Rev. Joseph W. Cook. 

Yankton Agency, Dakota: 1879.] 

Pp. 1-48, 120. ^ 

Concerning the abore fragment the aotbor, 
in a letter to me, says that he had "complied 
the analysis to the end of the Old Testament, 
bat the printing was cat short at the Book of 
Psalms on account of the burning of the mis- 
sion printing office." No title-page was oom> 
posed and but few copies were printed. 

OopiettMn: PowelL 

[ ] Okna hayake wakan kicunpi kin 

en I wocekiye kin. | [1879.] 

Literal translation : In vestments sacred they 
put on the in prayers the. [Prayers in the rem- 
try.J 

No title-page ; 1 p. 1(P, in the Yankton di»> 
lect of the Dakota. 

Copies seen: PowelL 

[A study in the Yankton dialect of 

the Dakota, by the Rey. Joseph W. 
C«>ok, missionary, aided by Charles 8. 
Cook, Alfred C. Smith, Battiste Be 



Digitized by CjOOQIC 



SIOUAN LANGUAGES. 



21 



Cook (J. W.)— Contintied. 
Fond and Frank Yassar, native half- 
castes. 1880-1882.] 

Manuscript, pp. 77-233, 4P. Recorded in a 
oopy of Introduction to the Stady of Indian 
Langnaf^ee, second edition, completely filled. 
In the library of the Bureau of Ethnolojj^. 

hLr. Cook writes me, under date of June, 
1883, as follows: **I am now copying and re- 
writing for the printer a much larger work, 
which for three years past I have been pre- 
paring, viz, a Commentary on the book of 
Gonesis. It will run to 400 or 500 pp. perhaps. 
It is in the Yankton dialect, and I hope I shall 
be able to have it properly printed, which the 
catechism is not." 

See Hemans (D. W.). 

See Hinman (S. D.) and Cook (J. 

W.). 

editor. See Anpao. 

and Cook (C. S.). Calvary | wiwi- 

cawangapi kin, | qa | wokiksuye an- 
petn kin koya. | Mre. D. C. Weston, 
Owa, Rev. Joseph W. Cook, | qa | Mr. 
Charles S. Cook, | ieska kagapi. | [Two 
lines quotation.] 

[No place.] Pablished for the | Nio- 
brara Mission. | 1882. 

Literal trarutlation : Calvary something-they • 
ask Icateohismj the, and remembrance [holy] 
days the idso. Mrs. D. C. Weston, wrote, Rev. 
Joseph W. Cook, and Mr. Charles S. Cook, 
they-interpreted it. 

Pp. 1-32, sq. lO^'. Calvary catechism in the 
Yankton dialect of the Dakota. 
Oop%e9M«n: Pilling, PowelL 

[ and others.] Okodakiciye wakau 

tadowan kin | Hymnal | according to 
the use of the | Protestant Episcopal 
Church I in the | missions among the 
Dakotas | of the | Missionary District 
of I South Dakota | Revised and en- 
larged I 
New York | Thomas Whittaker ( 1885 
Title 1 L table 2 11. text pp. 1-172, 18P. Con- 
tains 177 hymns, most of which are preceded by 
a passage of scripture. " The work is in the 
malut'* so Mr. Cook informs me, "in the Yank- 
ton dialect, as a medium between the Santee 
and Teton, but there have been retained some 
Santeeisms well understood by the other 
tribes.** In this work Mr. Cook, who was 
chairman of the committee, had the assistance 
of Sev. W. J. Cleveland and Charles S. Cook. 

On pa«e 165 is given the following list of an. 
thors and translators : 
Andrew Jones. Daniel W. Hemans. 

Committee. George Dowanna. 

Charles S. Cook. George St Clair. 

Chariee W. HofGaum. Henry Swift. 



Cook (J. W.) —Continued. 



John B. Chapman. 
Joseph C. Taylor. 
James Hemans. 
Joseph W. Cook. 
T. K. Taylor. 
Luke C. Walker. 
Philip Johnson. 
Pierre La Points. 
Paul Mazakute. 
Copies 8Mn: Dunbar, 



Philip Weston. 
Samuel D. Hinman. 
Thomas Wakanna. 
William Holmes. 
Wm. J. Cleveland. 
Wm. M Robertson. 
Walter S. HaU. 
W. T. Selwyn. 

Pilling, PoweU. 



[ and others. ] Constitution and rules 

of order | of the | convocation of the 
Niobrara deanery | of | South Dakota. | 
South Dakota | okna | Niobrara dean- 
ery omniciye kin | woope tona iyotan- 
dapi kin, | qa | oknayan skanpi kta 
wowasukiye kiu. | 

New York: | Thomas Whittaker, | 2 
and 3 Bible House. | 1885. 

Printed cover as above, title as above, 1 L text 
pp. 2-13, English on versos, Dakota (Yankton 
dialect) on rectos, 8°. 

lu this work Mr. Cook was assisted by Bevs. 
W. J. Cleveland and L. C. Walker. 

Copies seen : Pilling, PowelL 

Mr. Cook was bom at Bethel, Yt, March 12, 
1836. His parents removing in 1840 to Circle- 
ville, Ohio, Mr. Cook was educated at Green- 
way Boarding School, Springfield, Ohio, and at 
Kenyon College, Gambier, Ohio, graduating 
in the class of 1860. He studied theology at 
the Philadelphia Divinity School and at the 
General Theological Seminary, N'ew York 
City, graduating fh>m the former in 1864. In 
this year he was ordained deacon and in 1865 
was made a priest. From that time until the 
end of 1867 Mr. Cook was in charge of churches 
in the Bast, going thence as missionary to 
Cheyenne, Wyo., where he organized a church 
and built a church, rectory, and schooL He 
remained at Cheyenne until April 25, 1870. 

On May 9, 1870, Mr. Cook began his labors as 
missionary to the Yankton Lidians, among 
whom ho has remained ever since. He has 
shown great energy in bis work, having built 
a church at the agency and two at the ends of 
the reservation, to each of which a day school 
is attached. 

Corliss {Capt. A. W.). [Vocabulary of 
the Lacotah, or Sioux, Brul^ band.] 

Manuscript, pp. 8-103, i°, in the Teton dia- 
lect, in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
Copied from the original manuscript owned by 
Captain Corliss into a copy of Po weirs Intro- 
duction &o. first edition. Schedules 1, 14-16, 
and 23 are well filled; 2, 3, 5-11, 13, 17-19, 21, 
and 24 contain scattering entries; 4. 12, 20, and 
22 are blank. Three of the pages at the end 
are well filled with Indian nsmes. 

"Notes made while at Spotted Tail's Agency 
of Bru16 Sioux Indians, on the White River, in 
Dakota and Nebraska, in 1874." 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



22 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Correspondence. Document 512. | Cor- 
respondence I on the subject of the | 
Emigration of Indians, | between | the 
30th November, 1831, and 27th De- 
cember, 1833, I with abstracU of ex- 
penditures by disbursing agents, | in 
the I Removal and Subsistence of In- 
dians, &c. &c. I Furnished | in answer 
to a Resolution of the Senate, of 27th 
December, 1833, | by the Commissary 
General of Subsistence [George Gib- 
son]. I Vol. I[-IV]. i 

Washington : [ Printedby Duff Green. ] 
1834. 

4 vola. : pp. vli, 3-1179 ; 1 1. pp. 1-972 ; 1 1. pp. 
1-846; 1 L pp. 1-771, 8°. — Proper names, with 
English signification, in Otoe and Omaha, vol. 
4, pp. 728-732. 

Copies teen : Congress, TrumbolL 

Court de Gebelln (Antoine de). Monde 
primitif, | analyst et compart | avec 
le monde modeme, | consid^r^ | Dans 
divers Objets concemant THistoire, 
le Blason, les Mon- | noies, Ics Jeux, 
les Voyages des Ph^niciens an tour 
du I Monde, les Langues Am^ricaines, 
&c. I ou I dissertations mSUes | Tome 
premier, | Remplies de D^couvertes 
int^ressantes; | Avec une Carte, des 
Planches, & un Monument d'Am^ri- 
qne. | Par M. Court de Gebelin, | de 
di verses Academies, Censeur Royal. | 
[Design.] | 

A Paris, | Chez ' L'Auteur, rue Poup^e 
Maison de M. Boucher, Secretaire du 
Roi. I Valeyre Taln^, Imprimeur-Li- 
braire, rue de la vieille Bouclerie. | 
Soriu, Libraire, rue Saint Jacques. | 
M. DCC. LXXXI [1781]. | Avec appro- 
bation et privilege du Roi. 

Forma vol. 8 of Monde primitif, Paris. 1777- 
1782, 9 vols. 8°. The volumes have title-pages 
slightly dififering one from another. — Essai sur 
les rapports des mots entre les langues du Non- 
veaa Monde et celles de TAncien, pp. 489-560, 



Court de Gebelin (A. de)— Continued, 
contains: Langne des Chip6way et des Naa> 
doaessies, pp. 520-523. 

Copies teen: Congress. 

Triibner, 1856, No. 631, prices a copy of the 
9 YoK (dated 1787) at 32. 18#. 6<i. ; at the Fischer 
sale, catalogne No. 706, a copy brought 12. 10«. 
and at the Brinley sale, catalogue No. 5632, 
a half-rollam, fine copy, $20 25. 

Sabin's Dictionary. No. 17174, titles an edition 
of the Monde primitif: Paris, Boudet, 1775, 9 
vols, 40. 

Grow : 

Dictionary. 

Gentes. 

(rentes. 

Grammatio treatise. 

Personal names. 

Personal names. 

Personal names. 

Personal names. 

Personal names. 

Personal names. 

Phrases. 

Relationships. 

Sentences. 

Ten commandments. 

Vocabulary. 

Vocabulary. 

Vocabulary. 

Vocabulary. 

Vocabulary. 

Vocabulary. 

Vocabulary. 

Vocabulary. 

Words. 

Words. 

Words. 

Words. 



See Belden (G. P.). 

MaximUian (A. P.). 
Morgan <L. H.). 
Hay den (F.V.). 
Beckwourth (J. P.). 
Catlin (G.). 
Frost (J.). 
Indian. 

Jackson (W. H.). 
Treaties. 
Hayden (F.V.). 
Morgan (L. H.>. 
Hayden (F. V.). 
Hall (C. L.). 
BnckeU(A.G). 
Everette (W.B.). 
Gallatin (A.). 
Geisdorff (F.). 
Hayden (F. V.). 
Latham (R. G.). 
Morgan (L. H.). 
Say (T.). 

Beckwourth (J. P.). 
Chase (P. E.). 
Latham (R. G.). 
Maximilian (A. P.). 



Cnlbertson (Thaddeus A.). Journal of 
an expedition to the Mauvaises Terres 
and the Upper Missouri in 1850: By 
Thaddeus A. Cnlbertson. 

In Smithsonian Institution Ann. Rep. for the 
year 1850, pp. 84-145. Waahington. 1851, 8^. 

A tabular view of the Sioux nation on the 
Upper Missouri, A. D. 1850 (giving tribal names 
with English signification), pp. 141-142.— Tab- 
ular view of several Indian nations ou the 
Upper Missouri, A. D. 1850, pp. 143-144. 



D. 



Dakota. 




Dakota - - Con tinned 




Bible, John (in part). 


See American. 


General discussion. 


See Keane (A. H.). 


Bible, John (in part;. 


Baxter (J.). 


General discussion. 


Lelaud (C. G.). 


Bible, John (in pan). 


Bible Society. 


General discussion. 


Maximilian (A. P.) 


Bibliography. 


Riggs (S. R.). 


General discussion. 


MiiUer (F.). 


Constitution. 


Riggs (S. R.). 


General discussion. 


Ramsey (A.). 


Dictionary. 


Hennepin (L.). 


General discussion. 


Roehrig(F.L.O.). 


Dictionary. 


Riggs (S. R.). 


General discussion. 


Shea (J. G.). 


(skneral discussion. 


Duncan (D.). 


General discussion. 


Turner (W. W.). 


General discussion. 


Hind(U.Y.). 


General discussion. 


Williamson (A.W.). 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



SIOUAN LAIIOIIAGE^. 



23 



Dakota — Con tinned. 




Geographic names. See Hajden <F. V.). 


Oeographio names. 


Riggs (S. R.). 


Geographic names. 


Williamson (A.W.). 


Grammar. 


Riggs (S. R.). 




Adam (L.). 


Hymns. 


NeiU (E. D.). 


Lord's prayer. 


Bergholtz (G. F.). 


Lord's prayer. 


Gallatin (A.). 


Lord'6 prayer. 


Woahope. 


Karnes of animals. 


Hayden (F. V.). 


Names of animals. 


Hoffman /W. J.). 


Karnes of months. 


Hind(H.T.). 


Karnes of months. 


Keating (W. H.). 


Komerols. 


James (E.). 


Numerals. 


Wmiamson (A.W.). 


Personal names. 


Hayden (F. V.). 


Personal names. 


Jackson (W. H.). 


Primer. 


Hunfalvy (P.). 


Relationships. 


Bastian (A.). 


Relationships. 


Opperi (G.). 


Sentences 


Hoffman (W. J.). 


Songs. 


Belden (G. P.). 


Songs. 


Gordon (H. L.). 


Ten commandments. 


Woahope. 


Tract 


Huggins (E.W.) and 




Williamson (N. J.). 


Treaty. 


Sisseton. 


Tribal names. 


Hayden (F. V.). 


Tribal names. 


Hind(H.Y.). 


Tribal names. 


Morgan (A.). 


Tribal names. 


Warren (G. K.). 


Yocabnlary. 


Campbell (J.). 


Tocabnlary. 


Domenech (B.). 


Vocabolary. 


Dorsey (J. 0.). 


Tocabnlary. 


GalUtin (A.). 


Vocabulary. 


Hale (H.). 


Vocabulary. 


Hayden (F. V.). 


Vocabulary. 


Keating (W. H.). 


Vocabolary. 


Message. 


Vocabulary. 


Riggs (S. R.). 


Vocabulary. 


Vocabulary. 


Vocabulary. 


Williamson (T.S.). 


Words. 


Bu8chmann(J.C.B.). 


Wortls. 


Donnelly (L). 


Words. 


Gordon (H. L.). 


Words. 


Hale (H.). 


Words. 


Hoffman (W. J.). 


Words. 


Latham (R. G.). 


Words. 


Lynd (J. H.). 


Words. 


MaUery (G.). 


Words. 


Morgan (A ). 


Words. 


Noma (P. W.). 


Words. 


8chomburgk(R.H.). 


Words. 


TrumbnU (J. H.). 


Words. 


VaU (E. A.). 


Words. 


Williamson (T. S.). 



Dakota ABC. See Johnson (P.). 

Dakota ABC. See Riggs (S. R.). 

Dakota Cbnroh Service. See Hlnman 
(8. D.) and Robertson (T. A.). 

Dakota dowanpi kin. See Renville (J.) 
and others. 



Dakota First Reading Book. See Riggs 

(S. R.) and Pond (G. H.). 
Dakota Nyelov. See Hunfalvy (P.). 
Dakota odowan. See Riggs (S. R. ). 
Dakota odowan. See Riggs (S. R.) and 

'WiUiamsonCJ. P.). 

Dakota odowan. See Williamson (J. 
P.) and Riggs (A. L.). 

Dakota Tawaxitka Kin, | or | the Dakota 
Friend. | Published by the Dakota Mis- 
sion. I Vol. I. St. Paul, Minnesota, 
November, 1850. No. I[-Vol. II. Au- 
gust, 1852. No. VIII]. Edited by G. 
H. Pond. 

A four-pa{^, twelve-column paper, issued 
monthly, printed partly in San lee Daltota, 
partly in English, most articles being printed 
in both languages, though occasionally only in 
the one or the other. An illustrated heading 
was added to issue No. 7, voL 1. Vol. 1 ended 
with the issue of October, 1851, vol. 2 beginning 
January, 1852, with the size of the sheet much 
enlarged. The publication was suspended with 
the issue of August of the same year, in which 
number the following editorial notice appears: 
"The Dakota Mission deems it undesirable, 
while the Indians are so unsettled, to continne 
the Friend. If the prospect is more encour* 
aging it will be resumed hereafter." 

There is much of interest to the philologist 
in this paper : lessons for learners, grammatic 
forms, vocabularies, &c 

The meaning of the Dakota words in the title 
is: Dakota his-helper the. 

Copies aeen: Congress, Harvard. 

Dakota tawoonspe. See Riggs (S. R.). 
Dakota Text-Book. See Huggins (E. 

W.) and 'WiUiamson (N. J.). 
Dakota wiwangapi. See Pond (S. W.). 
Dakota wlwicawangapi. See Riggs (S. 

R). 

Dakota wowapi. See Riggs (S. R.). 
Dakota wowapi. See Williamson (T. 

S.)aud Riggs (S.R.). 
De Fond (Battisto). See Cook (J. W. ). 

Denig ( E. T. ) . Vocabulary of the Assini- 
boine. 

In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian Tribes, vol. 4, 
pp. 416-431, PhUadelphla, 1854, 4°. 

Vocabulary of the Gros Ventres. 

In Pallisser (John), Journal, Detailed Re- 
ports. British North America, pp. 207-208. Lon- 
don, 18G3, folio. 
Dictionary : 

Cegiha. See Dorsey (J. O.). 

Crow. Beldeu (O. P.). 

Dakota. Hennepin (L.). 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



24 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Dictionary— Continued. 

Dakota. See BiggB (8. B.). 

HidatMfc. Hall (C. L.). 

Hidatsa. Matthews (W.). 

Kansas. Bourassa (J. K.). 

Kaiulhs. Dorsey (J. O.). 

Santee. WUIiamson (J. P.). 

Sioax. Belden (6. P.). 

YaDkton. WilUamson (J. P.). 

Domenech {AhbS Emmanael). Seven 
years' residence | in the great | des- 
erts of North America | by the | Ahb^ 
Em. Domenech | Apostolical Mission- 
ary: Canon of Montpellier: Member 
of the Pontifical Academy Tiberina, | 
and of the Geographical and Ethno- 
graphical Societies of France, &o, \ 
niastrated with fifty-eight woodcuts 
by A. Joliety three | plates of ancient 
Indian music, and a map showing the 
actual situation of | the Indian tribes 
and the country described by the au- 
thor I In Two Volumes | Vol. I[-II]. | 

London | Longman, Green, Longman, 
and Roberts | 1860. | The right of trans- 
lation is reserved. 

2 vols. S^).— Indian languages, vol. 2, pp. 
109^168, contains examples from a number of 
Indian tribes, among them the Dacota.—Vocab- 
nlariea &c vol. 2, pp. 164-189, contain 84 words 
of Dacota, Mandan, and Osage. 

Copies seen : Astor, Boston Athenfeam, Brit- 
ish Museum, Congress, Watkinson. 

At the Field sale, catalogue No. 550, an uncut 
copy brought $2.37 ; the Pinart copy, catalogue 
Ko. 328, brought 6 ft. ; Clarke, catalogue No. 
5415, 1886, prices it at $5. 

Donnelly (Ignatius). Atlantis: | the 
antediluvian world. | By Ignatius 
Donnelly. | Illustrated. | [Quotation, 
eight lines.] | 

New York: | Harper & Brothers, 
Franklin square. | 1882. 

Title 1 1. pp. v-x, 1-490, 12o.— Vocabulary. 
English, Mandan, and Welsh (from Catlin), p. 
115.— Comparison of Dakota or Sioux (from 
Lynd) with other languages (Latin, English, 
Saxon, Sanscrit German, Danish, &o.), p. 116. 

Copies seen : Boston Public, British Museum, 
Bureau of Ethnology, Eames. 

Atlantis : : the Antediluvian World. | 

By I Ignatius Donnelly. | Illustrated. | 
[Quotation, eight lines.] | Seventh Edi- 
tion. I 

New York: | Harper & Brothers, 
Franklin Square. [1884.] 

Pp. iii-x, 1-490, 120.— Linguistics as in edition 
of 1882. 

Copies seen: Boston Athenieum, Congress, 
Powell. 



Dorsey : This word following a title indioat«s that 
a copy of the work referred to was seen by the 
compiler in the possession of Bev. J. O. Dorsey, 
Washington, D. C. 

[Dorsey {Rev. James Owen).] Ponka | 
ABC wa-b^ru. | Missionary Jurisdic- 
tion of Niohrara. | 

New York, | lb73. 

Pp. 1-16, sq. 160. Primer in the Ponka dia- 
lect 

Copies aeen: Dorsey, Pilling, Powell, Trum- 
bull. 

How the rabbit killed the (male) 

winter. An Omaha fable. By J. O. 
Dorsey. 

In American Antiquarian, voL 2, pp. 128-132, 
Chicago, 1879-'80, 8o. 

In the Omaha language, with interlinear 
translation in English. 

The rabbit and the grasshopper: 

an Otoe myth. Translated by Eev. J. 
Owen Dorsey, Omaha Agency, Neb. 

In American Antiquarian, voL 8, pp. 24-27, 
Chicago, 1880-'81, 8°. 

In the Oto language, with interlinear trans- 
lation in English. 

How the rabbit caught the sun in a 

trap. An Omaha Myth, obtained from 
F. LaFl^che by J. Owen Dorsey. 

In Bureau of Ethnology, First Annual Be- 
port, pp. W'l-eSS, Washington, 1881, 8o. 

Accompanied by explanatory notes, an inter- 
linear literal translation, and a free translation. 
The sister and brother : an Iowa tra- 
dition. By J. O. Dorsey. 

In American Antiquarian, vol 4, pp. 286-289, 
Chicago, 1881-'82, 8o. 

Contains an Iowa song, six stansas, with tree 
translation. 

The raccoons and the crawfish. An 

Omaha myth. By Rev. J. Owen Dorsey. 
In Our Continent, voL 1, p. 800, Philadelphia, 
1882, foUo. 

The rabbit and the grasshoppers. 

An Oto myth. By Rev. J. Owen Dorsey. 
In Our Continent, vol. 1, p. 816, Philadelphia, 
1882. foUo. 

Omaha sociology. By Rev. J. Owen 

Dorsey. 

In Bureau of Ethnology, Third Annual Re- 
port, pp. 205-370, Washington, 1884, 8o. 

Contains several hundred Omaha proper 
names, words, and sentences, passim. — Omaha 
songs, pp. 320, 322, 323, 32S; 331. 

Siouan folk-lore and mythologic 

notes. 

In American Antiquarian, vol. 6, pp. 174-176; 
vol. 7, pp. 105-108, Chicago, 1884-'85, 89, 

Contains a few Omaha and Ponka sentences 
and words. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



8I0UAN LANGUAGES. 



25 



Doney (J. O.)— Continued. 

On the comparative phonology of fonr 

Siooan languages. By Rev. J. Owen 
Doreey. 

In Smithsonian Inatitatfon, Annual Beport 
for 1883, pp. 919-929, Waahington. 1885, 9P. 

Lanfnii^esof the Siooan fomily, pp. 919-920.— 
The Siouan alphabet, pp. 920-921.— Claesifioa- 
tion of consonants, pp. 921-928.— Vocabolary of 
the Dakota and of the (f egiha (204 words of the 
Ponka. Kansa, and Osage), pp. 924-927.— Notes, 
pp. 927-929. 

A paper read before the American Associa- 
tion for the Advancement of Science, at Mon- 
treal, August, 1882. 

Separately issued as follows: 

On the I comparative phonology | of 

four I Siouan languages. | By | Rev. J. 
Owen Doreey, | of the Bureau of Eth- 
nology. I From the Smithsonian Report 
for 1«83. I 

Washington : | Government Printing 
Office. I 1885. 

Title on cover, inside title 1 1. pp. 1-11, 8°. 

Cfopietteen: Pilling, PowelL 

Mourning and war customs of the 

Kansas. By the Rev. J. Owen Doreey. 

In American Naturalist, vol. 19, pp. 670-680, 
Philadelphia, 1885, 8P. Also issued separately, 
without title-page or repaglnation. (Powell.) 

Kaosa names, with English meanings, pp. 
671,674.— Sacred song, p. 675.— Sentences and 
terms, p. 676. 

Indian peraonal names. By Rev. J. 

Owen Doreey. 

In American Ass. Adv. ScL Proo. voL 34, pp. 
893-399, Salem, 1886, SP. 

Examples from the Omaha, Ponka, Iowa, Oto, 
and Missouri. 

Separat^y issued as follows : 

Indian peraonal names | hy | Rev. 

J. Owen Doreey, | member [&c. five 
lines]. I (From the Proceedings of 
the American Association for the Ad- 
vancement I of Science, Vol. XXXIV, 
Ann Arbor Meeting, August, 1885.) | 

Printed at the Salem Press. | Salem, 
Mass. I 1886. 

Printed coyer, title verso blank 1 1. pp. 393- 
399, 8P. Fifty copies printed. 

Copies teen: Dorsey, Pilling, Powell. 

[Myths, stories, and lettere in the 

i^giha language.] 

This material is in the hands of the printer 
and will form Part I, VoL VI, Contributions to 
Korth American Ethnology, to be published by 
ihe Bureau of Ethnology. It comprises 72 
stories and myths and 48 letters, each with in. 
teriinear translation, explanatory notes, and 
tne translation ; 544 pp. 4P, are stereotyped. 



Doney (J. O.) — Continued. 

[Grammar of the (/legiha language.] 

Manuscript, 800 pp. folio. Will form Part II, 
VoL VI, Contributions to North American Eth- 
nology. 

[(jpegiha dictionary: (fegiha-English 

and English- (pegiha. ] 

Manuscript, 22,000 slip4. Contains 20,000 
words alphabetically arranged. Will form 
Part in, VoL VI, Contributions to North 
American Ethnology. 

[Letters and myths in the (fegiha 

language. ] 

Manuscript, 200 pp. folio. Consists of 274 
letters and 8 myths which were dictated by 
Omaha Indians. It was intended to incorpo- 
rate them in VoL VI, Part I, Contributions to 
North American Ethnology, but the material 
already in type for that volume was so exten- 
sive as to preclude this. 

Concerning the publication of his (pegiha 
material, Mr. Dorsey writes as follows in The 
American Antiquarian of September, 1886: 

"The Director of the Bureau of Ethnology 
has proposed to publish VoL VI in three parts : 
texts, dictionary, and grammar. Part I. 
•Myths, Stories, and Letters,' will contain aai 
introduction by the Director, one by the au- 
thor, and the myths, legends, ghost stories, 
historical papers, and 48 of the 300 epistles * * * 
with interlinear translations, critical notes, and 
free English translations. Of this body of texts, 
544 pages, 4^, have been stereotyped at the 
Government Printing Office since March, 1882. 
Part I cannot be published before the comple- 
tion of the other parts. The other letters and 
several myths gained since 1S80 jnust be re- 
served for publication in another volume. 
Part II, the dictionary, will have a twofold 
arrangement, Indian-English and English-In- 
dian. Up to July, 1885, over 16,000 Indlwi- 
English entries were transliterated and ar- 
ranged in alphabetical order. No more has 
been done, on account of frequent interrup- 
tions. From November, 1882, to February, 
1883, the author was in Indian Territory, col- 
looting similar information in the cognate (pe- 
giha dialects, Kansas, Osage, and Quapaw, 
which material, however, is too extensive to 
be admitted into Vol. VI. The preparation of 
'Omaha Sociology,' the correction of proof for 
Dr. Rlggs's Dakota Dictionary, and the collec- 
tion of vocabularies &c. from Oregon tribes 
have occasioned further delays. Lastly, since 
July, 1886, the author has co'-operatod with the 
* other workers of the Bureau in the preparation 
of an Indian synonymy, giving special atten- 
tion to the Dakota or Siouan, Athapascan, Cad- 
doan, Kusan.Takilman, and Yakonan linguistic 
families. Even with uninterrupted attention 
hereafter. It will require at least two years for 
the completion of the dictionary, to say nothing 
of the grammar." 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



26 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Dorsey (J. O.) — Continued. 

[Linguistic material of the Iowa, 

Oto, and Missouri.] 

Manuscript, 1,000 pp. folio. CoDsists of 
myths, stories, and letters, with interiinear 
translations, explanatory notes, and tree trans- 
lations, a dictionary of 9,U00 words, and a gram- 
mar. 

[Linguistic material in the Kansa 

dialect.] 

Manuscript, described as follows in the 
Fourth Annual Beport of the Bureau of Eth- 
nology, p. xli : " Most of the pages of [a copy of] 
the second edition of the Introduction to the 
Study of Indian Languages were filled. He 
[Mr. Dursey] also ohtaimd gramniatic notes, 
material for a dictionar)' of about tbroe thou- 
sand words; texts, consisting of my t lis, histori- 
cal papers, and letters (epistles) dictateil in the 
original by the Indians, to be prepared with 
interlinear translations ; critical notes and fi ee 
English translations ; an account of the social 
organization of the tribe, with names of gentes, 
proper names of members of each gens, Sec, 
the kinship system and marriage laws, with 
charts ; an acconnt of the mourning and war 
customs, with a curious chart (one similar 
being used by the Osage), prepared by the lead- 
ing war chief of the tribe, from one iuherited 
from his grandfather; a partial classification 
of the flora and fauna known to the tribe ; and 
maps drawn by the natives, with native local 
names." 

[Linguistic material in the Winne- 
bago language. ] 

Manuscript, 100 pp. folio and 2,100 slips. Con- 
sists of a letter (with interlinear translation, 
notes, and f^e translation), grammatic notes, 
and a dictionary of 2,000 words. 

These manuscripts are in the library of the I 
Bureau of Ethnology. 

See Bnshotter (G.). 

James Owen Dorsey was bom in Baltimore, 
Md., in 1848. He attended the Central High 
School (now the City College) in 1862 and 1863, 
taking the classical course. Illness caused him 
to abandon his studies when a member of the 
second year class. In a counting room from 
1804 to 1866. Taught from September, 1866, 
to June, 1867. Entered the preparatory de- 
partment of the Theological Seminary of Vir- 



Dorsey (J. O.) — Continued. 

ginia in September, 1867, and the Junior class of 
the seminary in September, 1869. Was or- 
dained a deacon of the Pi-otestant Episcopal 
Church in the United States by the bishop of 
Virginia, Easter day, 1871. Entered upon his 
work among the Ponka Indiana, in Dakota 
Territory-, in May of that year. Had an attack 
of scarlet fever in April, 1872, and one of ty pho- 
malarial fever in July, 1873. Owing to this ill- 
ness, he was obliged to give up the mission 
work in August, 1873, soon after he had learned 
to talk to the Indians without an interpreter. 
He returned to Maryland and engaged in parish 
work till July, 1878, when, under direction of 
Mi^i* J- ^' Powell, he went to the Omaha i^s- 
ervation in Nebraska in order to increase his 
stock of linguistic matt* riaL On the oiganiza- 
tion of the Bureau of Ethnology, in 1879, he was 
transferred thereto, and from that time he has 
been engaged continuously in linguistic and 
sociologic work for the Bureau. He remained 
among the Omaha till April, 1880, when he re- 
turned to Washington. Since then he has 
made several trips to Indian reservations for 
scientific purposes, not only to those occupied 
by tribes of the Sionan family, but also to the 
Siletz reservation, in Oregon. At the last 
place, which he visited in 1884, he obtained vo- 
cabulariea, grammatic notvs, &.c. of lan;;uage8 
spoken by Indians of the Athubascan, Kusan, 
Takilman, and Yakonan stocks. The reports 
of his oflice and field work will be found in the 
annual reports of the Bureau of Ethnology. 

DoT^anna (George). See Cook (J. W. 
and others. 

Dunbar : This word following a title indicates that 
a copy of the work referred to is in the pos- 
session of Mr. John B. Dunbar, Bloomfield, 
N.J. 

Duncan ( Prof, David ) . Ameri can Races. 
I Compiled and abstracted by | Profes- 
sor Duncan, M. A. 

Forms Part 6 of Spencer (H.), Descriptive 
Sociology, London, 1878, folio. 

Comments on the language, with examples of 
the Dakota and Mandan, pp. 40-^2. 

Copies seen: Congiess. 

Some copies have the imprint: New York» 
D. Appleton & Co. [n. d.]. (Powell.) 



E. 



Eames : This word following a title indicates that 
a copy of the work referred to was seen by the 
compiler in the library of Mr. Wilberforce 
Eames, New York City. 

Eastman {Mrs, Mary Henderson). Dah- 
cotah ; I or, I Life and Legends of the 
Sioux I around Fort Snelling. | By Mrs. 
Mary £astman, | with | Preface by Mrs. 



Eastman (M. H.^ — Continued. 
C. M. Kirklaud. | Illustrated from draw- 
ings by Captain Eastman. | 

New York : | John Wiley, 161 Broad- 
way. I 1849. 

Pp. i-xxxi. 33-268, 8o.~ A list of Sioux chiefo» 
with English signidcation, p. xxv. — Sioux 
names for children, in order of birth, p. xxr.^ 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



SIOUAN LANJaUAGES. 



27 



Bastman (M. H.) — Continned. 

List of gods of the Oahootahs, with English sig- 
nifloatioD, p. zxxL 

Copies seen : Brinton, CoDgrese^ Eames, Har- 
Tftrd. 

At the Field sale, catalogue No. 608, a copy 
brought $1.25 rat the Sqnier sale, catalogue No. 
316, $1.25; at the Brinley sale, catalogue No. 
5388, $2.25; GUrke, caUlogne No. 6383, 1886, 
prices it at $2. 

Edwards ( Rev, Jonathan). Observations 
on the language of the Muhbekaneew | 
Indians ; | In which the Extent of that 
Laoguage in North America is shewn ; | 
its Grenins is grammatically traced; 
some of its Peculiarities, | and some In- 
stances of Analogy between that and 
the Hebrew are | pointed ont. | Com- 
municated to the Connecticut Society 
of Arts and Sciences, and | published at 
the Bequest of the Society. | By Jona- 
than Edwards, D. D., Pastor of a Church 
in New Haven, | and Member of the Con- 
necticut Society of Arts and Sciences. | 
New Haven, Printed by Josiah Meigs, 
M,DCC,LXXXVI1I [1788]. 

In Massachusetts Hist Soc ColL second se- 
ries, voL 10. pp. 81-160, Boston, 1823, 8^. 

This reprint is preceded hy an *' Advertise- 
nent " signed John Pickering and dated Salem, 
Mass. May 15, 1822, which occupies pp. 81-84. 

" Notes by the editor" occupy pp. 98-160 and 
include a Winnebago or Nippegon vocabulary 
(from Say), p. 145.— Comparative table of the 
&onx or Naudowesaie stock, comprehending 
the Winnebago, communicated by Mr. Du Pon- 
ceau, p. 151. 

Observations | on the | Language | 

of the I Muhbekaneew Indians. | By 
Jonathan Edwards, D. D. | A new edi- 
tion : I with notes, | by | John Picker- 
ing. I Ab published in the Massachusetts 
Historical Collections. | 

Boston : j Printed by Phelps and Fam- 
ham. I 182:{. 

pp. 1-82, 8c>.— The linguistics are as above. 

Copies seen: Boston Athenffium, Eames. 

The earlier editions of Edwards's Observa- 
tions do not contain these linguistics. Accord- 
ing to Sabin's Dictionary, No. 21972, there was 
an edition : Boston. Little, Brown, & Co. 1843. 

Elder (P. £.)• Terms of relationship of 
the Osage, collected by P. E. Elder, U. 
S. Indian agent for the Osages, Neosho 
Agency, Fort Scott, Kansas. 

In Morgan (L. H.), Systems of Consanguinity 
and Affinity of the Human Family, pp. 293-382, 
Unea 28, Wavhington, 1871, 4o. 



Eliza Marpicokawin, | raratonwan oyale 
en wapiye sa; | qa Sara Warpanica 
qon, I he naknn ikcewioaxta oyate wan 
etanhan. | 

Boston : | published for the American 
Tract Society, by | Crocker & Brews- 
ter. I 1842. 

Literal translation: Eliza Cloud center 
woman [I. a in the midst of the cloud] falU vil- 
lage [ Dakota name for the Chippewas, so called 
from their former residence at Sault Ste. Marie, 
Mich.] people in lepairer [medicine man] and 
Sara Poor tliat also common man [Indian] peo> 
pie one from. 

Pp. 1-12, 12°, in the Santee dialect— Bliaa 
Marpicokawin, raratonwan oyato en wapiye sa^ 
pp. 1-6.— Sara Warpanica qon, pp. 7-12. 

Copies seen: Boston Athen«um, PowelL 

English and Dakota Service Book. See 
Hinman (S. D.) and Cook (J. W.). 

English and Dakota Vocabulary. See 
Ri6gs(M.A.C.). 

English-Dakota school dictionary. See 
Williamson (J. P.). 

En glish-Dakota Vocabulary. See Will- 
iamson (J. P.). 

Everette (Willis Eugene). [Alphabetic 
vocabulary of adjectives, nouns, pro- 
nouns, verbs, etc. in the Ogl^ia dialect 
of the Sioux language.] ♦ 

Manuscript, 1,300 words in the Teton dialect^ 
collected in Sitting Bull's camp on Milk Biver, 
Montana Territory, October 24, 1878. 

[Comparative vocabulary of the 

Ogl^la and Apsirriikft or Sioux and 
Crow.] ♦ 

Manuscript, 1,000 words, collected on Lit- 
tle Horn River, Montana Territory, among 
the Indians of Two Bellies's Camp, January, 
1881. 

Titles furnished by the author. 

[Vocabulary of the Teton Sioux, 

alphabetically arranged, by Willis E. 
Everette, Government scout.] 

Manuscript, 91 pp. folio, in the library of the 
Bureau of Ethnology. Collected in 1881. 

Exercises, Santee. See Hinman (S. D.). 

Ezercises in Dictation. See ginwi^ n 
(S. D.). 

Extracts from Genesis. See Renville 

(J.). 

Extracts from the gospels. SeeRenviUe 
(J.). 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



28 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OP THE 



F. 



Featherstonhaugh (George William ) . A 
canoe voyage < ap i the Miunay Sotor ; ) 
with , an account of the lead and cop- 
per deposits in Wisconsin ; | of the gold 
region in the Cherokee conn try ; | and 
sketches of popular manners; | <&c. d&c. 
&c. I By G. W, Featherstonhaugh, F. 
E. S., F. G. 8. I Author of *' Excursion 
through the Slave States." | In two vol- 
umes. I Vol. I[-II]. I 

London : | Richard Bentley, New Bur- 
lington street, | Publisher in Ordinary 
to Her Majesty. | 1847. 

2 vola. 8o.— Numerous Sioaz names of places 
«nd chiefs Ac with English significations, 
scattered throoghont. 

Copies fen: Astor, British Mosenm, Con- 
gress. 

Fletcher (Alice C). The elk mystery 
or festival. Ogallala Sioux. By Alice 
C. Fletcher. 

In Peabody Mnsenm ann. reps. voL 8, pp. 
27e-28d, Cambridge. 1884, 8o. 

Omaha chant (4 Hues), words and music, with 
English translation, p. 279. 

The ** wawan," or pipe dance of the 

Omahas. By Alice C. Fletcher. 

In Peabody Moseum ann. reps. voL 8, pp. 
808-333, Cambridge, 1884, 8o. 

Several songs or chants (44 lines in all), words 
«nd mnsic, passim.— Speech by an aged Omaha, 
paragraph of 8 lines, with English translation 
p. 821.— Omaha words and sentences passim. 

Indian Ceremonies, | by | Alice C. 

Fletcher. | I. The White Buffalo Fes- 
tival. Uncpapas. | II. The Elk Mystery 
or Festival. Ogallala Sioux. | III. The 
Ceremony of the Four Winds. San tee 
Sioux. I IV. Shadow or Ghost Lodge. 
Ogallala Sioux. | V. The Wa-wan or 
Pipe Dance. Omahas. | (From the XVI 
Report of the Peabody Museum of Amer- 
ican ArchsBology and Ethnology ; Cam- 
bridge, Mass., 1883.) | 

Printed at the Salem Press, | Salem, 
Mass. I 1884. 

Printed cover as above, title as above 1 1, text 
pp. 260-333, 8°. 

Copiet teen : Barean of Ethnology. 

Fletcher (Jonathan C). List of moons 
in the Winnebago language. 

In Schoolcraft (H. R.). Indian Tribes, vol. 4, 
pp. 23»-240, Philadelphia, 1854, 4° 

Fontanelle (Henry). Ponca vocabu- 
lary. * 



Fontanelle (H. ) ^ Continued. 

Manuscript, 9 pp. folio, in the library of Dr. 
J. 6. Shea, Elizabeth. N. J. 

See Hamilton (W.). 

Form for making cateohists. See Cook 
(J. W.). 

Foster (Dr, Thomas). Vol. I. No. l[-3]. 

. Foster's Indian record and historical 
data. 

A foiir>page paper, of which only three nam- 
hers were issued, the first November 30, 1876, 
the other two between that date and March 1, 
1877. The editor was "Indian historiographer," 
and his sheet partook of the nature of a semi- 
official publication of the Indian Bareao. It 
was intended as a vehicle for the preliminary 
publication of material to be afterwards em- 
bodied in a series of monographs prepared by 
him and published by the Government. There 
are notes of value and interest to the philolo- 
gist and a few vocabularies, as follows : 

Vocabulary of the Attaoapas (from the Dn- 
ralde Manuscripts in the library of the Ameri> 
can Philosophical Society) ; names of loway 
children in order of birth; proper names in 
Winnebago, with translations; vocabulary of 
the Winnebago. 

Copies seen: Congress, Pilling, Powell, Traui- 
bull. 

Frenl^re ( Antoine D.). See Riggs (S. R.). 

See Riggs (S. B.) and ^Williamson 

(J. P.). 

See Williamson (J. P.) and Riggs 

(A. L.). 

Mr. Frenidre, who was a half-breed, was 
killed by hostile Indians in the summer of 
1863 as he was descending the Missouri Biver 
alone in a canoe. 

Frost (John). The hook | of the | In- 
dians I of I North America: | illustrat- 
ing I their manners, customs, and pres- 
ent state. I [Picture.] | Edited by John 
Frost, L. L. D. | author of the "Book 
of the Navy," "Book of the Army," 
&c., &c. I 

New York : | D. Appleton & Co., 200 
Broadway. | Philadelphia : | George 8. 
Appleton, 148 Chestnut St. | MDCCC 
XLV [1845]. 

Engraved title 1 1, title as above 1 1, pp^ i-x, 
13-283, 12^.— Sioux proper nances, with £nglisb 
signification, p. 44.— Crow proper names, p. 
46.— A few Sioux and Mandan terras, pp. 00-61. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress. Har- 
vard. 

At the Field sale, catalogue No. 754, a copy 
brought 63 cents. 

Sabin's Dictionary, No. 26020, mentions an 
edition: New York, Appleton. 1848. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



SIOUAN LANGUAGES. 



29 



G. 



Oabelentz (Hans Georg Conor von der). 
Grammatik | der | Dakota-Sprache | 
von I H. C. von der Gabelentz. | 

Leipzig: | F. A. Brockhaas. | 1852. 

Pp. 1-64, 8°, in the S«ntee dialect. Forms 
part 2 of same author's BeitrSge sur Sprachen- 
konde. 

Copist 9een: Brinton, Cougreas, Dunbar, 
Eamea. Powell, Tram ball. 

Priced by Trnbner, 1850, Na 656, at 2«. 6d. 
At Uie Ilsoher sale, catalogue No. 702, a half* 
morocco copy brought Zt. ; another copy, No. 
2873, U. Priced by Leolerc, 1878, Xo. 2206, at 2 
fr. 50 c ; by Quaritch, No. 12573, at U. M. ; and 
by Trubner, 1882, p. 42, at 2tf . 6d. 

Gallatin (Albert). A synopsis of tbe In- 
dian tribes within tbe United States 
east of the Rocky Mountains, and in 
the British and Russian possessions in 
North America. By tbe Hon. Albert 
Gallatin. 

In American Antiquarian Soc Trans. (Ar- 
dueologia Americana), vol. 2, pp. 1-422, Cam- 
bridge. 1836^ 8o. 

Grammatio notice of the Sioux (from Cass), 
pp. 251-2S2.~ Vocabulary of the Winnebagoes 
(from BoilTin, Cass, Long), of the Dahcotahs 
(from Keatfang, Long, Cass), of the Yankton 
(from Say), Qnappas (ftx>m Izard), Osage (from 
Murray, Cass, Bradbury), Ottoe (from Say), 
Omaha (from Say), Minetare (from Say), pp. 
805-387; Assiniboin (from Umfreville), p. 874; 
loway (frt>m Cass), p. 877 ; Crow (from Say), p. 
877; M andan, p. 87».~ Lord's prayer In Dah- 
eota,p.422. 

Hale's Indians of North- West Amer- 
ica, and vocabularies of North America ; 
with an introduction. By Albert Gal- 
latin. 

In American Ethnological Soc. Trans, vol. 2, 
pp. i-Kjlxrxvlii, 1-130, New York, 1848, 9P. 

Affinities of the ITpsaroka or Crow language 
with that of the sedentary Missouri Minetares 
and with those of the Sioux, pp. cxvi-cxviii.— 
Vocabulary of the Daootah, Osage, ITpsaroka, 
pp. 83-89.— Of the Yankton and Winnebago, 
p. 11&— Of the Quappas, Ottoes, Omaha, Mine- 
tares of Missouri, p. 117. 

Cku-diner (William H.). [Vocabulary of 
the Sisseton Dakotas, by W. H. Gar- 
liner, assistant surgeon, U. S. A. ] 

Manuscript, 10 U. 4<3, in the library of the 
Bureau of Ethnology. Collected in 1868. 

Ckurvie (James). See Riggs (S. R.). 

Gkitaohet (Albert Samuel). [Vocabulary 
of the Kansas or Kaw.] 
Mannaoript, 12 pp. 40, in the library of the 



Gatsohet (A. S.)-~ Continued. 

bureau of Ethnology. Recorded in a copy of 
Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 
first edition, incomplete. 

Words and sentences of the Biloxi 

language, Siouan family. Obtained at 
Lecompte, Rapides Parish, La., in Octo- 
ber and November, 1886, by Albert S. 
Gatschet. 

Manuscript, pp. 1-76, sm. 40, in the library 
of the Bureau of Ethnology. Pp. 68-72 are 
blank ; the remainder of the manuscript is well 
filled with words, phrases, and sentences. 80 
fkr as I know, this is the only record of the Bi- 
loxi; according to the philologists of the Bu- 
reau, it is undoubtedly of the Siouan stock. 

Geisdorff {Dr, Francis). [Vocabulary of 
the Mountain Crows. 1869.] 

Manuscript, 10 11. ¥>, in the library of the 

Bureau of Ethnology. 
Oeneral discussion: 

Assiniboin. See Maximilian (A P.,. 

Dakota. Duncan (D.). 

Dakota. Hind (H. Y.). 

Dakota. Keane (A. H.). 

Dakota. Leland (C. G.). 

Dakota. Maximilian (A P.). 

Dakota. MtLUer (F.). 

Dakota. Bamsey (A.). 

Dakota. Roehrig (F.L.O.). 

Dakota. Shea (J.G.). 

Dakota. Turner (W. W.). 

Dakota. Williamson (A.W.). 

lotra. Hamilton (W.). 

Mandan. Duncan (D.). 

Mandan. Maximilian (A P.). 

Minitori. Maximilian (A P.). 

NandowessL Court de Gebelin (A de).. 

Osage. J^han (L. F.). 

Osage. Pott (A F.). 

Oto. James (£.). 

Santee. Biggs (S. B.). 

Sioux. Atwater (C). 

Sioux. Burton (R. F.). 

Sioux. Chateaubriand (F. A de) 

Sioux. Jefferys (T.). 

Sioux. Mcintosh (J.). 

Winnebago. Baird (H. S.). 

Winnebago. Ramsey (A.). 

Yankton. Maximilian (A. P.). 



Oentes : 




Crow. 


See Maximilian (A P.). 


Crow. 


Morgan (L. H.). 


Iowa. 


Morgan (L.H.). 




Morgan (L. H.) 


Mandan. 


Morgan (L. H.). 


Minitari 


Morgan (L H.). 


Missouri. 


Morgan (L. H.). 


Omaha. 


Morgan (L. H.). 


Oto. 


Morgan (L. H.). 


Ponka. 


Morgan (L. H.). 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



30 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Oeograohlo names: 

Dakota. SeeHayden (F. V.). 

Dakota. Riggs(S.R.). 

Dakota. Williamson (A..W.). 

Iowa. Hamilton (W.). 

Kansas. Hamilton (W.). 

Omaha. Hamilton (W.). 

Ponka. Hamilton W.). 

Sioux. Brown (S. J.). 

Sioux. Featherstonhangh 

(G. W.). 
Oeography, Santee. See Biggs (A. L.). 
Gordon (H. L.). Legends of tbe North- 
west. I By I H. L. GordoD, | Author of 
" Pauline." | Containing | Prelude — 
The Mississippi. | The Feast of the Vir- 
gins, I a legend of the Dakotas. | Wi- 
nona, I a legend of the Dakotas. | The 
Legend of the Falls, | a legend of the 
Dakotas. | The Sea Gull, i the Ojibwa 
legend of the pictured rocks of Lake 
SuptM-ior. I Minne tonka. | 

St. Paul, Minn. | The St. Paul Book 
and Stationery Co. | 1881. 

Printed cover, pp. i-vili, 9-143, 8°.— Dakota 
songs, with English translation, pp. 68, 70, 85 
S7, 88, lOO.—Scattered throughout are many 
Dakota and Ojibwa terms, translations being 
given in the foot-notes.— Notes (1-86 and 1-27), 
pp. 124-143, referring to the preceding texts, 
contain much information as to the etymology 
and meaning of Indian words. 
Copies seen : Bureau of Ethnology. 

Gospel according to Mark. See Renville 

(J.) 



Grammar : 

((egiha. SeeDorsey (J.O.). 

Dakota. Biggs (S. R.). 

Hidataa. Matthews (W.). 

Iowa. Hamilton (W.) and 

Irvin(S.M.). 
Santee. Gabelenti (H. G. C. 

von der). 
Grammar and dictionary of the Dakota 

language. See Rlggs (S. R.). 
Grammar and dictionary of the language 
of the Hidatsa. See Matthews ( W.). 
Grammatic comments : 

Dakota. See Adam (L.). 

Hidatsa. Adam (L.). 

Santee. Burman ( W. A.). 

Sioux. AtWater (C). 

Sioux. Gallatin (A.). 

Winnebago. Dorsey (J. O.). 

Winnebago. Hayden (F. V.). 

Grammatic treatise: 

Crow. See Hayden (F. V.). 

Kansas. Dorsey (J. O.). 

Mandan. Hayden (F. V.). 

Mandan. Maximilian (A. P.). 

Grammatik der Dakota- Sprache. See 

Gabelents (H. G. C. von der). 
Grey Cloud (David). See Riggs (S. R.). 
Gros Ventre of the Missouri. See Hidatsa. 
Guthrie (Rev, H. A.). Terms of rela- 
tionship of the Otoe, collected hy Rev. 
H. A. Guthrie, at the Otoe Mission, 
Kansas. 

In Morgan (L.H.), Systems of Consanguin- 
ity and Affinity of the Human Family, pp. 
293-382, lines 21, Washington, 1871, 40. 



H. 



£Hadley (Lewis Francis).] A | Quapaw 
vocabulary. | And the | Quapaw and 
Ponca \ compared. | Also | the mystery 
of the Ponca removal | and the ' troubles 
Quapaws were subjected | to on account 
of the mystery | underlying the re- 
moval of the Poucas, I by Ingonompishi, 
late clerk | of the Quapaw Nation. | 
1882. 

Manuscript, 7 11. pp. 1-42, 1-91, 1^1, folio. In 
the library of the Bureau of Ethnology.— Title 
recto 1. 1, verso "Quapaw [words] over, 
loolced."— Brief historical notes, IL 2-7.— Re- 
marks, p. 1.— Key to the sounds used, p. 8, re. 
verse blank. — Quapaw vocabulary, pp. 5-42.— 
Kotice of the Quapaws and Poncas, p. 1.— Qua- 
paw- Ponca vocabulary, pp. 3-9. — The mystery 
of the Ponca removal, pp. 1-20.— Quapaw 
[words] overlooked, p. 21. 

Mr. Hadley informs me that he has another 
Quapaw mannscript, consisting of vocabulary, 
gi-ammatio material, &o., but he has furnished 
me no detailed description. 



Haldeman (Samuel Stehman). Analytic 
orthography: | an | investigation of 
the sounds of the voice, | and their | 
alphabetic notation; | including | the 
mechanism of speech, | and its bearing 
upon I etymology. | By | 8. S. Halde- 
man, A. M., I professor in Delaware Col- 
lege; I member [&c. six lines]. | 

Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott &, 
Co. I London : Triibner & Co. Paris : 
Benjamin Duprat. | Berlin: Ferd. 
DUmmler. | 1860. 

Pp. i- via, 5-148. 40.— A short vocabulary in 
Kansa, p. 135.— Numerals (1-10) of the Kansa 
and Osage, p. 146. 

Copies seen : Boston Athenienm, British Mu- 
seum, Bureau of Ethnology, Eames, TnunbulL 

Hale (Edward Everett). Eanzas and Ne- 
braska : I the history, geographical and 
physical characteristics, | and political 
position of those Territories ; | an ac- 



DigitJzed byVjOOQlC 



SIOUAN LANGUAGES. 



31 



Hale (E. £.)— Continued, 
count of the | Emigrant Aid Compa- 
nies, I and I directions to emigrants. | 
By I Edward E. Hale. | With an | orig- 
inal map from the latest authorities. | 

Boston : Phillips, Sampson and Com- 
pany. I New York: J. C. Derby. | 1854. 

Pp. i-viii. d-256, l2o.— A few English. Mun. 
dan, and Welsh words (from Catlin) compared, 
p. 32. 

OopieM 9een : Boston Athenfenm, British Ha- 
seam, Congrees, TrambulL 

Hale (Horatio). Indian migrations, as 
evidenced by language. 

In American Antiqaarian and Oriental 
Joamal, yoL 6, pp. 18-28. 108-124, Chicago, 1883, 
8°. 

Words in Tatelo and Dakota, pp. 109-111. 

Separately issued as follows ; 

. — Indian migrations, | as evidenced by 
language: | comprising | The Huron- 
Cherokee Stock.: The Dakota Stock : 
The Algonkins : | The Chabta-Muskoki 
Stock: The Moundbuilders: | The Iberi- 
ans. I By Horatio Hale, M. A. | A Paper 
read at a Meeting of the American Asso- 
ciation for the Advance- | ment of Sci- 
erce, held at Montreal, in August, 1882. | 
Beprinted trom the ''American Antiqua- 
rian '^ for January and April, 1883. | 

Chicago : | Jameson & Morse, Print- 
ers, 102-164 Clark St. | 1883. 

Printed cotct, title 1 1. pp. 1-27, 8^. 

Capita $een : Brinton, Dorsey, Eames, Pilling, 
Powell, TrambulL 

The Tatelo Tribe and Language. 

By Horatio Ha I 

In American Philoeoph. Soc. Proo. voL 21, pp. 
1-47, Phihulelphia, 1883, 9P. 

The alphabet, phonology, and grammatio 
forms, pp. 13-35.— Yooabolary of the Tatelo, 
Dakota, and Hidatsa, pp. 36-47. 

Also issued separately, pp. 1-47, 9P. (Eames. ) 

On soma doubtful or intermediate 

articulations: An experiment in pho- 
netics. By Horatio Hale, esq. 

In Anthropological Inst. Great Britain and 
Ireland Journal, voL 14, pp. 288-243, London, 
[1885] 8o. 

Besides examples ttam other American Ian* 
guages, this article contains : Interchangeable 
consouants in the Hidatsa language (from Mat* 
thews), pp. 233-284.— Of some articolations in 
the Dakota (tmm Biggs's Grammar), with a 
short vocabulaiy, pp. 237-238, 240. 

[Vocabulary of the Tutelo, with re- 
marks on the same. 1879. ] 

Manuscript. 30 pp.4(> in the library of the 
Bureau of Sthnology. 



Hall (Rev, Charles Lamon). Wahopin- 
ihte tolnksa | pidak. | 

Literal trantlation: Great-myBterioasK>ne 
his-words good. 

1 sheet, oblong, 11 by 3} inches. The ten c<»i- 
mandments in Mandao. Translated in 1877, 
with the assistance of Howard Mandan, a na> 
tive. 

Copiwwtn; Pilling, Powell. 

[Dictionary of the Gros Ventre or 

Hidatsa language.] * 

Manuscript, recorded in an interleaved copy 
of Mattliews's Hidat8a Dictionary and consist* 
ing of about 450 additions to and corrections of 
that work. 

[Hidat-sa phrase book.] * 

Manuscript, 50 pp. consisting of conyersa- 
tional sentences. 

[Portions of the scriptures, hymns, 

and prayers in the Gros Ventre or Hi- 
datsa language.] * 
Manuscript, 31 pp. sm. folio. These trans- 
lations were made at Fort Berthold, Dak., 1882 
to 1885, with the assistance of natives. They 
are. in detail, as follows: The ten command- 
ments ; Lord's prayer ; 1st, 23d, 121st, and 146th 
psalms; St. Matthew ▼, 1-12; St Luke zv, 
11-32; Apostles' creed; six hymns; two 
prayers. 

[Tbe ten commandments and the 

Lord's prayer in the Crow language. ] * 
Manuscript, 2 pp. folio. Done at the Crow 
Agency in 1883, with the assistance of a Gros 
Ventre Indian. 

[Vocabulary of the Mandan.] * 

Manuscript, 6 pp. sm. folio, consisting of 
about 50 words. 

These manuscripts are in the possession of 
their author, to whom I am indebted for their 
description. 

Mr. Hall, who in 1885 was stationed at Fort 
Berthold, Dak., was born iu Winchester, Eng- 
land, in 1847, and was educated in the schools 
and College of New York City. In 1871-'72 he 
attended the Union Theological Seminary of 
New York City, and fh)m 1872 to 1874 he was at 
A ndover, Mass. In 1874 ho went to Springfield, 
Dak., near the Dakota Indians, where he re- 
mained until 1876, going thence to his present 
residence. 

Hall (Walter S.). See Cook (J. W.) and 

others. 
Hamilton (Rev, William). Remarks on 

the Iowa language. 

In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian Tribes, voL 4, 

pp. 397-406, Philadelphia, 1854, 4o. 

[ ] Translations | into the | Omaha 

language, | with | Portions of Script- 
ure ; I also, I a few hymns. | 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



32 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OP THE 



Hamilton (W.) — Continued. 

New York: | printed by Edward O. 
Jenkins. | 20 North William street. | 
1868. 

Pp. 1-30, 16<^.— Soriptaral sentonoes, with in- 
terlinear translation, p. 7-14. — Exodus xx, pp. 
14-17.— Psalm 11, pp. 17-19.— Lord's prayer, p. 
20.— Hymns, pp. 20-30. 

Copies seen: Powell, TrumbolL 

Indian names and their meaning. 

In Nebraska State Hist. Soo. Trans, and Heps, 
vol. 1, pp. 73-76, Lincohi, Nebr., 1885, &>. 

Geographic names derived from varioas In- 
dian languages : Kansas, Iowa, Omaha, Ponca, 
&c. Followed by a brief list of Indian names 
of streams and localities, by Henry Fontanelle. 

-^— Hymns | in the | Omaha langnage. | 
Prepared by | Rev. William Hamilton^ | 
Omaha mission, | [Monogram.] | 

American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau 
street, New York. [ 1887. ] 

Pp. 1-96, 16°.— Hymns (82 in all), pp. 8-86.— 
The Lord's prayer, p. 87.— The ten command- 
ments, pp. 87-89.— Index to hymns, pp. 90-96. 

Many of the hymns are translations of fa- 
miliar English originals, as is shown by the 
respective titular lines. 

Copies seen: Pilling, Powell. 

[A portion of Genesis in the Iowa 

language.] * 

Manuscript, 63 pp. 12^, in the possession of 
the author. Includes the first ten chapters. 

— [Portions of the Scriptures — of 
Genesis, Exodus, Psalms, Isaiah, St. 
Matthew, St. John, Acts — in the Omaha 
language.] * 

Manuscript, 760 pp. 189. In the possession of 
the author. 

-^ [St. Matthew's gospel, with portions 

of St. Luke, St. John, and the Acts of 

^ the Apostles, in the Iowa language.] * 

Manuscript, 267 pp. folio. This work, the 
author informs me, is a revision of tfae transla- 
tion of St. Matthew's gospel, mentioned above, 
with other portions of the scriptures added ; 
it is ready for publication should an oppor- 
tunity present itself. 

The preceding manuscripts are in the pos. 
session of the author, who says that, in addi- 
tion to the above translations, he has, perhaps, 
as much more material, consisting of explana- 
tions, comments, Sec. 

^— [Vocabulary of the Iowa and Omaha. 

1880.] 

Manuscript, 1211. 112 words each, oblong folio. 

Mr. Hamilton is preparing a more extensive 

vocabulary of the Iowa and Omaha, to be given, 

i^hen finished, to the Bureau of Ethnology. 

— [Vocabulary of the Omaha, alpha- 
betically arranged. 1887.] 

Manuscript, 83 11. 4°. The two preceding 
manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of 
Ethnology. 



Hamilton ( W. ) — Continued. 

See Kent (M. B.). 

and Irvin (Rev, S. M.). Wv-wv-kr- 

hae 1 e-ya e-tu u-na-ha ,' Pa-hu-cae e-cae | 
aB-ta>wa3, mv-he-hvn-yae e-csB | ra pr»- 
tse-k^. Wv-kvn-fsB— Frae-cie | Wv-kun- 
fsd — Jweh-oas-ku | ae-wv-un-ye-kaB : | 
wv-kxn-ta wv-je-ksB ae-ta-wae, | Prae- 
spa-te ra-a-na-as-na-ha, | u-ke-cae e-tan- 
ta wv-ke-kun-fcB-na-ha 1 wv-wa-ye ae-ta- 
wcB oB-woen-ye-ce | pa-ce-fae-ig-as E. cae- 
praB-tse-kte | 

Pa-hu-cae Fv-kae-kn Wv-kun-fae ae-ta- 
woB Wv-wv-kv-hcB-u-na-ha »-ta-W8&- 
ta. I 1843. 

Literal translation: Writing one first made 
the-one-which Iowa speech his, amerioan 
speech made clear by talking. Teacher tall 
[Hamilton] Teacher short [Irvin] too they- 
causedit. God people his, Presbyterian the- 
ones-who, nation different teaches-different* 
things the-one-who (f) his (?) because (?) Bap- 
tiste small Interpreted-it. Iowa Sao-too 
Teacher his Writing-makes-it-the-one-who hi8> 
at. 1843. 

Second title : An Elementary Book | of the | 
loway Language. | with an | English TrantU- 
tion. I By | Wm. Hamilton, ( and S. M. Irvin. | 
Under the direction of the B. F. Miss, of the j 
Presbyterian Church. | J. B. Roy, Interpreter. | 

loway and Sao Mission Press, I Indian Ter^ 
ritory. I 1843. 

Pp. 1-101, 80. 

Copies seen : Boston Athenfpum, Powell ; the 
latter copy lacks tiUe-page and a number of 
leaves. 

[ ] Ya-W8B I pa-hu-caB | e-cae as-ta- 

waB I e-tu-hoe wa-u-na-ha. | Pa-hu-ca& 
fa-kas-ku I wv-kun-faB as-tawaB | aB-wv- 
u-nye-k8B. | W. Wkce. ITnta. wv'ha, | 
wv-wa-ye aB-ta-woe aB-waBU-ye-ce : | 
praB-spa-te-ra-ya-ua-£e-na-ha. | "Ya-wa& 
cae-kash-ce ye-ho-wv o-ke- | ya-was-we- 
raj : mv-ya-pro-kas ye-ho- | wv o-ke-ya- 
wae-we-rae." W. Y. xcvi-6. | 

Pa-hu-coB Fv-kcB-ku Wv-kun-foB ce-ta-^ 
wcB I Wv-wv-kv-h8B-u-na-ha se-ta-wae- 
ta, I 1843. 

Literal translation: Song iowa speech his 
the-very- first differeni-ones-whioh-were-made 
Iowa sac-too teacher his they-oaused-it. G[od]. 
PLeop]le. N[ation differjent. t[eaohes-diffcr- 
ent-things-the-one] who, disposition his they- 
caused it -because (?) presbyterian-the-ones- 
who "Song very -new Jehovah sing-ye-to-him: 
land- whole Jehovah sing-ye-to-him" G[od) 
S(ong8] [i. e. Psalms] xcvi-6. Iowa Sac-too 
Teacher his Writing-makes-it-the-one-who his- 
at, 1843. 

Second title: Original | hymns, | in the | 
loway language. | By | the missionaries, | to 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



8I0UAN LANGUAGES. 



33 



HaxnUton ( W. ) and Irvln ( S. M. )— Cont'd, 
the loway &. Sao Indians, | Under the direction 
of the I Board of Foreign Missionaof the | Pree- 
byterian Charch. | [Two lines quotation.] | 

Iowa and Sao Mission Press, | Indian Terri- 
tory, I 1843. 

Pp. 1-42, 80; Indian title reoto 1. 1, English 
title recto 1. 2. 

OopUtseen: Boston Atheneom, Powell. 

— — An I loway grammar, | illas* 

trating | the principles | of the | lan- 
guage I used by the | loway, Otoe and 
Missouri | Indians. | Prepared and 
printed | by | Rev. Wm. Hamilton | 
and I Rev. S. M. Irvin. | Under the di- 
rection of the Presbyterian B. F. M. | 

loway and Sac Mission Press. | 1848. 

Title vprso note 1 1. preface pp. iii-ix (erro- 
neoosly nambered xi), index 2 nnnnmbered pp. 
alphabet 1 unnmnbered p. text pp. 9-152, 19P. 

(hpie§ teen: Congress, Dorsey, Donbar, 
^ Powell, Tnimbiill. 



The I loway | Primmer [sic] \ 

composed of the most common | words, 
and arranged in | alphabetic order. | 
Compiled and printed | for the loway 
School I by | Wm. Hamilton and | S. M. 
Irvin. I Under the direction of the Pres- 
byterian B. F. M I 

loway and Sac Mission Press. | 1849. 

Pp. 1-8. l«o. 

Copies teen: Powell. 

^^ The I loway Primmer Isio"} \ 

second edition | prepared and printed | 
by Wm. Hamilton | and | S. M. Irvin. | 
Under the direction of the Presb'n. B. 
F. Missions. | 
loway and Sac Mission Press | 1850. 
15 U. W>. The pagination of this little pam- 
phlet is cnrioosly confused. I have seen bat one 
copy, that in the library of M«0. J. W. Powell, 
and but infi^uent references to it. It is bound 
with a copy of the first edition, which ends 
with p. 8. The second edition, which has its 
own title-page, as above, is paged 12 on reverse 
of title, followed by 13 on recto of 1. 2, the verso 
of which is paged 9, followed on recto of 1. 8 by 
p. 7, verso not paged; the recto of 1. 4 is paged 
9, and the pagination runs consecutively to 24 ; 
the recto of L 12 is numbered 17, but the verso 
26 is correct, as is also p. 27, the reverse of 
which is blank. The recto of the fourteenth 
leaf is numbered 21, verso 30; the fifteenth, 
recto p. 31, verso p. 24. 

[ ] Ce-sxs I wo-ra-kae-pe e-ta- 

w», I Mat-fu »-wv-kv-h»-na-ha, | a- 
nekae. [1850,] 

Literal IriMelation: Jesus news good his 
Matthew be-wrote-it>the-one-whioh, that is it. 
SIOUAN 3 



Hamilton (W.) and Irvln (S.M.)— Conf d. 

No title-page, heading as above ; pp. 1-82, IS^. 
Six chapters of the gospel of St Matthew in the 
Iowa language. The remainder of the goepel 
has not appeared in print. 

Oopieeeeen: Powell. 

[ ] We-wv-hae kju. [1850.] 

"So title-page, heading as above ; pp. 1-29, 16o. 
Catechism in the Iowa language. The traosla- 
tion of the heading is: Some questions. 

[ ] Wv-ro-h». [1850.] 

No tlUe-page, heading as above ; pp. 1-24, lOo. 
Prayers in the Iowa language. 

Mr. Hamilton was bom in Lyooming (now 
Clinton) County, Pennsylvania, on Angnst 1, 
1811. 

In his twenty-first year, having meanwhile 
remained on his other's farm, part of the 
time being engaged in stndy, he went to col- 
lege at Washington, Pa., in what is now Wash, 
ington and Jefferson College, fh>m which he 
was graduated in 1884. He at once engaged in 
teaching in Wheeling, Ya., going thence to 
Pittsburgh. He was licensed to preach in 1887, 
and was accepted by the Presbyterian Board 
of Foreign Missions as their missionary, being 
ordained in October of the same year. 

During the taXL of 1887, having been married 
during the summer of the same year, Mr. Ham- 
ilton started westward, and spent the winter 
among the Iowa and Missouri Sac Indians on 
Wolf Creek, Nebraska, where Rev. 8. F. Irvin 
and wife were stationed. Among these Indians 
Mr. Hamilton spent fifteen years. 

In 1853 Mr. Hamilton was transferred to the 
Oto and Omaha Mission, Bellevue, Nebr., and 
since that time has been almost continually in 
the service of the Presbyterian Board of For- 
eign Missions. 

Hanranna qa Rtayetn. See Hlnman 

(S. D.). 

Hayden ( Ferdinand Vandeveer ). A 
sketch of the Mandan Indians, with some 
observations illustrating the grammat- 
ical structure of their language; by 
Dr. F. V. Hayden. 

In American Jour. Science and Arts, vol. 
84, pp. 57-66. New York, 1862, 8°. 

Taken in part from the same author's Con- 
tributions to the Ethnography and Philology of 
the Indian Tribes of the Missouri Valley. 

Separately issued as follows: 

(From -the American Journ. of 

Science and Arts, Vol. XXXI V, July, 
1862.) A Sketch of the Mandan In- 
dians, with some observations illus- 
trating the Grammatical Structure of 
their language. By Dr. F. V. Hayden, 

No Utle-page; pp. 57-66, 89. 

Oopiet seen: National Mnseom. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



34 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Hayden (F. V.) —Continued. 

Contribntions to the ethnography 

and philology of the Indian tribes of 
the Missouri Valley. By F. V. Hayden, 
M. D. 

In Amerioan Philosoph. Soo. Tr^s. new se- 
ries, vol 12, pp. 231-461, PbiladelphiA 1863, 4°. 

Chapter 14, Diikotas: Ethoographical his 
tory, pp. 364-375.— Names of Dakota bands, 
with their principal chie£), pp. 375-376. — Names 
of months or moons, rivers, animals, etc. pp. 
376-377.— ViKjabolary of the Dakota language, 
pp. 377-378. 

Chapter 15, Assiniboins: Ethnographical 
history, pp. 379-389.— Vocabolary of the As- 
siniboin dialect of the Dakota language, pp. 
881^-39L 

Chapter 16, Aub-sA-ro-ke, or Crow Indians 
Ethnographical history, pp. 391-395.— Re- 
marks on the grammatical structure of the 
Aub-sA-ro-ke or Crow language, pp. 395-401.^ 
Plirases and sentences, pp. 401-402. 

Chapter 17 : Vocabulary of the Aub-sA-ro-ke 
or Crow language, pp. 402-420. 

Chapter 1 8, Minnitarees: Ethnographical his- 
tory, pp. 420-424.— Vocabulary of the Minni- 
taree dialect of the Anb-sA-ro-ke or Crow Ian* 
guage, pp. 424-126. 

Chapter 20: Observations on the Qrammat- 
ical structure of the Mandan language, pp. 
435-439. 

Chapter 21 : Vocabulary of the Mandan lan- 
guage, pp. 439-444. 

Chapter 22: Sketch of the Omaha and Iowa 
or Oto Indians, pp. 444-448. — Vocabulary of the 
Omaha language, pp. 448-452. — Vocabulary of 
the Iowa, or Oto language, pp. 452-456. 

This work was also issued separately, with 
title-page as follows : 

*^— Contributions | to the | ethnography 
and philology | of the | Indian tribes | 
of the I Missouri Valley. | By Dr. F. V. 
Hayden, | member of the Amerioau 
Philosophical Society, of the Academy 
of Natural Sciences of | Philadelphia, 
etc. etc. I Prepared under the direction 
of Capt. William F. Raynolds, T. E. U. 
S. A., I and published by permission 
of the War Department. | 

Philadelphia: | C. Sherman <& Son, 
printers. | 1862. 

2 p. 11. pp. 231-461, map, 4©. 

Cojnts teen: Brinton, Dunbar, Eames, Na- 
tional Museum, Powell, Trumbull. 

Priced by Quaritch, No. 29962, at R 

Brief notes on the Pawnee, Winne- 
bago, and Omaha languages. By F. 
V. Hayden, M. D. 

In American Philosoph. Soc. Proc. vol. 10, pp. 
8«M21. Philadelphia, 1869, SP. 

Omaha graramatio forms and phrases, pp. 
406-407.— Vocabulary, pp. 407-411.— Winnebago 



Hayden (F. V.)— Continued. 

grammatical forma and phrases, pp. 411-41fi.« 
Vocabulary, pp. 41&-42L 
Priced by Lederc, 1878, No. 2071, at 12 ft*. 

Hdinanpapi wowapi. See 'Williamson 

; (T. S.). 

He tuwe he. See RiggB (S. R.). 
I [Hemans(i?fv. Daniel Wright).] Ihank- 
tonwan iapi. | Ikce wocekiye wowapi 
kin, I qa minahanska makoce | kin 
en I token wokduze, | qa okodakiciye 
wakan en | tonakiya woecon kin, | hena 
de he wowapi kiu ee. | 

Yankton Agency, D. T. | Mission 
Press. I 1870. 

Literdl translation : Yankton speech. Ordi* 
nary a-crying-to-somethinji; written the, and 
knife-long [American] land the in how thing- 
not-to-be-touohed [sacred], and fellowship mys- 
terious in how-many- ways things-done the, 
those this that something written the that-i»-it. 
pp. 1-108, 16°. 
Copies teen: Dorsey, Powell. 

The king's highway. | Wicadtayatapi 

tacanku : | qais, | woahope wikcemna | 
oyakapi kin. | Rev. Richard Newton, 
D. D., I kaga. | Rev. Daniel W. He- 
mans, I Dakota iapi en | kaga. | 

Yankton Agency : | St. Paul's School 
Press. I 1879. 

Literal trarUUUion : They-reckon-him-a-chief 
his-road : or, something-to-be-kept [command- 
ment] ten theytold-it-the. Bev. Richard New* 
ton, D. D. he-made-it. Rev. Daniel W. Hemans, 
Dakota language in he-made-it. 

Pp. 8-427, 16^, in the Santee dialect The title 
above is preceded by an engraved title-page 
composed of a chain of ten links, each link rep- 
resenting a commandment: inside of the chain 
is: The king's highway. lilustrations of tba 
ten commandments. Rev. R. Newton, D. D. 

The translation of this work was revised by 
Rev. J.W.Cook. 

Copies seen : Powell. 

Mr. Hemans is a Santee Dakota and was edu- 
cated by Rev. S. D. Hinman. 

See Cook (J. W.) and others. 

See Hinman (S. D.) and Cook (J. 

W.). 

Hemana (James) . See Cook ( J. W. ) aud 
others. 

Hennepin (Rev, Louis). [Dictionary of 
the Dakota language. 1680 1] * 

" When once I had got the word Tahetckiaben, 
vrhich signifies in their language, Ho%e eaU yoa 
thisf I began soon to be able to talk of snoh 
things as are most familiar. This difficulty was 
hard to surmount at first, because there was 
no Interpreter who understood both Toagnee. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



SIOUAN LANGUAGES. 



35 



Hennapin (L.)— Contioned. 

For example; If I had a oiiod to know what 
to run was in their Tongae, I was foro'd to mend 
my pace, and indeed actoally to run fh>m one 
end of the Cabin to toother, till they under- 
stood what I meant, and had told me the Word ; 
which I presently set down in my Dictionary. 
* * * Onoday they told me the Names of all 
the Parts of a Man's Body. However I forbore 
setting down several immodest Terms which 
these people somple not to use every foot "— 
Hennepin. 

Henry (Alexander). Jonrnal ( of | Alex- 
ander Henry | to | Lake Superior, Red 
Biver, | Asainiboiney Rocky Mountains, | 
Columbia, and the Pacific, 1 1799 to 1811, 

I to establish the fur trade. * 

Manuscript, about 1,700 pp. foolscap, pre- 
served in the Library of Parliament, Ottawa, 
Canada. For this description I am indebted to 
the kindness of Mr. Charles N. BeU, of Winni- 
peg, who writes: " The sheets are evidently not 
the original ones used by Alexander Henry, but 
are rewritten from his Journals by one Greorge 
. Coventry, who seems to have been a family 
friend. No date is given to the copying, nor 
is there any intimation where the original docu- 
ments are to be found." 

The journal extends from 1799 to 1812, and 
between the dates 1808 and 1809 are vocabula- 
ries of the OJeebois, Knistineanx, Assiniboine, 
Slave, and Flat Head, about 300 words each of 
the first three and a somewhat larger number 
of the last two. Copies of these have been fur- 
nished the Bureau of Ethnology by Mr. BelL 
flidatsa: 

Apostles' creed. See Hall (C. L.). 

Bible. Psalms. HaU (C. L.). ^ 

Bible, Matthew (in Hall (C. L.). 

pirt). 

Bible, Luke (in part). HaU (C. L.). 

Dictionary. Hall (C. L.). 

Dictionary. Matthews (W.). 

Orammar. Matthews (W.). 

Orammatic comments. Adam (L.). 

Hymna Hall (C. L.). 

Lord's prayer. Hall (C. L.). 

Komerals. Williamson (A. W.). 

Personal names. Catlin (6.). 

Phrase book. Hall (C. L.). 

Prayer book. HaU (C. L.). 

Relationships. Matthews (W.). 

Ten commandments. Hall (C. L.). 

Vocabulary. Hale (H.). 

Vocabulary. Matthews (W.). 

See, also, Minitari. 

Hidatsa dictionary. See Matthews (W.). 

Hind (Henry Youle). North-West Terri- 
tory. I Reports of progress ; | together 
with I a preliminary and general re- 
port I on the I Assiniboine and Sas- 
katchewan exploring expedition, | 
made nnder instractions from the pro- 



Hind (H. Y.) — Continued, 
vincial secretary, | Canada. | By Henry 
Toale Hind, M. A. | professor of chem- 
istry and geology in the University of 
Trinity College, Toronto, | in charge of 
the expedition. | Printed hy Order of 
the Legislative Assembly. | [Design.] | 

Toronto : | printed by John Lovell, 
corner of Yonge and Melinda streets. | 
1859. 

Pp. i-xii, 1-202, 4 11. 9 folding maps, 3 plates, 
folio.— The Sioux or Dakotah Indians, pp. 115- 
116, iuciudes remarkson language, list of moons, 
a sentence, with translation, &c. from Biggs's 
Grammar &o. 

Oopiee aeen: Astor, British Museum, Con> 
gross. Harvard, National Museum. 

Priced by Quaritch, No. 28574, at 12#. 

There is an edition, title as above, unpaged. 
(Bureau of Ethnology.) 

Territoire dn nord-onest. | Rapports 

de progr^s ; | anssi, | un rapport pr^li- 
minaire et nn rapport g^n^ral | sur | 
Pexp^dition d'exploration de TAssini- 
boine et de la Saskatchewan, | faite 
en vertu dHnstrnctions du secretaire 
provincial, | Canada. | Par Henry 
Youle Hind, M. A., | professenr [&c. 
two lines]. | Lnprimes par ordre de PAs- 
semblee legislative. | [British arms. J | 

Toronto : | John Lovell, im prime or, 
coin des raes Yonge et Melinda. | 1859. 

Pp. i-xi, 1-208, map and plates, i^.— Lingnis* 
tics as in previous edition, p. 115. 

Oopiee teen : British Museum, Bureau of Eth- 
nology. 

Priced by Quaritch, No. 28575, at It. 

British North America. | Reports of 

progress, | together with | a prelimi- 
nary and general report | on the | 
Assinniboine and Saskatchewan | ex- 
ploring expedition; | made under in- 
structions from I the provincial secre- 
tary, Canada. | By Henry Youle Hind, 
M. A., I professor of chemistry and ge- 
ology in the University of Trinity Col- 
lege, Toronto, | in charge of the expe- 
dition. I Presented to both Hquses of 
Parliament by Command of Her Ma- 
jesty, I Augnstl860. | [British arms.] | 

London : | printed by George Edward 
Eyre and William Spottiswoode, | 
printers to the Queen's most excellent 
Majesty. | For her Majesty's Stationery 
Office. I 1860. 

Pp. 1-219, maps, folio.— The Sioux or Dako- 
tnh Indians, pp. 126-127. 

Oopieeeeen: Congress, Pilling, PowelL 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



36 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Hind (H.Y.)— Continued. 

Narrative | of | the Canadian Red 

River | exploring expedition of 1857 | 
and of the \ Assinniboine and Saskat'Ch- 
ewau I exploring expedition of 1858 | 
by I Henry Youle Hind, M. A. F. R. G. 
S. I professor of chemistry and geology 
in the University of Trinity College, 
Toronto | In Charge of the Assinniboine 
and Saskatchewan Expedition | In Two 
Volomes | Vol. I[-II]. | 

London | Longman, Green, Longman, 
and Roberts | 1860 | The right of trans- 
lation is reserved 

3 vols. 8o.— The Bionx or Dakotah Indians, 
voL2,pp.l5a-166. 

Copies tten: British Moseum, Congress. 

At the Field sale, catalogue Na 079, an nn- 
oat oopy brought $6.50. Clarke, catalogue 
No. 4012, 1886. prices it at $6. 

[mnman {Rev. Samuel Button).] Cal- 
vary I catechism, i in the \ Dakota Lan- 
gnage. | Translated for the Mission of 
St. John. I [Two lines quotation.] | 

Faribault, Minn.: | Central Repub- 
lican Book and Job Office, | 0*Brien's 
Block, Main Street. | 1864. * 

50 pp. Z2P, probably in the Santee dialect. 
Tide famished by Mr. J. F. WUliams, Ubra- 
rian of the Minnesota Historical Society. 

[ ] Calvary catechism, | in | Santee 

Dakota. | Translated by permission | 
for the I Collegiate Mission. | H. | [Two 
lines quotation. ] | 

Mission Press. | Archdeaconry of the 
Niobrara. | 1871. 

OutMids title : Calrary wiwicawangapi kin. | 
Isanyatl Dakota iyapi en. | [Cross composed of 
eleven stars.] | Tewicaxipi okodakiciye. | 
[Two lines quotation.] | Niobrara taokiye 
itancan makoce en, | wowapi kaga kin. | San- 
tee Agency. Neb. | 1871. 

Literal tranelation: Calvary they-ask-ihem. 
questions the. Santee Dakota speech in. He- 
told-them-to-go fellowship. Niobrara his- 
helper chief country in, something-written 
he-made the. 

Title verso Second edition, revised and cor- 
rected. S. D. H. 1 1. text pp. 3-28, 16o. 

Copies teen : Dorsey, Pilling, Powell. 

Magnificat. * 

1 1. St. Luke i, 46-55, in tho Santee dialect, 
translated and printed for chanting. Issued 
about 1864. Title furnished by the author. 

Prayer for Indian missions. 

No title-page ; 1 p. IdP, in the Santee dialect. 
Issued about 1864. 
Copies seen: Powell. 



Hinmaii (S. D.) — Continued. 

Ikce wocekiye wowapi. | Qa isan- 

tauka makoce. | Kin en | token wuh- 
duze, I qa okodakiciye wakan en | to- 
nakiyawoeconkin, | henade he wowapi 
kin ee. | Samuel Dntton Hinman, | 
Missionary to Dakotas. | 

Saint Paul : | Pioneer Printing Com- 
pany. I 1865. 

Literal translation: Common prayer book. 
And knife-large [American] country. The in 
how sacrament, and fellowship holy in how 
many doings the, those that this book the it 
[is] it. Samuel Dutton Hinman Ac 

Pp. i-x, 1-321, 8o, in the Santee dialect 

Copies seen : Astor, Congress, Dorsey. 

[ ] Odowan. | XXII. | H. | 

Philadelphia: | McCalla & Stavely, 
prs.1 1869. • 

26 pp. 32°. Hymns in the Santee dialect of 
the Dakota. Title from Mr. J. F. W^illiams. 
librarian of the Minnesota Historical Society. 

[ ] Exercises in Dictation, | in | En- 
glish and Santee Dakota, | for | Colle- 
giate Mission. | H. | 

Mission Press : | Archdeaconry of the 
Niobrara. | 1671. 

Pp. 1-20, l2o. 

Copies seen: Dorsey. 

[ ] Chants and hymns, | of | morning 

and evening prayer, | in | Santee Da- 
kota. I Pointed for singing. | 

Mission Press. | Archdeaconry of the 
Niobrara. | Santee Agency, Neb. | 1871. 

Preceding the title is printed oover, reading: 

Hanranna qa rtayetn | cekiyapi en odowaa 

kin. I Psalms and hymns, | of | morning and 

. evening prayer, | in | Santee Dakota. | Pointed 

for chanting. | [Imprint as above.] 

Pp. 1-16, Itto. The literal translation of the 
Santee words on the printed cover is : Morning 
and evening crying-to-him in song the. 

Copies seen : Powell, Smithsonian. 

A second edition was issaed in the same year 
as follows : 

[ ] Hanranna qa Rtayetu, | Cekiyapi 

en Odowan kin. | Psalms and Hymns, | 
of I Morning and Evening Prayer, | 
in I Santee Dakota. | Pointed for ohaut- 
ing. I 

Mission Press. | Archdeaconry of the 
Niobrara, | Santee Agency, Neb. | 1871. 

Title verso Second edition revised and eo^ 

rectod by S. D. H. 1 1. text pp. 3-17, 16°. The 

' first 16 pp. contain the same matter, differently 

arranged, as the first edition. The seventeenth 

pnge contains a chant for Easter. 

Copies teen: Dorsey. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



SIOUAN LANGUAGES. 



37 



Hlnmap (S. D.) — Continued. 

[ J Hymns and Psalms | in | Santee 

Dakota. , For the | Collegiate Mission, | 
to the I Dakota Indians. | 

Mission Press. | Archdeaconry of the 

Niobrara. | Santee Agency, Neb. | 1871. 

Pp. 1-81. 120. Second edition, reviaed and 

oorrected. I have seen no copy nor any men- 

tlon of the first edition. 

OopUt sun : Dorsey, Smithsonian. 

[ ] The I Mission Service, | Wocekiye 

Wowapi. I Isantanka qa Isanyati, | 
lyapi en. | Collegiate Mission. | 

Mission Press. | Archdeaconry of the 
Kiobrara. j Santee Agency, Neb. | 1871. 

Title 1 1. pp. 8-143 (wrongly nambered 134), 
12^, in English and Santee on opposite pat^. 
As fiir as p. 73 the Dakota occnpies the rectos, 
the English the Torsoe; beginning with p. 74 
the order is reversed. 

The translation of the Santee words in the 
title is: A-crying-to-him something*written. 
Knife-big [American] and Santee-speech in. 

Copietiwn: Dorsey. 

There is a version in Santee alone, as follows : 

[ ] Wocekiye wowapi . Isanyati iyapi 

en yewicaxipl okodakiciye Niobrara 
taokiye itaocan makoce kin en. 
Santee Agency : 1871. * 

Literal iraituHation: A-crylng-to-him some' 
thing written. Santee speech in he-told-them- 
to-go fellowship Niobrara his-helper chief 
country the in. 
Title ftimished by the anthor. 

[ ] Hymns in Dakota, | for use in the | 

Missionary Jurisdiction of Niobrara. | 

Published | by the | Indian commis- 
sion I of the I Protestant Episcopal 
Church. I 1874. 

Pp. 1-127, lOo, in the Santee dialect. 

Copies 9ten: Powell. 

[ ] Hymns in Dakota, | for use in the | 

Missionary Jurisdiction of Niobrara. | 

Published | by the | Indian commis- 
sion I of the I Protestant Episcopal 
Church. I 1879. 

Pp. 1-127, 160, in the Santee dialect. 

OopU$§€en: Powell. 

See Cook (J.W.) and others. 

[ and Cook (J.W.).] English and 

Dakota | Service Book : | being parts of 
the I Book of common prayer | set forth 
for use in the | missionary Jurisdiction | 
of I Niobrara. | 

Published by | the Indian commis- 
sion I of the I Protestant Episcopal 
Chiirch. I 1875. 



mmnan (S. D.) and Cook (J. W.)-^ 
Continued. 

1 p. 1. pp. 2-135, 2-135 (double nnmbers), alter- 
nate English and Santee, 12°. 

Copies teen : American Bible Society, Pilling, 
Powell, Trumboll. 

[ ] English and Dakota | Service 

Book: I being parts of the | Book of 
common prayer | set forth for use in 
the I missionary jurisdiction | of | Nio- 
brara. I 

Published by | the Indian commis- 
sion I of the I Protestant, Episcopal 
Church. I 1879. 

1 p. L pp. 2-135, 2-135 (donble numbers), alter- 
nate En^ish and Santee^ 12^. 

O&pieeeeen: Powell. 
[ ] Okodakiciye | wocekiye wo- 
wapi kin, I qa | okodakiciyapi token 
wicaqupi kin; | qa | okodakiciye wa- 
kan kin en woecon qa wicohan | kin, 
America makoce kin en, United States | 
en, Protestant Episcopal Church | unpi 
kin ohnayan : | qa nakun | psalter, qais 
David Tadowan kin. | 

[New York:] Published by | The New 
York Bible and Common Prayer Book 
Society | for | the Indian commission of 
the Protestant Episcopal Church. | 
1878. 

Literal translation : Fellowship a-crying*to- 
him something-written the, and covenants how 
they-give-to-them the; and fellowship myste- 
rioQs the in deed and custom the, America 
conntr>' the in, United States in, Protestant 
Episcopal Church they-use-it the according-to: 
and also Psalter, or David hi8-song(s) the. 

Pp. i-xxii, 1-664, 12«. In its translation 
Messrs. Hinman and Cook were aided by Rev. 
D. W. Hemans and Mr. Luke C. Walker. 

Copies seen: American Bible Society, Dorsey, 
Powell. 

Some copies are dated 1 883. One of these is in 
the possession of Mr. James D. Garfield, Fitch- 
burg, Mass., who has furnished me title. (*) 

and Robertson (T. A.). Dakota 

Church Service | for the | Mission of 
Saint John. | Rev. S. D. Hinman, | Mis- 
sionary to the Dakotas. | Thomas A. 
Robertson, | interpreter to the Mis- 
sion. I 

Faribault, Minn.; | Central Republi- 
can Book and Job Office | 1862. * 

26 pp. 12°. Title furnished by J. Fletcher 
Williams from copy in the library of the Min- 
nesota Historical Society. Mr. Hinman in- 
forms me that the predecessor of this little 
work was a leaflet containing two or three 
prayers. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



38 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OP THE 



Hinman (S. D.) and Welsh (W.). Taopi 
I and his frieDds, | or the | Indians' | 
Wrongs and Rights. | 

Philadelphia: | Claxton, Remsen Si, 
Haffelfinger. | 1869. 

1 p. I pp. i-xviii, 1-125, 80.— Missionary carol 
in Santee, with Enj;llsh translation by S. D. 
Hinmao, pp. 4.S-16. 

Copus$een: Congress. 

and Wliipple (H. B.). Journal | of 

the I Rev. S. D. Hinman, | missionary | 
to the I Santee Sioux Indians. | And | 
Taopi, I by | Bishop Whipple. | [Three 
lines quotation.] | 

Philadelphia: | McCalla & Stavely, 
Printers, 237-9 Dock Street. | 1869. 

Pp. i-xviii, 1-87, 12<5. Mr. Hinman's Jonrnal 
occupies pp. 1-49.— On pp. 45-46 is a missionary 
carol in Santee-Dakota, with English transla* 

tiOD. 

Copiett teen ; British Museum, Congress, Dor- 
sey, Powell. 

Mr. Hinman was bom at Pittsburgh, Pa., 
January 17, 1839, and was educated at the Rec- 
tory School, Hamden, Conn., where, in 1850, he 
was made a teacher. In 1857 he taught in the 
Episcopal Academy of Connecticut, at Cheshire, 
and in 1858 in Bishop Seabury University, Fari- 
bault, Minn., being at the same time a student 
of divinity. In 1860 he was ordained a deacon 
by Bishop Whipple, and in the same year was 
appointed missionary to the Mdewakantonwan 
and Wahpekute Dakotas at the Lower Sioux 
Agency, Minn. During the Sioux massacre of 
1862, Mr. Hiuman was one of the defenders of 
Ft Ridgely. 

In 1863 he was ordained priest, being at the 
time stationed at the camp of Indian prisoners 
at Ft. Snelling, Minn., from which point he ac- 
companied the captive Sioux to Crow Creek, 
Dak., remaining as their missionary until 
1865. From 1866 to 1876 he was sUtioned with 
the Santee near Niobrara, Nebr., and was made 
archdeacon of the diocese. While here he 
founded St. Mary's School. 

At the treaty of Ft. Rice, in 1868, Mr. Hinman 
was the Santee interpreter, and in 1874 was the 
commissioner on the part of the United States 
for the purchase of the Black Hills, Dak. 
Since that time he has served the Government 
in various official capacities in connection with 
the Sioux ; a portion of the time, during 1882, he 
was employed by the Bureau of Ethnology, 
Washington. Since 1886 Mr. Hinman has been 
in charge of the Mdewakantonwan School, 
near Redwood, Minn. 

History of Joseph. See Pond (S. W.) 
and Pond (G.H.). 

HlBtory of our Lord. See Merrill (M.). 

Hoffman (Charles W.). See Cook (J. 
W.) and others. 



Hoffman ^( Dr. Walter Jatues). Notes on 
the Mif^rations of the Dakotas. 

In American Philolog. Ass. Proo. ninth ann. 
sess. pp. 15-17. Hartfoi^, 1877, 8^. 

Yarious comments on language, with exam- 
ples in Dakota. 

List of Mammals found in the Vicin- 
ity of Grand River, D. T. By W. J. 
Hoffman, M. D., late U. S. Army. 

In Boston Soc Kat. Hist Proc. vol 19, pp. 
04-102, Boston, 1878, 8o. 

Twenty -eight names of animals in the Dakota 
language (Teton dialect). 

[Sentences with interlinear trans- 
lation.] 

In Mallery (G.), Sign language among North 
American Indians, in Barean of Ethnology 
I First Ann. Rep. Washington, 1881, 8(>. 

Brul6 Dakota sentences, pp. 483, 492.— Ponk» 
sentence, p. 484. 

The above are giyen in connection with and 
as explanatory of gesture language. 

— Vocabulary of the Mandan. 

Manuscript, 1 1 IL 200 words, 4<>, in the library 
of the Bureau of Ethnology. CoUected at FU 
Berthold, Dak., September, 1881. 



Holmes (William), 
and others. 



See Cook (J. W.) 



Hotohangara. See Winnebago. 

House (J.). Vocabularies of certain 
North American Languages. By J. 
House, Esq. 

In Philological Soc. (of London] Proo. toL 4, 
pp. 102-122, London, 1850, 8©. 

Yocabalary of the Stone Indians, pp. 114-12L 

Hnggins (Amos W.). See Riggs (S. R.) 
and WilUamson (J. P.). 

See Williamson (J. P.) and Riggs 

(A.L.). 

Mr. Hoggins, the so n of one of the oldest mis- 
sionaries of the American board among the 
Dakotas, was employed as Ooremment teacher 
at Lac-qui-parle, near the head of the Minnesota 
River, in Minnesota, where he was killed by the 
Indians, August 19,1862. 

[Hnggins ( El iza Wilson ) and Williamson 
(N.J.).] DakoU Text- Book. | Wani- 
yetu, Modoketu | iyahna | anpetu otoi- 
yohi on | oehdo wanjidan | wowapi 
wakan etanhan. | Wakantunka 1 oie kin 
tewahinda woyute | mitawa isanpa. 
Job 23 : 12. I 

American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau 
Street, New York . L 1872. ] 

Literal trantlation: Spring, Summertogetber 
with day*eaohK>ne for verse one something- 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



SIOUAN LANGUAGES. 



39 



HvggiDS (E. W.) and WlUiamson XN. 
J.) — Continued. 

written mjsterioni from. Ood mouth word 
the I-prize food my more than. 

Pp. 1-108, 320. Beverse of title: A verso for 
^Mh day in the year. Seleoted from the holy 
scriptnroB by Eliza W. Huggins and Nancy J. 
WiUiamaon. 

Oopiet»een: British Museum, Congress. 

Miss Huggins was bom March 7, 1837, and 
died June 22, 1873. 

HnnfEdvy (Paul). A | Dakota Nyelov | 
Hunfalvy FM6\. \ Kiilonnyomat a m. 
•cad. Ertesitdbol. | 

Pesteu. I NyomatottLanderer^sHeck- 
enastn^l. | 1856. 

Pp. 1-68, 80. Dakota primer. Extract ftom 
the bulletins of the Hungarian Academy. 

Copieaseen: Shea, TmmbulL 

Hnoter ( Johu Dunn). Manners and Cus- 
tome I of I Several Indian Tribes | Lo- 
cated West of the Missiaeippi ; | Inolud- 
ing some account of the Soil, Climate 
and Vegetable | Productions, and the 
Indian Materia Medica : to which is | 
prefixed the History of the Author's 
Life during a resi- | dence of several 
years among them. | By John D. Hun- 
ter. I 

Philadelphia: | Printed and Pub- 
lished for the Author, | by J. Maxwell, 
I 8. E. Comer of Fourth and Walnut 
Streets. | 1823. 

Pp. i-iz, 11-402, 8o.— List of remedies used by 
^e Indians, in the Osage (?) language, with 
Snglish signification, pp. 369-394. 

Copies teen: Astor, British Masenm, Con- 
gress, Eames, Wisconsin Historical Society 

At the firinley sale, catalogue Xa 5409, an un- 
cut copy brought |2.50. 

Memoirs | of a | captivity | among | 

the Indians | of | North America, | from 
childhood to the age of nineteen: | 
^with I anecdotes descriptive of | their 
manners and customs. | To which is 
added, | some account of the | soil, cli- 
mate, and vegetable prodnctions | of 
the territory westward of the Missis- 
sippi. I By John D. Hunter. | 

London: | printed for | Longman, 
Hurst, Kees, Orme, and Brown, | Pater- 
noster-row. I 1^23. 

Pp. i-ix, 1-447, 8o.— List of remedies &c. pp. 
402-427. 

Copiee teen : Astor, Boston Athenseum, Brit- 
ish Mnseuiu, Congress, Dunbar. 

At the Squier sale, catalogue No. 522, a half- 
«atf copy bronght$1.62 ; priced by Lederc, 1878, 



Hunter (J. D.)-— Continued. 

No. 913, uncut, at20ft>. ; at the Brinley sale, cata- 
alogue No. 5410, an uncut copy brought |2; 
priced by Qnaritch, No. 29968, at 7#. 6d ; Clarke, 
catalogue No. 6445, 1886, prices it at $2.25. 

Memoirs | of a | captivity | among [ 

the Indians | of | North America, | from 
childhood to the age of nineteen : | 
with I anecdotes descriptive of | their 
manners and customs. | To which is 
added, | some account of the | soil, cli- 
mate, and vegetable productions | of 
the territory westward of the Missis- 
sippi. I By John D. Hunter. | A new 
edition, with portrait. | 

London: | Printed for | Longman, 
Hurst, Rees, Orme, Brown, and Green, | 
Paternoster-row. | 18*2.3. 

2 p. 11. pp. iu-ix, 1-447, 8°.— List of remedies, 
pp. 402-427. 

Copies teen: Eames, TrumbuIL 

Der I Gefangene unter den Wilden | 

in I Nord-Amerika ; | nach | J. D. Hun- 
ter's Denkwurdigkeiten | seines | Auf- 
enthalts unter deuselben nnd seiner 
Schildemng | des Charakters und der 
Sitten der westlich | vom Mis8is8ii>pi 
wohnenden St&mme, ' herausgegeben | 
von I W. A. Lindau. | Er8ter[-Dritter] 
Theil. I 

Dresden, bei P. G. Hilscher. | 1824. 

8 vols. 160.— • List of medicines Slo. toL 3, pp. 
90-119. 

Copiet teen : British Museum, Congress. 

Memoirs | of a | captivity | among | 

the Indians | of | North America, | fh>m 
childhood to the age of ninete en : | wi th | 
anecdotes descriptive of | their manners 
and customs. | To which is added, | 
some liccouut of the | soil, climate, and 
vegetable productions | of the territory 
westward of tLe Mississippi. | By John 
D. Hunter. | The third edition, with 
additions. | 

London: | printed for | Longman, 
Hurst, Rees, Orme, Brown, and Green, 
Paternoster-row. | 1824. 

Pp. i-xi, 1-468, portrait, 8©. 

Copiet teen : Boston Public, British Museum, 
Wisconsin Historical Society. 

At the Field sale, catalogue No. 1058, a copy 
brought $2; priced by Leclerc, 1881 Snpp., No. 
2802. at 20 fr. ; sold at the Pinsrt sale, catalogue 
No. 475, for 6 ft. to Quaritch, who prices it, 
No. 29969, half.calf, at 12«. Lederc. 1878, No. 
2548, titles an edition in Swedish V:arieft«d, 
1826, which he prices at 16 fi. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



40 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OP THE 



Husband (Brace). [Vocabalary of the 
Bioax.] 

Hanascript. 6 IL folio, in the libntry of the 
BorMQ of Ethnology. Collected at Fort Lara- 
mie, 1849. 



Hymns: 




Dakota. 


See NeiU (E. D.). 


Hidataa. 


HalKG.L.). 


Iowa. 


Hamilton (W.) and 




(an.). 


Omaha. 


Hamilton (W.). 


Oto. 


MeiTill (M.). 


Santee. 


Hlnman (S. D.). 



Hymns — Continaed. 

Santee. See BenTille (J. ) and others. 

Santee. Riggs (S. R.). 

Santee. Rigga (S. B.) and Will- 

iamson (J. P.). 
Santee. Williamson (J. P.) and 

Riggs (A. L.). 
Yankton. Cook (.J. W.) and others. 

Hymns and Psalms. See Hlnman (8. P.). 
Hymns in Dakota. See Hlnman (S. D. ). 
Hymns in the Omaha langnage. See 
HamUton(W.). 



I. 



lapl oaye. | Published by the Dakota 
Mission. Takn waste okiya, taku ^ica 
kipajin. Fifty Cents a Year. | Vol. I. 
May, 187L No. I[-Vol. XVI. No. 7. 
July, 1887]. 

A fonr-page, small quarto paper, published 
monthly at Greenwood, Dak.; first issued 
May, 1871, with Rev. J. P. Williamson as edi- 
tor, Mr. Williamson supervising the Yank- 
ton material, the Messrs. Riggs the Santee. 
The first volume, ending June. 1872, is entirely 
in the Dakota language. With the beginning 
of the second Tolume, January, 1873, the title 
was changed to lapi oaye. The Word car- 
rier, the size of the sheet increased, the first 
page illustrated, and the fourth page printed 
partly in English. At this time, also. Rev. 
Stephen R. Riggs was made principal editor, 
Mr. Williamson remaining as associate. At 
the beginning of the sixth volume, January, 
1877, Rev. Alfred L. Riggs took the place of 
Mr. Williamson as associate editor, and the 
place of publication was changed to the Santee 
Agency, Nebr. With No. 1 of Vol. 9, January, 
1880, the paper was enlarged to an eight-page 
monthly, the editorial management remaining 
unchanged. The death of Rev. S. R. Riggs, 
on August 24, 1883, left Rev. A. L. Riggs sole 
editor, his name alone appoariug on the issue 
for October, 1883, Vol. 12, No. 10. The issue for 
December, 1883 contains a notice of certain 
changes to be made in the next issue, that for 
January, 1884, Vol. 13, No. 1. At this date the 
Dakota and English sections were separated, 
making two distinct papers, the lapi oaye, 
in Dakota, and The Word carrier, in En- 
glish. Rev. John P. Williamson was appointed 
editor of the former and Rev. Alfred L. Riegs 
of the latter. The title of the lapi oaye wss 
changed back to substantially its original form, 
tlie size of the paper reduced and the number 
of pages decreased to four, and the place of 
publication changed to Greenwood, Dak. The 
subscription price was increased to 60 cents 
per annum. 
CopU9 teen : Dorsey, Powell, Trumbull. 

Ihanktonwan iapi. See Hemans (D. 

W.). 



Ikce wocekiye wowapi. See Hlnman 
(S. D.). 

Indian Bazaar. | [Plot ore of Indian.] | 
Mandan, Dakota. [ 1884 r ] 

4 pp. IS*'. In the center of the third page 
begins "Heap Talk! ! A small vocabulary of 
the Sioux language, " which extends to the bot- 
tom of the fourth page. It consists of oonrer- 
sational questions, the principal numerals, and 
a few names of pieces of money. 

Copies seen : Dorsey, Pilling, PowelL 

Indian catalogue. 

1 1. broadside, A<^. Contains list of 55 proper 
names, with English translation, of members 
of a number of tribes, among them the Mde- 
wanktou Sioux, Yankton, Slsseton and Wah- 
peton, and Ponca. Issued, perhaps, by a Goy> 
emment bureau, to be sent to Indian agenta, 
as it is accompanied, in a separate sheet, by 
a circular letter asking that certain informa* 
tion be furnished of the Indians named. 

Copies seen: PoweU. 

Indisin treaties, | and | laws and regu- 
lations I relating to Indian affairs: | 
to whicli is added | an appendix, | con- 
taining the proceedings of the old 
Congress, and other | important state 
papers, in relation to Indian affairs. | 
Compiled and published under orders 
of the Department of War of | the 9th 
February and 6th October, 1825. | 

Washington City : | Way & Gideon, 
printers. | 1826. 

Pp. i-xx, 1-661, 8®, pp. 531-661 consisting of a 
supplement, with the following half-title: 
"Supplement containing a<lditional treaties, 
documents, Sec. relating to Indian Affairs, to 
the end of the twenty-first Congress. Offi- 
cial."— Xames of chiefs, with English significa- 
tion, in Great and Little Osage, pp. 249-252, 257, 
418-419; Teeton, p. 277; Sioux, pp. 27S-281; 
Yancton.p. 282; Maha, pp. 283-286; Ioway,pp. 
287, 639; Kansas, pp. 290, 294, 421 ; Winnebago, 
pp. 295-296 : Ottoe, pp. 298-299, 301, 639 ; Pon- 
oarar, pp. 302, 305; Qnapaw, p. 808; Yancton, 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



8IOUAN LANGUAGES. 



41 



Indian — Continued. 

Teton, pp. 838-a39 ; Siomie and Ofl^Ula, pp. 841- 
342 ; Hun^papa (Sioax) p. 348 ; Mandan, pp. 353- 
354; Minnetaree, pp. 35C-357 ; Crow, pp. 359-360 
Sioax, Winnebago, pp. 867-370, 572-573. 583; 
Wah-pah-ooota, p. 639; Sassiton, p. 689; Oma- 
hah, p. 639; Yanoton and San tie, p. 640. 

Copies «#«n .- British Mnsenm, Borean of Eth* 
nology. 

See. also. Treaties. 

Investigator. The | investigator: | ro- 
ligioosy moral) scientiliCy &c. | [Three 
lines quotation.] I Published monthly . | 
January, 1845[-December, 1846]. | 

Washington : | T. Barnard, printer, i 
cor. 11th St. and Pa. avenue. | 1845 
[-1846]. 

2 vols. 80. Edited by J. F. Polk.— A com. 
pamtive vocabalary, contained in pp. 261-265, 
289>293, inclndes Winnebago worda. 

Copies seen: Congreaa, PowelL 
Iowa: 



Bible, Genesis (in 
part). 

Bible. New Testa- 
ment (in paxt). 

Bible, gospels (in 
part). 

Bible. Matthew (hi 
part). 

Catechism. 

General discnaeion. 
Gentes. 
Geographic names. 



Hjmns. 

Legends. 

Letters. 

Kamerala. 



See Hamilton (W.). 

• Hamilton (W.). 

MerriU (M.). 

Hamilton (W.) and 

Irvln (S. M.). 
Hamilton (W.) and 

Irvin (a M.). 
Hamilton (W.). 
Morgan (L. H.). 
Hamilton (W.) and 

Irvin (S. M.). 
Hamilton (W.) and 

Ir%in (S. M.). 
HamiltoD (W.) and 

Irvin (S. M.). 
Dorsey (J. O.). 
Dorsey (J. O.). 
Waiiam8on(A.W.). 



Iowa — Continued. 
Personal names. 
Personal names. 
Personal names. 
Peraoni^ names. 
Person il names. 
Personal names. 
Personal names. 
Personal names. 
Personal names. 
Prayers. 

Primer. 

BeUtionships. 

Songs. 

Stories. 

Yocabnlary. 

Vocabulary. 

Yocabulaiy. 

Words. 



See Catalogue. 
Catlin (G.). 
Dorsey (J. O.). 
Foster (T.). 
Indian. 

Jackson ( W. H.). 
Kent (M. B.). 
MaximUhui(A.P.). 
Treaties. 
Hamilton (W.) and 

Irvin (S. M.). 
Hamilton (W.) and 

Irvin (S. M.). 
Morgan (L. H.). 
Dorsey (J. O.). 
Dorsey (J. O.). 
Gallathi (A.). 
Hamilton (W.). 
Hayden (F. V.). 
Chase (P. E.). 

loway grammar. See Hamilton (W.) 
and Irvin (S. M.). 

loway Primmer. See Hamilton (W.) 
and Irvin (S. M.). 

Irvin {Rev. Samuel McCleary). See Ham- 
ilton (VV.) and Irvin (S. M.). 

Mr. Irvin was bom in Western Pennsylvania 
in 1812. A call having been made by the West* 
em Foreign Missionary Society for teachers 
among the western Indians, Mr. Irvin offered 
his services, and in 1837 he was married and 
started westward. His first stop was among 
the Sac and Fox Indians, where is now Doni- 
phan County, Kansas. Soon after, he was li- 
censed and was ordained to the ministry. For 
nearly thirty years Mr. Irvin devoted himself 
to the Indian missions. At present he is spend- 
ing his time, under the direction of the Pres- 
bjrterian Board of Foreign Missions, chiefly 
among the few Iowa and Sac Indians living at 
the month of the Great Nemaha River. 



Jackson (William Henry). Department 
of the Interior. | United States Geolog- 
ical Survey of the Territories. | F. V. 
Hayden, U. 8. Geologist-ln-Charge. | 
Miscellaneous Publications — No. 5. | 
Descriptive catalogue | of | the pho- 
tographs i of the I United States Geo- 
logical Survey | of | the Territories, | 
for I The Years 1869 to 1873, inclusive. | 
W. H. Jackson, | photographer. | 

Washington : | Government Printing 
Office. I 1874. 

Printed cover, pp. 1-83, S®.— Catologue of 
photographs of Indians, including proper 
, with English signification, of the Crows, 



Jackson (W. H.) — Continued. 

Dakotas, lowas. Omahas, Otoes, and Poncas, 
pp. 69-83. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Bureau of 
Ethnology, National Museum. 

Department of the Interior. | United 

Stales Geological Survey of the Terri- 
tories. I F. V. Hayden, U. S. geologist. | 
Miscellaneous publications, No. 9. | De- 
scriptive catalogue | of j photographs | 
of I North American Indians. , By | W. 
H. Jackson, | photographer of the Sur- 
vey. I 

Washington : | Gk>vernment Printing 
Office. I 1877. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



42 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Jackson (W. H.) — Cod tinned. 

Pp. i-vi, 1-124, 8o.— Names of chiefs, with 
English definitions, of the Crows, Dalcotas or 
Sioax (Bral6, Cat Head, Mdewakanton, Oga- 
lalla, Oncpapa, San tee, Yankton, Lower and 
Upper Yanktonais), lowas, Mandans, Misson- 
rias, Omahas, Osages, Otoos, and Poncas. 

Copies teen : Bureau of Ethnology, National 
Museam. 

James (Edwin). Account | of | an ex- 
pedition I from I Pittsburgh to the 
Rocky Mountains, | performed in the 
years 1819 and '20, | by order of | the 
Hon. J. C. Calhoun, SecV of War: | 
under the command of | Major Stephen 
H. Long. I From the notes of Major 
Long, Mr. T. Say, and other gen- | tie- 
men of the exploring party. | Com- 
piled I by Edwin James, | botanist and 
geologist for the expedition. | In two 
vols. With an atlas. | Vol. I[-II]. | 

Philadelphia: | H. C. Carey and I. 
Lea, Chestnut St. | 1823. 

2 vols. 89, atlas, 4°.— Brief references to the 
languages of the Otoes, Missonries, and loways, 
ToL 1, pp. 342-343.— Indian language of signs, 
pp. 378-394. 

For other linguistic contents, see Long (S. 
H); also, Sa7(T.). 

Copies seen : Boston Athenieum, British Mu- 
seum, Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Dunbar, 
TrumbulL 

•^— - Account I of an I Expedition | from 
Pittsburgh | to | the Rocky Mountains, 
performed | In the Years 1819, 1820. | 
By order of the | Hon. J. C. Calhoun, 
Secretary of War, | under the command 
of I Maj. S. H. Long, of the U. S. Top. 
Engineers. | Compiled | from the notes 
of Major Long, Mr. T. Say, | and other 
gentlemen of the party, | by Edwin 
James, | Botanist and Geologist to the 
Expedition. | In three volumes. | Vol. 
IC-III]. I 

Lonlon:| Printed for | Longman, 
Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown, | Pater- 
noster-Row. I 1823. 

3 vols. 8<^.— Indian language of signs, toL 1, 
pp. 271-288. — Remarks on language, vol. 2, pp. 
65-66. The linguistics by Messrs. Long and 
Say do not appear in this edition. 

Copies seen : Boston Athenieum. 

The Field copy, catalogue No. 1112, sold for 
$15.75; the Pinart copy, half-morocco, uncnt, 
catalogue Na 493, for 25 fr. 

A I narrative | of | the captivity and 

adventures | of | John Tanner, | (U. S. 
interpreter at the Santde Ste. Marie,) | 
during | thirty years residence among 



James (E.) — Continued, 
the Indians | in the | interior of North 
America. | Prepared for the press | by 
Edwin James, M. B. | Editor of An 
Account of Major Long's Expedition 
from Pittsburgh | to the Rocky Mount- 
ains. I 

New York : | G. & C. & H. Carvill, 108 
Broadway. | 1830. 

Pp. 1-426, 8°.— Numerals, 1-10, in Oto (from 
Say), Konza, Omawhaw, Yauktong, Dahko- 
tah of Upper Mississippi, Minnetahse. Win- 
nebago, Quawpaw, Nandoway, Winnebago, pp. 
. 324-333. 

Copies seen: Boston Athenieum, Brinton, 
Dunbar, Trumbull. 

At the Field sale, catalogue "So, 1113. a half- 
morocco copy brought $3.63; attheSquier sale, 
catalogue No. 552, half-morocoo, $3.38. Priced 
by Lecloro, 1878, No. 1020, uncut, at 35 fr. The 
Murphy copy, half green calf, catalogue No. 
2449, brought$3.50. 

A I Narrative | of | the Captivity and 

Adventures | of | John Tanner, | (U.S. 
Interpreter at the Saut de Ste. Marie, ) | 
during | thirty years residence among 
the Indians | in the | Interior of North 
America. | Prepared for the Press | By 
Edwin James, M. D. | Editor of An Ac- 
count of Major Long's Expedition from 
Pittsburgh | to the Rocky Mountains. | 

London : | Baldwin & Cradock, Pater- 
noster Row. I Thomas Ward, 84 High 
Hoi born. | 1830. 

Pp. 1-426, portrait, SP. The Americiui edi- 
tion with a now title-page only. 

Copies seen : Aittor, TrumbulL 

Sabin's Dictionary, No. 35685, titles an edition 
in German: Leipsig, 1840, 8°, and one in 
French : Paris, 1855, 2 vols. 89, 

Jefiferys (Thomas). The natural and 
civil j history | of the | French domin- 
ions I in I North and South America. | 
Giving a particular Account of the | 
Climate, | Soil, | Minerals, | Animals, | 
Vegetables, | Manufactures, | Trade, | 
Commerce, | and | Languages, | to- 
gether with I The Religion, Govern- 
ment, Genius, Character, Manners, and 
I Customs of the Indians and other 
Inhabitants. | Illustrated by | Mapa 
and Plans of the principal Places. | 
Collected from the best Authorities, and 
engraved by | T. Jefiferys, Geographer 
to his Royal Highness the Prince of 
Wales. I Part I. Containing | A Descrip- 
tion of Canada and Louisiana[-Part 
II. Containing | Part of the Islands of 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



SIOUAN LANGUAGES. 



4S 



Jefierys (T.) — Con tinned. 
St. Domingo and St. Martin, | The Isl- 
ands of I St. Bartholomew, Gnadalonpe, 
Martinico, La Grenade, | and | The 
Island and Colony of Cayenne], | 

London, | Printed for Thomas Jefferys 
at Charing-Cross. | MDCCLX [1760]. 

Part 1, 4 p. IL pp. 1-168; Part 2, 2 p. 11. pp. 
1-246; maps, follo.~Of the origin, language* 
* * * of the different Indian nations inhab- 
iting Canada [including the Sioux], Part 1, pp. 
42-«7. 

Chpies seen: British Museum, Congresa, 
Kassaohusetts Historical Society. 

At the Field sale, a copy, calf, catalogue No. 
1119, brought $0.50. 

The natnral and civil | history | of 

the I French dominions | in | North 
and South America. | With an Histori- 
cal Detail of the Acquisitions and Con- 
quests made by the | British arms in 
those Parts. | Giving a particular Ac- 
count of the I Climate, | Soil, .| Miner- 
als, I Animals, | Vegetables, | Manu- 
factures, I Trade, | Commerce | and | 
Languages. | Together with | the Re- 
ligion, Government, Genius, Character, 
Manners and | Customs of the Indians 
and other Inhabitants. | Illustrated by 
I Maps and Plans of the principal 
Places, I Collected from the best Au- 
thorities, and engraved by | T. Jefferys, 
Geographer to his Majesty, j Part I[-II ]. 
Containing | A Description of Canada 
and Louisiana. | 

London : | Printed for T. Jefferys, at 
Charing-Cross; W. Johnston, in Lud- 
gate-etreet ; J. Richardson | in Pater- 
noster-Row; and B. Law and Co. in 
Ave-Mary-Lane. | MDCCLXI [1761]. 

Part 1, 4 p. n. pp. 1-168 ; Part 2, 2 p. 11. pp. 
1-246; maps, folio.— Contents as in edition of 
1760. 

Copies seen: Aftor, British Museum, Con- 
gress. 

J^han (L.-F.). Troisi^me et domi^re | 
EncyclopMie Th^logique, | [&c. 
twenty-four lines]. | Publi^e | par M. 
TAbb^ Migne | [&c. six lines]. I Tome 
Trente-qnatri^me. | Dictionuaire de 
Linguistique. | Tome Unique. | Prix : 7 
Francs. | 

8'Imprime et se vend chez J. -P. 
Migne, £diteur, | aux Ateliers Catho- 
liqnes, Rne d'Amboise, au Petit-Mont- 
rouge, I Barri^re d'Enfer de Paris. | 
1858. 



J^han (L.-F.)— Contfaiaed. 

Second title: Dictionuaire | de | Llngidt- 
tique I et I de Philologio Compar6e. | Histoiie 
detouteslesLanguesmortesetvivantes, | ou| 
Tiait6 oomplet d'Idiomogrnpbie, | embrassant | 
Texamen critique des sy slimes et de tontes le« 
questions qui se rattachent | h Porigine et 4 la 
filiation des langues, k leur essence organique | 
etltleurs rapports aveol'histoire des races hiK 
malnes, de leurs migrations, etc. | Pr6c6d6 
d'un I Essai snr le r6Ie du langage dans V6vO' 
lution de Tinteliigence bumaine. | Par L.-F. 
J6han (de Sain^Clavien), | Membre de la So- 
oi6t6 g6ologique de France, de TAoad^mie 
royale des sciences de Turin, etc. | [Quotation, 
three lines.] | Publi6 \ par M. TAbbd Migne, | 
l^iteur de la Biblioth^que Universelle da 
Clergy, i ou I des Cours Complets snr ohaque 
branche de la science eccl^siastique. | Tome 
Unique. | Prix : 7 francs. | 

[Imprint as in first title. ] 

Outside title 1 1. titles as above 2 IL columns 
(two to apage) &-1448.— The Tableau polyglotte 
dee langues includes the Sioux -Osage, columns 
1151-1158. 

Copies seen : British Museum, Shea. 

There is an edition, Paris, 1864, which I have 
not seen, a copy of which is in the Watkinson 
Library, Hartford, Conn. 

Jeremiah, Ezekiel, Daniel. See Rigss 
(S.R.). 

Jesus ohnihde. See Riggs (S. R. ). 

Johnes (Arthnr James). Philological 
Proofs I of the | original unity and re- 
cent origin I of the | human race. | 
Derived from a comparison of the lan- 
guages I of I Asia, Europe, Africa, and 
America. | Being an inquiry | how far 
the differences in the languages of the 
globe I are referrible to causes now in 
operation. | By | Arthur James Johnes, 
esq. I [Four liaes quotation.] | 

London : | Samuel Clarke, 13, Pall 
Mall east. | Rees, Llandovery; E. 
Parry, Bridge street, Chester; Rees, 
Carnarvon. | 1843. 

Pp. iii-lx, 1-172, and appendices 102 pp. 8°.— 
On the origin of the American tribes, pp. 155- 
172, contains a table showing Mandan and 
Welsh affinities (from Catlhi). 
Copies seen: Briti.-h Moseam, Congress. 

Philological Proofs | of the | original 

unity and recent origin | of the | Hu- 
man Race. I Derived from | a compari- 
son of the languages | of | Asia, Europe, 
Africa, and America. | Being an inquiry 
how far the differences in the languages 
of I the globe are referrible to causes 
now in operation. | By | Arthur Jamea 
Johnes, Esq. | [Three lines quotation.] | 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



44 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Johnes (A. J.) — Continaed. 

London: John RusAell Smith, | 4, Old 
Compton Street, Soho Square. MD CCC 
XL VI [1846]. 

Pp. UMx. 1-172. 1-103, 8o.~LiQgiiistiC8 as 
above. 

Copies teen: Astor. 

Johnson (Bev, Philip). Dakota A B C | 
Wowapi. I Rev. Philip Johnson kaga. | 

Mission Press: | Archdeaconry of the 
Niobrara. | Santee Agency, Neb. | 1871. 

Pp. 1-82, 12^. Primer in the Dakota lan- 
guage, Santee dialect 

Copiee teen: Doraey, Smithsonian, TrombnlL 



Johnson (P.) — Continued. 

Dakota ABC | wowapi. | Rev. Philip 

Johnson, kaga. | 

New York : [ American Church Press 
Co., Ill East Ninth Street. | 1872. 
Pp. 1-2S, l«o. in the Santee dialect. 
Oopiettetn: PowelL 

See Cook (J. W.) and others. 

Jones (Andrew). See Cook (J. W.) and 
others. 

Jotewa,qaWayacopikin. See William- 
son (T.S.). 



K. 



Dictionary. 

Dictionary 

Gentes. 

Geographic names. 

Legenda 

Letter*. 

Numerals. 

Numerals. 

Personal names. 

Personal names. 

Personal names. 

Personal names. 

Belationsbips. 

Tocabulary. 

Vocabulary. 

Vocabulaxy. 

Vocabulary. 

Vocabulary. 

Vocabalary. 

Vocabulary. 

Vocabulary. 

"Words. 



See Booraasa (J. N.). 
Dorsey (J.O.). 
Morgan (L.H,). 
Dorsey (J.O.). 
Dorsey (J. O.). 
Dorsey (J. O.). 
Haldeman (S. S.). 
James (£.). 
Catalogue. 
Catlin (G.). 
Indian. 
Treaties. 
Morgan (L.H.). 
Balbi(A.). 
Dorsey (J. O.). 
Gatschet (A. S.). 
Haldeman (S. S.). 
Lehwd (C. G.) 
Morgan (LH.). 
Say (T.). 
Stubbs (A. W.). 
MaximUian (A. P.). 



Elatolik wocekiye. Soe Ravoux (A.). 

Kaw. See Kansas. 

Keane (A. H.). Appendix. Ethnogra- 
phy and Philology of America. By A. 
H. Keane. 

In Bates (H. W.), Central America, the West 
Indies, Sec. pp. 443-561, London, 1876, 8°. 

General scfaemo of American races and lan- 
guages, pp. 460-483, includes the Dacotah fam- 
ily. 

Keating (William H.). Narrative | of | 
an expedition | to the | source of St. 
Peter's River, | Lake Winnepeek, Lake 
of the Woods, | &c. &c. | performed in 
the year 1823, | by order of | the Hon. 
J.C.Calhonn, Secretary of War, | un- 
der the command of | Stephen H. Long, 
Major U. S. T. E. | Compiled from the 
notes of Major Long, Messrs. Say, | 



Keating (W. H.) — Continued. 
Keating, and Colhonn, | by | Will- 
iam H. Keating, A. M. &c. | professor 
of mineralogy and chemistry as applied 
to the arts, in | the University of Penn- 
sylvania; geologist and | historiogra- 
pher to the expedition. | In two vol- 
umes. I Vol. I[-II]. I 

Philadelphia: | H. C. Carey & I. 
Lea — Chestnut street. | 1824. 

2 vols, maps, 8P. — Names of the moons in Da- 
kota, voL 1, pp. 422-423.— Vocabulary of the 
Dacota or Sioux, voL 2, pp. 450-459. 

Oopieeteen: British Museum, Bureau of Eth- 
nology, Congress, Dunbar, Eames. 

AttheBrinleysale. catalogue No. 4653, acopy, 
calf, brought $5 ; at the Murphy sale, catalogue 
Na 1366 (p. 103), half-morocco, $5.50. 

Narrative | of an | expedition | to 

the I source of St. Peter's River, | Lake 
Winnepeek, | Lake of the Woods, &c. | 
performed in the year 1823, | by order 
of the Hon. J. C. Calhoun, | Secretary of 
War, I under the Command of Stephen 
H.Long,U.S.T.E. | Compiled | from 
the notes of Major Long, Messrs. Say, 
Keating, & Colhoun, | By William 
H. Keating, A. M. &c. | Professor of 
Mineralogy and Chemistry, as applied 
to the Arts, in the University of | 
Pennsylvania; Geologist and Historio- 
grapher to the Expedition. | In two 
volumes. | Vol. I[-II]. | 

London : | Printed for Geo. B. Whit- 
taker, Ave-Maria-lane, ' 1825. 

2 vols. 8o.— Linguistics, voL 1, p. 441; vol. 
2, appendix, pp. 147-156^ 

Copiee teen : Ascor, Boston Atheneum, Brit- 
ish Museum, Congress. 

Priced in Stevens's Nuggeta, No. 1589, at lOt. 
6d. ; by Quaritch, No. 12193, one copy, cloth, at 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



8IOUAN LANGUAGES. 



45 



Keating (W. H.)— Continued. 

]2f., another, half-ealf, at 14«. ; at the Pinart 
Mle, catalogue No. 507, a copy brought 11 tr. ; 
priced by Qaaritch, No. 29972, boards, at 15m. ; 
by Clarke, catalogue No. 6463, 1886, at 17.50. 

Kent (M. B.). [List of names of Iowa 
Indians, with Eoglisli translation.] 

Manaaeript, 8 pp. folio, in the library of the 
Bureau of Ethnology. It is accompanied by a 
dmiUr list revised by Bev. William Hamilton, 
7 pp. folio. 

Mr. Kent was United States Indian agent at 
the Great Nemaha Agency. 

King's highway. See Hemans (D. W.). 

Kinzie (Mrs, John H.). Wau-Bun, | 
the I "Early Day?' | in | the North- 
West. I By Mrs. John H. Kinzie, | of 
Chicaico. I With Illustrations. | 

New York : | Published by Derby & 
Jackson, | 119 Nassau Street. | Cincin- 
nati: H.W.Derby & Co. | 1856. 

1 p. L pp. i-xii, 13-496, large 12o.— Winnebago 
tanna passim. 

Oopie$§een: Congress. 



Benzie (J. H.)— Continued. 

At the Field sale, catalogue No. 1210, a copy 
brought $3.18. Clarke, catalogue 1886, prices- 
it at $4. 

Wau-Bnn, | the | ''Early Day" | 

in I the Northwest. | By Mrs. John H. 
Kinzie, | of Chicago. | Second edition^ 
with illustrations. | 

Chicago: | D.B.Cooke & Co., Pub- 
lishers. I 1857. 

Pp. i-xii, 13-498, large 12o.— Winnebago terms 
passim. 

Copies »een : Boston Athrtnseum, Watkinson. 

Wau-bun, | the | early day in the 

Northwest. | By j Mrs. John H. Kinzie, j 
of Chicago. | [Three lines quotations.] | 

Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott &, 
Co. I 1873. 

1 p. L pp. i-xili, 15-390, 12o.~ Winnebago 
terms passim. 

Copies seen: Congress. 

Kipp (James;. Vocabulary of the Man- 
dan. 

In Schoolcraft (H. K), Indian Tribes. toL 3, 
pp. 255-256. 446-459, PhUadelphla, 1853, 4°. 



L. 



Lacotah. See Teton. 

LaFleche (Frank). See Doraey (J. 0.). 
Lakota ABC. See Riggs (S. R.). 
La Pointe (Pierre). See Cook (J. W.) 
and others. 

Latham (Robert Gordon). Miscellaneous 
Contributions to the Ethnography of 
North America. By R. G. Latham, M. D. 
In Philological Soc. [of London] Proc. vol. 2, 
pp. 31-50, [London] 1846, 8c>.~ Scattered through- 
oat are words from the Omaha w, Osage, Qnap- 
pa, Dacota, Yancton, Upsaroka. — Comparative 
▼ocabnlary (60 words) of the Mandan and Crow, 
pp. 38-40. — Table showing affinities between 
the Mandan and other Indian languages, pp. 
40-42. — Affinities between the Iowa and other ', 
Indian langnages, and a few words and nn- ' 
morals of the Iowa, pp. 48-^. 

Elements | of | comparative phi- 
lology, i By I R. G. Latham, M. A., M. D., 
F. R. S., &,c,j I late fellow of King's 
College, Cambridge ; and late professor 
of English | in University College, Lon- 
don. I 

London: | Walton and Maberly, | 
Cpper Gower street, and Ivy lane, 
Paternoster row; | Longman, Green, 
Longman^ Roberts, and Green, | Pater- 
noster row. I 1862. I The Right of 
Translation is Reserved. 



Latham (R.G.)— Continued. 

Pp. i-xxxii, errata 1 L pp. 1-774, 8o.— Com- 
parative vocabulary of the Mandan and Crow, 
pp. 458-460; of the Yankton, Winnebago, Dab- 
cota, and Osage, pp. 460-461 ; of the Omaha and 
Minetari, pp. 461-462. 
Copies seen: Congress. 

Lawrence (Lorenzo). See Rig(,s (S. R. ). 

See Riggs (S. R.) and Williamaon 

(J. P.). 

See Williamson (J. P.) and Riggs 

(AL.). 

Leclerc (Charles). Bibliotheca | Ameri- 
cana I Histoire, geographic, | voyages, 
arch^ologie et lingaistique | des | deux 
Am^riques | et | des lies Philippines | 
r^dig^e | Par Ch. Leclerc | [Design.] | 

Paris I Maisonneuve et C®, libraires- 
editeurs | 25, quai Voltaire, *25. | 1878. 

2 p. U. pp. i-xx, 1-737, 1 1. 8P. Sapplement 
"So, 1 appeared in 1881 and Sapplement No. 2 
in 1887.— The linguistic part of this volume 
occupies pp. 537-643 and in arranged alphabet- 
ically under families. The list of Dakota works 
appears on pp. 676-577 ; Hidatsa, Minetaris on 
Gros Ventres, p. 587 ; Omaha, p. 617 ; Osage, p. 
618; Winnebago, p. 642. 

Copies seen: Boston Atheneenm, Bureau of 
Ethnology, Eames, Maisonneuve, Pilling. 

Priced by Quaritch. No. 12172, at 12s., and a 
large paper copy, No. 12173, at IZ. Is. ; by Le- 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



46 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OP THE 



Iieolero (C.) — Continnecl. 

clero, supplement, 1881, No. 2831, at 15 fr., and 
a copy on Holland paper, No. 2832, at 80 f r. ; by 
Qaaritch, No. 30230, large paper copy, 12a. ; by 
Leclerc, supplement, 1887, p. 121, 15 tr. 
Iiegends : 

i^^egiha. See Dorsey (J. O.). 

Iowa. Dorsey (J. O.). 

Kansas. Dorsey (J. O.). 

Missouri. Dorsey (J. O.). 

Omaha. Dorsey (J. O.). 

Oto. Dorsey (J. O.). 

San tee. Riggs (S. R). 

Teton. Bushotter (6.). 

Iieland (Charles Godfrey). The | Union 
Pacific Railway, ( Eastern Division, | 
or, I three thousand miles in a railway 
car, I By Charles Godfrey Leland. | U. 
P.R.W.,E.D. I 

Philadelphia: | Ringwalt &, Brown, 
Steam-Power Book and Job Printers, | 
Nos. Ill and 113 South Fourth Street. | 
1867. 

Printed cover, pp. 1-95, 8<^. — Short yocabn* 
lary of the Kaw language, obtained from the na- 
tives and from Hr. H. L. Jones, of Salina, p. 71. 

Copies 9$0n : Bureau of Ethnology. 

Fnsang | or | The Discovery of 

America | By { Chinese Buddhist priests 
in the | Fifth Century. | By | Charles G. 
Leland. | 

New York : | J. W. Bouton, 706 Broad- 
way. I 1875. 

Pp. i-xix, 1-212, 120.— Contains, pp. 101-109, 
an extract from Roehrig (F. L.O.),The language 
of the Dakotas, published in Smithsonian Inst. 
Ann. Rep. for 1871. 

Copies teen : Eames. 

Fusang | or ( The Discovery of 

America i By i Chinese Buddhist priests i 
in the | Fifth Century. | By | Charles G. 
Leland. | 

London : | Triibner &, Co., Ludgate 
Hill. I 1875. I (All rights reserved.) 

Pp. i-xix, 1-212, 120.— Linguistics as above. 

Copies seen : Astor, British Museum. 
Iietters : 

Assiniboin. See Carnegie (J.). 

<J;eglha. Dorsey (J. O.). 

Iowa. Dorsey (J. O.). 

Kansas. Dorsey (J. O.). 

MissourL Dorsey (J. O.). 

Oto. Dorsey (J. O.). 

Winnebago. Dorsey (J. O.). 

Lewi toope. See- 'Williamson (T. S. ). 

lK>ng ( Maj. Stephen Harri man ) . Vocab u - 
lanes of the Winnebago, Pnant or Nip- 
pegon, and Naudowessies of Carver and 
Hennepin. 



I«ong (S. H.) — Continued. 

In James (E.), Accoant of ou expedition &a 
vol. 2. pp. Ixxxvi-lxzxvlii, Philadelphia, 182^ 
8°. 

*' Taken down by Mi^or Long during bic tonr 
on the Upper Mississippi in the year 1817.'* 

These vocabularies are not given in tho Lon 
don edition, 1828, 3 vols. 8^. 
Lord's prayer: 

Assiniboin. See Harietti (P.). 

Assiniboin. Shea (J. G.). 

Assiniboin. Smot (P. J. de). 

Dakota. Bergholtz (G. F.). 

Dakota. Dawson (S. J.). 

Dakota. GaUatin (A.). 

Dakota. Woahope. 

Hidatsa. HaU (C. L.). 

Omaha. Hamilton (W.i. 

Osage. Shea (J. 6.). 

Osage. Smet (P.J.de). 

Osage. Youth's. 

Ota Lord's. 

Santee. Lord's. 

Sioux. Tuttle(E.B.). 

Lord's prayer in Otoe. Wakanta eyefis 
warohte setowsB. 

In Bible Society Record, vol 29, p. 151. Kew 
York, 1884, 80. (Powell.) 

Lord's prayer in [Santee] Dacotah or 
Sioux. 

In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian Tribes, voL 5, p. 
692, Philadelphia, 1855, 4^. 

Lowry (Elizabeth). Numerals [1-1,000,- 
000,000] of the Winnebago. 

In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian tribes, vol. 2, 
pp. 214-216, Philadelphia, 1852, 49, 

Ludewig (Hermann £.). The | litera- 
ture I of I American aboriginal lan- 
guages. I By I Hermann E. Ludewig. | 
With additions and corrections | by 
Professor Wm. W. Turner. | Edited by 
Nicolas Triibner. | 

London: | Triibner and Co., 60, Pater- 
noster row. I MDCCCLVIII [1858]. 

Pp. i-vlii, 1 L pp. ix -xxiv, 1-258, 99. At- 
ranged alphabetically by families. Addenda 
by Wm. W. Turner and Nicolas Triibner, pp. 
210-246. 

List of grammars and vocabularies in Dah* 
kotah, pp. 59-Gl, 219; loway, pp. 86-87, 224; 
KoHKA, pp. 97, 225 ; Maha, Omaha, pp. 101. 228 ; 
Mandan, pp. 106, 228; Hinetare.p. 119; Osage, 
pp. 139-140, 234; Olo, pp. 140,234; Quappa, pp. 
156-157; Riccaree, pp. 163, 237; Teton, p. 188; 
Winnebago, pp. 200-201 ; Yankton, p. 203. 

Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Pilling. 

At the Fischer sale, catalogue No. 990, a copy 
brought 5«. 6d. ; at the Field sale, catalogue ISa. 
1403. an uncut copy. $2.63; at the Sqnier sale, 
catalogue Xo. 699, an uncut copy, $2.62 ; another 
uncut copy, No. 1 906, $2.38. Priced by Ledero, 
1878, No. 2075, at 15 fr. The Pinart copy, < 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



SIOUAN LAMOUAOES. 



47 



Ladewig (H. £.) — CoDtinaed. 

Ingue No. 565, brought 25 f r. ; the Marphy 
copy, OAtalogne Ko. 1540, $2.50. Priced by 
Clarice, catAlogue Ka 0751, 1886, at $4. 

Lynd (Jamen William). History of the 
Dakotas. [From] J. W. Lynd's manu- 
scripts. 

In Minnesota Hist. Soo. ColL toL 2, pt. 2, pp. 
57-84. St Paal. 1865, S9. 

Paper edited by Bey. S. B. Biggs, the portion 
here pablished being cliapter 6, Beligion of the 
DakotAS. It contains a number of Dakota 
terms. For extracts, see Donnelly (I. ). 

[History of the Dakotas and other 

North- American Indians. ] ^ 

Hanoscript in the library of the Minnesota 
Historical Society, concerning which Mr. J. 
Fletcher Williams, the librarian of the society, 
writes me as follows : 

•* When Mr. Lynd was mnrdered by the very 
savages whose origin, history, religion, and lan- 
guage he had so conscientionsly labored to il- 
lustrate in his work, the manuscript was in his 
trunk, in an apartment of the trading house 



Jjijnd (J. W.)— Continued. 

where he was employed. It then consisted of 
perhaps 600 pages of foolscap and waa com- 
plete and ready for the press. The Indians 
threw the package out on the floor, in search 
of money or other valuables, and the leaves be- 
came scattered on the floor. ▲ few days after- 
ward the troops occupied the building as quar- 
ters, and, unfortunately, no one knowing the 
value of the manuscript or not caring for it, 
it was used for waste paper, until an officer with 
more intelligence than the rest noticed it and 
saved the remainder in a soiled and torn state. 
Out of the 600 pages which it had originally 
contained, only 172 leaves remained. No one 
chapter remains complete. Sometimes there 
are several consecutive leaves, with a break of 
many pages. The chapter on language has 
now only four leaves. One of these is marked 
xxvi, showing that it was of considerable 
length. Other references to the Dakota lan- 
guage are scattered throughout the work. Mr. 
Lynd seems to have had a theory of the Euro* 
pean origin of the tongue. He gives two tables, 
one page each, to show similarity between Da* 
kota and European words." 



M. 



Mcintosh (John). The | Origin | of the | 
North American Indians; | with a faith- 
ful description of their manners and 
customs, both civil | and military, their 
religions, languages, dress, and | orna- 
ments. I To which I is prefixed, a brief 
vifw oe [»ic] the creation of the world, 
the situation | of the garden of Eden, 
the Antediluvians, the foundation of | 
nations by the posterity of Noah, the 
progenitors | of the N. Americans and 
the discovery | of the New World by 
Columbus. I Concluding with a copious 
selection of Indian speeches, the an- 
tiquities I of America, the civilization 
of the Mexicans, and some | final obser. 
vations on the origin of the | Indians. | 
By John Mcintosh. | 

New York: | Published by Nafis & 
Cornish, | 278 Pearl Street. | 1843. 

Pp. iU-xxxTi, 37-311, 8o.— Particularities of 
tile Indian languages [Aigonquin, Huron, 
Sionxl, pp. 02-87. 

Oopiei $een: Astor, British Museum, Con 



Some copies titled as above bear the date of 
1844. (*) 

The first edition was: Toronto, Coates, 1836^ 
8^, in which the linguistics appear on pp. 43-47. 

The I Origin | of the | North Ameri- 
can Indians ; | with a | faithful descrip- 



Mclntosh (J.) — Continued, 
tion of their manners and | customs, 
both civil and military, their [ religions, 
languages, dress, | and ornaments: | 
including | various specimens of Indian 
eloquence, as well as histor | ical and 
biographical sketches of almost all the | 
distinguished nations and celebrated | 
warriors, statesmen and orators, | 
among the | Indians of North America. 
New edition, improved and enlarged. | 
By John Mcintosh. | 

New- York: | PublUhed by Nafis & 
Cornish, | 278 Pearl Street. | Philadel- 
phia-John B. Perry. [1844.] 

Pp. i-xxxT, 39-345, 120.— Linguistics, pp. 

93-oa 

Copies teen : British Museum. 

Some copies with title as above have a slightly 
differing imprint, the second line thereof being : 
St. Louis, (Mo.)— Nafls, Cornish & Co. 

The Brinley sale catalogue, No. 5427, titles a 
copy New York [1846], which sold for $1. 

The I origin | of the | North Ameri- 
can Indians; | with a | faithful descrip- 
tion of their manners and | customs, 
both civil and military, their | relig- 
ions, languages, dress, | and orna- 
ments: I including | various specimens 
of Indian eloquence, as well as histor | 
ical and biographical sketches of 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



48 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Mcintosh (J.)— Continned. 
almost all the | distiuguished nations 
and celebrated | warriors, statesmen 
and orators, | among the | Indians of 
North Amerioa. | New edition, im- 
proved and enlarged. | By John Mcln- 
toRh. I 

New York : | Cornish, Lamport & 
Co., publishers, | No. 8 Park Place. | 
1849. 

Pp. 1-345, 8<>.— LinguiBtics m in edition of 
1843, pp. 93-98. 

Copies teen : Boston Public, British Moteam. 

Leolerc, 1878, Ka 945, prices a copy at 20 fr. 

I have Boeu an edition of 1853 with title-page 
othorwiae as aboTe. (Congress.) 

The I Origin | of the I North Amer- 
ican Indians; | with a | faithful de- 
scription of their manners and | cus- 
toms, both civil and military, their | 
religions, languages, dress, | and orna- 
ments. I Including | various specimens 
of Indian eloquence, as well as histor- | 
ical and biographical sketches of almost 
all the I distinguished " tions and 
celebrated | warriors, statesmen and 
orators, | among the | Indians of North 
America. | New Edition, improved and 
enlarged. | By John Mcintosh. | 

New York : | Sheldon, Blakeman and 
Co. I No. 115 Nassau Street. | 1857. 

1 p. I. pp. v-xxxv, 89-345, 8<^.— Liognistios as 
above. 

Copies seen : British Mnseani. 

Some copies with title as above have the im- 
print: Now York: | Sheldon and Compaoy. | 
No. 115 Nassfta Street. | 18.'>8, collation and 
contents as above; and some copies with the 
latter imprint are dated 1859. (Wisconsin His- 
torical Society.) 

MoKenney {Hev. Edward). [Omahaw 
primer. 1850.] 

8 pp. 16<^, carionsly paged, the recto of L 1 
having no number, the rerso paged 8 ; 1. 2 is I 
paged 4, both recto and verso ; I. 8 unpaged ; 
1. 4 recto paged 7, verso 8. 

The only copies I have seen are without the 
title-page; the first page begins: Lesson 1. 
Alphabet of Omahaw syllables. It contains, 
in addition to the alphabet and words of two or 
more syllables, the Lord's prayer, an account of 
the creation and fall of man, and two hymns. 

This is the first publication in the Omaha lan- 
guage. The author, a Presbyterian missionary 
to the Omahaa from 1846 to 1853, was aided in 
his work by Louis Sans Souci. a native Omaha. 

Copies seen : Pilling, Powell. 

The only other copy of which I have seen any 
mention was that which was sold at the Field 
•ale, catalogue No. 1725; it brought 40 cents. 



Magnificat. See Hlnman (S. D.). 
Maka-oyakapL See Riggs (S. R.) and 

Rigg8(A.L). 
Makoce wowapi. See Riggs (S. R. ) and 

Rigg8(A.L.). 
Mallery (Col, Garrick). A calendar of 
the Dakota nation. 

In Hayden (F.V.), Bulletin, voL 8, pp. 8-25, 

Washington, 1877, 8o. 

Dakota terms passim. Also issued sepa- 
rately with half-title. 
Mandan: 

General discussion. See Duncan (D.). 

General discussion. MaximilUn (A. P.). 

Gentes. Morgan (L. H.). 

Grammatic treatise. Hayden (F. V.). 

Grammatic treatise. Maximilian (A. P.). 

Numerals. Smet (P. J. de). 

Personal names. Catlin (G.). 

Personal names. Indian. 

Personal names. Jackson (W, H.). 

Personal names. Treaties. 

Relationships. Morgan (L. H.). 

Ten commandments. Hall (C. L.). 

Vocabulary. Bowen (B. F.). 

Vocabulary. Catlin iG.). 

Vocabr'ary. Domenech (E.). 

Vocabulary. Donnelly (I.>. 

Vocabulary. Hall (C. L.). 

Vocabulary. Hayden (F. V.). 

Vocabulary. Hoffman (W.L). 

Vocabulary. Kipp (J.). 

Vocabulary. Latham (R. G.). 

Vocabulary. Morgan (L. H.). 

Vocabulary. Raflnesque (C. S.> 

Vocabulary. Smet (P. J. de). 

Words. Catlin (G.). 

Words. Frost (J.). 

Marietti (Pietro), editor, Oratio Domin- 
ica I in CCL. lingyas yersa | et | 
CLXXX. charactervm formis | vel nos- 
tra tibvs vel peregrinis expressa | 
cvrante | Petro Marietti | EqviteTypo- 
grapho Pontificio | Socio Administro | 
Typographei | S. Consilil de Propa- 
ganda Fide I [Printer's device.] | Ro- 
mae | Anno M. DCCC. LXX [1870]. • 

6 p. 11. (half-title, title, and dedication), pp. 
xl-xxvii, 1-319, 4 11. indexes, 4o.— Includes 6* 
versions of the Lord's prayer in various Ameri- 
can dialects, among them the Assiniboin, p. 
307. 

Title and description furnished by Dr. J. H. 
Trumbull from c-opy in his possession. 

Marty (Bishop Martin). [Teton baptis- 
mal card. 1885?] 

An 18*^ card, in the Teton dialect of the Da- 
kota language, given by Bishop Marty, vicar 
apoatollo of Dakota, 1o the Indians who are re- 
ceived into his church. Below the spaces for 
entering name, date of birth, of baptism, See. la 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



8IOUAN LANOITAOES. 



49 



Marty (M.) — Contin'ned. 

the apoeUea' creed. On the reyerae side of the 
card are the nommaDdmenta of God and the 
ehnrch, in verse, as sang by the Catholic chil- 
dren, with heading as foUows: Tnwe mini 
akastanpi kin he wokonse kin hena opa kta 
lyecetn, the literal translation of which is: 
Who water they-ponr-on-hlm the that law. the 
those follow will right 
Copi^ $wn : Powell, Shea. 

Matthew^s (Dr. Washington). Gram- 
mar and dictionary | of the | language 
oftheHidatsa | (Minnetarees, Grosven- 
tres of the Missouri). | With an | intro- 
dnctory sketch of the tribe. | By | 
Washington Matthews. | 

New York: | Cramoisy Press. | 1873. 

Pp. i-xxT, 27-148. large 8P. Shea's American 
Linguistics, Series II, No. I.— Introduction, pp. 
T-xxv.— Hidataa grammar, pp. 27-M. — Dic- 
tionary of the Hidatsa language, pp. 61-148. 

Copies teen : Astor, Boston Athensenm, Brit- 
ish Maaeam, Congress, Sames, Powell, Tram- 
boU. 

Priced by Lederc, 1878, Na 2252, at 80 tr. ; by 
Trftbner, 1882. p. 78, at U lOt. At the Pinart 
Mle, catalogue No. 607, a copy brought 11 ft. 
Priced by Quaritch, No. 30078, at 12t. 

Hidatsa (Minnetaree) English | Dic- 
tionary, i By I Washington Matthews. | 

New York : | Cramoisy Press. | 1874. 

2 p. n. pp. 149-169, large 8^. Shea's Ameri- 
can Linguistics, Series n, No. 2.— English- 
Hidatsa vocabulary, pp. 149-168. 

CopUas^en: Astor, Boston AthensBum, Brin- 
toa, Congress, Barnes, Powell, TrumbulL 

Priced by Triibner, 1882, p. 78, at 15t. 

— Department of the Interior. | United 
States Geological and Geographical Sur- 
vey. I F. V. Hay den, U. S. Geologist-in- 
Charge. | Miscellaneous publications, 
No. 7. I Ethnography and philology | of 
the I Hidatsa Indians. | By | Wash- 
ington Matthews, | assistant surgeon 
United States Army. | 

Washington: | (Government Printing 
Office. I 1877. 

Pp. i-vl, 1-239, 8^.— Ethnography, pp. 1-72, 
. inchides list of relatiouships, pp. 56-66.— Phi- 
lology-, pp. 7a-85.— Hidatsa grammar, pp. 87- 
121.— Hidatsa dictionary, pp. 123-212.— En- 
glish-Hidatsa vocabulary, pp. 213-239. 

Copiet $€en: Astor, British Museum, Con- 
gress, Dorsey, Sames, Pilling. Powell, Trum- 
bulL 

Priced by Triibner, 1882, p. 78, at IL lit. 6d. 
At the Murphy sale, catalogue Xo. 1642, a copy 
brought 86 cents. Priced again by Triibner, 
Oriental and Linguistic Publications, 1885, p. 46, 
St R 11«. 6d. : by Koehler, catalogue 440, No, 964, 
at9H.; byQuaritoh,No.80079,atl5t.; and by 
Clarke, catalogue Nos. 6521 and 6746, 1886, at $2. 
SIOUAN 4 



Maximilian (Alexander Philipp, Pring 
von Wied-Neuwied), Reise | in | das in- 
nere Nord- America | in den Jahren 1832 
bis 1834 I von | Maximilian Prinz zu 
Wied. I Mit 48 Kupfem, 33 Vignetten, 
vielen Holzschnitten nnd einer Charte. | 
Er8ter[-Zweiter] Band. | 

Coblenz, 1839[-1841]. | Bei J. Hoel- 
scher. 

2 vols. 4<=>.— Names of the gentes of the Crow 
Indians, voL 1, p. 401.— Proper names, with En- 
glish signification, of members of several tribes, 
among them the Sioux, Omahas, Joways, and 
Otoes, p. 648.— Sprachprobender Assiiiiboins, 
vol. 2, p. 480.- Ein Paar Worte der Crows 
(Corbeaux), p. 490.— Sprachproben der Daoota 
(Sioux) vom Stamme der Yanktonans. pp. 491- 
498.— Ein Paar Worte der Tetons (DacoU), p. 
498.— Ein Paar Worte der Eonsa-Sprache, p. 
504.— Sprache der Mandans oder Numangkake, 
pp. 614-544.— GrammaticaUscher Yersuch fiber 
die Mandan-Sprache, pp. 544-557.— Abweichun- 
gen der Mandan-Sprache in den beiden Ddrfem 
dieses Stammes, pp. 557-561.— Sprachproben 
der MSnnitarris, pp. 562-590.— Worte der Cto- 
Sprache, pp. 612-630. 

Oopietteen: Congress. 

At the Field sale, catalogue No. 1512, a copy 
of this edition together with one of the London 
1848 edition brought $40.50. 

Voyage | dans Tint^rieur | de | 

UAm^riqne du Nord, | ex^cut^ pendant 
les ann^es l^m, 1833 et 1834, | par | le 
prince Maximilien de Wied-Neuwied. | 
Ouvrage | accompagn^ d*un Atlas de 80 
planches environ, | format demi-colom- 
hier, | dessin^es sur les lienx | Par M. 
Charles Bodmer, | ^t | gravies par les 
plus habiles artistes de Paris et de 
Londres. | Tome premier[-troisi^me]. | 

Paris, I chez Arthns Bertrand, ^di- 
teur, I libraire de la Soci^t6 de g^o- 
graphie de Paris, | et de la Soci^t^ 
royale des antiquaires du nord, | rue 
Hautefeuille, 25. | 1840[-1843]. 

8 vols. 8o.— Only a portion of the linguistics 
appearing in the German edition is given in the 
above.— Notice sur les langues de diff6rentes 
nations an nord-ouest de TAm^rique, voL 3, 
pp. 873-898, contains a vocabulary of 28 words 
of the different languages treated of in the Ger- 
man edition, pp. 879-882.— Essai d'nne gram- 
maire de la langue Mandane, pp. 883-388.— De 
la langue des signes en usage ohes les Indiens, 
pp. 389-398. 

Oopie$$een: Congress. 

Travels | in | the interior of | North 

America. | By | Maximilian, prince of 
Wied. j With numerous engravings on 
wood, I and a large map. | Translated 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



50 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OP THE 



Maximilian (A. P.)— Continued, 
from the Ctorman, | by H. Evans 
Lloyd. I To accompany the original 
series of eighty-one | elaborately- col- 
oured plates. I Size, imperial folio. | 

London: | Ackermann & Co., 9G, 
Strand. | MDCCCXLIII [1843]. 

Pp. i-x, 1-52C, map, 4^.— Hieroglyphic Indian 
letter from » Mandan to a fur trader, with ex- 
planation, p. 352. — On the origin of the Otos, 
Jowajs, and Misaonris, p. 507.— Indian signa- 
tares to contract for sale of land, with English 
significations, p. 608. 

Neither the vocabularies appearing in the 
•> German edition nor the extracts in the French 
issue are given in this edition. 

OopieM ieen : Astor, Boston Athenaeum, Con* 
gress, Watkinson. 

Sold at the Field sale, together with a copy 
of the Coblens edition (see third title above), 
for $40.50 ; at the ICnrphy sale, catalogue No. 
1645, a half-morocco copy brought $42, and one 
without the plates, half-russia, No. 30li, $4. 
Priced by Quaritch, No. 28991, a half-morocco 
copy, 8Z. 15«. 

Mazakute (Rev. Paul). See Cook (J. 
W.) and others. 

Hasakute was a Santee presbyter of the 
Protestant Episcopal Church, missionary to 
Mad Bull's band of Yanktons, at Choteau 
Creek, Dakota, in 1870. In 1871 he was trans- 
ferred to the Santee reservation and was given 
charge of the mission at Bazille Creek, which 
post he held until his death in 1872. He was 
the author of a number of the hymns which 
are included in the various collections. 

[Mazzuchelli {Rev. Samuel).] Ocangra [ 
Aramoe Wawa^'a^'a^ay | (Or Winnebago 
Prayer Book.) | [Three lines quotation 
in Winnebago. ] | Waiaetanoeca, 1 1833. , 

Geo. L. Whitney, printer. | Detroit, 
1833. 

Title verso blank 1 1. prayers, pp. 3-9 ; hymns, 
pp. 10-14 ; catechism on the principles of faith, 
pp. 15-16', alphabet and numerals, p. 17; words 
of one syllable &,o. p. 18; 16^. The text is en- 
tirely in the Winnebago language. This is the 
first publication, so far as I know, of a text in 
any of the dialects of the Siouan family. 

Copitt ieen : Boston Athenieum, Powell. 

Mazzuchelli, in his Memorie istoriche ed edi- 
flanti d'un missionario apostolico, Milan, 1844, 
speaks of this little book as follows, " the mis- 
sionary" referred to meaning himself: **The 
number of the new Christians had now in- 
creased to about 200 when the missionary pro- 
ceeded to the city of Detroit, 700 miles from 
the Wisconsin River, in order to print the few 
things that had been transited into Winne- 
bago. These formed a tract of 18 pages, small 
octavo, and contain * * *. The little book 
was entitled Ocangra Aramee * * *, Detroit, 
1833." 



MerriU (Moeies). Wdtwhtl | Wdwdklha 
Tva I Eva Wdhonetl. { Marin Awdofka. j 
Otoe Hymn Book. | By Moses Merrill. | 
Shawannoe Mission. | J. Meeker, 
Printer. | 1834. 

Printed cover, title as above 1 1. text pp. 3-12, 
16<3. The title on cover is abridged somewhat, 
as follows: 

Wdtwhtl I Wdwdklha Tva | Eva | Wdho- 
netl.| Shawannoe Mission,: J. Meeker,.Printer. ; 
1834. 
Oopiee eeen : Boston Athenteum. 

Wdkuntl Eeifa | Cesus Kryst | Wd- 
wdklha Atva, I Wdhseka Ukewyglhce 
Atvakineitlnl ( Wowdkowika | 

Marin | Wdtotl Wdkwnga Atva | 
1837. 

Printed cover, pp. 1-32, 12o. Title from a 
copy belonging to the son of the translator. 
The printed cover reads as follows : 

The history | of | our Lord and Saviour | 
Jesus Christ; | comprehending all that the | 
Four Evangelists | have recorded concerning 
him I all their relations being brought together 
in one | narrative so that no circumstance is 
omitted, but | that inestimable history is con- 
tinued in one series | in the very words of 
Scripture | by the Rev. Samuel Lieberkuhn. 
M. A. I Translated into the | language of the | 
Otoe, loway, and Missouri | tribes of Indians ( 
by Moses Merrill | Missionary of the Baptist 
Board of Foreign Missions | assisted by Louis 
Dorion interpreter | Part I. | Meeker Printer 
Shawanoe Baptist Mission | 1837 

Mr. Merrill, the fourth son of Bnv. Daniel 
MerriU, A. M., of Sedgwick, Me., was bom De- 
cember 15, 1803. In 1828 he was licensed to 
preach, and In 1832 was ordained a minister in 
the Baptist Church. On June 1, 1830, he was 
married to Eliza, the daughter of Gen. Silvanns 
Wilcox, of Charleston, N. Y. About the time 
of his ordination he and Mrs. Merrill were ap- 
pointed missionaries to the Indians by the 
Baptist Board of Foreign Missions, and were 
directed to labor on the shores of Lake Supe- 
rior. They left the State of Maine in August 
of that year and arrived at Sanlt Ste. Marie in 
October. There, in company with Messrs. 
Bingham and Meeker, they spent the winter 
in missionary labors, designing to ascend to 
Lake Superior in the following spring. Previ- 
ous to their departure, however, the Board of 
Missions directed them to a more promising 
field of labor. 

They left Sault Ste. Marie in May, 1833, and 
arrived at the Shawanoe Mission House, within 
the then Indian Territory, on the 13th of the 
following July. In October they departed for 
their station among the Oto. In reaching this 
they had to penetrate the wilderness about two 
hundred miles from Shawanoe, a journey of 
twenty-four days. The Oto village was on the 
south bank of the Platte River near its J unctioii 
with the Missouri, the mission station being 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



SIOUAN LANGUAGES. 



51 



MeniU (M.)— Continued. 

on the north bank. Upon their arriTal ICr. and 
Mrs. Merrill entered xealoaslj apon their labors 
and early undertook to learn the Oto langnage. 
Mr. Merrill beoame bo flnent as to preach to 
tiie Indians in their own tongue. He died 
Febroary 6, 1840. 

The work of translation into the Oto dialect 
wan undertaken the next year after the opentoj^ 
of the mission at Bellevae. The interpreter 
iirst employed coald only translate tvom the 
French language; and from that the words were 
pnt into Oto. September 8, 1834, Mr. Merrill 
writes : * * I have now in press a small work for 
the Otoes. In making my translations I am 
obliged to employ two interpreters, a French 
and an Otoe, and besides this I have to ride 
twenty miles to the trading post to get them." 

This pamphlet is doubtless the Oto Hymn 
Book titled above. 

In Mr. Merriirs Journal under date of No- 
vember 17, 1834, occurs this entry : •* Preparing 
manuscript for second Otoe reading book," and 
under date of April 16, 1835, "My third Otoe 
book is printed." 

I am indebted to Mr. S. P. Merrill, Boohester,' 
N. Y., a son of the author, for the above notes. 

Miege ( Biship). See Shea (J. G. ). 



Minitari: 

General discussion. 


See Maximilian (A. P.). 


Gentes. 


Morgan (L.H.). 


Kamerals. 


James (£.). 


Personal names. 


Indian. 


Personal names. 


Treaties. 


Kelationships. 


Morgan (L. H.). 


Yocabulary. 


Balbi (A.). 


Vocabulary. 


Gallatin (A.). 


Vocabulary. 


Hayden (F. V.). 


Vocabulary. 


Latham (R. G.). 


Vocabulary. 


Morgan (L. H.). 


Words. 


Charencey (H. de). 


Bee, also, Hidatsa. 




Hinnecoi^n. See Teton. 


ICssion service: 




Santee. 


See Hiaman (& D.). 


Santee. 


Hhiman (S. D.) and 




Cook (J. W.). 


Ssntee. 


Hinuian (S. D.) and 




Bobertson (T. A.). 


Idlasion Service. 1 


See Hinman (S. D.). 


MisKmri: 




Bible, gospels (in 


See Merrill (M.). 


part). 




Gentes. 


Morgan (L. H.). 


Legends. 


Dorsey (J. 0.). 


Letters. 


Dorsey (J. 0.). 


Penonal names. 


Catlin (G.). 


Personal names. 


Dorsey (J. 0.). 


Personal names. 


Jackson (W.H.). 




Treaties. 


Relationships. 


Morgan (L. H.). 


Storiea 


Dorsey (J. 0.). 


Hodel first reader. 


SeeRlggB (S. R.). 



[Montgomery (Bev. William B.) and 
Requa (Rev, W. C.).] Washashe 
wageressa pahygreh | tse. | The 
Osage first book. | [Picture.] | 

Boston: | printed for the American 
Board of Commissioners | for Foreign 
Missions, by Crocker & Brewster I 
1834. 

Pp. 1-126, 180.— PamiUar sentences in Osage 
and English interlinear, pp. 13-24.— Selections 
from Proverbs, pp. 25-33.— Genesis, pp. 34-49. — 
Ten commandments, pp. 50-51.— Isaiah, pp. 
62-54— Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John, pp. 
55-126. 

Copies SMU: Boston Atbenseum, Congress, 
Eames, PowelL 

At the Brinley sale one copy, catalogue Ko. 
5763, brought $1 ; another. No. 6764, 50 cents. 
Morgan (Alfred). A description of a 
Dakotan Calendar, with a few ethno- 
graphical and other notes on the Da- 
kotas, or Sioux Indians, and their terri- 
tory. By Alfred Morgan. 

In Literary and Philosophical Soo. of Liver- 
pool ProcvoL 33, pp. 283-253, London and Liver- 
pool, 1879, SP. 

Karnes of Dakota bands, pp. 23^240, and a 
number of Dakota terms passim. 

Morgan (Lewis Henry). Smithsonian 
contri bat ions to knowledge. | 218 | 
Systems | of | consanguinity and af- 
finity I of the I human family. | By | 
Lewis H. Morgan. | 

Washington City : | published by the 
Smithsonian Institution. | 1871. 

Title on cover as above, pp. i-xii, 1-590, pUtea, 
4°. Forms vol. 17, Smithsonian Contributions 
to Knowledge. 

Tableof consanguinity of the Seneca-Iroquois 
and Yankton-Dakota, pp. 167-169.— Table of re- 
lationships, Winnebagoe and Isauntie-Dakota, 
p. 181.— Comparative vocabulary of the Mandan, 
Kaw, Otoe, Isauntie-Dakota, and Winnebagoes, 
p. 182.— Comparative vocabulary of the Mbini- 
taree. Crow, Chocta [and others], p. 183. —A few 
words in the Crow language, p. 186.— Table of 
relationships in Seneca, "Wyandote, Yankton, 
Mandan, Kaw, Otoe, Chocta, and Cherokee, p. 
194.— System of consanguinity and affinity of 
the Dakotan stem, Dakota nation, pp. 293-382, 
includes, lines 9-27, the following dialects: 
Isanntie, Yankton, Yanktonals, Sissoton, 
Ogalalla, Brul6, Unopapa, BUckfoot, Asini- 
boine, Pankfi, Omah&, lowli, Otoe (Missouri 
the same), Kaw, Osage (Qu&pp& the same), 
Winnebagoe, Mandan, Minnitarco, Crow. 

Copxetteen: Astor, British Museum, Bureau 
of Ethnology, Congress, Eames, TrumbuIL 

Ancient society | or | researches in 

the lines of human progress | from 
savagery, through barbarism | to civ- 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



52 



BIBLIOGBAPHT OF THE 



Morgan (L. H.)— Con tinned, 
ilization | by | Lewis H. Morgan, LL. 
D I member of the National Academy 
of Sciences. Author of ''The Leagne 
of the Iroquois," | "The American 
Beaver and his Works/' ''Systems of 
Consanguinity and | Affinity of the Hu- 
man Family," Etc. | [Two lines quota- 
tion.] I 

New York | Henry Holt and Com- 
pany I 1877 

Pp. i-xvi, 1-660, 8°.— Proper names in Omahft, 
with English signification, p. 78.— List of gentes j 
of the Punkas andOmahas, p. 155 ; of the lowas, 
Otoes and Missonris, and Kaws, p. 156; of the 
Winnebagoes, p. 157 ; of the Mandans and Minni- 
tarees, p. 158; of theUpsarokasorCrows, p. 159. 

Copies ten : British Museum, Bureau of Eth- 
nology, Congress. 

Some copies with title as above have the im- 
print: London I Macmillan and Co. | 1877 
(British Museum.) There is also a New York 
edition of 1878. (Bureau of Ethnology. ) 



Miiller {Dr, Friedrioh). Die Spraohen \ 
der I schlichthaarigen Rassen | von | 
D'Friedrich MUller | Professor [&c^ 
eight lines]. | I. Abtheilung. | Die 
Sprachen der anstralischen, der hyper> 
boreischen | und der amerikanischea 
Rasse [«ic]. | 

Wien 1882. | AlfVed Holder | K. K. 
Hof- und Universitats-Buchhandler | 
Bothenthurmstrasse 15. 

Pp. i-x, 1-440, 8®. Forms pt. 1, vol. 2, of Gnind- 

riss der Sprachwissenschafl, Wien, 1876-1882, 

2 vols. S<^.— Die Sprache der Dakota, pp. 214-222. 

Copies teen : Astor, British Moseum, Bureaa 

of Ethnology, Watkinson. 

Murray (Dr. ). Worter der Osage- 

Sprache anfgenommen von Dr. Murray. 
In Yater (J. S), Analekten der Spraohen- 
kunde, pp. 53-62, Leipzig, 1821, 8P, 

There is a manuscript Osage vocabulary by 
this author in the library of the American Phil- 
osophical Society, Philadelphia, probably th» 
. original of the above. (*) 



N. 



Names of animals : 

Dakota. See Hayden (F. Y.). 

Dakota. Hoffman (W. J.). 

Names of gods, Santee. See Riggs (& R. ). 

Names of months : 

Dakota. See Hayden (P. Y.). 

Dakota. Hind (H. Y.). 

Dakota. Keating ( W. H.). 

Sioux. Beltrami (G. C). 

Winnebago. Fletcher (A. C). 

National Museum : These words following a title 
indicate that a copy of the work referred to was 
seen by the compUer in the museum library, 
Washington, D. C. 
Nandowessi : 

General discussion. See Court de (^belin (A. 

de). 
Numerals. James (E.). 

Yocabulary. Adelong (J. C.) and 

Yater (J. S.). 
Yocabulary. Barton (B. S.). 

Yocabulary. Baudry de Lozidros 

(L.N.). 
Yocabulary. Carver (J.). 

Yocabulary. Edwards (J.). 

Yocabulary. Gallatin (A.). 

Words. Hale (E. E.). 

Words. Jobnes (A. J.). 

Words. Yater (J. S). 

Words. Warden (D.B.). 

See, also, Sioux. 

Nelll (Edward Duffield). Indian trade. 
A sketch of the early trade and traders 
of Minnesota. By Edward D. Neill. 



Weill (E. D.)— Continued. 

In Minnesota Hist. Soo. Annals. 1882, pp. 29- 
48, St Paul [1853], 89, 

Names of the bands of Soioux of the east, 
with their signification, and The Soioux of the 
west [with their signification], p. 40. 

Dakota land and Dakota life. By 

Edward D. Neill. 

In Minnesota Hist Soo. Annals [1852], pp. 
45-04, St Paul [1853], 8^. 

Names of the Soioux of the east with their 
signification, pp. 4<M7; Language, pp. 41^-50; 
Song and tranidation, p. 53 ; List of moons, p. 
62. 

Reprinted in Minnesota Hist Soo. ColL toL 1, 
pp. 254-204, St Paul, 1872, 89, 

Annals | of the | Minnesota Histor- 
ical Society. | MDCCCLVI, | contain- 
ing I Materials | for the | History of 
Minnesota. | [Seal.] | Prepared by | 
Edward D. Neill, Secretary of the So- 
ciety. I 

Saint Paul : | Joseph R. Brown, Ter- 
ritorial Printer, I Pioneer and Democrat 
Office. I 1856. • 

Second Htle : Materials | for the future | His- 
tory of Minnesota; | being a | Beport | of the | 
Minnesota Historical Society | to the | Legis- 
lative Assembly | in accordance with a joint 
resolution, i Fifteen hundred copies ordered to 
be printed for the use of the Legislature. | 

Saint Paul: | Joseph R. Brown, Territorial 
Printer, | Pioneer and Democrat Oi&oe. 1 1856. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



SIOUAN LANGUAGES. 



53 



KeiU (E. D.)— Continued. 

1 p. L pp. 1-141, 1-17, 8P. Forms voL 6 of the 
mniiesota nUt. Soo. Annals. — Names of the 
bands of the Scioux of the east, with their sig- 
nifications, p. 40. 

Title firom Mr. W. Eames, from a copy in the 
Astor Library. 

The I history of minneaota: | from 

the I earliest french explorations | to 
the I present time. | By | Edward Dnf- 
field Neill, | Secretary of the Minnesota 
Historical Society. | [Quotation one 
line.] I 

Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott &, 
Co. I 185«. 

Pp. i-xlviii, 49-628,80.— Dakota hymn, with 
tianslatioii, p. 64.— Dakota names for the 
months, with translations, p. 86.— Dakota al- 
phabet, p. 97. 

Copies B^en: Astor, British Mnsenm. 

The I history of Minnesota: | from 

the I earliest French explorations | to 
the I present time. | By | Edward Duf- 
field Neill, j Cor. Mem. [&c. two lines]. | 
[Quotation one line. ] | Second edition, 
revised and enlarged. | 

Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & 
Co. I Minneapolis, Minn. : | T. T. Bach- 
eUer & Co. | 1873. 

Pp. i-lii, 4»-758, 8<).— Linguistics as in edition 
of 1858. 

Copies g0en: Ck>ngre88. 

The I history of Minnesota: | from 

the I earliest French explorations | to 
the I present time, | by the | Rev. Ed- 
ward Dnffield Neill, | president of Mac- 
alester College; | Corresponding Mem- 
ber of Massachusetts Historical Society ; 
Author of I ** Virginia Company of Lon- 
don,** "The English Colonization of ( 
America," ["]Founder8 of Maryland," 
Etc., Etc., Etc. I [One line quota- 
tion. ] I Fourth edition, revised and en- 
larged. I 

Minneapolis: | Minnesota Historical 
Company. | 1882. 



Weill (E. D.)— Continued. 

Pp. i-lii. 4»-828, 1-10, 1-16, 1-4, 8°. - Lhiguis- 
tics as in edition of 1858. 
Copies seen: British Mnseum, Congress. 

Nippegon. See Winnebago. 

Norrlfl (Philetus W.). The | calumet of 
the Coteau, | and other | poetical leg- 
ends of the border. | Also, | a glossary 
of Indian names, words, and | western 
provincialisms. | Together with | a 
guide-book | of the | Yellowstone Na- 
tional Park. I By P. W. Norris, | five 
years Superintendent of the Yellow- 
stone National Park. | All rights re- 
served. I 

Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott <& 
Co. I 188:^. 

• Frontispiece 1 1. pp. 3-275, sm. S^. — Glossary 
of Indian words and provincialisms, pp. 228- 
233, contains a number of Dakota words. 

Copies seen: National Mnsenm, Pilling, 
PowelL 

Numerals : 

Assiniboin. 

Dakota. 

Dakota. 

Hidatsa. 

Iowa. 

Kansaii. 

Kansas. 

Mandan. 

MinitarL 

Kaudowessi. 

Omaha. 

Omaha. 

Osage. 

Osage. 

Oto. 

Ota 

Qnapaw. 

San tee. 

San tee. 

Sioux. 

Sioux. 

Tutelo. 

Winnebaga 

Winnebago. 

Yankton. 



See Smet (P. J. de). 
James (E.). 
Williamson (A. W.). 
Williamson (A. W.). 
Williamson (A. W.). 
JE[aldeman(S.S.). 
James (E.). 
Smet (P. J. de). 
James (B.). 
James (E.). 
James (£.). 
Smet (P. J. de). 
Halileman (S. S.). 
Pott (A. P.). 
James (E.). 
Smet (P. J. de). 
James (E.). 
Chase (P. £.). 
Prescott(P.). 
Smet (P. J. de). 
Trumbull (J. H.). 
Wilson (D.). 
James (E.). 
Lowry (E.). 
James (E.). 



0. 



OcangraArameeWawaA^aA^ara. SeeMaz- 

ziichelU(S.)- 
Odowan. See Hinman (S. D.). 
Odow^an. Dakota hymns. See WUl- 

iamson (J. P.) and Riggs (A. L.). 
Oglala: 

Personal names. See Indian. 

Personal names. Jackson (W. H.). 

Personal names. Tuttle (B. B.). 

Belatlonships. Morgan (L. H.). 

Yooabulaiy. Bverette ( W. E.). 



Okodakiciye wakan. See Cook (J. W. ) 
and others. 

Okodakiciye wocekiye. See Hinman 

(S.D.)andCook(J.W.) 
Okna hayake. See Cook (J. W.). 
Omaha: 

Bible (portions). See Hamilton (W.). 

Oentes. Morgan (L. H.). 

Geographic names. Hunllton (W.). 

Hymns. Hamilton (W.). 



Digitized by CjOOQIC 



54 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OP THE 



Omaha — Con tinned. 

Legends. See Doraey (J. O.). 

Lord's pr»yer. Hamilton (W.). 



Nnmerals. 
Numerals. 
Personal names. 
Personal namee. 
Personal names. 
Personal names. 
Personal names. 
Personal names. 
Personal names. 
Primer. 
Relationships. 
Belationships. 
Sentences. 
Sentences. 
Songs. 
Songs. 
Vocabulary. 
Vocabukry. 
Vocabulary. 
Vocabulary. 
Vocabulary. 
Vocabulary. 
Vocabulary. 
Vocabulary. 
Words. 
See, also, ^egiha. 

Oowa wowapi. See 'Williamson ( J. P. ). 

Oppert (Gnstav). On the classification 
of languages. A contribution to com- 
parative philology. 

In Madras Journal of Literature and Science 
for 1879. pp. 1-137, London, 1879, 8°. 

Relationships of the Dakota nations, Mis- 
souri nations, and Upper Missouri nations 
(from Morgan), pp. 114-115. 

Osage : ^ 



James (B.). 
Smet(P.J.de). 
Cadin (6.). 
Correspondence. 
Dorsey (J. O.). 
Indian. 

Jackson (W. H.). 
Maximilian (A. P.). 
Treaties. 
MoKenney (E.). 
Morgan (L. H.). 
Sfcurges (C). 
Dorsey (J. O.). 
Hamilton (W.). 
Dorsey (J. O.). 
Fletcher (A. C). 
Balbi (A.). 
Gallatin (A.). 
Hamilton (W.). 
Hayden (F. V.). 
Latham (R. G.). 
Riggs (S. R.). 
Say (T.). 

Williamson (T. 8.). 
Latham (R G.). 



Greneral discussion. 
General discussion. 
Lord's prayer. 
Lord's prayer. 
Lord's prayer. 
Numerals. 
Numerals. 
Personal names. 
Personal names. 
Personal names. 
Personal names. 



SeeJ6hHn(L.-F.). 
Pott (A. F.). 
Shea (J. G.). 
Smet(P.J.de). 
Youth's. 

Haldeman (S. S.). 
Pott (A. F.). 
Catalogue. 
Indian. 

Jackson (W.H.). 
Treaties. 



Oto: 



Osage — Continued. 
Poetry. 
Prayers. 
Primer. 

Relationships. 
Relationships. 
Vocabulary. 

Vocabolary. 

Vocabulary. 

Vocabulary. 

Vocabulary. 

Vocabulary. 

Vocabulary. 

Vocabulary. 

Vocabulary. 

Vocabulary. 

Words. 

Woids. 

Words. 

Words. 

o: 
Bible, gospels (part). 
General discussion. 
Gentes. ' 
Hymns. 
Legends. 
Letters. 
Lord's prayer. 
Numerals. 
Numerals. 
Personal names. 
Personal names. 
Personal names. 
Personal names. 
PersoniU names. 
Personal names. 
Personal names. 
Personal names. 
Personal names. 
Reading book. 
Relationships. 
Relationships. 
Stories. 
Vocabulary. 
Vocabulary. 
Vocabulary. 
Vocabulary. 
Vocabulary. 



Otokahe ekta. See 



See Ponsiglione (P. M. ). 
Smet (P. J. de). 
Montgomery ( W. B. > 
andRequa(W.C.). 
Elder (P. E.). 
Morgan (L.H.). 
Adelung (J.C.) and 

Vater (J. 8.). 
Balbi (A.). 
Bradbnry (J.). 
Domeneoh (E.). 
Dorsey (J. O.). 
Gallatin (A.). 
Latham (R G.). 
Murray ( — ). 
Pike (A.). 
Vocabulary. 
Clarkson (M.). 
Hunter (J. D.). 
Latham (R G.). 
Murray (— ). 

See Merrill (M.). 
James (E.). 
Morgan (L. H.). 
MerriU (M.). 
Dorsey (J. O.). 
Dorsey (J. O.). 
Lord's. 
Jamee (E.). 
Smet (P. J. de). 
Catalogue. 
CatUn (G.). 
Correspondenoe. 
Dorsey (J. O.). 
Indian. 

Jackson (W. H.). 
Maximman(A.P.). 
Smet (P. J. de). 
Treaties. 

Merrill (M.). 

Guthrie (H. A.). 

Morgan (L. H.). 

Dorsey (J. O.). 

Balbi (A.). 

Gallatin (A.). 

Hayden (F. V.). 

Morgan (L. H.). 

Say (T.). 

Renville (J.)* 



p. 



Periodical : 




Personal nai 


nes — Continued. 


Santee. 


See Dakota. 


Crow. 


See Indian. 


San tee. 


lapi. 


Crow. 


Jackson (W. H.). 


Yankton. 


Anpao. 


Crow. 


Treaties. 


Yankton. 


lapi. 


Dakota. 


Hayden (F. V.). 


Personal names: 




Dakota. 


Jackson (W. H.). 


Assiniboin. 


See CatUn (G.). 


Hidatsa. 


Catlin (G.). 


Crow. 


Beokwourth(J.P.). 


Iowa. 


Catalogue. 


Crow. 


Catlin (G.). 


Iowa. 


Catlin (G.). 


Crow. 


Frost (J.). 


Iowa. 


Dorsey (J. 0.). 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



SIOUAX LANGUAGES. 



55 



Penonal names — 
Iowa. See 

Iowa. 
Iowa. 
Iowa. 
Iowa. 
Iowa. 
Kansas. 
Kansas. 



Mandan. 
Mandan. 

Mandan. 

Minitari 

mnitari 

Missouri. 

Missouri. 

Misaoari. 

Misaoari. 

Oglala. 

Oglals. 

Oglala. 

Omaba. 

Omaha. 

Omaba. 

Omaha. 

Omaha. 

Omaha. 

Omaha. 

Osage. 

0»ge. 

Osage. 

Ossge. 

Oto. 

Oto. 

Oto. 

Oto. 

Oto. 

Oto. 

Oto. 

Ota 

Ota 

Ponka. 

Ponka. 

Ponka. 

Ponka. 

Ponka. 

Qoapaw. 

Qaapaw. 

Ssntee. 

Santee. 

Ssntee. 

Sioux. 

Sioox. 

Sioax. 

SioQx. 

Sioux. 

Sioax. 

ffiOQX. 



Sioux. 
Sioox. 



Continued. 

Foster (T.). 

Indian. 

Jackson (W. H.). 

Kent (M. B.). 

Maximilian (A. P.). 

Treaties. 

Catalogne. 

Catlin (6.). 

Dorsey(J.O.). 

Indian. 

Treaties. 

Catlin (G.). 

Indian. 

Jackson (W. H.). 

Treaties. 

Indian. 

Treaties. 

Catlin (6.). 

Dorsey (J. 0.). 

Jackson (W. H.>. 

Treaties. 

Indian. 

Jackson (W. H.). 

Tuttle (E. B.). 

Catlin (6.). 

Correspondence. 

Dorsey (J. O.). 

Indian. 

Jackson ( W. H.). 

Maximilian (A. P.). 

Treaties. 

Catalogue. 

Indian. 

Jackson (W. H.). 

Treaties. 

Catalogue. 

Catlin (G.). 

Correspondence. 

Dorsey (J. O.). 

Indian. 

Jackson {W. H.). 

Maximilian (A. P.). 

Smet (P. J. de). 

Treaties. 

Catlin (G.). 

Dorsey (J. O.). 

Indian. 

Jackson (W. H.). 

Treaties. 

Indian. 

Treaties. 

Indian. 

Jackson {W. H.). 

Tuttle (E.B.). 

Catalogue. 

Catlin (G.). 

Eastman (M.H.). 

Featberstonhangh (G.W.). 

Frost (J.). 

Indian. 

Maximilian (A. P.). 

Sioux. 

Smet (P. J. de). 

Treaties. 



Personal names — Continned. 
Teton. See Indian. 

Teton. Treaties. 

Teton. Tuttle (E.B.). 

Winnebago. Bai rd ( H. S. ). 

Winnebago. Catalogue. 

Winnebago. CatJ in (G. ) . 

Winnebago. Foster (T.). 

Winnebago. Indian. 

Winnebago. Treaties. 

Yankton. Indian. 

Yankton. Treaties. 

Yankton. Tuttle (B. B.). 

Phelps (Edwin). See "Williamson (J. 
P.) and Riggs(A.L.). 

Phrases: 

Crow. See Hayden (F. V.). 
Hidatea. Hall (C. L.). 

Yankton. Cook (J. W.). 

Pick {Rev, B.). The Bible in the lan- 
guages of America. By Rev. B. Pick, 
Ph. D., Rochester, N. Y. 

In The New- York Evangelist, No. 2518, New 
York, June 27, 1878. 

An article on twenty-four different versions 
of portions of the Bible extant in the languages 
of America, including slight reference to the 
Dakota. 

Pickering (John). See Edwards (J. ). 

Pike ( Gen, Albert). [Vocabulary of the 

Osage language.] 

Manuscript, 11 11. folio, 200 words, in the 

library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 

Pilgrim's progress. See Riggs (S. R.). 

Filling : This word following a title indicates that 
a copy of the work referred to is in the posses- 
sion of the compiler of this catalogue. 

Poetry, Osage. See Ponziglione (P. M.). 

Polk (J, F,), editor. See Investigator. 

Pond (Rev, Gideon Holister). Wootanin 
waxte Lnka owa qou. The gospel by 
Luke, in the Dakota language; trans- 
lated by G. H. Pond, esq. 

In Pond (G. H.) and Renville (J.). Wootanin 
waxte Luka qa Jan, pp. 161-241, Cincinnati, 
1848, 12°. Thla latter work is appended to and 
paged continuously (161-296) with Williamson 
(T. S.) and others, Wicoicage wowapl, Cinoin* 
nati, 1842, 12°. 

The translation of the Santee words in the 
title is: News good Luke he-wrote-it in-tbe- 
past 

Power and influence of Dakota 

medicine-men. 

In Schoolcraft (H. B.), Indian Tribes, voL 4, 
pp. 641-651. Philadelphia, 1854, 4o. 

Contains Santee medicine song, with transla- 
tion. Song reprinted in ibid. vol. 6, p. 655. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



66 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Pond (G. H.) — Con tinned. 

Dakota superstitions. By G. H. 

Pontl, of Bloomington. 

In Minnesota Hist. Soo. Coll. vol. 2, pt. 3. pp. 
32-62, St Paul, 1867, 8°. 
Contains Dakota songa, with translation. 

See Pond (8. W.) and Pond (G. H.). 

SeeRigg8(S. R.). 

See Riggs (S. R.) and Pond (G. H.). 

— ^ See Riggs (S. R.) and 'Williamson 
(J. P.). 

See "Williamson (J. P.) and Riggs 

(A.L.). 

editor. See Dakota tawaxitku. 

and Renville (Joseph). Wootanin 

waxte I Luka qa Jan, | owapi qon hena 
eepi; | Matorota qa Psincinca oka- 
gapi. I The | gospels | of | Lnke and 
John, I in the Dakota langaage; | trans- 
lated I by Mr. G. H. Pond and Mr. Joseph 
Renville, sr. | Published by the Ameri- 
can Board of Commissioners for Foreign 
Missions. | 

Cincinnati: | Kendall and Barnard, 
printers. | 1843. 

Literal tramlation: News good Lnke and 
John, they-vrote-them In-the-past those those- 
are- they; Grizzly-bear-gray and Wild-rioe'a- 
child they-made-it-after-a-model. 

Grizzly -bear-Kray is probably Mr. G. H. Pond 
and Wild-rice*8-cbild (a bulbous, esculent root 
foond on the Missouri filver) may be the name 
of Mr. Benville. 

Pp. 161-296, 12<3. Appended to and paged con- 
tinuously with Williamson (T. S.) and others, 
Wicoicage wowapi. Mr. Pond tranHlxtted the 
gospel of Lnke (pp. 163-241); Mr. Renville, the 
gospel of John (pp. 242-296). 

Copies teen: Boston Atheneum, Congress, 
Powell, TrumbnlL 

G. H. Pond was bom in Washington, Litohfleld 
County, Conn., June 30, 1810 ; he received a par* 
tial education at the Litchfield Academy, and 
afterwards studied Gieek, llebrew, and theol- 
ogy privately. In 1834 he began work among 
the Dakotas, among whom he labored until 
1852. Besides composing a number of works 
in Santee, assisting as translator, Sco., he acted 
as editor of the Dakota Friend for two and a 
half years. In 1853 he accepted the charge of 
a Prc8b3rterian church at Bloomington, Minn., 
where he died January 20, 1878. 

Pond {Rev. Samuel W.). Wowapi Inon- 
pa. I Wowapi wakau etanhan taku 
wanjikji | oyakapl kin he dee. | Wan- 
mdiduta kaga. | The Second | Dakota 
Beading Book. | Consisting of Bible 



Pond (S.W.)— Continued. 
Stories from the Old Testa- | ment. By 
Rev. S. W. Pond, | Missionary of the A. 
B.C.F.M. I 

Boston: | Printed for the American 
Board of Commissioners | for Foreign 
Missions, by Crocker | and Brewster. | 
1842. 

Literal trantkUion: Something- written the 
second. Something-written mysterioos fhHn 
what different-ones they told-it-to-hlm the that 
this-is-it. Eagle-scarlet [S. W. Pond] he-made- 
it. 

Pp. 1-54, 160. in the Santee dialect. 

Oopieeseen: Boston Athen»nm, Boston Pub- 
lic, British Museum, Harvard, Massachasetts 
Historical Society, TrumbnlL 

Priced by Lecleiv, 1878, No. 2207, at 15 fr. 

Dakota | wiwangapi wowapi. | Cate- 
chism I in the | Dakota or Sionx Lan- 
guage. I By Rev. S. W. Pond, | Mission- 
ary of the A. B. C. F. M. I 

New Haven: | Printed by Hitchcock 
<& Stafford. | 1844. 

Pp. 1-12,120, in the Santee dialect The trans- 
lation of the Santee words is: Dakota they- 
asked-questions something-written. 

Oopiet teen: Boston Atheneum. 

See Riggs (S.R.). 

See Riggs (S.R.) and 'Williamaon 

(J. P.). 

See 'Williamson (J. P.) and Riggs 

(AL.). 

and Pond (G. H.). The | History | 

of I Joseph, I in the language of the | 
Dakota or Sioux Indians. | Translated 
from Qenesis, by | Samuel W. and Gid- 
eon H.Pond I (Missionaries). | Printed 
for the American Board of Commis | 
sioners for Foreign Missions. | 

Cincinnati: | Kendall and Henry 
Printers. | 1839. 

Pp. 1-56, 16^. On the recto of the second leaf 
is this title: Josep Oyakapi kin. [Woodont.! 
Masa on kaii^pL Cincinnati, Ohio. 1839. The 
translation of this title is: Joseph they-told-lt- 
of-him the. Iron by-means-of they-made-it« 

Copiseteen: Astor, Boston Atheneum,Trtuii- 
bulL 

S. W. Pond was bom in Washington, Litch- 
field County, Conn., April 10, 1808; was eda- 
cated at the Litchfield Academy, afterwarda 
studyins Greek, Hebrew, and tiieology pri> 
yately. With his brother, G. H. Pond, h« 
joined the Dakota Mission in May, 1834, being 
stationed first at Lake Harriet, Minn. In 1853 
he settled at Shakopee, Minn., where he still 
resides. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



810UAN LANGUAGES. 



57 



Ponka: 

GentM. See Morgan (L. H. ). 

Geographic names. Hamilton ( W. ). 

Personal names. Catlin (G.). 

Personal names. Dorsey (J. O.). 

Personal namea. Jackson (W. H.). 

Personal names. Treaties. 

Primer. Dorsey (J. O.). 

Relationships. Morgan (L. H.). 

Sentences. Dorsey (J. O.). 

Vocabulary. Dorsey (J. O.). 

Yocabalary. Fontanelle (H.). 

Tocabnlary. Riggs (S. R.). 

TocabaUry. Williamson (T. S.). 
See, also, ^giha. 

Ponka ABC. See Dorsey (J. O.). 

Ponziglione (Bev. Paal Mary). fSpeci- 
men of Osage poetry. ] 

Manuscript, pp. 1-9, 8°, belonging to Dr. John 
6. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J. It is in the form of a 
letter to Rev. P. J. de Smet, written " from the 
Mission of S. Francis of Jerome, North Amer- 
ica, Osage Nation, Febroary 9, 1867."— Letter 
of transmittal, p. L— To the most holy Trinity, 
in Osage, p. 2; in English, p. 3.— Supplication 
to God, p. 4; translation, p. 5. — Supplication to 
the virgin Mother of God, in Osage, p. 6 ; in 
English, p. 7.— Prayer to the guardian angel, in 
Osage, p. 8; in English, p. 9.--Reverse of p. 9, 
blank. 

Pott (Aagast Friedrich). Die | qninare 

nnd vigesimale | Zahlmethode | bei 

Volkem aller Welttheile. | Nebst ans- 

fiihrlicheren Bemerkungen | iiber die 

Zahlworterindogfrmanischen Stammea 

I und einem Anhange tiber FiDgenia- 

men. | Von | Dr. Angast Friedrich Pott, 

I ord. Prof. [&c. four lines]. | 

. Halle, I C. A. Schwetschke and Sohn. 

J 1847. 

Pp. i-viii, 1-804, 8o.— Numerals of the Sioux- 
Osage and Omahaw« pp. 67-68. 

Copiu teen: Astor, British Museum, Wat- 
kinson. 

Doppelnng (Reduplication, Gemina- 
tion) I als I eines der wichtigsten Bil- 
dnngsmittel der Sprache, | beleuchtet 
ansSpraoben aller Welttheile | durch | 
Aug. Fried. Pott, Dr. | Prof. [&c. two 
lines]. I 

Lemgo & Detmold im Yeriage der 
Meyer'schen Hofbnchhandlung 1862. 

Pp. i-vi, 1-304, 8<).— Osage material, pp. 270- 
271. 

OopUtteen: Astor, British Museum. 

^— Die Spracbverscbiedenbeit in Earppa 
an den Zalwortem naobgewiesen sowie 



Pott (A. F.)— Continued, 
die quinare und vigesimale Zalmetbode. 
Von Professor Dr. Aug. Friedr. Pott. 

In Pott (A. F.) and Gosche (R.), Festgabe 
sur XXV. Yersammlung deutscher Philologen, 
pp. 1-109, Halle, 1867, 8°. 

Inquiries into the origin of numeral systems 
among various peoples, including the Crow and 
Mandan, pp. 64-66 ; Dakota, p. 67. 

Separately issued as follows : 

Die I Spracbyerscbiedenbeit | in Eu- 

ropa I an den Zablwortem nacbgewie- 

, sen I sowie | die quinare und vigesimale 
Zahlmetbode | von | D^ Friedr. August 
Pott, I Prof. [&c. tbree lines]. | 

Halle I Verlag der Buobbandlung des 
Waisenbanses. | 1868. 

Printed cover as above, title as above 1 L 
pp. 1-109, 8o. 

Powell : This word following a title indicates that 
a copy of the work referred to was seen by the 
compiler in the library of Miy. J. W. Powell, 
Washington, D. C. 

Prayer for Indian missions. See Hin- 
man(S. D.). 

Prayers : 

Hidatsa. See Hall (C. L.). 

Iowa. Hamilton (W.) and 

Irvin (& M.). 

Osage. Smet ( P. J. de). 

Santee. Hinman (S.D.). 

Winnebago. Mazznchelli (S.). 

Yankton. Cook (J. W.). 

Yankton. Hemans (D. W.). 

Prescott (Pbilander). Dacota numera- 
tion [Santee dialect]. By Pbilander 
Prescott. 

In Schoolcraft (H. R.), Indian Tribes, vol. 2, 
pp. 206-208, Philadelphia, 1852, 4°. 

Mr. Prescott was an Indian trader at Tra- 
verse des Sioux, on the Minnesota River. He 
was killed during the Dakota outbreak in 1862. 
Primer: 

Dakota. See Hunfalvy (P.). 

Iowa. Hamilton (W.) and 

Irvin (S. M.). 
Omaha. McKenney (E.). 

Osage. Montgomery (W. B.) 

andReqna(W.C.). 
Ponka. Dorsey (J. O.). 

Santee. Johnson (P.). 

Santee. Ravoux (A.). 

Santee. Riggs (A. L.). 

Santee. Riggs (S. R.). 

Santee. Williamson (J. P.). 

Tetoiy Riggs (S. R.). 

Yankton. Williamson (J. P.). 

Psalm wowapi. See Riggs (S. R.). 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



58 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Qnapaw: 
Namerala. 
Personal names. 
Personal names. 
Belationships. 
Yocabolary. 



See James (E.). 
Indian. 
Treaties. 
Morgan (L. H.). 
Barton <B. S.). 



Q. 



Qnapaw — Continued. 

Yocabolary. See Dorsey (J. 0.>. 

Vocabulary. Gallatin (A.). 

Vooabulary. Hadley (L. F. ) . 

Words. Latham (B. 6.). 



R. 



Rafinesque (Constantino Samnel). At- 
lantic Journal, I And I Friend of Knowl- 
edge. I In eight numbers. | Containing 
about 160 original articles and tracts 
on Natnra) and | Historical Sciences, 
the Description of about 150 New 
Plants, I and 100 New Animals or Fos- 
sils. Many Vocabularies of Langna- | 
ges, Historical and Qeological Facts, 
&c. &c. &c. I By C. S. Rafinesque, 
AM... PH. D. I Professor of Histor- 
ical and Natural Sciences, Member of 
seve- I ral learned societies in Europe 
and America, &c. | Knowledge is the 
mental food of man. | Figures. | Melissa 
or Balm, page 14 | Mammoth Cave, 27 | 
Frauklinia, 79 | Fossil Teeth, 100 | Tu- 
bular shell, page 127 | 7 New Fossil 
Shells, 142 I American and Lybian 
Glyphs or Primitive Alphabets, 38. | 

Philadelphia: | 1832-1833. | (Two 
Dollars.) 

2 p. IL pp. 1-212, 12°.— Vocabulary of the 
Wabtani or Mandan, pp. 132-133. 

Copies teen: Boston Athennum, British Mn- 
seam, Congress. 

At the Squier sale, catalogue No. 1091, a copy 
brought $4.50; at the Murphy sale, catalogue 
No. 2087, 50 cents. 

— American languages— Wahtani or 
Mandan. 

In Priest (Josiah), American Antiquities, pp. 
393-305. Albany, 1833, 8°; also, in ibid, third 
edition, pp. 393-395, Albany, 1833, S9. 

Contains a vocabulary of 23 words and nn> 
morals, 1-10, of the Mandan. This article is 
omitted in subsequent editions. 

Ramtfey (Alexander;. Annual report of 
the Superintendent of Indian Affairs in 
Minnesota Territory, dated Oct. 17, 
1849. 

In 81st Congress, 1st session, Senate Ex. 
Doc No. 1, President's message, with accompa- 
nying documents, pp. 1005-1036. 

Pronunciation, etymology, and signification 
of Dacota, Chippewa, and Winnebago names 
passim. 



[Ravoux (Rev. Angostin).] Wakan- 
tanka ti ki canku 

Literal tranelation : Sacred-great [God] house 
the road. [Road to heaven.] 

No title-page, half-title as above, pp. 1-56, 
1-24, 1-8, 16^, in the Dakota language, Santee 
dialect 

The first edition, the author informs me, was 
published in 184Sor 1844. Williams's Minnesota 
Bibliography gives a title of the second edition 
with half-title as above and the imprint: St. 
Paul: Pioneer Office. 1863. The Minnesota 
Historical Society owned a copy of this later 
edition, but it was burned in the fire of 1881 
which destroyed the State capitoL I am nn* 
able to determine whether the above is a copy 
of the first edition or of the second. 

Oopieeeeen: PowelL 

[ ] Katolik Wooekiye Wowapi Kin» 

[1876.] 

No title-page, heading as above; pp. 1-84, 
16°, hi the Isanti dialect of the Dakou lan- 
guage. It is probably a revision of the pre- 
ceding work, Wakantanka ti kin oankn, that 
heading appearing at tiie top of page 7.— Sum- 
mary of Christian doctrine, prayers, &c. pp. 
1-6.— Wakantanka ti kin canku (Bible history), 
pp. 7-45.— Woiwangapi (catechism), pp. 46-59.— 
Katolik Dakota odowanpi (Catholic hymns in 
Dakota), pp. 60-84. 

Published by Bishop Martin Marty, O. & B., 
vicar apostolic of Dakota, who writes me : '* It 
was composed nearly forty years ago by Bt. 
Bev. Father An. Ravoux, V. G. of St Paul dio- 
cese, and revised by me when I began work 
among the Dakotas in 1876." 

Oopiet $em: Pilling, Powell, Shea. 



and 



Reader: 




Oto. 


See Merrill (M.). 


Santee. 


Pond (S. W.). 


Santee. 


Riggs (S B.). 


Santee. 


Biggs (S. B.) 




Pond(G.H.). 


Relationships: 




AssinibohL 


See Morgan (L.H.). 


Crow. 


Morgan (L. H.). 


Dakota. 


Bastian (A.). 


Dakota. 


Oppert (G.). 


Hidatsa. 


Matthews (W.). 


Iowa. 


Morgan (L.H.). 


Kansas. 


Morgan (L. H.). 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



RelatkmshipB- 


8IUUA] 
- Continned. 


Mandan. 


SeeMoigan(L.n.). 


Mioitarl. 


llofgan(L.H.). 


Miasoori. 


Morgan (L. H.). 


OglalA. 


Morgan (L. H.). 


Omaha. 


Morgan (L.H.). 


Omaha. 


Sturgee (C). 


Osage. 


Elder (P. E.). 


Osage. 


Morgan (L.H.). 


Oto. 


Guthrie (H. A.). 


Ota 


Morgan (L.H.). 


Ponka. 


Morgan (L.H.). 


Quapaw. 


Morgan (L.H.). 


Santee. 


Morgan (L. H.). 


Santee. 


Biggs (&B.). 


Teton. 


Morgan (L.H.). 


Winnebago. 


Morgan (L.H.). 


Yankton. 


Morgan (L. H.). 



SIOUAN LANGUAGES. 



^9 



Renville (Antoioe). See Williamson 
(J. P.)andRigg8(A. L.). 

Renville (Daniel). See "Williamson (J. 
P.)aDdRiggs(A. L.). 

Renville (John Baptiste). Woonspe ita- 
kilma. | Ehakemi okaga. | Precept npoii 
precept: | translated into the | Dakota 
langaage. | By John B. Renville. | 
Prepared for the press | by S. R. Riggs, | 
missionary of the A. B. C. F. M. | 

Pablished by the | American Tract 
Society, | 117 Washington Street, Bos- 
ton, I Hurd and Honghton, 13 Astor 
Place, N. T. | The Riverside Press, 
Cambridge, Mass. [1864.] 

Pp. i-iT, 6-228, 160. 

Copies Men : Pilling, Powell, Wisconsin His- 
torical Society. 

This worh is also issned with the imprint : 
Published by the American Tract Society, 128 
Comhill, Boston [ 1804]. The verso of the title 
reads: Geo. C Band &, Avery, Stereotypers 
and Printers. (TmmbolL) 

See "Williamson (J. P.) and Riggs 

(A.L.). 

Renville (Jo8eph),/r. See Williamson 
(J. P.) and Riggs (A. L.) 

Joseph Renville, Jr., son of the following an- 
fhor, died Febmary 8, 1856, aged aboat 47 years. 

Renville (Joseph). Extracts | from | 
Genesis, and the Psalms: | with the | 
third chapter of Proverbs, | and the | 
third chapter of Daniel, | in the Dacota 
language. | Translated from the French 
Bible, as published by the | American 
Bible Society, by , Joseph Renville, Sr. | 
Compared with other translations, and 
prepared | for the press, by | Thomas S. 
Williamson, M. D., | (Missionary.) | 
Pablished for the American Board of 



Renville (J.)— Continned. 
Commis- | sioners for Foreign' Mis- 
sions. I 

Cincinnati : | Kendall and Henry, 
printers. | 1839. 

Second HtU: Otokahe ektaj Wakantanka 
taku owasin kage oin | qa ix | Genesis eciyapi 
qa, I odowan wakan | qa is Psam eoiyapi, | 
wowapi wakan Waziou tawa hetanhan Psin- j 
dnca ie ska dena oyaka qa. | Pcijihuta wicazta 
owa kin ee | 

Hazaonkagapi. | Cincinnati, Ohio. | Omaka. [ 
1839. 

Literal translation .* Beginning at Mysterloas- 
one-great what all he made the or Genesis they- 
call-it and, song mysterious or Psalm they-cali- 
it, something-written mysterious Frenchman 
his that.lrom Bice^shild [Williamson J talked- 
white these he-told and. Grass Indian-man he- 
wrote-it the that-is-it. Iron with they-mado 
it SCO. 

Pp.i-vi, 7-72, sq. 24©, in the Santee dialect; 
English title recto 1. 1, Dakota title verso L 1. 

Oopiet eeen : Astor, Boston AthensBum, Mass- 
achusetts Historical Society, Powell, Wiscon- 
sin Historical Society. 

At the Field sale, catalogue No. 1932, a copy 
brought $1 ; at the Murphy sale, catalogue No» 
2742, 90 cents. 

Extracts | from the Gospels of | Mat- 
thew, Luke & John, | from the | Acts 
of the Apostles, | and from the | First 
Epistle of John, | in the language of | 
the Dacota, or Sioox Indians. | Trans- 
lated from the French, as published by 
the I American Bible Society, by | 
Joseph Renville, Sr. | Written and pre- 
pared for the press, by | Thomas S. 
Williamson M. D., | (Missionary.) | 

Cincinnati: | Kendall and Henry, 
Printers. | ia39. 

Pp. 1-48, sq. 240, in the Santee dialect. 

Copies seen : Astor, Boston Athen»um, Wis- 
consin Historical Society. 

A copy at the Field sale, catalogue No. 1934, 
brought $1. 

The I gospel | according to | Mark, | 

and extracts from some other books of f 
the New Testament, | in the language 
of the Dakotas. | Translated from the 
French by | Joseph Renville, Sr. | 
Written and prepared for the press, 
by I Thomas S. Williamson M. D., 1 
(Missionary.) | Published for the Amer- 
ican Board of Commis- 1 sioners for For- 
eign Missions. | 

Cincinnati : | Kendall and Henry 
printers. | 1839. 

Second title : Wotanin waxte | Markus owa 
kin I dee. I 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



€0 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



HenviUe (J.) — Continaed. 

Maza on kafcapL | CiDcinnati, Ohio. | Ixta 
wayazan wi | omaka | 1839. 

LUeral tramlation : News good Hark write 
thetlii8-[is]-it. Metal witlithey-make. Ciocin. 
nati, Ohio. Eyes-sore moon [March] year 1839. 

Pp. 1-96, 240, in the San tee dialect; English 
title recto L 1, Dakota title recto 1. 2. 

Oopiea teen : Astor, Boston Atheneeum, Pow- 
ell, Wisconsin Historical Society. 

At the Field sale, oatalogae No. 1933, a copy 
brought $1. 

Wootanin waxte Jan owa qon he 

dee. The gospel of John, in the Da- 
kota language; Translated from the 
French, hy Mr. Joseph Renville, sr. 

In Pond (G. H.) and Renville (Joseph), 
Wootanin waxte Luka qa Jan. pp. 242-296, 
Cincinnati, 1843, 12o. This latter work is ap- 
pended to and paged continuously, pp. 161-296, 
with WiUiamMm (T. S.) and others, Wicoicage 
wowapi, Cincinnati, 1842, 12^. 

The Santee words in the title, literally trans- 
lated, are: News good John he-wrote-it in-the- 
post that this-is-it 

See Pond (G. H.) and Renville (J.). 

8eeRigg8(S.R.). 

See Riggs (S. R.) and Renville (J.). 

See Riggs (S. R.) and "Williamaon 

(J. P.). 

See "Williamson (J. P.) and Riggs 

(A. L.). 

[ and Williamson (T. S.).] Wiconi 

owihanke wannin | tanin kin. | Dr. 
Watts' Second catechism for children | 
in the Dakota langnage. | 

Boston : | printed for the American 
Board of Commissioners for | Foreign 
Missions, by Crocker and Brewster. | 
1837. 

LUeral translation : Life end wanting is-mani- 
fest the. 
Pp. 1-23, 12°, in the Santeo dialect. 
Copies teen : American Tract Society, Boston 
AthensBum, Pilling. 

and others. Dakota : dowanpi kin. | 

Hymns | in the | Dakota or Sioux lan- 
guage. I Composed by | Mr. J. Renville 
and sons, | and the | missionaries of the 
A.B.C.F.M. I 

Boston : | Printed for the American 
Board of Commissioners | for Foreign 
Missions, by Crocker | and Brewster. | 
1842. 

Pp. 1-71. 16°, in the Santee dialect 
Oopiet seen: Boston Atheuieum, Congress, 
Massachusetts Historical Society, Powell. 

At the Fischer sale a copy, catalogae N o. 2286, 

hronght 4«. ; at the Hnrphy sale, No. 2953, $1. 

Some copies of this woik have an addition. 



Renville (J.)— Continued. 

pp. 73-105, p. 73 being headed: Dowanpi kin. 
1846. (PoweU,TmmhulL) 

The hymns were translated by S. B. Riggs, 
G. H. Pond, S. W. Pond, T. S. Williamson, J. 
Benville, and A. L. Biggs. 

Joseph Renville was of mixed extraction, 
his father a French trader and his mother a Da- 
kota. According to his own statement he was 
born on the Mississippi River, a few miles be- 
low the town of St Panl, about the year 1779. 
His early childhood was passed in the wigwam 
of his mother, but when about ten years of age 
he was taken by his father to Canada and 
placed under the care of a Calhohc priest from 
whom he received a knowledge of the French 
language. Before reaching manhood he re- 
turned to the people among whom his e«irly 
life was passed. During the war of 1812 he re- 
ceived an appointment as captain in the Brit- 
ish army and with Dakota warriors marched 
to the American frontier. About 1822 he oceu- 
pied a trading post at Lake Traverse, removing 
thence to Lac-qui-parle, Minn. In 1841 Mr. Ben- 
ville was chosen and ordained a ruling elder, 
discharging the duties of this oiBce until his 
death. He died in March, 1846, at Lac-quiparie, 
having spent more than half a century among 
the Dakota. Nearly all the translations into 
the Dakota language up to the time of his 
death were either made or supervised by him, 
and to his ability in this direction frequent 
tribute is paid by the members of the Dakota 
mission. 

Renville (Michel). See Riggs (S. R.;. 
Requa (Rev. William C). See Mont- 
gomery (W. B.) and Requa (W. C). 
Riggs {Rev, Alfred Longley). Wicoie 
wowapi kin. | Tbe word book. | By | 
Alfred L. Riggs, B. D. | missionary of 
the A. B. C. F. M. | [Picture.] | 

Published for the Dakota Mission, | 
American Tract Society : New York. | 
1877. 

1 p. L pp. 1-49, 120. Primer in the Santee dia- 
lect Tbe cranslation of the Dakota wotda in 
the title is Word something- written the. 

Copies seen: Powell, Wisconsin Historical 
Society. 

There is an edition of 1881 with no change of 
title except in date. (Powell.) 

[ ] Woonspe waukantu. 

4 pp. S°. Circular of the Santee Konnal 
Training School, Santee Agency, Nebraska, for 
the year ending June 80, 1879[-]887]. In 188S 
it was enlarged to 8 pp. The i<»snes for the 
enrlier years contain an address in Dakota, and 
all cental D Dakota names of pupils, with Bn- 
glish signification. 

The meaning of the words in the heading is 
Lesson high. 

Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, PilUn^ 
Powell. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



SIOUAN LANODAOES. 



61 



Riggs (A. L. ) — Continued. 

Wicoie wowapi | Wowapi Pehanpi 

kin. I The Word Book Wall Roll | By 

A. L. Riggs, A. M. I [Picture.] | 
Published for the Dakota Mission, by 

the I American Tract Society, | New 
York City. [1881.] 

Title reverse blank 1 t and 25 other nn- 
nambered IL folio 21| by 81| in. Primer in the 
Santee dialect The Dakota words on the title 
signify Word book hook folded-ap the. 
OojHe*90en: Powell. 
Language of the Dakotas and cog- 
nate tribes; by Alfred L. Riggs, A. B., 

B. D., missionary of the American 
Board. 

Mannscript, 24 11. fio, in the library of the 
Bnreaa of Ethnology. 
General characteristics, verbal forms. Sec 

See Riggs (8. R.). 

See Riggs (S. R.) and Riggs (A. L.). 

See Riggs (S.R.) and 'WilUamson 

(J. P.). 

See •Williamson (J. P.) and Riggs 

(A.L.). 

editor. See lapi oaye. 

A. L. Biggs, a son of Bev. S. B. Biggs and 
Mary A. C. Biggs, was bom at Lacqai-parlt*, 
Minn.. December 6, 1837. He joined the Dakota 
mission in 1870 and is now principal of the 
school at the Santee Agency. 
[Riggs(Jfr«.MaryAnnClark).] An | En- 
glish and Dakota | Vocabulary, | by | a 
Member of the | Dakota Mission. | Pub- 
lished by the A. B. C. F. M. | 

New York : | Printed by R. Craig- 
head. I 1852. 

Pp. 1-120, 9P. Extracted fh)m Riggs (S. B.), 
Grammar and Dictionary of the Dakota Lan- 
guage, and printed on smaller sheets. 

Mrs. Biggs died in Beloit, Wis., March 22, 
1B69; shehadlived twenty-eight years in Minne- 
sota, twenty-five of which were si>ent among 
the Dakotas. 
Copies »4en : Boston Athensenm. 

Riggs {Bev: Stephen Retarn). Wowapi 
Mitawa. | Tamakoce kaga. | My own 
Book. I Prepared from Rev. T. H. Gal- 
landet's ** Mother's Primer," and | 
''Child's Picture Defining and Reading 
Book,'' in the Dakota | language. | By 
S. R. Riggs, A. M. I Missionary of the 
A. B. C. Foreign Missions. | 

Boston: | Printed for the American 
Board of Commissioners for For- | eign 
Missions, by Crocker and Brewster. | 
1842. 



Riggs (S. R.)— -Continued. 

Printed oomr: Wowapi Mitawa. | Tamakoce 
kaga. I [Fonr-line verse in Dakota.] | Wicaxta- 
nom I uman Crocker eciyapiqa Oman ix Brews- 
ter I eciyapi heoa maza on ka^^pi, otonwe wan 
Boston I eciyapi he etu. | 1842. 

Literal trarielatton : Book my. His-coontiy 
[S. R. Riggs] be made-it Man two one Crocker 
they-call and other Brewster they-call those 
metal with theymake, town one Boston they- 
call that at. 

Printed cover, pp. 1-64, sq. 24^. in the Santee^ 
dialect. 

Copies teen: Astor, Boston Athenssum. Con- 
gress, Massachusetts Historical Society, Tmra- 
hnlL 

At the Fischer sale, catalogue No. 2283, a copy 
hroQght 2s. ; at the Brinley sale, catalogue No. 
6750, $1.62; at the Murphy sale, catalogue No. 
2953, $L 

Jesus I obnihdewicayecinoranyanpt 

qon: | qa | Palos wowapi kageciqon; | 
nakun, | Jan woyakeciqondenaeepi. | 
Tamakoce okaga. | The | Acts of th&^ 
Apostles; | and the | Epistles of Paul; | 
with the I Revelation of John ; | in the 
Dakota language; | translated from 
the Greek, | by Stephen R. Riggs, A. M. | 

Published by the American Bible So- 
ciety. I Cincinnati : | Kendall and Barn> 
ard, printers. | 1843. 

Literal translation : Jesus going-from-place- 
to-place he-caosed-them the tbey-acted in-the> 
past: and Paul something- written he-made-it 
inthe-past ; also, John he-related-it in-the-past 
these those-arethey. His-country [S. R. Riggs] 
he-made-it-after*a-copy. 

Pp. 1-228. 129, in the Santee dialect.— Acts, 
pp. 3-61. -Epistles of Paul, pp. 62-198.— Reve- 
lation, pp. 199-228. 

Copies seen: Boston Athennnm, Congress, 
PowelL 

Dakota | tawoonspe. | Wowapi I. | 

Tamakoce kaga. | 

Louisville, Ky. | Morton and Gris- 
wold. [1850.] 

Literal translation: Dakota his-lesson. Some- 
thing-written I. His-country [S. R. RiggsJ he- 
made-it 

Reverse title: Dalcota | lessons. | BookL | By 
S. R. Riggs, A. M. , missionary of A. B.C. F. M. | 

Louisville, Ky. | Morton and Grlswold. 

Pp. 1-48. 16^, in the Santee dialect. 

Copies seen : Boston Athenseum, Congress, 
Trumbull. 

Dakota | tawoonspe. | Wowapi II. | 

Dakota lessons. | Book II. | By S. R. 
Riggs, A. M. (.missionary of A. B. C. F. 
M« I Louisville, Ky. | Morton and Grls- 
wold. [1850.] 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



€2 



BIBLIOGRAPHT OP THE 



lUggs (S. R.)— Continued. 

Pp. 1-48, aq. lOo, in the Santoe dialect 
Copiet $een: Boeton Athensum, Congress, 
TrambulL 

Parts 1 and 2 at the Fischer sale, catalogne 
Ko.2285.broaght3«. 

Address [on the language of the Da- 

kota8]ofS.R.Rigg8. 

In MinDesota Hist. Soc Annals, 1850-'ftl, pp. 
132-142, St. Paul, 1851, dP. 

Grammar aud dictionary | of the | 

Dakota language. | Collected | by the 
members of the Dakota mission. | Ed- 
ited I by Rev. S. R. Riggs, A. M., | mis- 
sionary of the Am. Board of Com. for 
Foreign Missions. | Under the patron- 
age of the Historical Society of Minne- 
sota. I Accepted for publication | by 
the Smithsonian Institution, | Decem- 
ber, 1851. 

Forms voL 4 of Smithsonian Contribntions to 
Knowledge, pp. ix-xx, 1-64, 1-338, Washinf^D, 
1852, 40. 

Introduction, pp. xv-xix.— Dakota bibliogra- 
phy, p. xx.~ Grammar, pp. 1-61.— Interlinear 
translations, pp. 61-64.— Dictionary of the Da- 
koU: Dakota-English, pp. 1-278; Bnglish-Da- 
kota.pp.279-33a 

Copies seen: Bureau of BthDologj, Pilling, 
Powell. 

Smithsonian Contributions to Knowl- 
edge. I Grammar and Dictionary | of 
the I Dakota Language. | Collected | 
by the Members of the Dakota Mis- 
sion. I Edited | by the Rev. S. R. Riggs, 
A. M., I Missionary of the Am. Board of 
Com. for Foreign Missions. | Under the 
patronage of the Historical Society of 
Minnesota. | 

Washington City: | Published by the 
Smithsonian Institution. | June, 1852, | 
New York : G. P. Putnam. 

Title 1 L advertisement 1 1. preface pp. v-vi, 
introduction pp. vll-xii. 1-64. 1-338, 4°. 

Copies seen: Bancroft, Earaes, Shea, Trum- 
bull. 

Priced by Triibner, 1856, No. 657, at II. 16«. 
At the Fischer sale, catalogue No. 2284, a copy 
brought M bs. ; at the Field scde, catalogue No. 
1978, $3.50. Priced by Leclerc, 1878. No. 2208, 
at 60 fr. ; by Quaritch, No. 12574. at R 5«. The 
Murphy copy, catalogue No. 2132, brought $5. 
Triibner. 1882, p. 42, prices it 2L 10s. Francis, 
1887, No. 386, prices a "superb, elegantly-bound 
copy *' at $12 and a copy in cloth at $8. Clarke, 
<^talogue No. 6728, 1886, prices it at $8. 

Some copies of the gran;imar were issued 
separately ; Triibner, 1856, No. 655, prices one 
at 3s. 6d. and Clarke, catalogue No. 9726, 1886, 
at $2. 



Riggs (S. R.) — Continued. 

Dakota bibliography. 

In Riggs (S. R.), Grammar and Dietionafy of 
the Dakota Language, which forms toL 4 of 
Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge!, p. 
XX, Washington, 1853, 40. 

Consists of a list of 18 Dakota works. See 
WUliams(J.F.). 

Dakota odowan. | Hymns | in the | 

Dakota language, | with tunes. | Ed- 
ited I by S. R. Riggs. A. M. | missionary 
ofA.B.C.F.M. I 

Published by the j American Tract So- 
ciety, I New York : 150 Nassau-street. | 
Boston : 28 Cornhill. [1853.] 

Title 1 L text pp. 8-123, index of tunes p. 125, 
index of first lines pp. 126-127, 12o, in the San* 
tee dialect Most of the hymns are set to 
music. 

Contributors: T. S. Williamson. & R. Riggs, 
A. L. Riggs, & W. Pond, Joseph Renville, G. H. 
Pond, A. D. Frenidre, and Lorenzo Lawrence. 

Copies seen: American Tract Society, Brit- 
ish Museum, Powell, Wisconsin Historical So- 
ciety. 

The I pilgrim's progress, | by John 

Bnnyan. | In | the Dakota language, | 
translated | by Stephen B. Riggs. A. 
M., I missionary of A. B. C. F. M. | 

Published by the | American Tract 
Society, | 150 Nassau-street, New York. 
[1857.] 

Reverse tiUe: Mahpiya ekta oicimani ya; | 
John Bnnyan { oyaka. | Dakota iapi en | Tama- 
koce okaga. [Picture.] 

Literal translation: Sky to traTcling he- 
went ; John Bunyan he-told-it Dakota speech 
in His-country [S. R. Riggs] he-made-it-after^^ 
copy. 

Pp. 1-264, 160. 

Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Dor> 
sey. Pilling, Powell, TrumhuU, Wisconsin His- 
torical Society. 

At the Brinley sale, catalogue No. 5760, a 
copy brought $1. 

The I Constitution of Minnesota, | in 

tlie I Dakota Language, | translated 
by I Stephen R. Riggs, A. M. | By order 
of the Hazelwood Republic. | 

Boston : | Press of T. R. Marvin & 
Son : I 1858. 

Pp. 1-36, 120. 

Copies seen: American Board of Commission- 
ers. 

Wowapi Nitawa. Your own Book. 

A Dakota Primer for Schools. By S. R. 
Riggs. 

Minneapolis: 1863. * 

32 pp. sq. 12P. Title fh>m Williams's Dakota 
Bibliography. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



SIOUAN LANGUAGES. 



63 



RiggB (S. R.)— Continued. 
Dakota | wiwicawangapi kin. | Da- 
kota catechism. | By S. R. Riggs, A. 
M. I missionary of A. B. C. F. M. | [Piot- 
are.]| 

Published by the | American Tract 
Society, | 150 Nassau-street, New York, 
[li^.] 

Oataide title nearly similar to above, pp. 1- 
36, 24°, in the Santee dialect. The laat page of 
cover contains a hymn entitled Shining shore. 

Copies $een: British Mnsenm, Congress, Pill- 
ing, Powell, Trumbull. 

A new edition was published in 1882, with 
outside and inside titles exactly like the above ; 
the only material change in the text is in the 
revision of the Lord's prayer, which is on p. 3 
in both editions. (Powell.) 

Dakota | wowapi wakan kin. | The 

New Testament, | in the | Dakota lan- 
guage: I translated from the original 
Greek, | by Stephen R. Riggs, A. M. | 
missionary of the A. B. C. F. M. | 

New York : | American Bible Society, | 
instituted in the year MDCCCXVI. | 
1865. 

Pp. 1-408, 160. in the Santee dialect 

Copies seen: American Bible Society, Astor. 

I have seen copies with title as above and 
dated 1866 (American Bible Society), 1867, 
(Powell), 1871, 1874 (American Bible Society, 
Powell), 1878 (Congress), and 1880. 

Psahn Wowapi. | The Book of 

Psalms, I in the Dakota language: | 
Translated from the Hebrew, | by S. R. 
Riggs, A. M., I Missionary of the A. B. 
C. F. M. I 

New York: | American Bible Society, | 
instituted in the year MDCCCXVI. | 
1869. 

Pp. 1-133. 18<>. in the Santee dialect 

Copies seem TrumbuU. 

Psalm wowapi. | The | book of 

Psalms, I in the | Dakota Language : | 
translated from the Hebrew, | by S. R. 
Riggs, A. M., I Missionary of the A. B. 
C. F. M. I 

New York : | American Bible Society, I 
instituted in the year MDCCCXVI. | 
1871. 

Pp. 1-265, 12^, in the Santee dialect.— Psalm 
wowapi, pp. 1-183.— Wicoie wakan [Proverbs], 
pp. 135-160.- Eyanpaha kin [Ecclesiastes], pp. 
171-183. — Dowanpi odowan [Song of Solomon], 
pp. 183-189. — Isaya tawoyukcan kin [IsaiahJ, 
pp. 189-265. 

Copies seen: Dorsey, Powell, TrumbuU. 

Some copies are dated 1874. (Congress, Pow- 



RiggB (S. R.)— Continued. 

[ ] Dakoto I A B C Wowapi Kin. | 

Tamakoce kaga. | 

Chicago : | Dean and Ottoway, Print- 
ers. I 1866. 

Literal translati^m : Dakota ABC book the. 
His country [S. K. Riggs] he-made- it 
Pp. 1-40, sq. 160. in the Santee dialect 
Copies seen : American Board of Commission- 
ers. 

Dakota | A B C wowapi. | By Rev. 

S. R. Riggs. I [Picture.] | 

Published by the | American Tract 
Society, | 150 Nassau-street, New York. 
[1867.] 

Pp. 1-32, sq. 240, in the Santee dialect 

Copies eeen: PowelL 

Dakota | A B C wowapi. | By Rev. 

S. R. Riggs. I [Picture.] | 

Published by the | American Tract 
Society, | 150 Nassau-street, New York. 

[ise-*.] 

Pp. 1-64, sq. 240. Enhu-ged edition of previ- 
ous work, the first 32 pages being a reprint 
thereof. 

Copies seen: Congress, Pilling, Powell, 
TrumbulL 

Tah-koo wah-katS ; | or, | the gospel 

among the Dakotas. | By | Stephen R. 
Rig^s, A. M. I missionary of the A. B. 
C. F. M., and author of the Dakota 
grammar | and dictionary. | With an 
introduction, | by | S. B. Treat, | sec- 
retary of the A. B. C P. M. I Written 
for the Congregational Sabbath-School 
and Publishing | Society, and approved 
by the Committee of Publication. | 

Boston : | Cong. Sabbath-School and 
Publishing Society. | Depository, 13 
Cornhill. [1869.] 

Pp. i-xxxvi. 1-491, 120.— Scattered through- 
out this yolume are many terms in Dakota. 
Chap. 2, pp. 7-14, is a short dissertation on the 
Dakota language, and on pp. 61-75 is a list of 
the names of the gods of the Dakota, with En- 
glish signification. — Songs with music, p. 476. 

Copies seen : Congress. 

The Field copy, catalogue No. 1970, sold for 
63 cents. 

Issued also with title-page as al>ove and im- 
print as follows: Boston: | Congregational 
I Publishing Society, | Congregational House, | 
I Beacon Street. (British Museum, Powell.) 

Terms of relationship of the Dakota 

Isauntie, collected by Be v. Stephen B. 
Riggs at the Dakota Indian Mission, 
Pijutaze, Minn., March, 1659. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



64 



BIBLIOORAPHT OP THE 



Riggs (S. R.)— Continaed. 

In Morgan (L.H.), Systems of CooMOgiiiiiity ' 
and Affinity of the Hnman Funily, pp. 293-382, 
Washington, 1871, 4°. Follows line 9 through 
those pageti. 

Concerning Dakota beliefs. 

In American Philolog. Ass. Proo. third mm. j 
sees. pp. 5-e, New York, 1872, 8o. | 

Contains Dakota names of gods. 

The Dakota language. By Rev. 8. j 

R. Riggs. 

In Minnesota Hist Soc. ColL roL 1, pp. 89-107, 
St. PauU 1872. 8°. 

Lakota | A B C Wowapi. | By Rev. 

8. R. RiggB. I 

Published by the | American Tract 
8ociety | 150 Nassau-street, New York. 
[1874.] 

Pp. 1-32, sq. 160, in the Teton dialect of the 
Dakota language, one peculiarity of which is 
Uie use of the letter I instead of d. 

Copies teen : British If useum. Eamee, PowelL 

Model I first reader. | Wayawa toka- 

heya. | [Picture.] | Prepared | in | 
English-Dakota. | By 8. R. Riggs, LL. 
D. I 

Chicago: | Geo. 8herwood &, Co. | 
Printed at the Lakeside Press, Chi- 
cago. [1875.] 

Outside title: Model | Wayawa Tokaheya. | 
[Quotation one line. J | Model series. \- [Pict- 
ure.] I J. Russell Webb. | Chicago: | Geo. 
Sherwood Sc Co. 

Pp. 1-112, 120, in the Santee dialect. 

Copies seen: Powell. 

A second edition was published in 1885 with 
no change in titles or pagination and only minor 
corrections in the text. In the earlier edition 
the illustrations are in colors, in the later in 
black. (PowelL) 

The translation of the scriptures 

into the Dakota language. By the 
Rev. S. R. Riggs, D.D., LL.D. 

In Bible Society Record, vol. 21, No. 4, New 
York, AprU 20, 1876. (Powell.) 

An account of the translation, by Joseph 
Renville. T. 8. Williamson, G. H. Pond, and 
S. R. Riggs, of various portions of the Bible 
into the Dakota language. 

[ ] He tuwe he. 

[Republican Print, Chicago, 1877.] 
No title-page; pp. 1-7, 4°, in the Santee dia- 
lect. Hymn "That who," i. e. Who is that f 
Copies seen: PowelL 

Jeremiah, Ezekiel, Daniel | qa | 

wi casta wukcan toktokeca, | Dakota 
iapi eu. | Tamakoce okaga. | Jeremiah, 
Ezekiel, Daniel, | and the | minor 
prophets: | in the | Dakota language. | 



Riggs (8. R.)— Continued. 
Translated from the Hebrew by 8. B. 
Riggs. I 

New York: | American Bible 8o- 
ciety, I instituted in the year MDCCC 
XVI. I ltf77. 

Literal translation: Jeremiah, Ssekiel, Dan- 
iel, and Indian-man prophet different'Onee. Da- 
kota speech in. His-conntry [S. R. Riggt J he- 
made-it-afler-a-copy. 

1 p. L pp. 267-531. 160, in the Santee dialect 
Appended to and paged continuously with 
Psalm wowapi, by the same author. 

Copies seen : American Bible Society, Powell. 

The theogony of the 8ioux. By 

Rev. Stephen R. Riggs, LL. D. 

In American Antiquarian, voL 2, pp. 265-270, 
Chicago, 187»-*80, dP. 
Dakota terms passim. 

Mary and I. | Forty Tears with the 

8ioux. I By | Stephen R. Riggs, D,D. 
LL.D., I Missionary [&c. three lines]. | 
With an Introduction | by | Rev. 8. C. 
Bartlett, D. D., | President of Dart- 
mouth College. I 

Chicago : , W. G. Holmes, 1 77 Madison 
Street. [IddO.] 

Pp. i-xz, 1-388. — Numerous references to the 
Dakota language, aooonnt of tnmalations, bio> 
graphic notes of missionaries, Ac 

Copiesseen: Congress. 

Of the Dakota language. 

In American Antiquarian, voL 8, pp. 243-244^ 
Chicago, 1881, 8P. 

A dog's revenge. A Dakota fable^ 

by Michel Renville. Obtained by Rev. 
8. R. Riggs. 

In Bureau of Bthnology, First Annual Re* 
port, pp. 587-589, Washington, 1881. 8o. 

The text in Dakota is accompanied by an 
interlinear translation in En^ish, Ungniatio 
notes, and a tne translation. 

[ ] Indian names. Gossip about deri- 
vation and meaning of various peculiar 
and sonorous red men nomenclature by 
Iapi oaye. 

A list of Dakota names of places appearing 
in the Sunday Argus, Fitfgo and Moorhead, 
Dak., of August 12, 1883, taken from Iapi o«ye» 
The Word carrier. It was reprinted in a num- 
ber of the newspapers of the country and waa 
again printed in the Argus of December 9, 1883, 
under the heading " Philology," together with 
a second list ftirnished by Rev. John P. Will- 
iamson from the papei-s of his predecessor, Dr. 
Riggs. "Another interesting chapter upon In- 
dian names, their origin, meaning, and other 
facts," by Samuel J. Brown, appeared in the 
Sunday Argus of January 6, 1884. (PowelL) 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



8I0UAN LANGUAGES. 



65 



RlggB (S. R )— Continued. 

[Comparative vocabulary of tbe Da- 
kota, Winnebago, Omaba, and Ponca 
dialects. 1864.] 

Manuscript, 9 IL folio, in the library of the 
Bureau of Ethnology. Includoe a few gram- 
matio forms. 

[Dakota myibs. 1877. ] 

Ifannscript, pp. 1-195, 8<>, in the Bnreaa of 
Sthnotogy. Intended to form a part of the 
dictionary and grammar of the Dakota now in 
course of preparation for the press. Each 
legend is accompanied by an interlinear literal 
translation and a free translation, and some of 
them have explanatory notes. Though gath- 
ered, written, and corrected by Mr. Riggs, he 
assigns their authorship as follows : 

Wichanhpi hinhpaya: The fallen star, writ- 
ten out by Michel Renville, pp. 1-32. 

Wontanice hoksina olian kin : Blood-dot boy 
doings the, written out by David Orey Cloud, 
pp. 33-56. 

Legend of the head of gold, by Walking Elk, 
pp. 57-69. 

Odowan sigsice: Songs bad, written out by 
David Grey Cloud, pp. 70-7a 

Tasenta-yukikipi, written out by M. Ren- 
ville, pp. 79-108. 

Chechan: The thief, written in Dakota by 
James Garvie, pp. 109-128. 

The younger brother, written in Dakota by 
M. RenvUle, pp. 129-177. 

Wamnuha-itiillosa: Bead spitter, written in 
DakotA by M. Renville, pp. 178-194. 

-^ [Dictionaryof the Dakota: Dakota- 
Englittb. 1883.] 

Manuscript, 820 pp. folio. This material is in 
the hands of the printer and will form a por- 
tion of Part 1 of Vol. 7, Contributions to North 
American Ethnology. The remaining portion 
of Part 1 will consist of myths and stories, with 
interlinear translations, and a grammar of this 
dialect, 665 pp. of which are stereot3rp^* It 
will be published by the Bureau of Ethnology. 

Part 2 will consist of tbe English-Dakota 
Dictionary, which is in course of preparation. 

•— [Vocabnlary of tbe Dakota lan- 
guage.] * 
Manuscript, 10 pp. 4<=>, 180 words, in the library 
of Dr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J. 

See RenviUe (J. B.). 

See 177111101118011 (J. P.) and Rlggs 

(A.L.). 

See IT^illlamBon (T. S.) and Riggs 

(aR.). 

editor. See lap! oaye. 

and Pond (Rev, G. H.). The [ Da- 

Icota I First Beading Book, | prepared 
by I Stephen B. BiggB and Gideon H. 

SIOUAN 5 



RiggB (S. E.) and Pond (G. H.)— ContU 
Pond I (Missionaries. ) | Printed for the 
American Board of Commis- 1 sioners 
for Foreign Missions. | 

Cincinnati: | Kendall and Henry, 
Printers. | 1839. 

Second tUU: Dakota | [Picture] | OyawaWo- 
wapi. I Otokahe kin. | 1889. 

Pp. 1-40, 160. Primer in the Santee dialect. 
The translation of the Dakota words in the 
title is : Dakota Reading something-written. 
First the. 

Copies teen: Astor, Boston A theneum, Brit- 
ish Museum, Massachusetts Historical Society, 
Trumbull. 

At the >rnrphy sale, catalogue No. 2953, a 
copy brought $1. 

and Renville (J.). Odowan wakan. 

Part of tbe Psalms, in the Dakota lan- 
guage; Translated from tLe Hebrew, 
by Stephen B. Biggs, A. M., and Mr. 
Joseph Benyille, sr. 

In Williamson (T. S.) and others, Wiooicage 
wowapi, pp. 107-160, Cincinnati, 1842, I2f>. 

and RiggB (JSeo.A.L.). Maka-oya- 

kapi. I Guyot's elementary geogra- 
phy I in the | Dakota language. | By 
S. B. Biggs LL.D., and Bev. A. L. 
^iggs* I [Picture,] | Published for the 
Dakota Mission. | 

New York : | Scribner, Armstrong, A 
Co., 743 Broadway. | 1876. 

Pp. 1-83 and map 2 pp. sm. 4°, in the Santee 
dialect. The Indian words in the title signify; 
Earth-they-tell-about-it. 

Copies seen : British Museum, Powell, Trum* 
bull. Clarke, catalogue No. 8787, 1886, prices a 
copy at $L 

Bound with this is the following : 

[ ] Makoce | wowapi wakan kin 

en oigeyatapi kin. | Geography of Bible 
lands. I [Picture entitled:] Arabia en 
wowanyake wan. [1876.] 

Literal translation: Country something* 
written mysterious the in they-call-it-by-name 
the. 

No imprint ; title' 1 1. text pp. 3-4, 3 colored 
maps. 

Copies seen : British Museum, Powell. 

and 'Williamson (J. P.). Dakota 

odowan. | Hymns | in the | Dakota 
language. | Edited | by Stephen B. 
KififgSi I and I John P. Williamson, | 
missionaries of the A. B. C. F. M. | 

Published by the | American Tract 
Society, \ 150 Nassau-Street, New York. 
[1863.] 

Pp. 1-182, leo. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



66 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Riggs (S. R.) and Wimamson (J. P.) — 
Coutinaed. 

Oopiei$ten : A.merioan Board of ComiuiMioii> 
era, PiUiDg, Powell, Wisconsin Historical So- 
ciety. 

At the Brinley sale, oatalogue No. 5761, a copy 
bound in morocco brought $1.25; another copy, 
cloth, No. 5762, $1. 

There is an enlarged edition as follows: 

-^— Dakota odowan. | Hymns | in 

the I Dakota language. | Edited | by 
Stephen R. Riggs | and | John P. Will- 
iamson, I missionaries of the A. B. C. F. 
M. I 

Published by the | American Tract 
Society, I 150 Nassau-Street, New York. 
[1869.] 

Pp. 1-184, 160. These two editions run alike 
to p. 148, inclusive, and pp. 169-178 of the latter 
are like pp. 14^158 of the former. 

"Four editions have been printed; to the 
last, published in 1869, twenty pages of new 
matter were added. The book has now 182 pp. 
and contains 170 hymns and chants.**— <S. R. 
Riggt. 

Qmtributora : T. S. Williamson. J. P. William- 
son, Alfred Biggs, Stephen R. Riggs, S. W. 
Pond, A. W. Huggius, Joseph Renville, John B. 
Renville, G. H. Pond, A. D. Freni^re, and Lo- 
renzo Lawrence. 

Oopiet teen: American Tract Society, Con- 
gress, Powell, Trumbull. 

Stephen Return Riggs, the son of Stephen 
Rigga and Anna Balrd, was bom at Steuben- 
Tille, Ohio, March 23, 1812. He prepared for 
college at the Ripley (Ohio) Latin School, 
graduated at Jefferson College in 1834, and at- 
tended the Western Theological Seminary at 
Allegheny one year^ 183&-'36. He was ordained 
to the gospel ministry in the Presbyterian 
Church in the spring of 1837. Married Mary 
Ann Clark Longley, daughter of General 
Longley, of Hawley, Mass., February 16, 1837. 
Was commissioned missionary to the Dakota 
Indians by the American Board and reached 
his field at Fort Snelling, Minn., June 1, 1837. 
Was stationed temporarily at Lake Harriet 
Station, near Fort Snelling. Arrived at Lac- 
quiparle, on the Upper Minnesota River, in 
the autumn of the same year. Here he re- 
mained until the spring of 1842, when he went 
east and superintended the printing of con- 
siderable portions of the Bible in the Dakota 
language and also a hymn book and school 
books. 

On his return to Dakota land in the spring of 
1843 he opened a new mission station at Tra- 
verse des Sioux, near what is now Saint Peter, 
Minn. By vote of the mission he was sent back 



Riggs (S. R.) and V^miamson (J. P.) — 
Continued. 

to Lao-qui-parle in the Mi of 1846. In the IfOl 
of 1851 he made another journey east, when 
the Dakota grammar and dictionary was 
printed. After the burning of the mission 
buildings in 1854 a new station was opened at 
Hazelwood, near Yellow Medicine, where he 
continued to labor until obliged to flee with 
his family at the time of the Sioux outbreak In 
1862. Escaping that massacre, his family 
found a home for three years at Saint Anthony. 
During this time he was serving the gorem- 
ment as chaplain of General Sibley's expedi- 
tion of 1862 .id as interpreter of his expedi- 
tion against the hostiles in 1863. 

His home was removed to Beloit, Wis., in 
1865, where he spent his winters working on 
the translation of the Bible into Dakota and 
on other books, for the benefit of the Indiana. 
His summers were spent in tours through the 
Indian country. 

In 1870 he began a new station at Sisseton 
Agency, but returned to reside at Beloit, and 
died there August 24, 1883. 

His wife having died in Beloit on March 22, 
1860, Mr. Riggs married May 28, 1872. Mrs. 
Anna B. Aokley, of Granville, Ohio. 

Robertson (Thomas A.). See Hlnman 
(S. D.) and Robertson (T. A.). 

See Williamson (J. P.) and Riggs 

(A.L.). 
Robertson (William M.). See Cook (J. 

W.) and others. 

Roehrig (F. L. O.). On the language of 
the Dakota or Sioux Indians. By F. L. 
O. Roehrig. 

In Smithsonian Inst Ann. Rep. 1871, pp. 4S4- 
450, Washington, 1873, 8o. 

Separately issued as follows: 

The language | of | the Dakota or 

Sioux Indians. | By F. L. O. Bcehrig. | 
From the Report of the Smithsonian | 
Institution for 1871. | 

Washington : | Government Printing 
Office. I 1872. 

Printed cover 1 1. pp. 1-1», 8o. 

OopUttten: Astor, Brlnton, Powell, Trum- 
bull, Wisconsin Historical Society. 

Triibner, 1882, p. 42, prices a copy at 2«. «d. 

There is a long extract fh>m Uiis paper in 
Leland (C. G.), Fusang, pp. 99-l0». New York. 
1^75. 120. 

Roy (J. B.). See Hamilton (W.) and 
Irvin (S. M.). 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



SIOUAN LANGUAGES. 



67 



s. 



Sabin (Joseph). A { dictionary | of | 
Books relating to America, [ fh>m its 
discovery to the present time. | By Jo- 
seph Sabin. I Volume I[-XVI]. | [Three 
lines quotation.] 

New-York: | Joseph Sabin, 84 Nassau 
street. | 1868[-1886J. 

16 vols. 8°, still in coarse of pablication, and 
inoladxng thns fsr entries to *' Remarks." 
Contains titles of many works relating to the 
Sionan languages. Now edited by Mr. Wilber- 
foreeEames. 

CSopM» 9»en: Congress, Eames, Boreaa of 
Bthnology. 
[Sage (Rufus B.).] Scenes | in the | 
Bocky Mountaius, | and in | Oregon, 
California, New Mexico, Texas, and | 
the Grand Prairies; | or | notes by the 
way, I during an excursion of three 
years, | with a | description of the coun- 
tries passed through, | including their | 
geography, geology, resources, present 
condition, and | the different nations in- 
liabiting them. | By a New Englander. | 

Philadelphia: | published by Carey 
A Hart. I 1846. 

Pp. i-xii, lS-308, 12°.— A few words and sen- 
tences in Latin and Siooz, p. 137. 

Copies teen : British Maseam, Congress. 

The Field copy, catalogue No. 2048, sold for 
80 cents. 

•i Scenes | in the | Rocky Mountains, | 

and in | Oregon, California, New Mexi- 
co, Texas, and | the Grand Prairies; | 
or, I notes by the way, | during an ex- 
cursion of three years, | with a | de- 
flcription of the countries passed 
through, I including their | geogra- 
phy, geology, resources, present condi- 
tion, I and the different nations in- 
habiting them. I By Rufus B. Sage. | 
Second Edition Revised. | 

Philadelphia: Carey and Hart. | 1847. 

Pp. i-xil, 18-303, 12o.~ Linguistics as abo^e. 

Copies teen; Congress. 

According to Field's Essay, No. 1840, there is 
ma edition, Boston, Wentworth &, Co. 1857. At 
the Field sale, oatalogae No. 2040, it brought 
$2.50. 
. Rocky Mountain Life; | or, | Start- 
ling Scenes | and | Perilous Advent- 
ares I in the | Far West, | during an ex- 
pedition of three years. | By Rufus B. 
Sage, I The Western Adventurer. | 

Boston: Thayer & Eldridge, | 114 & 
116 Washington Street. | 1860. * 



Sage (R. B.)— Continued. 

2 p. IL pp. yii-xiv, 1 L pp. 29-363, 12o.— A few 
words and sentences In Sioux, p. 183. 



St. Clair (George). 


See Cook (J.W.) 


and others. 




Sansarc. See Teton. 




Santee: 




Bible. See Williamson (T. S.) 




and Biggs (S.B.). 


Bible (in part). 


Williamson (T. 8.) 




and Riggs (8. R.). 


Bible, PenUteach. 


WiUiamson (T. S.). 


Bible, foar books. 




Bible, Genesis (in 


Renville (J.). 


part). 




Bible, Genesis. 


Williamson (T. 8.). 


Bible, Genesis. 


Williamson (T. 8.) 




and others. 


Bible, Ezodns. 


Williamson (T. 8.). 


Bible, Joshna. 


Williamson (T. 8.). 


Bible, Judges. 


Williamson (T. 8.). 


Bible, Ruth. 


Wmiamson(T.8.). 


Bible, Psabns. 


Hinman (S. D.). 


Bible, Psalms (in 


itenville (J.). 


part). 




Bible, Psalms. 


Rlggs (S. R.). 


Bible. Psalms (in 


Riggs (S. R.) and 


part). 


Renville (J.). 


Bible, Psalms (in 


Williamson (T. 8.) 


part). 


and others. 


Bible, Proverbs (in 


Renville (J.). 


part). 




Bible, Proverbs. 


Williamson (T. 8.). 


Bible, Jeremiah. 


Riggs iS. R.). 


Bible. EzekieL 


Riggs (8. R.). 


Bible, Daniel (part). 


Renville (J.). 


Bible. Daniel. 


Riggs (S. R.). 


Bible, minor proph- 


Riggs (S. R.). 


ets. 




Bible, New Testa- 


Riggs (8. R.). 


ment. 




Bible, Matthew (in 


RenvUlo (J.). 


part). 




Bible, Mark. 


Renville (J.). 


Bible, Lake (in part). 


Hinman (S. D.). 


Bible, Lake. 


Pond (G. H.). 


Bible, Luke (in part). 


RenviUe (J.). 


Bible, Luke. 


WUlianison (T. 8.) 




and others. 


Bible, John. 


Renville (J.). 


Bible, John. 


Williamson (T. 8.) 




and others. 


Bibl^Acts. 


Renville (J.). 


Bible, Acts (in part). 


Rlggs (S.R.). 


Bible, epistles of 


Riggs (8. R.). 


Paul (in part). 




Bible, epistle to Tim- 


Cook (J. W.). 


othy. 




Bible, epistle to Ti- 


Cook (J. W.). 


tus. 




Bible, epistle of John. 


Renville (J.). 


Bible, Revelation. 


Riggs (8. B.). 



Digitized by CjOOQIC 



68 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE 



Santee — Continned. 

Bible, Rdvelation See Biggs (S. B.). 

in part), 
Bible (analysis of). Cook (J. W.). 

Catechism. Hinman (S. D.). 

Catechism. Pond (S. W.). 

Catechism. Benville (J.) and 

Williamson (T.S.). 
CatechUm. Biggs (S. B ). 

Chants. Hinman (S. D.). 

Chants. Hinman (S. D.) and 

Welsh (W.). 
Ciroolar. Biggs (A. L.). 

Dictionary. Williamson (J. P.). 

Exercises. Hinman (S.D.). 

Form for making cat- Cook (J. W.). 

eohists. 
General discussion. Biggs (S. B.). 
Geography. Biggs (S. B.) and 

Biggs (A. L.). 
Grammar. Gabelentz (H.C. von 

der). 
Grammatio comments. BarmMi <W. A.). 
Hymns. Hinman (S. D.). 

Hymns. Benville (J.) and 

others. 
Hymns. Biggs (S.B.). 

Hymns. Biggs (S. B.) and 

Williamson (J. P.). 
Hymns. Williamson (J. P.) 

and Biggs (A. L.). 
King's highway. Hemans (D. W.). 

Legends. Biggs (S.B.). 

Lord's prayer. Lord's. 

Mission service. Hinman (S. D.). 

Mission service. Hinman (S. D.) and 

Cook (J. W.). 
Mission service. Hinman (S. D.) and 

Boberteon (T.A.). 
Karnes of gods. Biggs (S. B.). 

Numerals. Chase (P. E.). 

Numerals. Prescott (P.). 

Periodical. • Dakota. 

Periodical lapL 

Personal names. Indian. 

Personal names. Jackson ( W. H.). 

. Personal names. Tuttle (E. B.). 

Pilgrim's progress. Biggs (S. B.). 

Prayer book. Hinman (S. D.). 

Prayer book. Hinman (S. D.) and 

Cook (J. W.). 
Primer. Johnson (P.). 

Primer. Bavoux (A.). 

Primer. Biggs (A. L.). 

Primer. Biggs (S. B.). 

Primer. WilliamsoD (J. P.). 

Beader. Pond (S. W.). 

Beader. Biggs (S. B.). 

Beader. Biggs (S. B.) and 

Pond (G. fl.). 
Belationships. Morgan (L. H.). 

Belationships. Biggs (S. B.). 

Sentences. Williamson (T. 8.). 

Songs. Pond (G. H.). 

Tract Eliza. 



Santee — Continned. 

Tract See Pond (S. W.) and 

Pond (G. H.). 
Tract Benville (J. B.). 

Vocabulary. Gardiner (W. H.). 

Vocabulary. Morgan (L. H ). 

Vocabulary. Biggs (M. A. C). 

Vocabulary. Williamson (J. P.). 

Vocabulary. Williamson (T. S.). 

Saskatchewan and the Rooky Mount- 
ains. See Carnegie (J.). 
Say (Thomas). [Vocabularies of Indian 
languages. ] 

In Jamas (E.), Account of an expedition ico, 
vol 2, pp. Ixxx-lzzzv, Philadelphia, 1823, 99, 

Wahtoktataor Oto, Kouta, Omawhaw, Sioux 
(Yancton band), Minnetare or Gros ventre, pp. 
Ixx-lxxviii; Uparokaor Crow, p. Izxix ; Wah- 
toktata or Oto, p. Ixxx; Omawhaw, pp. Izzz- 
Ixzxiii; Sioux (Yancton band), p. Ixxxiv ; Min- 
netare or Gros ventre, pp. Ixxxiv-lxxxv. 

These vocabularies do not appear in th^ 
London edition, 1823, 8 vols. 8o. 

The Upsaroka and Minnetare vocabularies 
are reprinted In Schoolcraft (H.B.), Indian 
Tribes, voL 8, pp. 255-256, Philadelphia, 1858. 40. 

Scenes in the Rocky Mountains. See 
Sage (R. B.). 

Schoenmakers (F.). See Shea (J. 6.). 

Sohomburgk {Sir Robert H.). Con- 
tributions to the Philological Ethnog- 
raphy of South America. By Sir R. H. 
Schomburgk. 

In Philological Soc [of London] Proa voL 3, 
pp. 228-237, London, 1818, 8o. 

* 'Affinity of words in the Guinan language 
with other langnaj^es and dialects of America ** 
[including the Dakota], pp. 236-287. 

[Schoolcraft (Henry Rowe)]. A | bib- 
liographical catalogue | of | books^ 
translations of the scriptures, | and 
other publications in the | Indian 
tongues I of the | United States, | with [ 
brief critical notices. | 

Washington : C. Alexander, printer. | 
1849. 

Pp. 1-28, 8P.— Books, tracts, and translation* 
in the Sioux or Dacota proper, pp. 24-% ; Winne* 
bago, pp. 25-26 ; Iowa, p. 26 ; Otoe, p. 26; Osag»» 
Washaslio, p. 27. 

Capie* seen : Congress, Pilling, Powell. 

Priced by Triibner, 1856, No. 1452, at 3s. 64. 

At the Field sale a copy, catalogue Na 2070^ 

brought $2 ; at the Brinley sale, catalogue No. 

'5630, a half-morocco autograph copy brought $5. 

Reprinted, with a preliminary note, synopsis^ 
addiiions, &c as follows : 

Literature of the Indian languages. 

A bibliographical catalogue of books^ 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



SIOUAN LANGUAGES. 



69 



Sehooloraft (H. R.)— Continued, 
translations of the soriptares, and other 
publications in the Indian tongues of 
the United States, with brief critical 
notices. 

In Sehooloraft (H. R.), Indian Tribes, toL 4, 
pp. 835-561« Philadelphia, 1854. 40. 

Books, tracts, and translations In the Sioux, 
or Dacota proper, pp. 547-549 ; Winnebago, p. 
549; Iowa, pp. 549-550; Otoe, p. 650; Osage, pp. 
550-551. 

Selwyn (William T.). See Cook (J. W.) 
and others. 

editor. See Anpao. 

Hr. Selwyn was bom at Hlnhanwakpa (Owl 
Creek), Dak.. March, 1856. He is the son of 
Chief PtewakanmnJiOi commonly known as 
Medicine Cow, and grandson of Chief Hesasa. 
fie was taken into the mission family at Yank- 
ton Agency, Dak., September, 1871. Septem- 
ber, 1872, he was sent to Nebraska College, Ne- 
braska City, Nebr., and in 1873 to Brooklyn, 
K. Y., where he attended the public school. 
From 1874 to 1870 he was at Andalusia Hall, 
Backs County, Pa. On returning to Yankton 
Agency he taught and acted as a catechist for 
about two yean In the mission and then as 
Oorernment teacher in a day school. He then 
went to Pine Ridge as a teacher. 
Ssntenoes: 

Crow. See Hayden (P. V.). 

Dakota. Hoffinan (W. J.). 

Omaha. Dorsey (J.O.). 

Omaha. Hamilton (W.). 

Ponka. Dorsey (J. O.). 

Santee. Williamson (T. S.). 

Sioux. Sage (R. B.). 

Shea : This word following a title indicates that a 
copy of the work referred to was seen by the 
compiler in the library of Dr. J. G. Shea, Blis- 
abeth, N. J. 

Shea (John Oilmary). History | of the I 
Catholic Missions | among the | Indian 
tribes of the United States. | 1529- 
lt554. I By John Gilmary Shea. | Author 
[^. three lines]. | [Design.] | 

J^ew York: ) Edward Dunigan &, 
Brother, | 151 Fulton-Street, near 
Broadway. | 1855. 

Bngraved title, pp. 1-^14, 12°.— Lord's prayer 
in Osage (fhmi Bishop Mi^ge and Ker. F. 
Schoenmakers), p. 454 ; in Assiniboin, p. 478. 

OopUt Been: Astor, British Museum, Con- 
gress, TrumbulL 

At the Field sale, catalogue No. 2112*, a copy 
sold for $2.25 ; at the Murphy sale, catalogue 
Ka 2204. for $3.25. 

Qeschichte | der | katolischen Mis- 

sionon | nnter den | Indianer-Stammen 
der Vereinigten Staaten. | 1529-1860. | 
yon I John Gilmary Shea, | Yerfiisser 



Shea (J. G.)— Continued. 
[&c. two lines]. | Ans dem Englisohen 
flbersetzt | von | J. Roth. | Sr. Heilig- 
keit Papst Pius IX gewidmet. | Mit 6 
Stahlstichen. | 

Wttrzburg. | Verlag von C. Etllnger. 
[1858.] ♦ 

P|>. 1-968, 120. Title from the author. 

History | of the | Catholic missions | 

among the | Indian tribes of the United 
States, I 1529-1854. | By John Gilmary 
Shea, I author of [^. three lines]. | 
[Design.] | 

New York : . I T. W. Strong, | Late 
Edward Dunigan & Brother, | Cath- 
olic Publishing House, | 599 Broad- 
way. [1870.] 

Engraved title 1 1. pp. 1-514, 80.— Contents as 
in edition of 1855. 

Copies eeen : Congress, PowelL 

Clarke, catalogue No. 6620, 1886, prices a copy 
at $2. 

Early voyages | up and down the 

Mississippi, | by | Cavelier, St. Cosme, 
Le Sueur, | Gravier, and Guignas. | 
With an Introduction, Notes, and an 
Index, I By John Gilmary Shea. | [De- 
sign.] I 

Albany: | Joel Munsell. | 1881. 

Pp. i-ix, vii-ziv, 15-191, sm. 40. MunseU's 
Historical Series, No. 8.— Names of the Scioux 
nations of the eastern part and their significa- 
tion, p. 111. — Scioux of the western part, of 
whom we have any knowledge, p. 111. 

Oopiee eeen: Astor, Boston Athenieum, Brit- 
ish Museum, Congress, Massachusetts Histori- 
cal Society, Shea. 

The Field copy, catalogue No. 2112, sold for 
16. 

Laognages of the American Indians. 

In American Cyclopedia, vot 1, pp. 407-414, 
New York, 1873, 80. 

Grammatio examples in various American 
languages, among them the Dakota. 
Sioux: 

See Tnttle (B. B.). 
Belden (6. P.). 



Apostles' creed. 
Dictionary-. 
General discussion. 
General discnsslon. 
General discussion. 

General discussion. 
General discussion. 
Geographic names. 
Geographic names. 



Grammatic comments. 
Grammatio comments. 
Lord's prayer. 
Names of months. 



At water (C). 
Burton (R. F.). 
Chateaubriand (F. A. 

de). 
Jeiferys (T.). 
Mcintosh (J.). 
Brown (B, J.). 
Featherstonhangh(G . 

W.). 
Atwater (C). 
Gallatin (A.). 
Tuttle (E. B.). 
Beltrami (G.C.). 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



70 



BIBLIOGBAPHY OF THE 



Siouz — Continned. 

Numerals. See Smet (P. J. de). 

Numerals. Tramball (J. H.). 

Personal names. Catalogne. 

Personal names. Catlin (O.). 

Personal names. Eastman (M. H.). 

Personal names. FeatherstoDhaagh(6. 

W.). 

Personal names. Frost (J.). 

Personal names. Indian. 

Personal names. Maximilian (A. P.). 

Personal names. Sioux. 

Personal names. Smet (P. J. de). 

Personal names. Treaties. 

Sentences. Sage ( R B. }. 

Songs. Baker (T.). 

Spelling book. Stevens (J. D.). 

Tribal names. Culbertson (T. A.). 

Tribal names. NeiU (E. D.). 

Tribal names. Shea (J. 6.). 

Villages. Black more (W.). 

Vocabulary. Atwater (C). 

Vocabulary. Balbi (A.). 

Vocabulary. Husband (B.). 

Vocabulary. Indian. 

Vocabulary. Smet (P.J. de). 

Vocabulary. Tuttie (E. B.). 

Words. Frost (J.). 

Words. Sage (R. B.). 

Siouz Spell ing-Book. See Stevena (J. 

D.). 
[Siouz proper names, with English 
translation.] 

In 48th Congress. 1st session, Senate report 
(Na 283) on the condition of the Sioux and 
Crow Indians [Washington, 1884], 8^. 

A list of proper names of chiefs and head- 
men of the Lower Yanktonnais tribe of Siouz 
or Dakota Indians, p. 296. 
Copies teen : Bureau of Ethnology. 
Sisselon. Seo Santee. 

Bisaeton and Wahpeton | treaty, | of 
February, 1867, | in Dakota. * 

No tit le-page ; 6 pp. 8^. Title trom Williams's 
Bibliography of Minnesota. 

8met (Rev. Peter John de). Oregon mis- 
sions I and I travels | over the Rocky 
Mountains, | in 1845-46. | By | Father 
P. J. de Smet, | Of the Society of 
Jesus I 

New- York: | published hy Edward 
Duuigan, | 151, Fulton-street | M 
DCCCXLVII[1847]. 

Half-title 1 1. IVontispieoe 1 1. engraved title 
1 1. title as above 1 1. .dedication 1 1. preface pp. 
zizii, text pp. 13-408, 2 It. map, plates, 10°.— 
Lord's prayer, and numerals, 1-10, in the As- 
siniboin, reverse of first unnumbered 1. at end. 

Copies ssen: Astor, Bancroft, British Mu- 
seum, Congress, Eames, Harvard, Shea. 

At the Field sale, a copy, catalogue No. 2156, 
brought $3 ; at the Brinley sale, catalogue No. 



Smet (P. J. de)— Continued. 

5<M2. 93.75; at the ICnrphy sale, catalogue No. 
785.15.50. 

Missions de TOr^gon | ot Voyages | 

aux Montagnes Kocheoses | anx soarct^ 

I de la Colombie, de TAthabasca et da 

Sascatshawin, | en 1845-46. | [Picture 

entitled:] Marie Quillax dans la ba- 

taille con tre les Corbeaux. ( AoCkt 1846) 

I Pag. 217. 1 Par le P^re P. J. de Smet, | 

I de la Soci^t^ de J^us | 

Gand, | irapr. & lith. de V«. Yander 
Schelden, | ^diteur. [1848.] 

2 p. IL pp. i-ix, 0-389, map. 16°.— Lord'sprayer 
in Assiniboine, p. 353.— Vocabulary of the Mao- 
dan and Sioux, p. 858.— Numerals, 1-10, of the 
Mandan, Assiuiboin, and Sioux, p. 850. 
Copies seen: Bancroft, Congress, Shea. 
Field's Essay, No. 1425, titles an edition: 
Paris, 1848, 12o. At the Field sale, catalogue 
No. 2158, it brought $3.25. 

Cinquante | Nouvelles Lettree | dn | 

R. P. De Smet, | de la Compagnie de 
J^us et Missionnaire en Am^rique, | 
publi^es par | Ed. Terwecoren, | de la 
m6me Compagnie. | [2 lines quota- 
tion.] I 

Paris I Rue de Toamon, 20. | Toamai 
I Rue anx Rats, 11. | H. Castelman | 
£di'eur. | 185a 

Pp. i-ix, 1-503, 120.— Lord's prayer and Ave 
Maria in Osage, with interlinear French trans- 
lation, p. 819.— Names of Sioux chiefs, trans- 
lated, p. 107.— Names of Sioux and Otoe dele- 
gates, translated, p. 99. 
Oopissseen: British Museum. 

Tribute d'admiration pay^s aux 

Tdtes Plates. Pater et Ave Maria en 
langne Osage. Viugt-sixi^me lettre 
du R. P. de Smet. 

In Collection de precis historiques, Melan- 
ges litt^raires et soiontiflques, par tid. Ter- 
wecoren, de la Compagnie de Jdsus, tome 7, 
1856, pp. 011-614, Bruxt^lles. imprimerie de J. 
Vanderoydt, n. d. 9P, Interlinear translation 
In French. 

Western | missions and missionaries: 

I a series of letters, | by | Rey. P. J. 
de Smet, | of the Society of Jesus, | 
Author of '< Indian Sketches,'' "Oregon 
Missions,'' Etc. | [Picture entitled:] 
Excelsior | 

New York: | James B. Kirker, | late 
Edward Dunigan and Brother, | 599 
Broadway (np-stairs). | 1863. 

Pp. 1-532, 120.— Pater and Are in Osage, with 
interlinear translation, pp. 278-279. 

Copissseen: Astor, Bancroft, Boston Aibe> 
DSBum, British Museum, Congress. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



8I0UAN LANGUAGES. 



71 



Smet (P. J. de) — Continued. 

The Field copy, oatalogne No. 216\ broagbt 
$8.87. 

The fint edition wm printed in 1850. (*) 
There ia ftlao an edition witii tiie imprint : Kew 
York: | T. W. Strong, | Late Edward Dnnigan 
Sl Bro.. I CathoUc Pablishing Hooae, | 699 
Broadway. [1870 T] 

Western | Missions and Missionaries: 

I a series or letters, I by | Rev. P. J. de 
Smet, I oftho Society of Jesus, | Author 
of ''Indian Sketches,'' '* Oregon Mis- 
sions," etc. I 

New York : | P. J. Keuedy, | Excel 
sior Catholic Pablishing House, | 5 Bar- 
clay Street | 18dl. • 

1 p. 1. pp. 5-532,80. 

New Indian sketches. | By | Rev. P. 

J. de Smet, S. J. | 

New York: | D. & J. Sadlier & Co., 
31 Barclay-st. | Montreal — cor. Notre - 
Dame and St. Francis Xavier sts. 
[1865.] 

Pp. 1-175, lOo.—Nnmerala, 1-10, of the Omaha, 
Otto, Maodan, and Rickarie, p. 126. 

Coptei teen : Brinton, British Moaeam, Con- 
gress, Shea. 

The Field copy, catalogne No. 2160, brought 
$1.25. 

Some copies hare slightly differing imprint, 
the words "Boston— 128 Federal-Street*' ap- 
pearing Jaitt before the word Montreal. (Bos- 
ton Athensam.) 

Other copies havo titie as above with printed 
cover as follows : 

Sadllera' Boosehold Library. | No. 91. Price 
15 eta. I New Indian Sketches. | By Rev. P. J. 
de 8met<, S. J. | Complete and unabridged edi- 
tion, i New York: | D. d& J. Sadlier. & Co., 81 
Barclay at. | Montreal : 275 Notro Dame street. 
(PowelL) 

Smith (Alfred C). See Cook (J. W.). 

Sndthaonian Institution : These words following 
a title indicate that a copy of the work referred 
to was seen by the compiler in the library of 
the above institution. 



Dakota. 


See Belden (G. P.). 


Dakota. 


Gordon (H. L.). 


Iowa. 


Dorsey (J. 0.). 


Omaha. 


Dorsey (J.O.). 


Omaha. 


Fletcher (A. C.) 


Santee. 


Pond (G. H.). 


Sionz. 


Baker (T.). 


Teton. 


Baker (T.). 


Yankton. 


Baker (T.). 



SpeUing-Book, Sionx. See Stevens (J. D.). 

[Stevens (Rev, Jedediah D wight).] 
Sioux SpeUing-Book. | Designed for the 
use of I Native Learners. | [Picture.] | 
Boston: | Printed for the American 
Board of Commissioners | for Foreign 
Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 
1836. 

Pp. 1-22, 120. 

Oopiet seen: Boston Athenienm, Eamcs, 
Massachusetts Historical Society. 

'* Mr. Stevens began missionary work among 
the Dakotaa in the spring of 1835 and withdrew 
from the mission in the spring of 1839. He did 
not learn the Dakota language nor give the 
Indians any instruction, but he kept in his 
family five or six half-breed girls who wera 
taught by his niece. Miss Lucy £. Stevens." — 
8. W. Pond. 

"Mr. and Mrs. Stevens were fh>m Central 
New York, and were engaged as early as 1827 
in missionary labors on the Island of Mack 
inaw. In 1829 Mr. Stevens and Bev.Mr.Coe 
made a tour of exploration through the wilds 
of Northern Wisconsin, coming as far as Ft. 
Snelling. For several years after, Mr. Stevens 
was connected with the Stockbridge mission 
on Fox Lake, and in the summer of 1835 he had 
commenced this station at Lake Harriet. 

"Mr. Stevens had gathered from various 
sources a vocabulary of five or six hundred 
words. This formed the commencement of 
the growth of the Dakota grammar and dic- 
tionary which I published fifteen years after- 
wards."— <Sf. R. Riggt. 

Stone Indians. See Assiniboin. 



Storiaa : 




(pegiha. 


See Dorsey (J. 0.). 


Iowa. 


Dorsey (J. 0.). 


Missouri. 


Dorsey (J. 0.). 


Oto. 


Dorsey (J. 0.). 



Stubb8(A.W.). [Vocabulary of the Kan- 
sas or Kaw. 1878.] 

Manuscript, 40 pp. 4° in the library of the 
Bureau uf Ethnology. 

SturgeB {Rev, Charles). Terms of rela- 
tionship of the Omaha, collected by 
Rev. Charles Sturges, at the Omaha 
Mission, Blackbird Hills, Neb. 

In Morgan (L. H.), Systems of Consanguinity 
and Affinity of the Human Family, pp. 293-882, 
lines 19, Washington, 1871, 4o. 



Swift (Henry), 
others. 



See Cook (J.W.) and 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



72 



BIBLIOORAPHT OF THE 



T. 



Tanner (John). See James (E.). 
Taylor (Joseph C). See Cook (J. W.) 

ftud others. 
Taylor (T. K.). See Cook (J. W.) and 

others. 
Ten comnuuidmenU : 

Crow. See Hall (C. L.). 

Dakota. Woahope. 

Hidataa. Hall (C. L.). 

Handan. Hall (C. L.). 

Xeton ; 

Baptismal card. See Marty (M.). 

Personal names. Indian. 

Personal names. Treaties. 

Personal names. Tattle (E. B.). 

Primer. Riggs (S. R.). 

Relationships. Morgan (L. H.). 

Songs. Baker (T.). 

Yocabalary. Bierstadt (A.). 

Voeabnlary. Corliss ( A . H. ). 

Yocabalary. Everette ( W. E. ) . 

Words. Maximilian (A. P.). 

Tract: 

Dakota. Bee Huggins (E. W.) and 

Williamson (N.J.) 
Santee. Eliza. 

Saatee. Pond (S. W.) and 

Pond (G. H.). 
Santee. Renville (J. B.). 

Tranalationa into the Omaha language. 

SeeHamUton (W.). 
Treaties | between the | United States 
of America | and the several | Indian 
tribes, | from 1778 to 1837: | with | a 
copious table of contents. | Compiled 
and printed by the direction, and under 
the supervision, | of the | Commissioner 
of Indian Affiairs. | 

Washington, D. C. | Published by 
Langtree and O'SuUivan. | 1837. 
Pp. i-lxxxiil, 1-699, 8°. 
Oopiet seen : British Mnseam, PowelL 
Issaed, also, with title as follows : 

Treaties | between the | United States 
of America, | and the several | Indian 
Tribes, | from 17T8 to 1837 : | with | a 
copious table of contents. | New Edi- 
tion, I carefully compared with the 
originals in the Department of State. | 
Compiled and printed by the direction, 
and under the supervision, | of the | 
Commissioner of Indian Affairs. | 

Washington, D. C. | Published by 
Langtree and O'Sullivan. ( 1837. 

Title 1 1. preface 1 1. contents pp. v-lxxziii, 
text pp. 1-699, 8o. 

Contains names of Indian chiefs, with En- 
glish signification, of the following: 



Treaties — Continued. 

Osage, pp. IM, 178, 332, M8, 881 ; Teton, pp. 167. 
848 ; Sioax. pp. 108, 169, 192, 846. 847, 875-876. 450, 
452-453, 695 ; Yancton, pp 170-343 ; Maha, p. 172; 
loway, pp 183, 379, 451, 678; Kanza^ pp 184, 387. 
810-371; Winnebago, pp. 194, 876, 430-431. 441- 
442. 50^-507 ; Otto, pp. 207-206, 882, 451-452 ; Pon- 
carar, pp. 209, 340; Qoapaw, pp. 241, 317,632; 
Ogallala.p.346; Mandan, pp. 358-359; Minne- 
taree, pp. 362-363 ; Grow, p. 365 ; Omahah, p. 451 ; 
Missoari, p. 452. 
Oopietieen: Barean of Ethnology. 
See, also, Indian treaties. 
Treaty, Dakota. See Sisseton. 
Tribal names : 

Dakota. See Hayden (F. V.). 

Dakota. Hind(H.Y.). 

Dakota. Morgan (L. A.). 

Dakota. Warren (G. K.). 

Sioux. Calbertson (T. A.). 

Sionz. Neill(E.D.). 

Sioax. Shea (J. O.). 

Triibner (Nicolas). See Ludewig (H. 

E.). 
Triibner & Co. A catalogue | of | an 
extensive collection | of | valnable new 
and second hand books, | English and 
foreign, | in i antiquities [&c. 3 lines] | 
books on languages, on bibliography 
and on | North and South America. | 
On sale at the low prices affixed | by | 
Triibner & Co., | 60 Paternoster Row, | 
London. [1856.] 

Printed cover as above, pp. 1-168, 8<».— Ameri- 
can langoages, pp. 44-47, contains a namber of 
Siouan titles. 
CopieMsetn: Pilling. 

A I catalogue | of | dictionaries and 

grammars | of the | Principal Lan- 
guages and Dialects | of the World. | 
Foi- sale by | Triibner & Co. | 

London: | Trubner & Co., [5]8 & 60 
Paternoster row. j 1872. 

Printed cover, title 1 1. notice 1 L text pp. 1- 
64, 2 IL 8°.— List of works in Dakota, p. 14. 

Copies teen: Pilling. 
TrUbner^s | catalogue | of | diction- 
aries and grammars | of the | Principal 
Languages and Dialects of the World. | 
Second edition, | considerably enlarged 
and revised, with an alphabetical in- 
dex. I A guide for students and book- 
sellers. I [Monogram.] | 

London: | Triibner & Co., 57 and 59, 
Ludgate Hill. | 1882. 

Printed cover, title 1 1. notice p. iii, index pp. 
iv-viii, text pp. 1-170, 8o.— List of works in Da- 
kota, p. 42. 

Copies seen: Pilling. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



8I0UAN LANOUAOES. 



73 



Trembnll : This word following a title indicates 
that a copy of the work referred to was seen by 
the compiler in the library of Dr. J. Hammond 
Tramball, Hartford, Conn. 

Tnunbnll (J. Hammond). On the best 
Mfthod of Studying the North Ameri- 
ean Languages. By J. Hammond Tram- 
buU, of Hartford, Conn. 

In American Philolog. Ass. Trans. 1869-70, 
pp. 55-79, Hartford, 1871, 9P, 

Contains examples in Sionx-Dakota. 

Also issued separately. 

On Numerals in American Indian 

Languages, and the Indian Mode of 
Counting. By J. Hammond Trumbull, 
of Hartford, Conn. 

In American Philolog. Ass. Trans. 1874, pp. 
41-76. Hartford, 1875, 8°. 

Issued aUo as a separate pamphlet, as fol- 
lows : 

On I numerals | in | American Indian 

languages, | and the | Indian mode of 
counting. | By J. Hammond Trumbull, 
LL. D. I (Prom tbe Transactions of the 
Am.Philological Association, 1874.) | 

Hartford, Conn. | 1875. 

1 p. 1. pp. 1-36, 9=>.— Contains numerals in a 
Domber of Siouan dialects. 

Copies ieen: Powell, TrumbnlL 

Tamer (William Wadden). Professor 
Turner's letter on Indian philology. 

In Smithsonian Inst. Ann. Bep. 1851, pp. 93- 
S7, Washington, 1852, 8^. 



Tomer (W. W.) — Continued. 

Comments on Riggs's Dakota Grammar and 
Dictionary, and, incidentally, on Indian Ian- 
gnages generally. 

See Lndewig (H. E.). 

Tntelo: 

Numerals. See Wilson (D.). 

Vocabulary. Hale (H.). 

Words. Anderson (J.). 

Words. Hale (H.). 

Tuttle (Rev. Edmund B.). The boy's 
book I about Indians. | Being | what I 
saw and heard for three years | on the 
plains. I By | Rev. Edmund B. Tuttle, | 
Post-Chaplain, U. S. A., Fort D. A. Rus- 
sell, Wyoming Territory, 1870. | [One 
line quotation.] | 

Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott Sl 
Co. I 1873. 

Half-title 1 L title 1 1. pp. v-xii, 13-307, 80.~ 
List of names of chiefs of the following tribes, 
with English signification: Brule Sioux, pp. 
34-35; Ogalla, pp. 35-38; Yanctonal, pp. 38-39; 
Miuneconjon, pp. 39-41 ; TTucpapa Sioux, p. 41 
Blackfeet Sioux, p. 42; Ogallalla Sioux, p. 42 
Two-Kettle Band, p. 42 ; Sansareh Sioux, p. 43 
Santeo Sioux, p. 43 ; Red Cloud's staff | Sioux], 
p. 102. —Squaws of high blood, pp. 102-103.— 
Indian language, counting. Sec. [short Sioux to- 
cabulary], p. 160. — Lord's prayer in the Sioux 
language, p. 205.— Apostles' creed in Sioux, p. 
206. 
Copies ieen: British Museum, Congress. 

Two-Kettle. See Teton. 



U. 



Umfreville (Edward). The | Present 
fitate I of I Hudson's Bay. | Containing 
a full description of | that settlement, 
and the adjacent country; | and like- 
wise of I the Fur Trade, | with hints 
for its improvement, &c. &c. | To which 
are added, | remarks and observations 
made in the inland | parts, during a 
lesidence of near four years ; | a speci- 
men of five Indian languages; and a | 
Journal of a journey from Montreal to 
Kew- I York. | By Edward Umfreville ; 
I eleven years in the service of the 
Hudson's Bay Com- | pany, and four 
yeais in the Canada | Fur Trade. | 

London : Printed for Charles Stalker, 
No. 4, Stationers- | Court, Ludgate- 
Sireet. | MDCCXC [1790]. 

2 p. a pp. i-vli, 1-230, 1 1. 8°.— Vocabulary of 
44 words of tbe Assinepoetno or Stone Indians 
on r<^tng sheet facing p. 202. 

Copietse^n: Aster, Boston Athenienni, Brit- 
ish Maseom, Brown, Congress, Shea. 



Umfreville (E.) — Continued. 

Priced in Stevens's Nuggets, No. 2722, at 7t. 
6d. A t the Field sale, catalogue No. 2407, a copy 
brought$1.50 ; at the Squier sale, catalogue No. 
1446, $1.63. Priced by Quaritch. No. 28280, at 
His. 

Eduard Umfreville | tlber | den ge- 

genwartigQu Zustand | der | Uudsons- 
bay, I der dortigen | Etablissements | 
uud ihres Handels, | nebst | einer Be- 
schreibung | des Innern von Nen Wal- 
lis, I und einer | Reise von Montreal 
nachNeuYork. I AusdemEnglischen. | 
Mit I einer eigenen nenen Charte, einer 
kurzen Geographic | dieser Lander und 
mehreren Erlauterungen | herausgege- 
ben I von | E. A. W. Zimmerman, | 
Hofrath nnd Professor in Braun- 
schweig. I 
Helmstadt,bey Fleckeisen. 1791. 
Pp. i-xzvi, 1-164, map, 8o.— Vocabulary, p. 148^ 
Copies seen: Brown. 

XTncpapa. See Teton. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



74 



BIBLIOOBAPHT OF THE 



V. 



Vail (Eugene A.). .Notice | sur | lea In- 
diens | de FAm^rique do Nord, | orn^e 
de quatre portraits colori^s, dessin^ 
d'apr^ I nature, et d'ane carte, | par | 
£ag^ue A. Yail, | Citoyen des Utats- 
IlDis d^Am^rique, membre de plasiears 
Boci^t^ savantes. | 

Paris, I Artbus Bertrand, 6ditear, | 
libraire de la Socidt^ de Geographic et 
de la Soci6te Royale des Autiquaires dn 
Nord, I rue Hautefeaine,23. | 1840. 

Pp. 1-246, map, plates, SP. — Dea langues in- 
diennen, pp. 40-58, contains a few examples in 
Dacotah. 

Chpiessesn: Astor, Boston Atheneam, Brit, 
ish Maseum, Congress, Eamea, Harvard, Shea, 
Watkinson. 

At the Fischer sale Qaaritoh bought a copy, 
catalogue No. 1702, for 1«. ; another copy, No. 
2871, sold for U. 6d. ; at the Field sale, cata- 
logue No. 2410. it brought $1.25; at the Squier 
sale, catalogue No. 1456, $1.62; at the Brinley 
sale, catalogue No. 5469, $2.50; at the Pinart 
sale, catalogue No. 916, 1 fr.50 c; priced by 
Quaritcb, No. 30031, at 6«. 

VasBar (Frank). See Cook (J. W. ). 
Vater (Jobann Severiu). Uutersnchun- 
gen I iiber | Amerika's Bevoikerung | 
ans dem | alten Kontinente | dem | 
Herrn Elammerberrn | Alexander von 
Humboldt | gewidmet | von | Jobann 
Severin Vater | Professor und Biblio- 
tbekar. | 

Leipzig, I bei Friedrich CbHstian 
Wilbelm Vogel. | IblO. 

Pp.i-xii, 1-212, 120.-A few words of Nado- 
wess, pp. 150-174, 195-203. 

Oopiet Been: Astor, British Museum, Con- 
gress, Harvard, Watkinson. 

At the Fischer sale, catalogue No. 2879, a copy 
was bought by Quaritch for 1«. 6d. 

Liuguarum totius orbis | Index | 

alpbabeticus, ; quarum | Grammaticae, 
Lexica, | col lection esYOcabulorum | re- 
ceusentnr, | patriasignificatur, bistoria 
adumbratur | a | Joanne Severiuo Ya- 
tero, I Theol. Doct. [&c. 2 lines]. | 

Berolini | In officiua libraria Fr. Ni- 
colai. I MDCCCXV [1815]. 

Latin title verso L 1, German title recto 1. 2, 
dedication 2 11. preface pp. i-iv, half-title 1 1. 
text pp. 1-259, 12<'.~Li8t of works in which vo- 
cabularies in the Nadowess dialect appear, pp. 
168-165. 

OoyUi teen: Bureau of Ethnology. 

— Lltteratur | der | Granimatiken, 
Lexika | nnd | Wortersamniluugen | 



Vater (J. 8.) — Continued, 
aller Spracben der Erde | von | Jobann 
Severin Vater. | Zweite, vSllig nm- 
gearbeitete Ausgabe | von | B. Jtilg. | 

Berlin, 1847. | In der Nicolaisohen 
Bucbhandlung. 

Pp. i-xii, 1-592, 2 U. 9P. Arranged alphabet- 
ically by families, with dialect and author in- 
dexes. — List of works in : Crow, p. 73 ; loway, 
p. 498; Konsa, pp. 207, 506 ; Maha, Omawhaw, 
pp. 236, 512; Mandan, Wahtani, pp. 247, 614; 
Minetare, pp. 253, 518; Nadowessier, Sioux, 
Dahkotah,pp.261,522; Osage.pp. 269, 529 ; Oto, 
pp. 271, 530 ; Quappa, p. 534 ; Teton, p. 398 ; Tute- 
loe, pp. 423-424 ; Winnebago, p. 441 ; Yankton, 
p. 442. 

Chpiee teen: Congress, Eames, Harvard. 

The copy at the Fischer sale, catalogue No. 
1710. brought It, 

See Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J. 

8.). 
Villages, Sioux. See Blackmore (W.). 
Vocabulary : 

Assiniboin. See Adelung (J. C.) acd 

Vater (J. S.). 

Assiniboin. Bird (J.). 

Assiniboin. Denig (B. T.). 

Assiniboin. GaUatin (A.). 

Assiniboin. Hayden (F. V.). 

Assiniboin. Henry (A.). 

Assiniboin. House (J.). 

Assiniboin. UmfreviUe (B.). 

Assiniboin. Willis (W.). 

Biloxi. GatMhet(A.S.). 

Crow. Brackett (A. G.). 

Crow. Bverette(W.E.). 

Crow. GaUatin (A.). 

Crow. Geisdorff (F.). 

Crow. Hayden (F. V.). 

Crow. Latham (R.G.). 

Crow. Morgan (L. H.). 

Crow. Say (T.). 

Dakota. Campbell (J.). 

Dakota. Domenech (E.). 

Dakota. Dorsey (J. O.). 

Dakota. Gallatin (A.). 

Dakota. Hale (H.). 

Dakota. Hayden (F. V.). 

Dakota. KeaUng (W.H.). 

Dakota. Message. 

Dakota. Riggs (S. B.). 

Dakota. Vocabulary. 

Dakota. Williamson (T. 0,% 

Hidatsa. Hale (H.). 

Hidatsa. Matthews (W.). 

Iowa. Gallatin (A.). 

Iowa. Hamilton <W.). 

Iowa. Hayden (F. V.). 

Kansas. Balbl (A.). 

Kansas. Dorsey (J. O.). 

Kansas. Gataohet (A. S.). 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



8I0UAN LANGUAGES. 



75 



Vocabolaiy — 



Kansas. 
Kansas. 



Mandan. 
Ifandan. 
Mandao. 
Mandan. 
Mandan. 



Mandui. 
Mandan. 
Mandan. 
Mandan. 
Mandan. 
Mandan. 
Maudan. 
MinitarL 
MinltarL 
Minitari. 
Minitari 
MinitarL 
MinitarL 
KaadoweasL 

KaadowesaL 
KaadoweasL 

KandowessL 

KaadowesaL 

O^ala. 

Omaha. 

Omaha. 

Omaha. 

Omalia. 

Omaha. 

Omaha. 

Omaha. 

Omaha. 

Osago. 

Osage. 

Osage. 

Osage. 

Osagew 

Osage. 

0*ago. 

Osage. 

Osage. 

Osage. 

Oto. 

Oto. 

Oto. 

Ota 

Oto. 



Continned. 

See Haldeman (S. 6.). 
Leland (O.6.). 
Morgan (L. B.). 
Say (T.). 
Stubbe (A.W.). 
Bowen (B.F.). 
CatUn (G.). 
Doroenech (S.). 
Donnelly (I ). 
Gallatin (A.). 
HaU(C.L.). 
Hayden(F.V.). 
Hoffman (W.J.). 
Kipp (J.). 
Latham (R. G.). 
Morgan (L. H.). 
Oaflnesqae (C. S.). 
Smet (P.J.de). 
Balbi(A.). 
GaUatin (A.). 
Hayden (F.V.). 
Latham (R.G.). 
Morgan (L. li.). 
Say (T.). 
Adelang (J. G.) and 

Vater (J. S.). 
Barton (B. 8.)- 
Baudry de Losidres 

(L.K.). 
Carver (J.). 
Edwarda (J.). 
vErerette (W.E.). 
Balbi (A.). 
Gallatin (A.). 
Hamilton (W.). 
Hayden (F. V.). 
Morgan (L.H.)- 
Biggs (8. R.). 
Say (T.). 

Williamson (T. S.). 
Adelung (J. C.) and 

Vater (J. S.). 
Balbi (A.). 
Bradbury (J.). 
Domeneoh (B.). 
Dorsey (J. O.). 
Gallatin (A.). 
Latham (R. G.). 
Murray (— ). 
Pike (A.). 
Vocabulary. 
Balbi (A.). 
Gallatin (A.K 
Hayden (F. V.). 
Morgan (L. H.). 
Say (T.). 



Vocabulary - 
Ponka. 
Ponka. 
Ponka. 
Ponka. 
Qoapaw. 
Quapaw. 
Qoapaw. 
Quapaw. 
Santee. 
San tee. 
Santee. 
Bantee. 
Santee. 
Sioux. 
Sioux. 
Sioux. 
Sioux. 
Sioux. 
Sioux. 
Teton. 
Teton. 
Teton. 
Tutelo. 
Winnebago. 
Winnebago. 
Winnebago. 
Winnebago. 
Winnebago. 
Winnebago. 
Winnebaga 
Winnebago. 
Winnebago. 
Winnebago. 
Winnebago. 
Winnebago. 
Yankton. 
Yankton. 



-Continaed. 

See Dorsey (J. O.). 
Fontanelle (H.). 
Riggs(S.R.). 
WlUUmson (T. &). 
Barton (B.S.). 
Dorsey (J. O.). 
Gallatin (A.). 
Hadley (L.F.). 
Gardiner (W.H.). 
Morgan (L. H.). 
Riggs(M.A.C.). 
WUliamson (J. P.). 
WUllamson (T. 8.). 
Atwater (C). 
Balbi (A.). 
Husband (B.). 
Indian. 

Smet (P.J.de). 
Tattle (E. B.). 
Bierstadt (A.). 
Corliss (A.H.). 
Everette(W.E.). 
Hale (B.). 
Balbi (A.). 
BoUvin (K.). 
Dorsey (J. O.). 
Edwards (J.). 
Foster (T.). 
GaUaUn (A.). 
Hayden (F. V.). 
Latham (R. G.). 
Long /S. H.). 
Morgan (L. H.). 
Rigg8(S.R.). 
Williamson (T. S.). 
Gallatin (A.). 
Say (T.). 



Vocabulary of the Dakota. ♦ 

In Soci6t6 Ethnologique, M6moires, voL 2, p. 

264, Paris. 1845, 8o. 
Title from Ludewig's Literature of American 

languages, p. 60. 

[Vocabulary of the Dakota, taken down 
from Manzaknte mani.] * 

Manuscript, 14 pp. folio, in the library of Mr. 
J. G. Shea. Elisabeth. K. J. 

[Vocabulary of the Osage language.] 
Manuscript, pp. 1-S, SP, in the library of Con- 
gress, being aflSxed to the copy of rol. 2 of 
Volney's Tableau du olimat &c 



Voyage k la Louisiane. 
Lozi^re8^L.N.). 



See Baudry de 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



76 



BIBLIOGBAPHY OF THE 



w. 



IT^aHopinilite toinkBa. See Hall (C. 

"Wahpetoii. See Santee. 

^Wakanna (Thomas). See Cook (J. W.) 
and others. 

IT^akantanka. See Ravouz (A.). 

"Walker (Luke C). See Cook (J. W.) 
and others. 

See Hinman (S. D.) and Cook (J. 

W.). 

^Walking Elk. SeeRiggs (S.R.). 

177arden (David Baillie). Recherches | 
sur les I antiqait^ de PAm^rique | 
Septentrionale, | par D. B. Warden, | 
membre correspondant de FAcad^mie 
des sciences de Tlnstitat | royal, etc., 
etc. I (Ouvrage extrait du 2^ volume 
•des M^moires de la dite Soci^t^.) | 

Paris, I Everat, imprimeur-libraire, 
I rue du Cadran, No 16. | 1827.. 

Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-144, 4©. Prd- 
tendue affiiiit6 des langaes indiennes avec 
eelles de divers penples, pp. 112-120, includes a 
few words of Naudowesses or Sioux. 
Copies 9een: Congress. 

The later edition, 1834, of this work does not 
contain the Sioux words. (Bancroft) 

'Warren (Lieut, (Jouvemeur Kemble). 
34th Congress, | Ist Session. | Senate. | 
Ex. Doc. I No. 76. | Explorations | in 
the I Dacota country, | in the year 
l>-55. I By I Lieut. G. K. Warren, | to- 
pographical engineer of the ''Sioux ex- 
pedition." I 

Washington: | A. O. P. Nicholson, 
Senate printer. | 1H56. 

1 p. 1. pp. 1-79, i-vi, map, 8®. — Names of Da- 
cota tribes, with English signification, pp. 15-16. 

Oopiet seen : Astor, National Mnsenm, Pow- 
elL 

Washashe wageressa. See Montgomery 
(W. B.) and Requa (W. C). 

Watkinson : This word following a title indicates 
that a copy of the work referred to was seen 
by the compiler in the Watkinson Library, 
Hartford, Conn. 

Wdkuntl Eeifa. See Merrill (M.). 

'Wdtwhtl Wd wdklha. See Merrill (M. ). 

Welsh (William). See Hinman (S. D.) 

and Welsh (W.). 
Weston (Philip). See Cook (J. W.) and 

others. 



Wewvheekju. See Hamilton (W.) and 
Irvin (S. M.). 

Wliipple (BUhop Henry Benjamin). See 
Hinman (S. D.) and Wliipple (H. B.). 

Wlcolcage, hdinanpapL See William- 
son (T. S.). 

Wicoicage wowapi. See Williamson 
(T. S.). 

Wicoicage wowapi. See Williamson 
(T. S.) and others. 

Wicoie wowapi. See Riggs (A. L.). 

Wicoie wowapi kin. See Riggs ( A. L. ). 

Wiconi owihanke. See Renville (J.) 
and Williamson (T. S.). 

[Williams (J. Fletcher). ] Bibliography 
of Minnesota. Prepared by the libra- 
rian of the society. 

In Minnesota Hist Soo. ColLvol. 3 (1870-1880), 
pp. 13-75, Saint Paul, 1880. 8o. 

Includes a ** Dakota bibliography," pp. 37- 

42, consisting of a list of Dakota works in the 

library of the society ; in its preparation Mr. 

Williams was assisted by Bev. S. B. Biggs. 

Issued separately as follows : 

Bibliography of Minnesota. | From 

the I Minnesota Historical Collections— 
Vol. m. Part I. I Ry J. Fletcher Will- 
iams : I secretary of the Minnesota His- 
torical Society; corresponding | mem- 
ber of the historical societies of Peon- 
sylvania | and Virginia. | Fifty copies 
separately printed. | 

St. Paul : I office of the Press Print- 
ing Company. I 1870. 

Pp. 1-65, 8o.~ Dakota bibliography, pp. 27-38. 

Copies seen : Congress, Pilling. 

Williamson (A. W.). Is the Dakota re- 
lated to the Indo European languages? 
By A. W. Williamson, adj*t prof, math- 
ematics, of Augustan College, Rock 
Island, Illinois. 

In Minnesota Acad. Nat Sci. BulL vol 2, 
pp. 110-142, MinneapoUs, 1881, SP. 

Separately issued as follows : 

Is the Dakota related to the Indo 

European languages t By A. W. Will- 
iamson, adj^t prof, mathematics, of 
Augustan College, Rock Island, Illinois. 
[1881.] 

No title-page; pp. 1-88, 8o.— Numerals, 1-10, 
in the Dakota, Iowa, Omaha, and Hidataa Ian- 
guages, p. 2a 

Copies seen : Powell, TmmbaU. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



8I0UAN LANGUAGES. 



77 



WilHamBon (A. W.)— Continned. 

The Dakotan languages, and their 

relations to other langaages. By A. W. 
Williamson. 

In American Antiqnarian, vol 4, pp. 110-128, 
Chicikffo,1882,8o. 
Separately iaaaed as follows : 

The Dakotan Languages | hy | A. W. 

Williamson. | Angnstana College, Rock 
Island, Illinois. | From | American An- 
tiquarian, January, 1882. 
Printed title on coTer, 10 nnnnmbered IL 9P. 

Minnesota geographical names de- 

riyed from the Dakota language, with 
some that are ohsolete. By Prof. A. W. 
Williamson. 

In €^eol. and Nat. Hist Snrv. Minn. 13th 
Ann. Rep. pp. 104-112, St Paol, 1885, B°. 

Pronunciation is indicated and sijniiflcation 
given. The anthor acknowledges his indebt- 
edness to an able article by Rev. A. L. Biggs in 
lapi oaye, January. 1883, and to information ob- 
tained from his father, Rev. T. S.Williamson. 

Noticed and some extracts given in The 
Press. St Paol, Hinn., October 24, 1885. 
(Powell.) 

Mr. A. W. Williamson, son of Dr. T. a Will- 
iamson, was bom at Lao-qui-parle, Minn., in 
1838. He was graduated from Marietta Col- 
lege. Ohio. 1857. From December. 1871, to De- 
cember, 1872, he was principal of the Odawah 
Mission Boarding School. Bad River, Wis. 

WilliamBon {Bev, John Poage). Oowa 
wowapi, I Dakota lap! en. | John P. 
Williamson, | owa. | [Picture.] | 

New York: | printed for the Ameri- 
can Board by | the American Tract So- 
ciety. I 1865. 

lAieral (rofwfation : Letter book, Dakota 
speech in. John P. Williamson, he-wrote-it 

Printed cover asabove,wlthoutthe date, verso 
a hymn in Dakota, title as above 1 1. text pp. 
»-80.12^. 

(kpietftn: TmmbalL 

There are editions of 1871 (Congress. Pilling, 
Powell, Shea), 1873 (Powell), and 1876 (PoweU) 
difiering fhun the above only in date. 

English-Dakota | Vocabulary. | 

Wa&cun iapi | lesca wowapi. | Tona 
Wa^icnn iapi onispepi kin yacinpi wo- 
wapi I kin de on ociciyapi wacanmi qa 
wakage. | Edited | by John P. William- 
son, I Missionary of the A. B. C. F. M. | 

Edward R. Pond Mazaehde. | Sautee 
Agency Neb. | 1871. 

Literal translation: Frenchman speech inter- 
prster something- written. How-many French, 
man speech ye-know-how-to-read the ye-desire 
something- written the this by-means-of I-aid- 
ye I thought and I made-it 



Williamaon (J. P.)— Continued. 

3 p. IL pp. 1-187, sm. HP, in the Santee dialect 
Copies eeen: British Museum, Smithsonian 
Institution, Trumbull. 

[ ] [English-Dakota school dictionary. 

Greenwood, Yankton Agency, D. T.,. 
1871.] 

No tiUe-page ; pp. 1-24. lO^. Alphabetically 
arranged, two columns to the page. Page 1, 
first column, contains words beginning with 
the letter A ; second column^ B ; page 2, first- 
column, BE, &c. 

Oopieeeeen: TrumbulL 

An I English-Dakota | school dic- 
tionary. I Wa^icun qa Dakota | leska^ 
wowapi. I Compiled by | Rev. John P. 
Williamson, | missionary of the Presby'n 
B'd of For'n Missions. | [Four lines- 
quotation.] I 

Iapi Oaye Press : | Yankton Agency,. 
D.T. 11886. 

Title verso blank 1 1. 1 1. in Dakota and 1 in> 
English, containing the Dakota alphabet, re- 
marks on accent, Sec. text pp. 1-144. double col- 
umns, 120. '*In this Tocabulary the Santee- 
dialect has been placed first. The regular dia- 
lectic changes of d and n into { for the Tvton 
and of M into kd for Yankton and gl for Teton 
are not noted; but a considerable number or 
other dialectic differences are given." 

Copiet seen : Dorsey, Massachusetts Histori- 
cal Society, Pilling, PowelL 

[ ] [Primer in the Yankton dialect or 

the Dakota language. 
Santee Agency, Neb., 1874.] 
Ko title-page ; 8 unnumbered U. sq. 16o. First ■ 
page contains the alphabet and numerals, 1-39. 
The first work printed in the Yankton dialect. 
(Jopies seen : Trumbull. 

See Riggs (S. R.) and ^Williamson. 

(J. P.). 

editor. See Iapi oaye. 

£ and Riggs (A. L.).] Dakota Odo- 

wan. 1 Dakota Hymns. | Published by | 
the Dakota Mission | of the | American 
Board | and the | Presbyterian Board 
of Foreign Missions. | 

Printed by the | American Tract So- 
ciety, I 150 Nassau Street, New York. | 
1879. 

Title 1 1. preface signed by above as editors, 
verso Lord's prayer, doxology. Sec. 1 1. text p^. 
5-124, contents Sec pp. 125-133, 4<>, in the Santee- 
dialect. Most of the hymns are set to music. 
On p. 133 is a list of contributors, as follows: 
Thomas S. Williamson. Joseph Benville, jr.. 
Stephen R Riggs. Antoine Renville. 

Samuel W. Pond. John B. Renville. 

Gideon H. Pond. Daniel Renville. 



Digitized by VjOOQIC 



78 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OP THE 



^^T^ilUamson (J. P.) and Riggs (A. L.) — 
Contioued. 
AmoA W. Hnggins. Antoine D. Frenier. 

Joho P. Williamson. Lorenso Lawrence. 
Alfred L. Rlggs. Edwin Pbelps. 

W. J. Cleveland. Thomas Bobertson. 

Joseph RenTille. 

Copies seen : American Tract Society. 
A later edition as follows : 

t ] Dakota odowan. | Dakota 

hymns. | Published by | the Dakota 
Mission | of the i American Missionary 
Association | and the | Presbyterian 
Board of Foreign Missions. | 

Printed by the | American Tract So- 
ciety, I 150 Nassau street, New York. | 
1883. 

Pp. 1-138. 40. 

Copies teen: PiUins. Powell. 

I ] Odowan. | Dakota hymns, | 

published by | the Dakota Mission. | 

Printed by the | American Tract So- 
ciety, I 150 Nassau street, New York. | 
1881. 

Title verso "Edited by John P. Williamson 
and Alfted L. Rifcgs " 1 L prefietce verso doxol- 
ogy dec 1 I text entirely in Dakota (with the 
exception of English headings to the hymns) 
pp. 6-213, contents pp. 214-222, 24o. 

The list of contributors is as follows: 

5. R. Riggs. A. D. Frenier. 

J. P. Williamson. John B. Renville. 

A. W. Hnggins. A. L. Riggs. 

Joseph Ren ville, Jr. W. J. Cleveland. 

6. H. Pond. T. S. Williamson. 
S. W. Pond. A. Renville. 
Copies seen: Powell. 

Mr. J. P.Williamson, son of Dr. T. S. William- 
son, was bom at Lac-qni-parle, Minn., in Octo- 
ber, 1835. He was gradaated from Marietta 
College in 1857 and from Lane Theological Sem- 
inary in 1860. From 1860 until 1862 he was a 
missionary among the Dakota at the Lower 
Agency, Minnesota, and since then on the Mis- 
souri River. 

Williamson (Nancy Jane). SeeHuggins 
(E.) and Willianison (N. J.). 

Miss Williamson was born at Lac-qui-parle, 
Minn.. July 28, 1840. In 1878 she Joined her 
brother, J. P. Williamson, in missionary labor at 
Tank ton Agency, Dak., and remained nntil her 
death, November 18, 1877. 

Williamson (Dr. Thomas Smith). Wi- 
coicage. Genesis, in the Dakota lan- 
guage ; Translated from the Hebrew, by 
Thomas S. Williamson, M. D. 

In Williamson (T. S.) and others, Wicoicage 
wowapi, pp. 3-106, Cincinnati, 1842, 12o. 

-^— Wicoicage wowapi, | Mowis owa : | 
qa I wiooie wakan kin, | Salomon kaga. 



Williamson (T. S.) — Continued. 

I Pejihuta Wicasta | Dakota iapi en 
kaga. I The Books | of | Genesis and 
Proverbs, | in the , Dakota Language, | 
Translated from the original Hebrew, | 
by Thos. S. Williamson, A. M., M. D. | 

New York : | American Bible Society, 
I Instituted in the year MDCCCXVI. | 
1865. 

Literal translation: Generation something* 
written, Moses wrote-it: and word mysterious 
the, Solomon he-made-it. Grass man [T. 8. 
Williamson] Dakota speech in he-made-lL 
I Pp. 1-115. I60, in the Santee dialect 

Copies seen : American Board of Commission- 
ers. 

I have seen ediUons of 1866, 1807, 1874, and 
1878, with no change of title except in date. 

Hdinanpapi, | wowapi Mowis owa 

inonpa kin, | Dakota iapi en | Pejuta 
Wicasta kaga. | Exodus, | the second 
book of Moses, | in the Dakota Lan- 
guage, I translated from the original 
Hebrew, | by Thos. Williamson, A. M., 
M. D. 1 Missionary of the A. B. C. F. M. | 

New York : | American Bible Society, 
I Instituted in the year MDCCCXVI. | 
1869. 

Literal translation: They-came-out-of, some> 
thing- written Moses he-wrote-it the-second the, 
DakotA speech in Grass man [T. S. Williamsonl 
he-made-it. 

Pp. 1-65. I80, in the Santee dialect 

Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So* 
ciety, Trumbull. 

Lewi toope, | wowapi Mowis owa 

iyamni kin, | Dakota iapi en | Pejuta 
Wicasta kaga. | Leviticus, | the third 
book of Moses, | in the Dakota lan- 
guage, I translated from the original 
Hebrew, | by Thomas Williamson, A. 
M. ; M. D., I Missionary of the A. B. C. 
F. M. I 

New York: | American Bible Society, 
I Instituted in the year MDCCCXVI. | 
1869. 

Literal translation: Levi hls-law, something- 
written Moses he-wrote-it the-third the, Da- 
kota speech in Grass man [T. S. Williamson] 
he-raade-it. 

Pp. 1-47, I60. in the Santee dialect 

Copies seen: Trumbull. 

Wicoicage, hdinanpapi, | Lewi too- 
pe, qa wicayawapi. | The | First Four 
Books of Moses, | in the | Dakota Lan- 
guage : Translated from the Hebrew, | 
by I Rev. T. S. Williamson, M. D. 1 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



SIOUAN LANGUAGES. 



79 



W^illiamaon (T. S.) — Continned. 

New York : | American Bible Society, 
I Institated in the year MDCCCXVI. | 
1872. 

Literal tramlation: Generation, they-oame- 
oiit-of, Levi his-law, and they-coanted-thom. 
Pp. 1-254, \2P, in the Santee dialect 
Copietteen: Doraey. 

W«»ope Mowls owa kin | Dakota iapi 

en I Pejata Wicasta kaga. | The | Law 
written by Moses, | in the Dakota Lan- 
guage : I translated from the Hebrew, | 
I by I Rev. T. S. Williamson, A. M.,M. 
D.y Missionary. | 

New York : | American Bible Society, 
I Instituted in the year MDCCCXVI. | 
1872. 

Literal translation: Law Moses he-wrote-it 
the Dakota speech in Grass man [T. S. William- 
son] he-made>it. 

Pp. 1-254. 160. in the Santee dialect 

Copies seen : American Bible Society, British 
Ifnseum. 

Appended, without title.page, is : 

[ ] Woope Itakihna. [Deuteronomy. 

1872.] 

Pp. 1-57, leo. 

I have seen copies of the entire work with 
titles as above, but dated 1874. (Congress, 
PoweU.) 

Who were the first men t 

In Minnesota Hist Soo. ColL voL 1, pp. 295- 
801, St Paul, 1872. go. 
Many Dskota terms passim. 

Josuwa, I qa Wayacopi kin, | qa 

Rate, I oahnyanpi qon | oyakapi wo- 
wapi kin. | The | books of Joshua, 
Judges, I and Ruth, | in the Dakota 
language: | translated from the He- 
brew, I by I Rev. Thomas 8, William- 
eon, A. M., M. D., I missionary Presby- 
terian Board of Foreign Missions. | 

New York : ' American Bible Spciety, ' 
instituted in the year MDCCCXVI. | | 
1875. , 

Literai translation : Joshua, and Judges the, 
And Bnth. they-aoted in-the-past they-told-it 
•<nnething. written the. 

Pp. 1-61 , l<r>, in the Santee dialect | 

Copies seen: PowelL 

[ComparatiyeyocabularyoftbeWin- , 

nebago, Omaha, Ponka, and Dakota, I 
with remarks on the same. 1858.] | 

Manuscript, pp. 1-38, 4°, in the library of the ' 
Bateau of Ethnology. 



[Vocabulary of the Isanati Sionx 



(Dakota).] 



:i 



'Williamflon (T. S.) — Continued. 

Manuscript, 17 pp. folio, with some additional 
words on backs of pages. In the library of Dr. 
J. G. Shea. 

See Renville (J.) and 'WiUiamson 

(T. S.). 

SeeRigg8(S.R.). 

See Riggs (S. R.) and 'Williamson 

(J. P.). 

See 'Williamson (J. P.) and Riggs 

(A.L.). 

aud Riggs (Stephen R.). Wowapi 

wakan; | Dakota iapi en. | Pejihuta- 
wica^ta qa Tamakoce ! oka£;api. i The | 
Holy Bible: | containing the greater 
part of I the Old Testament and the 
New Testament ; | in the | Dakota lan- 
guage. I Translated from the originals, I 
by T. S. Williamson aud S. R. Riggs, 
missionaries. | 

Ne w York : | American Bible Society, 
iustitnted in the year MDCCCXVI. | 
1877. 

Literal translation : Something-written mys- 
terious. Dakota speech in. Grass-man (T. S. 
Williamson] and Hiscountry [S. R. Riggsl 
they-made-it-after-a-oopy. 

Under this title-page have been bound vari* 
ous portions of the Scriptures which had pre- 
viously appeared at various dates, some with 
title-page, others with caption only. They are 
as follows : 

Williamson (T. S.), Woope Mowis, The Law 
written by Moses, New York, 1874, pp. 1-264, 
and [Deuteronomy], pp. 3-57. 

Jo^uwa qa Wayacopi kin. Books of 

Joshua Slo. New York, 1875, pp. 1-81, and 
[First and Second Samuel], pp. 891-478. 

Riggs (S. R.), Psalm wowapi. The book of 
Psalms, New York, 1874, pp. 1-133, and [Prov- 
erbs-Isaiah ] , pp. 135-265. 

Jeremiah, Ezekiel, Daniel, ^c New 

York, 1«77, pp. 267-531. 

Dakota wowapi &o. The New Testa- 
ment, New York, 1874, pp. 1-408. 

Copies seen : American Bible Society, British 
Museum, Powell. 
Some copies are dated 1870. (Shea.) 

Dakota | wowapi wakan. | 

The I Holy Bible, | in the | language of 
the Dakotas : | translated out of | the 
original tongues ; | by Thomas S. Will- 
iamsou and Stephen E. Riggs, | mis- 
Hiouaries. | 

New York : | American Bible Society, 
I instituted in the year 1816. | 1880. 

Pp. 1-254. 3-57. 8-«l, 891-755, 8-531, and New 
TesUraent, 1-408, 99. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



80 



BILIOGRAPHY OP THE 



'Williamson (T. S.) — CoDtioaed. 

ThouKh printfed for the most part from the 
same platee m the edition of 1877, a change in 
the pagination will be noticed, L e., pp. 891-478 
in the former become 391-755 in this edition. 
This is caused by the following additions: 
First and Second Kings, pp. 479-569 ; First and 
Second Chronicles, pp. 570-663; Ezra, pp. 664- 
680; Nehemiah, pp. 680-702; Esther, pp. 703- 
715; Job, pp. 715-755. 

Unlike the 1874 edition, the different parts, 
with the exception of the New Testament, are 
not preceded by separate title-pages, and I am 
unable to give each translator credit for his 
part of the above. 

The title-page of the New Testament, trans- 
lated by S. R. Riggs, is exactly like that of the 
edition of 1874. 

These additions make the Dakota Bible com- 
plete—the first, so far aa I know, except the 
Cree and Eskimo, in any Indian tongne since 
Eliot's Bible in the Massachusetts language. 
The Muskoki is nearly complete. 

OopiMteen: Pilling, Powell 

Some copies are dated 1883. (British and 
Foreign Bible Society.) 

and others. Wicoicage wowapi, | qa 

odowan wakan, | Heberi iapi etanhan 
kagapi. | Pejihnta wicaxta, PsiDciuca, 
qa Tamakoce, okagapi \ kiahenaeepi. | 
The book | of | Genesis, | and a part of 
the I Psalms, | in the Dakota language ; 
translated from the original | Hebrew, 
by the missionaries of the A. B. C. F. 
M.y I and Mr. Joseph Renville, sr. | 

Printed for the American Board of 
Commissioners for Foreign Missions. | 
Cincinnati, Ohio : | Kundall and Bar- 
nard, printers. | 1642. 

Literal tran^oHon : Grenerations something- 
written, and song mysterious, Hebrew speech 
fh>m they-made-it. Grass man [T. S. 'Will- 
iamson], Bice-child [G. H. Pond], and His- 
country [S. R. RiggsJ they-made-it-after-a-copy 
the those are-they. 

Pp. 1-206, leo, in the Santee dialect Made up 
of translations by different authors, as follows : 

Williamson (T. S.), Wicoicage, Genesis, pp. 
3-106. 

Riggs (S. R.) and Renville (J.), Odowan Wa- 
kan. Part of the Psalms, pp. 107-160. 

Fond (G. H.), Wootanin waxte Lnka owa qon, 
The Gospel by Luke, pp. 103-241. 

Renville (J.), Wootanin waxte Jan, The Gos- 
pel of John, pp. 242-205. 

The last two papers are Joined under one 
title-page and are dated 1843. See Fond (G. H.) 
and Renville (.J.). 

Copies seen : Boston Athenieum, British and 
Foreign Bible Society, Congress, Powell, Trum- 
bull 

Priced by Leclerc, 1878, Na 2204, at 3I> fr. 
The Brinley copy, catalogue No. 5758, brought 
$1.25. 



'Williamson (T. 8.) and others— Con- 
tinned. 

Dr. WiUiamaon, "the father of the Dakota 
mission," was bom in Union District, S. C, in 
March, 1800, and died in St. Peter, Minn., June 
24, 1870. He completed his medical education 
at Yale College, gitiduating in 1824, and settled 
at Ripley, Ohio, where he was married April 
10, 1827. In the spiing of 1834, under the au- 
spices of the American Board of CommisaioDeFS 
for Foreign Missions, he made a trip as far weat 
as Ft. Snelling. Returning to Ohio, he was 
ordained as missionary by theChillicothe Pres- 
bytery, and soon after was appointed by the 
board as missionary to the Dakotas. In April, 
1835, Dr. Williamson left for his field of work 
and arrived at Ft Snelling May 10. He re- 
mained among the Dakota as missionary until 
the outbreak in 1861. 

Willis (William). Article XI. The In- 
dians of HudsoD's Bay, and their lan- 
guage; selected from Umfreville's 
"Present state of Hadson's Bay," by 
Wm. Willis. 

In Maine Hist. Soc.ColLvol. 6, pp. 285-272, 
Portland, 1850. 8o. 

Vocabulary (28 words) in the Assinee Pue- 
tuc language, p. 27L 

Wilaon (Daniel). The Huron-Iroqnois 
of Canada, a typical race of American 
aborigines. By Daniel Wilson, LL. D., 
F. R. S. E., President of University Col- 
lege, Toronto. 

In Royal Soc. of Canada Proc. and Trans, 
for 1884, voL 2. pp. 55-106, Montreal, 1885, 40. 

Comparative Ubles of numerals (1-20, 80, 100, 
1,000) in various American langnagee, 1 
them the Tutelo, pp. 92-04. 
See Hale (H.). 
Winnebago : 

Dictionary. See Dorsey (J. O.). 

General discussion. Baird <H. S.). 

General discussion. Ramsey (A.). 

Grammatic comments. Dorsey (J. O.). 

Grammatic comments. Hayden (F. Y.). 

Letters. Dorsey (J. O.). 

Names of months. Fletcher (J. C). 

Numerals. James (£.). 

Numerals. I^wry (E.). 

Personal names. Baird (H. S.). 

Personal names. Catalogue. 

Personal names. Catlin (G.). 

Personal names. Foster (T.). 

Personal names. Indian. 

Personal names. Treaties. 

Prayer book. Massnchelli (S.). 

Relationshipa Morgan (L. H.). 

VocabuUry. Balbi (A.). 

Vocabulary. Boilvin (N.). 

Vocabulary. Dorsey (J. 0.)» 

Vocabulary. Edwards (J.). 

Vocabulary. Foster (T.). 

Vocabuhiry. Gallatin (A.K 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



SIOUAN LANOUAOES 



81 



'Winnebago — Continned. 

Vocabulary. See Hayden (P, V.). 



I "Words— -Continued. 



Vocabolary. 

Vocabolaty. 

Vocabulary. 

Vocabalary. 

Vocabulary. 

Words. 

Worda. 



Latham (K.G.). 
Long (S. H.). 
Morgan (L. H.). 
Rigga (S. R.). 
Williamson (T. 8.). 
Investigator. 
Kinzie (J. fl.). 



Wiaconain Historiciil Society : These words fol" 
lowing a title indicate that n copv of the work 
referred to was seen in the library of the above 
society. Madison, Wis. 

"Woahope Wikcemna kin. The Ten 
Commandments and the Lord's Prayer, 
in the Dakota Language. 
Boston. 1842. * 

1 sheet. Title from * ' Dakota bibliography, " 
in Williams's Bibliography of Minnesota. The 
copy deeeribed therein belonged to the library 
of the Minnesota Historical Society, which was 
destroyed by fire in 188L 

Wocekiye wowapi. See Hinman (S. 

D.). 
Woonspe itakihna. See Renville (J. 

B.). 
Woonspe wankantn. See Riggs (A. L.). 
"Woope Mowis. See Williamson (T. S. ). 
Woopi Itakihna. See Williamson (T. 

S.). 
Wootanin waxte. See Pond (G. H.) 

and Renville (J.). 

Words: 

Assinibohi. See Chase (P. B.). 

Crow. Beckwourth (J.P.). 

Crow. Chase (P. E.). 

Crow. Latham (R. G.). 

Crow. Maximilian (A. P.). 

Dakota. Buschmann (J. C. E. ). 

Dakota. Donnelly (I.). 

Dakota. Gordon <H. L.). 

Dakota. Hale <H.). 

SIOUAN 6 



See Hoffman* (W. J.). 
Latham (R.G.). 
Lynd (J. H.). 
Mallery (G.). 
Morgan (L. H.). 
Norris (P. W.). 
Schomburgk(R.U.). 
Trumbull (J. H.). 
Vail (E. A.). 
WillUrason (T.S.). 
Chaso(P.£.). 
Maximilian (A. P.). 
Catlin (G.). 
Frost (J.). 
Ha!e (E. E.). 
Johues (A. J.). 
Cbarencey (E. de). 
Vater (J. S.). 
Warden (D. B.). 
Latham (R.G.). 
Clarkson (M.). 
Hunter (J. D.). 
Latham (R.G.). 
Murray (— ). 
Latham (R.G.). 
Frost (J.). 
Sage(R.B.). 
Maximilian (A. P.). 
Anderson (J ). 
Hale (O.). 
Investigator. 
Kinzie (J. H.). 
Latham (H. G.). 

See Pond (S.W.). 

Wo'wapi Mitawa. See Riggs (S. R.). 

Wowapi Nitawa. See Riggs (S. R.). 

Wowapi wakai). See Williamson (T. 
S.) and Riggs (S. R.). 

WewvhsBkju. See Hamilton (W.) and 
Irvin(S.M.). 

Wvrohas. See Hamilton ( W. ) and Irvin 
(S.M.). 



Dakota. 

Dakota. 

DakoU. 

Dakota. 

Dakota. 

Dakota. 

Dakota. 

Dakota. 

Dakota. 

Dakota. 

Iowa. 

Kansas. 

Mandan. 

Mandan. 

Mandan. 

Mandan. 

MinitarL 

Naudowessi. 

Kaudowesai 

Omaha. 

Osage. 

Osage. 

Osage. 

Osage. 

Qnapaw. 

Sioux. 

Sioux. 

Teton. 

Tatelo. 

Tutelo. 

Winnebago. 

Winnebago. 

Yankton. 

Wowapi Inonpa. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



82 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE SIOUAN LANGUAGES. 



Yankton: 

Bible, Genesis (com* 

ments oo). 
Catechism. 

Constitution. 

Dictionary. 
General discossion. 
Hymns. 

Nnroerals. 

Periodical. 

Periodical. 

Personal names. 

Personal names. 

Personal names. 

Phrases. 

Prayers. 

Prayers. 

Primer. 

Relationships. 

Songs. 

Vocab alary. 

Vocabolary. 

Words. 

7aw8e pahncaB. See 
Irvln(S.M.). 



See Cook (J. W.). 

Cook (J. W.) and 

Cook (J. S.). 
Cook (J. W.) and 

others. 
Williamson (J. P.). 
Maximilian (A. P.). 
Cook (J. W.) and 

others. 
James (£.). 
Anpao. 
lapi. 
Indian. 
Treaties. 
Tuttle(E.B.). 
Cook (J. W.). 
Cook (J. W.). 
Hemans (D. W.). 
Williamson (J. P.). 
Morgan (L. H.). 
Baker (T.). 
Gallatin (A.). 
Say (T.). 
Latham (R. G.). 

HamUton(W.)aiid 



Touth's. The youth's | companion : | A 
javenile monthly Magazine published 
for I the benefit of the Paget Sound 
Catholic Indian | Missions; and set to 
type, printed and in part | written by 
the pupils of the Tulalip, Wash. Ty. | 
Indian Industrial Boarding Schools, 
under | the control of the Sisters of 
Charity. | Approved by the Rt. Rev. 
Bishop [^gidins of Nesqually]. | Vol. 
I. May, 1881. No. l[-.Vol. V. May, 
1886. No. 60]. 

[Tulalip Indian Reservation, Snoho- 
mish Co. W.T.] 

Edited by Bev. J. B. Boolct. Instead of 
being paged continaoosly, continued articles 
have a separate pagination dividing the TBgn- 
lar numbering. For instance, in No. 1, pp. 
11-14, Lives of the saints, are numbered 1-4 
and the article is continued in No. 2 on pi». 
5S, taking the place of pp. 41-44 of the regu- 
lar numbering. Discontinued after May, 1886, 
on account of the protracted illness of the 
editor. 

Lord's prayer in Osage, p. 150. 

Copies seen : Congress, Powell, Shea. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



CHRONOLOGIC INDEX. 



LIST OF AUTHORS, IN CHEONOLOGIO OBDEB, WHO HAVE WBITTEN IN 
OB UPON THE SIOUAN LANGUAGES. 



1«$0 

1790 

1791 

1775 

1778 

1779 

1779 

1780 

1781 

1781 

1784 

1784 

1784 

1789 

1790 

1791 

1793 

1794 

1795 

1790 

1796 

1797 

1787 

1798 

1798 
1799-1811 

1802 

1802 
1800-1817 

1807 

1808 

1810 

1813 
1814-1834 

1815 

1817 

1819 

1821 

1838 

1823 

1823 

1823 

1823 

1823 

1823 

1823 

1823 

1824 

1^4 



Hennepin (L.). 

Jeflerya (T.). 

Jefferya (T.). 

Coort de Gebelin (A de), note. 

Carver (J.). 

Carver (J.). 

Carver (J.). 

Carver <J.). 

Carver (J.). 

Court do Gebelin (A. de). 

Carver (J.). 

Carver (J.). 

Carver (J.). 

Carver (J.). 

Umfreville (B.). 

UmfreviUe (E.). 

Carver (J.), note. 

Carver (J.). 

Carver (J.), note. 

Carver <J.). 

Carver (J.). 

Barton (B. S.). 

Carver (J.). 

Barton (B. S.). 

Carver (J.), note. 

Henry (A.). 

Bandry de LoziArea (L. N.). 

Carver (J.), note. 

Adelnng (J. C.) and Vater (J. S.). 

Carver (J.), note. 

Carver (J.), note. 

Tater(J.S.). 

Carver (J.). 

BoQvin (K.). 

Vater (J. 8.). 

Bradbnry (J.). 

Bradbnry (J.). 

Hurray (— ). 

Edwards (J.). 

Edwarda (J.). 

Hunter (J. D.). 

Honter (J. D.). 

Hnntor (J. D.). 

Jamea (E.). 

James (E.). 

Lonjs (S. H.). 

Say (T.). 

Beltrami (G. C). 

Hnnter (J. D.). 



1824 
1824 
1835 
1826 
1826 
1826 
1827 
1828 
1828 
1828 
1880 
1830 
1831 
1831 
1831 
1882-1883 
1833 
1833 
.1833 
1834 
1834 
1834 
1834 
1834 

1835 
1836 

1836 
1836 
1836-1840 
1837 
1837 
1837 
1837 
1837 
1838 



1839 

1839 

1839 

1839 

1839 
1839-1841 

1840 

1840 

1840 
1840-1843 

1841 



Hnnter (J. D.). 

Keating (W.H.). 

Keating (W. H.). 

Balbi (A.). 

Hnnter (J. D.), note. 

Indian. 

Warden (D. B.). 

Beltrami (G. C). 

Chateau briand (P. A. de). 

Cliateaubriand (F. A. de). 

Jamea (E.). 

Jamea (E.). 

Atwater (C). 

At water (C). 

Atwater (C). 

Raflneaqne (C. S.). 

Atwater (C). 

Mazzuchelli (S.). 

Raflneaque (C. S.). 

Correapondeuce. 

Merrill (M.). 

Merrill (M.), note. 

Merrill (M.),note. 

Montgomery (W. B.) nnd Requa (W. 

C). 
Merrill (M.), note. 
Gallatin (A.). 
Molntoah (J.), note. 
Stevena ( T. D.). 
Chateaubriand (F. A. de). 
Catlin (G.). 
Merrill (M.). 

Renville {.J.) and Williameon (T. 8.). 
Treaties. 
Treaties. 
Carver (J.). 
Carver (J.), note. 
Catlin (G.). 
Renville (J.). 
Renville (J.). 
Renville (J.). 

Pond (S. W.) and Pond (G. H). 
Riggs (S. R.) and Pond (G. H). 
Maximilian (A. P.). 
Catlin (G.). 
Jamea (E.), note. 
Vail (E. A.). 
Maximilian (A. P.). 
CatUn (G.). 

83 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



84 



CHRONOLOGIC INDEX. 



1841 


CatliD<G.),note. 


1850 


Bird (J.). 


1K43 


Catlin (G.).iiote. 


1850 


Bourassa(J.N.). 


1842 


Catlin(a.),not6. 


1850 


Catalogue. 


1812 


CatliD (6.). note. 


1850 


HamUton ( W.) and Irvin (S. M.). 


1842 


Eliza. 


1850 


Hamilton (W.) and Irvin (S. M.) 


1842 


Pond (S. W.). 


1850 


HamUton (W.) and Irvin (S. M.). 


1842 


Renville (J.) and others. 


1850 


HamUton (W.) and Irvin (S. M.). 


1842 


Rigg8(S.R.). 


1850 


House (J.). 


1842 


RiKgs (S. R.) and Renville (J.). 


1850 


McKeuney (E.). 


1842 


Williamson (T.S.). 


1850 


Riggs (S. R.). 


1842 


Williamson (T. S.) and others. 


1850 


Rieirs (S. R.). 


1842 


Woahope, 


1850-1852 Dakota. 


1H4S 


Catliu (G.),note. 


1851 


Catlin (G.), note. 


1843 


CatUn(G.),note. 


1851 


Culbertson (T. A.). 


1843 


Edwards (J.), note. 


1851 


Riggs (S. R.). 


1843 


Hamilton (W.) and Irvin (S. M.). 


1851 


Riggs (S. R.). 


1843 


HamUton (W.) and Irviu (S. M.). 


1852 


Carver (J.). 


1843 


Johnes (A. J.). 


1852 


CaUin (G.). 


1843 


Maximilian (A. P.). 


1852 


Gabeleutz(H.G.C.). 


1843 


Mcintosh (J.). 


1852 


Lowry (E). 


1843 


Pond (G. H.). 


1852 


Prescott(P.). 


1843 


Pond (G. H.) and Renville (J.). 


1852 


Riggs (M. A. C). - 


1843 


Renville (J.). 


1852 


Riggs (S.R.) 


1843 


Riggs (S. R.). 


1852 


Turner (W.W.). 


1843-1844 


Ravoux (A.). 


1858 


Buschmann (J. C. E.). 


1844 


Catlin (G.). 


1853 


Buschmann (J. C. B.) 


1844 


Catlin (G.). 


1853 


Kipp (J.). 


1844 


Mcintosh (J.). 


1853 


Mcintosh (J.), note. 


1844 


Mcintosh (J.), note. 


1853 


Neill (E. D). 


1844 


Pond (S. W.). 


1853 


NeUl(E.D.). 


1H45 


CaUin (G). 


1853 


Riggs (S.R.). 


1845 


Catlin (G.). 


1853 


Riggs (S.R.). 


1845 


Catlin (G.). 


1854 


Clarkson (M.). 


1845 


Frost (J.). 


1854 


Denig(E.T.). 


1845 


Vocabulary. 


1854 


Fletcher (J. C). 


1845-184« 


Investigator. 


1854 


Hale(EE.). 


1849 


Catlin (G.). note. 


1854 


Hamilton (W.). 


1846 


Johnes (A. J.). 


1854 


Pond (G. fi.). 


1846 


Latham (R. G.). 


1854 


Schoolcraft (H. R.). 


1846 


Renville (J.) and others, note. 


1855 


Buschmann (J. C. B.). 


1846 


Sage (R. B.). 


1855 


James (E.),note. 


1846-1848 


Catlin (G.), note. 


1855 


Lord's. 


1847 


Feathorstonhangh <G. W.). 


1855 


Shea (J. G.). 


1847 


Pott (A. F.). 


185« 


Beckwourth (J. P.). 


1847 


Sage (R. B). 


1856 


Hunfalvy (P.). 


1847 


Smet (P. J.de). 


1856 


KlnzieM.H.). 


1847 


Vater ( T. S.). 


1856 


Neill (E.D.). 


1S4H 


Catlin (G.).. 


1856 


Smet (P. J.de). 


1848 


Catlin (G.). 


1856 


Triibner & Co. 


1848 


CaUin (G.). 


1856 


Warren (G. K.). 


1848 


Catlin (G.). 


1857 


CaUin (G.), note. 


1848 


Catlin (G.). 


1857 


CaUin (G.), note. 


1848 


Frost (J.), note. 


1857 


Kinzie (J. H.). 


1848 


Gallatin (A.). 


1857 


Mcintosh (J.). 


1848 


HamUton (W.) and Irvin (S.M.). 


1857 


Riggs (S.R.). 


1848 


Schomburgk (R,H.). 


1858 


Beckwourth (J. P.), note. 


1848 


Smet (P. J. de). 


1858 


J6han (L.-F.). 


1848-1851 


Bagster (J.). 


1858 


Lndewig (H. E.). 


1848-1851 


Bagster (J.). 


1858 


Mcintosh (J.), note. 


]H4» 


Eastman (M. H.). 


1858 


Neill (E.D.). 


1849 


Hamilton (W.) and Irvin (S. M.). 


1858 


Riggs (S.R.). 


1849 


Husband (B.). 


1858 


Shea (J. G.). 


1849 


Mcintosh (J.). 


1858 


Smet (P. J. de). 


1849 


Ramsey (A.). 


1859 


Hind(H.Y.). 


1849 


Schoolcraft (H. R.). 


1859 


Hind (H. Y.). 


1850 


Atwater (C). 


1859 


Hind (H.Y.). note. 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



CHBONOLOGIC INDEX. 



85 



1850 


MoIiitoeh(J.),not& 


1889 


Blackmore (W.). 


1850 


Willis (W.). 


1800 


Cba8e(P.B.). 


18«0 


Bagster (J.)- 


1869 


Chase (P. E.). 


1860 


CatUn (G.). 


1869 


Gei8dorff(F.). 


1800 


Domenech (B.). 


1869 


Hayden (F. V.). 


1880 


Haldeman (S. S.). 


1869 


Hinman (S. D.). 


1800 


Hind (H. Y.). 


1869 


Hinman (S. D.) and Welsh (W.). 


1860 


Hind (H. Y.). 


1869 


Hinman (S. D.) and Whipple (H. B.). 


1860 


Sage <R. B.). 


1869 


Riggs <S. R.). 


1861 


Barton (R. F.). 


1860 


Riggs (S.R.). 


1861 


Catlin (G.). 


1809 


Rigga (8. R.), note. 


1861 


Sbea (J. G.). 


1869 


Riggs (& R.) and Williamson (J. P.). 


18«9 


Barton (R. V.), 


1869 


Williamson <T. 8.). 


1862 


Barton (R. F.), note. 


1869 


Williamson (T. 8.). 


1862 


Hayden(P.V.). 


1870 


Belden(G.P.). 


1862 


Hayden(r.V.). 


1870 


Hemans (D. W.). 


1862 


Hayden (F. V.). 


1879 


Marietti (P.). 


1862 


Hinman (S. D.) and Robertaon (T. A.). 


1870 


8hea(J.G.). 


1862 


Latham (R. G.). 


1870 


8met{P.J.de). 


1882 


Pott (A. F.). 


1870 


Williams (J. F.). 


1869 


Bierstadt (A.). 


1871 


Belden (G. P.), note. 


1863 


Denig(KT.). 


1871 


Catlin (G.). 


1863 


Hayden <F. v.). 


1871 


Elder (P. E.). 


1863 


Ravonx (A.), note. 


1871 


Gordon (H. A.). 


1883 


Riggs <S. R.). 


1871 


Gnthrie (H. A.). 


1863 


Riggs (S. R.) and Williamson (J. P.). 


1871 


Hinman (S. D.) 


1863 


Smet(P.J.de). 


1871 


Hinman (S. D.). 


1884 


Baird(H.S.). 


1871 


Hinman (8. D.). 


1864 


Hinman (S. D.). 


1871 


Hinman (8. D.). 


1864 


Hinman (S. D.). 


1871 


Hinman (&D.). 


1864 


Hinman (S. D.). 


1871 


Hinman (8. D.). 


1864 


J6han (L.-F.). 


1871 


Johnson (P.). 


1864 


RenviUe(J.B.). 


1871 


Morgan (L. H.). 


1864 


Renville (J. B.), note. 


1871 


Riggs (8. R). 


1884 


Riggs (S.R.). 


1871 


Riggs (8. R.). 


1864 


Riggs (S. R.). 


1871 


Riggs (8. R.). note. 


1885 


Chateaabriand (F. A. de). 


1871 


8torges (C). 


1865 


Hinman (& D.). 


1871 


Trumbull (.T. H.). 


1885 


Lynd (J. W.). 


1871 


Williamson (J. P.). 


1885 


Rigga(S.R.). 


1871 


Williamson (J. P.). 


1865 


Smet(P.J.de). 


1871-1887 lapL 


1865 


Smet (P. J. de), note. 


1879 


Anderson (J.). 


1865 


WUliamson (J. P.). 


1872 


Belden (G. P.), note. 


1865 


WUliamson (T. S.). 


1872 


Huggins (E. W.) and WiUlamson (H» 


1888 


Catlin (G.). 




J.). 


. 1866 


Riggs (a R.). 


1872 


Johnson (P.). 


1866 


Riggs (S. R.), note. 


1872 


Kelll (K D.). note. 


1806 


Williamson (T. 8.). note. 


1872 


Riggs (8. R.). 


1887 


CatUn (G). 


1872 


Riggs (8. R.). 


1867 


CaUin (G.). 


1872 


Roehrig(F.L.O.). 


1867 


CatUn (G.). 


1872 


Triibner & Co. 


1867 


Catlin (G.). 


1872 


Williamson (T. 8.). 


1867 


Leland <C. G.). 


1872 


Williamson (T. 8.). 


1887 


Pond(G.H.). 


1872 


Williamson (T. 8.). 


1867 


Pon2iglione(P.H.). 


1872 


Williamson (T. a). 


1867 


Pott (A. F.). 


1878 


Dorsey (J. 0.). 


1867 


Riggs (S.R.). 


1873 


Kinzie(J.H.). 


1867 


Riggs (S. R.), note. 


1873 


Matthews (W.). 


18e7 


Williamson <T.S.), note. 


1873 


Neill (E. D.). 


1888 


Belden(G.P.). 


1873 


Roehrig <F. L. 0.). 


1868 


Gardiner (W. H.). 


1873 


Shea (J. G.). 


1868 


Hamilton (W.). 


1878 


Tuttle (E. B.). 


1868 


Pott (A. F.). 


1873 


WiUiamson(J.P.),noteb 


1868 


Riggs (8. R.). 


1874 


Bastian (A.). 


1868 


Williamson (T. 8.). 


1874 


Corliss (A. W.). 


1888-1886 Sabin (J.). 


1874 


Hinman <& D.). 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



86 



CHRONOLOGIC INDEX. 



1874 


Jackson (W. H.). 


1879 


American Bible Society, note^ 


1874 


Matthews (W.). 


1879 


Brackett(A.G.). 


1874 


Riggs (S R). 


1879 


Campbell (J.). 


1874 


Riggs (S.R.),note. 


1879 


Campbell (J.). 


1874 


Rigg»(S.R.),note. 


1879 


Catlin (G.). 


1874 


Trumbull (J. H.). 


1879 


Cook (J. W.). 


1874 


WiUlamson (J. P.). 


1879 


Cook (J. W.). 


1874 


WiUiamson (T. S.), not^j. 


1879 


Hale (H.). 


mi 


Carnegie (J.). 


1879 


Hemans (D. W.). 


1875 


Hinman (S. D.) and Cook (J. W.). 


1879 


Hinman (S. D.). 


1875 


Leland(C.G.). 


1879 


Hinman (S. D.) and Cook (J. W.). 


1875 


Leland(C.G.). 


1879 


Morgan (A.). 


1875 


Riggs (S.R.). 


1879 


Oppert (G.). 


1875 


Trambull (J. H.). 


1879 


Williamson (J. P.) and Riggs (A. L.>. 


1875 


Williamson (T. S.). 


1879-1880 


Dorsey (J. 0.). 


I8T« 


Adam (L.). 


1879-1880 


Riggs (S.R.). 


1876 


American Bible Society. 


1879-1885 


Riggs (A. L.). 


1876 


Bible Society. 


1880 


Hamilton (W.). 


1876 


Bowen (B. F.). 


1880 


Riggs (A. L.). 


1876 


Catlin (G.). 


1880 


Riggs (S.R.). 


1876 


Ravonx (A.). 


1880 


Riggs (S. R.), note. 


1876 


Riggs (S.R.). 


1880 


Williams (J. F.). 


1876 


Riggs (S. R.) and Riggs (A. L.). 


1880 


WiUiamson (T. S.) and Riggs (S. R.). 


1876 


Riggs (S. R.) and Riggs (A. L.). 


1880-1881 


Dorsey (J. 0.). 


1876 


Williamson (J. P.), note. 


1880-1882 


Cook (J. W.) and others. 


1876-1871 


Foster (T.). 


1881 


Campbell (J.). 


1877 


HalUC.L.). 


1881 


Dorsey (J. 0.). 


1877 


Hamilton (W.). 


1881 


Bverette (W. E.). 


1877 


Hoffman (W.J,). 


1881 


Everette(W.E.). 


1877 


Jackson (W.H.). 


1881 


Gordon (H. L.). 


1877 * 


Mallery (G.). 


1881 


Hoffman (W. J.). 


1877 


Matthews (W.). 


1881 


Hoffman (W. J.). 


1877 


Morgan (L. H.). 


1881 


Leclero (C), note. 


1877 


Morgan (L.H.),note. 


1881 


Riggs (A. L.). 


1877 


Riggs (A. L.). 


1881 


Riggs (A. L.), note. 


1877 


Riggs (S. R.). 


1881 


Riggs (S.R. ). 


1877 


Ri0gs (S. R.). 


1881 


Riggs (S. R.). 


1877 


Riggs ('^. R.). 


1881 


Smet (P. J. de). 


1877 


Riggs (S. R.^. 


1881 


Williamson (A. W.). 


1877 


WUliamson (T. S.) and Riggs (S. R.). 


1881 


Williamson (A. W.). 


1878 


Adam (L.). 


1881 


Williamson (J. P.) and Riggs (A. L.). 


1878 


Adam (L.). 


1881-1882 Dorsey (J. 0.). 


1878 


Adam (L.). 


1881-1886 


Youth's. 


1878 


Cook (J. W.). 


1889 


Baker (T.). 


1878 


Cook (J. W.). 


1882 


CampbeU (J.). 


1878 


Duncan (D.). 


1882 


Charencey (H. de). 


1878 


Duncan (D.),note. 


1882 


Cook (J. W.) and Cook (C. 8.). 


1878 


Everetto{W.E.). 


1882 


DonneUy (I.). 


1878 


Gat«chet(A.S.). 


1882 


Dorsey (J. 0.). 


1878 


Hall (C. L.). 


1882 


Dorsey (J. 0.). 


1878 


Hall (C. L.). 


1882 


Hadley (L.F.). 


1878 


HaU(C.L.). 


1882 


Mailer (F.). 


1878 


Hinman (S. D.) and Cook (J. W.). 


1882 


NeUl(E.D.). 


1878 


Hofftnan (W. J.). 


1882 


Riggs (S.R.). 


1878 


Keane (A. H.). 


1882 


Trnbner & Co. 


1878 


Leclero (C). 


1882 


WiUiamson (A. W.). 


1878 


Pick (B.). 


1882 


WiUiamson (A. W.). 


1878 


Riggs (S.R,). 


1882-1882 


HaU(C.L.). 


1878 


Riggs (S.R.). note. 


1883 


Burman (W. A.). 


1878 


Stubbs (A. W.). 


1883 


Dorsey (J. 0.). 


1878 


Williamson (T. S.), note. 


1883 


Hale (H.). 


1878-1875 


Dorsey (J.O.). 


1883 


Hale (H.). 


1878-1878 


Dorsey (J. 0.; 


1883 


HaU(C.L.). 


1878-1879 Dorsey(J.O.) 


1883 


Hinman (S. D.) and Cook (J. W.). 


1878-1879 Dor8ey(J.O.) 


1883 


Norris(P.W.). 


1878-1881 


Anpao. 


1883 


Riggs (S. R.). 



Digitized by CjOOQIC . 



CHBONOLOOIC INDEX. 



87 



1883 


WiUiamson (J. P.) and Biggs (A. L.). 


1883-1887 


Hamilton (W.). 


1833-1887 


Hamilton (W.). 


1883-1887 


Hamilton (W.). 


ISM 


Bergholtz (G. F.). 


1884 


Brown (S. J.). 


1884 


Campbell (J.). 


1884 


Campbell (J.). 


1884 


CampbeU (J.). 


1884 


Campbell (J.). 


1884 


Donnelly (I.). 


1884 


Dorsey (J. 0.). 


1884 


Fletcher (A. C). 


1884 


Fletcher (A. C). 


1884 


Fletcher ( A. C). 


1884 


Indian. 


1884 


Lord's. 


1884 


Sionx. 


1884-1885 


Dorsey (J. 0.). 


1S8& 


American Bible Society. 


1885 


Cook (J. W.) and others. 


1885 


Cook (J. W.) and others. 


1885 


Hale (H.). 


1885 


Hamilton (W.). 


1885 


Marty (M.). 



1885 
1885 
1885 
1886 
1886 
1886 
1886 
1886 
1886 
1886 
1887 
1887 
1887 
K.d. 
N.d. 
N.d. 
N.d. 
N.d. 
K.d. 
N.d. 
N.d. 
N.d. 
N.d. 
N.d. 
N.d. 



Biggs (S. B.), note. 
WiUiamson (A. W.). 
Wilson <D.). 
Dorsey (J.O.). 
Dorsey (J. O.). 
Dorsey (J. O.). 
Dorsey (J. O.). 
Dorsey (J. O.). 
Gatschet (A. S.). 
Williamson (J. P.). 
Bnshottor <G.). 
Hamilton (W.). 
Leclero (C), note. 
Catlin (G.). 
Fontanelle (H.). 
Indian. 
Kent (M. B.). 
Lynd (J. W.y. 
Mnrray (— ), note. 
Pike (A.). 
Sisseton. 

Smet (P. J. de), note. 
Vocabulary. 
Vocabulary. 
Williamson (T. S.). 



Digitized by CjOOQ IC 



Digitized by VjOOQ IC 



SMITHSONIAN IN SI* ITU T ION 

BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY: J. W. POWELL, DIRECTOR 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 



mOQUOIAN LANGUAGES 



BY 



JAMES CONSTANTINE PILLING 




WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 

1888 



Digitized by CjOOQIC 






Digitized by CjOOQIC 



PREFACE. 



This work forM« the third of a series of bibliographies which the 
Bareaa of EUiiiology is publishing, each relating to one of the more 
pioininent groups of native North American languages. Its predeces- 
sors relate to the Eskimo and Siouan stocks, its successor, now nearly